tee se

ie nt ay CAPS EE DIE oe

a

BR REO

et
a1 A ase at et
9th See <ecRa AR ms
eR terme,
oe a inewe

PA Sl FeO ect ©
Sar helio a,

2

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314

ep) * on z ”
z = Vie < =
aa an It /y, = 4
\ 5 EUG: 3 z
SSN) O Vie a fe)
“> z Ae MU giumiay v= =
S > 3 >
~ 2 z e Zz

LILSNI_ NWINOSHLIWS saiuvudl LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTE

. AS
.RIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILSNI
NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3aluVvus

sauvugiy LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

2 6 — ae

eS eo D QS

bY i ei

ea E “ee

Sm Z m

NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

Pd wo = Saree ” md “

he = as = =< &
e fe) Upili = fo) =
Yp 2 Li ES = S

= > a = Pa =

” om wo » Zz ”

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuVYE

w WY

uJ W . ‘eS

Gy : WK
yp << NX

© Gg 2 ra

ie Saruvuai] LIBRARIES i

LILSNINVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI
SJIYVUGIT LIBRARIES

Saiyu¥vy9l
cera
Bi
yy

Satuvyudl

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
YS

oP Mey
oy
NVINOSHILIWS

SAIMVUAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

ES SMITHSONIAN

Nl

NOILNLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI
a

NOILALILS

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYNVHE

vudiq LIBRAR!
VugIT LIBRARIES
* ‘4

SON 5 VSON S Wa =
ly > hened ax /4,) —. Ark) Ss ty “s oO AVHSeM
2 i bs) ZN fee 6) 4, Nhs -_ 6) :
A: Seong Je = a ey 2 Was FE &
‘\ - UD ty Se ee) =) [ez 2) 2 RW 5 ES

$
S
S

NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3l?

be

LL LILSNI NVINOSHLIWS saluvyaly LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

v

3RARIES

x

1

%
’

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NYINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN
NYINOSHLIWS

NOILNLILSNI
NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

SJRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31

\

NVINOSHLIWS saiuvygi LIBRARIES
NVINOSHLINS S31u¥Vuagl LIBRARIES

z= = —
= ae WR =
eS = rs OPS =
ep) w”) y wo
| = = 2
alll SAtTHYWHEII_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST
| ae =z
: c, a < . x <x ‘
Z 2 WS Zz S
iN «
2 aL ahs
- s =
=
i a 7 a

SRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31

=e - ww

“ a é

i: a « a o

<3; | < = <

oc er oc c oc

ei fe) e fe) a

onl = a => = sg
Saiu¥vugiti LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INST

cs = = a f=

o = © = Y, OD

2 = Pel

a a = Bh

= be > _ pet

m i = n* m

w = w = n
NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31

w cl ide) 4

= < = =
aa z a +4 4

= ) < pm
INV SG . g 5 ¢:
AS co a =. zy

es = oS a >"

ILNLILSNI SJIYVYSIT LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN INST

NOILALILSNI
LIBRARIES
NOILOLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI

By ee
= a
> a
wn =

NVINOSHLINS S31

Vudit LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

G
‘UTION
©),

AQ:

Fo ae z

<i om Sears e ASYM > BS
5 AG fp ® 5 GAM

yaa! wa YY, > >

sd

(e)
z=

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF TILE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ }

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

nana ee

VOL, -XVIL—SIXTH SERIES.

AANET COT a

ATT r ere ~~ !
~~ Oe y, “Wsonilan Ins} F
id iy

“/

// o*
Garr

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.,
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1896.

‘“g,, > .

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis
human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex cconomid in conservatione, propdrtione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fwit.”’—Linnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.

us eis os se See Ne SyivanapoMmers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

3ut scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL, XVII.

[SIXTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XCVII.

Page
1. On some Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Westurus, discovered
by Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., in the Oxford Clay of Peterborough. By
A. SmiraH Woopwarp, F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural
History). (Plates ILL.) ......c eee cece eee eee eee de nwceee 1
II. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Bawachians from Colombia.
By G. A. BouLENGER, FURS. 2.0... cece cece eee e eee eee eenes 16
III. Descriptions of Two new Lizards from the Transvaal. By
(PNPM O UE INGE Ha RUGS eg a ioceed-oreis Gis a ayen wie lave wctus elec laxepelernts Wiens aie 21
IV. On the Coccinellide of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. ...... 22
V. A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part II. The
Genus Berenicea. By J. W. Greeory, D.Sc, F.GS............. 41
VI. A new West-Indian Tanaid. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R.
SrEEBInG: NLA. rE Enos (Plate) Vey) © sic ces esa aais qace wana as 49
VII. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies of the Genus
Catasticta in the British Museum. By ARTHURG. Bur er, Ph.D.&c. 53
VIII. Descriptions of some new South-African Spiders of the
Family Heteropodide. By kh. 1. Pocock, of the British Museum of
meamiral bvistorys (Ce kate nV ULE) 0 )23, iret ahaa sta sa felte te tesGitase one a's aise 55
IX. On a new Species of Hylecwtus (Lymerylonide) from Japan.
(Eh) (Gio llr aish hel DS es Prior obeats oc ic nar onoRonnurnMer 65
X. Description of a new Species of Thauria (Moore), a Genus of
Amathusune. By Pamir Crow ey, FLAS. &6...... 0.60 ce cess 66
XI. A List of the Species of Amphidromus, Albers, with Critical
Notes and Descriptions of some hitherto undescribed Species and
vb.

WVanienes. By Huan Furron. (Plates V—VIL.) ........0....

lv CONTENTS.

Page
XII. Description of a new Species of Opisthostoma. By G. B
Sows, FS 5 BiZ8. | .\.< sbenmeeys teckel aetna aie tape =a pia
XIII. New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and
Epiplemide. By W. WaRREN, M.A., FES. ..0. 1... sere eee es ab.

Contributions to the Embryogeny of Simple Ascidians, by Antoine
Pizon; On a new Lamellibranch (Scioberetia australis) com-
mensal with an Kchinoderm, by Félix Bernard; On a Chilian
Example of Pterodela pedieularia, L., with doubly abnormal
Neuration, by Alfred Giard, Professor at the Sorbonne .. 106—111

NUMBER XCVIII.

XIV. Considerations on the Surviving Refugees in Austral Lands
of Ancient. Antarctic Life. By C. Hnp.ey, BES S., Assistant in
Zoology tothe Australian’ Museumi;.. .). Serle 6's = 15's om slats eels 113

XV. The Male of Apus cancriformis. By W. Bhaxtanp BENHAM,
D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian Demonstrator in Com-
parative Anatomiy, Oxtdnd cm queens Meee stars + sso eieicoke rae 120

XVI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Lugaster (Hetrodide)
from East Africa. By W. F. Krrsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., &c., Assistant
in Zoological Department, British NMrectitet oc ss. eee 122

XVII. On anew Dragonfly captured by Mr. Scott Elliot in East
Africa. By W. F. Kirpy, F.LS., F-ES., &c., Assistant in Zoolo-

gical Department, British Wino RAL frets). odio se 124
XVIII. Descriptions of Three new Species of HOE ee from
Hast Africa. By Hany Mapy SHARPE Tepe t. ss ce fee ane lees 125
XIX. Notes on some Land-Shells from Vanbu, Tonkin, with
Descriptions of Two new Species. By Ep@ar A. SMITH ........ 128
XX. New Genera and Species of Pyralde, Thyridide, and
Epiplemide. By W. WARREN, M.A., FES, .....00ccceneneeee 131
Genera Reptomultisparsa and Diastopora. By J. W. Grecory,
DESC: EGS... eedae oe 08026 ry eae bi abet bis 6 wa stay aisf~ 2 pai 151
XXII. On the Isopod Genus Leptochelia. By the Rev. THomas
Ri. STEBBING, M.A.) PUSH. ¢ 5 cae tenet kone hrs ete: niet 156
XXIII. Atta (Ccodoma) cephalotes, Laty.: ‘The Soldier.” By
JG QRS 0-G7h a) oa Ons eer Eee ye ois S.o rep Oe eek caged aes 160
XXIV. The Sense of Sight: Sketch of anew Theory. By H. M.
Bernsen, M.A: Cantabi, 1 lL Sigel ZSaeeme ier mete tain staat slate 5 162

XXV. On the Presence of Wood-Mason’s Stridulating-Organ in
Trechona zebrata (Walck.). By R. I. PocOCK::....5.....--5... 177

CONTENTS. NG

Page
Proceedings of the Geological Society ........-2. cee eeees 179, 180

Numbers of Zoological elgee: known in the Years 1830 and 1881,
by Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S. &e.; On the Reproduction of W. asps,
by M. Paul Marchal ; Researches on the Structure, Organization,
and Classification of the Fossil Reptilia. —Part X. On the com-
plete Skeleton of an Anomodont Reptile (Aristodesmus Riiti-
meyert, Wiedersheim), from the Bunter Sandstone of Reihen,
near Basel, giving new Evidence of the Relation of the Ano-
modontia to the Monotremata, by I. G. Seeley, F.R.S... 180—183

NUMBER XCIX.

XXVI. Notes on the Anatomy of some Scorpions, and its bearing
on the Classification of the Order. By Matcotm Laurtr, D.Sc.,
BR.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology i in St. Mungo’s College,
Glasgow. (Plate IX. ye. shehetetane Bien ohts at erie aletetapeat aie sin, 0 Ge etels 185

XXVII. A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.
The Families Idmoniide and Entalophoride. By J. W. GRrGorRyY,
LOSS Ce aaa eee eee die loi Mey OO at8 #609, Bie rade io Holat Col ati Seatins adenae 194

XXVIII. New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and
iene by. (WARREN, MLA. POMS) (oss Suis den eee alan 202

XXIX. Descriptions of Five new Species of Castnia from Tropical
South America, By Hrrperr Druce, F.L.S. &e. ..........00 02 216

XXX. Microscopic and Systematic Study of Madreporarian Types
@f Corals. . By Maria M. Ocrryvin, D.Sc. ....:2.0ssnh ss cnneon ve 2D

XXXI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Snakes from Sarawak.
sy PO ray Net GU NE TLE roe SECS OCCs, + .0.2Wspersiu eae « cmos alate ares vleatetes 228

XXXII. Note on Tenebrio ferrugineus, Fabr., in the Banksian
Collection of Coleoptera. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE ........ 230

XXXIII, Note on the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa, a common
Australian Butterfly of the Subfamily Pierine. By Artuur G.
Pome, PhD. 86... «+ 3. RT aes ciek aeons: enti toate aes ceri wean ets clashes 231

XXXIV. On the Species of the South-African Scorpion Opisth-
ophthalmus contained in the Collection of the British Museum, By
iPebOcock, (PiateX.) i... ceeds ss chs ch varnvetstopireneds ol eat Bid oe

XXXYV. Notes on the Study of the Cross-Fertilization of Flowers
Preigeecta,. by Ina A. KELrBR, PhD... occ eee es cee: .. 249

XXXVI. On the Quadrate Bone of a Gigantic Pterodactyl
discovered by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S., in the Cretaceous of
Bahia, Brazil. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.LS., F.G.S. we 200

vi CONTENTS.

Proceedings of the Geological Society ............. BC Cease i in aera 257

The imputed Jealousy of European Workers on He alasian Faunas
by Local Writers, by C. Hedley, F.LS. a Reply by
Bi nA Smita sits Sec cieels «<< a's a eR el ala al ee 258

NUMBER C.

XXXVII. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made by
Miss M. H. Kingsley during her Travels on the Ogowe River and in
Old Calabar. By Dr. A. GUNTHER, F.R.S. (Plates XIII.-XV.).. 261

XXXVIII. Descriptions of some East-African Lycenide. By
HavrEroNT Et. RUCK, F.Z.5., EES... « tieiemete cers, «\° ae + stsls at eee 285

XXXIX. A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part VI.
The Faseigeride, Theonoide, Dactylethrata, and Trepostomata. By

Ja WoGumrony, Sc, E.G.S. : <... «cee ace kay» > 23 6t e 287
XL. Hermaphroditism among the Apodide. By H.M. Brernarp,

M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.8.° (Plates XDS AIT). eee 296
XI. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Congo. By

Geek BOULENGER, FRG, . 2/2. 0accs 00's aces ements aetna 309
XLII. Notes on some Ethiopian Species of Ischnurine contained

in the Collection of the British Museum, By R. 1. Pocock ...... 312
XLII. Two new Subspecies of Zebra from Central and East

Adeica: By W; H. DeE WINTON . <5. 00 seem ee = ee ele na eee 319

XLIV. On the Genus Dactylipalpus, Chapuis, and Two new
Genera of Scolytide from Africa. By W. F. H. BLanpForp, M.A.,
PEAS win: s nl sian: cleo ia 4 0° 4 0's Wel aie Re eae nal fee le eet 319

XLV. On the Seasonal Changes in the Plumage of Zosterops ceru-
lescens. By ALFRED J, Norvu, F.L.S., Ornithologist to the Australian
PVE GECUIO ceip ile 0100: 00.0 a dccrsre: vn ease nel ani Re oneal ion ne 825

On the Coloration of certain Insects of the Order Lepidoptera, by
Emile Blanchard. .... +2)... scene eee eee Se eee ae 328

NUMBER CI.

XLVI. On new Species of Valeones from Japan, and Notices of
onners:) Dy G. Lewis, F.L.S. . .2c08 caeepe eee eee eel 329

XLVII. On Two new Species of Amphipoda Gammarina, By
Aurenp ©, WALKER. (Plate XVI.).cncn. Nahe ieee 'steaernniy te ath wae 343

XLVIII. Notes on the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Dapto-
neura, With Descriptions of new Species. By A.G. Burier, Ph.D.,
Senior Assistant- -Keeper, Zcological Department, British Museum ., 347

CONTENTS. vil

Page
XLIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from
Tropical Africa. By Herbert Druce, F.L.S. &c............... 350

L. New Species of Lepidoptera from the Khasia Hills. By Col. C.
mR UD Ny Ss iro Geto bm hiv mie WS Gaia de aveile gralnys wee biel 357

LI. On Odonata from the Province of Szechuen, in Western China,
and from Moupin, in Eastern Thibet. By Roprrr M‘LAcHLAN,

eG CET sleia 6 s+. 2.0 sgh e's wlosratieleiseie-s wisnietearstanea: eve 364
LII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies from New

oan. By WH. Grose Smirg, PUMGS., FZ.8., 8. .. 06. cece cn cne 374
LILI. Description of a new Chameleon from Uganda. By G. A

ae UAM EN CHER eH ALM Gkeetersic-s.> « «Siw cB inans® © » 4 eavoa'e S.ccs'dias sates eleiang 376

LIV. A Further Revision of the Species of Scorpions belonging
to the South-African Genera Uroplectes, Lepreus, and Tityolepreus.

By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural History ...... 377
LV. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians collected in

Celebes by Drs. P. and F. Sarasin. By G. A. BouLenGrER, F.R.S... 3893
LVI. Description of a new Nymphaline Butterfly from Burma.

By Lionen DE Nickvitir, FLE.S., C.MCZS., &C. 6.1.6. s0e tenes 396
LVII. Description of Two new Species of Fishes (Mastacembelus

audeberous). By Dr aA. GUNTHER, PER Sii isc cceek ees eet ss 397
LVIII. On the Relations of the Myrmecophile Lepismide to Ants.

Never eMC IANS DR GL WAINIOD lis al... sie ast wien Gam oes o Ga. cep vce mein eas 398

LIX. Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British Museum. By
CPS DOULENGER, PbS, (Plate X VIL). 4... occ sists we ve occ twinlslere 40]

New Book:—On supposed Remains of Organisms from the Pre-
Cambrian Strata of Brittany. By Hermann Ravrr, of Bonn.. 407

Modifications produced in the Organs of Sense and of Nutrition in
certain Arthropods by confinement in Caves, by M. Armand Viré. 407

NUMBER CII.

LX. On some Odonata of theySubfamily Aischnina. Py RoBeRrt
“CTLAUN GIS ETO Usp] Oe a3 Pt al CA eg Ae cen, a a tl 409

LXI. On the Scorpions, Centipedes, anid Millipedes obtained by
Dr. Gregory on his Expedition to Mount Kenia, Hast Africa. By

ee COCK. 6 (Eater VID aun eiea rte ec ccee ee sec sn eaies 425
LXII. Descriptions of new Lizards from Madagascar. By G. A.
BouLENGER, F.R.S. .......- PON SIA cir ee eo Oe OSCE L 444

LXIII. Descriptions of Two new Batrachians obtained by Mr. A.
Everett on Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. By G. A. BouULENGER,
PM mM sicie ciefe vic nie'v nis s sicholea bes cisiclt.e nes 5 vine ss oebetmed ome 449

Viil CONTENTS.

Page
LXIV. On the Internal Appendices of the Genital Apparatus of
the Orthoptera. . By MicA Wenger oo). 2 Aeon: ciis « anion. es 450

LXV. New Species of Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. By W.
Wamenn,. MA. FOES, ..') boa caboa> «+s: eueieeliba. J: samen 452

Proceedings of the Geological Society ........+s.ssseeseee 466—468

On the Scaly Covering of the Regenerated Tails of Lizards, by
Dr. Franz Werner, Assistant at the Zoological Institute’ and
Royal University in Vienna; On the Mollusca (Prosobranchiata
and Opisthobranchiata, Scaphopoda and Lamellibranchiata)
Dredged by the Austrian Deep-sea Expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Pola’
in the Years 1890- 94, by Dr. Rudolf Sturany .......... 468, 469

hndex ssc eee Ae a ee ae Ao c Dota eden eee 471

PLATES IN VOL. XVII.

Puate I.
II.} Remains of the Pyenodont Fish, Mesturus Leedsi.
Ill.
IV. Dolichochelia Forresti.
VT:
VI. | New Species of Amphidromus,
i

VIII. New South-African Spiders.
IX. Anatomy of some Scorpions.
X. Species of Opisthophthalmus.
ee Hermaphroditism in the Apodide.
XIII.
DEL. PS ew Fishes from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar.
XN,
XVI. New Species of Amphipoda Gammarina.
XVII. New Batrachians.
XVIII. East-African Scorpions and Millipedes.

INCLUDING |
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, Anp GEOLOGY.

No, XOVII.
JAN. 1896.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT 0. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., P.D., F.BS.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
--MBSGRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’s “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,”

WITH EIGHT PLATES.

LONDON:
“TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Sim: kin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,
_ tac chlan and Stewart, ps aver "Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, |
Ber

eae : ths Numbe .. Price Five Shillings.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp, $

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1.

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

FISHES.—2 Vols.
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &c.

Bound jn Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. L, £1: Vol. IL, 15s.
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

VOL. III, 15s.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bourd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.
By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

MOTHS.— Vols. 5 IL., & ITI.
By G. F. HAMPSON.
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Demy 8vo, pp. 138, price 3s. 6d.
THE STAPHYLINIDAE OF JAPAN.
By Dr. D. SHARP.
(Being a reprint from the Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. vols. ii. and iii.)
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
Royal 8vo, price 12s,
CATALOGUE
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE
OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS
IN THE
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves.

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &c.

<>< Price Qs,enehis

Aprenpices 5 to 8 to the Seeond Edition of the
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE

OF THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.
By J. H. TARGETT.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, F.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES. ]

een tac acne secant per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes :
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

‘ Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

’ N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ect, 1,

No. 97. JANUARY 1896.

I.—On some Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus, dis-
covered by Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., in the Oxford Clay of
Peterborough. By A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.L.S., of the
British Museum (Natural History).

[Plates I-III. |

THE systematic position of the Mesozoic fishes originally
named Pycnodonts by Agassiz * has hitherto remained
problematical. Notwithstanding the general descriptions in
the ‘Poissons Fossiles,’ the later memoirs of Wagner f,
Heckel {, Thiolliére §, and Vetter ||, and the smaller contribu-

* L. Agassiz, ‘Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles’ (1833-44),
vols, i., ii.

+ A. Wagner, “ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der in den lithographischen
Schiefern abgelagerten urweltlichen Fische: Die Pycnodonten,” Abh. k.
bay. Akad. Wiss., math.-phys. Cl. vol. vi. (1851) pp. 6-59, pls. i., iii., iv.

{ J.J. Heckel, “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Bigshe Oester-
reichs: Die Pycnodonten, Agass., oder Pleurolepiden, Quenst.,” Denkschr.
k, Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl. vol. xi. (1856) pp. 187-242, pls. i.—xi.

§ V. Thiolliére, ‘Description des Poissons du Jura dans le Bugey,’
pt. 1. (1854).

|| B. Vetter, ‘“‘Die Fische aus dem lithographischen Schiefer im
Dresdener Museum,” Mittheil. k. mineral.-geol. Mus. Dresden, pt. iv.
(1881).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 1

2 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

tions of Quenstedt*, Zittelt, and others, the osteology of
these fishes is still very incompletely known; and a much
fuller knowledge is required before the problem of their
relationships can be solved. One disadvantage under which
nearly all authors hitherto have laboured is the crushed
nature of the specimens. With perhaps only two exceptionsf,
all the important Pycnodont remains as yet described are
flattened in the hard matrix of such formations as the Litho-
graphic Stone of Bavaria and France, the English Purbeck
Stone, and the fissile Cretaceous limestone of Mount Lebanon.
Such specimens are admirable as displaying the trunk and
fins, but rarely of much service in the matter of cranial
osteology; and this must be thoroughly understood before
there can be further progress in classification.

A new departure can now be made by the fortunate dis-
covery of some beautiful skulls and other remains in the soft
clay of Oxfordian age in the neighbourhood of Peterborough.
Thanks to the skill and care of Mr. Alfred N. Leeds, F.G.S8.,
who has already unearthed so many new Jurassic Vertebrata
in this formation and locality, no less than five important
specimens of the Pycnodont genus Mesturus are available for
study. Though partly in concretionary clay, they are nearly
all free from matrix, and can thus be examined almost as
readily as the bones of a recent fish ; the only difficulty con-
sists in imperfections and fractures due to the circumstances
of preservation. Except one specimen, which has been ac-
quired by the British Museum, these fossils are in the private
collection of Mr. Leeds, and will be referred to under their
catalogue-numbers as follows :—

No. 1 (Leeds Catalogue).—Greater portion of head and
squamation of abdominal region, with remains of
paired fins. (Pl. I.)

No. 2 (Leeds Catalogue)—Hinder portion of head, with
fragments of squamation and caudal fin, and detached
mandible. (PI. III. fig. 2.)

No. 23 (Leeds Catalogue).—Imperfect head, with jaws and
remains of anterior squamation.

No. 24 (Leeds Catalogue).—Remains of head and pectoral
arch, several elements being detached. (PI. IL.)

No. P. 6834 (British Museum Catalogue) .—Several isolated
bones of one skull, comprising the parasphenoid,

* F. A. Quenstedt, ‘Handbuch der Petrefaktenkunde’ (ed. 1, 1852,
ed. 2, 1867, ed. 3, 1883), and ‘ Der Jura’ (1858).

+ K. A. von Zittel, ‘Handbuch der Paleeontologie,’ vol. iii. (1887).

t Mesodon rugulosus (Ag.), A. S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc.
vol. xii. (1892) p. 238, pl. iv. figs. 2-4. Anomwodus Willetti, A. 8.
Woodward, Geol. Mag. [8] vol. x. (1893) p. 489, pl. xvii. fig. 1.

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. 3

supposed basisphenoid, right postfrontal, right and
left squamosal, portion of right frontal, right and left
operculum, and other fragments. (PI. III. figs.3-6.)

J. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIMENS.
Cranium.

The bones of the cranial roof form a continuous shield,
much arched from side to side, and extend from the occiput
to the rostrum without any fontanelle or loss of the tubercular
ornamentation. The sutures between them can be readily
recognized on close inspection, and the limits of some of the
elements are remarkably inconstant. It is clear, indeed, that
these are merely dermal bones, and there is so much difference
between the cranial roof of the two best-preserved specimens,
that it is necessary to describe them separately.

Specimen no. 1 *.—'The hinder half of the skull in this fossil
(Pl. I.) appears to exhibit its natural form; but from the
middle of the orbits forwards it is much fractured and laterally
compressed. The occipital crest is not much elevated, and
the longitudinal median ridge of the roof is gently rather than
sharply bent from side to side. A few fixed points can be
definitely recognized, and it is necessary in the description to
begin with these for the approximate determination of the
more problematical bones. ‘The occipital border of the cranium
is exposed behind by the crushing of the numerous small
supratemporal scales (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1a, s.t.), and appears to
have been directly transverse, with the exception of a short
median peak formed by the supraoccipital element (s.occ.).
The outer margin of the cranial roof is also well preserved on
each side, and the exact limits both of the otic region and the
orbits (orb.) are indicated. ‘The margin of the supraoccipital
plate (s.occ.) is distinct except in the hindermost part of its
lateral sutures; it projects posteriorly to fit in a triangular
notch of the median supratemporal, and is itself excavated in
front for the reception of the pointed, hinder extremity of
another median plate (p.eth.), which partly separates the
frontals. ‘The latter elements are also readily recognized (fr),
and meet in the middle line anteriorly for nearly one quarter
of their extreme length. Hach frontal in this specimen is
much crushed and fractured; but the sutures can be observed,
and a detached fragment from another specimen (Brit. Mus.
no. P. 6834) confirms the curious bifurcation of the hinder

_ * A diagram of the arrangement of the cranial roof-bones in this fossil
is given in the recently published vol. iii. of the Catal, Foss. Fishes B. M.

p- 192, fig. 30.
1*

4 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

portion here indicated. The outer margin of the bone is
excavated by the orbit (07d.), and exhibits a short and broad
rounded process, extending downwards over the cheek near
its anterior end, apparently covering the lateral ethmoidal
(prefrontal) cartilage ; posteriorly it first meets the squamosal
(sq.), which also enters the border of the orbit, and then it is
excavated by a deep re-entering angle, which divides it into
an outer small, and inner large, posteriorly directed process ;
inwardly it is separated from its fellow of the opposite side by
the supraoccipital (s.occ.) and another median element (p.eth.)
behind, by the ordinary ethmoidal plates (eth.) in front, and
only meets between these for the short length already
mentioned ; anteriorly the margin is not directly transverse,
but inclined much forwards as it approaches the outer edge of
the skull. The squamosal (sq.) is the last readily determin-
able element of the cranial roof, and in connexion with the
specimen now being described it is interesting also to notice
the detached examples of the same bone in the British
Museum fossil no. P. 6834. Nearly one third of the outer
margin of this bone enters the rim of the orbit, its hinder two
thirds forming an almost straight edge above the opercular
region ; the posterior margin is at right angles to the latter,
and the bone unites with adjoining elements in a very wavy
suture. Jt is much broader behind than in front ; and imme-
diately behind the orbital rim there is a rugose facette on its
inferior face for the articulation of the sphenotic (postfrontal).
The smooth hyomandibular facette, which is not much ex-
tended, can also be observed; but the remainder of the
attached surface of the bone exhibits no facettes. Of the
problematical roof-bones, those between the frontal, squamosal,
and supraoccipital (marked # in Pl. I. fig. 1 @) are the most
difficult to understand. On the right side of the fossil, fitting
into the posterior re-entering angle of the frontal, there is an
irregularly triangular plate not extending so far as the
occiput, and this element is apparently subdivided by a
coalesced suture which obliquely crosses its middle. Another
plate, not clearly exhibiting even coalesced sutures, completes
the filling of the space between the last-described plate, the
squamosal, frontal, and supraoccipital. On the left side of
the fossil the same area is occupied by more numerous plates.
One apparently equals the foremost triangular bone, but does
not exhibit any trace of former subdivision. At least four
elements correspond with the hinder bone, the two longitudinal
sutures shown in Pl. I. fig. la being open and the short
transverse suture near the back apparently closed. The
median plate (p.eth.) interposed between the posterior portion

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. 5

of the frontals and filling the re-entering angle in the anterior
margin of the supraoccipital is bilaterally symmetrical,
acutely pointed behind, and widest in front. Some of its
median tuberculations are relatively very small. The eth-
moidal and facial region in advance of the frontals is appa-
rently completely covered with irregular polygonal plates
(eth.), more finely tuberculated than the hinder portion of the
eranial roof. Some of the posterior median ethmoidal plates
are fused together, but indications of the original sutures are
distinct. The vomerine region (v.), as usual in Pycnodonts,
is shown to be very robust and provided with a regularly
arranged pavement of teeth. Remains of an external tuber-
culated plate on the right side may perhaps represent the
maxilla (Pl. I. fig. 1, y). The stout smooth premaxille
(pmzx.), each exhibiting the bases of three large teeth, are
preserved at the end of the snout.

Specimen no. 24 (Leeds Catalogue)—The second well-
preserved specimen (Pl. II.) wants the ethmoidal region, but
displays the greater part of the cranial roof behind, especially
on the right side. ‘lhe supraoccipital plate (s.occ.) extends,
as described before, in a short pointed process fitting into the
large median supratemporal; but it differs in being much
further produced forwards, and may, indeed, be regarded as
the supraoccipital proper fused completely with the proble-
matical median plate (p.eth.), which is a separate element in
the above-described fossil. The frontals (fr.) are apparently
similar in general form and proportions to those already
described; but there is a marked difference in the circum-
stance that they do not meet at any point in the middle line.
The supposed compound supraoccipital plate gradually con-
tracts in width in its anterior half; but is prevented by
truncation from ending quite in a point. Its contracting
lateral margins articulate with the frontals; but its short
front border is apposed to another median plate (eth.), which
extends as far forwards as the ethmoidal tessere. This
element is algo antero-posteriorly elongated, but gradually
widens to the foremost point of its suture with the frontals,
and is then quickly narrowed again at its irregular articula-
tion in front. It is doubtless equivalent to the triangular
portion of the ethmoidal shield, which only extends into the
frontal region for a very short distance in specimen no. 1.
The outlines of two of the polygonal ethmoidal plates can be
distinguished on the right side of the fossil immediately in
advance of the frontal Among inner bones the crushed
ossified mesethmoid can be seen supporting the single denti-
gerous vomer, while a portion of the parasphenoid splint is

6 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

exposed from its inferior aspect. The main part of this bone
(fig. 1 a) is short, stout, and broad, produced below into a
median longitudinal keel, and its basipterygoid processes
(dpt.) are short, with a very coarsely dentated articular end.
At the front extremity of the otic region the parasphenoid is
abruptly truncated, the keel terminates in a roughened
pointed knob (&.), and the element continues merely as a
narrow slender median bar across the region of the orbit. A
detached example of the same bone in specimen no. P. 6834
(Pl. III. figs. 8, 3a) may be described in almost similar
terms ; but here the basipterygoid processes (dpt.) are turned
a little more outwards and the median keel is partly broken
away. The inner face (fig. 3a) shows that this keel was
hollow in its deepest portion; and there is a long median
scar for articulation probably with the most anterior elements
of the brain-case. A pair of foramina, one on either side of
the posterior part of the median keel, seem to pierce the bone
and open directly on its inner face.
Other Specimens.—The three more fragmentary specimens
only remain for consideration, and may be dismissed with
brief remarks. No. 2 (Leeds Catal.) is interesting as exhi-
biting the squamosals with the clearly defined straight occipital
border of the skull; and in this fossil the supraoccipital has
a less prominent hinder peak than is observed in the specimens
described above. No. 23 (Leeds Catal.) is very much crushed
and fractured, but the outline of the left frontal is distinct,
and, if appearances be not deceptive, its connexions are
different from those in both types described above. Here
the frontal seems to meet its fellow of the opposite side for
some distance, and the ethmoidal shield is disposed as in
no. 1; but the hinder part of its inner suture is shaped as in
no. 24, and was thus presumably articulated with a median
plate much resembling the anterior end of the supraoccipital
in the last-named fossil. The third and last specimen is the
small group of isolated bones (Brit. Mus. no. P. 6834) of
which the squamosal and parasphenoid have been incidentally
described above. Among these the right postfrontal (sphe-
notic) is specially worthy of notice as being well preserved.
It is small and meets the squamosal in a triangular rugose
facette ; its smooth outer face is triangular, while its equally
smooth anterior face is gently concave, to form part of the
hinder wall of the orbital cavity ; inwardly it is roughened
for articulation with another otic element ; its posterior aspect
takes part in the facette for the upper end of the hyoman-
dibular; and its lower extremity shows a coarsely inter-
digitating articular surface. A problematical bone from the

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. (i

base of the skull (PI. III. figs. 4, 4a) is also interesting. It
is bilaterally symmetrical and seems to have been formed in
cartilage; and the only suggestion the present writer can
make is that it represents a basisphenoid immediately behind
the parasphenoid. It is longer than broad, and its presumably
inferior face (fig. 4) exhibits a longitudinal keel which is
partly broken away ; it is narrowest at what appears to be its
hinder extremity, while the lateral margins form sharp edges,
each apparently notched near its anterior end. There is an
oblique roughened articular surface behind, shown on the
lower aspect (fig. 4, p.f.), and another similar surface, sloped
in the opposite way, appears from the inferior aspect in front
(a,f.), this fitting very well upon the parasphenoid if it
happens to have been placed as here supposed. The inner
face of this problematical bone (fig. 4.) is comparatively
flat, exhibiting only a possible articular surface at its narrowed
posterior end. A pair of large foramina pierce the bone
obliquely near its middle, the inferior opening being situated
further forwards than its superior exit.

Jaws and Facial Bones.

The mandibular suspensorium is unknown and the pterygo-
quadrate arcade is exhibited only in one specimen (no. 1).
Like that of Anomeodus Willett, this arcade is in the form
of a delicate toothless plate (Pl. I. fig. 1, ptg.), but it is un-
fortunately only preserved and exposed in its most posterior
portion, where the concavely arched front margin of the ecto-
pterygoid passes into that of the quadrate (qu.). The latter
element is comparatively robust, and it seems to exhibit a
surface of attachment tor the symplectic along nearly the
whole of its hinder margin; at least an apparently articular
surface may be observed in this position on both sides of the
only known specimen. Its articular face for the mandible is
irregularly oval, much deeper than broad, and slightly con-
cave. ‘The premaxille (pmzx.) are robust, deep, and narrow,
meeting in the middle line and each showing the bases of
three teeth. ‘They are smooth and overlapped by the tuber-
culated ethmoidal plates, and each is notched on its outer
lateral margin. Whether or not any facial element can be
identified with the maxilla is uncertain ; but one large tuber-
culated cheek-plate (y), deeper behind than in front, extends
down to the border of the upper jaw. ‘his plate is very
thin and toothless. A small cheek-plate (z) covers the outer
face of the postfrontal bone, and there is evidence of equally
small irregular suborbitals (s.0.).. The mandible is sometimes

8 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

partly obscured by the crushing of facial bones upon it ; but
the four specimens in the Leeds Collection suffice to exhibit
all its elements. The dentary bone (PI. I. fig. 1,d.; Pl. II.
fig. 4; Pl. III. fig. 2, d.) is comparatively insignificant, thin,
deep, and narrow, meeting its fellow in the middle line and
bearing a row of four large teeth. The greater portion of its
external surface is ornamented with tubercles, and it sends a
postero-inferior process underneath the large angular plate.
The latter plate (PI. II. fig.5; Pl. III. fig. 2, ang.) does not
extend upwards so far as the oral margin, but it completes
the hinder portion of the outer face of the mandibular ramus,
and its hinder ascending portion meets a small coronoid bone
(cor.) in a very wavy suture, which is frequently closed. The
upper portion of the coronoid bone is very thin and quite
smooth, and does not reach the tip of the great coronoid
process of the splenial. Indeed, the splenial element (PI. I.
fig. 1, spl.; Pl. II. fig. 3; Pl. III. fig. 2, spl.) is exposed on
the outer aspect of the entire margin of the mandibular ramus
behind the short oral border of the dentary. It is much the
largest and stoutest bone in the jaw, meeting its fellow of the
opposite side at the symphysis and completely covered to the
base of its coronoid elevation with a pavement of teeth. The
articular bone (PI. I. fig. 1, avt.), on the inner face of the
angular and apparently distinct, is always distorted by
crushing, though considerably ossified.

Dentition.

Teeth are confined to the vomer, splenial, premaxilla, and
dentary. They are all hollow, with a short base firmly anchy-
losed to the supporting bone. Certain displaced and unusually
coloured dental crowns are more suggestive of the existence
of successional teeth than any evidence the present writer
has hitherto observed ; but there is still no conclusive proof
of such displacement of the worn teeth. Of the prehensile
front teeth only one is preserved in the right dentary of no. 24
(Pl. II. fig. 4) ; its base is elevated, while the crown is trans-
versely elongated and chisel-shaped, convex on the outer face,
concave within. Asalready mentioned, each premaxilla bears
three of these teeth, while each dentary has four, all about of
equal size. The oral surface of the vomer (Pl. I. fig. 16;
Pl. Il. fig. 2) is flat and bears three principal longitudinal
series of teeth, one median and a symmetrical pair on the
lateral margins. ‘The lateral teeth are not much inferior in
size to those of the median series, but in the anterior half of
the bone there is an intermediate pair of rows of teeth scarcely

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. 9

half as large as the others; and as these pass backwards they
become more and more irregular, are supplemented with more
intermediate teeth, the majority still smaller and all very
irregularly arranged. The dentition on the splenial bone
(Pl. I. figs. 1, 1c; Pl. II. fig. 8) extends to its outer margin
as far as the base of the coronoid process. ‘There is one
principal longitudinal series of ovai teeth, about as large as
the median vomerine series, but the long axis of each tooth
oblique. The outermost row of teeth (wanting in the original
of Pl. I.) isnot much inferior in size, and, as in the vomer, the
external end of each tooth is produced into a slight peak for
grasping. Within the principal series one regular row of
round teeth about half as large and an innermost irregular row
of still smaller teeth can be observed. Between the principal
and outermost series the same small teeth, disposed almost
symmetrically with those on the inner side of the principal
series, are also seen; but, except in the anterior third of the
bone, these two rows are supplemented and partly disturbed
by the interposition of other small teeth. All these tritoral
teeth in both jaws are smooth and exhibit a shallow apical
indentation, with a crimped margin, very rarely also with a
slight median tubercle. ‘The shape of the indentation varies
with that of the tooth, and the hinder portion of its crimped
border is not infrequently wanting.

Opercular and Branchiostegal Apparatus.

The opercular apparatus is well displayed, and the oper-
culum and preoperculum can be readily identified. On the
lett side of no. 2 these bones are crushed a little downwards
and the upper end of the hyomandibular is thus partly ex-
posed, showing the short and deep process for the suspension
of the operculum. ‘I'he last-mentioned plate is also preserved
among the isolated bones in Brit. Mus. no. P. 6834 (PI. ILI.
figs. 5, 6). It is comparatively small, deep and narrow, its
truncated upper end twice as broad as the supratemporals
(shown in Pl. I. fig. 1), its straight anterior border placed
vertically at the line of the occiput, and its lower half tapering
to a point. In front it is overlapped, as usual, by the pre-
operculum (p.op.), and there is a large hollowed articular
facette (Pl. LIT. fig. 5 a, 7), well within on its anterior border
near the upper extremity, for its suspension on the hyoman-
dibular process. ‘The preoperculum is the large irregularly
triangular plate always conspicuous in Pycnodont skulls,
and in no. 2 its hinder margin distinctly corresponds with
that of the hyomandibular. On the right side of no. 1

10 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

(Pl. I. fig. 1, p.op.) it is shattered by fracture in front, but it
is well preserved at the upper end; and in this fossil, as also
in no. 2, there is shown interposed between it and the
squamosal a small apparently nearly square plate (z), which
is tuberculated as usual. The preoperculum thus does not
extend upwards quite so far as the operculum, which seems
to touch the hinder angle of the cranial roof; but its great
expanded inferior portion reaches considerably further down-
wards on the cheek than the tapering lower end of the latter
element. Below the preoperculum in no. 1 there are remains
of two slender plates having the appearance of branchiostegal
rays, the upper of considerable size, the lower very small and
delicate. ‘The first is also seen in nos. 2 and 23, and on the
external face it is always in part tuberculated. The space
between the mandibular rami (PI. III. fig. 2) is completely
covered with very small and delicate polygonal tessellated
plates (é.), marked with a tubercular ornament as coarse as
that of the other bones.

Appendicular Skeleton.

The post-temporal bone and supraclavicle are not recog-
nizable. ‘There is reason to believe that neither of them was
exposed on the tuberculated exterior of the fish, for in no. 1
the expanded upper end of the first dorso-ventral series of
flank-scales is shown to curve forwards and to be directly
overlapped by the small supratemporals. ‘he same arrange-
ment is also suggested by no. 2, where the foremost scales
are displaced and exhibit the comparatively fine tubercles of
their hidden front margin. ‘The clavicle is relatively small,
and this element of the left side is detached in no. 24. Its
exposed portion (Pl. II. fig. 6) is restricted and narrow, orna-
mented with tubercles only on its short inferior limb, while
its long fibrous upper limb is considerably thickened. There
is no laminar expansion of the bone bent inwards at its ante-
rior border. The coraco-scapular attachment is shown on the
inner face (Pl. II. fig. 6 a), but neither coracoid, scapula, nor
basals are preserved, only the unjointed bases of the fin-rays
in one specimen.

The pelvic fins are present, but quite small and insignifi-
cant. ‘The best-preserved example in no. 1 exhibits only tive
rays, which are rather stout and soon become very closely
divided and articulated at a short distance above the base.
Nothing is known of the basal pelvic elements.

Of the median fins only a fragment at the origin of the
caudal is preserved in no. 2. This is identifiable on com-

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. 11

parison with the corresponding fin in a specimen of Mesturus
verrucosus in the British Museum (no. 87023). The rays at
the anterior border gradually increase in length. The two
foremost rays are practically only elongated ridge-scales, the
right and left halves of each being fused together at the
apex ; the next two rays are also unjointed, but exhibiting
the two halves completely separated; the fifth ray shows
three articulations, two being close together and the third a
long distance further up ; the. succeeding rays are all closely
jointed distally. Between the extremities of the second to
the fifth rays on the anterior border there are four short and
delicate regularly alternating intercalary rays, which may
perhaps be termed fulcra.

Squamation.

The trunk is very incomplete in all the specimens, but
considerable portions of the squamation of the abdominal
region are preserved. ‘The scales (Pl. III. fig. 1) are all
thick and quadrangular, not strengthened within by any
well-defined rib, but deeply imbricating, and united above
and below both by the peg-and-socket articulation and by a
jagged suture. ‘This remarkable suture is most pronounced
on the middle of the flank, reduced to a slight waviness
towards the ventral border of the fish, while in one specimen
(no. 23) it is comparatively feebly marked. ‘The external
face of each scale is ornamented with large and rounded
closely arranged tubercles; but these are wanting towards
the smooth hinder border, which is not denticulated. ‘The
very regular flank-series become less regular towards the
ventral margin, and in no. 1 one series terminates in a wedge-
shaped scale slightly above and in advance of the pelvic fins.
Some of the flank-scales are about twice as deep as broad,
while those of the ventral region are mostly about as broad as
deep. ‘The azygous ventral ridge-scales are very narrow,
ornamented as the others, but having some of the tubercles
pointed and delicately striated; they are destitute of any
inwardly directed process, and merely unite with the adjoining
scales by a jagged suture.

Il. SysteMATIC DETERMINATION.

The generic determination of the fossils thus described is
rendered easy by the nature of the scales. The typical species
ot Mesturus, M. verrucosus*, as represented in the British

* A. Wagner, Abh. k. bay. Akad. Wiss., math.-phys. Cl. vol. ix. p. 388,
pl. iii. fig. 1 (1862).

12 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

Museum by a fine specimen from the Bavarian Lithographic
Stone (no. 37023), shows that most of the scales in this genus
are united above and below by jagged sutures—a feature, so
far as the present writer is aware, unique among fishes. ‘The
new Oxfordian specimens from Peterborough not only agree
in exhibiting this peculiarity, but also in the general aspect
of all the other parts which can be compared. Although the
caudal fin is wanting in all these fossils, there can therefore
be no doubt that they belong to the fan-shape-tailed Mesturus
rather than to the fork-tailed Gyrodus, which is the only
other genus displaying much resemblance.

With regard to specific characters, it may be remarked
that these are usually sought among Pyecnodonts in the tritoral
dentition. The precise characters of the teeth of MM. verru-
cosus, however, are unknown, and the dentition in three of the
Oxfordian specimens now described is so remarkably similar,
notwithstanding the striking differences in the arrangement of
the bones of the cranial roof and the variation in the tuber-
cular ornament, that it is difficult to form any judgment as to
nomenclature. The specimen of MM. verrucosus, however, in
the British Museum is characterized by an irregular enlarge-
ment of the tubercles along the anterior half of the course of
the “ lateral line,” while many of its scales display radiating
structural lines; and both these features are wanting in the
new fossils from the Oxford Clay. We therefore appear to
be dealing with a new species, of which the dental characters
are described in detail on p. 8, and it may be appropriately
named Mesturus Leedsi, in compliment to its discoverer. ‘The
fossil no. 1 (Leeds Catalogue) must be regarded as the type
specimen, and the others are provisionally associated with
it until complete examples of each of these varieties are
discovered.

III. Conc iusions.

Two most important results are obtained from the new
specimens of Mestwrus now described. The arrangement of
the cranial roof-bones of a Pyecnodont fish is discovered for
the first time, and the true nature of the opercular apparatus
is determined. It is also interesting to observe a partial con-
firmation of the facts in regard to the arrangement of the
jaws, which were revealed two years ago by the study of the
Cretaceous genus Anomeodus *.

* A.S. Woodward, “On the Genus Anoma@odus, with Remarks on

the Structure of the Pycnodont Skull,” Geol. Mag. [3] vol. x. (1895)
p. 487, pl. xvii. fig. 1.

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. 13

The bony shield of the cranial roof is remarkable for its
close resemblance to the corresponding shield in Actpenser
and certain Siluroids. It is, in fact, the first instance of this
arrangement of plates recorded among fishes which exhibit a
trunk and fin-skeleton on the same biological level as the
Pycnodont type. Moreover, the disposition of the sutures is
evidently as capricious as that in Aczpenser ; for not only do
the parietal plates of no. 1 lack bilateral symmetry, but two
specimens so closely similar in other respects as nos. 1 and 24
differ completely in the arrangement of the median roof-
elements. It is also to be noted that in the allied genera
Mesodon, Microdon, and Gyrodus there is only one parietal
plate on each side, while from this in the two first-mentioned
genera there arises a large posteriorly directed process with
digitate extremity, which extends immediately beneath the
dorsal scales of the trunk. In the Cretaceous Coecodus all
the elements of the cranial roof are fused together. The ex-
ternal bones of the Pycnodont skull are thus of an anomalous
and variable character.

The opercular apparatus is equally remarkable, and only
parallelled among deep-bodied Teleostean fishes in which the
jaws are displaced far forwards (e. g. Lampris and the Gym-
nodonts). ‘The small operculum has hitherto been described
as “ supraclavicle;” but if any evidence of its identity is
required beyond that described above, it is only necessary to
examine a specimen of (ryrodus in the British Museum
(no. 37108), where the element may be seen suspended by
the opercular process of the hyomandibular*. ‘The identifi-
cation of the preoperculum (“ operculum ” of previous authors)
is confirmed by its demonstrated relationships in Anom@odus
Willett’. The two branchiostegal rays and the tesseree of the
gular region have previously been noticed in Gyrodus.

In estimating the taxonomic value of these and the gene-
rally-known characters of Pycnodonts it is necessary to
remember two facts :—Firstly, that Accpenser and its living
allies are proved by paleontology to be the degenerate descen-
dants of ganoid fishes which had the cranial roof-bones
arranged in a normal manner (cf. Chondrosteus) ; secondly,
that the disposition of the opercular apparatus, as also the
firm fixation of the pterygo-palatine arcade, observed in the
Pycnodonts, is likewise met with in more than one group of
the bony fishes—is, in fact, merely a physiological correlation
(1) with the reduction in size of the outlet of the gill-cavity,
(2) with the forward displacement of the mouth, and (3) with

* This fossil is described and figured in the recently published vol. iii.
of the Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M, p. 235, pl. xvi. fig. 3.

14 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

the powerful development of the dentition. Thus the Pycno-
donts may be closely related to other ganoid fishes with
normal skulls, and their nearest allies may exhibit a quite
ordinary opercular and branchiostegal apparatus if the mouth
be less displaced or the dentition less powerful.

Having premised so much, it only remains to emphasize
again the contention of Traquair * that the Pycnodont skele-
ton, considered apart from the head, is completely ‘ Lepid-
osteoid” in character. ‘This emphasis is all the more necessary
since, even in a modern handbook, which is authoritative in
most respects, the exploded errors of thirty years ago are
allowed undue influence, and the “special”’ difference between
Pycnodonts and the Palzozoic Platysomide is said to consist
in “the dentition and arrangement of the jaws” +t. Asa
matter of fact, all the fundamental differences are in the trunk.
In Pycnodonts the tail is atrophied-heterocercal, the rays of
the dorsal and anal fins are supported by a single series of
endoskeletal elements of equal number, and there are no
infraclavicles. ven the most specialized of known Platy-
somide never exhibit the faintest approach to this combination
of characters ; the heterocercal tail and multiple-rayed median
fins are as pronounced in the most specialized as in the most
generalized types. ‘The summit of Platysomid evolution
seems to have been attained by the anomalous Permian genus
Dorypterus. The only known link between the grade of fish
to which Platysomus belongs and the higher grade in which
the Pycnodonts must be placed is the Triassic family of
Catopteride, where the upper caudal lobe is hemiheterocercal,
while the rays of the dorsal and anal fins are nearly as few as
their supports, which are ranged in only one series. Present
knowledge is therefore in favour of the supposition that the
Pycnodonts are a secondary modification of the higher or
“ Lepidosteoid”’? grade, which was first reached through
comparatively generalized types of fishes resembling the
Catopteride.

In fact, making allowance for the morphological changes
necessitated by a reduced branchial outlet and a forwardly
displaced mouth—further, admitting that the anomalous
arrangement of the cranial roof-bones is the result of degene-
ration—there is little to distinguish the Pycnodonts from
Lepidotus, Dapedius, and their allies. It is certainly note-
worthy that Lepidotus itself, which has the most highly
developed tritoral dentition, exhibits very few branchiostegal

* R. H. Traquair, “On the Structure and Affinities of the Platy-

somide,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxix. (1879), pp. 882-386.
+ K. A. von Zittel, ‘Grundziige der Palzontologie’ (1895), p. 574.

Remains of the Pycnodont Fish, Mesturus. 15

rays and no gular plate, while the cheek-plates are very
irregularly subdivided. It is also curious that the allies of
this genus and Dapedius (e. g., Tetragonolepis and Aetheo-
lepis) are the only known “ Lepidosteoids”’ in which the
caudal squamation degenerates behind a definite straight line,
as it does in so many Pycnodonts. On the whole, therefore,
it is reasonable to refer the fishes under discussion to a place
among the “ Lepidosteoids ” corresponding with that occupied
by Acipenser among the ‘ Acipenseroids” and by the
Siluride among ordinary Physostomi.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Mesturus Leedst, sp. n.—Oxford Clay, Peterborough, All the figures
natural size unless otherwise stated.

PyatTE I.

Fig. 1. Head &c., right lateral aspect, with right mandibular ramus
removed, one-half nat. size. [Leeds Collection, no. 1.]

Fig. 1a. Ditto, superior aspect, one-half nat. size. art., articular; d,
dentary ; eth., ethmoidal plates; fr., frontal; op., operculum ;
orb., orbit; p.eth., posterior ethmoidal; p.op,, preoperculum ;
pet., pectoral fin; pma., premaxilla; ptg., pterygo-quadrate
arcade ; qu., quadrate; s.o., suborbitals; s.oce., supraoccipital ;
s.t., supratemporals; sp/., splenial; sqg., squamosal; v., vomer;
x, parietals; y, maxilla (?); z, undetermined dermal plate.

Fig. 1 6, Ditto, vomerine dentition.

Fig. 1c. Ditto, left splenial dentition, wanting outermost series.

Puate II,

Fig. 1. Imperfect head, superior aspect, two-thirds nat. size. [Leeds
Collection, no, 24.| Letters as in Pl. L.

4g. 1 a, Ditto, parasphenoid, inferior aspect, two-thirds nat. size. dpt.,
basipterygoid process ; X., knob ; pas., main part of bone; pt.f.,

postfrontal (sphenotic).

. Ditto, vomerine dentition.

. Ditto, left splenial with dentition.

. Ditto, right dentary, outer aspect.

. Ditto, right angular, outer aspect.

. Ditto, left clavicle, outer and inner (6 a) aspects.

S
O> Or H CO OD

PuatTE III.

1. Portion of squamation. [Leeds Collection, no, 1.]
Fig, 2. Mandible. [Leeds Collection, no. 2.) ang., angular; cor., coro-
noid; d., dentary ; sp/., splenial ; ¢, tesserze. (

3. Parasphenoid, inferior and superior (8 a) aspects. [British
Museum, no. P. 6834.| dpt., basipterygoid process.

Fig.4. Supposed basisphenoid, inferior and superior (4a) aspects.
[Ditto.] a.f., anterior facette ; p,f., posterior facette.

5. Right operculum, outer and inner (5 a) aspects. [Ditto.] f, fa-
cette for hyomandibular suspension.

6

Fig. 6, Lett operculum, imperfect below, outer aspect. [Ditto.]

16 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

I1.— Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians from

Colombia. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

THE new Reptiles and Batrachians described below form part
of a collection made at Buenaventura, near the coast, and at
Cali, on the west slope of the Cordillera, at an altitude of
3200 feet, by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg. A selection from
the collection has been acquired by the Trustees of the British
Museum, including the types of the new species.

Anolis Rosenbergit.

Allied to A. bitectus, Cope. Head twice as long as broad,
slightly longer than the tibia; forehead deeply concave ;
frontal ridges indistinct ; upper head-scales strongly keeled, on
the end of the snout tricarinate; scales of the supraorbital
semicircles enlarged, in contact with each other or separated
by one series of scales; five to nine enlarged supraoculars ;
occipital larger than the ear-opening, separated from the
supraorbitals by one or two series of scales; canthus rostralis
angular; loreal rows six or seven; five upper labials to below
the centre of the eye; ear-opening moderate, roundish.
Gular appendage large; gular scales keeled. Body short,
compressed ; no dorso-nuchal crest. Dorsal scales large,
hexagonal, juxtaposed, strongly keeled, in ten or twelve
longitudinal series ; lateral scales minutely granular ; ventral
seales larger than dorsals, rhomboidal, pointed, imbricate,
sharply keeled. ‘The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye;
digits very feebly dilated; 16 lamelle under phalanges II.
and III. of the fourth toe. ‘Tail rounded, slightly com-
pressed at the base, twice and two thirds as long as head and
body. No enlarged postanal scales. Pale greyish brown
above; a white streak from below the eye to the middle of
the side of the body, passing above the ear; a large dark
light-edged spot on the upper surface of the tibia; a blackish
blotch on each side of the body, in front of the hind limb;
lower parts white ; gular appendage bluish black, with series
of white scales.

millim
Rotal length « «.. 6.0 joe epee oom 163
DS USEG ley PREIS aioe oe ute ~ 12
Wadthvotshead:..< . «teen pe eeieee eee 6
BAO OY soc sntsinie's o's +» 5 SEER See eae oe 33
Or eg lim oc. dc. cicvesess EE ee 20
hindlimb) § .. 4.32 .<eeeeee een ee 35
ADDO Sete tients (sys «:0 See Cee 1

Reptiles and Batrachians from Colombia. Li

Two specimens, male and half-grown, from near Buena-
ventura.

Anolis notopholis.

Allied to A. tropidonotus, Ptrs. Head once and two thirds
to once and three fourths as long as broad, as long as the
tibia; forehead concave ; frontal ridges feebly marked, short
and divergent; all the upper head-scales strongly keeled ;
scales of the supraorbital semicircles enlarged, in contact with
each other or separated by one or two series of scales; two 1o
five enlarged supraoculars ; occipital feebly enlarged, separated
from the supraorbitals by two or three series of scales; canthus
rostralis angular; loreal rows six or seven; seven to nine
upper labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-opening
large, vertically oval. Gular appendage large ; gular scales
keeled. Body short, compressed; no dorso-nuchal fold.
Dorsal scales very large, the largest fully twice as large as
the ventrals, hexagonal, subimbricate, sharply keeled, forming
eight or ten longitudinal series, the two median series formed
of smaller scales ; lateral scales very small, imbricate, keeled ;
ventral scales rhomboidal, rounded or truncate behind, sharply
keeled. ‘The adpressed hind limb reaches the nostril or the
end of the snout; digits very slightly dilated; 14 or 15
lamelle under phalanges II. and III. of the fourth toe. Tail
slightly compressed, once and three fourths to twice as long
as head and body. No enlarged postanal scales. Bronzy or
golden above, with a series of large black oblique spots on
each side of the back; a black stripe on each side of the
nape, bifurcating on the back of the head, the outer branch
extending to the eye ; a black line from the eye to the nostril,
below the canthus rostralis; lower parts pale golden; gular
appendage vermilion-red.

Sr :
millim. millim.

Pc rIMlen UN. ac wet cise sectets is «cs SRD ea ek 148 147

- Lblen rolls 6 oo Reee ee Sieienn tii Pak Bee's Sree aL ae 14 15
NVardiuawotehead Pseysereye eecavsels «sy sic aoe the hsb 8 9
“EOLYT oe PR ee eee ae aee 3 37
1que lita ey Seta BEA oeas Hane oe ae ene 2) 22
EHiTTaw TMD eens Ge esas, ca ecco ee ome 42 46
TUDES o on Sse RARE Aie eC Oe sian een 14 14
Bitsy MPI NE ec Farc echt Ma eish ici ave woocare ate occas 100 95

Several specimens from near Buenaventura.

Homalocranium longifrontale.
Eye about half as long as the snout. Rostral broader than
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 2

18 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

deep, just visible from above ; internasals not half as long as
the preefrontals ; frontal hexagonal, obtuse-angled in front,
acute-angled behind, twice as long as broad, much longer
than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the
parietals ; nostril between two nasals, the posterior widely
separated from the preocular; two postoculars; temporals
1+1; seven upper labials, second in contact with the pra-
frontal, third and fourth entering the eye; first lower labial
in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial; four lower
labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are
longer than the posterior. Scalesin1l5rows. Ventrals 158;
anal divided; subcaudals 85. Pale brown above, with five
dark brown longitudinal lines; head and nape black; a

ellow band across the snout; a yellow blotch on each side of
the head behind the eye; a round yellow spot on each side of
the vertex, between the supraocular and the parietal, another
pair on the back of the head between the parietal and the
second temporal, and a yellow dot on each parietal near the
median suture ; the black of the nape bordered with yellow
behind ; a series of blackish dots along the outer row of scales ;
lower parts white.

Total length 1800 millim., tail 803.

A single male specimen from Cali.

Allied to H. melanocephalum, L., but distinguished by the
longer frontal shield and the longer tail.

Leptognathus leucomelas.

Body strongly compressed. Eye large. Rostral a little
broader than deep, not visible from above; internasals half as
long as the preefrontals ; frontal as long as broad, as long as
its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the
parietals ; nasal divided ; loreal once and a half as long as
broad, bordering the eye ; no preocular; prefrontal entering
the eye; two postoculars; temporals 1+2; seven upper
labials, third and fourth entering the eye; first lower labial
in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ; three pairs
of chin-shields, first longer than broad. Scales in 15 rows;
vertebrals strongly enlarged, the largest nearly twice as broad
as long. Ventrals 188; anal entire; subcaudals 85. Dark
grey above, spotted with black, with black white-edged
annuli, some of which are broken on the vertebral line ; head
blackish, speckled with white; belly white, speckled and
spotted with black, and irregularly barred by the black annuli.

Total length 570 millim., tail 130.

A single temale specimen from Buenaventura.
o

Reptiles and Batrachians from Colombia. 19

Hylodes raniformis.

Tongue cordiform. Vomerine teeth in two short transverse
series close together, behind the level of the choane. Head
a little broader than long; snout obtusely pointed, longer
than the diameter of the orbit, with angular canthus rostralis
and concave loreal region; nostril much nearer the tip of the
snout than the eye; interorbital region as broad as the upper
eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye.
Fingers moderate, first longer than second; subarticular
tubercles very strong; toes long, one-third webbed; disks
moderate; a rather strong elliptical inner metatarsal tubercle ;
a very indistinct outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches beyond the tip of the snout. Skin smooth.
Greyish olive above, with ill-defined darker spots; a light
vertebral stripe sometimes present; a streak above the
tympanum and below the canthus rostralis blackish ; lips
spotted with blackish ; limbs dark-spotted or with very indis-
tinct dark cross-bars ; hinder side of thighs whitish, reticulate
with dark brown; lower parts white, throat sometimes
speckled with brown. Male with an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 70 millim.

Several specimens; Buenaventura and Cali.

This species is closely allied to H. palmatus, Blgr., but
distinguished by the broader interorbital region, the smooth
skin, and the much larger size.

Hylodes bufoniformis.

Tonguecircular, nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two strong
transverse series close together behind the level of the choane.
Head very large, much depressed, broader than long, broader
than the body; snout broadly rounded, with obtuse canthus
and concave loreal region ; nostril much nearer the tip of the
snout than the eye; interorbital space narrower than the
upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, vertically oval, three fifths
the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, merely swollen at
the end, first longer than second; subarticular tubercles
strong; toes short, webbed at the base, dilated into well-
developed disks at the end ; subarticular tubercles moderate ;
inner metatarsal tubercle elliptical, two thirds the length of
the inner toe ; outer metatarsal tubercle very indistinct. The
tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin of body and
hmbs smooth; sides of head covered with small warts.
Olive above, marbled with darker; flanks marbled with
black ; limbs with dark cross-bars; hinder side of thighs

De

20 On new Reptiles and Batrachians from Colombia.

blackish, with small round whitish spots; lower parts white,
throat and limbs dotted or reticulated with brown.

From snout to vent 60 millim.

A single female specimen from Buenaventura.

Hylodes erythropleura.

Tongue oval, scarcely nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in
two very small groups close together behind the level of the
choane. Head moderate, as long as broad; snout rounded,
with distinct canthus and slightly concave loreal region ;
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; nostril nearer
the tip of the snout than the eye; tympanum distinct, one
third the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, dilated into
moderately large disks, first shorter than second ; subarticular
tubercles moderate ; toes with a slight rudiment of web, disks
moderate ; two small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches halfway between the eye and the end of
the snout. Skin smooth above; belly granular. Greyish
above, sides of head and body darker; three darker stripes
along the back; three dark light-edged bars on the upper
lip; throat and belly whitish, much freckled with grey ; sides
of belly, sides of thighs, and lower surface of tibia carmine-
red.

From snout to vent 31 millim.

A single female specimen from Cali.

Allied to H. cerastnus, Cope, and H. Urichii, Bttgr., both
of which have longer hind limbs ; moreover, the former has
the tympanum smaller, the latter larger.

Hyla variabilis.

Tongue circular, entire, free behind. Vomerine teeth in
two small groups between the choana. Head rather small,
a little broader than long; snout rounded, as long as the
diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis indistinct; loreal
region oblique, slightly concave; nostril equally distant from
the end of the snout and the eye; interorbital space nearly
as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum moderately distinct,
two fifths to one half the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-
fourth webbed; disks as large as the tympanum; no pro-
jecting rudiment of pollex; toes three-fourths webbed; no
tarsal fold. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tym-
panum or the posterior border of the eye. Skin smooth;
belly and lower surface of thighs coarsely granular. Pale
greyish to dark purplish brown above, uniform or with more

On Two new Lizards from the Transvaal. 21

or less numerous black dots; young with a whitish streak,
dotted with black, on each side of the head and back, and
with dark cross-bars on the limbs, which disappear in the
adult ; lower parts pale yellow, uniform in the young, throat
and belly reticulate or marbled with brown in the adult.
Male with an internal gular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 38 millim.

Numerous specimens from Cali.

III.—Descriptions of Two new Lizards from the
Transvaal. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Pachydactylus affinis.

Snout a little longer than the diameter of the orbit. Ear-
opening oval, oblique. Digits short, distinctly broader at the
end than at the base, the dilated part with four or five
lamelle inferiorly. Head covered with minute granules,
which are larger on the snout; back of head and temples
with scattered slightly enlarged granules ;_naso-rostrals
separated by one granule ; rostral broader than deep; eight
upper labials; six lower labials, the anterior larger than the
symphysial, which is longer than broad. Body covered with
very small granules intermixed with rather small, strongly
keeled, oval tubercles, disposed irregularly ; ventral scales
small, increasing in size from throat to groin. Greyish above,
irregularly spotted all over with dark brown; a dark brown
streak on each side of the head, passing through the eye;
lower parts white.

millim
Matalblenstthusattss ogists: cheb anager avase shaven 68
Gags gees Peers: scant cia ore ol crateeeie sicte eked ce 12
Wirdthvotsheadtaraac. o cipacheiin ce cece 9
Jath0 4 pera: Ole cara ionog RoR ERRRCA Cone Roce eNO 32
HORep MDs eT ere «coe see 18
lier bie eeacss ors.« cic cts 16
Taili(reproduced) ..... Sc seaae.- = « 24

A single male specimen from the Rustenburg District,
Transvaal, collected by Mr. W. Ayres. |

This species is nearly related to P. capensis, Smith, and
P. formosus, Smith, but easily distinguished by the much
smaller dorsal tubercles and the absence of large tubercles on

the occiput and temples.

22 Mr. G. Lewis on

Agama microterolepis.

Head rather small, much depressed. Nostril tubular,
directed upwards and backwards, on the canthus rostralis.
Upper head-scales smooth ; occipital enlarged ; sides of head
near the ear and neck with groups of short spines; ear-
opening large, larger than the eye-opening. Throat much
plicate ; no gular pouch. Body much depressed, covered with
very small uniform scales, dorsals and laterals keeled, ventrals
smooth; dorsal scales converging and increasing in size
towards the vertebral line; 90 to 100 scales on the vertebral
line from the origin of the fore limbs to the origin of the hind
limbs, 150 to 160 round the middle of the body; a slight
indication of a nuchal crest; no dorsal crest. Tibia a little
longer than the skull. Digits moderate; fourth finger slightly
longer than third; fourth toe slightly longer than third, fifth
extending beyond first. Tail about twice as long as the
distance from gular fold to vent, depressed at the base,
slightly compressed at the end, with a rudimentary keel or
low crest in the male; scales moderately large, strongly
keeled, disposed quincuncially or forming irregular annuli.
Male with a row of anal pores. Dark greyish olive above,
with dark brown marblings and rings; vertebral line
yellowish; tail with dark brown annuli, which are inter-
rupted below ; throat blnish grey ; belly and lower surface of
limbs bluish grey in the male, white in the female.

roillim
otal: length eee. e nhe ae eeiee 270
leads...) sg sec eee he AE eee toa 23
Wadth of head oethaee eee peace 23
12000) PMID Tt Starks su cod a paOD > 87
Fore limb: '. h:ccce eee one 60
TAM: 0. «cis Ao eae 75
(ict eT, FS Se ota 6 160

Three specimens from the Rustenburg District, Transvaal,

collected by Mr. W. Ayres.

IV.— On the Coccinellidee of Jupan.
By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

BrerorE Mr. G. R. Crotch left for America in 1872 he
determined the species of Coccinellide I then had from
Japan, and furnished me with a list of the species. The
list was afterwards published in the Ent. Month. Mag. x.

the Coccinellide of Japan. 23

pp. 54-56 (1873) ; but only four of the species indicated as
new were described as such in Crotch’s ‘ Revision of the
Coccinellide,’ a posthumous work printed by the Syndics of
the Cambridge University Press, and published in 1874.
Since 1874 Weise has described five species as new from
Japan, and Harold and myself one each; the present paper
introduces eighteen more, and brings the total number known
to fifty-seven. Twelve of these are either identical or
similar to European species; the others are either known
Oriental species or species of an Oriental type.

The synonymy of the Coccinellide as a family is long and
perplexing, and I do not think it would serve any useful
purpose to repeat any part of it here: students who wish
for an elaborate list of names can easily compile one from
the Munich Catalogue of 1874 and from the pages of the
‘Zoological Record for subsequent years. Coccinella decem-
punctata, L., requires two pages in the Munich Catalogue,
which gives seventy names, but Crotch, in his ‘ Revision,’ is
content to cite nine; as a specialist in the group he deemed
this sufficient. Neither have I noticed varietal names, as
these also are recorded in the works named, and I consider
all such names an unnecessary adjunct ‘to a synonymy
already confusing. Some varietal names have been given
apparently under the assumption that particular species have
certain similar aspects which are repeated in various indi-
viduals over and over again; but in Ptychantis axyridis,
Pall., a curious variety may be found which may not occur
again (the patterns of this insect are almost as diversified as
those of the kaleidoscope), and a name given to such a variety
would be a “specimen” name, and would have no right to a
place in any catalogue. If varietal names are or have been
given to specimens which ultimately prove to be good species,
priority cannot be claimed for the names; they have no
status unattached to known and described species to which the
authors originally assigned them.

EPILACHNA, Chevrolat.

The species of this genus are phytophagous, and as such
differ from the others of this series.

Epilachna niponica, sp. 1

Hemispherica, parum opaca; capite disco nigro-maculato; thorace
in medio triangulariter maculato, utrinque bipunctato ; scutellum
nigro vel rufo, dense punctulato; elytris 28-maculatis.

Mas. Segmento ventrali quarto canaliculato.

L. 73-8} mill.

24 Mr. G. Lewis on

Hemispherical, above reddish brown with a pinkish tinge,
somewhat opaque ; the head clearly and rather densely punc-
tulate, with a discal, rather transverse, black mark; the
thorax with a median somewhat triangular black patch, the
pointed end of which touches the basal edge; on the disk it
widens out transversely, leaving a clear margin behind the
head more or less wide, near the base, in a line with the eye,
are two black spots on either side; the scutellum red or
black, usually red, densely punctulate; the elytra with
shallow punctures and a faint alutaceous sculpture, and more
generally over the whole surface is a fine punctuation, the
twenty-eight spots occupy corresponding positions to those
of a typical EZ. 28-punctato, Linn., but they are larger and
the two behind the scutellum join, the two sutural spots on
the disk also sometimes join, beneath in the epipleural fold
there is a long irregular streak, black; the abdomen, fourth
segment of male is canaliculate in the middle, surface of the
channel usually red, rarely black, body beneath black; the
legs, thighs with an elongate black spot or wholly infuscate.
The apices of the elytra are less widely rounded off than
those of L. 28-maculata, Motsch.

Hab. Nikko and Miyanoshita. Also found near the Junsai
Lake feeding on a species of Physalis, and usually resting on
the underside of the leaves. Tusan (Leech).

Epilachna 28-maculata, Motsch.

Epilachna vigintioctomaculata, Motsch. Etud. Ent. vi. p. 40 (1857) ;
Crot. Rev. Coe. p. 48 (1874).

Hemispherica, parum opaca; thorace in medio nigro; scutello
rufo; elytris 28-maculatis ; metasterno infuscato.
L. 64-7 mill.

Hemispherical, somewhat opaque, in colour similar to
E. niponica; the head immaculate, somewhat densely but
very finely punctulate ; the thorax with a transverse black
mark on the disk and a small spot midway between it and
the basal edge ; on either side of the discal mark are two other
spots which sometimes join; the scutellum is usually red,
faintly and finely punctulate; the elytra, surface sculpture
similar to that of 4. niponica, but sometimes fainter, with
twenty-eight spots, the pair behind the scutellum are sepa-
rated by a narrow sutural margin, the other spots agree with
those of #. 28-punctata, Linn. ; epipleural fold usually without
a mark, but sometimes there is a faint infuscate streak ; the
fourth segment of the abdomen in male slightly impressed.

Hab. Yokohama and other places. Common.

.

the Coccinellidee of Japan. 25

Epilachna 28-punctata, Fabricius.
Coceinella 28-punctata, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 34 (1775).

Crotch labelled some of my specimens from South Japan
“H, 28-punctata, F.,” and they are different to those I found
near Yokohama and other places more in the north, and which
I refer to H#. 28-maculata, Motsch. ‘The differences are
chiefly in size and colour generally and in the form of the
thorax, which in 4 28-maculata is more markedly transverse,
and the shoulders also are wider. Crotch remarks of
E. 28-punctata, F., “ This species varies almost to infinity,
and gradually runs into the common six-spotted type, so that
1 cannot give any structural differences ;”’ but Crotch, so far
as I know, never saw typical specimens of L. 28-maculata
nor any examples from the north.

Hlab. Nagasaki and Konosé. Oshima ( Oberthiir).

Epilachna admirabilis, Crotch.
Epilachna admirabilis, Crot. Revis. Coc. p. 81 (1874).

This species is described by Crotch as being like H. macu-
laris, Muls.; the head is immaculate and clearly punctulate ;
the thorax black, with the anterior angles red, lateral margins
and anterior border also sometimes red; the scutellum black ;
the elytra ten-spotted, scutellar and discal sutural spots are
common to both wing-cases, in the middle of each elytron is
a third spot, the fourth is humeral, fifth on the middle of the
elytra edge, the last is before the apex; all the spots are
large, and in one example in thirteen the sutural-discal and
the two outer spots join (this form agrees with Crotch’s type,
which I have seen) ; the under surface and legs usually pale,
but the abdominal segments are sometimes partly infuscate.
I have not observed any sexual differences in the ventral
segments.

Hab. Hakone, Nikko, and abundant at Shiba, near Tokio ;
China (Crotch).

Anisosticta kobensis, sp. n.

Obiongo-ovata, pallide flava; thorace 6-nigro-punctato; elytris
19-punctatis, distincte punctulatis.
L. 33-4 mill.

The form and number of the spots agree very closely with
those of A. 19-punctata, Linn., but the general colour is
paler and the spots much larger; the elytral punctuation
larger and much clearer, and the legs more slender. The
outline of the body is narrower.

26 Mr. G. Lewis on

lab. Kawasaki, near Kobé; a small series found under
reeds in September. Also at Niigata and Honjo in Tokio.

Hippodamia 13-punctata, Linneus.
Coccinella tredecimpunctata, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 336 (1758).

Hab. Kawasaki and Nikko; two examples only. Common
in Europe and some parts of Siberia.

Coccinella 12-maculata, Gebler.
Coccinella duodectmmaculata, Gebl. Mém. Mose. ii. p. 76 (1882).

Crotch says the prosternal process is raised (Rev. Coc.
p- 110), but in two specimens I have examined it is flat and
bistriate ; this character is therefore not constant, although I
have seen it in Chinese examples.

Hab. Kashiwagi. ‘lwo examples only.

Coccinella 8-maculata, Fabricius.
Coccinella octomaculata, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. p. 97 (1781).

In my former list the synonymic name of C. arcuata, F.,
1787, was used.
Hab. Nagasaki. Four examples.

Coccinella T-punctata, Linneus.
Coccinella septempunctata, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 865 (1758).

In Crotch’s ‘ Revision’ this species and C. Bruckit, Muls.
1866, are considered to be distinct species; but in a note
Crotch says that the specimens from Japan “ seem to afford
a passage to C. 7-punctata, Linn.” My series from Japan
consists of both forms, and I think that C. Bruckiz, Muls.,
is only a varietal name.

Hab. A\l the islands. Very common.

Coccinella transversoguttata, Faldermann.
Coccinella transversoguttata, Fald. Mém. Ac. Petr. ii. p. 454 (1835).

This species was first described from Siberia. Specimens
from Eastern Asia and Japan are very finely but clearly
punctulate on the thorax and elytra. I have some examples
in the Gorham collection from Mexico (a locality given by
Crotch, Revis. p. 116), in which this punctuation is obsolete.

Hab. Niigata, Hakodate, and Sapporo.

the Coccinellides of Japan. 27

Coccinella ainu, sp. n.

Nigra, supra convexa, nitida; elytris rufis, 12-nigro-punctatis,
parum dense punctulatis.
L. 5-53 mill.

In colour very similar to C. 11-punctata, Linn., but more
broadly oval, and the elytra have a humeral spot. The head
black, with two yellow spots touching the interior edge of the
eye, punctulate; the thorax, punctuation clearer than that
of the head, anterior angles broadly pale; the pale patches
are sometimes joined by a pale anterior narrow margin; the
elytra, on either side of the scutellum is a pale triangular
spot, and behind it a large black sutural spot common to
both wing-cases; in the dorsal region, but quite clear of
the suture, are four more black spots (sometimes the poste-
rior pair are smaller than the anterior pair), on the lateral
area are three smaller spots on either side, the basal or
humeral spot is nearer to the intermediate spot than the inter-
mediate spot is to the apical one. ‘The surfaces of the elytra
are more distinctly punctulate than in either C. 11-punctata,
L., or C. 7-punctata, L. Beyond the pale thoracic margin
noticed above I have not seen any variation of importance.

Hab. Sapporo and Mororan, in August 1880. Found
abundantly in company with C. Crotchi in the flowers of
‘‘immortelles’’ growing in a dry river-bed.

Coccinella ronina, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida; capite in medio flavo-maculato ;
thorace utrinque pallide marginato: elytris 4-maculatis, maculis
flavis vel rufis.

L. 4-43 mill.

Oblong-ovate, black, shining ; the head black, with a pale
median spot between the eyes, finely punctulate ; the thorax
punctulate like the head, with a pale lateral band or border
rather broad and of equal width throughout; the scutellum
very small and punctulate ; the elytra also punctulate, each
wing-case with two pale or red spots placed longitudinally in
a line with each other near the centres of the wing-cases ; a
point between the spots would indicate the centre of each
elytron ; the epipleural rim is very narrow, especially near the
humeral angle; the ventral segments are laterally pale or

reddish.
Hab. Oyama in Sagami and Junsai in Yezo.

28 Mr. G. Lewis on

Coccinella 14-pustulata, Linneus.
Coccinella quatuordecimpustulata, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 368 (1758).
Hab. Kashiwagi, Yokohama, Fukui, Fujisan, and Sapporo.

Common.
Coccinella Crotchi, Lewis.
Coccinella Crotchi, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 466 (1879).

This species does not seem to vary much in colour.
Hab. Oyayama, Maiyasan, Awomori, and Sapporo.

Leis 15-maculata, Hope.
Coccinella quindecimmaculata, Hope, Zool. Mise. p. 30 (1881).

Hab. Nagasaki. Two examples. Evidently confined to
the south of Japan. Oshima (Oderthiir).

Ptychantis axyridis, Pallas.

Coccinella axyridis, Pall. Iter. iii. p. 29 (1778).

The synonymy set forth by Crotch and Harold does not
quite agree, and so probably requires adjustment. It con-
sists of eighteen to twenty names.

Hab. All the islands and in China. Late in autumn, when
this species assembles for hibernation, it may be seen congre-
gating in countless multitudes. I saw it assemble in Kiu
Kiang in 18638, its vast numbers filling the crevices of the
large pagoda near the river. In 1880 I saw a similar multi-
tude at Nikko lining the shutters of a house. The most
dissimilar looking individuals I found in cop.

Anatis halonis, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, supra convexa; elytris 16-punctatis; C. ocellate
_ proxime affinis, sed pedibus robustioribus et colore dissimili.
Long. 83-9 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, shining; body beneath black, ventral
segments sometimes laterally pale ; the head with somewhat
acinaciform punctures, black, with a yellow spot on the inner
edge of the eye and a smaller pale spot within the anterior
ocular emargination ; the thorax distinctly and densely punc-
tulate, with the lateral rim best-marked at the base, anteriorly .
the rim is very feeble, pale yellow, with an irregular M-shaped
mark in the middle, and exterior to it on either side before the
posterior angles is an isolated black dot; the scutellum red
or black; the elytra, the spots are similar in position to those

the Coccinellide of Japan. 29

of C. ocellata, L., the scutellar pair are very small and round
and equidistant from the scutellum and the suture, surrounded
by a pale halo-like circle, the other spots correspond with
those of C. ocellata, but are all small, being encroached upon
by the pale margin, so much so, indeed, that in the median
spot before the apex the black dot is obliterated or is very
faint; the legs pale reddish brown, tarsi somewhat robust,
posterior tibial carina almost obsolete.

Knowing how variable C. ocellata is, I should have con-
sidered this a variety of it had I not found the tarsi more
robust and the tibial carina distinctly feeble. I have not,
however, seen a specimen of C. ocellata coloured like the
present insect.

Hab. Niohosan (Ent. xxi. p. 108, 1887) and Tsukubayama

in June on firs.

Thea 12-guttata, Poda.
Thea duodecimguttata, Poda, Ins. Greee. p. 25 (1762).
Hab. Kobé, Kamiichi, and Yokohama.

Thea cincta, Fabricius.
Thea cincta, Faby. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 77 (1798).

All my specimens (thirty-four in number) of this species
agree in colour ; there are two black spots on the basal edge
of the thorax, and the elytra are immaculate. The anterior
edge of the thorax is very thin and pellucid, and the black
eyes are seen through it and appear like two additional spots.

Hab. Nagasaki, in great profusion, 29th May, 1881.

Calvia 10-guttata, Linneus.
Coccinella decemguttata, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 583 (1767).

Hab. Kashiwagi, Plain of Fujisan, and Sapporo; three
examples. In Europe it is found in alders and sallows.

Calvia 14-guttata, Linnezus.

Coccinella quatuordecimguttata, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 367 (1758).
Anisocalvia quatuordecimguttata, Linn., Crot. Revis. p. 144 (1874),

This species has three transverse spots on the anterior
dorsal area, while C. 15-guttata has but two; but I cannot
see any character to separate these two species from each
other generically. Harold merges Calvia and nineteen other
genera in Halyzia.

Hab. Sapporo and on the Plain of Fujisan. Five ex-
amples.

30 Mr. G. Lewis on

Calvia 15-guttata, Fabricius.

Coccinella quindecimguttata, Fabr. Gen. Ins. p. 217 (1777).

This species differs from the last in usually having two
oblique spots on the thorax before the scutellum and only
two transverse dorsal spots, as stated above.

Hab. Nagasaki, Tokio, and Niigata. In the British
Museum there are some large specimens from China labelled
C. septenaria, Muls.

Colophora incequalis, Fabricius.
Coccinella inequalis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 80 (1775).
Hab. Nagasaki. Only seen once.

Propylea japonica, 'Thunberg.
Coccinella japonica, Thunb. Nov. Spec. Ins. p. 12, fig. 12 (1781).

In some of its varieties this species resembles C. conglobata,
Linn., but as my Japanese specimens differ from those of
Western Europe (being narrower and more variable in
colour), I prefer to use Thunberg’s name. Crotch thought
my specimens belonged to the Linnean species. It is not
easy to find two specimens exactly alike, and in recent years
eight varietal names have been added to the earlier list by |
Sajé, Croissandeau, and Weise. One varietal name of
Mulsant’s which belongs to this form or species has been
placed by Crotch under P. dissecta, Muls.

Hab. All the islands. Very abundant.

Verania discolor, Fabricius.
Coccinella discolor, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 77 (1798).
Hab. Nagasaki. Four examples.

Synonycha grandis, Thunb.
Coccinella grandis, Thunb. Novy. Sp. Ins. p. 12, fig. 18 (1781).

Hab. Nagasaki and Simabara. Also found on Oshima,
Ruikiuan group.

Ithone mirabilis, Motschulsky.

Leis mirabilis, Motsch. Schrenck’s Reis. ii. p. 246, pl. ii. fig. 28 (1860).

Ithone mirabilis, Sols. Hor. Ent. Ross. viii. p. 276 (1871) ; Lew. Ent.
p- 158 (1898).

Avolocaria mirabilis, Crot. Revis. Coc. p. 178 (1874).

Ménétries and Mulsant placed this species in Synonycha,

the Coccinellide of Japan. 31

and Crotch, apparently overlooking Solsky’s paper, founded
the genus Avolocaria to receive it. I have examined Hope’s
types of Cocernella hexaspilota in the British Museum and
some other Indian specimens similar in colour; but they
appear so different to the Siberian and Japanese specimens
(to which Hope’s name is not appropriate), that Iam reluctant
to follow authors who consider the names synonymous. I
have two specimens with the elytra entirely black and one
with black elytra and a small red humeral spot. For the
first variety the name of négra has been recently suggested
by a continental author; nigripennis would have been a
better name.

Hab, Sannohé, Morioka, Sendai, and Shirakawa. Seen
continuously in great multitudes in October on telegraph-posts
during two days’ travel. Now and then I stopped to look
for varieties, but found only two specimens with the elytra
entirely black.

Chilomenes 4-plagiata, Schénherr.
Chilomenes quadriplagiata, Schon. Syn. Ins. ii. p. 195 (1808).

Hab. Nagasaki and Kobé. Also China, Manchuria, India,
Celebes, and Australia (Crotch).

Chilocorus rubidus, Hope.

Chilocorus rubidus, Hope, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 31 (18381).

In my former list this species stood as C. tristis, a varietal
name of Faldermann’s, 1835. Some of my specimens are
wholly reddish brown, others are black with a well-defined
discal red blotch on each elytron; Crotch noticed this pecu-
larity.

Hab. Nagasaki and Yokohama. Siberia and China.

Chilocorus similis, Rossi.
Coccinella similis, Ross. Faun. Etr. 1. p. 68, t. vii. fig. 4 (1790).

Crotch (p. 185 of his ‘ Revision’) apparently overlooked
Rossi’s name, and employed Scriba’s name of C. renipustu-
latus, which is two years later. Crotch says (Revis. p. 185)
that the Japanese ‘ specimens are exactly like C. bivulnerus,
Muls., in the round punctiform dot exhibiting no trace of
any transverse tendency.”

Hab, Yokohama and other places. Common.

32 Mr. G. Lewis on

Chilocorus mikado, sp. 0.

Hemisphericus, nitidus, subtus brunneo-rufus ; thorace elytrisque
nigris ; pedibus corpore concoloribus.
L. 43 mill.

Hemispherical, shining ; the head, body beneath, and legs
brownish red; the thorax and elytra black, the latter not
thickly punctulate on the disk, but distinctly and rather
rugosely punctured laterally. Crotch considered this species
belonged to C. nigritus, Fabr., and recorded it as such
(Revis. p. 184); but it does not agree with any Indian
specimen I have seen in the punctuation of the elytra, and it
also differs in having the scutellum more than as large again.
The anterior tibia are angulate on the outer edge near the
base.

Hab. Nagasaki.
Sticholotis Hillert, Weise.
Sticholotis Hilleri, Weise, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 288 (1885).

“ Suborbicularis, sat convexa, ferruginea, supra glabra, nitida,
crebre sat fortiter punctata; elytris sutura et margine laterali |
nigro-limbatis, maculis 6 nigris lunulisque 4 flavis signatis, in
singulo striis 2 brevibus punctatis prope suturam.”

IL, 3 mill.

I did not meet with this species, but Herr R. Hiller has

kindly given me an example.
Hab. Hagi in Yamaguchi (filler).

Sticholotis substriata, Crotch.
Sticholotis substriata, Crot. Rev. Coc. p. 201 (1874).

‘This species has two dorsal rows of punctures, and it is the

type of the genus Sticholotis.
Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Yokohama,

Sticholotis punctata, Crotch.

Sticholotis punctata, Crot. Rev. Coe. p. 201 (1874). |
Sticholotis rufosignata, Weise, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvi. p. 239 (1885). :

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Yokohama. In February 1881
I found this and the previous species hibernating in large
numbers in old Camellie. |

Sticholotis pictipennis, sp. n. |

Suborbicularis, convexa, nitida, supra distincte punctata; capite

the Coccinellide of Japan. 33

rufo; thorace, angulis anticis exceptis, nigro; elytris rufis,
4-nigro-maculatis; subtus pedibus brunneis.
L. 12 mill.

This species is much smaller than S. punctata, Crotch, and
the punctuation is much finer on the thorax; the head red;
the thorax black, with the anterior angles obscurely red; the
elytra red, with a discal black spot common to both wing-
ceases, two black lateral spots, one on each side on the middle
of the border, and an apical spot which corresponds with the
one on the dorsum; the underside and legs brown.

This is the only species of this series which has the bases
of the elytra clearly red and without marking ; it is a very
distinct species.

Hab. Konosé and Ichiuchi in Higo.

Pentilia nigra, Weise.
Pentilia nigra, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 149 (1879).

*Rotundata, modice convexa, nigra, pubescens; antennis, palpis
pedibusque obscure ferrugineis.”
L. § mill.

Hab, Nagasaki, Ichiuchi, Fukushima, and Oyama in
Sagami.

Hyperaspis japonica, Crotch.
Cryptogonus japonicus, Crot. Revis. Coc. p. 208 (1874).
Hyperaspis testaceicornis, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 149;
Arch, f. Nat. p. 212 (1887).
Hab. Kuroheiji, Nagasaki, Kashiwagi, Miyanoshita, and
Yokohama.

Hyperaspis asiatica, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexa, supra punctulata; fronte pallide rufa; thorace
utrinque late rufo ; elytris nigris, macula rotundata pone medium
pallide rufa; prosterno lato, bistriato.

L. 3 mill.

This species closely resembles H. reppensis, Herbst, but it
differs in the punctuation, colour of the head and thorax, and
in having a much broader prosternum. The head, face pale
red, base narrowly black ; the thorax broadly pale red at the
sides and narrowly pale on the anterior margin, disk and base
black; the elytra with a reddish pale spot on either side well
before the apex, but nearer the outer margin than the suture,
surface clearly punctulate ; the prosternum broad, with two

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 3

34 Mr. G. Lewis on

distinct raised lines on the keel, which start from the base

and anteriorly join about the middle (these lines in H. rep-

pensis are indistinct and longer, and do not join in front) ;

the metasternum, punctures clear and distinct and larger than

those of H. reppensis; the antenne, anterior and intermediate

legs pale red; hinder tibize pale, with the femora black.
Hab. Nagasaki.

Aspidimerus orbiculus, Gyllenhal.

Aspidimerus orbiculus, Gyll. Schon. Syst. Ins. i. p. 205 (1808); Crot.
Revis. Coc. p. 203 (1874) (Cryptogonus); Weise, Best. Tab. ii.
p. 63 (1885).
Schénherr, a contemporary of Gyllenhal, seems to have
considered that this species belonged to Gyllenhal; I have
not seen the original description.

Hab. Nagasaki and South Japan generally. Common.

Platynaspis Lewisii, Crotch.
Platynaspis Lewisii, Crot. Revis. Coc. p. 198 (1874).

The face of this species is sometimes wholly black and the
spaces between the dorsal spots yellow. I have two speci-
mens, both from high altitudes (Miyanoshita and Oyama in
Sagami), in which the elytra are black, with a small red spot
at the base on either side of the scutellum. Crotch omitted
to mention that he had seen Japanese specimens of this
species; in the ‘ Revision’ he only refers to an example from
Shanghai. Weise states (Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 413, 1892)
that Microrrhymbus, Gerst. 1871, = Platynaspis, Redt. 1843.

Hab. Tokio, Yokohama, and Kobé.

AMIDA, gen. nov.

Type Scymnus tricolor, Hay.

This new generic name I propose for an insect which
measures 4—44 millim. and has most of its characters similar
to those of Scymnus. The eyes, however, are very different,
being large, more finely faceted, and the inner edges are
straight and parallel to each other, leaving a bilateral facial
space (very noticeable) between them ; the antenne long and
slender, 11-jointed, first two large, bulbiform, and distinctly
separate; terminal three joints form an elongate club; the
terminal abdominal segment is very narrow and transverse ;
the tibia are swollen on the outer edge, the claws with a
robust inner process.

the Coccinellide of Japan. 35

Amida tricolor.
Scymnus tricolor, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxi. p. 87 (1877).

“ Testaceus, thorace nigro-trimaculato; elytris basi suturaque, hac
medio latius, rufis, utriusque maculis tribus marginalibus nigro-
piceis, una humerali, altera media majore, tertia apicali.”

L. 4-41 mill,
Hab. Yamaguchi (Hiller), and at Nara, not common.

PLOTINA, gen. nov.

Type P. versicolor.

This generic name is proposed for a small species which
superficially resembles a Scymnus without pubescence ; but
the eyes are small and somewhat coarsely faceted ; the antennee
longer, two basal joints bulbiform and clearly separate, after
the sixth joint the articulations become larger and form an
elongate club, the tenth and eleventh joints appear to be
connate and to form a conical mass; the anterior tibiz are
constricted at their bases, claws simple and but very feebly
enlarged at the bases; the prosternum widens and flattens
out immediately in front of the cox; there is no keel, but
in the coxal area there are two short lateral striae which
diverge anteriorly ; the mesosternum transverse and arched at
the sides, anteriorly and posteriorly straight; the elytra,
epipleural fold wide and only narrowing behind the posterior
COXe.

Plotina versicclor, sp. n.

Breviter ovata, convexa, testacea, nitida, haud pubescens; thorace
basi transversim nigro-maculato; elytris 12-maculatis, maculis
nigris.

L. 23-23 mill.

The head clearly punctulate, brownish or testaceous, usually
darker before the neck ; the thorax yellowish brown, with a
black transverse patch before the scutellum, the patch extends
on either side to a point behind the eyes; the elytra rather
paler than the thorax, with twelve black spots—one round on
the humeral area, two other similar spots along each lateral
margin, one more oblong ‘in the centre of each wing-case,
and two sutural spots on each elytron, the first just before
the disk, the second well before the apex ; the sutural margin
is often brownish, and so also is the space between the oblong
discal spot and the marginal spot in a line with it; the legs
and surface beneath concolorous.

Hab. Oyama in Sagami. Five examples.
3*

36 Mr. G. Lewis on

Scymnus pilicrepus, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, dense griseo-pubescens; capite rufo, vix
dense et minute punctulato; thorace dense punctulato, margine
laterali rufo; elytris sparse punctulatis, punctis grossis intermixtis,
apice rufis; pedibus rufo-brunneis.

L. 23-3 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, densely clothed with grey pubes-
cence; the head red, densely but minutely punctured; the
thorax black, with the lateral margin red, the red margin
widens out towards the back of the eye, rather densely punc-
tured, the punctures being distinctly largest before the
scutellum; the elytra black, with the apices clearly red,
surface punctured with rather large shallow punctures inter-
mixed with a fine punctuation ; the prosternum is bistriate,
truncate between the stria both before and behind, with the
intermediate area somewhat roughly punctured ; the meso-
and metasternum are clearly punctured and with the first
abdominal plate black, the second and third abdominal seg-
ments are infuscate in the middle, the others wholly red; the
legs and tarsi reddish brown.

This is the largest species of Seymnus known from Japan,
as S. tricolor, Har., is now placed in another genus.

Hab. Yokohama, Kiga, Ichiuchi, and Kashiwagi.

Scymnus sylvaticus, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, dense griseo-pubescens ; capite thoraceque
rufis; elytris nigris, apice rufis.
L. 22 mill.

This species is as large again as S. dorcatomotdes, Weise,
but the coloration is very similar, although the apical red
area is much broader and straighter towards the epipleure.
The abdominal segments are red and the legs also, but the
metasternum is infuscate. This species 1s perhaps closely
allied to S. apiciflavus, Motsch., an Indian species.

Hab. Nagasaki and Yokohama.

Scymnus dorcatomoides, Weise.
Scymnus dorcatomoides, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 151 (1879).

“ Oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; capite, thorace, elytrorum
apice plus minusve pedibusque rufo-flavis; abdomine toto vel
apicem versus flavo ; thorace dense subtilissime punctato; laminis
abdominalibus integris.

“ Long. ? lin.”

the Coccinellide: of Japan. 37

Hab. Nagasaki and Chiuzenji. Common also at Yoko-
hama.

Scymnus phosphorus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; elytris bimacu-
latis, maculis rufis ; pedibus parum infuscatis.
i. 2imill,

This species agrees with S. Harej’, Weise, in form and
size, but it is black, with two relatively large red spots on
each elytron well before the apex ; the spots leave a rather
wide black margin both at the suture and on the lateral edge.
The punctuation also is closer.

Hab. Tagami, near Nagasaki. Two examples only.

Scymnus Hareja, Weise.
Scymnus Hareja, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 150 (1879).

*‘ Ovalis, convexus, griseo-pubescens, niger, capite thoraceque rufo-
flavis, pedibus elytris gutta utrinque ad medium apiceque flavis:
laminis abdominalibus abbreviatis.

0.2 lin.”

Hab. Hagi (filler) ; Maiyasan, near Kobé.

Scymnus Hoffmanni, Weise.
Scymnus Hoffmanni, Weise, Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 152 (1879).

“Ovatus, modice convexus, subnitidus, rufo-testaceus; thorace
nigro, angulis anticis plus minusve rufo-testaceis; elytrorum
marginibus (posticis exceptis) nigris. Laminis abdominalibus
integris, dense fortiterque punctatis.

“Ty, 2 lin.”

“3 In.

Hab. Kobé, Yokohama, and Nagasaki. Very common.

le
Scymnus niponicus, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, brunneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; capite rufo-
brunneo; thorace ante scutellum infuscato, antice lateribus
rufo-brunneo ; elytris infuscatis, in medio longitudinaliter obscure
rufis; subtus parum infuscatus ; pedibus testaceis.

L, 13-2 mill.

This species is very similar to S. subvillosus, Goeze, but
the thorax is narrower.

Hab. Yokohama and Nagasaki.

38 Mr. G. Lewis on

Scymnus hilaris, Motschulsky.

Scymnus hilaris, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 119 (1858); Weise, Deutsche
ent. Zeit. p. 151 (1879).

Weise has determined this species. The original specimen
Motschulsky had came from India, but the author’s deserip-
tion is not satisfactory.

Hab. Nagasaki, Kiga, and Tokio. Widely distributed

and common.

Scymnus paganus, sp. ni.

Ovalis, convexus, brunneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; thorace
distincte punetato; elytris lateribus leviter punctulatis.
L, 23 mill.

Oval, convex, uniformly brown, shining, with grey pubes-
cence; the head obscurely punctulate ; the thorax distinctly
punctured, punctures rather coarse but not densely set; there
is an extremely fine basal line seen under the microscope ;
the scutellum also punctured; the elytra are punctured
similar to the thorax in the seutellar region, but gradually
become finer to the apex and lateral margins, sometimes
behind the seutellum there is a small sutural area, somewhat
dusky; the prosternum has a flat keel, with a lateral stia on
each side and the interspace rather roughly punetured ; the
mesosternum also punctured, but not densely.

This species is much more oval than any of the preceding,
but not so oblong as the two following.

Hab. Nagasaki, Yuyama, and Oyama in Sagami.

Scymnus fortunatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, piceo-brunneus, convexus; capite rufo; thorace in
medio nigro; elytris nigris, transversim late bifasciatis, fasciis
rufo-sanguineis.

L. 22 mill.

Oblong-oval, body pitchy brown, convex above and dis-
tinctly punctulate, with a grey pilosity; the head red; the
thorax red, with a median area black, the black marking
extending along the base; the scutellum black; the elytra
black, with a transverse red band over the metasternum, band
anteriorly deeply bisinuous and externally not reaching the
epipleural margin ; at the suture a wider black margin is left,
posteriorly near the middle of the wing-case it connects with
a second rather smaller transverse band, apex widely black ;
the legs obscurely reddish brown.

_ the Coccinellidee of Japan. 39

I found a closely allied species to this in Ceylon; the
colours are very similar as well as the general form.

Hab. Nagasaki, 25th May, 1881. One example only.

Scymnus patagiatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, griseo-pilosus, capite thoraceque utrin-
que rufo-brunneis; elytris in medio testaceis, cum marginis
nigris.

L, 2 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex, greyly pilose; the head minutely but
clearly punctulate, reddish brown; the thorax infuscate, with
the lateral margins rarely reddish brown; the scutellum
black ; the elytra with a large pale testaceous oblong area in
the middle of each wing-case, which is somewhat parallel at
the sides, surrounded by a blackish margin, which 1s broadest
at the apices and near the scutellum ; the legs testaceous.

Hab. Nagasaki. Not uncommon.

[Scymnus ferrugatus, Moll (Fissly, Neu. Mag. Heft ii.
. 183, 1785), a HKuropean species, has been recorded from
fepan by Weise; but as he suggested, without any descrip-
tion, a varietal name for it, it is open to doubt whether
Moll’s species really occurs in Japan or only a species
resembling it. Illiger also gave a varietal name to an insect
he considered was 8S. jferrugatus from Siberia. I have not
included it in the list.]

Ropo.ta, Mulsant.

Rodolia, Mulsant, Spec. p. 902 (1851).

In the Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxix. p. 148 (1895), Weise
rightly places the species hitherto included in Vovius in this
genus. ‘I'he anterior tibia are widely and conspicuously
emarginate in fodolva on the inner edge.

Rodolia limbatus, Motschulsky.
Novius limbatus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1. p. 178 (1866).

“ Novius limbatus, Motsch., statura Nov. cruentati sed rotundior.
Subrotundatus, convexus, nitidus, brevissime cinereo-puberulus,
niger, thoracis marginis, elytrorum limbo, basi suturaque rubris ;
thorace valde transverso; elytris thorace latioribus, subrotun-
datis.

© ieee tin.”

Hab. Nagasaki and other places, common ; Pekin (David).

40 On the Coccinellide of Japan.

Rodolia nara, sp. n.

Ovalis, subtus infuscatus, nitidus, dense griseo-pubescens ; capite
nigro; thorace obscure bimaculato; elytris marginibus rufis,
disco obscure brunneis, undique distincte punctulatis.

L, 43 mill.

Oval, body dusky, above shining, and clothed with short
and close greyish pubescence; the head dusky or black,
obsoletely punctulate ; the thorax reddish brown, with two
somewhat obscure dusky blotches near the base but in a line
with each eye, margins clearly red, surface without visible
punctuation ; the scutellum minutely punctulate, somewhat
dusky; the elytra very distinctly and somewhat densely
punctulate, broadly margined with red, the internal area of
each elytron obscurely brown; the epipleural rim is ver
fine, finer than that of &. Wémbata and the others of this
series,

The dorsal punctuation is a distinguishing character in
this species.

flab. Nara, 30th June, 1881.

Rodolia concolor, Lewis.
Novius concolor, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 466 (1879).

I have an example in which the thorax is marked with
black and the scutellum wholly black.
Hab. Wobé and Nara.

Doin lana
Rodolia rufocincta, sp. n.

Ovalis, niger, griseo-pubescens ; elytris margine extus abdominis-
que segmenta rufis,
L. 53-52 mill.

Oval, black, with short and close greyish pubescence ; the
head and thorax feebly punctulate, lateral margins of the last
obscurely reddish near the base, but distinctly red at the ante-
rior angle; the elytra more distinctly punctulate than the
thorax, with the lateral margins narrowly red; the red margin
is broadest from the humeral angle to about one third of the
elytral length, from whence it gradually narrows to the apex ;
the abdomen, segments above and below red; the legs
blackish.

‘This species is distinctly more oval than either R. limbatus
or 2. concolor.

Hab. Kiga, Nikko, and Chiuzenji. ‘Three examples only.

A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 41

List of Species.

Epilachna niponica.

—— 28-maculata, Motsch.
—— 28-punctata, I’.
adinirabilis, Crot.
Anisosticta kobensis.
Hippodamia 14-punctata, L.
Coccinella 12-maculata, Gebl.
— 8-maculata, FP.

—— 7-punctata, L.

—— transversoguttata, Fald.
ainu.

ronina.

— 1]4-pustulata, L.
Crotchi, Lew.

Leis 15-maculata, Hope.
Ptychantis axyridis, Pall.
Anatis halonis.

Thea 12-guttata, Poda.
cincta, FP’.

Calvia 10-guttata, L.

— |]4-guttata, L.

— l5-guttata, F.
Celophora inzqualis, F.
Propylea japonica, Thunb.
Verania discolor, F.
Synonycha grandis, Thunb.
Ithone mirabilis, Motsch.
Chilomenes 4-plagiata, Schon.
Chilocorus rubidus, Hope.
— similis, Rossi.

Chilocorus mikado.
Sticholotis Hilleri, Weise.
substriata, Croft.
punctata, Crot.
rufosignata, Weise.
pictipennis.
Pentilia nigra, Weise.
Hyperaspis japonica, Crot.
testaceicornis, Weise.
asiatica.
Aspidimerus orbiculus, Gy/l.
Platynaspis Lewisii, Crot.
Amida tricolor, Har.
Plotina versicolor.
Scymnus pilicrepus.
ecu.
orcatomoides, Weise.
—— phosphorus.
—— Hareja, Weise.
— Hoffmanni, Weise.
—— niponicus.
hilaris, Motsch.
paganus.
fortunatus.
lagiatus.
Rodolia limbatus, Motsch.
nare.
concolor, Lew.
rufocincta.

V.—A Levision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part IT.
The Genus Berenicea. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S.

[Continued from vol. xvi. p. 451.]

Family Tubuliporide (continued),
Genus BEreNIcEA, Lamouroux, 1821.

Dagnosis.—Vubuliporide in which the zoarium is a thin,
flat, encrusting sheet. The zoccia are tubular. The perl-
stome is either flush with the surface or somewhat raised.

Type species: B. prominens, Lamx.

(Johnst.).

Syn. B. obelia

1. Berenicea spatiosa (Walford), 1889.

Tubuli ora spatiosa, Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton, Part I., Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. xlv. p. 567, pl. xviii. figs. 10-12.

42 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Diastopora diluviana, pars, Vine, 1884, Polyz. Richmond Boring,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 787.

Diastopora Lamourouat (non Edw.), Vine, 1884, ibid. p. 789.

Diastopora microstoma, pars, id. ibid. p. 788.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium an irregular thin encrusting sheet.

Zcecia visible throughout. The distal portions are reflexed
at right angles. The general aspect has therefore that of a
number of rings scattered over a thin crust. The raised
portions taper slightly towards the free end.

Peristomes highly raised. Orifices circular.

Oacia somewhat pyramidal.

Formula.—3 1 270*.

Distribution.—Great Oolite, near Bath and Richmond.
Bathonian of France and Germany.

2. Berenicea compressa (Goldfuss), 1829.

Aulopora compressa, Goldfuss, 1829, Petref. Germ. Bd. i. p. 84,
pl. xxxviil. fig. 17.

Stomatopora compressa, Bronn, 1848, Ind. Pal., Nomen. p. 1201.

Cellepora compressa, Quenstedt, 1851, Flézgeb. Wiurttemb. ed. 2, p. 357.

Diastopora compressa, Quenstedt, 1852, Handb. Petref. p. 637, pl. lvi.
figs. 11, 12.

Berenicea compressa (excl. syn.), Waagen, 1868, Zone Amm. Sowerby2,
Geogn. pal. Beitr. Bd. i. p. 645.

Diastopora Lamourouxi, pars, M.-Edwards, 1838, Mém. Cris., Ann. Sci.
nat. Zool. sér. 2, t. 1x. p. 225.

Aulopora flabellulum, Quenstedt, 1881, Petref. Deutsch. Bd. vi. Abt. 1,
p- 112, pl. 147. fig. 27.

Berenicea insiynis, Reuss, 1867, Bry. braun. Jura Balin, Denk. k. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Bd. exxvii. p. 6, pl. i. figs. 3a, 4 6.

Diastopora stomatoporides, Vine, 1881, Notes Diastoporidee, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 384, pl. xix. figs. 1-10.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium thin, irregular, in flabelliform sheets,
sometimes suborbicular in shape.

Zowcta very long, cylindrical, visible throughout their
length. Some zocecia expanded just below the orifices.
Zocecia sinuous, punctulate.

Peristomes very slightly raised, distant, very irregularly
arranged.

Oecia large; low rounded domes or pyriform; coarsely
punctulate.

* The formule are used as explained in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xv. p. 227, with the following additions :—The fourth term indicates
shape of zoarium, d@ being discoid, ¢ irregular, and f flabelliform. The
final number shows the distance between the peristomes, 0 being scat-
tered, 1 slightly crowded, 2 crowded, and 8 very crowded.

The new species will be figured in a forthcoming British Museum
Catalogue.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 43

Formula.—1 0 3 f 0. :
Distribution.—Mid Lias—Cornbrash, England. Lias—
Corallian, Germany and Austria.

3. Berenicea Sauvaget, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of large thin circular disks.

Zowcia very long, cylindrical, sometimes expanded a little
below the orifice; visible throughout their length; slightly
sinuous ; minutely punctulate.

Peristomes slightly raised, distributed regularly in a quin-
cuncial pattern.

Formula.—1 03 d 1.

Distribution.— Bradford Clay, Bradford, Wilts.

A ffinities.—This species resembles B. Archiaci in its long
zocecia, but it has no known ocecia; the zoaria are larger ;
the zocecia are longer, more sinuous, and not so markedly
radial in arrangement. It is nearer to B. Allaudi, from which
it differs in the quincuncial arrangement of the orifices and
the greater length of the zocecia.

Among the species with irregular zoaria it must be com-
pared with B. compressa (Goldf.). With this it agrees in
the length of its zocecia, their faint punctulation, and the slight
expansion just below the raised portion of the orifice. The
species differ, however, in the greater distance of the orifices
in the old species, and their very irregular distribution. One
has only to compare the crowded regular quincuncial orifices
of B. Sauvaget with Vine’s figure (op. c7t. pl. xix. figs. 3 and 7)
to see the extent of this difference.

4, Berenicea portlandica, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium small, discoid. Zocecia arranged at
first on a somewhat flabelliform plan. Borders of zoarium a
little irregular. ‘The zoarium is a thin sheet.

Zoecia long, cylindrical ; front wall ornamented by several
sharp ridges, usually five or six on each zocecium. Zocecia
visible throughout their length.

Feristomes tlush or raised on lower margin, circular.

formula.—0-0" 0. 3d 0.

Distribution.—Portland Oolite, Tisbury, Wilts.

A fjinities.—This species greatly resembles Haime’s figure
of Lerenicea striata (Jur. Bry. pl. vii. figs. 8 a, 6), owing to
the transverse ribbing. ‘The two species are closely allied ;
thus, B. striata has a formula of 11270. The differences
between the zocecia of the two species are that those of striata

44 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

have higher peristomes and are more fusiform and_ shorter.
These seem sufficient to separate them, apart from the differ-
ences in the zoaria, which in séréatu are irregular and flabelli-
form. The specimens occur on an Ostrea found in the Port-
land Oolite at Tisbury, and they are of interest as the only
Bryozoa known from this stage in England. The species is
well marked ; its nearest Cretaceous ally is B. clementina,
@Orb.*, which is, however, nearer to B. striata. B. port-
landica differs from B. clementina in having a_ discoid
zoarium, the orifices more scattered, and longer zocecia.

5. Berenicea striata, Haime, 1854.
Berenicea striata, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 179, pl. vii. figs. 8a, 6
? Diastopora striata, Vine, 1883, 3rd Rep. Foss. Polyz., Rep, Brit.
Assoc. 1882, p. 264.
Non Berenicea striata, Manzoni, 1875, Brioz. Castrocaro, p. 44, pl. vi-
fio. 74, pl. vil. fig. 79.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium flabellate, irregularly lobed or discoid.
Forms a thin sheet.

Zoecia somewhat fusiform, very long, ornamented by sharp
transverse ridges. Zocecia visible throughout.

Peristomes slightly raised.

Formula.—1 13 f 0.

Distribution. — Inferior Oolite, Cheltenham, England.
Lias, Belgium and Germany (Lothringen). Braun Jura,
Austria.

6. Berenicea Allaudi (Sauvage), 1889.
Rosacilla Allaudi, Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boulogne, Bull. Soc. géol.
France, sér. 3, t. xvii. p. 46, pl. iv. figs. 1-5.
Berenicea Allaudi, Gregory, 1894, Cat. Jur. Bry. Yk. Mus., Rep.
Yorks, Phil. Soc. 1893, p. 60.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium a large thin disk, somewhat irregular
at the borders ; surface flat.

Zoecia cylindrical, somewhat fusiform, visible throughout,
of medium length, punctulate; front wall traversed by slight
undulations.

Peristomes slightly elevated, irregularly arranged.

Formula—111d0.

Distribution. — Great Oolite, Bedford; Inferior Oolite,
Dorset, England. Callovian and Oxfordian, France.

7. Berenicea Archiact, Haime, 1854.

Berenicea Archiaci, J. Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 180, pl. ix. figs. ll a, b.

* D’Orbigny, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v. p. 865, pl. 686. figs. 1, 2.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 45

Dacryopora Archiact, Terquem, 1855, Pal. Moselle (sep. copy), p. 26.

Berenicea ventricosa, G. R. Vine, 1881, Diastoporidee Lias and Ool.,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 385, pl. xix. figs. 15-17.

Berenicea oolitica, G. R. Vine, 1881, op. cit. p. 386, pl. xix. figs. 11-14.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium discoid, a thin sheet.

Zoecia not visible throughout their whole length, long,
cylindrical.

Peristomes well raised, crowded at the margins, more
distant in the middle, irregularly arranged.

Owcia large, pyriform, closed sacs, which bulge out above
the general level of the zoarium, disposed somewhat irregu-
larly.

formula.—1 0 2d 1.

Distribution.— Mid Lias—Cornbrash, England. Lias—
Sequanian, Germany and France.

8. Berenicea diluviana, Lamouroux, 1821.

Berenicea diluviana, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 81, pl. Ixxx.
figs. 3, 4.

Non Diastopora dtluviana, M.-Edwards, 1858, Mém. Cris., Ann. Sci.
nat. Zool. sér. 2, t. ix. p. 228, pl. xv. fig. 3, pl. xiv. fig. 4.

Reptomultisparsa diluviana, dOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét.
t. v. p. 876.

Rosacilla diluviana, Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boulogne, Bull. Soe. géol.
France, sér. 3, t. xvii. p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 11.

Diastopora spatiosa, Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton Gorge, Part I., Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soe, vol. xlv. p. 573, pl. xvii. figs. 7, 8.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium in large irregular encrusting sheets.
Young forms are flabelliform.

Zoecia of medium length, cylindrical. Young, central
zocecia seen throughout; the more adult, peripheral zocecia
are crowded and thus not wholly seen. Front wall plain or
crossed by faint transverse ridges.

Peristomes slightly raised in peripheral zocecia; central
ones almost flush ; irregularly distributed, but in large zocecia
there may be patches in which they are linear.

Oecia pyritorm, fairly narrow, usually but slightly ex-
ceeding the zocecia in width.

Formula.—1-1”" 0270.

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite-—Corallian, England. Lias
—Bathonian, France, Germany, Austria.

9. Berenicea parvitubulata, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium thin irregular sheets, much lobed
when large.

Zoecia very narrow, cylindrical, of medium length ; central

46 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

zocecia flabellate and visible throughout their length. Peri-

pheral zocecia more crowded and visible only in part ; surface
lain.

P Peristomes small, slightly raised, from 4 to + the width

of those of B. diluviana.

Oecia low, rounded domes, three or four times the width
of the zocecia.

Formula.—1 0 2 7 0.

Distribution.—Cornbrash, Rushden; Bradford Clay, Brad-
ford; Great Oolite, Richmond Boring.

A ffinities—This species is characterized by the delicacy
and narrowness of its zocecia. It thus takes the place in the
Berenicea series held by S, Waltoni in the Stomatopora and
D. mettensis in the Diastopora series.

Its nearest ally is B. diluviana, from which it differs only
in the size of the zocecia and the less elevation of the peri-
stome. It differs from B. undulata (Mich.) in the absence of
the wavy ridges which occur in that species, and also by the
size of the orifices. The smallness of the apertures reminds
one of the species described as B. microstoma by Haime.
This, however, is only a synonym of B. undulata (Mich.),
while the true D. microstoma of Michelin is referred to the
genus Reptomultisparsa. It differs from this, in addition to the
generic characters, by the orifices being more crowded and
smaller, and the surface plain.

10. Berenicea boloniensis (Sauvage), 1889.

Rosacilla bolontensis, Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boulogne, Bull. Soc. géol.
France, sér. 3, t. xvii. p. 48, pl. ii, figs. 9-10.

Rosacilla corallina, Sauvage (non Etallon), 1889, ibid. p. 47, pl. iii.
figs. 11-16.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium irregular sheets.

Zoecia not visible throughout, slightly fusiform, raised at
the extremities, which are crowded together; front wall
punctulate.

Peristomes raised, owing to crowding of zocecia; fairly regu-
larly arranged, generally irregularly quincuncial, in long
series.

Oecra irregular, wide, extending across four to six zocecia.

Formula.—1 0” 1701.

Distribution.—Bradford Clay, England. Corallian and
Sequanian, near Boulogne; Sequanian, Bavaria.

11. Berenicea scobinula (Michelin), 1840.
Diastopora scobinula, Michelin, 1840, Icon. Zooph. p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 12.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 47

Non Diastopora scobinula, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol.
France, sér. 2, t. v. p. 186, pl. viii. figs. 6a, 5.
Berenicea scobinula, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang. Terr. crét. t. v. p. 860.
2 Berenicea corallina, Etailon, 1861, Mém. Soc. Emul. dép. Doubs, sér. 3,
t. vi. p. 212. : j -
Berenicea tenera, Reuss, 1867, Denk. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. cxxvii.
p- 8, pl. i. fig. 9.
Diagnosis.—Zoarium circular, forming very large disks,
often somewhat irregular. lees
Zoecia crowded, so visible only at distal ends ; cylindrical,
long, punctulate. :
Peristomes slightly raised, arranged regularly along slightly
curved lines.
Formula.—1 0 2 41.
Distribution England: Bradford Clay, Wilts; Cornbrash,
Yorkshire. Bajocian—Corallian: France, Germany, Austria.

12. Berenicea coartata, sp. n.

Diastopora diluviana, pars, Vine, 1884, Polyz. Richmond Boring,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 787.

Diagnosis.—Zoartvum in somewhat thick irregular sheets.

Zoecia very crowded and visible only at the ends.

Peristomes well raised, quincuncial in arrangement, very
densely packed ; the distance of the orifices from one another
is only equal to their diameter.

Formula.—2 0 1 7 2.

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite, Cotteswolds ; Great Oolite,
Richmond Boring and Bath.

A fiinities.—This species is most closely allied to B. sco-
binula, Mich. From this it differs in the much greater
crowding of the raised portions of the zocecia, and from these
being regularly quincuncial in arrangement. In B. exilis,
Reuss (B. cricopora, Vine), the distal portions of the zocecia
rise from a flat crust. In B. coartata they are so closely
packed that no flat basal expansion can be seen between them.

The species seems to me exceptionally well marked.

13. Berenicea verrucosa (M.-Edwards), 1838.

Diastepora verrucosa, M.-Edwards, 1838, Mém. Cris., Ann. Sci. nat.
Zool. sér, 2, t. ix. p. 229, pl. xiv. figs. 2, 2 a.

Berenicea verrucosa, Vine, 1880, Rev. Fam. Diastoporide, Quart. Journ,
Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvi. p. 387.

Cellepora orbiculata, Goldfuss, 1827, Petref. Germ. Bd. i. p. 28, pl. xii.
fig. 2.

Non Cellepora orbiculata, pars, Quenstedt, 1881, Petref. Deutschl. Bd. vi.
Ab. 1, p. 108, pl. cxlvii. figs, 22, 23.

Diastopora orbiculata, VOrbigny, 1850, Prod. Pal. t. ii. p. 25.

Berenicea orbiculata, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
Sera, te vi ps L8l.

48 A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.

Diagnosts.—Zoarium a thick circular disk.

Zoecia crowded, so only visible for distal portions; cylin-
drical, punctulate, slightly above medium length.

Peristomes well raised, disposed on a slightly irregular
quincuncial arrangement.

Oecia large, irregular, a third or a quarter of a zocecium
in width,

Formula.—2 0 1" d 1.

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite—Cornbrash, England. Ba-
jocian—Kimeridgian, France and Germany.

14. Berenicea exilis, Reuss, 1867.
Berenicea exilis, Reuss, 1867, Bry. braun. Jura Balin, Denk. k. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Bd. exxvii. p. 8, pl. 11. fig. 3.
Diastopora cricopora, Vine, 1881, Further Notes Diastopora, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 387, pl. xix. figs, 18-25.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium thin irregular sheets.

Zowcia crowded and visible only at the ends.

Peristomes well raised, irregularly distributed; those of
adjoining parallel zocecia distant from one another from two
to three times their diameter.

Oecia small, round, hemispherical, equal in width to two
or three zocecia.

Formula.—2 0171.

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite: Cornbrash, England. Ba-
thonian, France and Austria.

Indeterminable Species recorded in Britain.

1. Berenicea crussolensts (Dumortier).

Diastopora crussolensis, Dumortier, 1874, Etud. Pal. Dép. Jur. Rhone,
t. iv. p. 226, pl. xviii. figs. 11, 12.

Non Diastopora crassolensis, Vine, 1883, 3rd Rep. Foss. Bry., Rep.
Brit. Assoc. 1882, p. 264.

Distribution.— Upper Lias : Crussol, France.

2. Berenicea? margopunctata, Waagen, 1868.
? Berenicea margopunctata, Waagen, 1868, Pal. Geogn. Beitr. Bd. i.
pp- 535, 646, pl. xxxii. fig. 12.
? Berenicea cf. margopunctata, Walford, 1883, Relation of Northamp-
ton Sand, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 289.
Distribution.—British : Inferior Oolite, Coombe Hill (fide
Walford). Foreign: Bajocian, Wiirtemburg.

On a new West-Indian Tanaid. 49

Synopsis of Species.

I. Zocecia visible throughout.
A. Peristomes high, sharply reflexed .............. spatiosa.
B. Peristomes low.
a. Zocecia long:

(1) plain, irregular; zoarium irregular ........ compressa.
RADIAN Pema Los), 2 se. reais ets Sauvager.
(3) striated :
peristomes flush ; zocecia cylindrical .... portlandica.
peristomes raised ; zocecia fusiform ...... striata.
PCCIANSHONU, ce oe he cs nee vss | CORRE hele os Allaud.

II. Central zocecia seen throughout; peripheral zocecia
visible only at ends.
PEECHVENTE (ISEOIM sigs. as cies o's le eee ee sees Archiact.
B. Zoarium irregular :
(1) peristomes low :

moutHOr Normal Size: ..«.,. «\ saree «ss.6 diluviana.
MOUDH SHAUN 0:05 c+ ue 9 eee 4 8s parvitubulata,
ye penstomesiraised 1. |. 223.3 Vadememane ns boloniensis.

III. Zocecia visible only at ends.
A. Zocecia regularly arranged.
Zoarium discoid ; peristomes not crowded...... scobinula.
Zoarium irregular; peristomes very crowded ., coartata.
B, Zocecia irregularly arranged.
Mourn CisCOld s,s 4 a/aticea 400s als eee ae Ses verrucosa.
POA Were Manis -.ciy .aslta act. = eens Seas: exilis,

VI.—A new West-Indian Tanaid.
By the Rev. THomas R. R. Stepsina, M.A., F.L.S.

[Plate IV.]

IsopopA CHELIFERA.
Family Tanaide.

DOLICHOCHELIA, gen. nov.

The eye-lobes not soldered to the head; the eyes pigmented.

First antenne very elongate, with the flagellum multi-
articulate, not hirsute.

Masticatory organs in the male obsolete.

First gnathopods of the male chelate, having the three
basal joints short and little tumid, while the following three
are extremely elongated and rather slender.

Uropods biramous, the outer branch minute but distinctly
two-jointed, the inner multiarticulate.

The name (formed from doAvyos, long, and yyrx, a claw)

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 4

50 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on a

points to the close relationship which this genus bears to
Leptochelia. It is, in fact, inosculant between Leptochelia,
Dana, and Heterotanais, Sars. The latter is distinguished
from the former by two characters, its subchelate first gnatho-
pods and its uropods with a two-jointed outer branch. In the
second of these characters it agrees with Dolichochelia, from
which it is strongly distinguished in regard to the gnatho-
pods. To have had to separate Dolichochelia from Lepto-
chelia merely on the ground that the minute outer branch of
the uropods is two-jointed in the one and uniarticulate in the
other, might have been necessary, but would have been a
hard necessity. The new West-Indian genus, however, is
fortunately not dependent solely on so small a difference,
being strikingly separated from both the nearly related genera
by the slenderly elongated first antenne and first gnathopods.

Dolichochelia Forresti, sp. n.

The front margin of the head-shield projects but slightly,
forming a very obtuse angle, the corners being shallowly
excavate for the ocular lobes. The part of the shield to
which the first gnathopods (or chelipeds) are attached is wider
than the front. The pleon at its base is as wide as the trunk,
but narrows distally with a gentle curve; the sixth segment,
which is very little longer than that preceding it, ends in an
obtuse angle similar to that of the frontal margin.

The eye-lobes have a convex outer margin and are not very
sharply pointed in front. The pigment is black in the
mounted specimen.

First Antenne.—These are as long as the animal from the
front of the head to the apex of the pleon. ‘The first joint is
dilated at the base, for the rest slender, its length forming
two fifths of the whole antenna. ‘The second joint is rather
less than three quarters the length of the first. The third is
a fifth of the length of the second, and so slender as to look
like a part of the flagellum, among the eight joints of which
the first is the shortest. The joints carry two or three sete
apiece, giving an appearance very unlike that produced by
the conspicuous sensory filaments in the adult males of
Leptochelia and Heterotanais.

Second Antenne.—The first three joints are very small,
together not equal to the fourth. The fifth is two thirds the
length of the fourth and is distally armed with a seta. The
minute tubercle which represents the flagellum carries two
seta. The whole antenna is shorter than the flagellum in
the first pair.

new West-Indian Tanaid. : 51

First Gnathopods.—These chelipeds are remarkable both
for the threatening gape of the chela and for their length,
which is double that of the animal’s body. The second joint
is the stoutest, yet not much dilated, a little longer than
broad. The third joint is short, almost triangular. The
fourth is of great length, narrowest near the base and nowhere
very wide. The fifth is still longer, with a curvature at its
base adapted for the folding together of these long slender
joints; its narrow immovable digit forms less than half of
the total length of the joint and ends in asort of pointed claw
over which three setules are distributed, another setule occu-
pying a small prominence of the inner margin near the
base of the claw. The movable finger is somewhat longer
than the immovable one, slender, pointed, curved, with
irregular margins.

Second G'nathopods.—As usual in this group, these are
gnathopods only in name, and differ but slightly from the
following ambulatory feet. They are scarcely, if at all, larger
than the fifth pereopods, having the second joint narrower,
but the fourth and fifth joints a little wider than is the case
in that pair.

Percopods.—The general structure is the same in all. The
second joint is the longest, in the last three pairs somewhat
dilated. The third joint is very short, the fifth joint is a
little longer than the fourth, and the sixth considerably longer
than the fifth. There are some spinules about the distal end
of the sixth joint. In the first and second pairs the finger is
small, in the other three pairs it is nearly as long as in the
second gnathopod.

Pleopods.—Al1 the five pairs are constructed as in Lepto-
chelia.

Uropods.—The peduncles are a little longer than broad.
The inner branch has six joints, of which the first is the
widest, the fourth the longest. The outer branch has two
joints, together not equalling the length of the first joint of
the inner branch. All the joints of the branches are seti-
ferous.

Length—From head to tail the specimen measured less
than a tenth of an inch.

Habitat.—The single specimen (a male) comes from An-
tigua, where it was found at Long Island, at the mouth of
Parham Harbour, in shallow water, with sandy bottom,
covered with alge, by Mr. W. R. Forrest; and I do myself
the pleasure of associating the species with the name of that
acute observer.

4*

52 On a new West-Indian Tanaid.

From an unmounted specimen with which Mr. Forrest has
favoured me since the above description was passed for press
it appears that the lateral margins of the head anteriorly are
slightly concave, that the first three free segments of the
peron are very decidedly shorter and a little broader than
the following three, that, viewed dorsally, there is a constric-
tion between the third and fourth and between the fourth and
fifth free segments, and that the first five segments of the
pleon are slightly broader than the immediately preceding
segments of the person. In both specimens the mouth-
organs appear to be in a very rudimentary condition.

Tn his recent contribution to the Crustacea of the Plankton
Expedition Dr. H. J. Hansen gives some weighty reasons
for adopting the view that the families of the Apseudide and
Tanaide should form a separate order, which he calls ‘Tanai-
dacea, coordinate with the Amphipoda, Isopoda, and Cumacea.
T shall not easily be convinced that the new order is required.
It is much more a question of convenience than of scientific
accuracy. Though the two families in question have points
in common with the Amphipoda and Cumacea, they are
trenchantly distinguished from both of those groups. On the
other hand, they have the dorso-ventrally depressed body
which is so prevalent among the Isopoda, and in detail they
show several points of agreement with various members of
the Isopodan families. ‘Thus the peculiarity in Apseudes that
the second antenne have an exopod has its parallel in Stene-
trium and Janira. In Stenetrium, Haswell, and Phreatozcus,
Chilton, the first gnathopods have a prehensile hand to some
extent equivalent to that found in the Apseudide and Tanaidee.
In the Gnathiidew and the Cryptoniscian forms among the
Epicaridea there occur pleopods strongly resembling forms
of those appendages in the families just mentioned. The
uropods of the ‘Tanaide cannot be considered remote from those
of the Asellidee; and the coalescence of the first pereon-
segment with the cephalon is exhibited in a more or less
marked degree in the male sex of the Gnathiide.

In regard, then, to the acceptance of the proposed new order,
Tanaidacea, in exchange for the group of the Isopoda Cheli-
fera, the important question arises, cud bono? For whose
advantage will the change be made? So long as the higher
classificatory divisions are capacious, they hold out a welcome
to new discoveries ; but when their boundaries are contracted,
the next new species is liable to find itself left out im the
cold, and then perhaps a new order must be established for a
solitary form. Moreover, when the breaking-up of a fairly

Dr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Butterflies. 53

satisfactory group is once begun, the process is likely to
continue, since the importance of differences on which sub-
orders and families have been established can be magnified
at will to justify the elevation of a family to the rank of a
suborder, and of a suborder to the rank of an order.

Note on Apseudes Latreillit (Aftlne-Edwards ?).

In the description given of this species by Professor G. O.
Sars in 1880, and more fully in 1886, it is stated that the
segments of the perzeon are without ventral spines. In the
description of it by Norman and Stebbing, published in 1886,
it is said that the carapace and pereeon-segments are ‘ without
spiny armature either on the sides or ventral surface, except
that the last segment of the person has a large spine-like
projection on the middle of its under surface.” ‘These state-
ments appear to need a little modification, for, among nume-
rous specimens dredged this summer in Salcombe estuary, a
few, not otherwise distinguishable from the rest, show a
ventral spine on the fourth as well as one on the seventh
pereon-segment. ‘lhe spine in question is pointed slightly
forward, and arises from the middle of the hinder part of the
ventral surface of the segment. Being placed just between
the legs it is not always easy to detect, though its size is
considerable.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Dorsal view of the specimen, with both pairs of antennsw and both
uropods, but the limbs of the left side only.

n.s., natural size.

oc., front of head with the eyes.

a.s., upper antenna; a.z., lower antenna; gn. 1, first gnathopod (or
cheliped) of the right side ; gnv.2, second gnathopod; prp. 1-5, the
five pereeopods; plp., one of the pleopods; w., terminal portion of
pleon with the uropods.

All the separate parts are magnified to the same scale, with the excep-
tion of the cheliped, which is a little less magnified than the others.

VII.— Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies of the Genus

Catasticta in the British Museum. By Arruur G.
Buter, Ph.D. &c.

THE following species have been in the Museum without
names for many years; and, as I find that they are unques-
tionably not described, I propose to name them now.

54 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Butterflies.

Catasticta sinapina, sp. n.

&. Resembles C. nimbrce on the upper surface, excepting
that the central ochreous band is more distinctly divided by
the veins, the spots composing it on the primaries smaller ;
the postmedian series consists of larger spots, and the marginal
spots on the secondaries are larger; the latter wings are more
elongated at anal angle; the under surface is quite unique in
colouring, the ground-colour mustard-yellow, and the veins
and markings purplish brown; the pattern corresponds almost
exactly with that on the under surface of C. susiana.

Expanse of wings 56 millim.

Pucartambo, Peru ( Wahitely).

We purchased this insect in 1872, but at that time I was
not in a position to decide whether or no it was undescribed ;
it should stand near C. sustana.

Catasticta reducta, sp. n.
Euterpe colla, Hewitson (not Doubleday), in Coll. Hewits.

6. Pattern of both surfaces as in C. anaitis, but this
species is much smaller and has all the markings of the upper
surface ochreous, irrorated with purplish brown ; the nervures
are much more broadly blackish; the secondaries have a
marginal series of small white spots: the macular bands on
the under surface of the primaries are clear ochreous, those
towards apex being more falciform.

Expanse of wings 52 millim.

HKeuador (Buckley).

Local form boliviana.

Differs from the typical form in having all the markings of
the upper surface clear ochreous, with scarcely a trace of dark
1rroraticn.

Expinse of wings 51-54 millim.

Bolivia.

The above species is represented in Hewitson’s collection
by seven examples—four from Ecuador and three from
Bolivia—and incorrectly identified by him as Luterpe colla.
In the same drawer an example ot Doubleday’s species is
associated with a specimen of C. zancle, and wrongly iden-
tified as C. nimbice.

Catasticta strigosa, sp. 0.
g-+ Form, size, and general aspect above of C. hebra;

On some new South-African Spiders. 55

deep olive-brown, the lower third of the discoidal cell of
primaries sparsely irrorated with sulphur-yellow scales, the
cell surrounded by a series of longitudinal tapering rays,
sulphur-yellow irrorated with brown, the pointed extremities
of the first six of these rays being cut off by a stripe of the
ground-colour from apical fourth of costa to external angle:
secondaries sulphur-yellow, irrorated with brown, but with
the nervures and a broad external border which emits pyra-
midal spurs along the nervures deep olive-brown; three
elongated clear yellow spots terminating the second to fourth
internervular streaks: under surface similar to C. ctemene @,
but the yellow patch on the primaries broken up into narrow
streaks by the broad brown borders to the nervures.

Expanse of wings 67 millim.

Pucartambo, Peru (Whitely).

Catasticta straminea, sp. n.

Allied to C. eurigania from Ecuador, but the upper surface
deep buff or straw-yellow, with all the veins black; three
elongated spots placed obliquely on the black apical area, the
middle one large, the others small: secondaries with the
outer border broadly black, with a deep sinus in the radial

interspace.
Expanse of wings 47 millim.
Hab. ?

Two specimens of this species stood in Hewitson’s collec-
tion with two of his C. eurtgania from Ecuador and two of
C. notha from Bolivia, the label ‘ ewrtyania ” standing below
the three species. Unfortunately Hewitson neglected to label
the present species with its locality.

VIII.— Descriptions of some new South-African Spiders of the
Family Heteropodide. By R. I. Pocock, of the British
Museum of Natural History.

[Plate VIII.]
Selenops Spencert, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 8, 8 a.)

9. Colour yellowish brown; carapace partially clothed with
white hairs, which, contrasting with the yellow of the integu-
ment, gives it a mottled appearance, a fine dark line on its
lateral edges, and the region of the eyes deeply pigmented
with black. Abdomen thickly mottled above with fine brown
and white spots ; clothed with whitish hairs below. Sternum,

56 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

labium, maxillw, coxe, and lower surface of limbs pale yellow,
rather scantily covered with silky white hairs. Mandibles
reddish yellow, very faintly infuscate distally, sparsely covered
with longish white hairs. Palpi pale, with a fuscous spot at
each end of the tarsus. Legs with femora faintly variegated
with stripes; patella, tibie, and protarsi with a proximal
fuscous spot, the one on the protarsus very broad ; tibize in
addition with a broad band in the distal half and protarsus
with a narrower one at its distal extremity.

Carapace considerably wider than long, its width a little
less than the length of the fourth tibia ; cephalic region slightly
elevated, the face moderately high ; the clypeus about as high
as the diameter of the anterior median or posterior median
eye. The anterior medians separated by a space which is
distinetly less than their diameter, a little closer to the poste-
rior median, which are more than twice their size, and have
advanced much less to the front than is usual in Selenops,
and stand so high that, when viewed from the front, their
inferior edge is only a little below the level of the inferior
edge of the anterior median ; the anterior lateral oval, less
than half the size of the anterior median, but in the same
straight line, situated on the lower side of an elevation which
bears on its posterior lateral surface the posterior lateral eye,
which is considerably larger than the posterior median.

Inferior mandibular margin armed with 3 strong teeth in
front and 2 behind.

Palp: femur with 5 -spines above; patella with 3, one
internal larger, two median setiform; tibia with 6 spines;
tarsus with a transverse row of 6 very long spines in its
proximal half, 3 below at the apex, and 1 on the inner surface.
Some of the spines on the palp pale, some black.

Legs 4, 3, 2,1, armed above with 3 pairs of spines, those of
the anterior row black, of the posterior pale ; alsowith 3on their
anterior surface, the proximal of these pale. Patella with 1
posterior spine ; tibie of first and second legs with 7 pairs of
inferior spines, protarsi with 3 pairs; tibie of third with 2
pairs of inferior spines, protarsus with 1 pair; tibia and pro-
tarsus of fourth only weakly spined; tarsi and protarsi of
first and second weakly and biserially scopulate, of third and
fourth not or hardly scopulate.

Sternum almost circular, a little longer than wide, widest
between the coxee of the second legs.

Vulva with the form of a longitudinally oblong plate,
with its anterior two-thirds deeply hollowed with an oval or
horseshoe-shaped excavation; the plate laterally and poste-
riorly overgrown with hairs.

new South-African Spiders. 57

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11; length of
carapace 5°6, width 6°5; length of first leg (from base of
femur) 25, of second 26°5, of third 27:3, of fourth 28°5.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer). A single female example.

Apparently resembling S. atomarius, Simon (Bull. Soc.
Zool. Fr. xii. p. 465, 1887), from Port Elizabeth, in having
the median eyes forming a strongly recurved line, but differing
in having 7 pairs of spines upon the lower surface of the
anterior tibize instead of 5, and also apparently in the form
of the vulva.

It is an interesting fact connected with Selenops that the
females of this genus do not, like Heteropoda, make a lenti-
cular cocoon and carry it about with them, but attach their
eges to some foreign object, and cover them with a sheeting
ot thin, smooth, parchment-like silk.

Palystes Johnstoni, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 1-1 c.)

9. Colour.—Upperside of legs and carapace castaneous, but
clothed uniformly with a thick layer of greyish-white hairs, a
transverse stripe of yellowish-white hairs on the clypeus ;
upperside of abdomen pale brown, deeper in the hinder half
above the anus, where the brown area is bordered by a deep
chocolate-brown sinuous edge, which separates it from the
white posterior lateral portions of the abdomen; in front the
upperside of the abdomen is ornamented with 2 fine rather
indistinct dark-coloured longitudinal lines, which meet poste-
riorly in a point; lower surface of abdomen whitish, mottled
with yellow spots ; the epigastric region blackish, but covered
with golden-yellow hairs, and behind this region there is a
narrow deep brown transverse crescentic stripe. Palpi
yellower than the legs, uniformly coloured above and below,
but the tarsal segment apically infuscate. Mandibles blackish
brown, clothed with golden-yellow hairs, but not noticeably
stiiped. Maxille with their distal third pale; labium with
pale border. Sternum clothed with yellow hairs ; 2 thickish
black stripes crossing its middle transversely, the anterior of
these in a line with the dark stripe on the second coxe, the
posterior, which is angular, each half being directed obliquely
forwards to touch the stripe in front, being similarly continuous
with the dark anterior half of the third coxe. Legs having
their cox black in front, yellow behind; femora of first and
second legs with the basal half reddish brown; all the tibia
with 2 spots of the same colour, 1 at their proximal end,
the other just past the middle; the scopule of the protarsi
fiery red, of the tarsi greyish brown, the rest of the lower
suiface of the legs yellowish white.

58 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Carapace as long as tibia, +4 of patella of fourth leg ;
width equalling length of tibia of third leg.

Legs 1-2, 4, 3. Femora unarmed below; tibie armed
with 6 long spines in 3 pairs, a pair springing from each
of the spots and 1 pair at the distal end; protarsi with
2 pairs of long spines in their proximal half; femora with 3
anterior, 8 posterior, and 2 superior spines, that of the fourth,
however, with only 2 posterior spines ; patella with 1 ante-
rior and 1 posterior spine ; tibize with 1 superior, 2 anterior,
and 2 posterior spines ; protarsi with 2 anterior and 2 posterior
spines.

Vulva. (As in figure.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24; length of
carapace 11:2, width 9; length of first leg 46, of second 46,
of third 34, of fourth 40.

dg. Colour as in 2, but abdomen with the pattern less
well defined, and the lower surface of the femora mottled with
yellow spots.

Palp. (As in figure.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 17; length of
carapace 8°2, width’ 7; length of first leg 45, of second 43:5,
of third 32, of fourth 38.

Loc. Zomba, 3000-9000 ft. (H. H. Johnston): types.
Also an immature specimen of apparently the same species
from Ugogo (Emin Pasha).

This species seems in some respects to resemble P. Héohneli
of Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 129) from Kilima
Njaro, the resemblance between them being especially
noticeable in the colour of the legs. It is to be observed,
however, that Simon makes no mention of the banding on
the sternum or coxze, and according to the measurements the
first and fourth legs are almost equal in length.

Palystes Elliot’, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Closely allied to P. Johnston, but having more black upon
the maxille and sternum, only the distal tourth of the lower
surface of the first and second femora palely yellow, and a
broad brown band running backwards on the ventral surface
of the abdomen from the epigastric fold to the spinners. The
vulva is also quite distinct (see fig. 2).

Loc. Uganda, KE. Africa (G. F. Scott Elliot).

Palystes Spenceri, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 3, 3a.)
2. Upperside of trunk and limbs clothed with dirty

new South-African Spiders. 59

yellowish-brown hairs, the legs faintly mottled with darker
spots; the carapace without distinct pattern, sometimes, how-
ever, with a paler median band and a paler marginal line ;
the clypeus with a distinct white band, which is thickest in
the middle. The abdomen ornamented above as in P, John-
stont, but the distinction between the brown patch and the
sides of the abdomen less well defined; the sides and lower
surface a uniform yellowish brown. Mandibles not striped,
black, but clothed with whitish-yellow hairs. Palpi ochre-
yellow ; tarsus distally fuscous below. Maxillee and labium
as in P. Johnston’. Sternum yellow, with a single fuscous
band crossing it in a line with the dark front half of the
second coxe. Coxe ot legs whitish yellow, with their ante-
rior third blackish brown. Femora of first and second pairs
with their basal half or almost two thirds deep reddish brown,
the rest of the segment bright yellow, mottled with small
brown spots ; femora of third and fourth yellowish, mottled ;
patella bright yellow below; tibie also bright yellow, with a
large basal brownish-red spot, and a second just past the
middle; these spots sometimes rather indistinct upon the
third and fourth legs. Protarsal and tarsal pads fuscous.
Mandibles armed as in P. Johnstoni. Legs and palpi of the
same relative length and spine-armature as in that species ;
but the examination of a large series of specimens shows
that the number of spines is not quite constant.

Vulva. (As in figure.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 39°53; length
of carapace 14, width 12; length of first leg 55:5, of
second 55, of third 41, of fourth 48.

6. With the carapace browner on the summit than in the
female; the posterior brown patch upon the abdomen not
defined. ‘The 4 pairs of femora almost of the same colour,
being a brownish yellow, mottled with smaller dark spots.

Palp. (As in figure.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 23; length of
carapace 11, width 9; length of first leg from base of femur
54, of second 53°5, of third 39, of fourth 46, tibia of
fourth 11°8.

Loc. Durban. A large number of specimens including the
types obtained by Mr. H. A. Spencer.

Judging from the list of localities from which the Museum
has received this species, it appears to be widely distributed
in the south-eastern parts of Cape Colony. I cannot, how-
ever, discover that it has yet received a name, unless, indeed,
the Heteropoda natalia of Karsch (Zeits. ges. Naturwiss.
1878, p. 772) be the same species. This last-named form

60 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

will probably be found to belong to Palystes, seeing that it
has the white clypeus, the banded sternum, and the eyes of
the front row of the same relative size as in the other South-
African representative of this genus.

Palystes lunatus, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 5.)

Colour.—Carapace chestnut, clothed with yellowish-brown
hair, with a fine white median line and the usual white
clypeal band; mandibles black, clothed with yellowish-brown
hair, with the white stripes scarcely apparent ; legs and palpi
chestnut, clothed with yellowish-brown hairs above; coxe
with only their anterior surfaces infuscate; femora of a uni-
form yellowish brown below; pateile whitish yellow; tibiz
banded as usual with fuscous and whitish yellow; sternum
clothed with yellow hairs, but marked in addition with 2
transverse fuscous bands which fuse in the middle; labium
and maxilla black, chestnut only at the tips; abdomen with-
out very definite pattern above, obscurely mottled, deeper
coloured posteriorly, and marked with 2 longitudinal
blackish stripes in front; pale yellowish brown below, with a
short narrow transverse black band in front of the epigyne,
and a broad whitish crescentic one behind it, the rest of the
area between the epigastric fold and the maxille marked with
a few whitish spots and 4 fine longitudinal fuscous bands.

Vulva. (As in figure.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 29; length of
carapace 12°5, width 10; length of first leg (from base of
femur) 46°5, of second 46:5, of third 38, of fourth 42°5.

Loc. §. Africa (Dr. Quatn).

Differs from P. Spencert in having 2 transverse fuscous
bars across the sternum, the femora of a uniform tint. below,
a deep transverse crescentic band behind the epigastric fold,
and the form of the vulva; in the latter characteristic, as
well as in the colour of its sternum and femora, it also differs
from P. superciliosus of L. Koch.

Palystes pulchripes, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 4, 4 a.)
? Palystes superciliosus, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Australiens, ii. p. 706.

@.. Closely related to P. lunatus, but with the carapace paler
chestnut, with no median white band; the palpi pale yellow,
with fuscous tips; the distal third of the maxille yellow; the
sternum with a single dark band across it, and the lower sur-
face of the femora variegated as in P. Spencer?, the basal half

new South-African Spiders. 61

being blackish and the distal bright yellow, although mottled.
In one of the specimens the posterior end of the abdomen is
ornamented above very much as in the figure of P. super-
ciliosus published by Koch, but in two others this pattern is
not visible.

Vulva small, pale-coloured, represented by a horny trans-
verse bilobed plate, something like that of P. superciliosus of
Koch (op. cit. pl. 1x1. fig. 1a); but the anterior lobes much
shallower. There are, moreover, no posterior lobes and no
transverse bar such as Koch has depicted.

Length 28 millim. ; length of cephalothorax 12, width 9°5;
length of first and second legs 42, of third 31°5, of fourth
36°5.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (1. A. Spencer).

Three apparently adult females were obtained at the above
locality. ‘They appear to be very nearly allied to P. super-
ciliosus of Koch, but seem quite distinct, provided that
Koch’s figure of the vulva of superciliosus is correct.

Panaretus (?) distictus, sp.n. (PI. VIII. figs. 7, 7 a.)

?. Colour.—Carapace pale castaneous, covered with pale
yellow hairs intermixed with rather stouter black ones; in the
cephalic region there are some longish sete, black at the base
and pale distally ; faint lines of black pigment radiating from
the fovea; the lateral margin posteriorly narrowly black, the
cephalic region mottled with small yellow spots; many
longish yellow hairs between the eyes, but no white clypeal
band. Mandibles pale castaneous, clothed with white or
black-and-white hairs, and variegated with small black spots.
Labium, maxilla, and sternum pale yellow, clothed with white
hairs, with a few black-and-white ones intermixed ; coxe of
the same colour, but variegated with small black spots ; legs
ferruginous or ochre-yellow, not noticeably banded, but
mottled above with minute whitish spots; the femora mottled
below with black spots ; abdomen reddish brown above, finely
mottled with minute black and white spots; yellowish white
laterally and below and spotted with black, and furnished on
each side of the spinners with a large elongate but irregularly
shaped black patch, which is emphasized above by a fine
border of white hairs.

Carapace very high in its posterior half, lightly convex
towards the ocular area, cephalic region narrower ; its length
just exceeding that of the fourth tibia. Hyes of posterior row
subequal in size and evenly spaced, forming a slightly re-
curved line ; those of the anterior row also slightly recurved

62 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

when viewed from above, straight when seen from the front,
the lower edge of the laterals being on the same level as that
of the median; the anterior median about as large as the eyes
of the hinder row, but much smaller than the anterior laterals
and considerably nearer to them than they are to each other,
the space between them being about equal to their diameter ;
space between the anterior and posterior lateral a little greater
than the diameter of the former; the clypeus a little longer
than the diameter of the anterior lateral eye.

Legs long and slender, 2, 1, 4, 3; their spine-armature
approximately the same as in Palystes Johnston? and the rest.

The vulva of large size and projecting vertically downwards.
(For structure, see figure.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length of
carapace 6, width 5; length of first leg (from base of femur)
24, of second 24°5, of third 19, of fourth 21.

Loc. Kast London (H. A. Spencer).

Judging from M. Simon’s diagnosis of Penaretus, this
species differs from the Oriental members of the genus in
having the legs longer and the mandibles weaker, less geni-
culate, and normally hairy from base to apex.

Olios Spencert. (Pl. VIII. fig. 6.)

2. Colowr.—Carapace pale castaneous, clothed with whitish
hairs; mandibles black, maxille and labium chestnut ; abdo-
men clothed above with yellowish-white hairs, with a median
black stripe consisting of triangular spots, and mottled at the
sides with blackish spots and short stripes; pale below,
vulva deep black. Palpt reddish yellow, tarsal scopula
fuscous; legs reddish yellow, clothed with yellowish-white
hairs, scopulz fuscous; tibie with two faint fuscous bands.

Carapace as wide as long; moderately convex, its width
just equal to the length of tibia of first leg. yes of poste-
rior row straight, si.bequal, and nearly evenly spaced ; eyes
of front row closer together, subequal, the median a little
nearer each other than each is to the lateral, the space between
median and lateral about equal to a diameter.

Mandibles sparsely hairy ; armed below with 4 teeth be-
hind and 2 in front.

Failp: femur with a cluster of 5 spines above distally ;
patella and tibia with 1 external and 1 internal; tarsus with
1 external and 3 internal. Legs 2, 1, 4, 3; the second
excelling the first by its tarsus; the third and fourth only
slightly unequal; femora of first, second, and third armed
above with 8 spines (3, 2, 3), of fourth with 6 (3, 2, 1);

new South-African Spiders. 63

tibize of first, second, and third also armed with 8 spines, 2 in
front, 2+2 below, 2 behind; tibia of fourth with 6 spines,
the posterior pair missing ; protarsi also with 8 spines, 2, 2
below, 2 in front, and 2 behind; that of the fourth leg with
some extra apical spines.

Abdomen elongate oval. Vulva of large size, occupying
the whole of the middle of the epigastric plate, nearly circular,
its posterior border emarginate, the middle of the emargination
deeply notched, the notch passing into a deep sulcus, which
divides the vulva into two halves; the surface of the plate
marked with a deep oval excavation.

Measuremenis in millimetres.—Total length 15°5; length
and width of carapace 7 ; length of first leg 27, of second 29°5,
of third 21°5, of fourth 22:5.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer). A single female specimen.

Mr. H. A. Spencer also obtained in S. Africa specimens
of the two following species of Heteropodidee :—

1. Palystes megacephalus (C. Koch), Die Arachn. xii. p. 25
(1848) (Ocypete).

Loc. Port Elizabeth. Adult male and female.

This species is, I think, generically distinct from the rest
of the §.-African species of Palystes. ‘The carapace is both
higher and longer, the width falling considerably short of the
distance between the posterior border and the eyes of the
hinder row. These eyes, too, are not evenly spaced as in
Palystes, the distance between the two medians being notice-
ably less than that between the medians and the laterals.
The legs, moreover, are distinctly less ‘ laterigrade ”’ than is
usual with the Heteropodide.

2. Palystes castaneus (Latr.), (Pl. VIII. fig. 9.)

Thomisus castaneus, Latr. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxiv. p. 30 (1819)
(teste Simon).

Olios castaneus and fuscus, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. pp. 571-573 (1837)
(teste Simon).

Ocypete melanogaster, C. Koch, Die Arachn. xii. p. 31 (1845).

Ocypete nobilis (Fabr.), C. Koch, wid. p. 37, 2 (probably not nobilis of
Fabricius, which is said to be Indian).

Mr. Spencer obtained three examples of this handsome
species at Cape Town.

In the figure of the vulva that L. Koch has published (Die
Arachn. Australiens, pl. lx. fig. 46) the median notch on the

64 On some new South-African Spiders.

posterior border should have been represented as much deeper
and angular, and the ridges defining the two anterior de-
pressions as much stronger.

In addition to being smaller than the female, the male
differs in having the lower surface of the femora white, but
rather thickly mottled with small brown spots—these seg-
ments, at least on the anterior two pairs of legs, being in the
female reddish brown, and not spotted. The male, in fact,
agrees so closely with the description of Ocypete melanogaster
of C. Koch (Die Arachniden, xu. p. 31) that I have not hesi-
tated to regard the latter as the male of castaneus.

The palpus is distally much enlarged, the tarsus bearing in
the middle of its external edge a smooth black excrescence ;
the external portion of the bulb consists of a swollen semi-
circular densely coriaceous skeletal piece, and from this three
long processes pass forwards to the apex of the alveolus, the
external of these being membranous and fimbriated, the
median straighter, more horny, and apically hooked. The
proximal end of the tarsus narrowed to form a slender neck.
The prominence on the tibia very stout, and bearing one long
process, which curves abruptly inwards and supports on its
base an angular tooth, while a third strong, hooked, but short
tooth rises trom the external angle of the prominence.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Palystes Johnstoni, sp.n. Q, upper view, nat. size.

Fig. 1a. Ditto. Lower view.

Fig. 1b. Ditto. Vulva.

Fig. 1c. Ditto. Palp of ¢.

Fig. 2. Palystes Ellioti, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Lower view of trunk, nat. size, to show pattern of
colours.

Fig. 3. Palystes Spenceri, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Palp.

Fig. 4. Palystes pulchripes, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 4a. Ditto. Lower view of trunk, to show pattern.

Fig. 5. Palystes lunatus, sp. n. Vulva.

Fig. 6. Olios Spenceri, sp. n. Vulva.

Fig. 7. Panaretus (?) distictus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 7a. Ditto. Lower view of trunk, nat. size.

Fig. 8. Selenops Spencert, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 8 a. Ditto. Face.

Fig. 9. Palystes castaneus (Latr.), Margin of vulva.

On a new Species of Hyleccetus from Japan. 65

IX.—On a new Species of Hyleccetus (Lymexylonide)
from Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

I rounD only one species belonging to the Lymexylonidx
in Japan, but it was widely distributed; my most southern
specimens were taken on the heights of Ichibuyama, near
Yuyama, lat. 32°, and the most northern at Sapporo, lat. 44°.
In the Munich Catalogue, 1869, there are only twenty-two
species of Lymexylonide given, and these are assigned to
three genera—Atractocerus, Hyleceetus, and Lymeaxylon. It
is most probable that a species of Lymexylon is to be found in
Japan, and it is reasonable to look for and expect to find a
species of Atractocerus in the southern provinces or in the
group of islands lying to the south of Kiushiu, as Atracto-
cerus contains species having a wide range, and several are
known to occur in the islands of the Kastern Archipelago.

Hyleceetus cossis, sp. n.

Elongatus, parallelus, testaceus, pubescens ; capite dense punctato,
opaco, infuscato vel nigro; thorace inequali, vago haud dense
punctato ; elytris obsolete 3-costatis, apice infuscatis.

L, 10-16 mill.

Elongate, parallel at the sides, brownish or reddish yellow,
head opaque, thorax and elytra somewhat shining; the head
densely punctate, punctures subocellate, with the narrow inter~
stices between them raised and running together, black, but
rarely infuscate, and in one large female the head is reddish
between the antenne and behind the eyes and the neck is
red; the thorax uneven, punctures shallow and not closely
set, interspaces smooth, anterior angles rounded off, posterior
angles better marked; the scutellum tripartite, obtuse behind,
with a carina on the anterior median area which anteriorly
splits into two (perhaps of use for stridulation); the elytra
vaguely 3-costate, interstices roughish, finely and rather
densely punctulate, apices infuscate ; the antenns and mouth-
organs reddish brown, or sometimes dusky, the large palpi in
male black; the legs brownish yellow. The female, when
the surface is not abraded, has the head thickly hirsute.

This species doubtless varies considerably in size; the
measurements given above are taken from eight examples
only.

Hab. Yuyama, Oyama in Sagami, Nikko, and Sapporo.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 5

66 Mr. H. Fulton on the

X.—Description of a new Species of Thauria (Moore), a
Genus of Amathusiine. By Pare Crowtey, F.L.S. &e.

Thaurta intermedia, sp. n.

Male.— Upperside. Fore wing deep brown, slightly shot
with purple, the base ferruginous brown, crossed by a broad
oblique creamy-white band from the costa just beyond the
cell to the outer margin below first median nervure; two
subapical spots, the upper creamy white, the lower less
defined and tinged with blue. Hind wing deep brown, the
base suffused with ferruginous brown; the apex and the anal
third from discoidal nervule to the anal angle rich orange-
brown.

Underside. Similar to T. pseudalaris, the band of the fore
wing being about double the width and the ocelli of the hind
wing being much larger and more pronounced.

Expanse 4°5 inches.

Hab. Burma and Tenasserim.

In collections Crowley, Adams, and Brit. Mus.

This species has hitherto been confounded with T. pseud-
alaris, and is mentioned by Messrs. Elwes, De Nicéville,
Moore, and Distant as such. It is at once distinguished from
the true pseudalarts, which occurs in Perak, Malacca, and
Salanga, by the much greater breadth and paler colour of the
band.

XI.—A List of the Species of Amphidromus, Albers, with
Critical Notes and Descriptions of some hitherto undescribed
Species and Varieties. By Hucu FULTon.

[Plates V.-VII.]

Havine had opportunities of examining a large number of
specimens, including most of the types, of this admittedly
difficult genus, I have thought that a list of all the known
species might be useful. I have endeavoured to arrange the
species according to their affinities, and have given a figure
of all the unfigured species. The genera or subgenera
Pseudopartula and Beddomea are omitted from this list, the
species of which have sometimes been included with Amphi-
dromus, but they appear to me to be, from their concho-
logical characters, sufficiently distinct to stand apart.

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 67

My thanks are due to Prof. A. Lang (for permission to
view Mousson’s types), Prof. Dr. E. von Martens, Dr. Aug.
Brot, and M. Jules Mabille (for kind assistance while
examining specimens at their respective museums). Iam also
indebted to Mr. 8. Hansen, of Copenhagen, for comparing
specimens with Miiller’s types, and to Dr. Jousseaume for
notes on A. Perriert and A. hemicyclus of Rochebrune.
Lastly, I am especially indebted to Mr. Edgar A. Smith, of
the British Museum, without whose kind assistance in giving
me free access to books and specimens I could not have
compiled this list.

Group of A. perversus.

1. A. perversus, Linné, Syst. Nat. 10th ed.; Feér. Hist.
pl. exlviii. figs. 1-8; Homb. et Jacq. Voy. au Péle
Sud, pl. viii. fig. 9.

=citrinus, Brug., Chem. ed. ii. pl. ix. figs. 1, 2.

=obesus, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 351; Chem. ix. figs. 934, 935.

Loe. ?

The type has been lost, but the uniformly yellow-coloured
specimens, figured as above mentioned, are accepted as agreeing
best with Linné’s description. Martens’s obesus is a small
form, generally somewhat broader in proportion to its length
than typical perversus, but agreeing perfectly with it in
other respects.

A. perversus, var. tenera, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 350.

A very thin shell, of the form of typical perversus and of a
pale yellow colour.

A. perversus, var. chloris, Reeve, Con. Icon. 1848, Bul.
fig. 223.

Loc. Malay Peninsula.

Typical specimens are of a narrower form than perversus,
and have a narrow white band below and encircling the suture ;
except for the last-mentioned character there is hardly any
difference suflicient to separate this from typical perversus—
that is, when one has a series of specimens under examination.

A. perversus, var. entobapta, Dohrn, Nach. d. deut. Gesell.
1889, p. 21.
Loc. Paragua Island.
The greater size of aperture in proportion to the length of
shell and a rather coarse oblique striation separate this variety
&

68 Mr. H. Fulton on the

from perversus. The deep yellow colour inside aperture is
not always present, some specimens I have from Busuanga
Island being quite white throughout.

A. perversus, var. aurea, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 349, pl. xx.
fig. 13.

=H, dextra, Chem. ix. figs. 1210, 1211.

=H. aurea, Fér. Hist. pl. exlviii. figs. 1-3.

Loc. ?

A very unsatisfactory variety : the figure in ‘ Ost-Asien’ is
probably badly coloured, and it is difficult to say to which
variety of perversus it belongs ; the figure referred to in Fér.
is a typical perversus; but neither agree with the H. devtra
(Chem. ix. figs. 1210, 1211), which does agree with a specimen
of mine identified by Prof. von Martens as being his var.
aurea. This shell is a rather small globose form of perversus,
of a uniform golden-yellow colour.

A. perversus, var. infrapicta, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 344,
pl. xx. figs. 1 and 9.

Differs from perversus in having the lower part of the last
whorl covered with reddish-brown stripes and spots, which
are often interrupted by a narrow yellow spiral band. Closely
allied to interruptus of Miller, but smoother.

A. perversus, var. interrupta, Miiller, Hist. Verm. 1774, ii.
p. 94, no. 291; Chem. ix. pl. exxxiv. figs. 1213, 1214,
=emaciatus, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 347, pl. xx. fig. 7.
=sultanus, Lamk. Hist. Nat. Anim.s. Vert. vi. 1819 ; Deless. Recueil de
Coq. 1841, pl. xxvii. figs. 6, 7.

=makassariensis, Homb. et Jacy. Voy. au Pole Sud, pl. viii. figs. 5, 6.

Loc. Bali Island.

Miiller’s type, as figured in Chem. figs. 1213, 1214, is a
decorticated specimen, with fewer markings than in most
specimens. Lamarck’s sultanus was founded upon specimens
of this variety in good condition.

A, perversus, var. melanomma, Pfeiffer, Zeit. fiir Malak. 1852,
p- 95.
=citrinus, Reeve (pars), Con. Icon., Bul. pl. xxxi. fig. 187 a.
=flammea, Chem. ix. p. 94, pl. ¢. fig. 927.
Loc. Singapore. +
This variety can generally be distinguished from the fore-
going by the absence of any dark colour at back of lip, its

Species of Amphidromus, A lvers. 69

black apex (this character is not always present), its closer
and finer oblique stripes, and in being somewhat smoother.

A. perversus, var. natunensis, Fulton.
=perversus, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, xiii. p. 457.

Loc. Natuna Islands.

Like interruptus, but generally somewhat larger, de-
pressed at the sutural area; coloration varies from white,
with one oblique dark brown stripe, to specimens coloured
like melanomma, except that the stripes do not extend right
across the whorls, but stop short, leaving a broad white band
below the suture.

A. perversus, var. strigosa, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 346, pl. xx.
fig. 6.

Very near interruptus and melanomma, but the whole shell
is closely covered with oblique dark reddish-brown stripes.

A. perversus, var. leucovantha, Martens, Monatsber. Berl.
aie 1864, p. 526; Ost-Asien, p. 348, pl. xx. figs. 11,

= BZ. citrinus, Reeve (pars), Con. Icon. fig. 187 4.

According to Martens’s figures this is very variable in
form, but chiefly characterized by having a broad white band
below and encircling the suture. ‘To me the figure in Reeve’s
‘Tconica’ represents this variety ; the other figures which were
afterwards referred to this variety by Martens appear to me
to be different.

A. perversus, var. atricallosa, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. 1843, vol. i. p. 140; Bost. Journ. iv. p. 457,
pl. xxiv. fig. 3.
=eques, Pfeiffer, Malak. Blatt. 1857, vol. iv. p. 158.

Loc. Tavoy, Burmah.

In typical specimens the more globose form, the darker
colour on parietal wall, and the more expanded lip separate
this from lewcozantha ; but some specimens show this variety
to be closely connected with it. . eques, Pf., is a decorti-
cated specimen of atricallosa.

2. A.cochinchinensis, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 331.
(BIE VI. fig. 6.)

A cylindrical elongated form of a uniform pale yellow
colour. May possibly prove to be but a var. of perversus.

70 Mr. H. Fulton on the

3. A. inversus, Miller, Hist. Verm. ii. p. 93. no. 290; Chem.
ix. p. 98, pl. ex. figs. 925, 926.

=jayanus, Lea, Proc, Phil. Soc. Philad. 1841, ii. p. 31.

=contusus, Reeve, Con. Icon., Bul. fig. 220.

=elongatus, Homb. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud, 1854, pl. viii. figs. 3, 4.

=annamitieus, Crosse et Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 357, and

1864, pl. xii. fiz. 8.
=andamanensis (Mouss. MSS8.), Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch. no. 707,
pl. exvi. figs. 7-10.

Loc. Singapore, Malacca, Siam, Sarawak, and Sirhassen
island.

Variable in size and also somewhat in form, but easily
distinguished by its coloration. The andamanensis was
described by Pfeiffer from three small specimens from
Mousson’s collection bearing a label with the locality Anda-
man Islands; but this species has never been found there:
the small form has been found at Sarawak and Sirhassen
Island by Mr. Everett; it is generally of a darker colour
than the larger forms, three specimens in the Geneva Museum
being almost black.

Dr. Méllendorff’s annamiticus, var. roseotincta, is without
the usual dark brown fillet at apical whorls, the apex being
uniformly rose-coloured. I find, however, that this slight
character is not constant.

4. A. alticola (Boettger, MSS.), Fulton. (Pl. VI. figs. 5,
5a.)

Loc. Java.

Dextral and sinistral, thin, obliquely striated, uniform
yellow, shining, impressed with a thread-like white fillet at
the suture; umbilicus almost or completely covered; lip
white, somewhat reflected ; columella either erect, arcuate, or
somewhat distorted; whorls 6, slightly convex, last whorl
equal to two thirds of whole length of shell.

Long. 37 millim., maj. diam. 20 millim.

Easily separated from all other known species of this group
by its small size, narrow form, and thin substance.

Group of A. janus.
5. A. janus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852; Chem. ed. ii.
pl. xlvi. figs. 1-4.

Loe. ? (not New Hebrides).
In Mousson’s collection I saw two specimens quite agreeing
with janus, except that the characteristic spiral bands were

Species of Amphidromus, A bers. 71

absent, the specimens being of a uniform yellow colour, with
a narrow white band at the suture.

6. A. enganoensis, Fulton. (Pl. VI. fig. 11.)
Loc. Engano Island, W. Sumatra (Dr. G. Modigliani).

Shell sinistral, oblong-ovate, perforate, solid, shining,
obliquely striate ; ground-colour either yellow or rich brown,
sometimes in the latter case with two or three darker brown
spiral bands; whorls 7, convex, suture strongly impressed with
a spiral narrow white band ; lip and columella broadly ex-
panded and slightly reflected, margins joined by a thin trans-
parent callus, columella more or less deflected at point of
insertion.

Long. 49 millim., maj. diam. 28 millim. (brown specimen
n my own collection).

Long. 49 millim., maj. diam. 27 millim. (yellow specimen
in my own collection).

Long. 49 millim., maj. diam. 27 millim. (banded specimen
in Col. Beddome’s collection).

This species is in form like a large janus, but easily dis-
tinguished by its broadly expanded lip and columella, its
different coloration, and the absence of the dark colour on
parietal wall.

7. A. Martenst, Boettger, Nach. malak. zool. Gesell. 1894,
paco.; (PI. VII. fig. 10.)

Loc. Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Lverett).
A distinct and handsome species, occurring both dextral
and sinistral.

8. A. mundus, Zeit. fiir Malak. 1853, p. 57; Chem. ed. i.
pl. Ixx. figs. 21, 22.

This may possibly be but a variety of perversus, but all
the specimens I have seen appear to be different in form as
well asin colour. There are two very large specimens in the
British Museum, similar in size and form of aperture to
typical aéricallosus, but in other respects like mundus.

Group of A. comes.
9. A. polymorphus, Tapparone Canefri, Malac. de viaggo del
Magenta, 1894, p. 82, pl. ii. figs. 4@ and 0.

Loe. Cochin China.
In most collections this appears as a variety of perversus ;
but it is quite as worthy of specific rank as dnversus and

72 Mr. H. Fulton on the

Dohrn, its nearest allied form being rather comes than per-
versus.

10. A. Dohrni, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 525; Novit.
Conch. pl. Ixxv. figs. 12, 13.
=interruptus, var. infraviridis, Martens, Ost-Asien, pl. xx. figs. 2, 5,
and 8.
Loc. Cochin China.
This partakes of the characters of both comes and perversus,
but is easily separated by the coloration of the last whorl and
by the smaller aperture.

11. A. comes, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 193; Novit.
Conch. pl. Ixxv. figs. 10, 11.

Loc. Annam, Cochin China.

This varies in form and coloration, and approaches very
near to polymorphus, but can be separated by the white tract
behind lip and the greyish-brown bands below and encircling
the suture of upper whorls.

Group of A. javanicus.

12. A. palaceus (von d. Busch, MSS.), Mousson, Moll. Java,
1849, p. 28, pl. iii. fig. 1.

Toc. Java.

Chiefly distinguished from perversus by its coarse oblique
striation.

A. palaceus, var. subaurantia, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 352;
Chem. ed. ii. pl. xl. figs. 7, 8.

Loc. Java.

Like typical palaceus, but with a dark reddish-brown band
encircling the last whorl at the periphery. Martens gave
this name to a specimen with a pale salmon-pink ground-
colour, but sometimes it is pale yellow.

A. palaceus, var. appressa (Mouss. MSS.), Pfeiffer, Novit.
Conch. no. 706, pl. cxvi. figs. 4, 5.

Loc. Java.

The type is a more elongated form than typical palaceus,
of more solid growth, lighter colour, and has a smaller aper-
ture ; but with the series before me (the pick of a very large
number of specimens) I am unable to separate this from
palaceus.

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 73

A. palaceus, var. pura, Mousson, Moll. Java, 1849, p. 29,
Plot. fig. 2.
Loc. Java.
A white solid form with strong rugose striation. The type
specimen is the only one I have seen of this variety.

13. A. Teynsmanni (Mouss. MSS.), Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch.
no. 704, pl. exvil. figs. 2, 3.

Loc. Moluccas ?

A very globose form of a very thin substance, allied to
palaceus, but, judging from the type specimens (all I have
seen of this species), distinct.

14. A. Heertanus (Mouss. MSS.), Pfeiffer, Novit. Conch.
pl. cxvi. fig. 1,

= Winter?, var., Martens, Ost-Asien, pl. xx. fig. 10.

Loc. Java.

The colour of this species varies from yellow with only
two or three reddish-brown stripes to specimens that are
almost covered with variegated green and red-brown oblique
markings. The spiral lines, as seen in the type specimen,
are in most specimens not so distinct, but traces of them can
be found in nearly all. This species has been distributed
under the manuscript names of Prillwitz¢ and pecilus, both of
Boettger.

15. A. robustus, Fulton.
= Winteri, var., Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 353, pl. xx. fig. 4.

Loc. Java.

Shell sinistral, ovate-conic, solid, obliquely striate, almost
imperforate, white, with two brown spiral bands commencing
at third whorl, above and below the suture, and continued to
last whorl, which has in addition one, and sometimes two,
other bands on its lower half; whorls 7, convex; lip and
columella white, expanded, margins joined by a white callus.

Long. 50 millim., maj. diam. 31 millim.

16. A. javanicus, Sowerby, Conch. Illus. 1841, Bul. pl. xxxi.
fig. 35.
=loricatus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 372.
Loe. Java.
This species varies greatly in size, but is easily distin-
guished from its allies by its coloration.

74 Mr. H. Fulton on the

Group of A. Winteri.

17. A. Wintert, Pfeiffer, Zeit. fiir Malak. 1849, p. 135;
Chem. ed. ii. no. 177, pl. xl. figs. 3, 4.

Loc. Java.

Varies greatly in colour and degree of rugoseness; colour
dirty white to reddish brown, rarely with a spiral band on
last whorl. Varieties of this species have been distributed
under the manuscript names of semirugosa, preclara, &c., all
of Boettger.

A, Winter, var. inauris (Bttg. MSS.), Fulton. (Pl. VI.
figs. 12, 12a.)

Loc. Java.

Like Winterd this variety varies in colour, but is generally
somewhat less rugose; lip broadly expanded (especially at
lower part) and reflected.

18. A. Beccarit, Tapparone Canefri, Annal. Mus. Civ. di
Genova, 1883, vol. xx. p. 170, pl. 1. figs. 10, 11.

Loe. Celebes.
Somewhat like Wenterz, but smaller, of a narrower form,
and the upper whorls are much smoother.

Group of A. maculiferus.

19. A. maculiferus, Sowb. & Brod. Conch. Illust. 1841, Bul.
pl. exlv. fig. 100; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1841, p. 14; Chem.
ed. i. 1846, Bul. no. 151, pl. xxxvi. figs. 1, 2.

Loc. Cottobato.

A. maculiferus, var. multicolor, Mollff. Bericht d. Senck. nat.
Ges. 1893, p. 99.

Loc. Leyte Island.

A very pretty and distinct variety, of more slender form
than typical maculiferus, and, instead of being ornamented
with spots, is almost covered with oblique purple-brown
stripes; interior of aperture dark-coloured.

A. maculiferus, var. gracilior, Pfeiffer, Hel. vol. iil. p. 319 ;
Chem. ed. i. pl. xl. fig. 9.
=nigrofilosus, Rochebrune, Bul. Soc. Philom. 1882, p. 72.

Loc. Mindanao Island.
White, with oblique semitransparent pale horn-coloured

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 75

stripes. Apical whorls generally filleted as in strigata and
multicolor. The type of nigrofilosus, which undoubtedly is
identical with Pfeifter’s var. gracilior, is said to have been
collected by Dr. Harmand on the “ Montagnes de Chaudre,”
Cambodia; but I do not think it probable that this shell was
found there.

A, maculiferus, var. strigata (Mollff. MSS.).

Loc. Mindanao Island.

Like gracilior, except that the ground-colour is light reddish
brown, with oblique stripes of the same colour, only darker.
I do not feel sure that this and the next variety are always
separable.

A, maculiferus, var. obscura, Fulton.
=dextrorsus, Pf. Hel. vol. ii. p. 319.

Loc. Mindanao Island.

In form like typical maculiferus, but of a dirty white
colour, obliquely striped and sparsely spotted with faint
reddish brown. Apical whorls filleted as in strigata. As this
occurs both dextral and sinistral, Pfeiffer’s name cannot be
used. It is remarkable that this is the only form of macult-
ferus of which dextral specimens have been found.

A. maculiferus, var. inflata, Fulton.
=maculiferus, var. y, Hidalgo, Journ. de Con. 1888, pl. vi. fig. 1.
Loc. Baranda, Philippine Islands.

A large inflated form of a lemon-colour, with a narrow
white band at the suture of lower whorls ; first 24 whorls with
a dark fillet at the suture.

Long. 66 millim., maj. diam. 38 millim.

20. A. Roeselerit, Méllendorff, Nach. mal. Blatt. 1894,
peat.
=maculiferus, vary.. Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiii.
pl. iv. figs. 8, 8 a.

Loc. Bilatan Island (Everett), Sulu Islands (Roeseler).

Smaller than maculiferus; of a uniform cream-colour, with
a very narrow golden band at suture of lower whorls, very
closely and (under the lens) distinctly spirally striated.

76 Mr. H. Fulton on the

Group of A. levus.

21. A. levus, Miiller, Hist. Verm. ii. p. 95, no. 293; Chem.
vol. ix. p. 103, pl. iii. figs. 940-948.
=contrarius, var. subconcolor, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 368, pl. xxi.
fig. 9.

= Kobelti, Rolle, Nach. mal. Gesell. 1893, p. 34.

Loc. Moluccas.

The Kobeltt of Rolle is a pale yellow specimen without the
dark purple-brown bands. Martens’s subconcolor is near
Kobelti, but narrower, and with two very faint yellow bands
encircling last whorl, which are not shown in the figure.
This species varies very much in its colour-banding; but
even in the very pale varieties, where the dark-coloured
bands are wanting, one can trace the characteristic pale
orange-yellow bands that encircle the whorls.

22. A. sinistralis, Reeve, Con. Icon. 1849, fig. 603.

Loc. Celebes; Moluccas.

This species and its varieties may be always distinguished
by the characteristic dark spots upon the whorls ; in the light-
coloured varieties the spots are semitransparent when held
before the light.

A. sinistralis, var. rosea, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 357, pl. xxi.
fig. 2c.

The same form as sénzstralis, but of a pale rose-colour and
without the dark colour inside aperture.

A. sinistralis, var. lutea, Martens, Ost-Asien, 1867, p. 356,
pl. xxi. fig. 2 6.

=sinistralis, var. decolor, Tapp. Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. di Genova,
1884, vol. xx. p. 147.

Loc. Moluccas.
A fawn-coloured variety with white interior.

23. A. furcillatus, Mousson, Moll. Java, 1849, p. 32, pl. iii.
g. 3.
=elegans, Mouss. Moll. Java, p. 32.

=levus, Reeve (pars), Con. Icon., Bul. fig. 216 a.
=furcillatus, var. virescens, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 358, pl. xxi. fig. 3.

Loc. Java.

The type specimen is in rather poor condition; when
fresh this species is ornamented on the last one and a half
whorls with close-set oblique bright green stripes, sometimes

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 77

so dark as to hide the characteristic forked markings. Mar-
tens’s virescens is simply furcillatus in good condition, The
narrow sutural band is yellow in most specimens, but some-
times of a pink colour.

A. furcillatus, var. andamanica (Thorpe, MSS.), Hanley and
Theobald, Con. Ind. 1876, pl. cxlviii. fig. 10.

=andamanicus, var, nicobarica, Godwin-Austen, P. Z, 8. 1895, p. 450.

Loc. Andaman Islands; Katchall, Nicobar Islands.

Near furcillatus, but the markings on the last whorl are
not forked, and the narrow sutural band is reddish brown, not
yellow, as in most specimens of furcillatus. The var.
nicobarica, Godw.-Austen, is founded upon a light-coloured
specimen; but specimens of andamanicus vary from very
light to quite a dark colour.

Group of A. contrarius.

24. A. pecilochroa (Boettger, MSS.), Fulton. (Pl. VI.
fig. 7.)

Loc. Sumbawa Island.

Shell sinistral, ovate-conic, thin, obliquely striate, shining,
almost or quite imperforate, lemon-colour, with oblique dark
brown stripes, which are interrupted by a spiral yellow band ;
lower part of last whorl encircled by three dark brown bands,
which are separated by two other bands, the lower broad and
light red, the upper narrow and of a yellow colour; whorls 6,
slightly convex; columella thin, straight; lip slightly ex-
panded, flesh-coloured.

Long. 35 millim., maj. diam. 19 millim.

At first I thought this to be the typical contrardus as figured
in Chemnitz, which figure (except for its thin columella) it
very much resembles. After sending specimens to Copen-
hagen for comparison with Miiller’s type, I find that the
generally accepted form of contrarius is the true one, a good
figure of which appears in the ‘ Voy. au Péle Sud’ by Homb.
& Jacq. pl. vii. fig. 1, and that pacilochroa is distinct from
that species.

25. A. contrarius, Miller, Hist. Verm. i. p. 95. no. 292.

=H. interrupta-sinistrorsa, Chem. vol. ix. figs. 938, 939.
=interruptus, Homb. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud, pl. viii. fig. 1.

Loc. Timor Island.
This species varies greatly in form, but can be distin-

73 Mr. H. Fulton on the

guished by its depressed sutural area, its coloration, and by
the coarse striation at umbilical area.

A, contrarius, var. maculata, Fulton. (Pl. VIL. fig. 4.)

Loc. Macassar.

A shorter shell than contrarius, somewhat thinner, and the
whorls less convex ; in maculata the interrupted markings are
smaller and more distant from each other, and fade away on
the last whorl, the last half volution being quite plain except
for two basal bands; below and encircling the suture of upper
whorls there is a spiral band of equidistant small brown spots.

A. contrarius, var. multifasciata, Fulton. (PI. VII. fig. 5.)
Loc. Cambodia.

Like maculata, but more solid; the umbilicus almost
covered, pale lemon-colour, with oblique brown stripes, inéer-
rupted by three or four narrow yellow bands; a narrow red
band just below and encircling the suture.

26. A. filozonatus (Mouss. MSS.), Martens, Ost-Asien,
p- 358, pl. xxi. fig. 4.
= B. levus, var., Desh., Fér. Hist. pl. elxi. fig. 9.
=contrarius, var., Chem. ed. ii. pl. xli. figs. 5, 6.

Loc. Java.

Whorls less convex than contrarius; ground-colour either
light or dark brown, with one or more narrow lighter-coloured
bands encircling the whorls, sometimes with a reticulated
band at the periphery, which is continued at the suture of
upper whorls.

A. filozonatus, var. yucunda, Fulton. (Pl. VII. fig. 8.)

Loc. Macassar, Celebes.

Smaller than typical jilozonatus, rather more solid; last
whorl greyish brown, with a yellow band round lower part;
upper whorls white, with oblique dark brown stripes inter-
rupted by a narrow pale yellow band.

Alt. 28 millim., maj. diam. 14 millim.

27. A. suspectus, Martens, Monatsber. Berl. Akad. 1864,
p. 526; Ost-Asien, p. 362, pl. xxi. fig. 8.

Loc. Timor.

Like contrarius, having the sutural depression and coarse
striation at umbilical area characteristic of that species, but
differs in coloration, being white above, with two dark brown

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 79

and two pale yellow bands on the last whorl, the topmost
yellow band being continued above ; lip and columella pink.

A, suspectus, var. albolabiata, Fulton. (PI. VI. fig. 9.)

Loc. Timor.

Differs from suspectus in being larger, in having a white
lip and columella, and only two dark brown bands on last
whorl, the upper being continued at the suture of the upper
whorls.

98. A. batavic, Grateloup.
= Partula batavie, Grat. Actes Bordeaux, xi. p. 426, pl. ii. fig. 12.

Loc. Batavia, Java.

I do not know this species or where the type may be;
but, judging from the description and poor figure, I should
think it is allied to filozonatus.

29. A. porcellanus, Mousson, Moll. Java, 1849, p. 33,
pl. i. fig. 4.
Loc. Java.
A well-known and distinct species.

A. porcellanus, var. xiengensis, Morlet, Journ. de Con. 189},
pp- 27 and 240, pl. v. fig. 4.

Loc. Laos.
Like porcellanus in form, but thicker and generally larger.
Coloration agrees with porcellanus, except that the oblique

stripes are interrupted by two or three narrow spiral bands
besides the central one.

30. A. columellaris, Méllendorff, Nach. mal. Gesell. 1892,
p- 29, pl. iehigad.

Loc. Sierah Island, Tenimber Islands.

A very beautiful species which varies considerably in colo-
ration, but easily separated from its allies by its slender form
and constricted aperture. J have some light-coloured speci-
mens without the narrow red band at suture under the
manuscript varietal name of gloriosa, Btte.

Group of A. sylheticus.
31. A, sylheticus, Reeve, Con. Icon. 1849, Bul. fig. 564.

=lepidus, Gould, Proc, Bost. Soc. 1856, vol. vi. p. 12.

Loc. Sylhet Hills; Khasi and Garo Hills.

80 Mr. H. Fulton on the

The types of both sylheticus and lepidus are in the British
Museum, and I can see no difference sufficient to separate
them.

32. A. sinensis, Benson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1851,
vol. vii. p. 264; Chem. ed. ii, Bul. no. 66, pl. xx.
figs. 1,.2.

Loc. 8. China (Benson).
The ground-colour of the figure in Chemnitz is fawn ;
but according to the original description it should be yellow.

The type does not appear to be in the Cambridge Museum,

which contains Benson’s collection, and I have not seen a

specimen of this species; but, judging from the figure in

Chemnitz (drawn from the type shell) and Benson’s deserip-

tion, it differs from vicaria in being broader in form, having

a lilac-coloured lip, with a dark-coloured stripe behind.

A. sinensis, var. vicaria, Fulton.

= sinensis, Forbes and Hanley, Con. Ind. pl. xxi. figs. 5, 6.

Loc. Pegu; Chittagong.

In most collections as sénensts, from which it differs in
being not so broad in proportion to its length and in colora-
tion. It is broader than sylheticus, and instead of being of an
uniform green colour, it is yellow, with two (sometimes three)
more or less distinct dark brown bands encircling lower part
of last whorl. This variety varies a great deal in size and
form. I give here the dimensions of two specimens out of a
series in the British Museum.

Long. 33 millim., maj. diam. 17 millim.

9 21 ”) PP] it P

A. sinensis, var. gracilis, Fulton. (Pl. VI. fig. 10.)
Loc. Pegu.

A very narrow solid form; pale yellow, with two purple-
brown bands at lower part of last whorl ; the third and fourth
whorls encircled with four rows of light brown spots ; lip and
columella thickened and expanded.

Type in British Museum.

33. A. Roemeri, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 274,
pl. xxxvi. fig. 4.

Loc. Cambodia.
Distinguished from s¢nensis by its fawn body-colour, shorter
form, and its distinct fine spiral striation.

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 8L

34. A. Masoni, Godwin-Austen, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
[Sdaypt. 2, p.016. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.)
=daflaensis, Nevill, Hand-list, 1878, p. 127.
Loc. Naga Hills.

A large and handsome species of the colour of sy/heticus,
but with a pink lip.

Group of A. flavus.

35. A. Hose’, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 115, pl. ii.
fig. 20.
Loc. Meri, Sarawak.
Near flavus in form, with a thin yellowish-green epidermis
as in sylheticus, but easily distinguished from both by the
single colour-band encircling the last whorl.

36. A. flavus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 194; Novit.
Conch. no. 270, pl. xlvi. figs. 7, 8.

Loc. Siam.

Specimens of Adams?, var. tnornata, are often seen in
collections under this name; but flavus is a more solid shell,
with a faint reddish band at lower part of last whorl. The
type specimens are all I have seen of this species.

A. flavus, var. provima, Fulton. (Pl. VI. fig. 4.)

Loe. ?

Differs from flavus in being more elongate, has two in-
distinct bands at basal part of last whorl, and has a spiral
line of equidistant light brown spots just below suture of
third and fourth whorls.

A single specimen in my own collection.

37. A. zebrinus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 194;
Novit. Conch. pl. xlvii. figs. 9, 10.

Loc. Siam.
Of this distinct and pretty little species I have only seen
the type specimen in the British Museum.

38. A. areolatus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 194;
Novit. Conch. no. 272, pl. xlvi. figs. 11, 12.
Loc. Siam.
A thin shell somewhat like porcellanus, but with close
forked markings on the upper whorls.
The type specimens are all I have seen.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 6

§2 Mr. H. Fulton on the

Group of A. Adamsi.

39. A. Adamsi, Reeve, Moll. Voy. ‘Samarang,’ 1848,
p. 58, pl. xv. fig. 1; Con. Icon., Bul. figs. 73 A, B.

Loc. EK. Borneo.

This extremely variable species is chiefly characterized by
its light substance and thin columella. The varieties appear
to be tolerably distinct, so that I have ventured to name
most of them.

A. Adamsi, var. subunicolor, Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 357.
(Pl. Viaig. 5.)

= Adamsi, Rve. (pars), Con. Icon. figs. 73 ©, D.

Loc. Banguey Island.

Yellow; lip, columella, and umbilical area pink; third
and fourth: whorls plain or ornamented with a reticulated
band just above the suture.

A, Adamsi, var. articulata, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 7.)
Loc. Banguey Island.

Like subunicolor, but with a reticulated colour-band com-
posed of square dark brown spots encircling the periphery
and continued at the suture of upper whorls; ground-colour
may be either yellow or reddish brown.

A, Adamsi, var. duplocincta, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 4.)

Loc. Banguey Island.

Ground-colour either yellow or reddish brown, with two
purple-brown bands on last whorl, one above the pink umbili-
cal area and the other at the periphery ; lip and columella
pink.

A, Adamsi, vay. luteofasctata, Fulton. (Pl. V. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Loc. Banguey Island.

Ground-colour either bluish grey or white; last whorl
encircled by three yellow bands situated above and below the
periphery and just below the suture; the two upper bands
are continued on upper whorls; sometimes there are some
distant white spots or oblique white stripes at the periphery ;
lip, columella, and umbilical area pink.

A, Adamst, var. ornata, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 14.)

Loc. Banguey Island.
Ground-colour either yellow or reddish brown, with a

Species of Amphidromus, A /bers. 83

broad spiral band of short, oblique, equidistant dark brown
stripes at the periphery, continued above at the suture; lip,
columella, and umbilical area pink.

A. Adamst, var. rufocincta, Fulton. (PI. V. fig. 1.)

Loc. Borneo.

Ground-colour fawn or light brown, with three pink spiral
bands—one immediately below the suture, and the other two
above and below the periphery, the upper one being con-
tinued above.

A. Adamsi, var. superba, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 10.)

Loc. Banguey Island.

A most beautiful variety of a bluish-grey ground-colour,
ornamented with three spiral colour-bands—a pink one just
below the suture, one either yellow or pink at the centre of
the whorls, and the third (a yellow one) at the lower part of
last whorl; on the upper whorls are oblique stripes, which
are interrupted by the spiral bands; lip, columella, and
umbilical area pink.

A. Adamst, var. simplex, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 12.)
Loc. Banguey Island.

Ground-colour lemon, which is sometimes suffused with
orange; a pink spiral band below the suture ; upper whorls
either plain or with some brown spots above the suture of
third and fourth whorls.

Long. 26 millim., maj. diam. 15.

A, Adamsi, var. inornata, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 6.)
Loc. N. Borneo.

Thin, pale lemon-colour, first three whorls semitrans-
parent, and with some oblique and more or less indistinct
brown stripes, subangulate at the periphery; suture slightly
channelled ; lip and columella white; umbilical area some-
times tinged with pink.

A, Adamsi, var. aureocincta, Fulton, (Pl. V. figs. 3, 3a.)

Loc. N. Borneo.

Upper whorls dirty white, lower of a yellowish fawn-
colour; a narrow golden-yellow band just below and encircling
the suture; lip and columella white.

This variety varies greatly in size and form, as the fol-
lowing dimensions will show :—

Ge

84 Mr. H. Fulton on the

Long. 41 millim., maj. diam. 16 millim.
”? 36 Ee ”? 18
”? 29 7 7 14

?
”?

A. Adamsi, var. rubiginosa, Fulton.

=levus, Fér. Hist. pl. clxi. figs, 11, 14, 15, and 18.

Loc. N. Borneo.

Last whorl rusty brown, fading to dirty white on upper
whorls ; lower half of last whorl is darker than the upper
part, the difference being more or less sharply defined ; some-
times ornamented with oblique brown-coloured stripes and a
reddish-brown fillet at the suture; lip and columella white;

at umbilical area is a narrow zone of brown colour extending
over the columetla at point of insertion.

40, A. hamatus, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 18.)

Loc. Labuan Island.

Shell sinistral, ovate-conic, almost imperforate,- thin, ob-
liquely striate; whorls 6 to 64, convex, somewhat depressed
at the suture; colour either yellow or suffused with pink,
with a light red-brown zone at the umbilical area and a band
of the same colour just below the periphery ; whorls orna-
mented with short hooked or zigzag markings; columella
white, thin ; lip white and slightly expanded.

Long. 27 millim., maj. diam. 13 millim.

41. A. placidus, Fulton. (PI. V. fig. 11.)

Loc. East Borneo.

Shell sinistral, broadly conical, slightly perforate, thin,
obliquely striate, somewhat angulate at the periphery ; whorls
6, slightly convex, apex brown; apical whorls white, lower
of a pale lemon-colour; columella straight, rather thin,
slightly expanded, white at upper part; lip pale purple-
brown, expanded and slightly reflected.

Long. 31 millim., maj. diam. 16 millim.

Type in British Museum.

42. A. angulatus, Fulton. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.)
Loc. Sarawak.

Shell sinistral, ovate-conic, thin, more or less sharply angu-
late at the periphery, obliquely striate, umbilicus almost
covered; whorls 64 to 7, slightly convex ; colour either fawn
with oblique brown stripes on upper whorls or pale yellow
with bluish-grey stripes, banded at lower part of last whorl ;

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 85

columella white, straight, rather thin; lip somewhat ex-
panded, white ; interior of aperture dark brown.
Long. 37 millim., maj. diam. 20 millim.
7 35 ”? ? ”)
Chiefly distinguished by its dark coloration and angular
periphery. I think it probable that hamatus, placidus, and
angulatus are only varieties of Adamst.

43. A. pictus, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 8.)
Loc. Kina Balu, North Borneo.

Shell sinistral, oblong-conic, almost imperforate, shining ;
whorls 7, convex, microscopically spirally striate, impressed
at the suture ; colour lemon, almost covered by oblique broad
bluish-grey stripes, last whorl with two dark brown bands at
the lower part; columellar area pink; columella straight,
white, slightly expanded at point of insertion; lip white,
expanded and reflected; interior of aperture of a purple-
brown colour.

Long. 37 millim., maj. diam. 17 millim.

A. pictus, var. concinna, Fulton. (PI. V. fig. 9.)

= Adamsi, var., Martens, Ost-Asien, p. 557, pl. xxi. fig. 5.4.

Loc. Kina Balu, N. Borneo.

Colour bluish grey, with a dark green zone encircling lower
half of the upper whorls, interrupted by equidistant, short,
oblique stripes ; this interrupted band is continued on last
whorl at the periphery ; lip and columella pink. Compared
with pictus the whorls are more convex, the aperture smaller ;
the basal bands are sometimes absent in this variety.

44, A. Lindstedti, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 358.
(Pl. V. figs. 15, 15.)

Loc. Malacca (Lindstedt), Balabac Island (Lverett).

The type specimen of this species is in a bleached
state; when in good condition it is yellow at lower whorls,
tading to white above ; sometimes the lower whorls are orna-
mented with oblique narrow pale green stripes, with a narrow
orange band at the suture.

45. A. quadrasi, Hidalgo, Journ. de Con. 1887, p. 36,
pl. u. fig. 2.
Loc. Balabac Island.
Separated from Lindstedt’ by its different coloration, its
shorter aperture, and thinner columella, which is not deflected
at the point of insertion as in that species.

86 Mr. H. Fulton on the

Some specimens of quadrasit are yellow, with only a trace
of the bright green colour found in typical specimens, others
are pale green without the pink sutural band.

A, quadrast, var. solida, Fulton. (PI. V. fig. 16.)

Loc. Palawan.

Smaller and more solid than typical guadrasi, subangulate
at the periphery: last whorl either white, reddish brown, or
yellow, with a broad white spiral band just below the suture ;
upper whorls either plain white or with narrow, oblique,
interrupted light brown stripes.

46. A. versicolor, Fulton.

=quadrasi, var., Smith (pars), Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1893, vol. xi.
p- 351, pl. xviii. figs. 11 & 18,

Loc. Balabac Island.

Shell sinistral, either oblong or ovate-conic, imperforate ;
whorls 64 to 7, convex, obliquely striate ; apex dark brown ;
upper whorls either plain white or ornamented with forked
dark brown markings; last whorl either yellow or cream-
colour, often with a very broad flame of bright green behind
the aperture; columella somewhat curved, thickened and
expanded at upper part, white or (rarely) pink; lip white,
expanded and slightly reflected.

Long. 43 millim., maj. diam. 22 millim.

) AT CP] ”) 20 oP)
1) ao 9 9) 22 bP]
73) 40 oP 9 21 )

7”? 35 7 7 18 oP]

An extremely variable species both in form and colora-
tion; chiefly distinguished from Lindstedti and quadrasi by
its broader form in proportion to its length, being less solid,
and by its coloration.

47. A. dubius, Fulton. (PI. VI. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Loc. Balabac Island.

Shell sinistral, ovate to oblong-conic, obliquely striate,
subangulate at the periphery, imperforate ; whorls 6, con-
vex, first three semitransparent, lower whorls cream, with
oblique bluish-grey stripes, which are more or less branched ;
a spiral yellow band at lower part of last whorl, last half-whorl
either bluish grey or of a greenish tint; apex dark brown;
columella thin, white, slightly expanded above ; lip expanded
and somewhat reflected, white; interior of aperture dark
brown.

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 87

Long. 314 millim., maj. diam. 18 millim.
» 825 ” ” 17 4
Near angulatus in form, but of a more solid substance, and
in coloration of upper whorls similar to both pictus and vers?-
color, but distinguished from the two latter by its subangu-
late periphery.

48. A. Everett’, Fulton.
=quadrast, var., Smith (pars), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1893, vol. xi.
p- 350, pl. xviii. fig. 12.

Loc. Palawan.

Shell sinistral, ovate-conic; umbilicus almost or quite
covered, obliquely striate; whorls 64, slightly convex,
upper yellow, with oblique, forked, dark brown stripes,
last whorl either almost or quite covered with greyish brown ;
a yellow band below the periphery; a narrow spiral band,
either red or yellow, at the suture; umbilical area pink;
columella erect, pale pink at upper part, somewhat expanded ;
lip dark brown, expanded and reflected.

Long. 40 millim., maj. diam. 18 millim.

bP) 36 ” P) 20 ”)
”) 33 9) 9 18 ”

A, Everetti, var. connectens, Fulton. (Pl. V. fig. 17.)

Loc. N. Borneo.

Differs from Lverett? in being larger and having no basal
colour-bands ; body-colour of a light yellowish brown.

Like versicolor in size and form, but distinguished from
that species by its dark-coloured lip and its narrow reddish-
brown sutural band.

Group of A. semitessellatus.
49. A. semitessellatus, Morlet, Journ. de Con. 1884, p. 386,
pl. xi. fig. 2.

Loc. Laos.

Compared by Morlet with crwentatus, Morelet, but is nearer
Lindstedti, Pf., but distinguished from both by its dark brown
sutural band and the spiral rows of spots on the first three or
four whorls.

Group of A. anne.

50. A. anne, Martens, Reise in Niederl. Ost-Ind. 1891,
p- 240, pl. xiv. figs. 19-22.

Loc. Sayler Island, Flores Islands.

88 Mr. H. Fulton on the

A beautifully coloured shell of very thin substance, quite
distinct from any known species.

Group of A. sumatranus.

51. A. sumatranus, Martens, Monatsber. d. Berl. Akad. 1864,
p. 526; Mart. Ost-Asien, p. 366, pl. xxi. fig. 6.

Loc. Sumatra.

An elegant and distinct species of a light greenish-yellow
body-colour, ornamented at lower part of last whorl with four
narrow bands, and a row of spots above at the periphery.

Group of A. Begini.

52. A. Begin, Morlet, Journ. de Con. 1886, p. 74; id. 1889,
pl. ‘wi. fig. 4.
_%
Loc. Cambodia.
Easily separated from all other known species of this
genus by its remarkable oblique strongly costate sculpture.

Group of A. Mouhoti.

53. A. Mouhoti, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 194;
Novit. Conch. no. 269, pl. xlvi. figs. 5,6. (Pl. VII.
fig. 11.)

Loc. Siam.

Prof. v. Martens, in his ‘Ost-Asien Moll.,’ classes this
species as a variety of Schomburgki; but I am quite unable
to see the connexion between these, to me, perfectly distinct
species.

54. A. Smithit, Fulton. (Pl. VII. figs. 12, 12 a.)

Loc. Annam (Hudel).

Shell sinistral, oblong-conic, imperforate, rather thin, white ;
suture impressed and slightly crenulated, last one and a half
whorls covered with close-set oblique green lines, which are
crossed by fine spiral lines of a darker colour ; a narrow dark
green band at the suture of lower whorls fading to yellow
above ; whorls 7, slightly convex, third whorl with two spiral
rows of light brown spots; columella straight, scarcely ex-
panded above ; lip narrowly expanded and reflected; lip and
columella dark brown.

Long. 35 millim., maj. diam. 16 millim. (mature specimen).

ay ee. 3 7 .,, (ip mot expanded):

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 89

This species is described from two specimens in my collec-
tion: one is evidently full-grown, except that the lip is not
expanded ; this specimen has its green epidermis in fine con-
dition. The other specimen is perfect in form, but rather
worn, and only shows traces of the epidermis. It chiefly
differs from Mouhoti in its dark brown lip and columella, its
longer form, and in not being subangulate at the periphery.
Named after Mr. Edgar A. Smith, of the British Museum.

55. A. eruentatus, Morelet, Sér. Conch. de Moll. 1875, pt. 4,
p. 264, pl. xu. fig. 5.

Loc. Cambodia.

Besides the type specimen I have seen only three others of
this species; all are very much worn, but agree in having
the broadly expanded lip and the characteristic deep purple
colour on the lip, columella, and parietal wall.

56. A. roseolabiatus, Fulton. (Pl. VI. fig. 8.)

Loc. Siam.

Shell sinistral, ovate-conic, moderately umbilicated, rather
solid; whorls 63, slightly convex; obsoletely angulated at
the periphery ; white above, lower whorls pale lemon, with
oblique close-set light green lines ; spirally striated ; lip and
columella pink, expanded, lip somewhat reflected ; interior of
aperture white.

Long. 36 millim., maj. diam. 21 millim.

This species is described from two specimens (young and
adult); they were upon a tablet with the type of Mouwhot?,
from which they can be separated by the much broader form,
the more distinct spiral striz, and by the absence of markings
on the upper whorls.

Group of A. latistrigatus.
57. A. latistrigatus, Schepmann, Notes from Leiden Museum,
£892, vol. xiv. ps tdi. (Pl. VIL. fig. 1.)

Loc. Soemba Island.
A beautiful and very distinct species.

58. A. reflexilabris, Schepmann, Notes from Leiden Museum,
#892, vol. xiv. p. 152. (Pl. VIL. fig. 2.)
Loc. Timor Island.
A species with a remarkably thickened lip, the back of
which reminds one of Bulimus labeo ; it is also beautifully

90 Mr. H. Fulton on the

coloured, the last whorl being yellow with oblique green
stripes as in furcillatus ; the lip and columella pink.

Group of A. moniliferus.

59. A. moniliferus, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. 1846, vol. 11.
pe SOF. UP\.. VOI. fia)
= Theobaldianus, Benson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1857, vol. xix.
p- 829; Conch. Ind. pl. xix. fig. 10.
Loc. Tavoy, Burmah.
Authenticated specimens of Theobaldianus in the British
Museum are identical with specimens of moniliferus received

from Gould himself.

60. A. glaucolaryne, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 207,
pl. xxviv fig. 7.

Loc. Siam.

Prof. von Martens, in his ‘Ost-Asien Moll.’ p. 80, makes
this species a variety of Schomburgki; he also considers the
type of glaucolarynx to be an abnormal form, and thereupon
drops Dohrn’s name altogether, naming the small form of
glaucolarynez as Schomburgki, var. fasciata, Mart. Until more
material has been examined I do not think one can say that
the typical glaucolarynez is abnormal; the type is 48 millim.
in length, and there is in the British Museum a specimen
45 millim. long, only 3 millim. less. The small form which
Martens considers the normal form of glaucolarynx I think is
better classed as a variety, but not of Schomburgki, which I
consider to be quite distinct from glaucolaryna.

A. glaucolarynz, var. fasciata, Martens. (Pl. VII. fig. 3.)

= Schomburgkt, var. fasciata, Mart. Ost-Asien, p. 80.

= Perriert, Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1882, p. 71.

Loc, Siam.

Like typical glaucolarynz, but only about 35 millim. in
length, and with a spiral cream-coloured band just below the
periphery. I was unable to see the type of Perriert myself,
but Dr. Jousseaume, to whom I sent a specimen of the above
for comparison, writes that he is unable to separate Perriert
from this variety.

Group of A. Schomburgki.
61. A. Schomburgki, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 137,
pl. li. fig. 9.
= Crossei, Pfeiffer, Journ. de Conch. 1862, p. 43, pl. v. fig. 1.
Loc. Siam.

Species of Amphidromus, Albers. 91

A stout shell, with a well-developed and thickened lip ;
last two whorls almost covered with oblique bright green
stripes ; lip, columella, and callus of a purple colour.

Pfeiffer’s Crossei is evidently a small and decorticated
specimen of Schomburgki.

62. A. cambojiensis, Reeve, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860,
vol. vi. p. 204. (PI. VII. fig. 7.)

Loc. Cambodia.
A fine and distinct species, the largest known of the
genus.

63. A. costifer, Smith, Proc. Mal. Soc. 1893, vol. i. p. 12.
(Pl. VII. figs. 6, 6 a.)

Loc. Annam.
A distinct species, remarkable for having a very prominent
varix on the last whorl.

Position doubtful.

64. A. hemicyclus, Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1882,
psiidiz.

Loc. Bangkok.

I was unable to see this species, but Dr. Jousseaume con-
siders it as being near A. devus, Miill., but distinct from that
species. If the locality is correct, I think it will prove to be
allied to yanus.

Species in the Paetel Catalogue wrongly ascribed to the
Genus Amphidromus.

A. cosmandanus, Crosse, 1s Cochlostyle Cossmaniana, Crosse.
A. Crichiont, Brod., is Bulimus Crichtoni, Brod.

A. imbricatus, Gass., is Bulimus (?) imbricatus, Gass.

A, tenellum, Dall, is Buccinum tenellum, Dall.

Alphabetical List of the Species of Amphidromus.

[Species in small capitals, varieties in Roman type, synonyms in italics. ]

Page Page
Apamst, Ad. & Rve......... S21 ANINIAG, MIATTOUS! 7, daicies anise 87
albolabiata, Fulton.......... 79 | annamiticus, Crosse & Fisch. 70
ALTICOLA, Fulton ..4.<.655. CON ABW PT OSes Pe) o 5 6.6.80) 016 ws) s16¢s. 90s 72
andamanensis, Pf. .......... LON ARROUATUS, Ela. 62:65 6010.6 51s 81
andamanica, Han. § Theob... 77 | articulata, Fulton .........- 82

ANGULATUS, Fulton ........ 84 ! atricallosa, Gould ........+5 69

92

Page
BUTCH IVGNLENS . s < o:cle.e s\n neh 68
aureocincta, Fulton ......+- 83
PAA WIEAD MELEEUGS oes sale « es derele = 79
Beccarti, Tapp. Can. ...... 74
HANGING, MOP. .).. at oon 88
CAMBOJIENSIS, Rve......... 91
Ghloxis, LUCeCve <a iver. «<p prie 67
BADER SUE > bab ooo oo 67
COCHINCHINENSIS, Pf....... 69
COLUMELLARIS, MOllff. 79
COMES Ph eee +s + pris 72
concinna, Fulton .......... 85
connectens, Fulton..... Hee 7
contraARius, Mull. ........ Uhl
contusus, Reeve »...:....... 70
COSTIFER, Smith ......... >, ol
Crosset, Pie are tere ©: + 2% 90
CRUENTATUS, Morelet ...... 89
dafiaensis, Nevill .........-. 81
decolor, Tapp. Can. ........ 76
GOCE ON SUS ie ee co = oie * 75
DORN, SSIs 5 ois oie oies ott 72
DUBIUS, Pulton ...... 054 su% 86
duplocincta, Fulton ........ 82
elegans, Mouss. ...:....+... 76
elongatus, Homb. & Jacq..... 70
emaciatus, Mart............. 68
ENGANOENSIS, Fulton ...... 71
entobapta, Dohrn .......... 67
CGMS wernt: a nba terete el ss «5 hs 69
Ryannr nt EGON. .f.2 6. 65 6 87
fasciata, Martens .......... 90

FILOZONATUS, Mouss. ...... 7
jrammea, Chem...,......... 68
PEAVUS ieee = 4 osinbemie 81
FURCILLATUS, Mouss. ...... 76
GLAUCOLARYNX, Dohrn 90
gloriosa, Bilge... ..--+.% 79
PTACUIOT CEs ssc se seme es 74
gracilis, Fulton ..........+. 80
HAMARUS, SE DIGOD 0. 60.5. 20s 84
Hmmnianus, PE ee Ek 73
HEMICYCLUS, Rochebrune 91
Tost smith. 552.55 '. >.> 81
BAWIUS CP UILON ws whee woes ss 74
Al abel SH VLLCON es oteveaieets sto oi 75
infrapicta, Martens ........ 68
anfraviridis, Martens ........ 72
TNOTHOER LUO. sew ce ess 85
interrupta, Mill. .......... 68
INVERSUS, Mill. .......... 70
PANUS tee pie ae vee = 70
JAVANICUS, Sowb. .:.......- 7:
jayanus, Lea. secs... seen 70
jucunda,Fiwdton TO. . tke: is
6

Robeltts IOUS tase. ote. wks

Mr. H. Fulton on the

LASVU SV ie oe sib ess sg Bi

LATISTRIGATUS, Schepmann .

lepidus, Gould
leucoxantha, Martens
Linpsteptt, Pf.
LOVICTLURE RE 5. ates « ik
lutea, Martens
luteofasciata, Fulton ........
maculata, Fulton
MACULIFERUS, Sowb.........
makassariensis, Homb, & Jacq.
Martenst, Bttg.
Masont, Godw.-Austen
melanomma, Pf.
MONILIFERUS, Gould .,.
Monson, (Pi... «:..-f2e peste 4
multicolor, Mollff...........
multifasciata, Fulton........
MUNDUS, Pf.
natunensis, Fulton ..........
nigrofilosus, Rochebrune
obesus, Martens
obscura, Pedton ... cereus os
Ormmata, Hilton. .)... eee «> s
PALACEUS, Busch
Perriert, Rochebrune
PERVERSUS, Linné
PIcTuS, Eultow Geseee-s):
PLACIDUS, Fulton ..........
PQ@CILOCHROA, Fulton......
pecilus, Boettger
POLYMORPHUS, Tapp. Can. ..
PORCELLANUS, Mouss. ......
preciara, BUte. 2... 2.6.6 ee
Prillwitzi, Boettger
proxima, Fulton .......655 0
UH, er OUSS: %,.. 5. cates eee
QWADEADST, Hid. ...\. sienstenapen
REFLEXILABRIS, Schepmann .
ROBUSTUS, Hulton he
ROnRMERT, Pf... ceepeie.c eh.
RoxseExveERt, Moliff.
rosea, Martens
ROSEOLABIATUS, Fulton
roseotincta, Moliff.
rubiginosa, Fulton..........
rufocincta, Fulton
ScHOMBURGKI, Pf.
semiurugosa, Bttg. ..-.......
SEMITESSELLATUS, Morlet
simplex, Fulion'. >, .i ssc. s
SINENSIS, Benson
SINISTRALIS, Reeve
SmMipan, Fulton......... 0.4
Boliday Lultow ac cme: «oc
strivata, MOU. oi... ss ee

eee eee

Cid ere ON

Oh Oe) Oe mm ie ene

oS te © 8.6 0.018

© ele (616 0 0 6 8 ie

0, > 0 celieyinye, 6) 000 0

Diane lele «

eee ee eee

Pies) Bs 0)s\ 6 — »

ey

© (0jeuayn le iP (0: ln fe ee

tee GRO OHOR

Sree eane!.e 16. «ra,

Species of Amphidromus, Albers.

Page
strigosa, Martens .......... 69 | tenera, Martens ...../.+....
subaurantia, Martens........ 72) | (DEXNSMANNIIET., ©. os. 853s
subconcolor, Martens ........ 76 | Theobaldianus, Bens.........
subunicolor, Martens ...... 82 | vERSIcoLOR, Fulton ........
euitanisy mam... 6s. cee eee s GS | viearias Rico 26.33 sien 3 33
SUMATRANUS, Martens...... 88 | virescens, Martens ..........
superba, Fulton ............ 3S |) WANS ers ha waa aloks dee
susPECTUS, Martens........ 78 | xiengensis, Morlet........-.
SYLHETICUS, Reeve ........ 72 ||) GMB HENT SE ots os afd aaiees

EXPLAN ATION OF THE PLATES.
PuaTE V.
Fig. 1. Amphidrumus Adamsi, var. rufocincta.
igs. 25,3. , var. luteofasciata.
Figs. 3,84. , var. aureocincta.
Fug. 4 , var. duplocincta.

Fig. 5. —— , var. subunicolor.

Fg. 6, —— , var. tnornata.

Fig. 7. — , var. articulata,

Fig. 8. —— pictus.

Fg. 9, —— , var. concinna.

Fug. 10. —— Adamst, var. superba.

fig. 11. —— placidus. B.M.

Fg. 12, —— Adamsi, vay. simplex.

Fig. 3. —— hamatus.

Fig. 14. —— Adamsi, var. ornata. B.M.

Figs. 15, 15 a. —— Lindstedti. 15a. B.M.

Fig. 16. —— quadrast, var. solida.

Fig. 17. —— Everetti, var. connectens.
Pate VI.

Figs. 1,1a. Amphidromus dubius.

Fig. 2. Masont.

Fug. 5. angulatus. B.M.

Ig. 4. flavus, Var. proxima.

Figs. 5,54. alticola.

Fig. 6. cochinchinensis. B.M.

Fig. fie pecilochroa.

Fig. 8. roseolahiatus. B.M.

Fg. 9, suspectus, var. alboiabiata.

Fug 10. —— sinensis, var. gracilis. B.M.

Fug. iB enganoensis.

Figs. 12, 12 a. —— Winter, var, inauris.
Prate VIL.

Fig. 1. Amphidromus latistrigatus.

Fug. 2. reflexilabris.

Fug. 3. glaucolarynx, var. fasciata. B.M,

Ug. 4, contrarius, var. maculata. P.M.

Tig. 5. —— , var. multifasciata. B,M.

Bigs. (6; 6a, costifer, B.M.

Ig. 7. —— cambgjiensis. B.M.

94 Mr. W. Warren on new

Fig. 8. Amphidromus filozonatus, var. jucunda, B.M.
Fig. moniliferus. B.M.

Fig. 10. —— Martensi. B.M.

Fug. 11. —— Mouhoti. B.M.

Figs. 12, 12 a. Smithir,

Note.—All the specimens on Plates V.-VII. marked B.M. are in the
collection of the British Museum, the remainder are in my own collec-
tion.

XII.— Description of a new Species of Opisthostoma.
By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

In the ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History,’ October
1894, Mr. E. A. Smith gave a list of the Bornean species of
this curious and interesting little genus of terrestrial
Mollusca. Including four new species then described, the
total number was fifteen, of which all but two have been
discovered within the last five or six years. I have nowa
new species to add to the list, which I propose to call

Opisthostoma Lintere.

Testa ovato-conica, elata, rufescens vel alba, anguste perforata ;
spira leviter convexa; anfractus 7, convexi, apicales leves, caeteri
lamellis numerosis tenuissimis pellucidis undulatis in medio plus
minusye productis instructi; anfractus ultimus versus aperturam
valde contortus, retrorsus et solutus, lamellis antice productis,
cristam basalem formans ; apertura circularis; peristoma leviter
reflexum, extus lamella tenuis, expansa, antice et postice producta
marginata.

Alt. 4, diam. maj. 4, min. 2.

Hab. Sarawak.

This pretty species will best be recognized by a com-
parison with O. pulchellum of Godwin-Austen, to which in
many respects it is similar. It is decidedly higher in the
spire, the whorls are less distinctly angular, and the contorted
whorl descends much more abruptly and deeply.

XIII.— New Generaand Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and
Epiplemide. By W. Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

| Continued from vol. xvi. p. 477. |
MACROSPECTRODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight till shortly before
apex, which is prominent but blunt; hind margin decidedly
oblique, faintly curved. Hind wings broad, with rounded

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 95

hind margin. Antenne of male simple, filiform; labial palpi
short, broad, terminal joint very minute; maxillary palpi
slender, filiform; tongue well developed; forehead somewhat
prominent. Neuration: fore wings, cell half as long as
wing ; discocellular vertical, hardly concave ; first median at
four fifths, second just before, third from, the lower angle of
cell; lower radial just beyond the angle; upper just below
the top angle; fifth subcostal from the angle; third and fourth
stalked from the angle; first and second free from the cell.
Hind wings with cell not half as long as wing; disco-
cellular concave, the lower arm more oblique. Costal and
first subcostal long, stalked, second subcostal from upper
angle of cell; radial and third median both from lower angle
of cell, second just before the angle; first at three fourths; on
the abdominal margin between it and the third internal vein
is a long oval semitransparent space, the edges of which are
thickened.
Type Macrospectrodes subargentalis, Snell. (Botys).

Genus Opsrzotys, Warr.
Opsibotys profusalis, sp. n.

Wings reddish ochreous, suffused with greyish brick-red,
and with the lines dull brick-red ; costa deeper brick-red ;
first line at at one fourth, curved outwards, then vertical; a
narrow lunular discal mark; exterior line at three fourths,
running at first slightly obliquely outwards, then forming
a wavy outward sinus approaching the hind margin,
running in basewards along first median, and again vertically
wavy beneath the discal mark to the inner margin; apex and
hind margin paler, less suffused; fringes concolorous, with a
row of very neat black dots along their base. Hind wings
like fore wings, but with the costal region broadly whitish ;
the basal fringe-dots larger and longer. Head, thorax, and
abdomen reddish ochreous, suffused with brick-red. Under-
side glossy, pale, the fore wings slightly reddish.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Nearest to rubellalis, Snell., and also allied to affusalis,
Guen., and diffusalis, Guen.

Genus GLAUCONOE, Warr.

Glauconoé atrigenalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull grey, dusted with fine darker grey atoms ;
first line quite near base, fuscous, wavy; second line at

96 Mr. W. Warren on new

three fourths, fuscous, wavy, and dentate, running at first
outwards for a short distance, then inwards again, then
forming a rounded sinus on the medians, and reaching inner
margin at two thirds; a curved black discal spot and a
minute dark spot between it and first line ; fringe concolor-
ous; a series of fine short dark lines at the end of the veins.
Hind wings with discal spot round, and exterior line like that
of fore wings; costa whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen
dark grey; palpi dark brown-black. Underside dull white,
with all the markings clearly defined as blackish spots.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

One male from Cherra Punji.

Genus PALiIGA, Moore.
Paliga rubicundalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellow, with rosy markings ; these markings,
consisting of two stigmata in the cell, a denticulated inner,
exterior, and subterminal line, are much the same as in
damastesalis, but as the spaces between them are varied with
rosy dashes and all the veins are rosy, the aspect is much
gayer than in that insect ; the basal and dividing line of the
fringes is also rosy ; costa broadly dull brown. Hind wings
yellower, with the fringe-lines and the submarginal space
rosy, and a rosy curved central line, containing a diffuse rosy
spot within the central sinus. Head, thorax, and abdomen
yellow, tinged with rosy ; face brown, like the costa of fore
wings. Underside dull yellowish, with the costa and hind
margin brownish grey, and a similar coloured central blotch,

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Khasia Hills.

Distinguished at once from damastesalis, to which it is
most nearly allied, by the rosy colouring. It is probably the
insect referred to by Snellen (Tr. HK. 5. 1890, p. 575) as

damastesalis.

Genus UpgA, Moore.

Udea nigrostigmalis, sp. n.

Fore wings luteous, with an undertone of yellowish ; inte-
rior line in the single example seen obsolete ; exterior line
denticulate, slender, blackish, from costa at two thirds to inner
margin at two thirds, curved outwards to below the middle,
starting from a black costal spot; two smaller costal black
spots beyond it, the costal intervals yellowish; fringe leaden
grey, with a row of black dots before their base; reniform

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 97

mark filled up with black. Hind wings cinereous, with a
very indistinct denticulated outer line, and the row of dots
before the fringe as in fore wings. Head and thorax con-
colorous with fore wings; abdomen dark cinereous, with the
segmental divisions paler. Underside of fore wings deep
cinereous, of the hind wings dull straw-colour with the
markings darker ; costa of fore wings yellowish from middle
to apex.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Several from the Khasia Hills.

Genus Eurycreon, Led.

Eurycreon ? rubralis, sp. n.

Fore wings reddish brown, thickly scaled, with no markings
but an indistinct exterior line, slightly denticulated, which
rises on the costa at three fourths, from an oblique dark pale-
edged streak; fringes very wide, red-brown, with a line of
darker red dots at the base, those near the apex being edged
with whitish. Hind wings whitish, becoming rather reddish
towards apex and hind margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen
concolorous. Underside glossy pale reddish ochreous.

Expanse of wings 12 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

The forehead is much produced below, forming a shelf
which is in the same plane with the top of the much pro-
longed and stout palpi; the antenne are thick, lamellate.
Having only one example, and that somewhat damaged, I
refrain from making a new genus for the species, as will
probably have to be done later on.

Genus PACHYZANCLA, Meyr.

Pachyzancla honestalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale fawn-colour, tinged with rufous; the
costa broadly and the hind margin diffusely darker tinted ;
markings fuscous; an oblique basal line, a curved sinuous
exterior line, and two cell-spots; hind margin, immediately
before the pale basal line of fringes, darker. Hind wings
paler, semidiaphanous, with dark discal spot and central line ;
a dark shade along the hind margin. Head and thorax
concolorous with fore wings, abdomen with hind wings.
Underside paler and duller, with the markings indistinct.

Expanse of wings 20-22 millim.

Khasia Hills.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvii. 7

98 Mr. W. Warren on new

Genus HEeDYLEPTA, Meyr.

Hedylepta confusalis, sp. n.

Wings dingy fuscous, with the lines indistinct, darker ;
basal line at one fourth, vertical, exterior line at three fourths,
vertically wavy as far as the first median, along which it runs
inwards, and reaches the inner margin at two thirds; discal
spot lunular, more distinct; fringes concolorous, with a
narrow pale basal line, before which the extreme hind margin
is darker: hind wings the same, butslightly paler; the fringe
whitish in apical. half. Head, thorax, and abdomen all
fuscous. Underside dull greyish fuscous.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Two males from Japan.

A very dull-looking and inconspicuous insect, with the
markings as in ¢ristrialis, Bremer, with which it agrees in
size.

Hedylepta ochrifuscalis, sp. n.

Nearest to preterttalis, Wlk., and misera, Butler, but
rather larger, and with a strong tinge of fulvous ochreous,
thereby appearing much paler than either of the above-
named species ; this paler tint is especially marked along the
costa, hind and inner margins of the fore wings, and on the
thorax and abdomen; the hind wings remain greyer. Fringe
of fore wings concolorous, with a thick dark line along their
base and a narrower dark line before the base along the hind
margin; fringe of hind wings dull whitish, with the same
lines. Underside duller, with basal two thirds of both wings
rather darker but diffusely edged.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Several from the Khasia Hills.

IDIUSIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa convex at the extreme base and
slightly so again towards apex, which is blunt and rounded ;
hind margin obliquely curved, with a slight bend in the
middle; anal angle obtuse. Hind wings with both angles
rounded; hind margin curved and slightly bulging in middle.
Antenne () lamellate, the basal joint rather swollen ; ocelli
not visible; tongue present; labial palpi short, straight,
stout, with smooth appressed scales, the terminal joint as
broad as the second, bluntly conical, distinct ; maxillary palpi
slender, short; hind tibie with the inner spurs long, the outer

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 99

absent. Neuration: fore wings, cell half as long as wing;
discocellular angulated, first median at two thirds, second
from lower angle; third and lower radial close together
shortly above the angle ; upper radial from the angle of the
discocellular ; fifth subcostal from upper angle of cell, third
and fourth stalked from before the angle, second close to and
parallel to their stem, the first opposite the first median.
Hind wings: cell not half the length of wing; discocellular
angulated, the lower arm prolonged, oblique; medians and
lower radial as in fore wings. Scaling smooth and sparse,
the wings semitransparent; the general structure weak and
feeble.
Type Ldiusia benepictalis, sp. n.

Idiusia benepictalis, sp. n.

Wings pale gilded yellow, with dark brown markings.
Fore wings with the whole base brown, separated by a narrow
yellowish fascia, not reaching the costa, from a broad bent
fascia, brown like the base, which again is succeeded by a
broad brown squarish blotch, not reaching below the median
vein, excepting a small curved spur along the second median
nervule, and with its edges all concave; between the two
blotches is a small round yellow spot; exterior line thick,
curved, wavy, forming a tridentate sinus over the three
median nervules, followed immediately by a much broader
submarginal fascia, which touches the exterior line below the
costa, on the lower radial and on the first median nervule,
runs into the apex, and throws off a narrow streak just below
the apex and three more in the lower half of the hind margin,
all four running through into the fringe, which otherwise is
wholly yellow; costa from beyond the brown basal area
broadly deep yellow. Hind wings with extreme base and
largish discal spot brown; the two outer lines exactly as in
fore wings. ‘Thorax, face, and abdomen brown; collar and
basal joint of antenne yellowish; palpi brown, with yellow
rings. Underside paler, with only the apical markings on
either wing and the discal blotch of fore wings represented,
the other markings of the upperside merely showing through.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Several males and females from the Khasia Hills.

The insect reminds one strongly of Hyaloplaga pulchralis,
Moore, but the markings are all much thicker; the costa ot
the hind wings is not bulged, as in that species, and both the
shape of the palpi and the neuration are different.

The female, which I have only recently become acquainted

7%

100 Mr. W. Warren on new

with, is larger than the male, with pale brown rather dull
markings, and is thus a much less striking-looking insect than
the male.

Genus Pacuyarcues, Led.

Pachyarches punctalis, sp. n.

Like Pachyarches imitalis, Guen., but different ; for whereas
imitalis has a dull diffuse grey discal spot, this species has a
fine black one; and while ¢mztalis has at most two or three
small marginal spots below the apex of fore wings, this has

a minute spot at the end of the veins of both wings
throughout.

One female from Jamaica, 26 millim.

Genus CApRINIA, Led.
Caprinia intermedia, sp. n.

Fore wings white, with purple-brown broad costal streak
and hind marginal fascia ; two lustrous metallic spots in the
cell, surrounded by dark brown scales; an irregular line of
brown scales from base below the median vein; exterior line
indicated above the inner edge of the marginal fascia by three
white dots, continuing the curve towards the costa; fringe
dark brown. Hind wings white, with a large apical blotch
and the round cell-spot dark brown; fringe dark towards the
apex along the blotch, white below it. Thorax and abdomen
white; face, collar, and anal segment of abdomen brown.
Underside like upper, but the dark brown markings repre-
sented by dull leaden grey ones.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Four examples from the Khasias.

Genus Norarcua, Meyr.

Notarcha? nigriscriptalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dark fawn-colour, with distinct black markings ;
first line’ curved, near base, followed by a small black spot in
cell and a black lunule on the discocellular; second line
formed of interrupted roundish wedge-shaped marks from costa
at three fourths, running parallel to hind margin throughout,
but with the four middle teeth nearer than the rest of the
line ; fringe concolorous, with dark basal and dividing line.
Hind wings less thickly scaled, with the same markings as in
fore wings, but without basal line and first cell-spot. Head

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 101

and thorax concolorous with fore wings, abdomen with hind
wings, the latter with a black spot on each side of the basal
segment above. Underside paler, with all the markings
reproduced.

Expanse of wings 52 millim.

One male from Queensland.

Notarcha stigmatalis, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, suffused with fuscous grey, most
strongly fuscous in the central area and there towards the
costa; lines much as in NV. émbutalis and allied species,
fuscous ; first at one fourth, wavy, second at three fourths,
bluntly denticulate ; the three teeth on the medians hardly
projecting as a sinus, the line not running far inwards up the
third median, but, after curving before getting under the
discocellular, running obliquely and wavy inwards to the
inner margin in the middle, and so approaching the first line ;
a small round spot in cell beyond first line and a large reni-
form spot on discocellular bright pale ochreous, edged with
darker ; fringe pale ochreous; the two lines are edged with
ochreous, the first internally, the second externally, and the
inner margin is more or less broadly ochreous. Hind wings
greyer, with dark fuscous cell-spot and fuscous outer line and
marginal shade. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous.
Underside the same, but duller.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Notarcha? tenebrosalis, sp. n.

@. Fore wings dark bronzy fuscous, with the stigmata and
lines indicated only by slightly paler yellowish edgings; a
large subquadrate brown spot at end of cell, preceded by a
roundish flattened one; the space between and on either side
slightly paler, yellowish ; exterior line dentate, indicated by
the whitish-yellow spaces at end of each tooth; fringe con-
colorous, with paler dots along the base. Hind wings with
the whitish markings more clear; one clear whitish spot
opposite the cell, and the rest of the exterior line clearly den-
ticulate. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark bronzy fuscous.
Underside more bronzy, with all the white markings more
distinct.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

One female, Queensland.

The terminal joint of the palpi is longer and quite acute,
unlike the usual palpi of Notarcha.

102 Mr. W. Warren on new

Notarcha? tenuis, sp. n.

Fore wings straw-colour, with dark brown markings ; costa
dull brown, blackish at base; a brown dot on inner margin
close to base and a short brown streak towards it from the
costal streak beyond ; first line brown, sinuous, oblique out-
wards ; in the cell is a small squarish brown spot, and at the
end on the discocellular a larger one, hourglass-shaped ;
beneath the starting point of the first median is a small round
brown spot; second line thick, brown, from costa at three
fourths, slightly dentated, at first running nearly parallel to
hind margin, forming a sinus outwards over the median
nervules, strongly curved inwards to beneath discal blotch,
and then vertically curved to inner margin; marginal area
suffused with brownish grey, except just beyond the exterior
line, which is paler; a small fuscous cloud between the discal
blotch and the curve of the second line; inner margin broadly
suffused with yellowish, and the veins also of the same
colour ; fringes fuscous straw-colour, with dark brown spots
at the ends of the veins. Hind wings paler, with a large
cell-spot, the second line and the apex dark brownish grey ;
fringes paler, with a dark shade along the hind margin at
their base. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen dull yellow ;
abdomen with a brown spot on each side of the second seg-
ment above; palpi white and brown, Underside like upper,
but duller.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

One male from Queensland.

Notarcha triparalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dark bronzy fuscous, with the usual lines and
markings darker but indistinct, and indicated by the pale
whitish spots that follow them; these are placed exactly as
in Idiostrophe albipunctata from Queensland, viz. a white
spot in the cell between two dark stigmata and one below it
under the median vein; the upper third of the outer line
is followed by three white spots, the middle one decidedly the
largest, the middle third by three smaller spots, and the
lower third is only just indicated. Jn the hind wings all
three parts of the outer line are followed by three partially
confluent white spots. The fore wings are broader and their
hind margin not so oblique as in J. albipunctata, from which
the palpi and male antenne will at once separate it.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

Two males from the Khasias.

Genera and Species of Pyralidz. 103

Genus GADESSA, Moore.

Gadessa? subalbalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull brown, with an indistinct dark basal line
and a curved sinuous exterior line blackish, from three fourths
of costa to beyond middle of inner margin, at first straight
and oblique, distinct, describing a small sinus across the
median nervules, running in to nearly beneath the disco-
cellular, and then turning at right angles to the- inner
margin; discal spot large, blackish; fringes darker brown,
with a fine paler line along their base, preceded by a narrow
dark marginal shade. Hind wings paler, especially towards
costa and inner margin; discal spot indistinct, as is the
curved central line; fringes and marginal shade darker.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous; anal segment with
a dark ring, followed by a dull whitish one, the rest dull
ferruginous. Underside dull whitish, with the markings
indistinctly darker.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Two males from the Khasia Hills.

Distinguished by the elongated fore wings with very oblique
hind margin, and by the whitish underside.

Gadessa characteristica, sp. n.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, suffused with yellowish and
fuscous ; the costa, base, and inner margin tinged with yellow ;
the hind margin fuscous, fading into yellow internally; a
black spot at base of costa and a small rusty one near base of
inner margin ; first line at one fourth, blackish, oblique out-
wards, thicker near costa, followed closely by a small black
dot in the cell; discal mark brown-black, S-shaped ; second
line at three fourths, thick and black at the costa, running
straight for the anal angle as far as the lower radial, then
forming three symmetrical rounded teeth in a shallow sinus
outwardly, curving in along the first median to nearly beneath
the discocellular, then with an inward curve to inner margin
in middle; iringe pale straw-colour, with a deep black basal
line between two pale ones. Hind wings with the second
line more angular, the sinus straight, without teeth, and the
inner angle acute and touching the dark cell-spot. Head,
thorax, and abdomen shining straw-colour; abdomen with
a black spot at base of last segment. Underside duller.

Expanse of wings 24-26 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

104 Mr. W. Warren on new

ZEBRODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight, slightly convex before
apex; apex distinct, rectangular ; hind margin curved, more
obliquely towards anal angle. Hind wings broad, with hind
margin well rounded. Antenne of male lamellate, rising at
right angles from the basal joint. Labial palpi porrect, thickly
haired beneath, hardly upcurved, the terminal joint pointed,
but hardly separable from second ; maxillary palpi very small
and short; tongue well developed; ocelli distinct. Neura-
tion: fore wings, cell barely half the length of wing; first
median shortly before lower end of cell, second and third
together from end, lower radial a little above, upper radial
from just below, upper angle; last subcostal from the angle,
second, third, and fourth stalked from before the angle, first
subcostal free. Hind wings, first subcostal anastomosing with
costal for half the distance from end of cell; medials as in
fore wings. Wings with broad black stripes; abdomen and
anal angle of hind wings orange.

Type Zebrodes rigidalis, Snell. (Zebronta).

Genus TyLosreca, Meyr.
Tylostega valvata, sp. n.

Fore wings yellow-ochreous, almost wholly suffused with
smoky and blackish fuscous, the costa, inner margin, and
base of fringes alone remaining of the pale ground-colour;
basal and marginal areas still darker than central ; the patch
of scales on the cell is edged with blackish, and the origin of
the first line on the costa above the beginning of the patch is
likewise blackish, but its lower course is lost in the dark
suffusion; second line at two thirds, curved in its upper
third, interrupted in middle, and vertical to two thirds of
inner margin in its lower third; marginal dark space with a
concise straight oblique edge internally, with a curved row of
dark spots externally before the pale fringe-line. Hind
wings straw-colour, with the base, discal spot, sinuous outer
line, and marginal shade dark fuscous; the spots at apex
before the pale fringe-line coalescing into a broadish line;
fringes of both wings fuscous. Head, thorax, and palpi dark
fuscous; abdomen straw-colour, tinged with fuscous; tongue
and base of palpi yellowish. Underside of wings like upper,
but duller; the curl of scales in the cell glossy, leaden grey.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Several males from the Khasias.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 105

Genus SYNCLERA, Led.

Synclera fenestralis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale yellowish, with dark reddish-brown
markings ; a short line close to base, and a curved wavy one
beyond, followed by a fine nearly vertical line; central space
red-brown along costa, extending more narrowly into the
disk to below the middle, with three irregularly shaped large
hyaline blotches—the first on the inner edge, bounded in-
wardly by a fine brown line, the other two on the outer
edge, one above the other, each finely brown-edged ; a wavy
brown line follows the central area, running parallel to hind
margin and curving beneath the lower of the two hyaline
blotches to inner margin at two thirds; a fourth hyaline
blotch on the costa before apex, from the outside of which
another fine brown line runs parallel to the last; marginal
area in its apical half filled up with red-brown ; a red-brown
broad basal line to fringes, which are brown and white.
Hind wings with a red-brown, broad, bent, central mark ;
two indistinct curved submarginal lines, of which the first is
angulated and joins the central mark ; apex brown; fringe
and basal line as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen
yellowish, mixed with dull brown. Underside of fore wings
brownish, with the three central hyaline blotches well
marked. Hind wings yellowish, with the markings brown,
as on the upperside.

Expanse of wings 21 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

CHRYSOMMATODES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight, slightly convex
towards apex, which is blunt; hind margin oblique, hardly
curved, except just before anal angle. Hind wings narrow;
both angles rounded ; hind margin faintly curved. Forehead
slightly prominent ; antenne (@) thick, pubescent, the basal
joint enlarged, swollen, with a hood-like crest of scales behind ;
thorax bluntly tufted behind ; ocelli present ; maxillary palpi
small, filiform ; labial palpi porrect, curved above, produced
beyond face, but not rostriform ; tongue present. Neuration
normal; the first median in both wings at about four fifths.
Scaling smooth and glossy.

Type Chrysommatodes ereoflavalis, sp. n.

Chrysommatodes ceereoflavalis, sp. n.
Wings bright gilded yellow; costa of fore wings diffusely

106 Miscellaneous.

brownish, underlined with reddish brown; a reddish spot on
inner margin near base; faint traces of a rusty brown inner
line and wavy exterior line at five sixths; a small brown
subcostal spot in middle of cell; two snow-white spots on the
angles of the cell, the upper the larger, edged with brown,
and lying in a small brown blotch; fringe and nervures
towards hind margin faintly tinged with brown. Hind wings
with discal spot and sinuous indistinct central line ferruginous ;
fringe and hind margin much tinged with brown; face
yellow, with a narrow reddish bar at base; shoulders with a
reddish line at sides; collar, patagia, thorax, and abdomen all
gilded yellow; thorax with a red-brown central spot and the
crest red-tinted; second segment of abdomen with two
largish reddish spots ; anal tuft reddish brown; palpi dark
brown, the basal joint white. Underside paler yellow, with
very faint markings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male, Queensland.

[To be continued. |

MISCELLANEOUS.

Contributions to the Embryogeny of Simple Ascidians.
By Antoine Pizon.

SryeraL points in the development of the Simple Ascidians are
still disputed or unknown, especially the origin of the peribranchial
cavity, the relations of the sensory vesicle to the neighbouring parts,
and the existence of an epicardium analogous to that which is found
in the Compound Ascidians. The species which 1 have had at my
disposal for the purpose of studying these different points are
Cynthia morus and Ascidia villosa, Giard.

The earliest phenomena of segmentation are dissimilar in these
two species, and this is due to the fact that Cynthia morus possesses
an enormous quantity of food-yolk, of which we still find a con-
siderable portion in the larva at the moment of hatching.

J.—After the formation of the cavity of the archenteron in Ascidia
villosa, its walls send out two lateral extroflexions which grow
pretty rapidly, while each of them speedily attaches itself to the
ectoderm. ‘The latter layer on its part becomes slightly invaginated
at the two points of contact and then perforated ; the larva hence-
forth exhibits two new apertures, which are added to that of the
stomodeum, and the existence of which was first demonstrated by
Krohn and Kovalewsky. The enteric cavity is gradually enveloped
by the dilatation of its two diverticula, which become the peri-
branchial cavity. ‘The two lateral apertures are thrust more and
more into the median line on the dorsal side in consequence of the
development of the larva; finally they unite and form but a single
orifice, which will be the cloacal aperture of the adult.

Miscellaneous. 107

11.—The heart in Ascidia villosa and Cynthia morus is formed,
as in the Compound Ascidians, by a diverticulum of the enteric
cavity, which becomes isolated at an early period when the peri-
branchial sacs are in process of development. This diverticulum
becomes a little closed sac, a certain portion of the wall of which is
forthwith invaginated, thus producing a double cavity : the inner
one is the cardiac cavity, which communicates by the cleft of
invagination with the hemal spaces ; the outer chamber is the peri-
cardium, which is completely closed and does not contain a drop of
blood ; it represents a portion of the archenteron.

III.—All along the cardiac cleft, and applied to it in the manner
of an obturator, is seen another sac with very delicate epithelial
walls. At the time of the appearance of the first branchial clefts in
Ascidia villosa, this sac still has a wide opening into the enteric
cavity from which it is derived, while its other extremity gradually
elongates and moulds itself round the alimentary tract after the
fashion of a mesentery.

In its origin, disposition, and relations to the heart this sac is
absolutely identical with the epicardium, which hitherto was known
only in the Compound Ascidians.

In Cynthia morus the epicardium appears as two great prolonga-
tions of the peribranchial sacs, and thus recalls with great exactness
the arrangement which I have described in the Botryllide.

The mode of formation of this aperture is precisely as described
long ago by Krohn and Kovalewsky and since observed by all
ascidiologists ; but the point on which I desire to insist is the endo-
dermal origin of the peribranchial cavity. I therefore do not share
the view of Metschnikoff and Kovalewsky, who have maintained
that this cavity is due to two ectodermal invaginations, which
gradually surround the cavity of the enteron, These two learned
naturalists, whose endeavours to study the transparent embryo were
evidently impeded by the egg-membranes, were unable to make out
precisely the earliest processes, and observed only the stage in which
the ectoderm is seen already invaginated. The examination of
larvee of all ages, still enclosed in the peribranchial cavity and cut
into thin sections, is the only method that enables us to decide the
question with accuracy.

It is important to determine the origin of the peribranchial
cavity in Simple Ascidians, on account of the conclusions with
regard to blastogenesis in the Botryllide which have been quite
recently deduced therefrom by a Norwegian ascidiologist named
Hjort*. We know that in Compound Ascidians the branchio-
intestinal cavity of each bud is produced by the proliferation of the
outer peribranchial wall of the parent ascidiozoid, which is of endo-
dermal origin in the larva as well as in the bud, as was shown by
me in a former papery. Hjort, without making a study of the
Botryllid larva, has applied to it, with regard to the origin of the

* ¢ Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ Band x. no. 7.
t ‘ Annales des Sciences naturelles,’ 1892.

108 Miscellaneous.

peribranchial sacs, the results obtained by Metschnikoff and Koya- |
lewsky in the case of Simple Ascidians, and has consequently arrived
at the conclusion that the branchio-intestinal cavity is of endodermal
origin in the larvee of Compound Ascidians, while it is a formation of
the ectoderm in their buds.

In this particular case, therefore, I am unable to share Hjort’s
opinion; the larve of Amaroncium Nordmanni and Fragarium
elegans * had already led me to the same results as the Botryllide
and Simple Ascidians, as to the endodermal origin of the peri-
branchial cavity; and herein I am in accord with Della Valle f,
who studied Ascedia mentula.

But if the epicardium is a formation of general occurrence in
Tunicates, it does not possess the property of blastogenesis in all of
them. ‘This property is non-existent in the Simple Ascidians, in
which the epicardium surrounds the alimentary canal and simply
plays the part of peritoneum. In the Botryllide the epicardium
exhibits the same arrangement as in the Simple Ascidians, but the
peribranchial wall, which, after all, is nothing but the foremost
portion of the epicardiac sacs, possesses the property of budding.
Finally, in the Polyclinide (Amaronciwm, Circinalium, &c.), in
Clavellina and Perophora we know that the epicardium is extended
to the tip of the stolon or of the peduncle when it exists, and this
it is that, by dividing or proliferating in different ways according
to the particular group, gives rise to the enteric cavity of the new
buds.

IV.—I have traced, in series of thin sections, the development of
the nervous system of the larva as well as of the fixed Ascidian,
and have succeeded in elucidating various points with reference to
the sensory vesicle, as to which Kuppfer and Kovalewsky were
unable to agree.

The sensory vesicle never opens on the surface of the ectoderm,
as it was stated to do by Kovalewsky ; but at a very early period it
is brought into connexion with the anterior portion of the future
branchial sac by means of a very short tube, which still exists, at
the moment of fixation, in order to give rise to the vibratile organ.
This communication between the nervous vesicle and the branchial
sac is of variable duration in the different species; it no longer
exists in Ascidia villosa at the time of hatching, any more than in
the larve of Amaroncium and Fragarium ; while in Cynthia morus
the communication is still very wide on the second day after
hatching.

The nervous system of the adult is produced by that of the larva
before it commences to degenerate, and by means of a process which
recalls that which I have already described in the case of Fragarium
elegans and Amaroncium Nordmanm t.—Comptes Rendus, t. exxi.
no. 5 (July 29, 1895), pp. 270-278.

* ‘Comptes Rendus,’ February 25, 1895,
+ ‘ Archives italiennes de Biologie,’ t. ii. 1882.
+ ‘Comptes Rendus,’ February 25, 1895.

Miscellaneous. 109

On a new Lamellibranch (Scioberetia australis) commensal with an
Echinoderm. By Féurx. Bernarp.

In studying the collection of Echinoderms made by the Cape-
Horn Expedition in the years 1882-1883 I have had occasion to
examine several specimens of a Spatangid, Tripylus ewcavatus, Phil.,
and I discovered that this sea-urchin is viviparous. But, while the
majority of individuals carry young in process of development in
the depressed ambulacral zones, in two specimens the young were
absent and were replaced by a Lamellibranch, the maximum size of
which does not exceed 3 millimetres. I have been able to study
this animal by the dissection of three examples, and by means of
sections in the case of a fourth: the state of preservation of the
specimens is highly satisfactory.

The shell is entirely contained in the thickness of the mantle; it
does not cover half the breadth of the animal. The mantle, on the
contrary, envelops it completely. It is prolonged in front by a
groove, which recalls the siphon of Gastropods; it is united together
in the median line behind, and leaves only a posterior orifice, in the
centre of a circular area. The shell, which is very thin, equivalve,
and posteriorly truncate, bears radiating striz, and its ventral
margin is slightly plicate. No muscular nor pallial impressions.
In the umbonal region, which is not projecting, the embryonic
shell is seen. The cardinal margins of the two valves are in contact
only along the embryonic shell ; further on they are separated and
connected by a delicate epidermic ligament. The ligament proper
is internal and occupies the whole of the embryonic hinge; on
dissolving it by means of hypochlorite of soda, it is seen that the
hinge has retained exactly the conformation that it possessed in the
embryos, which are met with in abundance with the adults. It
exhibits at its summit a little ligamentary pit interrupting the
cardinal margin, and on each side parallel crenatures similar to
those which exist in the embryos of a multitude of Acephala
(Nucula, Mytilus, Arca, &c.). In the adult the ligament runs out
on to all these structures, and neither cardinal plateau nor teeth,
properly so-called, are formed.

As opposed to this persistence of the embryonic type of shell the
internal organization exhibits an advanced specialization.

The adductor muscles, greatly reduced in size, are seen (in a
section) in their normal position. The foot is but little developed
and is divided into an anterior and a posterior lobe ; in the retracted
condition due to immersion in spirit it displays a deep longitudinal
groove, which manifestly corresponds to acreeping sole. No byssus.
Nervous system normal, with very large ganglia.

Alimentary canal very simple. The mouth opens on the dorsal
face of the visceral mass; on each side it is joined by a deep groove,
bounded by two lips which represent the rudimentary labial palps,
and extend on the sides as far as the base of the gills. Csophagus
straight, dorsal; stomach spacious, with a broad opening from the
digestive gland (liver), which occupies the two anterior thirds of the

1 10 Miscellaneous.

visceral mass and forms in three places the wall of the stomach.
The latter exhibits on the right side a cecum, which appears to
secrete a hyaline style; the posterior intestine runs in a ventral
direction and then towards the dorsal aspect; on issuing from the
visceral mass it traverses the ventricle and terminates in a short
bell-shaped rectum.

Kidneys greatly reduced, and situate at the posterior extremity
of the visceral mass, at its Junction with the mantle. Renal orifices
behind those of the genital organs. Genital gland hermaphrodite,
occupying the posterior third of the visceral mass.

The gills are the most interesting organs. On each side there
exists a single branchial lamella bent round into a dihedron, of
which the anterior ridge is occupied by a blood-vessel. One of the
folds is united by its margin to the mantle and the other to the
visceral mass, and along these lines of junction there runs a vessel
(or sinus); moreover, the two gills are united together by their tips
in the median line at the point where they detach themselves from
the body. In this way there is produced a posterior mantle-cavity,
communicating with the anterior one only by a median orifice
between the visceral mass and the point of junction of the two gills.
This posterior cavity is utilized as a brood-chamber, which appears
to be of a very different nature from that which is found in Lnto-
valva [so far as may be judged from the very brief description of
Voeltzkow *]. Each branchial lamella is formed by a fold con-
tinuous with the mantle ; its anterior surface bears strongly ciliated
thickenings, resembling filaments, parallel to the cardinal margin,
with a hemal canal in their interior. Apertures at regular intervals,
in the shape of a funnel widened posteriorly, traverse the lamella
between the thickenings. It seems natural to regard this organ as
a series of filaments fused together; but towards the tip of the
gill, which appears to be in process of enlargement, we observe that
the lamella becomes hollowed out by apertures, and exhibits fresh
ciliated thickenings, while free filaments are nowhere visible.

The pallial and visceral lamelle are united by transverse
trabeculee.

In a subsequent paper I shall discuss the interpretation that may
be attached to this gill; I shall describe the anatomy of the
embryos, and shall deal with the affinities of the animal, which
seems to me to be allied to the Erycinids, the Galeommids, and to
two forms which are still insufficiently known, Chlamydoconcha,
Dall, and, especially, Hntovalva, Voeltzkow t. Nevertheless the
anatomical characters are, in my opinion, sufficiently distinct to
justify a new generic division, and I propose for this Lamellibranch
the name Scioberctia australis t.—Comptes Rendus, t. exxi. no. 17
(October 21, 1895), pp. 569-571.

* Voeltzkow, Entovalva mirabilis, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. System. &c.,

Ba. v., 1890.
+ Dall, ‘Science’ (New York), vol. iv. 1885; see Journal de Conchyl.

t. xxxv.; Voeltzkow, loc. cit.
{ This paper was prepared in the Malacological Laboratory of the

Museum.

Miscellaneous. 111

On a Chilian Example of Pterodela pedicularia, Z., with doubly
abnormal Neuration. By Atrrep Grarp, Professor at the
Sorbonne.

In the numerous consignments which our colleague Mr. F.
Lataste has kindly sent me for the study of Margarodes vitium LI
have found at different times the larva, nymphs, and perfect insects
of a Psocid which is common in Chili on old vine-stocks, especially
at Caillihue and Santa Rita. This is Cwetlius pedicularius, L.,
which Kolbe has made the type of the subgenus Pterodela.

The species is widely distributed in Europe on old wood of various
kinds and even in dwellings, where the imago is seen from the
end of August to about the 15th of October. In Chili the perfect
insect commences to appear about the month of December, and at
this period there still exist many untransformed larvee.

These Chilian examples do not differ from those of the old world.
Their size is perhaps a little less and the pterostigma a little
more cloudy. It seems to me evident that this Psocid has been
introduced into Chili with some vegetable débris, perhaps with the
vines themselves. It is not mentioned in the list of Neuroptera
in C. Gay’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle du Chili.’

By a singular coincidence the first adult example which I received
from Caillihue, a male, presented an abnormal neuration, and ab-
normal in a different manner in each of the two anterior wings,
so that I was some time in recognizing our common Cweilius pedi-
cularius, L., and my doubts only vanished later when M. Latasto
sent me fresh and perfectly normal specimens.

The study of teratological cases in the neuration of insects
presents considerable interest from the point of view of biological
philosophy. It is important not to lose the documents which nature
has furnished us with in so unusual a manner, and for this reason [
have thought it advisable to describe and carefully reproduce the
wings of the abnormal Cweilius of Chili.

If we compare the left wing of the abnormal specimen (fig. 1)
with the left wing of a normal individual (fig. 3), we see that the
second posterior marginal cellule (B) is wanting, the median nervure
sending only one branch to the margin of the wing instead of two.
This is a simplification of the neuration which is only met with in
the normal state in the inferior wing in the Psocids (cf. fig. 4, the
inferior wing of Cecilius pedicularius).

De Sélys Longchamps has described an analogous monstrosity in a
Psocus bipunctatus, Latr., from the Rambur collection. In the
-genus Psocus there are normally four posterior marginal cellules. In

112 Miscellaneous. pe
the abnormal specimen the left superior wing has only three mar-
ginal cellules instead of four, the most basal being absent. ‘The
monstrosity was thus of the same nature and affected the same side
as in our C. pedicularius *. 4

The right wing of our teratological example possesses, indeed, the
second posterior marginal cellule, but it is abnormal from another
point of view. While in the normal condition the branch of the
radial nervure and the median nervure are united over a certain
extent of their course (figs. 1 and 3, A), in the abnormal wing these
two nervures touch at a single point (fig. 2, A), thus realizing a
condition which we find normally in certain Psocids, notably in the
genus Mesopsocus, Kolbe.

De Sélys Longchamps has already pointed out that a similar
character would be insufficient to separate Mesopsocus from Hlip-
socus; certain examples of Hlipsocus unipunctatus, Miill., present,
in fact, a disposition of the nervures which is intermediate between
the type of this § species and Llipsocus laticeps, Kolbe t.

The teratological variations in the reticulation of the wings of
insects appear to be abrupt and in discontinuity with the normal
condition. If they are preserved by heredity they constitute new
varieties, sometimes even new genera or species if other characters
are modified in addition, so as to allow of a more complete differ-
ential diagnosis. Starting from this point, certain naturalists have
maintained that all species have a similar origin, and that the action
of the primary or secondary factors of evolution, Lamarkism and
Darwinism, should give place to this new conception of the descent
of living beings by discontinuous teratological modifications.

This, we think, is an inexact and exaggerated interpretation of
facts which in themselves are highly important. The production
of species by a discontinuous process remains a particular case whose
importance may have been undervalued, but on which it is not
advisable to found a general law.

In reality the different’ types of neuration represent so many
stable states of equilibrium between which no continuous gradual
passages can be established. The forms intermediate to these states
of equilibrium are not realized, because they do not correspond to
conditions of sufficient stability. To make use of a trivial com-
parison, one cannot show the half or any fraction whatever of one step
of the ladder. In similar cases the progress is very discon-
tinuous or, what comes to the same thing, only manifests itself in a
discontinuous manner. But we cannot derive from these facts any
argument against the formation of species by natural selection, still
less can we find there the sole and complete solution of the com-
plex problems of metamorphism.—Actes de la Société Scientifique
de Chili, t. v. 1895, 1% livraison, pp. 19-21. (Communicated by
the Author.)

March 8, 1895.

* De Sélys Longchamps, “ Revision des Psocides décrites par Rambur,”
Ann. Soc. Entomol. de Belgique, t. xvi. p. 6 (1873).

+t “Catalogue raisonné des Orthoptéres et des Névroptéres de Bel-
gique,” Ann. Soc, Entomol. de Belgique, t. xxxii. p. 128 (1888).

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN.

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

URNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
EMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

4

‘Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
ieee

e First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only

- on hand, wanting some plates—price ou application.

e Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.
The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. apn 6.

e Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. 3) eke

Tay.or and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

E ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

OF

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
aplete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

he. First Series, in .20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. pene 5B
he Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. 5 eT
he Fourth Series, in 20 voiumes, from 1868 to 1877. jn cee

he Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. pee ok ba

- Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Flect Street.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 97.—Siath Series.

2 Ps Ke
I. On some Remains of the Pyenodont Fish, Mesturus, discovered
by Alfred N. Leeds, Esq., in the Oxford Clay of Peterborough. By

A. Surra Woopwarp, F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural

Afistory).° (Plates T-W1L.). ooo. 5 ee ee ee a

Il. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians from Colombia. a ;
by G: Ax Bourencer, FRG. 20 eee ice Hie Peiaees (16

III. Descriptions of Two new Lizards from the Transvaal. By

ay A. Bourunern, FRG. 5.2). wa ee, re ae a

@eeeeveceoe

eee eeoere een e

VI. A new West-Indian Tanaid. By the Rev, Txomas Byki: o :

Srzppinc, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate IV.)

VII. Descriptions of new Species of Butterflies of the Genus
Catasticta in the British Museum, By Arruur G, Burter, Ph.D. &e.

Be REP CURABLE 9.8 0. 6-0 Re 10' O61 6 Oe Gam Leila we

VIII. Descriptions of some new South-African Spiders of the 3
Family Heteropodide. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of |

Natural History. (Plate VIII.) ....

IX. On a new Species of Hyleccetus (Lymexylonide) from Japan.
By G. Lawia, BLS. 2 ss ee

X. Description of a new Species of Thauria (Moore), a Genus
of Amathusiine. By Putup Crow ey, F.L.S. &e.

eeresreseorevese

XI. A List of the Species of Amphidromus, Albers, with Critical

Notes and Descriptions of some hitherto undescribed Species and
Varieties. By Hucu Futron, (Plates Vi=Valg es Ss ee

XII, Description of a new Species of Opisthostoma. By G. B,
Sowxrny, #.1.8.5 9.2.8.0. Se ;

XIII. New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and

Epiplemide. By W. Warrun, M.A, F.ES. ...

CO i i a er

MISCELLANEOUS, ~

Contributions to the Embryogeny of Simple Ascidians. By Antoine —

DIZON 50 es »

EPA SoS 2 8 08058 Seay. Sele ie /0) 6 ve /mverkeleten sek 6, oir a oeeeatay mae

On a new Lamellibranch (Sciobderetia australis) commensal with an
Hchinoderm. By Féirx Bernarp.........

On a Chilian Example of Pterodela pedicularia, L., with doubly
abnormal Neuration. By Atrrep Q@rarp, Professor at the
ROTROIDG 65 6c acs wins ws SSeS a Ee ee ee

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

WITH EIGHT PLATES.

r=

, Ee NE a Cee Ps Oe Ft aE REN > EY Rok OARS oR a a
Sg RES RAGE ASS GOA S EN, saat ES & nes

ne

i

3 SIXTH SERIES. Shee
i a SS Pe

THE ANNALS

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

No. xcvi. Aa oe i

FEB. 1896,

CONDUCTED BY i

| ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
_-WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., |
1

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.
I

|

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

|
|

LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

“4 Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Whittaker & Oo.: Baillidre,
{| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,
Berlin. :

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH _ INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. .
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council, :

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts, Price £1.

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 3
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RB.S. 4

Pa re ee

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

FISHES.—2 Vols.
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e.

Bound jn Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s.
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8.

VOL. IIT, 15s.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F-.R.S.

Bourd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.
By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

MOTHS.— Vols. I., II, & IIL
By G. F. HAMPSON,
Taytonr and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Demy 8yo, pp. 138, price 3s, 6d.
THE STAPHYLINIDAZ OF JAPAN. |=
By Dr. D. SHARP. 5
( Being a reprint from the Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. vols. ii. and iii.) ‘
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, F.C.
Royal 8yvo, price 12s.
CATALOGUE
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE
OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS
IN THE
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.
Part 3.—Aves.
By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &e.
Price 2s. each,
Aprgnnices 5 to 8 to the Second Edition of the
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE

OF THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

: CONTAINED IN THE :
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. —
By J. H. TARGETT.

Tayzor and Francis, Red Liin Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 98. FEBRUARY 1896.

XIV.— Considerations on the Surviving Refugees in Austral
Lands of Ancient Antarctic Life. By C. Heptey, F.L.S.,

Assistant in Zoology to the Australian Museum *.

To ordinary readers the most desolate region imaginable is
that within the Arctic Circle. Yet the intrepid explorers who
have furthest penetrated into the northern wilds encountered
there bears, wolves, musk-oxen, walrus, seals, and other
mammals, and saw flocks of birds steering northwards beyond
the utmost limit of discovery.

Infinitely more desolate is the mysterious and perhaps im-
penetrable Antarctic continent or archipelago. For aught we
know, here may tower loftier mountains than geographers
have marked in the Himalayas. From the ship’s deck
voyagers | have descried volcanic peaks trending into an
interior which extends as an unbroken sheet of ice and snow.
Beyond the beach its whole surface hardly now nourishes a
single animal or plant; for the lichen reported by Borch-
grevink { from Possession Island and Cape Adare alone

* From an advance proof communicated by the Author, having been
read before the Royal Society of New South Wales, August 7, 1895.

+ M‘Cormick, “ A Sketch of the Antarctic Regions, embracing a few
Remarks, Geographical and Ornithological,” The Tasmanian Journal of
Natural Science, i. p. 246.

{ ‘The Geographical Journal,’ vol. v. June 1895, p. 583.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 8

114 Mr. C. Hedley on Surviving Refugees

constitutes the recorded terrestrial flora. Enveloped in an
atmosphere of universal death, wrapped in its closely clinging
cerements of ice and snow, the one expression of the
Antarctica of to-day is that of lifeless silence *.

But it was once otherwise. Not only may a naturalist
assert that here stately forests once stood, streams once rippled,
and green fields smiled, but he can picture what trees com-
posed those forests, of what kind were the frogs and snails
they sheltered, and of what form were the fish that swam in
those streams.

Early scientific travellers | remarked that the converging
continental masses of the southern world held as common
stock certain forms of life. Closer enquiry elicited that these
common forms were primitive, often isolated types, survivors
of some ancient population overwhelmed and slaughtered by
invaders from the north. South Africa was found to stand
somewhat apart from the closer bond which united Tasmania
and Australia to New Zealand and South America, while New
Zealand is in turn poorer actually, if not comparatively, than
Tasmania in South American affinities.

“Community of type,” writes Dr. Gill}, “must be the
expression of community of origin .... and recent palzon-
tological finds indicate that even the Thylacinids (or, at least,
forms resembling them) were formerly natives of southern
America... .% The freshwater fishes [of New Zealand] must
have been derived from the same common source as those of
the isothermal portions of Australia (of course including Tas-
mania) and southern America. There may not have been a
continuity of land at any one time between South America,
Australia, and New Zealand, but at some remote period in the
past itis at least possible that there was a region in which
Galaxids and Haplochitonids were developed, and subse-
quently representatives of those families might have found
their way into the regions where they now abound.”

An enumeration of the genera common to South America,
New Zealand, and Tasmania, and therefore probably of
Antarctic origin, would exceed the limits of this paper.
Forbes § quotes numerous instances; and for more ex-

* For the best physical and geographical description of Antarctica see
Murray, ‘The Geographical Journal,’ vol. iii. pp. 1-27.

+ J. D. Hooker, “On the Huon Pine &c.,” London Journal of Botany,
vol. iv. 1845, pp. 187-157.

t “A Comparison of Antipodal Faunas,” National Academy of
Sciences, vol. vi. p. 108.

§ “Antarctica, a supposed former Southern Continent,” Natural
Science, iii. pp. 54-57.

4

of Ancient Antarctic Life. 115

haustive data monographs of most groups of animals and
plants of these countries may be consulted *.

We may compare the shattered biological monuments of
Tasmania and South America to the broken columns found by
Oriental travellers in the ruined and deserted cities of a
vanished civilization; and as an archeologist may restore
from such fragments the fallen temples or disused aqueducts,
so may a naturalist trace the missing arches of life that once
spanned the gap. Some of the efforts to do so may be here
reviewed.

Prof. Hutton has conjectured ¢ that such a bridge spanned
the South Pacific from Chili to Samoa, and thence to New
Zealand. Claiming South-American relations for the New-
Zealand fauna and flora, he accounts for their entry into New
Zealand by this assumed bridge. Against Prof. Hutton’s
arguments it may be urged that, though the relation of New
Zealand to South America is indisputable, it is less than
between the latter and Tasmania, and that the demand for a
former union may be satisfied by supposing an approach but
not a connexion with Antarctica. ‘The sole supports of the
theoretical transpacific bridge are the difficulties it is believed
to explain. <A biologist might object that, had such a bridge
existed, New Zealand being at the furthest extremity, ought to
contain fewer South-American affinities than do intermediate
Polynesian islands, like Samoa or Tahiti, lying nearer to the
source. Qn the contrary, these islands are devoid of such.
And a geologist might say that this supposed bridge was
discordant with the main orographic structure of the region.

* For fungi see Darwin, Vov. ‘ Beagle,’ p. 236 ; mosses, Mueller, Trans.
N. Z. Inst. xxv. p. 428; grasses, Buchanan, ‘ Indigenous Grasses of New
Zealand ;’ trees, Kirk, ‘The Forest Flora of New Zealand ;’ lichens,
Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. x. p. 54; earthworms, Beddard,
‘A Text-book of Zoogeography,’ p. 60; isopods, the same, p. 173; cray-
fish, Parker, N. Z. Inst. xix. p. 154; fluviatile mollusea, Hedley, P. L. 3.
N. 8. W. (2) viii. p. 507, and ix. p. 464; trematodes, Haswell, ‘ A Mono-
graph of the Temnocephale,’ Macleay Memorial Volume ; ants, Emery,
‘Nature,’ Aug. 22, 1895, p. 400; planarians, Dendy, Trans. New Zealand
Inst. 1895, p. 177; diptera, Skuse, Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Science, i.
pp. 526-540, and Osten Sacken, Berliner entomolog. Zeit. Bd. xxx. 1886,
Heft ii. pp. 153-187; lepidoptera, Meyrick, various papers, Trans. New
Zealand Institute. Mr. Skuse has drawn my attention to the interesting
South-American and Australian distribution of St:gmodera and other
genera grouped around it, as enumerated in Gemminger and Harold’s
*Catalogus Coleopterorum,’ tome v. pp. 1892-1405, When defects in
the current classification of invertebrates are amended, the likeness
between southern faunas will grow more apparent.

+ “On the Origin of the Fauna and ess of New Zealand,” New
Zealand Journal of Science, ii. pp. 1-249; and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5) xiii. p. 426.

x*

116 Mr. C. Hedley on Surviving Refugees

Tts relics are detected by Prof. Hutton in an abyssal area two
thousand fathoms deep, which only in strained language can
be termed a “plateau.” Of where he supposes that it lay
Geikie * writes: ‘so abruptly does the continental plateau
rise from the ocean trough, that a depression of the sea-level
or an elevation of the plateau for ten thousand feet would add
only a narrow belt to the Pacifie coast between Alaska and
Cape Horn.” Much of the biological and geological data on
which Prof. Hutton’s paper was based have since been refuted
or withdrawn.

Another answer to the question at issue is tendered by
Dr. H. O. Forbes t. After a lucid summary of the kinship
of austral life observed by earlier naturalists and of facts
collected by himself in the Chatham Islands, he constructs
an immense hypothetical Antarctic continent to explain these
problems.

The impression left on my mind by a careful study of this
paper is that a foundation so slender is insufficient to bear a
superstructure so vast. No geological era is assigned for the
map of Ancient Antarctica accompanying the article. ‘To
this area the Mascarene Islands appear to be attached chiefly
upon the strength of an extinct bird of dubious lineage. The
difficulties of the change from the climate of primeval Ant-
arctica and the change in the depth of circumpolar seas are
not explained, or, indeed, the changes proved. The Ant-
arctic fauna and flora, so far as surviving fragments allow us
to reconstruct them, do not suggest that wealth of forms
which so wide an extent of land should have developed. A
much harsher climate would have prevailed over Forbes’s
broad continental area than over a chain of islands or a narrow
strip of land. Had the conditions indicated by Dr. Forbes
once existed, then each of the southern land-masses should have
preserved an equal heritage of Antarctic life, which is not the
case. A sharing of population may not be invariably cited
(as it is in this paper) as indicative of former land-passages,
for it has been clearly demonstrated in the case of the Azores
and Galapagos that considerable immigration may occur
across wide expanses of ocean.

Mr. H. A. Pilsbry has remarked { that “the presence of
very similar forms in southern South America and Tasmania
and New Zealand has been accounted for by the hypothesis
ot a former more extensive Austral continent or ‘ Ant-

* Address Geograph. Sect. British Association, 1892, p. 796.

+ “The Chatham Islands, their relation to a former Southern Con-
tinent,” vol. iti. Supplementary Papers, Royal Geographical Society, 1893.

t ‘Guide to the Study of Helices,’ p. xxxix (Philadelphia, 1895).

of Ancient Antarctic Life. 117

arctica,’ which may have been supplied with these snails, as
well as with certain marsupials, fishes, &c. from Australia,
and subsequently became united at Cape Horn, transferring
the fauna. The connexion could hardly have been in reverse
order, or why should not Kdentates and Hystricomorph
Rodents have invaded Australia?”

The opposite view, viz. that Antarctica transferred a fauna
from America to Australia, is favoured by the facts that the
fossil marsupials from the Patogonian Eocene antedate * any
fossil marsupials recorded from Australia, that the marsupi-
alia dawn upon the Australian horizon as a highly differen-
tiated group, and that Prof. Spencer has demonstrated T “ that
the diprotodonts had their origin in the Kuronotian region,”
meaning that their centre of dispersal lay to the south-east of
Australia. Von Ihering has suggested { that a large area of
South America was separated in Mesozoic times from the
remainder, and maintained a distinct fauna and flora. If
from this tract, which he terms Archiplata, were excluded, as
he holds, placental mammals, it may have peopled Australia
with marsupials, and yet not have transferred thence Eden-
tates or Hystricomorph Rodents.

The relation of Antarctica to African lands is a subject on
which an Australian student has little chance to form an
opinion. Perhaps the faint though real affinity (as shown in
the distribution of the mollusks Endodontide, Rhytidide,
and Acavine) would be explicable on the supposition that
before either America or Australia had united with Antarctica,

* This statement is derived from the following data, for which I am
chiefly indebted to the kindness of my friend Mr. W.S. Dun, Assistant
Palzeontologist to the Geological Survey of N. 8. W., himself the author

_of important papers on the subject. The oldest DESCRIBED Australian
mammalia are Pliocene, viz. Ornithorhynchus maximus, Dun, and Echidna
robusta, Dun (Records Geol. Survey, N.S. W. iv. p. 119), from this
colony. From Victoria Prof. M‘Coy has claimed as Pliocene (‘ Prodro-
mus, “ Paleeontology of Victoria,” decades i—vii.) Phascolomys plocenius,
M‘Coy, Diprotodon longiceps, M‘Coy, Macropus titan, Owen, and Pro-
coptodon goliak, Owen. Some bones recognized by Johnston (Geol.
Tasmania, p. 261) and Tate (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. W. 1893, p. 168) as
Halmaturus, from the Eocene of Table Cape, Tasmania, can hardly be
discussed till they have been studied, described, and named. Yet on
@ priort grounds the Diprotodontia can scarcely be supposed to have so
far proceeded on the path of differentiation from the radical Polyproto-
dont stock as to have evolved into Halmaturus at the early date of the
Kocene ; further, the sea-shells of this deposit form an incongruous
environment for a wallaby. For a list of the numerous marsupials ex-
tracted from the Upper Kocene beds of Santa Cruz, South America, see
Zittel, Geol. Mag. x. p. 456.

t+ Report Austr. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1892, p. 118.

} Trans. New Zealand Institute, 1891, xxiv. p. 454.

118 Mr. C. Hedley on Surviving Refugees

Africa had already been joined to and broken from it,
receiving a colony thence or leaving one there to mix with
American and Australian forms when the vicissitudes of
continental growth permitted.

In an inquiry * into the distribution of the pond-snail,
Gundlachia, 1 lately proposed, as the simplest solution of the
problem, that DURING THE MESOZOIC OR OLDER TERTIARY, A
STRIP OF LAND WITH A MILD CLIMATE EXTENDED ACROSS THE
SourH PoLe FROM TASMANIA TO TIERRA DEL FUEGO, AND
THAT TERTIARY NEW ZEALAND THEN REACHED SUFFICIENTLY
NEAR TO THIS ANTARCTIC LAND, WITHOUT JOINING IT, TO
RECEIVE BY FLIGHT OR DRIFT MANY PLANTS AND ANIMALS, as
the Galapagos received their population from America or the
Azores theirs from Europe.

This conclusion was built upon the following evidence. A
minimum of land-extension compared with that asked for by
Hutton or Forbes was demanded. A milder climate is ad-
mitted by geologists, even by those who dispute its cause, to
have formerly prevailed in Arctic regions: a mild Antarctic
climate should therefore be admissible. Dr. Murray remarks ¢
of the fossils collected by Capt. Jensen close to the Antarctic
Circle that they “are probably of a Lower Tertiary age, and
they indicate a warmer temperature than now prevails in these
high southern latitudes.” A cursory survey of a collection
of Eocene Mollusca from the Muddy Creek beds of Victoria
suggests to me that warmer seas then prevailed. Its wealth
of Cyprea and Voluta points to a tropical climate. I observe
there tubes of Kuphus, a genus now ranging from Sumatra to
the Solomons, whose evidence is corroborated by extinct
allies of Nautilus. That New Zealand once extended very
far south of its present position to or, perhaps, beyond the
Macquarie Islands, is granted by all who have investigated
the subject . Possibly this southward extension was syn-
chronous with the northward extension indicated § by the
range of Placostylus. "That this southward extension ot New
Zealand did not, during the marsupial exodus, actually touch
the highway between Tasmania and South America, I infer
from the fact that such passengers as the venomous snakes,
extinct Palimnarchus, cystignathous frogs, monotremes, and
marsupials failed to arrive in New Zealand. ‘The southward

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2) viii. p. 508.

+ “Notes on an important Geographical Discovery in the Antarctic
Regions,” Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. x. p. 196.

{ Vide Blanchard, ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1882, p. 386,

§ Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. W. (2) vil. p. 335,

of Ancient Antarctic Life. 119

prolongation of Tasmania in the direction of Royal Company
Island is suggested by the Tasmanian axes described * by
Prof. David.

The evidence collected tends to show Antarctica as an
unstable area, at one time dissolving into an archipelago, at
another resolving itself into a continent.

How this would affect the marine shallow-water fauna has
not been previously considered. Under the circumstances [
have described, the South Pacific would stretch within a few
degrees of the Pole into a deep bight or gulf extending from
Tasmania to Cape Horn. Into the western extremity would
open the long and narrow tongue of what is now the Tasman
Sea. When the climate cooled, the fauna at the head of this
Antarctic Gulf, as I propose to call it, would be driven north-
wards to milder zones. By diverging meridians a similar
fauna would reach New Zealand, New South Wales, and
Chilif. Ina precisely similar manner Darwin { has showa
how the northern Glacial period drove the same Polar flora
by radiating paths to the Alps, Himalayas, and Alleghanies,
where they now survive stranded on mountain-tops.

If, when this northward migration occurred, continuous land
had reached from Australia to Chili, then none of the fauna
of the Antarctic Gulf could have entered either the Indian or
the South Atlantic Oceans. We have, however, no warrant
for believing that the Antarctic bridge long endured as con-
tinuous and contemporaneous land; and that it was pierced
by channels is proved by the escape of stray members of that
characteristically Antarctic genus Struthiolaria to Patagonian
coasts (S. ornata, Sowerby §), on the one hand, and to Ker-
guelen (S. mirabilis, Smith) || on the other.

The destruction 4 which the ancient fauna of the Antarctic
Gulf has endured, and the length of time which has elapsed
since its expulsion, deprives us of much hope of reconstructing
it. Since that event, for instance, the genus Haliotis has
probably altogether grown up as a characteristic feature of

* Presidential Addresses, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) viii. p. 608,
and vol. x. p. 155.

+ Cf. “The Occurrence of Concholepas, recent only in South America,
as a Fossil in Australia,’ Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. W. 1893, p. 171.

{ ‘Origin of Species,’ Chap. x1.

§ Darwin, Geol. Obs. 8S. America, pp. 876, 618, pl. iv. fig. 62.

|| Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. elxviii. p. 170, pl. ix. fig. 3.

q “ We seem {in the Pliocene] to be dealing with the remains of an
earlier fauna disappearing rapidly before the conquering host of the
recent fauna which had invaded New Zealand some time previously.”
(Hutton, Macleay Memorial Vol. p. 56.)

120 Dr. W. B. Benham on the

the modern Australian molluscan fauna. A search among
the more persistent of living types may produce some torn
pages of its history. One such is recognized by the writer in
Lucapinella, whose occurrence in Australian waters is noted *.
But paleontology must be chiefly called on to relate the story
of the decline and fall of the Antarctic marine fauna.

XV.—The Male of Apus cancriformis. By W. BLAXLAND
BrenuaM, D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian
Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy, Oxford.

In view of the rarity of the male individuals of this interesting
Phyllopodan Crustacean, it may be worth putting on record
the occurrence of one amongst the specimens of Apus used
for examination in the ordinary course of our work in the
Zoological Laboratory here in Oxford. The specimens were
obtained through Fric, of Prague, from Podébrady, a town
on the Elbe.

Apus is one of the stock examples of parthenogenesis, the
bulk of the individuals being females; that males do occur
occasionally we know from the observations of Kozubowski,
von Siebold, and others; but locality and season appear to
have considerable influence on their occurrence. ‘Thus, in
1858, out of 549 specimens of Apus collected at Krakau, as
many as 154 were males, whereas in 1866 out of 999 col-
lected at Breslau there were only 7 males. Von Siebold’s
repeated endeavours during several successive years to obtain
males are matters of history.

The credit of first describing the male is due to Prof. Kozu-
bowski, who, in 1857, gave an account of the testis, sperm-
duct, and spermatozoa (Arch. f. Nat. xxiii.), and laid the
foundation for the view which has since then been nearly
universally adopted, viz. that Apus is parthenogenetic. Up
to that period it had been considered hermaphrodite.

It will not be amiss to note that the only external point of
difference between the two sexes is the absence in the male
of that modification of the sixteenth appendage which results
in the female in the formation of an egg-pouch (‘‘ oostego-
pod”); in fact, the sixteenth appendage of the male is
precisely like its neighbours, and at its base the sperm-duct
opens.

I looked carefully for any appendages which might be

* Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1894, p. 197.

Male of Apus caneriformis. 121

modified for holding the female, such as occur in its ally
Branchipus; but none exist.

It is usually stated, on Kozubowski’s authority, that the
male is about one third shorter than the female, with a dis-
tinctly narrower abdomen and flatter carapace. These state-
ments can scarcely be said to be true in the present instance.
The male did not differ noticeably in size from the rest of the
specimens, some of which were slightly larger, others smaller.
I measured one female, taken at random, and found the trunk
(excluding the head, that is) to be 36 millim. long; the
trunk of the male is 33 millim.; the diameter of the female
abdomen, close to the last appendage, is 5 millim., that of
the male 4 millim.

Sir John Lubbock has recorded (1863) that the males of
another species, Lepidurus productus, are larger than the
female. We cannot, then, make any general statement as to
proportionate size of the two sexes.

On referring to Mr. Bernard’s little book, ‘ The Apodide,’
I was rather surprised to find that no mention of the anatomy
of the male Apus occurs in the body of the book; but in the
appendix he quotes his letter to ‘ Nature,’ vol. xlin. p. 843,
in which he gave a brief history of the observations on the
male. The name of Kozubowski does not appear in his list
of references, nor that of von Siebold. Seeing that Bernard’s
book is the only recent English account of the anatomy of
Apus, it is regrettable that space was not found for a reference
to the sexual difference. But no doubt a description of the
mere anatomy of the animal was not so much his aim as a
comparison of Apus with an Annelid. Moreover, he wished
to emphasize the hermaphrodite nature of Apus.

Now it is more than four years since Mr. Bernard an-
nounced, in a brief note published in the ‘ Jena. Zeitsch.,’ the
discovery of the existence of testes, or, at any rate, of “ sperm-
producing centres,” in the female Lepidurus; but beyond
stating that he has observed the same state of things in some
other species, and has seen spermatozoa in the lower part of
the duct, he has not materially added to this bare statement
either in his book or elsewhere. I think it is not an exag-
geration to say that zoologists have been impatiently waiting
for a detailed and dlustrated account of this phenomenon.
Apus has for so many years been regarded as_partheno-
genetic, that naturalists hesitate to accept the bald statement
that it is “ hermaphrodite and self-fertilizing.”

On p. 809 of his book Mr. Bernard writes :—‘‘ The sperm-
producing centres were found scattered here and there among
the rich branches of the segmental diverticula of the genital

122 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Two new

tubes. They occur either at the tips of such branches where
the eggs ordinarily develop, or as slight lateral bulgings of
thesame.” I have recently had occasion in the course of my
work to examine a series of longitudinal sections through
Apus caneriformis, and I have failed to identify any such
** sperm-producing centres.””

On p. 144 he gives a figure representing a portion of the
ovary, and at one point the epithelium of the duct is inter-
rupted by a group of small round granules, which is labelled
‘testis, as occasionally found (e. g. in Apus cancriformis).”
This “ testis” is neither a terminal nor a lateral bulging ;
this figure, too, which is the only illustration of the point in
question, is so crude that we ought to have further details of
these ‘‘ sperm-producing centres.”

I will not presume to deny the possibility of hermaphro-
ditism in the Apodide, however improbable it may be; I
merely repeat, we wait for further evidence.

With regard to Bernard’s figure of the ovary I would say one
more word. Von Siebold, in a paper accompanied by beautiful
figures, showed that each terminal swelling of the ovary is
formed of four cells, of which the distal cell becomes the egg-
cell, the other three being yolk-forming cells. That this is
true for Apus a glance at a section is sufficient to demon-
strate; but Bernard, in the figure referred to (illustrating
presumably Lepidurus), represents the proximal cell of the
four as the egg-cell. If this is really the case, we have an
extremely interesting difference between the two genera.

Oxford,
December 16, 1895.

XVI.— Descriptions of Two new Species of Kugaster (Hetro-
dide) from Kast Africa. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.,

&c., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum.

Eugaster suakimensis.

Long. corp. 87-40 millim.

Head brown, strongly punctured above, the lower mouth-
parts, the palpi, and the base of the antenne more or less
varied with testaceous; a short conical testaceous spine
between the antennz ; pronotum reddish brown or blackish,
varied with testaceous in front and along the median line, and
with reddish behind. It is strongly rugose, with two irre-

Species of Kugaster from Last Africa. 123

gular longitudinal elevations on each side of the median line ;
front edge with a row of 4 black spines, placed at about
equal distances apart; between these are two shorter ones
between the middle ones in the males only, and another be-
tween the two outer ones on the right-hand side only in both
sexes. ‘The outer spines are at the front angles of the front
lobe of the pronotum, and behind and above them are much
larger spines at the hinder angles of front lobe. There is also a
strong black spine on each side of the middle lobe of the pro-
notum. ‘The hinder ridge of the pronotum bears a row of 6 or
7 black spines on each side, increasing in size towards the front.
Legs brown, the coxe and tarsi slightly varied with testa-
ceous or reddish; front cox spined; all the tibiae with a
double row of short partly testaceous spines, least numerous
on the middle tibiz. Abdomen brown, dotted with testa-
ceous, and inclining to testaceous towards the ends of the
segments; the base, sides, and under surface more or less
testaceous, especially in the males, and dotted with black.

Hab. Suakim. Presented by Dr. John Anderson.

Described from four specimens, two of each sex.

Allied to £. spinulosus, Linn., and H. Woodti, Kirb., but
differs from both in the almost uniformly dark legs, and in
markings &e.

Eugaster frater.

Long. corp. 33-35 millim.

Male.—Closely allied to the last species, but the head and
pronotum are more uniformly dark. The front is less con-
vex, the antennze are testaceous, and the face and palpi are
much varied with reddish. ‘lhe cox and legs are testa-
ceous, longitudinally striped with brown; and in the lightest
specimen the hinder halt of the pronotum and the base of the
abdomen beneath incline towards testaceous, but there are no
testaceous markings on the sides of the abdomen. On the
front of the pronotum there are two spines at the angles, and
two central spines, widely separated, but no intermediate
ones; the middle lobe of the pronotum has a large spine on
each side, and between them are two slight humps, behind
which are two more elevations, forming short upright spines.
The row of 14 large spines running round the hinder edge of
the pronotum is regularly arranged and more or less testa-
ceous.

Hab. Mombasa. Presented by D. J. Wilson, Esq., of the
British Kast Africa Company.

‘Two male specimens.

‘The specimens appear to be slightly discoloured; but I

124 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a new Dragonfly.

hope that the above short description will be sufficient for the
identification of the species.

A single female specimen of Prionocnemis verruciferus,
Karsch, or of a closely allied species, was received from
Mombasa at the same time as the specimens of Hugaster
frater. Karsch’s species was described from a single male
specimen, and although the sexes of the Hetrodide differ
little, I await further specimens before describing an insect
which does not quite agree with his description, but which
is of a different sex.

As the genus Pritonocnemis, Karsch, is preoccupied, I
propose to rename it Madiga.

The Hetrodidz appear to be very numerous in Africa, and
no doubt many species still remain to be discovered.

XVII.—On a new Dragonfly capiured by Mr. Scott Elliot in
Hast. Africa. “By W. F. Kirey, F.L.5., ES wee

Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum.

Aischna Elliott.

Long. corp. 58-60 millim. ; exp. al. 70-75 millim. ; long.
pter. 3 millim. ; long. app. 4 millim.

Male.—Rufous brown. Face yellowish green, vertex ru-
gose, space around the ocelli blackish. Thorax with two
broad converging green bands above and the septa green;
two oblique green bands on each side under the wings,
central markings of the interalary space above, and the base
of the wings spotted with green ; abdomen inflated at the base
and constricted beyond, with a short lateral green band,
bordered behind with black, at the extremity of the first
segment; segments 2 to 8 of abdomen with a black transverse
carina, in the middle at first, then gradually nearer the front
margin; segments 3 to 10 with a large greenish spot at the
extremity, on each side of the longitudinal carina; the space
in front of the transverse carina is also paler on most of the
hinder segments. Lateral appendages not expanded, deeply
grooved above, and slightly hairy; lower appendage sub-
triangular, less than one third the length of the others. Legs
black, reddish towards the base. Wings hyaline; pterostigma
rather short, covering a little more than two cells: fore wings
with 14 or 15 antenodal and 9 or 10 postnodal cross-nervures,
triangle consisting of 3 cells; 2 supratriangular nervures ;

On new Lepidoptera from East Africa. 125

4 nervures (rarely 5) in the lower basal cell: hind wings with
9 antenodal and 11 or 12 postnodal nervures ; triangle con-
sisting of 4 cells, 2 transverse at the base and the other 2
beyond ; 2 supratriangular nervures; 3 to 5 cross-nervures
in the lower basal cell ; membranule smoky brown, white at
the base.

Allied to 4. affinis, Van der Lind., of Europe, and
4. Rileyi, Calvert, from Kilimanjaro. Specimens were
obtained at Ruwenzori (6000-8000 feet) and ‘ Salt Lake to
Wawamba Co.”

Three other species of dragonflies were obtained by Mr. Scctt
Elhot:—Orthetrum truncatum, Calvert (previously known
from Kilimanjaro), from Ruwenzori; Cacergates unifasciata,
Oliv. (a species common all over Africa), from the Salt Lake ;
and two specimens apparently belonging to a new genus near
Agrionoptera, but not in sufficiently good preservation to
describe.

XVIII.—Descriptions of Three new Species of Lepidoptera
from East Africa. By Emity Mary SHARPE,

Family Pieridae.

Mylothris Neumanni, sp. n.

Allied to M. narcissus, Butler, and M. Jacksoni, E. M.
Sharpe.

3. This new species differs from M. Jackson? in having

. the fore wing nearly entirely black, the veins of the discoidal
cell marked with white ; while on the discal portion of the wing
between each of the median nervules is a hastate mark, which
combined forms a white patch in the middle of the wing.

Hind wing. Primrose-yellow, with a heavy black costal
border commencing from the first subcostal nervule and ex-
tending below the discoidal nervule.

The third median nervule is indicated by a black spot at
the end. The other nervules are marked by very minute
black spots near the hind margin. The base of the wing
has a black shading, rather stronger than in M. Jackson.

Underside, White on the fore wing, the apical portion
being suffused with primrose-yellow, with a little orange on
‘the costa at the base of the wing.

126 Miss E. M. Sharpe on new .

There are no black spots marking the end of the nervules
as in M. Jacksoni.

9. Very similar to the male, the white on the fore wing
being less distinct and the hastate markings not so sharply
defined.

Hind wing. Primrose-yellow, the black costal border being
indicated by two black spots on the first and second median
nervules. Two minute black spots at the margin mark the
first and second median nervules.

The underside differs in the yellow on the hind wing being
rather deeper in colour, with three minute. black spots on the
submedian nervure, the first and second median nervules, and
a fourth spot on the first subcostal nervure.

Expanse, ¢ 1°9, 2 2:2 inches.

Hab. Near Mount Kenia. Coll. A. H. Neumann.

Family Lycenida.
Alena picata, sp. n.

Fore wing. Black, relieved by a white transverse band
nearly oval in shape from the costal margin, across the
discocellular nervules, and extending to the second median
nervule; about the middle of the inner margin is a second
white mark extending to the first median nervule; these two
white marks are distinctly separated by the black of the
centre of the wing. The inner marginal white mark is co-
terminous with the broad white band of the hind wing.

Hind wing. Hasa broad marginal border of black followed
by a white band from the costa to the inner margin; the base
of the wing black suffused with orange.

Underside much variegated. Fore wing black, with white
and yellow markings; costa white, with two white spots in
the discoidal cell, the end of the cell being marked with the
white oval spot mentioned on the upperside. A submarginal
row of large spots varying very much in size; these are
tinged with yellow and are divided by the nervules; between
these and the large oval discoidal spot is a second row of
smaller spots, from the costal margin to the second discoidal
nervule.

Hind wing white, with a black mark at the base and a
small white spot in its centre.

Fringe of wing white; a submarginal border of black,
preceded by a broad white band, across which the nervules
are plainly indicated ; this white band is followed by a narrow

Species of Lepidoptera from East Africa. 1 Pai

one of black, in which appear several clearly marked
yellowish spots.

Head and abdomen orange.

Expanse 1°4 inch.

Hab. Between the coast and Teita, East Africa, December
1891 (#7. J. Jackson).

Family Nymphalide.
Kallima Jacksoni, sp. n.

Nearest to K. rumia, Boisd.

Fore wing. The whole of the basal area bright violaceous
blue, extending along the inner margin, but not quite to the
external angle. This lighter blue area is bordered by a
broad band of rich cobalt-blue, which separates the violet-
blue base from the brown outer border; this darker blue
colour decreases in size to the first median nervule, where it
terminates. There are six white spots in pairs between each
median nervule, three distinct ones mark the discal area of
the wing, and three (more faintly indicated) are in the
chestnut-brown external border; a white crescent-shaped
mark is situated where the fourth and fifth subcostal nervules
branch out.

A marginal border of chestnut-brown, rather more sombre
in colour near the apex, has a narrow transverse black line
to the third white spot of the outer series above the third
median nervule.

Hind wing. Basal area violaceous blue, with a broad
border of deep chestnut-brown; in this border is a distinct
submarginal line of black, from the costal margin to the sub-
median nervure. On the discal portion from below the first
median nervule are four minute black spots, giving the
appearance of a second thin band.

The anal angle is greyish, extending up the submedian
nervure to the base, the inner margin light brown.

Underside. Brown, like a faded leaf, with a dark trans-
verse line of brown, and a second dark line outlining the
discoidal cell and traversing both wings.

The discal spots on the tore wing are transparent, the first
being ocellated. The ground-colour is sprinkled with
greyish marks and indistinct wavy lines of darker brown.

lixpanse 2°5 inches.

Hab. Kavirondo, March 1890 (F. J. Jackson).

128 Mr. E. A. Smith on some

XIX.—WNotes on some Land-Shells from Vanbu, Tonkin,
with Descriptions of Two new Species. By Epaar A.
SMITH.

Helicarion siamensis, Haines.

Vitrina siamensis, Haines, Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vol. iv. p. 158.
Helicarion Paviei, Morlet, Journ. de Conch. 1889, p. 174, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Hab. Siam (Haines) ; Cambodia (Morlet).

The specimens from Vanbu, Tonkin, are as large as those
described by Haines and Morlet. The former does not
mention the feeble spiral striation, but, in his brief diagnosis,
he may have considered it scarcely worth noting. Specimens
in the Cuming collection, obtained by Morlet in Cambodia
and identified by Pfeiffer as stamensis, agree with the Tonquin
shells.

Nanina distincta, Pfeiffer.

Helix distincta, Pfr. Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, pl. cxxxiv. figs. 1,2; Reeve,

Con. Icon. fig. 465.
Nanina distincta, Martens, Preuss, Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. vol. ii.
. 69.

Cases Neptunus, Pfr. Novitat. Conch. vol. ii. p. 176, pl. xlviii.
figs. 1, 2; Tryon, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 34, pl. viii. fig. 27.
Var.= H. pluto, Pir. Novitat. Conch. vol. ii. p. 210, pl. lv. figs. 8, 9;

Tryon, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 87, pl. xii. fig: 56.

Hab. Siam, Camboja.

Two forms of this species, both smaller than the type or
the variety pluto, are in the present collection from Tonkin.
In the first (var. funerea) the shell is of an almost uniform
purplish-black tint, redder towards the apex, the suture being
sometimes indistinctly margined with yellow. The peristome
is yellowish and a former lip is also visible at a considerable
distance from the aperture. The body-whorl is not quite so
inflated below the keel as in the var. pluto or the type. The
largest specimen is 53 millim. in its greatest diameter, and
appears to be adult.

The second variety (var. pallidior), of about the same size,
is yellowish or olive-yellow, with a broad brownish-black
band below the periphery and distinctly visible within the
aperture. In both these varieties the umbilicus is rather
narrower than in the typical form from Siam or the var.
pluto from Camboja. If the form pluto, an intermediate link,

Land-Shells from Vanbu, Tonkin. 129

were unknown, the two present varieties would probably be
regarded as constituting a distinct species.

Camena tllustris, Pfeiffer.

Helix iilustris, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 269, pl. xxxvi. fig. 8, var.;
Novitates Conch, vol, ii. p. 208, pl. lv. figs. 1, 2 (type), fig. 3 (var.).
Camena tlustris, Pilsbry, Man. Conch, 2nd ser. vol. ix. p. 104, vol. vi.

pl. xiii. figs. 57, 58.

Hab. Lao Mountains, Cambodia (P/r.).

Some specimens from Vanbu, Tonkin (var. tonkdnensis),
differ from both the type and variety (var. flava) described by
Pfeiffer. In form they are a little more ventricose, and they
also differ in coloration. The general ground-tint is purplish
red, interrupted at the periphery by a rather broad yellowish
zone, the middle of which is traversed by a deep red line
varying in width from 2 to 4 millimetres. The aperture and
peristome are livid or lilac, but the columellar callus in the
centre of the base is white and entirely conceals the um-
bilicus. Near the latter there is a distinct inflation of the
surface, a feature less marked in the original specimen

described by Pfeiffer,

Camena vanbuensis.

Testa magna, solida, obtecte perforata, depresse conoidea, in medio
acute carinata, saturate castanea ; spira brevis, convexe conica, ad
apicem obtusissima, rugis obliquis irregularibus undique sculpta ;
anfractus 5, celeriter sed regulariter accrescentes, ad suturam
carinati, primi duo convexiusculi, sequentes duo planiusculi,
ultimus ad peripheriam acute carinatus, supra valde concavus,
haud descendens, infra convexus, sed prope carinam leviter exca-
vatus vel impressus, concentrice subreticulatim rugosus ; aper-
tura paulo obliqua, livido-fusca, submargaritacea vel iridescens ;
peristoma incrassatum, expansum, reflexum, hepatico-fuscum,
nitens, marginibus callo tenui cxeruleo-albo junctis, columellari ad
insertionem conspicue incrassato expanso et reflexo, umbilicum
fere obtegente.

Diam. maj. 68 millim., min. 57, alt. 38; apertura intus 31 lata,

18 alta.
Var. Testa olivaceo-flavescens, carina castanea cincta.

This species differs only in form from C. dlustris, Pfeiffer,
the colour, number of whorls, sculpture, aperture, and_peri-
stome being similar in both. The flatness of the whorls and
the sharp carination at the periphery, however, at once
distinguish this form, which, until the connecting-links are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 9

130 On some Land- Shells from Vanbu, Tonkin.

discovered, stands as a well-marked recognizable species.
That such links will eventually be found is very probable, in
which case the specific name here suggested may be used in
a varietal sense.

Instances in which keeled varieties of species with a
normally rounded body-whorl occur might be mentioned ;
but I doubt if such an extreme case as the present could be
shown.

Eulota rostrella, vay.

Helix rostrella, Pfeiffer, Novitates Conch. vol. iii. p. 379, pl. Ixxxviil.
figs. 1-3; Pilsbry, Man. Con. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 88, pl. xviii. figs. 48—
50 (after Pfr.).

Hab. Lao Mountains, Cambodia.

Two specimens from Vanbu, Tonkin, differ from the
typical form in being a trifle more widely umbilicated and
rather less acutely carinate, the form of the peristome being
consequently more regularly curved at the termination of the
keel.

Pterocyclus vanbuensis.

Testa parva, discoidea, latissime umbilicata, lutea, maculis castaneis
supra radiatim arcuatis picta, infra peripheriam zona angusta
castanea cincta, limo undique induta ; anfractus 5, convex, incre-
menti lineis tenuibus striati, striis spiralibus tenuissimis obsolete
sculpti; apertura circularis ; peristoma duplex, margine externo
leviter expanso, ad suturam haud profunde sinuato; operculum
corneum, utrinque in medio concayum, multispirale, supra con-
centrice lamellatum, lamellis ad marginem aculeatis.

Diam. maj. 10 millim., min. 83, alt. 5; apertura 33 lata,

This species has the habit of coating its surface with mud,
thus concealing the colour-markings. In form and colora-
tion it recalls Pt. rupestris, Benson, the type of the genus.
It is, however, smaller, the lateral notch is shallower, and the
aleform expansion above it is only feebly indicated. The
operculum also is more horny and flatter. The species might
also be compared with the large Pt. planorbulus (Lamk.) as
regards the general form, the character of the notch in the
peristome, and the operculum. ms

On new Genera and Species of Pyralide. Ji J

XX.—WNew Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and
Kpiplemide. By W. Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

{Continued from p. 106.]

ARTHRIOBASIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa faintly concave in middle and
slightly convex before apex, which is blunt; hind margin
evenly curved. Hind wings round, with well-rounded hind
margin. Antenne of male filiform ; the basal joint long and
swollen, subdentate at the top, the shaft thickened at its base
and apparently articulated to the basal joint; tongue and
ocelli present ; labial palpi porrect, broad, flattened, terminal
joint blunt and scarcely protruding beyond the scales of the
second ; maxillary palpi slender, upcurved. Neuration
normal.

Type Arthriobasis lactiguttalis, sp. n.

There is no hollowing out of the shaft of the antenne above
the basal joint, as in Coptobasis.

Arthriobasis lactiguttalis, sp. n.

é. Wings greyish black, with the exterior line denoted on
the costa by a large milk-white blotch, the denticulations of
the same line below being more or less marked with white
scales ; in the cell are four small white spots, of which the
third is conspicuous; the submedian fold is interruptedly
white, and a whitish spot on the inner margin marks the end
of the two transverse lines; base of the tringes with round
white spots at end of the veins, the two above the anal angle
lengthened. Hind wings with the exterior line picked out
with white scales, forming three rounded teeth in the middle;
fringes as in fore wings. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen
blackish ; basal segments of the latter varied with whitish.
Underside much whiter; the cell of the fore wings white,
showing two ocelloid stigmata.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Two males from the Khasia Hills.

Genus CHAREMA, Moore.

Charema scabripennis, sp. n.

Wings dull fuscous, overlaid with very fine and thin long

yellowish scales, which give the whole surface a scabrous
o*

132 Mr. W. Warren on new

appearance; the lines darker, but indistinct ; first at one third,
hardly distinguishable, second at two thirds, running at first
parallel to hind margin, forming a slight curve over the
medians, and gaining the inner margin beneath the discal
spot, which is dark, like the lines ; fringes concolorous with
a very fine light and dark basal line. Hind wings like fore
wings, with a large distinct dark cell-spot and indistinct
second line. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with
wings. Underside much paler, the yellow scales being pre-
dominant ; the exterior lines and cell-spots darker.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Many examples from the Khasias.

Charema longipennis, sp. ni.

Fore wings dark mouse-colour, with a slight olive tinge ;
lines thick, black, diffuse, first at one fourth, oblique out-
wards, second at two thirds, forming a strong subdentate
sinus in midwing, running in along the first median and
finally obliquely basewards, approximating to first line on
inner margin; fringe concolorous. Hind wings darker, with
hardly a trace of lines. Head, thorax, and abdomen con-
colorous, the latter becoming blackish on hinder segments.
Underside pale ash-colour, without markings ; tufts of hind
tibie dull ochreous fulvous.

Expanse of wings 42 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Genus OMIODES, Guen.
Omiodes nigriscripta, sp. n.

Fore wings dark fuscous fulvous, the lines darker, in-
distinct; first at one fourth, straight, second at two thirds,
bent outwards, but vertical in direction to second median, then
incurved to below discocellular and straight to inner margin
just beyond middle; a dark linear discocellular mark and a
smaller one before it in the cell; fringe paler, with much
darker base. Hind wings dark fuscous, slightly fulvous and
paler along inner margin, with indistinct discal mark and
second line. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Palpi
dark fuscous. Underside of abdomen ochreous white, with a
black lateral line on either side ending in a black anal tuft ;
legs ochreous. Underside of wing clear pale grey, with the
discal spots, the exterior line (indicated as spots), the fringe,
and the marginal spots all distinct and concise, dark brown,

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

One male, Tenimber.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 133

IDIOSTROPHE, gen. nov.

Closely related to Omiodes, but distinguished by the palpi
and the male antenne ; the palpi are thick and upcurved in
front of face, with the third joint bluntly conical and well
separated at its base from the second. ‘The male antenne
are fine, filiform, with a thickened angulation near base,
above which the shaft is curved and twisted; the patagia of
the male are produced as in Omiodes.

Type Ldiostrophe albipunctata, sp. n.

Idiostrophe albipunctata, sp. n.

Fore wings fuscous, with the lines darker ; first line curved,
thick, from one fourth of costa to one third of inner margin,
followed below the median vein by a small pale spot; in the
cell are two indistinct dark fuscous spots, separated by a round
hyaline spot ; underneath this spot, below the first median, is
a similar hyaline spot, dark-edged at either end; second line
thick, dark, vertical in its upper and lower thirds, forming a
rectangular sinus outwards in the middle; it is edged with
dull whitish in lower third, with three white dots between
the veins opposite the sinus, and with two dots only above,
the costal space being without white dots. Hind wings with
a thick blackish discal blotch, with paler on each side; second
line as in fore wings, the white edgings broader and plainer,
the lower of the two white spots above the sinus large.
Underside paler, with the markings clearer.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

One male from Mackay.

Genus Coprosasis, Led.

Coptobasts ? subcenescens, sp. n.

Wings wholly dull bronzy fuscous, with the lines and
stigmata all a little darker, but very indistinct, the ground-
colour beyond each being just a tritle paler; two stigmata in
the cell ; the exterior line thick at two thirds, curved inwards
along the first median; fringes concolorous. Hind wings
like tore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark dusky
fuscous. Underside glossy, bronzy.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

‘l'wo females from Queensland.

Probably a Coptobas’s, but the position must remain
doubttul in the absence of the male.

134 Mr. W. Warren on new

HYPERTHALIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings rather broad; costa slightly curved; hind
margin curved obliquely ; inner margin curved at base.
Hind wings roundish, with rounded hind margin; the inner
margin expanded, forming a lobe as long as the wing itself,
with its outside edge thickened and a long curved tuft of hairs
springing from its base. Abdomen slender, reaching far
beyond hind wings, with upcurved lateral tufts ; head hairy
above; antenne with basal joint enlarged, finely but shortly
ciliated ; labial palpi upturned, hairy beneath, truncate at
apex, terminal joint very short; maxillary palpi slender,
erect ; tongue and ocelli present.

Type Hyperthalia flavicaput, sp. n.

Hyperthalia flavicaput, sp. n.

Fore wings fawn-colour, tinged with ochreous and dusted
with darker, with no markings, but a faint dark paler-edged
spot at two thirds of costa, indicating the origin of the second
line; fringes concolorous. Hind wings paler, especially
towards costa, silky ochreous grey, tinged with fuscous in the
disk and towards inner margin; the tuft of hair from the lobe
pinkish. Thorax fawn-colour ; abdomen paler, more ochreous ;
head, face, and palpi yellowish. Underside of both wings
paler and duller, without markings.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Genus REHIMENA, WIk.

Rehimena pallidalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull fulvous ochreous, with the markings pale
dull yellow; the whole basal area, a Y-shaped central fascia,
and the hind margin are all of the ground-colour ; costa along
the central area yellow, from which depend at one third a
large pear-shaped yellow blotch, and beyond middle a smaller
one, separating the arms of the Y; submarginal line indicated
by a yellow subapical blotch, which is continued indistinctly
to before the anal angle. Hind wings paler, towards the base
whitish. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous ochreous.
Underside the same, but much less distinct.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

One male from Tenimber.

Genera and Species of Pyralidee. 135

GNAMPTORHIZA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight till shortly before
apex; apex produced, subacute; hind margin sinuous, in-
dented below apex, bowed outwards opposite second and third
medians, very oblique below; anal angle obtuse. Hind
wings with angles rounded and hind margin curved, slightly
swollen in middle. Antenne finely pubescent; the basal
joint enlarged, with a small tooth and scales in front, the
lower fifth of the shaft incurved ; labial palpi thick, upcurved,
short, the terminal joint small; maxillary paipi slender,
insignificant ; ocelli invisible; tongue present; legs slender ;
hind tibia with four spurs. Neuration normal.

Type Gnamptorhiza multiplicalis, sp. n.

Gnamptorhiza multiplicalis, sp. n.

Fore wings straw-colour, with the markings deep reddish
brown; costa broadly brown-red to apex, in the centre finely
ochreous ; marginal line thick, red; all the veins rather
bright red; base red-brown, angulated; first line sinuous
outwards to near middle of inner margin, red-brown, swollen
between the veins ; an oblique red-brown spot in cell beyond
it and a large oblique quadrate spot on discocellular; second
line very wavy, forms a blunt angle outwards opposite the
cell, three rounded teeth over the medians, runs in along the
third median, making that vein doubly thick, to the median
inside of the discal spot, then vertical with two blotched
curves to inner margin, where it unites with first line ; a wavy
interrupted red subterminal line, which forms a red-brown
blotch on costa before apex and another at anal angle; fringes
ochreous, mottled with reddish, and altogether reddish brown
near anal angle. Hind wings with a large subquadrate red-
brown central spot, the inner end of which is prolonged along
the submedian fold ; exterior line distinct only in the middle,
not reaching costa nor going beyond the submedian fold ;
marginal line much swollen; veins reddish in the middle of
the wing towards hind margin; a longitudinal reddish blotch
above the anal angle ; fringe deep red-brown, except between
the submedian fold and vein 1, which interval is without
marks to the base. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous,
spotted and suffused with red-brown ; the patagia, which are
well developed, wholly red-brown ; basal one fitth of antennze
thickened, red-brown, the rest ochreous; palpi red-brown.
Underside paler, suffused with rosy, with the markings much

136 Mr. W. Warren on new

restricted, only the large discal spots, the blotches at the ends
of the subterminal line, and the exterior line being distinct.
Expanse of wings 36 millim.
Three males from the Khasias.

CHARITOPREPES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight, becoming convex
towards apex; apex decidedly produced, but blunt; hind
margin oblique, sinuous, slightly concave below apex and
convex in lower part; anal angle obtuse. Hind wings with
hind margin entire, curved, with a slight but perceptible bend
at the end of the first median nervule. Antenne (¢) fili-
form, five sixths of wing; forehead faintly protuberant ;
tongue present; ocelli invisible; labial palpi short, stout,
rounded, upturned and appressed to face, third joint hardly
visible; maxillary palpi invisible ; legs rather long and feeble.
Neuration normal. Scaling fine, glossy ; no lines, but two
stigmata on fore wings.

Type Charitoprepes lubricosa, sp. n.

It is dangerous to erect a new genus on a female type ; but
the insect appears so entirely different from anything hitherto
described, that I venture to think the male will confirm the
justice of the view I have taken.

Charitoprepes lubricosa, sp. n.

Fore wings smooth, olive-grey, becoming pearly grey along
the hind margin and dusted there with fuscous scales, the
veins towards the margin finely dark ; the two stigmata, the
first small, round, the second, larger and reniform, are darker,
as is also the apex of the wing along the costa; middle third
of costa pearly white, broadening towards apex. Hind wings
like fore wings, with a dark discal blotch; fringes of both
wings pearly grey, with a distinct dark basal line and a broken
median line; abdomen olive-grey ; thorax, head, and face
paler, glossy; basal joint of labial palpi white, second and
third fuscous olive. Underside whitish, becoming cinereous
towards the hind margins of both wings; underside of abdo-
men and legs pearly white.

ixpanse of wings 32 millim.

One female from the Khasia Hills.

MERODICTYA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate ; costa straight, becoming’ slightly
curved before apex, which is blunt, somewhat produced; hind

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 137

margin decidedly oblique, curved, with a blunt elbow in
middle; anal angle obtuse. Hind wings rather trapezoidal,
both angles rounded, and the elbow in middle of hind margin
distinct. Vertex with erect scales; antenne (¢) filiform,
almost as long as fore wings, annulated ; labial palpi short,
stout, squamose, the third joint very small and almost
hidden in the scales of the second; maxillary palpi short,
filiform ; ocelli present ; tongue distinct; hind tibie with two
pairs of unequal spurs. Neuration: fore wings, cell half the
length of wing; discocellular vertical, rather concave; first
median at three fourths, second and third from lower angle of
cell, lower radial a little above the angle; upper from the
junction of the arms of the discocellular; fifth subcostal from
upper angle of cell; third and fourth stalked from before the
angle, fourth into apex, third starting at three fourths ; second
subcostal just before the common stem of third and fourth,
running parallel to it, first at three fourths: hind wings, cell
not half as long as wing; discocellular angulated, the lower
arm oblique and prolonged; subcostal bent in the middle,
where it approaches the costal; 7 and 8 short-stalked ;
medians and radial as in fore wings. Scaling rather feeble,
reticulated ; no distinct lines.
Type Merodictya subtessellalis.

Merodictya subtessellalis, sp. n.

Wings whitish ochreous, almost covered with dark wood-
brown reticulation and suffusion, with a slight olive tint ;
costa spotted with white and dark brown; a faint darker
oblique line or shade is visible on inner margin at one fourth,
not reaching costa; marginal area suffused with dark brown
except towards apex and above anal angle, where the whiter
eround-colour is merely reticulated with brown; this area is
bounded inwardly by an indistinct line, which leaves the
costa at five sixths, runs obliquely inwards and nearly parallel
to hind margin as far as the second median nervule, along
which it runs inwards nearly to end of cell, and thence again
parallel to hind margin to inner margin at two thirds; basal
half of wing suffused with brown, central area reticulated,
very narrow and nearly white on the inner margin, where the
basal and hind marginal suffusions nearly meet, with an
ill-defined brown cloud on the costa in the middle. Hind
wings not suffused, but merely reticulated with brown except
at apex; fringes whitish, irregularly mottled with brown, and
with a brown basal line; thorax and abdomen olive fuscous,
the latter with first a narrow white and then a broad blackish

138 Mr. W. Warren on new

ring at base; palpi, top of face, and two dots at bottom
brown ; apex of palpi and centre of face whitish. Underside
of both wings whitish, reticulated only with brown; legs
white, mottled with brown.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

One female from Queensland.

At first sight the insect reminds one somewhat of certain
species of Thyridide. The length of the antenne and the
unusual character of the ornamentation will easily distinguish
it. It does not appear to be nearly related to any known
species.

RADIORISTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings narrow, elongate; costa straight, slightly
incurved beyond middle ; apex rounded ; hind margin oblique,
slightly curved. Hind wings broad, with both angles and
the hind margin rounded. Fore wings of male with the
costa at base strongly folded over and containing a tuft of
hairs beneath from base. Head hairy above; antenne of
male with basal joint much swollen, the shaft slight, ex-
curved at base, containing three or four long sharp spikes,
then lamellate, thick ; labial palpi stout, upcurved, terminal
joint small ; maxillary palpi slender, erect; forehead slightly
bulging, rounded; tongue greatly developed ; ocelli present,
large.

Type Radiorista venosa, Butler (Heterocnephes).

The examples of this insect hitherto known were all
females.

Genus CYCLARCHA, Swinh.

Cyclarcha pallidicostalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, suffused with dull smoky
grey, with all the veins beyond the middle dark fuscous grey ;
costa at base narrowly pale, with a large semioval patch before
middle, the space before, beyond, and below which is diffusely
grey; hind margin grey; costa before apex paler, and a
narrow pale space immediately before the dark basal line of
fringes ; fringes themselves lustrous grey. Hind wings dull
smoky grey, with hind margin and fringes as in fore wings ;
no distinct lines on either wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen
grey; face and vertex paler. Underside pale straw-colour,
with a darker cloud from costa beyond middle of the fore
wings.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One male, Khasia Hills.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 139

Cyclarcha paucistrialis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, including the fringes ; a dark
grey discal spot ; an indistinct curved dark grey line beyond
middle, not reaching the costa and ill-defined towards inner
margin, containing a dark spot on the subcostal and another
on the first median nervule ; followed by three or four dark
grey dashes, indicating a submarginal line. Hind wings
with smaller discal dot and dark grey submarginal line, not
reaching either costa or inner margin; basal line of fringe
finely dark. Head, thorax, abdomen, and whole underside
pale shining straw-colour.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

It is just possible that this may be a very pale form of
Snellen’s striolalis, but I hardly think it is.

Genus AGROTERA, Schrank.
Agrotera griseola, sp. n.

Fore wings with yellow basal area edged by a straight
oblique line, and with three black dots near the base, one on
costa, one on inner margin, the third in middle ; discal mark
dark grey, without orange scaling; exterior line hardly
sinuous, wavy, slightly indented above inner margin; fringes
whitish below apex. Hind wings greyish, deeper grey along
the median area ; a small black cell-spot, followed by a dark
patch of scales, on the edge of the grey area, and with another
towards the anal angle; fringe with a dark basal line. Head,
thorax, and abdomen yellowish, spotted with orange. Under-
side duller and paler, the discal spot in fore wings dark and
distinct.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

Genus TETRACONA, Meyr.
Tetracona? pictalis, sp. n.

Fore wings bright lemon-yellow, basal half with a few
scattered red scales, and a small red spot in the cell; marginal
space yellowish, tinged with grey; a purplish-grey fascia
from costa before apex, diffuse outwards, to the inner margin
beyond middle, where it is much broader; its upper part is
filled in with orange-red above the lower radial, enclosing a
triangular yellow costal space, and above the anal angle is an
orange-red spot in the fascia; the inner edge of the fascia is

140 Mr. W. Warren on new

vertical, edged above the inner margin with a darker curved
line, which projects a little basewards about the submedian
fold; fringe pale yellow. Hind wings whitish, semitrans-
parent, more yellowish towards the inner margin, with a
diffuse purplish-grey marginal fascia, which contains an
orange-red spot, internally edged with dark grey about the
middle of the hind margin ; another orange-red blotch is at
the end of the yellow patch above the anal angle; marginal
area below apex briefly yellowish; fringe yellow, becoming
purplish grey towards anal angle. Face and patagia yellow ;
centre of thorax and abdomen orange-red; sides of abdomen
yellowish ; hind segments of abdomen dark purplish grey ;
base and terminal joint of palpi yellow; middle reddish
brown. Underside yellowish, with brown suffusion in the
outer half of the wings ; inner margin of fore wings and basal
area of hind wings whitish.

Eixpanse of wings 32 millim.

One female from Queensland.

A very beautiful and conspicuously marked insect.

Genus Gonioruyncus, Hmpsn.

Gontorhyncus flaviguttalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dark olive fuscous, with the lines, which are
indistinct and broad, still darker; first line hardly visible;
second at two thirds, running at first towards anal angle to
middle, then deeply incurved towards base, and again recurved,
meeting inner margin about the middle; it is preceded on the
costa by a large yellow drop and followed by asmall yellowish
spot, and both sinuses are edged externally with yellowish ;
in the cell is a quadrate yellowish spot between two brown
ones. Hind wings olive fuscous, with a central sinuous
yellow fascia edged with darker fuscous, becoming indistinct
towards inner margin, and with its central angulated projec-
tion followed by a small yellowish blotch; fringes of both
wings fuscous, with small pale spots at base between the
veins. Head, thorax, and abdomen all dark fuscous. Under-
side like upper, but paler and more glossy.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Two males from the Khasias.

Genus THYSANODESMA, Butler.

Thysanodesma discalis, sp. n.
Fore wings yellow, with the basal area, a subcostal streak,

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 141

and the whole hind margin broadly fuscous; costa bright
yellow; near the base are two broad brown spots, the
beginnings of two lines, which are angulated on subcostal, and
broadening out unite in forming the fuscous basal area; a
third brown spot about the middle of costa gives rise to the
first line, which runs obliquely inwards to inner margin at
one third; it is followed in the cell by a roundish hyaline
scaleless impression, which is in turn followed by a yellow
brown-edged discocellular marking, above which is a small
brown spot on costa, and beyond this a brown semiannulus ;
the fuscous margin is bounded inwardly by the exterior line,
which runs parallel to hind margin, forms a slight but distinct
angle opposite the cell, is incurved so as to touch the disco-
cellular mark, and then runs obliquely inwards to inner
margin about the middle: the dark margin contains a yellow
costal lunule before apex and a yellowish blotch above
anal angle; fringe yellow, with brown apex. Hind wings
yellow, with base, discal spot, exterior line, and marginal
band brown ; fringe as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and
abdomen yellowish, marked with brown. Underside the same,
but duller.
Expanse of wings 16 millim.
One male from the Khasias.

Thysanodesma eximialis, sp. m.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, almost wholly suffused with
purplish fuscous, the only parts unsuffused being the costa on
either side of the exterior line, a small patch above anal
angle on hind margin, and a squarish space in the cell
between the two stigmata, and that is whitish and semitrans-
parent; along the inner margin, especially between the two
lines, the suffusion is more sparse; first line at one fourth
sinuous, dark fuscous ; exterior line at five sixths, starting
from dark costal spot, wavy and parallel to hind margin for
one third, then forming a rounded sinus, running in along
the first median, thickened below the discocellular and waved
to the inner margin ; first discal stigma roundish, flattened,
just beyond first line; second oblong, flattened, beyond the
discocellular; both dark-edged ; fringes dark fuscous in the
middle and at the anal angle, paler between and towards
apex ; a fine pale line at the base, followed by a dark fuscous
one and preceded by a blackish marginal line. Hind wings
the same, but the discal and costal areas paler, unsuffused.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous, mottled with

142 Mr. W. Warren on new

paler; thorax with a whitish tuft behind; abdomen with a
white ring near base. Underside paler.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

T'wo males from the Khasia Hills.

Thysanodesma fusalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellowish, with brown suffusion, which is most
abundant along the costa for two thirds and in the marginal
area, the inner margin being only sparsely dusted with
brownish ; first line at one fourth, dark brown, angulated on
subcostal, then vertical; stigmata with dark edges and paler
centres, the first roundish, close to first line; the second
kidney-shaped, beyond the discocellular; exterior line dark
brown at five sixths, parallel to hind margin for one third,
then forming a rounded sinus, bent in and again vertically
to the inner margin; it is preceded in the subcostal space by
a small brown cloud; marginal suffusion not reaching costa
and interrupted above the anal angle; fringes yellowish,
dusted with fuscous, with a row of small dark dots at base.
Hind wings unsuffused except in marginal area; the inner
marginal arm of the outer line appears disconnected from the
rest and joins the discal ringlet. Head, thorax, and abdo-
men yellowish, mottled with fuscous. Underside duller.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One female from the Khasia Hills.

Thysanodesma ? rosea, sp. n.

@. Wings canary-yellow, with rosy markings ; fore wings
with the costa dotted with black-brown; a brownish blotch
at base of costa and the two stigmata brown, both very large
for the size of the wing, the first oblong, the second quadrate,
the two together occupying the whole of the cell; lines rosy,
first at one third, indistinct, vertical; second near hind
margin, slightly bent just beneath costa, then straight to the
first median, where it touches a broad rosy submarginal band,
then bends inwards and upwards, touching the lower parts of
both stigmata, and reaches the inner margin in the middle;
between it and the inner line below the stigmata is another
rosy line, which seems partially to run round the inner stigma ;
fringe yellow, preceded by a broad rosy band. Hind wings
yellow ; the basal half irregularly suffused with rosy ; the
second line sharply angulated in the middle of the hind
margin, where it touches the rosy submarginal band, and
again in the middle of the wing. Underside paler and duller.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 143

Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, varied with rosy ; palpi
externally dark blackish brown.

Expanse of wings 12 millim.

One female from the Khasia Hills.

In the absence of the male its proper place is dubious ; the
labial palpi are long and sharply rostriform, the maxillary
palpi also long; the antenne thick, lamellate, slightly
pubescent beneath.

Genus DiaTHRAuSTA, Led.

Diathrausta profundalis, Led.

In the typical form, as depicted in Lederer’s figure of this
insect, the white costal blotch of the fore wings is well
marked and has a blunt apex ; the white spots in the fringe,
two in the fore wings, and one in the hind wings are pure white
and run in quite up to the hind margin, totally obliterating
the dark dividing line of the fringes. In the Khasias there
occur two forms which differ considerably from the typical
one above noticed. In the first, which I propose to call var.
conicalis, the ground-colour is not so black, more brownish ;
the costal white blotch is thinner and ends in a point, and the
pale blotches in the fringe are not pure white and do not
obliterate the dividing line, but only interrupt it; besides,
both wings are narrower and smaller. In the other, to which
the name obliterata may be given, and which is still smaller
and as dark as the type form, the costal spot is reduced to a
small white patch, and the fringes are dark throughout,
besides which, in the hind wings the exterior line, which,
both in the type form and in conicalis, is evidently twice
bent, in this species runs much nearer the hind margin and
nearly parallel to it all the way.

Genus DipLoryLa, Meyr.
Diplotyla ? albilunata, sp. n.

Fore wings deep velvety blackish fuscous; first line at one
third, thick, blackish, preceded by a pale fascia, which is
distinct and yellow only on the costa; second line before two
thirds, parallel to first, but slightly curved outwards in middle,
followed by a yellow fascia, which is broadest on costa;
space between lines velvety black, except costa, which is deep
yellow, and semilunar spot beyond discocellular, which is
white and semihyaline; fringe concolorous, but white at anal
"angle. Hind wings like fore wings, but without first line ;

144 Mr. W. Warren on new

the hyaline cell-spot narrower and exterior line straighter ;
fringe white at apex as well as at anal angle. Head, thorax,
and abdomen dark fuscous, the latter slenderly ringed with
yellow and yellowish at apex; palpi and tongue yellowish.
Underside duller, not velvety, with the markings more
distinct ; inner margin of fore wings whitish ochreous.

Expanse of wings 17 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Diplotyla? flexiqguttalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dark fuscous brown, with the lines deep velvety
brown, but diffuse and indistinct; basal line oblique, straight,
cell filled up with deeper brown, with a small yellow spot in
the middle and two deep brown longitudinal streaks beneath
it along the submedian fold and vein; costa from first line
narrowly yellow, ending in a large triangular costal spot at
two thirds, the apex of which is bent outwards; this blotch
is bounded by the sinuous exterior line, beyond which .a
small additional yellow costal spot is seen. Iringe fuscous,
pale at anal angle. Hind wings and fringes fuscous, the
fringe paler before the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdo-
men dark fuscous. Underside paler, duller; the hind wings
with traces of paler markings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Diplotyla vestigialis, sp. n.

Fore wings blackish fuscous, with the stigmata and lines
pale; a large white semitransparent spot beyond the disco-
cellular, a smaller round one before it in the cell, and a very
minute one before the first line; first line indistinctly pale,
outwardly oblique near base; second line starts as a white
costal spot at three fourths, forms a wavy vertical line from
the subcostal to the first median, with a slight indentation
opposite the cell, runs inwards along the first median till
beneath the discocellular, then obliquely sinuous to inner
margin; fringes concolorous. Hind wings the same; the
exterior line forms a very deep angulation, producing a pale
line from anal angle to near middle of wing (which unites
with the pale edge of the dark discal spot), and a pale blotch
near middle of hind margin; fringes slightly paler. Head,
thorax, and abdomen concolorous; abdomen of male with a
white ring on second segment and white blotch on anal
segment; abdomen of female yellowish at apex. Underside
paler, greyish, with the markings very distinct; the dark

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 145

intervals between the white cell-spots showing as square
stigmata, and all the white markings well defined. In the
female the disk of the fore wings is whitish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male and one female from Queensland.

Differs from other species of the genus by the distinctness
of the pale lines throughout.

Genus THYSANODESMA, Butler.

Thysanodesma elongalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellowish, but, except along the costa, overlaid
with smoky black; a black spot at extreme base; first line
blackish, outwardly oblique, at one fourth, followed imme-
diately by a black-edged orbicular stigma ; second line from
costa at five sixths starts from a round spot, runs obliquely
inwards parallel to hind margin toaboveanal angle, then bends
and runs parallel to inner margin, and touches the base of the
reniform stigma, and again runs parallel to hind margin,
reaching inner margin near the first line; reniform stigma
large, black-edged, with a black costal streak touching it
above ; a small costal streak beyond it before the second
line; fringe yellowish, the extreme hind margin less suffused
with smoky. Hind wings smoky black, except the hind
margin, which remains yellowish, as well as the fringe.
Head, thorax, and apex of abdomen yellowish, rest of abdo-
men smoky brown. Underside dull smoky grey, except
costa of fore wings and hind margin of hind wings.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male from the Khasias,

METOECA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, narrow; costa straight, only faintly
curved just at apex; apex blunt; hind margin oblique,
hardly curved. Hind wings triangular, with slightly curved
hind margin. Antenne of male lamellate; palpi stout and
short, upright before face ; top of second joint truncate and
raised behind, the terminal joint very short and scarcely
projecting beyond top of second; maxillary palpi invisible ;
tongue and ocelli present. Neuration normal.

Type Metoeca fedalis, Guen. (Isopteryz).

Metoeca amplificata, sp. n.

Fore wing stone-colour, dusted and suffused with fuscous ;
the lines blackish; the space on either side of the exterior

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 10

146 Mr. W. Warren on new

line of the clear ground-colour, without fuscous atoms ; first
line at one fourth, starting from a dark costal spot, curved
and bent outwards on subcostal ; exterior line at three fourths,
starting from a large black costal spot, straight and vertical
to the lower radial, curving outwards, finely denticulate over
the median nervures, then running in basewards, and finishing
as a wavy line beneath the discal spot, which is distinct,
blackish ; marginal area suffused with fuscous, the median
and basal areas more dusted with it; fringe paler stone-
colour, with two indistinct darker lines, and a black line at
base, preceded by a narrow patch of pale ground-colour.
Hind wings the same. Head and thorax ochreous mixed
with fuscous. Abdomen yellowish ; anal segment with first
a black, then a broader whitish ring. Underside dull cine-
reous, with the markings faint.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

PRENEOPOGON, gen. nov.

3g. Fore wings narrow, elongate; costa straight, slightly
convex before apex; apex produced, subacute; hind margin
curved, very oblique. Hind wings narrow, with hind margin
curved. Antenne simple, annulated, three fourths of the
length of wing; the basal joint much swollen; vertex hairy ;
tongue prominent ; palpi much enlarged, dependent vertically,
clothed with dense hair, which projects laterally from the
basal joint. (In the female the palpi are globose below the
face, with rough hair-like scales sticking out on all sides, and
the maxillary palpi, which are completely hidden in the male,
are broadly truncate at their ends.) Fore legs with tibia and
first joint of tarsus, which is greatly enlarged, hairy, the tibia
with a tuft of long hairs from the base; other legs slender,
the hind tibiz with four slender spurs. Anal segment with
a very large expansible tuft from beneath base of claspers,
which are themselves greatly enlarged and ear-shaped.

Type Preneopogon barbata, sp. n.

Preneopogon barbata, sp. n.

Fore wings stone-colour, suffused in parts with fine fuscous
atoms and shading; basal area and subcostal streak darkest ;
first line quite close to base, blackish, angulated in middle,
and bent outwards before inner margin, followed imme-
diately in the cell by a small dark-edged ocellus similar to
that which stands on the discocellular; above and beyond

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 147

this second ocellus is a costal half-ring, followed by a smaller
one, and some black subapical markings ; second line at two
thirds forms an irregularly waved sinus outwards, then is
curved inwards to beneath the discocellular, and ends on inner
margin nearly in middle; hind marginal area, except just
beyond this line, suffused with fuscous ; a row of small black
dots along hind margin; cilia pale, with two dark lines,
Hind wings like fore wings, but without first line and ocellus.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous mixed with fuscous ;
basal segments of abdomen paler, the second with a blackish
ring. Palpi dark fuscous; legs pale ochreous. Underside
like upper, but somewhat duller; hind wings with an addi-
tional line from inner margin within the submarginal. The
female is paler, more smoothly scaled, the suffusion being
ochreous rather than fuscous, and the ocelli and lines are
darker and more distinct.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male, one female, from the Khasias.

Genus PLEoNEcTUSA, Led.

Pleonectusa pallidalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale silky ochreous, finely dusted with sandy ;
costa brown close to base; lines pale fuscous, first near base,
very obscure, followed by a minute dark dot in cell; disco-
cellular spot oblong, brown, edged outwardly with paler;
exterior line curved outwards from three fourths of costa to
three fourths of inner margin; a fine dark marginal line and
a thicker basal line to the fringes, which are quite pale
ochreous. Hind wing the same, with exterior line only.
Head, thorax, and abdomen all sandy ochreous. Underside
paler and duller.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

This species is very decidedly paler, more ochreous, than
admixtalis, Wik. There are in the British Museum collection
four specimens from North-west India placed under admiztalis
which approach the present species in coloration, and may
belong to it; but these have the two marginal lines and the
costa of fore wings more strongly marked.

Pleonectusa subpurpurescens, sp. n.

Fore wings dull dark brown, with a slight purple tint; a
darker discal spot and slightly curved exterior line at three
fourths; fringe unicolorous. Hind wings rather paler, bronzy

10*

148 Mr. W. Warren on new

tinted. Head, thorax, and abdomen bronzy brown, the latter
becoming dull whitish towards the anal segments. Under-
side dark purplish brown; costal region of hind wings pale
straw-colour.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Distinguished by the deep purplish brown of the underside.

Genus STENIA, Guen.
Stenia carbonalis, sp. n.

Fore wings glossy, deep brown-black, withoutany markings:
hind wings the same. Head, thorax, and abdomen con-
colorous; antenne pale, with dark rings. Underside greyish
black.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

I leave this at present in Stenda. Only the third and
fourth subcostals of the fore wings are stalked, the first,
second, and fifth being free; the last from below the end of
cell; the palpi are slender, porrect, and the terminal joint
plain.

Genus METASIODES, Meyr.
Metasiodes indecisalis, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, almost entirely overrun with purplish
fuscous; the lines black, thick and somewhat obscure; first
line thick on costa, oblique inwards, parallel to hind margin,
preceded by a paler line, which is yellow on costa, basal area
within it purplish fuscous; a small spot in the cell just
beyond the first line and a large black one at end of cell with
a black costal spot above it; second line at two thirds much
curved outwards, and then inwards to below discal mark,
whence it runs straight to inner margin; marginal area
purplish fuscous; fringe-line broad, black; fringe itself
glossy, pale ochreous, except in the middle, where it is dark.
Hind wings smoky fuscous, somewhat paler towards base,
with a black discal spot, and a much curved and sinuous
black outer line; fringes wholly fuscous. Head, thorax, and
abdomen ochreous, much mottled with fuscous. Underside
paler and duller.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 149

Genus CanGerra, Moore.
Cangetta albocarnea, sp. 1.

Fore wings dull greyish pink; first line at one fourth
darker, vertical, followed on inner margin by a small white
blotch ; second line at three fourths vertical, but slightly and
irregularly wavy, preceded on costa by a whitish space, which
forms a tooth reaching to mid-wing; a slight dark discal
spot; fringes paler, preceded along the hind margin by a
rather concise deeper-tinted brownish-pink narrow fascia.
Hind wings like fore wings, with no first line, and the
second line curved, and towards the anal angle incurved and
angulated. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull flesh-colour ;
face and palpi paler, almost white; antenne annulated.
Underside duller, otherwise like upperside, except that the
outer line on fore wing is differently situated, being oblique
for the first two thirds, then bent in slightly and angulated.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Genus CALLINAIAS, Swinh.
Callinaias nigripalpis, sp. n.

Fore wings glossy pale ochreous, becoming deeper ochreous
beyond the second line; first line curved just before the
middle; second line also curved and parallel to first and to
hind margin beyond the middle; the central space palest ;
fringes paler, with a darker rather thick basal shade. Hind
wings like fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen con-
colorous with wings; face and outside of palpi almost black.
Underside glossy ochreous, with no inner line to either wing,
and the outer from two thirds of costa, curved outward to
inner margin just before anal angle.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

This probably is not a true Callinaias, but the palpi are
so much distorted and damaged that it is difficult to say what
their original position and direction was.

ERISTENA, gen. nov.

Fore wings very narrow and elongate; costa straight ;
apex produced, but blunt; hind margin oblique, rounded
off at anal angle. Hind wings long and narrow, the inner
margin short; hind margin hardly curved, with two bends,

150 On new Genera and Species of Pyralide.

one at end of third median, the other at end of submedian
fold; a slight indentation below apex, which is prominent
and bluntly rounded; legs long and slender. Antenne
lamellate, the edges of the joints slightly projecting, long,
but curled round towards tips. Labial palpi upceurved in
front of face ; second joint with long hairs beneath, terminal
acute; maxillary palpi distinct; tongue present. Cell of
fore wings quite two thirds, first median some distance before
end; second and third medians and lower radial close to-
gether from lower end of cell; upper radial well below the
upper end of cell; last subcostal from the end; second, third,
and fourth stalked from shortly before end; first subcostal
free. Hind wings: second subcostal from the angle of cell ;
first anastomosing with costal till just before hind margin ;
discocellular very oblique ; radial and third median on longish
stalk ; second median from lower angle, first considerably
before angle. Scaling smooth and glossy, with few and in-
distinct markings.
Type Eristena murinalis, sp. n.

Eristena murinalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale mouse-colour, in the male with no
markings but the slightly darker cell-spot and an ill-defined
exterior line just beyond it; fringe concolorous, with a fine
pale basal line, followed by a thick darker one. Hind wings
whitish for two thirds; like fore wings in the marginal area,
beyond a curved, slightly wavy, subterminal line. In the
female the fore wings are shorter, slightly tinged with
ochreous; the exterior line is distinct, being edged with
paler, and forming a slight sinus outward in the middle, and
the discal dot is preceded by an indistinct vertical darker
shade; the hind wings are paler, with discal dot and sub-
terminal line more distinct. Head, thorax, and abdomen all
concolorous, paler in female than in male. Underside glossy,
with hardly any markings; the fore wings darker than the
hind ones.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 20, 2 18 millim.

A long series from the Khasias.

[To be continued, |

A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 151

XXI.—A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part IV.
The Genera Reptomultisparsa and Diastopora. By J. W.
Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S.

[Continued from p. 48. }

Family Tubuliporide (concluded).
Genus REPTOMULTISPARSA, d’Orbigny, 1852.

Diagnosis.—Tubuliporide in which the zoarium is en-
crusting and consists of thick multilamellar sheets. The
zocecia are cylindrical and parallel to the surface upon which
the zoarium has grown. ‘The peristome is flush or slightly
raised.

Type species: R. microstoma (Mich.), syn. R. diluviana,
Edw. & Mich. (non Lamx.).

A ffinities.—This genus was founded by d’Orbigny for thick
multilamellar species allied to Berentcea. The division seems
tome convenient. ‘The first of the five species referred to the
genus by d’Orbigny, which is accordingly here taken as the
type, is the Diastopora diluviana, Edw. & Mich. (non Lamx.).
This, however, I regard as the same as Michelin’s Diastopora
microstoma.

1. Reptomultisparsa undulata (Michelin), 1846.

Diastopora undulata, Michelin, 1846, Icon. Zooph. p. 242, pl. lvi.
fig. 15.

Beronioea undulata, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang¢., Terr. crét. t. v. p. 860.

Berenicea microstoma (non Mich.), Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe.
géol. France, sér. 2, t. v. p. 178, pl. vii. tig. 3.

Diastopora microstoma, var. connectens, Vine, 1884, Polyz. Rich. Bor.,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xl. p. 789.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium in large, thick, irregular encrusting
sheets, which in the adult completely bury the shell they
encrust. Young forms are flabelliform.

Zoecia long or medium in length. Young zocecia are seen
throughout. The more adult peripheral zocecia are crowded,
and thus not wholly seen. Surface traversed by sinuous
raised ridges.

Peristomes slightly raised, irregularly distributed.

Formula.—1/1" 0 2 70.

Distribution.—England: Great Oolite, Richmond boring,
Bradford Clay, Bradford. Foreign: Bajocian and Bathonian,
France and Germany.

152 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Genus Diastorora, Lamouroux, 1821 (emended).

Diagnosis.—Tubuliporide in which the zoarium is erect
and foliaceous. (The zoarium consists of simple fronds or
may be split up into multifid segments, or may grow in hemi-
spherical masses by the crumpling of the fronds, or may be
cylindrical, or may be reteporiform.) The zoarium is uni-
laminate or bilaminate. The zocecia are tubular. The peri-
stomes are flush or raised only a small proportion of the length
of the zocecia. The ocecia are closed, slightly enlarged zocecia.

Type species: D. foliacea, Lamouroux.

1. Diastopora foliacea, Lamouroux, 1821.

Diastopora foliacea (pars), Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 42,
pl. lxxiii. figs. 1, 2 (non figs. 3, 4).

Eschara foliacea, Bronn, 1835, Leth. Geogn. Bd. i. p. 241.

Elea foliacea, Brauns, 1879, Bry. mitt. Jura, Metz, Zeit. deut. geol.
Ges. Bd. xxxi. p. 313, pl. vi.

Berenicea foliacea, Vine, 1880, Review Diastoporide, Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soe. vol. xxxvi. p. 357.

Diastopora Eudesiana, M.-Edwards, 1888, op. cit. p. 225, pl. xiv. fig. L.

Bidiastopora Eudesia, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. 1. p. 317.

Mesenteripora Eudesia, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.

. 808.

Coe Eudesiana, Vine, 1880, Review Diastoporide, Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvi. p. 357.

Bidiastopora meandrina, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 289.

Diastopora mettensis, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 190, pl. viii. fig. 10.

Bidiastopora macropora, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.

. 799.

Dine macropora, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 191.

Diastopora petaloides, Waagen, Zone Amm. Sowerbyi, Geogn. Pal.
Beitr. Bd. i. Heft 3, p, 645.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium loose and open, the fronds being
generally broad, thin, and only slghtly contorted; bi-
laminate.

Zoecia visible throughout, the zocecia being long and
the apertures distant from one another and irregular in
arrangement ; the zocecia are regularly cylindrical.

Peristomes well raised, giving a rough aspect to the
zoarium.

Gonecia simple closed zocecia.

Formula.—2 0 3 fr v0.

Distribution. — British: Inferior Oolite — Cornbrash.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany ; Bathonian, France.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. Los

2. Diastopora Davidsoni, Haime, 1854.

Diastopora Davidsoni, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér, 2, t. v. p. 185, pl. viii. fig. 9.

Diastopora Wrighti, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 186, pl. viii. fig. 5.

Diastopora foliacea (non Lamx.), Morris, 1843, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 35
( fide Haime).

Diastopora Terquemt, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 187, pl. viii. figs. 7 a—d.

Diastopora scobinula (non Mich.), Haime, op. cit. p. 186, pl. viii. fig. 6.

Mesenteripora scobinula (non Mich.), Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boul.,
Bull. Soc. géol. France, sér. 3, t. xvii. p. 49.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium loose, composed of broad and fairly
flat fronds ; bilaminate.

Zoecia visible throughout their length or almost so; their
length is medium, and in shape they are regularly cylin-
drical.

Peristomes slightly raised, but not reflexed; they are
mostly arranged in fairly regular oblique lines.

Formula.—1 0 2 r 0.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite and Great Oolite.
Foreign: Bajocian, France and Germany; Bathonian,
France.

3. Diastopora Michelini (Blainville), 1830.

Mesenteripora Michelini, Blainyille, 1880, Dict. Sci. nat. t. lx. p. 397.
Diastopora Michelint, M.-Edwards, 1858, Mém. Cris., Ann. Sci. nat.
Zool. sér. 2, t. ix. p. 226, pl. xiii. fig. 1.
Bidiastopora Michelini, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i, p. 317.
Mesenteripora dedalea, Blainville, 1830, Dict. Sci. Nat. t. lx. p. 397.
Diastopora foliacea (non Lamx.), Michelin, 1846, op. cz. p. 289, pl. lvi.
fig. 8.
Bidiastopora microphylla, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. 1. p. 317.
Mesenteripora microphylla, VOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. erét. t. v.
. 808.
Bit stopora microphylla?,Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 191.
Bidiastopora latifolia, dOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. vy.
~ 299.
Piiistopora latifolia, Haime, 1854, op. ett. p. 191.
? Diastopora conferta, Reuss, 1867, Bry. braun. Jura Balin, Denks. k.
Akad. Wiss, Wien, Bd. cxxvii. p. 10, pl. il. fig. 6.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium hemispherical, formed of interlocking
contorted bilaminate fronds. ‘The surface appears cerebri-
form, as the sinuous edges of the fronds are separated by
narrow depressions.

Zoecia short and very crowded, only visible at the distal
end.

154 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Peristomes well raised ; zocecia fusiform. The distribution
of the peristomes is along irregular curved lines; but in some
places the linear arrangement is not apparent.

Formula.—2 1 1” (r) 2.

Distribution.—Kngland: Inferior Oolite—Forest Marble.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany ; Bathonian, France and
Austria.

4, Diastopora lamellosa, Mich., 1846.

Diastopora lamellosa, Michelin, 1846, Icon. Zooph. p. 241, pl. lvi.
fig, I.

Mesenteripora lamellosa, Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boul., Bull. Soe. géol.
France, sér. 3, t. xvil. p. 50.

Non Bidiastopora lamellosa, d’Orbigny, 1850, Prod. Pal. t. ii. p. 266.

Eschara Ranvilliana, Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 243, pl. lvii. fig. 12.

Elea Ranvilliana, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v. p. 628.

Lateromultelea Ranvilliana, V@Orbigny, 1852, op. cit. p. 629.

Diastopora cervicornis, Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 241, pl. lvi. fig. 12.

Bidiastopora cervicorns, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 317.

Elea cervicornis, @Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v. p. 628.

Bidiastopora ramosissima, @Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 317.

Diastopora ramosissima, Haime, 1854, op. crt. p. 190, pl. ix. fig. 3.

Elea ramosissima, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v. p. 628.

Bidiastopora luciana, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 317.

Multisparsa luciana, d’Orbigny, 1852, op. ect. p. 870, pl. 761. figs. 1-3.

Diastopora luciana?, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 191.

Diastopora fenestrata, Reuss, 1867, Bry. braun. Jura Balin, Denks. k.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. exxvii. p. 11, pl. ii. fig. 5.

Diagnosis. — Zoarium bilaminate, forming either thin,
broad, crumpled fronds or thick narrow branches.

Zoecia short and broad, fusiform.

Peristomes slightly raised, not crowded, quincuncially
arranged.

Formula.—1 2 1 r 0.

Distribution.— England: Inferior Oolite—Bradford Clay.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany; Bathonian, France and
Austria.

5. Diastopora calloviensis (d’Orbigny), 1852.

Elea calloviensis, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v. p. 629.

Diastopora calloviensis, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 191.

? Diastopora subramosa, Waagen, 1868, Zone Amm. Sowerbyi, Geogn.
Pal. Beitr. Bd. i. Heft 3, p. 645, pl. xxxiii. figs. 9, 10.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of loose tufts, composed of bands
which branch irregularly ; bilaminate.
Zoecia long, broad, and regular in shape.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 155

Peristomes distant and well raised, irregularly distributed ;
zocecia visible throughout their length.

Formula.—1" 0 2” 70.

Distribution —England : Inferior Oolite, near Leckhamp-
ton. Joreign: Bathonian and Callovian, France.

6. Diastopora Lamourouxi, M.-Edw.

Diastopora Lamourouxi, M.-Edwards, 1888, Mém. Cris., Ann. Sci.
nat. Zool, sér. 2, t. ix. p. 225, pl. xv. fig. 2. if:

Diastopora foliacea, pars, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth, pl. Ixxiil.
tig. 3.

Diastopora Waltoni, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur,, Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér, 2, t. v. p. 184, pl. viii. figs. 2a, 6.

Diagnosis.—Zoartum unilaminate, growing in irregular
tubes, which may branch repeatedly or broaden into funnel-
shaped expansions.

Zoecia usually visible throughout, the zocecia being long
and the apertures usually distant.

Peristomes (in well-preserved specimens) highly raised and
irregular in distribution, though occasionally there is a
tendency towards a quincuncial system. Zocecia regularly
cylindrical.

Formula.—3 0 270.

Distribution —England: Inferior Oolite. Foreign: Ba-
jocian, Germany ; Bathonian, France and Austria.

Synopsis of Species.

I. Zocecia cylindrical.
A. Zoarium bilaminate.
a. Zocecia visible throughout.
Zoarium frondose :
peristomes well raised and their distribution

RELCU MATAR es as coc aerate ata iels, cs Soliacea.
peristomes slightly raised and their distribution
DRO Wigs orcie's ic «cis iant Sa mate dhalS ors we gals Davidsont.

Zoarium ribbon-shaped :
peristomes raised and their distribution irre-

SURAT Soar aterc) 2 aic'al «i Shanevtavinta srmte: cx aye ssh ean calloviensis.
Bs Loucia visible atiends: 1) )\...).. 4 .cshien eo wee dive .. Michelin.
IBS Zoarium unilaminate . co. sec «06 ec disele a i oie aa icheals Lamourourt.

156 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on the

XXII.—On the Isopod Genus Leptochelia.
By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. Sressine, M.A., F.L.S.

WHILE recently exploring Dana’s great Atlas of Crustacea
for certain objects, I found my attention arrested in passing
by the figures of his Leptochelia minuta. These drawings
and the text relating to them, as well as astill earlier account
in the ‘American Journal of Science,’ produced the painful
impression that, so long ago as 1849, the famous American
naturalist must have taken advantage of my inexperience in
such matters at that period to predescribe on his own account
my Dolichochelia Forresti. As he is unhappily beyond the
reach of any personal expostulations, I will only suggest that
the two points in which his account differs from mine may
safely be ignored. He draws a line by which the head is
marked off both dorsally and laterally from the large first
segment of the pereon. But both the West-Indian specimens
described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. last month and the
general character of the family Tanaide warrant the inference
that no such line existed, though, while the family character
was insufficiently known, its presence might well have been
thought necessary. In the next place, the first antenne are
said by Dana to have the “ base” or peduncle four-jointed,
with the second joint the longest, from which it is clear that
he has taken the dilatation of the proximal end of the long
first joint as a separate joint. Kroyer, before him, had done
the same thing in a parallel case, and probably misled his
successor. ‘There is good reason to know that, with speci-
mens only a tenth of an inch long, it was not difficult forty or
fifty years back to make such mistakes as these.

Dana reports his specimen as coming ‘from among sea-
weed and small corals, Feejees, Island of Ovalau,”’ and
further remarks :—“‘ This species is Caprelloid in habit. It
was observed by the author attached by its hinder legs to
seaweed, and reaching out the long arms in different direc-
tions as if in search of prey.”

That a minute shallow-water organism like this Lepto-
chelia should as yet be recorded only from two localities so
extremely remote from one another as the Leeward Islands
and the Fijis is at first sight rather striking. But, however
the distribution may have been effected, probably the species
will be found to occur at many intermediate stations whenever
research is more generally directed than it has been hitherto
to the inconspicuous occupants of the coast-lines of the globe.

The exact character of Dana’s genus has long remained

Isopod Genus Leptochelia. L577

misunderstood. This is partly to be explained by the cireum-
stance that Dana’s writings are often almost as inaccessible as
they are celebrated. Leptochelia, with its type species
minuta, was first described in the ‘American Journal of
Science,’ vol. vil. p. 425, 1849. A fuller account was given
in the ‘ Crustacea of the U.S. Exploring Expedition, 1852-
53,’ wherein the remark is made that “ Tanats Edwardsti of
Kroyer (Tids. iv. 1842) is of this genus.” Figures of the
type species were published in the Atlas in 1855.

It must be borne in mind that, besides the extremely
slender and elongate first gnathopods, the type species has
very long upper antenna, in which the second joint is unusually
elongate as well as the first, and biramous uropods, in which
the small outer branch has two joints. Dana says :— Caudal
stylets as long as abdomen, longer branch six-jointed, shorter
minute, two- or three-jointed.” The appearance of a third
joint may have been produced by the crossing or apical
meeting of two setules. In the Tanais Hdwardsit of Kroyer,
to which Dana refers, the gnathopods are stouter, the second
joint of the upper antennz is by Kréyer’s account not more
than a quarter as long as the first, and the outer branch of
the uropod is distinctly one-jointed. When Bate and West-
wood in 1866 adopt the genus Leptochelia for Kriyer’s
species, they declare that the uropods are “ unibranched,”
distinguishing the genus from Paratanais by the fact that the
pleon “ has only a single branch to the caudal pair of pleopoda
attached to the sixth segment ;”’ and again, in their specific
description, they repeat that ‘the posterior or caudal pair of
pleopoda consist of a single multiarticulate branch.” They
give not the slightest intimation that both the authors to
whom they refer had described the appendages in question as
double-branched. In 1878 the late Oscar Harger, in his
‘Report on the Marine Isopoda of New England and adjacent
waters,’ makes Dana’s Paratanats a synonym of Leptochelia,
supposing the former genus merely to represent the females
of the latter, but at the same time being well aware of the
structure of the uropods in the various species which he
groups under the same generic name; so that he says in
regard to the uropods, “ the outer ramus may also consist of
more than one segment.” He remarks, too, that the type
species, “Z. minuta, possesses all the characters of Para-
tanais that could occur in the male.” This way of putting
it was not sufficiently direct to warn other writers of the
differences between Dana’s species and the Tanais Edwardsii
of Kroyer, with which Dana had himself compared it.
Accordingly in 1880, and again in 1886, Professor G. O.

158 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on the

Sars (followed in the latter year by Norman and Stebbing)
assigns to Leptochelia two characters which are not appro-
priate to the type—one, that the upper antenne in the male
have the flagellum adorned with bundles of sensitive cilia;
the other, that the outer branch of the uropods is uniarticu-
late. He mentions also that the immobile finger of the
gnathopods is strongly tuberculate within, whereas in
L. minuta it is very weakly tuberculate. Beddard also,
in 1886, in his Report on the ‘Challenger’ Isopoda,
when describing his genus Neotanais, says that, “as in
Heterotanais, the exopodite of the uropoda is distinctly two-
jointed, and this character distinguishes both genera from
Leptochelia, Dana.” Lastly Hansen *, in 1895, figures the
uropods of his Leptochelia affinis with the outer branch one-
jointed.

Thus we find, according to the various accounts of the
genus Leptochelia, that the uropods have no outer branch
and that they have an outer branch, and in the latter case
that the branch is one-jointed, that it is one- or two-jointed,
that it is two- or three-jointed, or that it is two-jointed. The
last view I believe to be the correct one, so far as the type
species is concerned.

The following list shows the species which have been
referred to Leptochelia, and distinguishes the character of the
uropods :—

Inner branch. Outer branch.
Leptochelia minuta, Dana, d.......+.. 6-jointed. 2-jointed.
lumntcola, harcery Pamiiatc. « « itetree 4-5-jointed. 2-jointed.
(This species and Paratanats
tenuis, G. M. Thomson, are con-
sidered by Sars to belong to his
Heterotanais, although Thomson
says of his species that the outer
branch is 1-jointed.)
Cecd, Alereer |). .5'... sas Pe 2-jointed. 2-jointed.
(This is referred by Sars to his
genus Leptognathia.)
—— filum (Stimpson). .........020005 4-5-jointed. Nothing known.
rapue, Hlarger, oD... 32. creer 5-jointed. 1-jointed.
(The gnathopods of the male
and, to a less extent, its first an-
tenns are remarkably like those
of ZL. minuta.) °
—— Edwards (Kroyer), g.......... 8-6-jointed. 1-jointed.
(This is recognized as a synonym
of the next species. )

* In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for last month, p. 52, line 13, for
“ Dr. H, J. Hansen gives,” I should have said “‘ Dr. Hansen refers to.”

Isopod Genus Leptochelia. 159

Inner branch. Outer branch.

Leptochelia Savigny? (Kroyer), 2 ...... 7-jointed. ]-jointed.
Mein, (Karger), 5 Oooo te ccc one 6-jointed. 1-jointed.
algicola, Harger, 3 Q...-.....-.. 6-jointed 1-jointed.

(This species is supposed by Sars
to correspond partly to LZ. dubia
(Kroyer) and partly to LZ. Savignyr

(Kroyer).)

—— brasilienss (Dana), Q .......... 6-jointed. Nothing known.
neapolitana, Sars, dQ ......-5-. 6-jointed. ]-jointed.
afinis, Hansen, 2 ............-. 4-jointed. 1-jointed.

Of these twelve specificnames Hdwardsii and algicola may be
dismissed as synonyms, filum and brasiliensis as having no cer-
tainty of position, ceca as obviously belonging elsewhere. The
reasons for referring limicola to Ileterotanats are somewhat
hypothetical, since /émico/a is known only in the female, while
the principal distinction of Heterotanais consists in the gnatho-
pods of the male, which, instead of being strongly chelate,
are very imperfectly so. ‘he group formed by Savignyi,
dubia, and neapolitana presents no difficulty in itself, and
might very well be separated under a new generic name from
Leptochelia minuta. But to this Leptochelia rapax interposes
an obstacle, for this species agrees with the group just men-
tioned in having the one-jointed outer ramus of the uropods,
but agrees very closely with LZ. mdnuta in the elongate
enathopods of the male, with feebly tuberculate immobile
finger, and in the considerable elongation of the first antenne.

For the present, therefore, it seems advisable to leave the
five species last-named as constituents of the genus Lepto-
chelia, making the definition of it more comprehensive by
recognizing that the outer ramus of the uropods may be
either one- or two-jointed, and by omitting such details in
regard to the antenns and gnathopods as have been found to
be unsuitable to some of the species. L. dubtéa seems to be
rather doubtfully distinguishable from L. Savignyt.

Hansen’s species, published last year, was described from
a single female specimen taken at St. Vincent, Cape Verde
Islands. Hansen considers that, on the whole, it makes a
near approach to Leptochelia dubia (Kroyer), but he remarks
that it differs from all hitherto described species of the genus
in having only four joints on the inner branch of the uropods.
In this respect it will be observed that it makes an approach
to Leptochelia rapax, and, by accepting affinis as a sixth
species of Leptochelia, we permit the inner ramus of the
uropods to consist of either four, five, six, seven, or eight
joints. Bate and Westwood, by their description of Lepto-
chelia Edwardsi, would carry the number up even to nine ; but

160 : Myr. J. H. Hart on

in their figure, with unexplained inconsistency, they represent
only six.

“ Tanats (Paratanais ?) brasiliensis” is described by Dana
as having the caudal stylets simple, six-jointed. But he
recognizes the chance of his having overlooked the outer
branch of the uropods and the likeness of the species to
Kréyer’s Tanais dubius. Sars accepts it as Leptochelia
brasiliensis. Yet, though it is probably the female of some
Leptochelia, specifically it remains indeterminate.

The only other Paratanais described by Dana is Para-
tanais elongatus from ‘the Sooloo Archipelago.” This,
therefore, is the type, and it has the inner branch of the
uropods two-jointed, the outer one-jointed, whereas in this
genus, as redefined by Sars, each branch of the uropods has
two joints. Here also, perhaps, a slight modification of the
definition will suffice.

XXJII.—Atta (Bcodoma) cephalotes, Latr. : “The Soldier.”
By J. H. Hart, F.L.S.

In studying the various forms of the inhabitants contained in
a nest of the ‘ Sauba ” or “ Parasol-Ant ” I have observed :—
(1) males, (2) queens, (3) soldiers, (4) large workers,
(5) smaller workers, and (6) nurses.

Lubbock gives only five classes—1, 2, 3,4, and 5—the
fourth and fifth of which he calls large workers, and states :—
“‘ Bates never saw either of the last two kinds do any work at
all, and was not able to satisfy himself as to their functions.
They have also been called Soldiers, but this is obviously a
misnomer—at least they are said never to fight. Bates
suggests that they may serve in some sort as passive instru-
ments of protection to real workers. Their enormously large,
hard, and indestructible heads may be of use in protecting
them against the attacks of insectivorous animals. They
would be on this view préces de resistance, serving as a foil
against onslaughts made on the main body of the workers.”

Lubbock then states* that he is not satisfied with this
solution, and thinks the true function of these large-headed
forms is not yet satisfactorily explained.

I have personally had the advantage of studying the insect
both in Nicaragua and in Trinidad, and I must agree with

* © Ants, Bees, and Wasps.’

Atta (Gicodoma) cephalotes, Latr. 161

him, for the observations I have made clearly show the
“Soldier,” or no. 3 of my set, to be actually a “ soldier,”
and a most resolute detender of the nest in which he (?)
resides.

If a nest of Atta cephalotes is visited and the slightest
disturbance made, the tirst members which appear are the
‘¢ soldiers,’’ who will seize any and every thing presented to
them or that comes in their way. I have suffered myself
to be bitten on the hand by one of them, and have watched
the process.

The mandibles are first fully extended and the skin is firmly
grasped by the points, but as the pressure is continued the
mandibles meet below the skin to a depth of 3 to 4 millim.,
causing a neatly incised wound sometimes as much as 5 to 6
millim. in length, and resembling a cut from a small knife.
The grip of the animal is so tenacious that it will allow its
head to be pulled from its body betore it will quit its hold, and
will fix to iron, flesh, or cloth with equal facility.

Mr. Lunt, my assistant, when visiting a large nest had
thick woollen socks so cut through by the “soldier” of this
species that they were useless for further wear.

If a nest is visited and an alarm caused by putting a piece
of iron, stick, or other instrument into their holes, it is sure,
when removed, to be covered with the “ soldier ” ants hanging
to it by their mandibles.

In addition to these facts I have seen in my artificial nests,
which I have had under observation for some three years,
many tights with the “ soldier.”

The workers of Atta octospinosa, Reich., among which
there are no “ soldiers,” can easily kill the ‘ soldier” of
A. cephalotes: they proceed as follows:—The “ soldier ” is
attacked in regular order by s¢x or eaght of the octospinosa,
who completely surround their victim, and watch their oppor-
tunity to seize the outer joint of his (?) legs. ‘This is cut off,
and gradually the creature is deprived of these appendages
joint by joint, and ultimately is lett to move on mere stumps,
when it dies in a few hours. In doing this, the smaller
insects take particular care not to approach within the reach
of the “ soldier’s ’’ mandibles, as to do so is certain destruction
to the individual who has such temerity ; they seldom do so,
but, on the contrary, the object appears to be to keep as far
away as possible and to hold the legs fully extended while
effecting their object of cutting them off piece by piece.

“Soldiers,” again, when placed together fight among
themselves, and a bodiless head and thorax is trequently seen
stalking about after such meetings. When placed together

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvii. slg

162 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

in spirit they at once seize one another and form themselves
up into a complete mass, which is tightly held together by
the mandibles.

The “soldier”? of Atta cephalotes is the same in form in
Nicaragua as in Trinidad, and possesses the same powers of
defence and offence.

Trinidad,
January 9, 1896.

XXIV.— The Sense of Sight: Sketch of a new Theory.
By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

For nearly ten years I have been engaged in endeavouring
to find an explanation of light sensations. I have at last
worked out a theory capable of connecting and explaining
most of the phenomena, and, what is still more important,
apparently capable of demonstration. I am now engaged in
arranging the evidence; but in the meantime I am urged to
publish a short abstract of the conclusions arrived at, because,
in the first place, the duties which I have undertaken at the
Natural History Museum must necessarily retard the publica-
tion of a fuller treatise, and, in the second place, because, the
subject being one of wide interest, physiologists and zoologists
will have an opportunity of recording observations either for
or against the theory, which will be useful towards the
ultimate solution of this important problem.

In the following pages I propose to confine myself solely to
a statement of my own theory, abstaining entirely from all
criticism, and even from all mention of existing theories,
except when the subject requires it.

A long series of observations on different Metazoa, ranging
from the Platodes to the Vertebrates *, have convinced me
not only that wandering-cells, apparently acting as scavengers
among the tissues, collect granules discharged trom other cells
or matter to be afterwards formed into granules, but that the
importance of this process is not exclusively physiological.
These granules are conveyed by the wandering-cells to organs
which lead out of the body, where they may be put to
secondary uses. ‘The granules themselves not only differ
greatly in different animals, but may also differ in one and
the same animal. The secondary utilization of these granules
takes place, in many cases at least, by their transference from

* Not including, however, the Echinoderms; and on these cf. Mr. H.
Durham’s paper in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’
vol, xxxili. p. 31. ,

the Sense of Sight. 163

the wandering-cells into those of other tissues to which they
have been brought. Just as the cells of the tissue where
they originated passed them on to the wandering-cells, these
can again pass them on to other cells. I may, perhaps,
recall the collections of pigment-cells within the ovaries of
frogs, which appear to be passing their coloured granules into
the eggs.

Chief among the tissues receiving the loads brought to
them by the wandering-cells is the outer skin. Here they
can be seen discharging their granules to the epidermal
cells, which utilize them in various ways. ‘They take part—
probably a very important part—in the formation of epidermal
protective structures, chitinous and horny cuticles, &c. Slime-
glands appear to use them in the formation of their secretions.
Or, again, they are stored up, altered or unaltered, as the
colouring-matters of the skin and of its derivatives.

Remarkable among skins coloured by these granules are
those endowed with what is known as the chromatic function.
In these cases the wandering-cells have either been arrested
in the connective tissue just beneath the skin, or have given
up their granules to connective-tissue cells, the resultant
‘* chromatophores”’ coming under partial control of the nervous
system. The highest specialization of this is seen when, in
two or more layers of cells containing differently coloured
granules, these granules change their positions in the bodies of
the cells, spreading out or crowding together at different times
and in different degrees, so as to produce an astonishing
play of colour. But even in such cases it is probable that
individual granules escape from these secondary detentions and
reach the outer cells of the skin, where they may be needed
for various more primary functions.

Leaving out of account those cases which are complicated
by secondary association with the nervous system, we have
abundant evidence to show that, although the wandering-cells
under discussion somehow travel to their respective destina-
tions in the dark, they are very sensitive to light, towards
the source of which they move. This is a common pheno-
menon among unicellular organisms both animal and vege-
table, and it is specially marked when the contents of the
cells are coloured. It is in’ large measure to this attraction
that the great abundance of the granule-bearing cells or of
transported granules in or under the skin is due.

The theory which I desire to propound is, that it is to this
constant striving of wandering-cells to travel towards the light,
and, if possible, to escape altogether from the cell-complex
of the body in which they originated (or, aes only to

164 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

discharge their contents at the surface), tliat the animal king-
dom owes its many visual orgaus. It is legitimate to assume
that the laden wandering-cells would flock in excess towards
the source of the brightest light. At such points complications
would arise between these invaders and the more stationary
tissues which bar the way. Out of such complications, I be-
lieve, eyes have arisen. The sensory nerves in those parts of
the skin most strongly and frequently illuminated become
associated in different ways with these complications, either
with the struggling crowd of wandering-cells collected in
excess at such bright spots, and set in commotion whenever
light falls on them, or with other cells into which these
wandering-cells have discharged their contents to over-
crowding, and which, on this account, practically become
equally restive whenever subjected to light-stimulus. For it
is important to note that these granules appear to make the
same endeavours under light-stimulus to leave the cells in
which they find themselves and travel towards the light, as do
the wandering-cells themselves to escape from the Metazoan
body.

We may enumerate some of the different types of eye
which can be thus accounted for.

1. Simple epidermal cells associated with epithelial sensory
(tactile) cells become filled with granules to overcrowding.
The escape of these granules at the exterior is hindered by
the excess of slime to which they themselves have contributed.
‘lhese granules, crowding forward whenever stimulated by
light, but unable to escape fast enough, exert a lateral pressure
upon the adjacent sensory cells. The excess of slime pro-
duced by the continual crowding forward of the granules may
result in the formation of vitreous bodies or lenses. Eyes
arising in this way occur, for instance, in some Mollusks.

2. ‘The wandering-cells may be arrested by, or collect in
excess round, epithelial glands which have sunk below the
surface. This would be especially the case round gland-
cells or glands which contained glassy or refractive contents
in the line of light, such bright points having, according to the
theory, an especial attraction tor the wandering-cells. The
striving of the wandering-cells either to push on through, or to
pass on their contents to, these cells would again be appreciated
by sensory nerves. Further, assuming, and there is ground for
the assumption, that the granules in many cases contribute to
the formation of the slimy or refractive secretions in such glands,
these secretions would, owing to the excessive supply of
granules, tend to develop abnormally, and thus help to form
a more efficient dioptric apparatus than the simple gland

the Sense of Sight. 165

afforded. The eyes in certain Platodes, and apparently also
in Leeches, are essentially of this type.

3. In cases where a rigid chitinous cuticle is present, the
different ways in which the cells containing the granules
become associated with the sensory nerves are very numerous.
These cells may belong either to the skin or to the connective
tissue, or are, perhaps, collections of the wandering-cells
themselves. Leaving these differences on one side, we may
roughly divide the eyes arising under chitinous cuticles into
two groups—those in which the sensory nerves running close
under the cuticle turn round and face the advancing crowds
of granule-bearing cells or granules, and the other in which
the sensory nerves run with the stream towards the light. In
both these divisions we have many specializations of the
different cells composing the ultimate complex or organ, while
in all cases the excess of the advancing granules, which nor-
mally contribute an important constituent to the hard cuticle,
leads to the formation of rods, rhabdomeres, crystalline cones,
and lenses. We have, then, here to assume that individual
granules, though evidently impeded by the structure of the
complex, continually succeed in their efforts to advance and
in some way end by fulfilling their normal destiny of helping
to build up chitin.

The secondary character of visual organs seems to follow
from the fact that eyes showing both the positions of the
sensory (retinal) cells described under this heading occur in
one and the same animal class, e. g. in the Arachnida and in
the Mollusca.

Before passing on to the typical complicated vertebrate eye
I may refer to the persistent remains of a far simpler kind of
eye which are still to be found among lower vertebrates. I
refer to the ancient pineal eye, which is still recognizable as an
eye in the Lizards. ‘This pineal eye, if its present condition,
say in Hatteria, gives any evidence ot its original morphology,
and it would be difficult to prove the contrary, is of the first
and simplest of the types above described *, and thus mor-
phologically, as well as phylogenetically, is a very primitive
structure. ‘I'he pigment-granules or granule-bearing cells
which, in the functional eyes of that type, contribute to the
formation of the cuticular or gelatinous dioptric apparatus, in

* I have to thank my friend, Mr. Martin Woodward, of the Royal
College of Science, for the loan of sections of the pineal eye of Hatteria,
which leave no doubt in my mind on this point. I may add that I am
greatly indebted to other fine preparations made and kindly lent me by
Mr. Woodward; they have confirmed iu a striking manner many points
in my theory.

166 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

these degenerate eyes appear usually to escape into the cavity
of the eye, in some cases at least, unaltered *.

Turning to the vertebrate eye proper, we are justified
in affirming that, however highly specialized, it is a product
of the same activities as have given rise to the simpler
eyes above described. With regard to its structure, what
chiefly concerns us is the fact that the sensory cells are
turned towards the advancing streams of granules. I feel
justified in speaking of the streams of granules, because, as
is known, not only are these granules carried about in cells,
but they are apparently capable, under tie action of stimulus,
of independent movements within cells, and, further, can pass
from cell to cell. Amoceboid movements have been claimed
for the individual granules from the eye of vertebrates when
floating free in a suitable medium. ‘That the granules in
many eyes are highly complex bodies (perhaps secondarily
specialized), and not simple concretions, follows from the fact
that they seem to contain a staining kernel of chromatin, and
in the eye of the crustacean Apus they are invested in a fine
hyaline layer of matter and can be found dividing t.

Passing by cornea, iris, lens, and other accessory structures,
we may say that the vertebrate eye, as a sense-organ, consists
essentially of a thick layer of nerve and sensory tissue effec-
tually opposing, or only greatly impeding, the advance of
granules contained in the cells of an epithelium which is in
contact with this sensory layer over its whole extent. These
granules should normally reach the surface of the body and
take part in the formation of the external protective structures.
They are, however, kept back, but are stimulated to renewed
efforts every time the light falls on them. This attack on
the nervous-tissue layer, to try and force a way through
whenever attracted by the light, I believe to be the secret of
our light sensations.

We may point out here that albinism, which has hitherto
prevented physiologists from seeing in the movements of the
pigmented granules any essential factor in the production of
Jight sensation, is no difficulty to this theory {. ‘lhe granules
themselves are doubtless there in some form or other, only
they lack the colour. This deficiency may be quantitative or

* Cf, W. Baldwin Spencer, ‘On the Presence and Structure of the
Pineal Eye of the Lacertilians” (Q. J. M. 8. xxvii. 1887).

t In conjunction with the normal] granules others of such purely excre-
tory matter as guanin are found in some eyes. This phenomenon is quite
in accordance with our theory.

{ The seductive analogy between the eye and a photographic camera

with its sensitive films has also had something to do with drawing a ten-
tion away from the pigmented granules.

the Sense of Sight. 167

merely qualitative *. That these granules, in spite of this
deficiency, seek the light, we gather from the fact that the
outer skin of albinos is, but for the absence of colour, appa-
rently normal. The connexion between the granules an
integumentary protective structures has already been referred
to, and need not here be repeated. I may merely remark
that we have almost every gradation between dark-skinned
people with coal-black eyes, through fair-skinned people with
less deeply pigmented eyes, to albinos with so little pigment
in their skins and eyes that, if present at all, it is not at first
sight apparent. Perhaps faint traces might be found if the
granules of the eyes were specially examined tor that purpose.
My own, all too limited, observations on this point have so
far left me undecided.

We may conclude, however, that the colour of the granules is
not essential, for, without it, they strive to reach, and in the
skin succeed in reaching, the surface. Nevertheless the fact
that the granules collected in visual organs are, as a rule,
deeply coloured, shows that the colour is very useful. Its
absorption of the light prevents a diffusion injurious to clear
vision, and, perhaps, also increases the vigour of the move-
ments of the granule by slightly raising its temperature.

We have, then, these two tissues to consider :—

(1) The layer of cells (choroidal or pigment epithelium)
containing the usually pigmented granules, which seek to
force a way towards the source of the light that stimulates
them to action.

(2) The thick layer of tissue, chiefly nervous and sensory,
which blocks the way, 7. e. the retina.

We will, for convenience, take the latter first.

The Retina.—It will be freely admitted that it is not easy
to give a simple morphological definition or description of
this complicated structure. While certain of its elements are
fairly well understood, we are still far from a complete com-
prehension of it as a whole. In fact, the application of the
most recent and approved methods of staining tend, it seems
to me, to make it more enigmatical than ever. What follows
is therefore put forward purely tentatively. The retina is a
many-layered sensory epithelium, in which originally, ¢. e.
when less highly developed, the cells stretched as fine thread-
like strands between its limiting membranes, the nuclei being
suspended on these threads at different levels. ‘his is a

* Pigmented granules lose their colour in the process of being trans-
formed into cuticle or slime within epidermal cells. This fact largely
explains why the two have not hitherto been associated in the manner
suggested above.

168 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

common type of sensory epithelium, and, as far as the retina
is concerned, describes fairly well the undifferentiated portion
of that structure as seen in the eyes of tadpoles round the
rim of the retinal cup, although the layers of nuclei are
even here already numerous. For some little distance round
the outside of this rim the granule-bearing cells of the
choroidal epithelium are in close contact with the external
limiting membrane of the retina—that is to say, there are no
rods or cones keeping them at a distance. As we go further
from the rim these begin to appear, and the manner of their
appearance seems to me to be very significant.

What first strikes one is that they are far less numerous
than the nuclei, which at this point have still further in-
creased in number without any very marked signs of differen-
tiation among them. So many nerve-cells with so few
terminal structures involuntarily suggest that these end-
structures, the “ rods and cones,” must contain many separate
nerve-fibrils. This suggestion finds support in the irregular
thickness of the rods and cones. Some receive far more
nerve-fibrils than others. There would thus be no morpho-
logical difference between these structures, 7. e. between
rods and cones, whatever difference there might be among them
as to length or thickness. The rod-like structures, however,
are not composed wholly of nerve-fibrils; they may be
described as cuticular outgrowths from the sensory layer
projecting into the granule-cells lying in contact with it.
The cuticular outgrowths appear to rise from that layer of the
sensory cells which lies just within the external limiting
membrane, while from the crowd of undifferentiated sensory
cells in the deeper layers (lying nearer the centre of the
eye) fine nerve-fibrils descend from all sides and run out
along (? within) the supporting cuticular rods prepared for
them. This will explain the fibrous character of the proto-
plasm ascending from each rod and surrounding its own
special nucleus, which can be clearly seen under the micro-
scope in sections of the retina of the frog. It might also be
associated with the longitudinal striation which has long been
attributed to these structures.

From all that has been said above as to the connexion
between the granules in the wandering-cells and integu-
mentary protective structures, the development of cuticular
rods is not surprising even in such a place. We have but
to assume that a certain number of granules succeed in forcing
their way into the outer layer of cells in the opposing sensory
tissue-layer, and that these cells work them up into protective
structures. The structures take the form of rods projecting into
and still further impeding theadvancing stream of the granules.

the Sense of Sight. 169

Microscopic evidence can be adduced which leaves little doubt
that the pigment-granules do actually yield at least some
portion of the material out of which the rods are built up.
If this is indeed the case, it would go far towards establishing
the theory here set out, that the granules endeavour to force
their way forward towards the source of light and into the
opposing layer,which layer, being composed mainly of sensory
cells, is in consequence stimulated,

In the lighest vertebrate eyes these cuticular rods may be
of great length, forcing the granule-bearing cells back from
the external limiting membrane, while, again, the great
thickness of the retinal tissue necessitates considerable diffe-
rentiation of its elements for support and, perhaps, on the
one hand, for nourishment, and on the other for the removal
of waste.

The Choroidal Epithelium.—Having thus briefly sketched
the opposing sensory tissue, we turn to the layer of cells con-
taining the granules which seek to reach the surface of the
body whenever stimulated by light. The bodies of these
cells are forced back from the external membrane of the
sensory layer by the cuticular outgrowths just described, but
they remain attached to it by fine protoplasmic processes.
These protoplasmic strands thus run up among the cuticular
rods ; or, to describe it in another way, just as the granule-
bearing cells, on being arrested by dense epidermal tissue on
their way to the surface of other parts of the body, penetrate
as far as they can between the cells composing this tissue by
means of pseudopodia, so here the pigment-bearing cells
penetrate with their pseudopodia between the rods protecting
the retina until they are stopped by its limiting membrane.
In the case of the eye for certain, and from the darkening of
the skin by exposure to sunlight probably in this case also,
the granules are stimulated to escape along these pseudopodia
by the action of light. In the case of the eye very tew
apparently succeed in getting away at the tips of these cell-
processes through the membrana limitans externa, and,
baffled, they have to return to the cells in which they are
imprisoned. In the case of the skin, however, their escape in
considerable numbers into its outer cell-layers seems not only
probable in itself, being quite in accordance with what the
microscopic study of skins teaches us, but seems also to be
required by the dark colour familiar to us under the name
of sun-burning, which persists for some days, or even weeks,
after the exposure has ceased *.

* Dark people, as a rule, burn darkest; in fair people the granules

invading the skin are apparently not coloured, but local immigrations of
coloured granules, perhaps from blood-vessels, give rise to freckles, If

170 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

Returning to the eye, the granules may be described as
advancing and retreating according as they are stimulated by
light or as the stimulus is withdrawn. It may also be that,
like the kindred chromatophores of the skin of animals en-
dowed with the chromatic function, they are susceptible to
nerve-stimulation, inasmuch as it is said that the granules
advance in a darkened eye if the companion eye is stimulated
by light. But this “‘ sympathetic ” advance might perhaps be
explained in another way.

While the advance is apparently due to the stimulus of the
light, the retreat may be due to lateral pressure on the part of
the cuticular rods. That such a pressure exists we may perhaps
conclude from the fusiform shape assumed by those granules
which, being on the outer portions of the cells, slide up and
down most trequently between the rods. The pointed ends of
these fusiform bodies lead one at first naturally to see in them
the instruments forstimulating the nerves. It has been pointed
out that they might, for all we know, vibrate as rapidly as cilia.
It was long before I became convinced that this shape was
chiefly useful in enabling the granules to torce their way up
and down rapidly between the closely packed rods, and also in
enabling them to form compact masses, the fresh arrivals
wedging themselves in between those in front. The pointed
ends have, I am convinced, no other function than that of
facilitating their alternate advancing and retreating move-
ments, for rapid crowding at special points and equally rapid
dispersal.

The actual cause of Light Sensation.—At first sight it must
appear that no theory can be simple which seeks to explain
how the eye can accurately register (as it does, say, in the
process of reading) several hundreds of distinct words, each
composed of many letters, per minute, each letter forming an
image which remains but the fraction of a second. My
theory, however, claims to be, comparatively speaking, a
simple one. It assumes the existence of no forces or sub-
stances which we do not know to exist, not only in the body,
but even in the eye itself; and it is, moreover, applicable to
every eye, known for certain to be such, in the animal
kingdom.

Just as the play of colour in the skins of animals endowed
with the chromatic function is due to the constant shifting of
the variously coloured granules within the chromatophores, so

these granules really contain excretory matter which should be discharged
at the surface of the body, we should be justified in concluding that the
exposure of the skin to light must be generally beneficial to health,

the Sense of Sight. 171

the rapid changes in our sensation of sight are, I believe, due to
slight shiftings, in obedience to the changing play of the light,
of the granules between the highly sensitive rods of the retina.
The distances through which the granules have to move
individually can be shown to be infinitesimal. This fact is of
importance, because one of the difficulties against any such
hypothesis has been stated to be the great distance the
granules would have to travel from the pigment-cells all the
way up between the rods, and the consequent slowness of the
reaction, which we know from experience to be practically
instantaneous. Closer inspection shows that this difficulty
does not exist. No eye is fit for vision in which the granules
are contracted into the body of the pigment-cells, as any one
may prove for himself who suddenly opens the shutters of a
really dark room in which he has passed the night. ‘The
eye, indeed, has to be prepared for, or, in other words, to
“ oet accustomed to,” the light. The general sensation of
light must precede the sensation of any distinct image, and
this general sensation is brought about by the pressing
forward of the granules between the sensitive rods. Before
we have any distinct vision, therefore, the granules are
already in position, actually causing the general sensation,
Not until this is the case are we conscious of any definite
images.

Leaving colour-sensation for the moment out of the
question, these definite images are really only variations in
the intensity of the light. These will be felt in the following
way. Wherea bright light falls, more granules push forward
from the back; where a shadow falls, the push from behind
is relieved. The movements of the individual granules in
order to effect these changes of pressure need only be infini-
tesimal. In a crowded gangway it is often difficult to see, by
any actual movement, who is pushing and who is not. We
all, however, feel instantaneously both when the pressure is
put on and when it is taken off. No one who has watched
the movements of minute organisms under the microscope can
doubt that they would supply us with far greater rapidity
than that required by this theory, for the instantaneous appli-
cation or withdrawal of pressure, the distances to be traversed
being, as already stated, infinitesimal.

We may, then, describe our ordinary vision (apart from
colour) as due to constantly varying degrees of relief from, or
increase in intensity in, the general sensation of light
which, during all vision, floods the eye, this general sensa-
tion being caused by the granules pressing forward between
the rods and cones, and varying in numbers according to

172 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

the brilliance of the light. Every shadow, every shade of
a shadow, every dark moving object, every black line of the
book we are reading represents so many reliefs, so many
degrees, so many shiftings, and so many durations of relief
from the pressure which the granules are exerting laterally
upon the sensory nerve-fibrils in some way incorporated with
the retinal rods. ;

Colour-Sensation.—No theory of colour-sensation can be
satisfactory unless it can be shown to be a natural develop-
ment—that is, a development, without sudden break or sudden
addition of new factors, of ordinary light-sensation. It is
satisfactory, therefore, to find that colour-sensation almost
naturally follows from the foregoing description of general
light-sensation.

That there exists some connexion between the granules
and the formation of the cuticular rods is not only
probable itself, but can even, I believe, be demonstrated
under the microscope. We need not now discuss the
details : it is enough for our purpose if this cuticular structure,
the rod, varies slightly in texture in such a way as to be
almost glassy near the external limiting membrane, and from
this point to consist of zones in which corpuscles of increasing
size (though always microscopic) are suspended. That the
rod has some definite texture tending to cause it to break
transversely into short lengths, histologists are agreed. We
are further justified in assuming some heterogeneity in order
to avoid the total internal reflection of the light down to its tip,
which would take place if the rod were a homogeneous glassy
structure. In addition to this specialization into zones, with
different-sized corpuscles suspended in the substance of the
rods, we have only to assume that, of the sensory nerve-
fibrils embodied in e: ch rod, one or more terminate among the
finest corpuscles, one or more among the next coarser, and so on
to the tip, where the coarsest are found. Colour-sensation
would,it seems to me, naturally result from such anarrangement.
We require no more movement among the pigment-granuies
than we required for the appreciation of the ordinary variations
in light and shade. The red rays, according to the law
illustrated daily in the sky, passing through all zones con-
taining the smaller corpuscles, would be caught and dispersed
on all sides by the largest granules at the tips of the rods.
The pressure of the granules already crowded in the “ gang-
ways” would be immediately directed both trom above and
below to the point where the red light is breaking in from
the side. Again, rays of shorter wave-lengths would be
caught by the smaller suspended corpuscles and scattered

the Sense of Sight. 173

laterally among the crowds higher up the gangways between
the rods, when the pressure would at once be increased in the
region of these smaller corpuscles by infinitesimal movements
of the pigment-granules from both directions. In this way
it would be possible to have rods dispersing laterally each
colour of the solar spectrum in succession, beginning from the
top with the violet. How many different zones there actually
are in the longest tapering rods (‘‘ cones”’) in the human eye
can only perhaps be ascertained by a careful analysis of our
sensations. It was long ago shown (Young-Helmholtz theory)
that three elementary sensations—red, ereen, and violet—would
be sufficient to explain the rest ; but, according to our theory,
there appears to be no reason why there might not be more.

According to this theory white and black would not be
colours, but merely stimulation or absence of stimulation of
the rods as wholes.

The curious phenomenon of colour-blindness in individuals,
and perhaps also the assumed existence of racial deficiencies
in the matter of colour-sensation *, might be explained as due
to a failure to develop the necessary specialized gradations
in the sizes of the corpuscles suspended in and composing the
retinal rods. It is, on the other kand, possible that we have
not ourselves reached the limit of perfection attainable in this
direction.

It may perhaps be added that, while the active force
causing the stimulation of the nerve-endings for the different
colours would in all cases be the same, namely pressure on
the sides of the rod by the crowded granules in the gangways,
the actual stimulus on the nerve-fibrils would be different for
each colour—in one zone of the rod the nerve-ends would be
nipped between larger, in another zone between smaller,
corpuscles, which also might perhaps differ in shape.

We have, then, briefly traced a theory of light-sensation
and of vision which embraces all known eyes, from the
simplest to the most complex, and which accounts for the
most perplexing phenomena by an appeal to known factors
alone. But, however connected and plausible a theory may
be, the question of most importance always is, can it be
proved? Is it anything more than a mere working hypo-
thesis? While admitting that this theory is, and may perhaps
long remain, only a working hypothesis, I think that it is
something more. A great part of it, dealing with the elemen-

* The ancient Greeks, judging from the very limited colour vocabu-

lary of their poets, are thought not to have been so specialized in this
respect as we are to-day.

174 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

tary stages in the development of the sense of vision, is capable
of actual demonstration, and on this solid foundation the rest
is built. The truth of this most important “ rest,” which
includes the phenomena of clear vision such as we know it,
can only perhaps be finally established by degrees. Facts
are, however, not wanting which make me believe that a
rigid demonstration of it is not far off.

I will point first of all to those observations which tend to
show that, in cases of frogs killed after their eyes had been
exposed to different coloured lights, the pigment is found
massed in a manner not unlike that in which, according to
this theory, it should be massed. A chromatic scale, some-
what like that which I have sketched theoretically, is actually
claimed to exist. The red light is found to mass the pigment
round the tips of the rods, and so on in regular order upward.
It is hardly to be expected that the records of actual dis-
coveries in connexion with this chromatic scale would tally
exactly with the requirements of the theory. The extreme
mobility of the pigmented granules would render their per-
sistence in any position, after the conditions which induced it
were changed, highly improbable. It is, in fact, a matter of
surprise to me that they show as much of the theoretical
chromatic scale as they are said to do *.

Again, evidence in favour of the theory, to some minds
perhaps of even greater weight than that already adduced,
may be found in the fact that it enables us to explain such
collateral phenomena as irradiation, contrasts, after-images.

Irradiation would be due to the increase in size of any
bundle of strongly illuminated rods owing to the great crush
and continued pressure of granules into the gangways between
them. ‘This increase in size of the area occupied by the
illuminated rods would press upon the adjacent rods all round
for a short distance, the pressure being soon neutralized by
the emptying of the gangways (by the squeezing out of the
granules) between these adjacent rods.

On the withdrawal of the light the crush in the gangways,
if it has been very great owing to the brilliancy of the illu-
mination, takes some time to relieve, during which time we
have a positive after-image. As soon as it is sufficiently
relieved, the granules which had been forcibly squeezed out
from between the adjoining gangways force their way back
again, and in doing so seem to assist in squeezing the recently
congested passages empty. The positive after-image then
changes, as in a moment, into a negative after-image with a

* Cf. Angellucci, Molleschott’s ‘ Untersuchungen,’ xiv. 1890, p. 231.

the Sense of Sight. 175

corona. Only slowly is the state of equilibrium reached ;
we apparently have, indeed, a veritable “ oscillation” of
pressure, alternately within the originally stimulated area and
the region immediately surrounding it.

If, again, the congestion in the gangways between the rods
of an illuminated area is not equally distributed throughout
their whole length, but is localized, say, at their distal ends,
which is, according to the theory, the result when the illu-
minating rays are red, the pressure on the surrounding region
will be different. It will not affect the whole length of the
adjacent rods, but only their distal ends. ‘The pressure
exerted on the distal ends of adjacent rods will squeeze the
eranules which were arranged here both up and down, It is
probable that more will be squeezed up than down, as the
downward attraction of the red rays would tend to relieve
the pressure at the upper ends of the rods in the illuminated
area, and render this the direction of least resistance within
the gangways of the adjoining rods. While, then, the red
light is massing the granules between the distal ends of the
rods in the illuminated area, the pressure caused by these
localized assemblages of granules leads to a slight massing of
granules above the distal ends of the rods in the surrounding
region. Here it should give rise to a different colour-sensa-
tion from red. Indeed, it is a necessary corollary of the
theory of colour-sensation here proposed that the irradiation
fiom any coloured image must be of a different colour. Daily
experience shows this to be actually the case. According to
this theory, then, the difficult phenomena known as “ colour-
contrasts” have hardly to be accounted for; they take a
natural and necessary place in the scheme *.

One more point in evidence as to the truth of this theory.
It is true that it is again indirect evidence, but its weight
cannot be ignored. ‘There has never yet, so far as I know,
been any satisfactory explanation of the curious deception
presented by what are known as Zollner’s parallels. If,
however, irradiation is due to a real mechanical pressure, the
apparent divergence of these lines admits of very simple
explanation.

We may therefore briefly describe the development of
visual organs in the animal kingdom as follows :-—

- Under the influence of light certain organisms travelling
toward the light seek either to leave the Metazoan body alto-
gether or else to discharge their contents at the surface. Such

* The whiter edge of a white image surrounded by a black border is
usually also classed under the head cf contrasts; but this admits of a
very different interpretation.

176 On the Sense of Sight.

emigration cannot take place without the cognizance of the
nervous system, and where it is most pronounced, ¢, e. in the
most frequently illuminated parts of the body, complications
arise between the fugitives and the other tissues, notably the
peripheral nerves. My suggestion is that out of these compli-
cations all the known eyes of the animal kingdom, the most
complicated as well as the most simple, have in one way or
another arisen.

If this theory can be established, a fascinating field of in-
vestigation will be opened out to goologists. If such
specialized structures as eyes have arisen simply by the
crowding to excess of pigmented granules in the most fre-
quently illuminated parts of the integument, may not other
less specialized integumentary structures in the animal
kingdom be also explained by variations in the numbers of
the granules received by their formative cells? Leaving out
of account the circulatory system, the tissues among which
the wandering-cells have to travel towards the surface are not
all equally dense, and even if soft may for one reason or
another be impenetrable. Hence the migrating swarms of
wandering-cells would tend to divide up into streams which
would reach the surface as such, causing cuticular thick-
enings or prominences at such spots. We might expect to
find specializations of the integumentary cuticular formations
showing some slight correspondence with the sizes and im-
portance of these streams. In investigating the movements
ot wandering-cells, which, avoiding the canal-system supplied
by the blood-vessels, may be described as travelling across
country, gravitation and the active movements of the body,
as well as light, must certainly be taken into account. It
is not improbable that a slowly cumulative selective action is
taking place, those cells containing the most deeply pigmented
granules better overcoming the attraction of the earth under
the light-stimulus than those carrying less- or non-pigmented
granules.

In the fuller treatise containing a detailed account of the
evidence, direct and indirect, on which this theory is based, I
propose to give simple diagrams to illustrate more fully the
explanations, here thus briefly sketched, of colour-sensation,
irradiation, colour-coutrasts, and other kindred phenomena.
I propose also to include an account of some of the subjective
phenomena, attention to which first drew me on to seek an
explanation of vision in general.

Streatham, 8.W.,

January 10, 1896.

Stridulating- Organ in Trechona zebrata. 177

XX V.—On the Presence of Wood-Mason’s Stridulating- Organ
in Trechona zebrata (Walck.). By BR. I. Pocock.

Mr. THomas WorkMaN of Belfast has recently kindly drawn
my attention to the paper entitled “ Remarks on the Falces
and Maxille of Spiders,” published in the Annals & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8) xix. pp. 258-259, pl. x. fig. 3 (1867), in
which Mr. John Blackwall describes and figures part of the
stridulating-organ of one of the Theraphoside, which he
called Mygale zebra. On p. 259, after discussing the inap-
propriateness of the term teeth as applied to the abbreviated
spines which stud the base of the maxilla and the apex of
the labium in the spiders of the family “ Mygalide,”’ he
observes: “ but to a remarkable group of spines, situated on
the superior surface of the maxilla of Mygale zebra, and
clearly indicating, by its position and structure, that the
principal function it performs must be that of mastication, the
appellation of teeth appears to be more appropriate. ‘I'he
spines composing this group, which are of a dark-brown
colour, and have their pointed extremity directed towards the
inner margin of the maxille, are fewer in number, enlarged
at the extremity, and much longer and more distinct near the
posterior end of each group than the closely compacted ones
that form its anterior part. ‘These spines, by their figure and
arrangement, present a highly interesting subject for inspec-
tion under the microscope.” ‘This description and the figure
that accompanies it leave no room for doubt that the author
had betore him the cluster of modified hairs constituting the
notes or keys of the stridulating-organ that was subsequently
described by Wood-Mason. ‘I'hat he failed to discover the
true significance of the organ is perhaps not surprising, seeing
that he had never been previously informed, as had Wood-
Mason, that these spiders are able to emit sounds.

The chief interest, however, of the discovery lies in the
fact that Mygale zebra, or rather Trechona zebrata, as it
should be called, is a South-American species; and no other
member of the family from this country, which is perhaps, so
far as the Theraphoside are concerned, the richest in the
world, is known to possess this stridulating-organ. In fact,
in connection with this subject, | remarked, on p. 168 of the
‘Annals’ for February last, “ no organ resembling either of
those [the two types of stridulators occurring in the oriental
genera*] mentioned above is found in any genus that I have

* See also ‘ Natural Science,’ vi. pp. 44-50.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xvii. 12

178 Stridulating- Organ in 'Trechona zebrata.

examined of the following Neotropical groups :—Aviculariez,
Eurypelmatez, Theraphosez, and Homceommatee.”

The genus Trechona, however, belonging to a distinct sub-
family—namely, that of the Diplurine,—and represented in
the National Collection by a single dried example, which will
very possibly prove to be Walckenaer’s type, I did not
examine for this organ, for fear of causing needless damage
to a valuable and unique specimen. But upon reading
Mr. Blackwall’s article, 1 immediately took the necessary
steps to verify his statement, and was rewarded by finding
the organ almost exactly as he described it. The set of notes
on the maxilla is of large size, and occupies nearly the whole
length of the inner surface of this segment. The notes com-
posing the distal two-thirds of the group are black and
thickly clustered together ; they are not, however, short and
spicular as Blackwall’s figure represents, but long and straight.
Those, on the contrary, that compose the proximal third of the
cluster are thicker, more separated from each other, curved,
and arranged in a single line, the individual notes gradually
decreasing in length as they pass from the centre of the
cluster to its proximal end. ‘The modified hairs on the op-
posable surface of the mandible, which Blackwall does not
mention, are constructed on very much the same plan as the
corresponding hairs that J have described in Psalmopceus
Cambridgti *—that is to say, they consist of a small number
of long, thick, but apically filiform sete set on the posterior
portion of the lower edge of the jaw, and these pass into a set
of rigid sete, which ultimately blend with the hairs at the base
of the fang.

A point to be noticed in connection with the occurrence of
this remarkable organ in a Neotropical genus belonging to
a subfamily with which the Oriental stridulating Seleno-
cosmiide seem to have no special affinity, is the unavoidable
conclusion that substantially the same structure has been
developed twice over. Moreover, as I have pointed out, the
instrument is also found in another spider, Jdiommata Black-
wallii, Camb., which belongs to yet a third subfamily. So
that apparently we have evidence that the organ has been
independently acquired three times within the limits of a
single group of spiders.

This conclusion at once raises the question as to the value
of the character in uniting the genera that I have grouped
together as Selenocosmiide. For it may well be asked what
reasons there are for regarding it as a sign of affinity in the

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 178, pl. x. fig. 3a.
+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 225.

Geological Society. 179

case of the Selenocosmiide, when we do not claim it to be a
sign of affinity between the Selenocosmiide and Jdiommata
and Trechona. ‘To this it must be replied that Zdiommata
and Trechona are separated from each other and from the
Selenocosmiidee by certain other characters which do not
admit of the genera presenting them being grouped in the
same category. But the genera of Selenocosmiide are, apart
from the presence of Wood-Mason’s organ, much alike in all
structural points; and this, coupled with the fact that they
inhabit the same geographical area, lends great weight to
the supposition that the mutual possession of Wood-Mason’s
organ may be regarded as an indication of relationship
between them.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 4, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Mollusca of the Chalk Rock.—Part I. By Henry Woods,
Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

In the introductory part of the paper the Autbor gives an account
of the characters, distribution, and literature of the Chalk Rock.
He poiuts out that the Chalk Rock fauna may be recognized at the
same level in Northern France, N.W. Germany, Saxony, Silesia, and
Bohemia ; and on account of the wide distribution and distinctive
features of this fauna, he suggests that the Chalk Rock merits a
paleontological rather than a lithological designation, and proposes
for it the term ‘ zone of Heteroceras reussianwn,’

The main part of the paper is devoted to the consideration of the
cephalopoda, gasteropoda, and scaphopoda; and is based largely
on the collection from Cuckhamsley (B_rks) made by the late
Mr. Montagu Smith; but for the loan of many specimens the
Author is indebted to Mr. R. M. Brydone, Mr. C. Griffith, Mr. W.
Hill, Dr. J. Morison, and Mr. James Saunders. In addition to
some genera, of which sufficiently good examples for exact deter-
mination have not yet been obtained, the following are repre-
sented :—Nautilus, Piychoceras, Heteroceras, Baculites, Prionocyclus,
Pachydiseus, Scaphites, Crioceras, Emarginula, Pleurotomaria,
Trochus, l'urbo, Crepidula, Natica, Cerithium, Aporrhais, Avellana,
and Dentalium. Some new species are described, and the synonymy
and distribution of the others treated in detail, figures and descrip-
tions being given of the forms not previously well known. The
account of the lamellibranchs and the general conclusions are
reserved for Part II.

180 Miscellaneous.

December 18, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair,

The following communication was read :—

‘The British Silurian Species of <Acidaspis.’ By Philip Lake,
Hsq., M.A., F.G.S.

In this paper descriptions are given of those species of Acidaspis
in the Silurian of Britain which have hitherto been incompletely
described. The British forms are compared with those from the
same system in Sweden and Bohemia. Five, out of nine, are
represented by the same or very closely allied species in Sweden ;
two in Bohemia. All the Swedish forms except one are represented
in Britain, and one in Bohemia as well as in britain.

MISCELLANEOUS.
Numbers of Zoological Species known in the Years 1830 and 1881.
By Dr. A. Ginrner.

Some years ago I made a computation of the approximate numbers
of species of animals known in the years 1830 and 1881 respectively,
with the following result :—

1830. 1881.
Mammals. c2 eee. .<seebeeernion 1,200 2,300
BITS... <a eerie ts ccs .cle heures << 3,600 11,000
eptiles .. ieee. oc eee. 443 2,600
Amphibians aug + neleiews.. 100 800
1 Sb. eee ae 3,000 11,000
Crustacea (year 1640)... ...a@e oa.« (1,290) 7,000
Ryetosonida .. ..<2f. suber sine 4s 8 c
ATTOUNIGE 4... < /.36 eM eEEIE. cao eee 1,400 8,000
Mymopoday.’.. . .. severe staeee 450 1,300
Insecta :—
Coleoptera... ¢.cnieie se aictiiee 17,000 93,000
Wrihoptera «ines eee 800 6,500
iNenmoptera ...; aieen)- lame 400 4,000
Piymenoptera)..... »: sas cia mtemye 2,400 30,750
Mepidoptera, .)..:). dw 4k} gee 14,500 44,500
GLEN A ets. 57s cere, 94%) = Gee 11,000 24,400
Riymehota..:. .. +... « siehseee 3,000 17,000
Annulata (Lamarck in 1838) .... (180) 3,100
Turbellaria and Nemertida (ditto) 5 (20) 170
Pmtozow(ditto))....:'..-426 okeceee (222) 2,800
Rotavonia: (ditto)... f. 2c a eter (40) 120
Pap ort. si. cc cic lesueree 11,000 33,000
Hchinoderms (ditto) .......... 55 (230) 1,843
Coelenterata (year 1834) ........ 500 2,200
Radiolaria (Ehrenberg, 1844) .... (5) 2,000 (Heckel)
BOY SUAUMITER 5 .\0% a e's sw oalsim © ae (say) 100 900
Infusoria, (year 1838)... 05.5 san (200) (say) 400
Spongiida (Blainville, 1835)...... (50) (say) 400

73,088 311,653

Miscellaneous. 1 81

On the Reproduction of Wasps. By M. Paut Marewar*,

The results of my researches on the earth-burrowing wasps
(Vespa germanica, V. vulgaris) are as follows :—

Their nests, when they are fully formed, contain two sorts of cells,
the small and the large. The latter always constitute the lower
part of the wasp’s nest, for example the two lowest combs, while
the others make up the rest of the nest, namely the six to ten combs
superposed,

The large cells, which are only built by the workers during the
first fortnight of August, may, at an early period, receive indif-
ferently either females or males, the former being either queens or
very large workers, the latter always in small proportion ; after-
wards, at the beginning of September, these cells are entirely set
apart for the queens to such an extent that in October only queens
are to be found in them, the males being entirely excluded.

The small cells, on the contrary, from the time that the laying of
males has begun, contain indifferently up to the end of the season
either workers or males.

The proportion of males in the combs of small cells decreases
from below upwards, with this remarkable exception—that if there
be a mixed comb containing at one and the same time large and
small cells, the small cells of the mixed comb are influenced by the
proximity of the large cells, and contain but a very small quantity
of males.

The commencement of the period for laying males coincides
very nearly with the period of the appearance of the large cells and
takes place in the first fortnight of August. The curve which
represents their production rises suddenly in an almost vertical
manner to reach its maximum ; it then descends gradually, with or
without oscillations, to the end of the reproduction.

The queen takes a prominent part in this great production of
males, because the laying workers have already long since disap-
peared, whilst the young male larve are still to be found in great
numbers in the nests.

The queen has then (at least after the early days of September)
the power to determine with certainty the female sex of the eggs
which she lays in the large cells ; on the other hand, she lays indiffe-
rently either female or male eggs in the small cells.

One can only admit, in order to explain this remarkable fact, the
principle of the theory of Dzierzon, based upon the fecundation,
because if the production of males were due, for example, to some
influence of season, it is evident that the eggs laid at the same epoch
in the large cells would become male just as much as the others.

In order to interpret all the facts, this theory ought nevertheless,
in my opinion, to be modified, by allowing the intervention of
another factor than the will of the queen. We will admit, then,

* This work was carried out partly at the Entomological Station at
Paris. The experiments and observations on which the conclusions
arrived at are based will be published in detail later.

182 Miscellaneous.

that after her first deposit (of eggs), exclusively those of workers,
which lasts uninterruptedly up to the end of July or the begin-
ning of August, the reflex which brings about the contraction of
the seminal receptacle at the moment of the laying of each egg
is no longer produced with the same energy, and that therefore
the eggs can be laid without being fecundated ; thence the almost
sudden appearance of males corresponding to the relative state of
inertia of the receptacle. Then it is that the workers building the
large cells give the queen a choice between two distinct classes of
alveoli; and she, stimulated by the presence of the large alveoli,
which seem to possess the power of rendering her reflexes more
energetic *, will concentrate from that time all her energies upon
them, and will only lay fecundated eggs and females. The
modification thus introduced into the theory is important, because
it replaces the voluntary act of the queen by a passive one. The
queen does not deposit males and females at will; but there comes
a time when she cannot do otherwise than deposit males, because of
the relative inertia of her receptacle. Among the bees the queen
appears to be always conscious f of this state of inertia, and when
she is subjected to it she will never lay in any other cell but that of
a male, unless there are none of them at her disposal (observations of
Drory). It is not the same among the wasps, which mark a less
perfect stage in the evolution of the phenomena relating to repro-
duction. With them the queen lays haphazard when she finds
herself over the small cells, and then, according as her receptacle
reacts or remains inactive, the deposit (of eggs) gives rise to patches
and streaks of workers or to patches and streaks of males, set
irregularly and without order one beside the other. If, on the other
hand, the queen finds herself over the large cells, stimulated by
their presence, she will only lay fecundated and female eggs.

It is very remarkable that, among the wasps, the large cells
(queen cells) are adapted to the state of activity of the receptacle,
whilst among the bees the large cells (male cells) are adapted to her
state of inertia.

Possibly further observations may bring into line other factors
not at present suspected, and will modify the theory which has just
been laid down. Its only value consists in its giving an accept-
able explanation of facts hitherto known and of those which I have
just set forth.

Laying of Workers.—This deposit is normal in August in the
nests which have their queens; it exists, however, in a relatively
small degree, and is not sufficient to account for the great rise in
(the number of) males ; then it diminishes and ceases completely
in normal nests in September and in October. The laying of
workers is exaggerated in an extraordinary degree by the simple
fact of the suppression of the queen or by her ceasing to lay,

* The queen in captivity shows a marked preference for the large cells.

+ The term conscious is not altogether correct, but it saves a peri-
phrasis ; it is rather a matter of adaptation, of pre-established harmony,
than of consciousness.

Miscellaneous. 183

It can be then provoked in workers in captivity to the extent
of obtaining one third fertile, whilst the workers of the same nest
in the company of the queen remain sterile. A nest of Vespa
vulgaris, in which the laying of eggs by the queen had been com-
pletely interrupted, yielded more than one half fertile workers,
whilst other normal nests, taken at the same time, yielded only
sterile workers.

It is evident that in these different cases the fecundity of the
workers can only be provoked by the absence of the young brood in
the nest and by the upsetting of the equilibrium of nutrition in
favour of the adults which results from it.

The production of fertile workers is independent of the bringing
up of the queens, contrary to the state of things which, according to
Huber, exists among bees. Their fecundity depends upon the
nutrition of the imago, and has so much the more chance to develop
itself because the worker is hatched after a shorter lapse of time
and is nourished in a manner much more intense.

The fecundity of the workers can only establish itself in a nest
when the food-collecting section of the community greatly exceeds
the larval, or, in other words, when the nutritive condition of the
colony reaches its climax, that is to say, in normal nests in the
month of August.—Comptes Rendus, t. cxxi. pp. 731-734.

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the
Fossil Reptilia.—Part X. On the complete Skeleton of an Anomo-
dont Reptile (Aristodesmus Riitimeyeri, Wiedersheim), from the
Bunter Sandstone of Rethen, near Basel, giving new Evidence of
the Relation of the Anomodontia to the Monotremata. By H. G.
Seeter, F.R.S.

With the co-operation of the Trustees of the University Museum
of Basel and Professor Riitimeyer the author has examined the
fossil described by Dr. Robert Wiedershiem in 1878 as Labyrin-
thodon Riitimeyert. The bones are differently interpreted :—

The reputed humerus is the interclavicle.

The reputed scapula is the humerus.

The reputed supra-scapula is the left coracoid.

The reputed supra-scapula is the right scapula.

The reputed right and left coracoids are the pre-coracoid and
coracoid of the right side.

The reputed clavicles are the ribs.

Five digits are identified in place of four in 1878.

These osteological identifications are inconsistent with reference
of the type to the Labyrinthodontia. The author also examines the
relation of the Labyrinthodont type to existing Amphibia, and
regards the Labyrinthodont osteology as demonstrating closer rela-
tionship with Ichthyosauria and Anomodontia. The group is there-
fore regarded as reptilian, forming a branchiate division of the class.

184 Miscellaneous.

The fossil is referred to a new genus—Aristodesmus. It is iden-
tified as an Anomodont reptile chiefly on the basis of resemblances to
Procolophon and Pareiasaurus. It is shown not to be amammal by |
the large parietal foramen, the composite structure of the lower jaw,
and presence of the prefrontal bone. It, however, differs from
known Anomodonts in making a somewhat closer approximation to
Monotreme mammals than has hitherto been evident, and this
correspondence extends to successive segments of both the fore and
hind limbs.

The teeth are in sockets placed obliquely, with conical crowns
compressed to sharp lateral margins, and curved inward. The
proportions of the vertebral column are those of Hvhidna, though the
transverse processes are longer, as in Pareiasaurus. The ribs are
like those of a Monotreme, though the sacral ribs are longer. The
shoulder-girdle resembles that of Procolophon, and differs from all
other Anomodonts in the constituent bones being unanchylosed, and
in the precoracoid having a large anterior extension in advance of
the scapula. The sternum appears to have been unossified, as in
Crocodilia. The humerus is widely expanded at both extremities
and twisted, but does not show the peculiar lateral curvature seen
in Monotremes. The ulna gives no evidence of an olecranon process ;
it is larger than the radius, and appears to articulate with the
humerus. The pelvic bones are without acetabular or obturator
perforations, are not anchylosed together, and the ilium is not ex-
panded transversely. The hind limb is no longer than the fore
limb. The femur is more slender than the bone in Echidna. The
fibula is prolonged proximally beyond the stout tibia, round which
it may rotate. The proximal row of the tarsus is one large bone,
formed of the blended astragalus and os calcis.

In conclusion, the author argues that the points of structure are
so few in which Monotreme mammals make a closer approximation
to the higher mammals than is seen in this fossil and other Anomo-
dontia, that the Monotreme resemblances to fossil reptiles become
increased in importance, He believes that a group Theropsida might —
be made to include Monotremata and Anomodontia, the principal
differences (other than those of the skull) being that Monotremes
preserve the marsupial bones, the atlas vertebra, and certain cranial
sutures. Ornithorhynchus shows prefrontal and postfrontal bones,
and has the malar arch formed as in Anomodonts.

Aristodesmus, which suggests this link, is at present placed in the
Procolophonia, a group separated from its recent association with
Pareiasaurus, and restored to its original independence because it
has two occipital condyles, with the occipital plate vertical, and
without lateral vacuities, and has the shoulder-girdle distinct from
Pareiasauria in the separate precoracoid extending in advance of the
scapula.—From the Proceedings of the Royal Society.. (Communi-
cated by the Author.)

_ WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
_ The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
f Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d,

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,

_ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

_ Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

_ Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago, Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

- Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.
Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s.
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.
Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.
Dennings Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
-Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.
English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.

_ Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

if Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.

_ Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s.
_ Fauna of British India. [Edited by W. T. BLanrorp, F.R.S.

Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 15s. Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.
Moths. Vol. J. 20s. Vol. IL. 20s. Vol. IIL. 20s.

Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 450s.

_ Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d.

_ Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.
_. Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s,
‘ Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to, 8vo. Cloth. 4s.

~~ Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.

_ Kennedy, C. Afew Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

_ Lewis's ie) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

- London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett,

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s.

_ Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.

- WMerington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. Gd.

- Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d.

- Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s.

Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d.

_ Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.

_ Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

_ Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
i Part II. 7s. 6d., Part IIL. 6s.
- Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,
Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. ls,
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrata
Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves, 12s.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s.

Appendices 5, 6,7, and 8 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Cata-

logue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.

_ Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
oh Surgery. 6d.

- Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 33s. 6d.

- Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. :

‘Thomson’s (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

; 10s. 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srars, ls.

_ Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parta |
; to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.
— Univ: Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd.

- Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lis.
- Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 33s. 6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

Spee

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 98.—Siath Series.

Page ze = i
XIV. Considerations on the Surviving Refugees in Austral Lands =
of Ancient Antarctic Life. By C. Heprzy, F.LS,, Asciainat in

Zoology to the Australian Museum ............e ees eee eee eeee 113, ‘ 4
_ XY. The Male of Apus cancriformis. By W. Braxtanp Brynam, |
D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. Seesets ) Aldrichian Demonstratorin Com-
parative Anatomy, Oxford .... 60. cee eee ce ee eee eee eee ee 120,

XVI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Eugaster (Hetr odida) i
from East Africa. By W. F. Kresy, F.LS., F.ES., &c., Assistant in
Zoological Department, British Museum ...............eee sees 122

XVII. On a new Dragonfly captured by Mr. Scott Elliot in Hash
Africa. By W. F. Kresy, F.LS., F.E.S., &c., Assistant in Zoolo-

gical Department, British Museum. 21.98 cee he ee 124 4
XVIII. Descriptions of Three new Species of ged Aide from |
East Africa. By Entry Mary SHARP Se Scien. 5 e/aatea yee unin 125 3
XIX. Notes on some Land-Shells from Vanbu, Tonkin, with =
Descriptions of Two new Species. By Enear A. Suiru.......... 128 — :
XX. New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and — e
Epiplemide. By W. Warrun, M.A., F.ES....... 020.0002 eee ee 131
XXI. A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part IV. The
Genera Reptomultisparsa and ens By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., oy
EAA os 5 <x. aicip in ce aialin’ « SooRt oe cia csi ches ie ate Oy caine AD ac cee 161
XXII. On the Isopod Genus Leptochelia. By the Rev. Tuomas =
Boo. Memwerng, MAL ELS. oe ss ol iene toe ee ere es 156 |
«XXII. Atta (Geodoma) cephalotes, Latr.: “The Soldier.” By =
Ad Paes PL. oe hears > ke noe oc we 6 a Se 6 29 ee eg lee 160) |
XXIV. The Sense of Sight: Sketch of a new Theory. By H.M. et
Giiwaeh; MCA; Centab.; FNS, MOS. 6. Go ete ee 162
XXYV. On the Presence of Wood Mason’s Stridulating-Organ in i 4 |
Trechona zebrata (Walck.). By R. I. Pocock ...........0eeee ee 177 4
ft
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. |
Geological Society ..........20-. BiG Clee sapere ea Ne i793; 180
MISCELLANEOUS. a
Numbers of Zoological Species known in the Years 1830 and 1881. ae :
By Dr. A. Giwrnmn, F.RS. &0. 16.6 cee cee deck cat ce nase 180
On the Reproduction of Wasps. By M. Paun Maronar ......... 1st

Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the i
Fossil Reptilia.—Part X. On the complete Skeleton of an Anomo- . |
dont Reptile (Aristodesmus Rutimeyeri, Wiedersheim), from the |
Bunter Sandstone of Reihen, near Basel, giving new Evidence of
the Relation of the Anomodontia to the ee aubeeunbkn: By H. G. By
Smerme oul Bcc aes. vive Siero Ste nee Ss eee 3893 -

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be “t
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, es
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. “A

as sunedees epee

+ ie

SIXTH SERIES. No, 99.

: THE ANNALS
| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No. XCIX.

MAR. 1896.

kA ENS kc oe bee

OR
SAS

‘
ee
Sadar = 3 gree | Yi) x \
Cp. TERRES we
“3 }
Be CONDUCTED BY |

_ ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., |
pe AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

wea WITH TWO PLATES.
Illustrative of Dr. M. Laurie’s Paper on the Anatomy of some Scorpions, and

‘Mr. R. I. Pocock’s on the Species of Opisthophthalmus in the British Museum,

Ret | LONDON: |
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

dl by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliire,
oe Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, |
Berlin. )

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodeuts, Price £1, —

aie" FETs Eee
S eR ee er Pee 7
Sue hala

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. |
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S8. eS

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. ©
FISHES.—2 Vols. ;
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vyo, with numerous woodcuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. L, £1: Vol. IL, 15s. 4

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8. 3
VOL. IIL, 15s. :
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.B.S.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 2
REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. >

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each. ~
MOTHS.—Vols. I., II., & III. ¥
- By G. F. HAMPSON. a
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Demy 8vo, pp. 138, price 3s. 6d. "
THE STAPHYLINIDAZ OF JAPAN. ~
By Dr. D. SHARP. “Ki
(Being a reprint from the Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. vols. ii. and iii.)
TaytLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
Royal 8vo, price 12s. ;
CATALOGUE |
OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

Pete a tae
TPT Ate

IN THE ;
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 3 |
Part 3.—Aves. “ai
By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &. “3 i |
Price 2s. each. = |
APPENDICES 5 to 8 to the Second Edition of the : >| |
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE = :
OF THE bs a |
PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS i.
CONTAINED IN THE =!

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAN D. a |
By J. H. TARGETT. 4 |
Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 2

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 99. MARCH 1896.

XXVI.—Notes on the Anatomy of some Scorpions, and its
bearing on the Classification of the Order. By MAtcoutm
Lauriz, D.Sc., B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., Professor of

Zoology in St. Mungo’s College, Glasgow.
[Plate IX.]

THE classification of the Scorpions has been based hitherto
entirely on external characters. While this method of
procedure is the most convenient for museum purposes,
where the preservation of the specimens intact is of import-
ance, it is very apt to lead to a system of classification
which does not express the true relationship of the forms.
That the results are not wholly satisfactory may be seen
by comparing the schemes proposed by Peters, Thorell,
Simon, Kraepelin, and Pocock. To cite a single example,
the members of section B of Thorell’s subfamily Pandinini
are distributed under two families by Simon, while Pocock
arranges them under two families which do not correspond
with those of Simon, and one of which contains two sub-
families. So far as I am aware the only attempt to apply
the internal structure of this group to their classification is
that of Ray Lankester *. He based his classification on two
sets of organs—the abdominal nerve-ganglia and the lamelle
of the lung-books. Owing to the small number of forms
which he examined, his scheme, which divides the group into
* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xi. p. 372.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 13

186 Dr. M. Laurie on the

two subfamilies and only three genera, is not altogether
satisfactory; nevertheless, it was an attempt in the right
direction, and one of his subfamilies agrees with the family of
the Buthide.

Having a considerable number of Scorpions in my_posses-
sion, it seemed worth while to investigate further on the lines
laid down by Professor Lankester, and see whether more
definite and satisfactory results could be attained. The
number of species at my command has, however, proved too
small to base any final conclusions on, though some points of
interest have come out.

While I have examined every point which seemed in the
smallest degree likely to yield any information, I only deal
with three in the present paper. This is due to the other
points, such as the entosternite, having given purely negative
results. ‘Two of the points I discuss are those dealt with by
Ray Lankester, and, in addition, I have taken the female
reproductive organs. My material having been collected origi-
nally with a view toembryological work, the number of males
was too small to give any results.

For my material I am indebted to Professor E. L. Mark,
of Harvard University, Mr. 8. F. Harmer, Cambridge,
Mr. Peringuey, of the Cape Town Museum, Professor Thom-
son, of Stellenbosch, and Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the British
Museum. I gladly take this opportunity of tendering my
sincerest thanks to all these gentlemen. For the correct
identification of my specimens—a point of importance for
this work—I am further indebted to Mr. Pocock.

In so far as any classificatory terms are used without
specifying in whose sense, they are taken from Mr. Pocock’s
classification *.

In conclusion, I may say that I would be very grateful for
further specimens to enable me to continue this research.

I. The Nervous System.

The nerve-cord in the meso- and metasomatic segments,
with which alone we have to do, consists of a pair of longi-
tudinal cords bearing ganglia at intervals. These ganglia
(Pl. IX. fig. 1) are seven in number and give off nerves on
each side to the segments to which they belong. A median
nerve has been described by Dufour ¢ and Lankester } passing

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 303.

+ Dufour, “ Hist. Anat. et Physiologique de Scorpions,” Mém., prés.
a Acad. d. Sci. vol. xiv. (1856).

t Lankester, “ Position of Ganglia &c. in Scorpions,” Proc. Roy. Soc.
1882.

Anatomy of some Scorpions. 187

in a ventral direction from each ganglion. I have not found
this nerve in any of the forms I have dissected, and it seems
to me probable that previous observers have been misled by a
blood-vessel which passes ventrally between the two cords
close to each ganglion from the longitudinal vessel overlying
the nerve-cord. It is not easy to ‘separate this vessel from
the ganglion, but microscopic examination makes its nature
evident.

The most important part of the nerve-cord is that lying in
the mesosomatic and first metasomatic segments. Three pairs
of ganglia are present on this portion, and, according to
Lankester, their arrangement differs markedly in different
forms. In Androctonus (Prionurus) funestus *, Androctonus
occitanus T, Androctonus americanus t, and Androctonus hotten-
totus § the first two of these ganglia supply respectively the
third and fourth pairs of lung-books (eleventh and twelfth
segments), the third ganglion supplying the first meta-
somatic segment. ‘The segments anterior to the eleventh are
innervated from the prosomatic ganglion-mass. In Scorpio
italicus ||, Scorpio cyaneus |, Brotheas subnitens **, and two
species of Telegoniniff, on the other hand, the first two
ganglia supply the second and third lung-books respectively,
while the fourth pair is supplied by the third ganglion. In
these, therefore, the prosomatic ganglion supplies only the
segments as far back as the first pair of lung-books (seg-
ment 9).

In view of the great morphological importance of these
differences, I have devoted special attention to the point, and
have carefully dissected the nervous system in the following
forms :— Scorpio fulvipes, Opisthophthalmus capensis, Palam-
neus Thorellit, Opisthocentrus madagascariensis, Opistho-
centrus validus, Hormurus australusie, Vejovis sp., Kuscorpius
ttalicus, Broteochactas delicatus, Bothriurus bonariensis,
Buthus nigrolineatus, Parabuthus capensis, Uroplectes trian-
gulifer, and Centrurus, sp.

‘Lhe conclusion I have arrived at is as follows :—The first
ganglion may vary in position between the level of the second

* Prionurus hector (Koch).
t+ Buthus europeus (Linn.).
{ Probably Centrurus gracilis (Latr.).
§ Parabuthus, sp.
|| Euscorpius italicus (Herbst).
4] Scorpio megacephalus (Koch).
** Teuthraustes atramentarius (Sim.).
tt Caraboctonus Keyserlingii (Poc.), from Coquimbo, and Cercophonius
sguama (Gery.), from Tasmania, For these synonyms I am indebted to
Mr, Pocock.
ee

188 Dr. M. Laurie on the

pair of lung-books (tenth segment), asin Parabuthus (fig. 1),
and a position forward in the second free segment, as in Scorpio
fulvipes (fig. 3). In Vejovis it is even further forward.

The nerve from it, however, passes always behind the
dorso-ventral muscle of the fourth mesosomatic (tenth) seg-
ment. About the level of this muscle it divides into two
branches, of which the anterior runs out to the body-wall,
while the posterior runs back to the lung-book in the fifth
mesosomatic (eleventh) segment.

The second ganglion may lie in the sixth mesosomatic
(twelfth) segment, as in Parabuthus (fig. 1), or it may lie
forward towards the front of the fifth mesosomatic (eleventh)
segment, as in Palamneus (fig. 2) and Vejovis. The
nerve from it runs behind the dorso-ventral muscle of the
fifth mesosomatic (eleventh) segment, and in front of that of
the twelfth segment, divides into two, and the posterior branch
goes to the last lung-book.

The third ganglion may lie well back in the first meta-
somatic (thirteenth) segment, as in Scorpio (fig. 3), or forward
in the last mesosomatic (twelfth) segment, as in Palamneus
(fig. 2). ‘The nerve from it runs either backward or forward,
according to the position of the ganglion and of the dorso-
ventral muscle of this segment, in front of which it passes.
I have never been able to trace it to the last pair of lung-
books, but it always goes to the muscles of the segment
(thirteenth) to which it belongs. It does not divide into two
branches as those in front of it do.

The four ganglia behind this supply each one of the meta-
somatic segments except the last ganglion, which innervates
the last two segments and the telson.

The nerves from the prosomatic ganglion to the first and
second lung-books have a course much like the nerves from
the first two ganglia. They pass respectively behind the
dorso-ventral muscles of the second mesosomatic (eighth) and
third mesosomatic (ninth) segments. Hach divides into two
branches—an anterior body-wall branch and a_ posterior
branch to the lung-books.

In Opisthophthalmus and probably in others, a fine nerve
runs longitudinally down the mesosoma on each side (fig. 4,
I.n.). It passes in each case under the body-wall branch of
the nerve and over the lung-book branch. It is connected
with each of the segmental nerves by a fine branch arising
from the nerve before it dividesinto two branches (segment 10),
from the body-wall branch after the division (segment 11),
or from the point of division of the nerye (segment 12). I

Anatomy of some Scorpions. 189

have as yet failed to trace this longitudinal nerve to its
termination at either end.

Examination of the nerve-cord shows, then, that we can
get no aid from it in classifying the Scorpions. The position
of the ganglia seems to vary quite independently of the
relations of the species to one another, as may be seen by
comparison of the figures, such unquestionably nearly allied
forms as Scorpio (fig. 3) and Palamneus (fig. 2) showing
great differences. On the other hand, the segments supplied
by each ganglion remain the same throughout. The position
of the ganglia might serve as a generic character, but is of no
greater value.

The varying position of the dorso-ventral muscle of the
first metasomatic (thirteenth) segment might also be useful
as a generic character, but here also we get considerable
differences in closely allied forms.

Il. The Reproductive Organs.

As nearly all my material was procured with the idea of
further elucidating the embryology of these forms, I have not.
had much opportunity of examining the male organs, and
will therefore postpone any account of them to some future
time. The general anatomy of the female organs is suffi-
ciently well known, and the only point of importance in which
the various forms differ is that of the structure of the egg,
and, in relation to this, the mode of formation of the embryo.
The two types of development have been described in detail
elsewhere, and seem to me to constitute a difference of very
considerable morphological importance.

In the first type of development * the egg is of consider-
able size, and contains a large quantity of yolk (fig. 7). It
passes at an early stage out of the follicle in which it is
formed and fertilized into the ovarian tube (fig. 8), in the
cavity of which it undergoes the greater part of its develop-
ment. ‘lwo embryonic membranes are formed round the
embryo, and it appears to depend entirely on the yolk for
nourishment. ‘This type occurs in all the Buthidee (Buthus,
Parabuthus, Uroplectes, Centrurus, Androctonus) which I
have examined, and also in Broteochactas, Bothriurus, Euscor-
pius, and Vejovis. It is probably the more primitive mode
of development, agreeing as it does in many respects with
other Arachnids. The egg of Vejovds is much smaller in

* V. Brauer, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. vol. lvii.; Laurie, Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci. vol. xxxi., &c.

190 ' Dr. M. Laurie on the

proportion than that of the other forms. In the one specimen
in my possession which contains partially developed embryos
there appears to be very little, if any, yolk. The embryos
develop in the ovarian tube, however, as in Huscorpius.

In the other type of development * the egg is very minute and
contains no yolk. Itis placed (fig. 6) at the distal end of a large
diverticulum of the ovarian tube, and the embryo as it grows
extends down and occupies the cavity of the diverticulum.
There appear to be no embryonic membranes, and the embryo
is nourished by consuming a solid cord of cells which ter-
minates the diverticulum. ‘This type of developmeut I have
found in Scorpio, Heterometrus, Palamneus, Opisthophthalmus,
Onpisthocentrus, and Hormurus. Thus, so far as my observa-
tions go, it is characteristic of the family Scorpionide, but
1 have not had specimens from the subfamilies Diplocentrini,
Hemiscorpiini, or Urodacini. This is the more to be re-
eretted as we shall see that there is some reason to doubt the
close alliance of, at all events, the Diplocentrini with the other
Scorpionidee.

An additional mode of nourishment of the embryo in the
form of two outgrowths from the head, which probably absorb
fluid from the surrounding tissues, occurs in Opisthoph-
thalmus fT. .

A structure which I have not seen fully described, and the
function of which is unknown to me, occurs in all the
Scorpionide and Ischnurides which I have examined, but
seems to be wanting in the Buthide. It consists of a pair of
hollow cylindrical processes projecting back into the abdomen
from the posterior side of the diaphragm between the pro-
soma and the mesosoma. In sections it is seen to be com-
posed of two layers of cells separated by a thick non-cellular
layer. The outer cell-layer appears to be continuous with
the diaphragm, while the inner one comes into close con-
nexion with the capsule of flattened cells surrounding the coxal
gland. It is possible that the cavity of this diverticulum is
in communication with the lumen of the coxal gland, in which
case it is a portion of the ceelome. I have not been able to
satisty myself on this point, however.

Ill. Lhe Lung-books.

These are more available for systematic purposes than the
preceding structures, as it is possible, by making an incision

* Laurie, “‘ Development of Scorpio fulvipes,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.
vol. xxx1i.

+ Laurie, Proce. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1895-96.

Anatomy of some Scorpions. 191

between two of the sternites, to extract the lung-book without
injury to the external appearance of the specimen. ‘Treat-
ment for fifteen minutes with hot dilute caustic soda makes
the structure more distinct by removing the organic matter.
The anatomy of these structures is sufficiently well known,
and, as it seems to be constant throughout the group, need
not concern us here. The shape of the lamelle varies too
much in the different parts of the lung-book to be of any
service. Lankester * used the surface-markings of the
lamelle in his classification, and distinguishes two types.
In one of these the whole of the upper surface of each
lamella is covered with small pillar-like structures, which
serve to maintain a space for the air between each pair
of lamelle. Berteaux ¢ has shown that these rods or pillars
are in Scorpio indicus of two kinds. Those round the
margin of attachment are smaller than the others, and their
upper ends fuse to the lower surface of the lamella above.
The larger pillars which occupy the centre and free border of
the lamelle do not fuse to the superjacent lamella, but fre-
quently divide at the top, and may form arcades by uniting
with adjoining pillars. ‘These two regions of the lamella are
usually quite distinct from each other and easily made out.

In Luscorpius flavicaudis according to Berteaux the rods
nowhere unite with the adjoining lamella. ‘lhe two areas on
the surface of the lamella are nevertheless quite distinct, at
all events, in Huscorpius ttalicus.

In the second type of lamella the area occupied in the first
type by the larger pillars is covered by a network of chitinous
ridges, the meshes of which are subdivided by smaller ridges.
Pillars are entirely wanting over this region, but towards the
sides they begin to appear among the ridges, and finally
replace the ridges entirely.

Berteaux has described a further difference in various
forms in the structure of the free edge of the lamella. In
lamelle of the first type the edge may be furnished with
sharp spines (fig. 9), a condition which he describes in
Scorpio, or the spines may divide at their free ends, and,
uniting with each other, form a regular arcade (fig. 10), an
arrangement which occurs in Huscorpius.

In the second type the network of ridges is present on
both surfaces of the lamella, the larger rndges being con-
tinuous over the edge, and the edges are devoid of spines
(fig. 11).

* Loc. cit. p. 378. ;
+ Berteaux, ‘Le Poumon d. Arachnides,’ “ La Cellule,” vol. v.

192 Dr. M. Laurie on the

We have thus three types of structure for the lamella,
which we may term the spinous, arcade, and reticulate forms.

The spinous type occurs in Scorpio, Heterometrus, Opisth-
ophthalmus, Palamneus, Opisthocentrus, Hormurus, and
Urodacus among the Scorpionide; in Scorpiops, Vejovis,
Hadrurus, and Broteochactas among the luride ; and in the
only member of the Bothriuride which I have seen, namely
Bothriurus. From its wide range this type of lamella is
probably the most primitive.

The arcade type occurs in Diplocentrus and Nebo among
the Scorpionide, and in Jurus, Caraboctonus, and Huscorpius
among the luridee.

The reticulate type occurs in Buthus, Parabuthus, Uro-
plectes, and Centrurus, all belonging to the Buthide.

The morphological value of the lamelle is probably less
than that of the development.

The following table summarizes the two sets of facts and
gives a list of the species I have examined :—

Development. Lung-books.

Scorpio fulvipes (C. Koch) ..........+. Scorpro type. Spinous.
HTeterometrus, Sp. ..ercessececersevees ” 1 +
Opisthophthalmus capensis (Herbst) .... iy * be
Palamneus Thorellit (Poe.)....... 0.00. a .
Opisthocentrus madagascariensis (Kraep.) 55 3 3
Opisthocentrus validus (Thor.) ........ p “
Hormurus australasi@ (Fabr.) ........ Scorpio type. A
Urodacus nove-hollandie (Pet.) ...... 3 _
Scorpiops Hardwickwt (Gerv.)......-.4+ ? és
Vejovis, sp. inet. .. 0.2.5.5. eesvewoees Euscorpius type. is
Hadrurus hirsutus (Wood)........++.. * Hs is
Broteochactas delicatus (Karsch) ...... 5 a 5
Bothriurus bonariensis (Koch) ........ a 53 i
Diplocentrus Whitei (Gerv.) .......45. P Arcade.
Neva piavipes (Siit:)). = 1 s)evelerivele = 9 2
TIurus Dufoureius (Brullé) ............ ? a
Caraboctonus Keyserlingit (Poc.) ....-. P be
Euscorpius ttalicus (Herbst) .......... Euscorpius type. -
Buthus nigrolineatus (Dufour) ........ A * Reticulate.
Parabuthus capensis (Gerv.) ......005. + 5 7
Uroplectes triangulifer (Thor.) ........ 9 _ i.
Centrurus gracilis (Laty.).......60000. a 9 ,

The number of forms examined is far too small to base
deductions on with any certainty, and to classify on the
ground of these two structures alone would be almost certain
to lead to a wrong conclusion. ‘The results seem, however,
to suggest the following rearrangement :—

ta)

Anatomy of some Scorpions. 193

(1) Scorpio, Heterometrus, Opisthophthalmus, Palamneus,
Opisthocentrus, and Hormurus remain associated as
one group on the ground of their embryology.

All the rest have the Euscorpius type ot develop-
ment, and can be divided by their lung-books.

(2) A second group is formed by Scorpiops, Vejovis, Ha-
drurus, Broteochactas, and Bothriurus, which have
“spinous” lung-books. Vejovis may have to be
isolated on account of the difference in development.

(8) Diplocentrus, Nebo, lurus, and EHuscorpius agree in
having the areade type of lung-book.

(4) Buthus, Parabuthus, Uroplectes, and Centrurus have
the reticulate type.

The first and last of these groups are in perfect accord, so
far as they go, with Pocock’s classification ; the others agree
less perfectly. The separation of Euscorpius from Broteo-
chactas is not improbable, and gets over the difficulty of the
geographical distribution of the Chactini; but the association
of it with Jurus, and still more with D¢plocentrus and Nebo,
is less plausible, and it is much to be regretted that I have
had no opportunity of examining the ovaries of these last two
genera.

The bringing together of Bothriurus and Hadrurus is not
unnatural. Pocock saysof the Bothriuridee :—*‘ The Scorpions
of this group seem to be little more than an exaggeration of
some of the American members of the Lurini, for some of them
show many points of resemblance to Caraboctonus and Ha-
drurus.” Unfortunately the two forms here named do not,
according to the lung-books, seem to be closely related.

Kraepelin’s * classification needs less alteration, inasmuch
as he unites the Iurideé and fScorpionide of Pocock as one
family. His subfamilies are practically the same.

How far these internal characters will agree with the ex-
ternal ones when these last are re-examined is a question
which I think it better to leave to those who have had
experience in discriminating the minute points of external
difference.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Figs. 1-5. The abdominal nervous system.
Fig. 1. Parabuthus capensis, X 2.
Fug. 2. Palamneus Thorellit, nat. size.

* Jahrb. Hamb, Wissen, Anstalten, xi. 1.

194 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Fig. 3. Scorpio fulvipes, nat. size.
Fig. 4. Opisthophthalmus capensis, X 3. Lm., longitudinal nerve.
Fig. 5. Uroplectes triangulifer, X 4.
Fig. 6. Portion of ovary of Scorpio fulvipes.
‘tg. 7. Portion of ovary of Luscorpius italicus, with unfertilized eggs.
Fig. 8. Portion of the same, with embryos in the ovarian tube.
Fig. 9. Portion of edge of lung-book lamella of Vejovis, sp. (spinous

type).
Fig. 10. The same of Euscorpius italicus (arcade type).
Fig. 11. The same of Buthus nigrolineatus (reticulate type).

XXVII—A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—
Part V. The Families Idmoniide and Entalophoride.
By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S.

{Continued from p. 155.]

Family Idmoniide.

Diagnosis.—Cyclostomata Tubulata in which the zocecia
are simple open tubes and grow into adnate or erect branching
zoaria. ‘The zoarium is branched and the zocecia open only
on one side of it. The apertures are arranged in regular
transverse series, usually alternately arranged.

Genus IpMonEA, Lamouroux, 1821.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium adnate or erect. Branches ridged or
triangular in section. Zocecia in regular, transverse, and
usually alternate series. The zoarium is branched and the
branches usually radiate from a centre. ‘The branches some-
times anastomose. '

Type species: Zdmonea triquetra, Lamx. 1821.

1. Idmonea triquetra, Lamouroux, 1821.

Idmonea triquetra, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos, méth. p, 80, pl. lxxix.
figs. 13-16.

Non Idmonea triquetra, Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton, Part I, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv. pp. 568, 569, pl. xviii. fig. 18, pl. xix.
figs. 3, 4.

Reptotubigera triquetra, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.

751

Idmonea gracilis, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 817.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium composed of triangular branches,
beside each of which is a thin flat selvage. The branches
dichotomize repeatedly.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 195

Zoawcia from 4 to 7 in each series.

Peristomes open along the summit of a low ridge.

Zocecia slender and cylindrical in adult, short, thick, and
angular in young stages. Walls punctate.

Distribution.—England: Great Oolite and Bradford Clay.

Foreign: Bathonian, France.

Family Entalophoride.

Diagnosis.—Cyclostomata Tubulata in which the zoarium
is erect and dendroid ; the branches consist of solid bundles
of zocecia, The zocecia are monomorphic and open on all
sides of the stems.

Genus 1. ENTALOPHORA, Lamouroux, 1821.

Diagnosis.—Entalophoride in which the zoarium consists
of thin stems, each of which is composed of a small number
of zocecia. ‘The peristomes are scattered irregularly. The

cecia are cylindrical.

Type species: £. cellariocdes, Lamouroux, 1821.

1. Entalophora cellariotdes, Lamouroux, 182].

a ae cellarioides, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 81, pl. 1xxx.
fies, 9-11.
Entalophora laxipora, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 318.
Entalophora subgracilis, VOrb., var. corrugata, Walford, 1889, Bry.
Shipton, Part I, Quart. Journ, Geol. Soe. vol. xlv. Pp: 573, pl. xvili.
fig, 14.
Diagnosis.—Zoarium cespitose, composed of thin fragile
branches about 1 millim. in diameter,
Zowcia long ; the free distal portion is often very long.
Peristomes irregularly quincuncial in arrangement.
Distribution. England: Inferior Oolite, Great Oolite.
Foreign : Bathonian, France.

2. Entalophora magnipora, Walford, 1889.

Entalophora magnipora, Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton, Part I., Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv. p. 572, pl. xix, figs. dl, 12.

? Entalophora subirregularis, @Orbigny, 1849, ‘Prod. Pal. t. i. p- 289.

tage a raripora, non a’ Orb., Walford, 1889, op. cit. p. 572, pl. xix.

10.

Baran raripora, Walf., var. anomala, Reuss, Walford, 1889, ibid.
p- 073.

Cisternifera clausa, Walford, 1894, ibid. Part IT., vol. lL. p. 82, pl. vii.
figs. 11, 17.
Cister nifer a inconstans, pars, Walford, 1889, ibid. Part II., vol. 1. p. 80,
pl. vii. fig. 16.

196 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Diagnosis.—Zoartum of thin regularly cylindrical branches,
composed of about twelve zocecia. Branches 1 to 2 millim.
in diameter.

Zoecia long, cylindrical, with only a small portion free.
Apertures irregular in distribution, distant. Surface wrinkled,

Distribution.— England: Mid Lias—GreatOolite. Foreign:
Bajocian, France ?

3. Entalophora nidulata (Walford), 1894.

Pergensia nidulata, Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton, Part II., Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 1. p. 73, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2.

Pergensia major, Walford, 1894, ibid. p. 74, pl. i. figs. 3, 4.

Pergensia porifera, id. ibid. p. 75, pl. ii. fig. 6.

Pergensia galeata, id. ibid. p. 76, pl. iil. fig. 27.

Pergensia minima, id. ibid. p. 74, pl. ii. fig. 12.

Entalophora richmondiensis, var. pustulopora, Vine, 1884, Polyz. Rich-
mond Boring, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 792.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium short, clavate, cylindrical in section.

Zoecia cylindrical, partly immersed, but a free distal
portion, the extent of which varies greatly. The apertures
are irregularly arranged, but a tendency to a spiniform
arrangement occurs in the proximal portion of the zoarium.

Oecia large, spherical.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite and Great Oolite.

Genus 2. Sprropora, Lamouroux, 1821.

Diagnosis.—Entalophoride in which the apertures in most
parts of the zoarium occur in regular annular or spiral lines.
‘The zocecia are regularly cylindrical.

Type species: Sptropora elegans, Lamouroux, 1821.

1. Spiropora elegans, Lamouroux, 1821.

Spiropora elegans, Lamx. 1821, Expos. méth. p. 47, pl. Ixxiii.
figs. 19-22.

Cricopora elegans, Blainville, 1830, Dict. Sci. nat. t. 1x. p. 385.

Diagnosis. — Zoarium formed of loose tufts; branches
dichotomize repeatedly, rather stout.

Zoecia long, regularly tubular.

Peristomes slightly elevated, arranged in regular horizontal
rows; from 5 to 7 peristomes are seen on each side of a
branch; the rows of peristomes are distant, the zocecia being
long.

Distribution. — British: Great Oolite. Foreign: Ba-
thonian, France.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 197

2. Spiropora annulosa (Michelin), 1847.

Cricopora annulosa, Michelin, 1847, Icon. Zooph. p. 339, pl. lvi. fig. 3.

Cricopora verticillata, non Goldf., Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 286, pl. lvi.
fig. 3.

Laterotubigera verticillata, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.
ps (15:
Cricopora tessonis, Michelin, 1846, Icon. Zooph. p. 236, pl. lvi. fig. 6.
Entalophora tessonis, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 318.
Spiropora tessonis, Haime, 1854, Bry. jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 195.

Cricopora subverticillata, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 318.

Spiropora straminea (non Phill.), Haime, 1854, op. cit. sér. 2, t. v.
p. 196, pl. ix. fig. 6.

Entalophora straminea (non Phill.), Brauns, 1879, Bry. mittl. Jura,
Metz, Zeit. deut. geol. Ges. Bd. xxxi. p. 531,

Spiropora cespitosa (non Lamx.), Haime, 1854, op. cit. p, 195 (excel.
syn.), pl. ix. fig. 7.

Spiropora compressa, Haime, 1854, op. ct. p. 197, pl. ix. fig. 5.

Entalophora compressa, Vine, 1888, Polyz. Caen, Journ. Northampton
Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. v. p. 10.

Cricopora acutimargo, Waagen, 1868, Zone Amm, Sowerbyz, Geogn, Pal.
Beitr. Bd. i. Heft 3, p. 641, pl. xxxili. fig. 7.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium forming very loose tufts; branches
dichotomize irregularly, of medium thickness; section of
branches circular, oval, or compressed.

Zowcia regularly cylindrical, rather short.

Peristomes raised and arranged in regular rows; these are
horizontal or slightly oblique ; from 5 to 7 peristomes can be
seen on one side of a branch; the distance between the rows
of peristomes is short.

Distribution England: Inferior Oolite and Great Oolite.
Foreign: Bajocian, France and Germany. Bathonian :
France.

3. Spiropora cespitosa, Lamouroux, 1821.

Spiropora cespitosa, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 86, pl. lxxxii.
figs. 11, 12.

Non Spiropora cespitosa, Haime, Bry. jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér, 2, t. v. p. 195, pl. ix. fig. 7.

Cricopora cespitosa, Blainville, 1830, Dict. Sci. nat. t. lx. p. 386.

Entalophora cespitosa, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 318.

? Spiropora capillaris, Lamouroux, 1821, op. cit. p. 47.

Cricopora capillaris, Blainville, 1880, op. cit. p. 386.

Intricaria bajocensis, Defrance, 1822, Dict. Sci. nat. t. xxiii, p. 546,
pl. xlvi. fig. 1.

Spiropora bajocensis, Haime, 1854, vp. cit. p. 196.

Laterotubigera bajocensis, VOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.
p- 716.

Entalophora bajocensis, d’Orbigny, 1852, op. ert. t. v. p. 779.

Pustulopora tenuis, Waagen, Zone Amm. Sowerbyi, Geogn. Pal. Beitr.
Bad. i. Heft 3, p. 641. ;

198 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Diagnosis.—Zoarium growing in dense tufts of long slender
cylindrical branches ; these dichotomize repeatedly and occa-
sionally anastomose.

Zoecia regularly cylindrical.

Peristomes slightly raised; three or four apertures seen on
each side of a branch; peristomial rows very oblique and
crowded, and therefore giving the orifices an apparently
quincuncial arrangement. At the ends of branches the peri-
stomes are irregular and low (form cespitosa, Lamx. & Mich.,
non Haime).

Distribution.— England: Great Oolite and Forest Marble.
Foreign: Bajocian, France and Germany; Bathonian,
France.

4, Spiropora richmondiensis (Vine), 1884.

Entaluphora richmondiensis, Vine, 1884, Polyz. Richmond Boring,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xl. p. 791, fig. 5.

Terebellaria ? increscens, Vine, 1884, ibid. p. 79.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of thin bifurcating stems, from 1 to 2
millim, in diameter.

Zoecia numerous, in regular spirals; below the points of
bifurcation the rows of peristomes become less oblique and
increase to ten in number ; elsewhere 7 or 8 zocecia can be
seen in a single row across one face of the stem; zocecia are
short and cylindrical.

Peristomes well raised.

Distribution. England: Great Oolite.

5. Spiropora tetragona, Lamouroux, 1821.
Spiropora tetragona, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 85, pl. Ixxxii.
figs. 9, 10.

Cricopora tetragona, Blainville, 1850, Dict. Sci. nat. t. lx. p. 386,

Entalophora tetragona, dOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 318.

Bisidmonea tetragona (non Lamx.), Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton,

Part I., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xlv. p. 571, pl. xix. figs. 7-9.

Spiropora tetraquetra, Lamouroux, 1821, op. cit. p. 47.

Cricopora tetraquetra, Bronn, 1835, Leth. Geogn. p. 247.

Bisidmonea antiqua, WOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. p. 720,

pl. 762. figs. 10-12.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium composed of thick tetragonal.stems,
which dichotomize repeatedly but irregularly; they form a
loose tuft.

Zoecia short.

Peristomes slightly raised, arranged in alternate horizontal
series (as in Idmonea). On each face of a stem there occur
two rows of apertures placed alternately on the left and right

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 99

sides of the face ; the distance between two rows on the same
side is of medium length.

Distribution. — British: Inferior Oolite. Foreign: Ba-
thonian, France.

Genus 3. HAPLOGCIA, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—Entalophoride in which the zocecia are short
and angular in form. The peristomes are never greatly
raised; the apertures are small and they are arranged either
lineally or quincuncially.

Type species: Haploecia straminea (Phillips), 1829.

Affinities— This genus is proposed for some species which
differ trom Entalophora and Spiropora by having short
hexagonal zocecia instead of long regularly tubular ones.
As the aperture is not truly terminal and is somewhat con-
tracted, the zocecia show a certain resemblance to those
of the Cheilostomata; if the ordinarily accepted definitions
of Cheilostomata and Cyclostomata be rigidly applied the
members of this genus ought to enter the former order. Some
of the species have been included in Melicertites, a genus of
which the type species is very uncertain. ‘These forms cannot,
however, enter Melicertites, as accepted by Pergens, whose
use of this name may be conveniently accepted.

1. Haploecia straminea (Phillips), 1829.

Millepora straminea, Phillips, 1829, Geol. Yorks., Part I, Yorks.
Coast, p. 143, pl. vii. fig. 8.

Cricopora straminea, Morris, 1848, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 34.

Intricaria straminea, d'Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 289.

Non Laterotubigera straminea, VOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét.
t. v. p. 715.

Entalophora straminea, id. ibid. p. 779.

Non Spiropora straminea, Haime, 1854, Bry. jur., Mém. Soc. géol.
France, sér. 2, t. v. p. 196, pl. ix. fig. 6.

Non Spiropora straminea, Vine, 1883, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1882, p. 262.

Pustulopora straminea, Gregory, 1895, Cat. Jur. Bry. York Museum,
Rep. Yorks. Phil. Soc. 1893, p. 60, fig. 2.

Pustulopora Quenstedti, Waagen, 1868, Zone Amm. Sowerbyi, Geogn.
Pal. Beitr. Bd. i. Heft 5, p. 641, pl. xxxii. fig. 10.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium tufted, loose, and irregular; branches
of medium thickness.

Zoecia in regular, horizontal, closely adjoining series,
usually hexagonal and bisymmetrical, but variations in growth-
pressure render some irregularly polygonal. Aperture trans-
versely elliptical. Peristomes slightly raised. Front wall
punctate.

200 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Distribution. — England: Inferior Oolite — Cornbrash.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany; Bathonian, France.

2. Haploecia irregularis, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium composed of small cylindrical stems,
which dichotomize irregularly and usually at short intervals.

Zoecia usually hexagonal, but occasionally heptagonal or
pentagonal, often irregular, irregularly quincuncial in arrange-
ment. Apertures large, circular, or, when worn, transversely
elongate. Front wall coarsely punctate.

Distribution.—British : Great Oolite, Ancliff, near Bath ;
Lincolnshire Limestone, Stamford. Foreign: Bathonian,
Normandy.

Affinities. —This species is separated from the former one
by the irregularly quincuncial arrangement of the zocecia.

Genus 4. CERIOCAVA.

Diagnosis.—Entalophoride in which the zoarium consists
of thick massive stems, each of which is composed of a large
number of zocecia. The zocecia are funnel-shaped. ‘The
apertures crowded. The peristomes flush. The axis of the
zoarium consists of fine zocecia, densely packed. The outer
zone consists of zocecia which are usually reflexed and of
much greater diameter.

Type species: Ceriocava corymbosa (Lamouroux), 1821.

1. Certocava corymbosa (Lamouroux), 1821.

Millepora corymbosa, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 87, pl. lxxxiii.

figs. 8, 9.

Non Certopora corymbosa, Michelin, 1846, Icon. Zooph. p. 246, pl. lvii.
fig. 9.

Ceriocava corymbosa, VOrbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.
p. 1016.

Heteropora corymbosa, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 212.

Ceriopora Neptuni, d’Orbigny, 1849, op. ert. p. 324.

Ceriocava Neptuni, V@Orbigny, 1852, op. cit. p. 1016,

Ceriopora conifera (non Lamx.), Michelin, 1846, op. ert. p. 245, pl. lvii.
fig. 8.

Oeapere dumetosa, Michelin, 1846, op. ct. p. 245, pl. lvii. fig. 7.

Cava dumetosa, d’Orbigny, 1852, op. eit. t. v. p. 1019.

Cava pustulosa, Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 245, pl. lvii. fig. 6.

Monticulipora pustulosa, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 323.

Nodicava pustulosa, @Orbigny, 1852, op. cit. t. v. p. 1014.

Heteropora pustulosa, pars, Brauns, 1879, Bry. mittl. Jura, Metz, Zeit.
deut. geol. Ges. Bd. xxxi. p. 336,

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 201

Diagnosis.—Zoarium dendroid, erect, growing in thick,
solid branches, which anastomose occasionally. The branches
are regularly cylindrical, or compressed (form dumetosa). ‘The
surface is level, or raised into pustules (var. pustulata).

Zoecia thin-walled ; diaphragms numerous. Aborted
zocecia scattered irregularly through the zoarium.

Distribution. — England: Great Oolite and Cornbrash.
Foreign: Bathonian, France.

2. Ceriocava laxata, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium with branches fairly regularly cylin-
drical.

Peristomes irregular in shape, size, and arrangement.
Number of zocecia in a branch comparatively limited. The
central axis consists of few zocecia, irregularly and loosely
arranged.

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite, Leckhampton.

A ffinities.—This species is most nearly allied to Certocava
corymbosa (Lamx.). The differences can be clearly seen in a
longitudinal section. The central axis has far fewer zocecia,
and these are not so tightly packed. It is not easy to
separate the specimens of the two species by the external
characters; but the apertures in C. corymbosa are more regular
than in C. laxata.

Synopsis of Species of Entalophoride.

A. Zocecia long and tubular; apertures equal in dia-
meter to zocecia.
I. Branches slender ; structure simple.

a. Apertures never in linear series. = Entalophora.
a. Zoarium of long thin cylindrical branches:
(i); tree distatiend Tongs) os. ss cee a ... E. cellarioides.
(2) tree Gistalend. short. 56 oc.206 sa eiecr . EF. magnipora.
Gerloariuim SHOrt, CLAVAtE 66 fa neces 2 cece sss LE. nidulata.
b. Apertures mostly in linear series. = Spcropora.
a, Apertures in regular horizontal rows :
(1) series of apertures distant ............ S. elegans.
(2) series of apertures close .............. S. annulosa.
b. Apertures in oblique spiral series :
(1) peristomes slightly raised ............ S. cespitosa.
(2) peristomes well raised ...........50.-. S. richmondiensis.
ec. Apertures in short alternate series .......... S. tetragona.
II. Branches stout, with a central dense axis.
= Cerwocava.
(Gl) Aleta peter im att stesidie nei ee acs seta savin eie's C. corymbosa.
(2) Axis loose and irregular ..... WAG ae aEe a tt Ta C. laxata.
B. Zocecia short and hexagonal; apertures contracted.
= Haploecia.
(1) Apertures regularly arranged... .. erie creer Hi, straminea.
(2) Apertures irregularly arranged .............. H, trregularis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 14

202 Mr. W. Warren on new

XXVIII.—New Genera and Species of Pyralide, ee
and Epiplemide. By W. Warren, M.A., a

[Concluded from p. 150.]

Subfamily Hrprocauprvz.
Genus AmsiA, WIk.
Ambia conspurcatalis, sp. n.

Fore wings greyish fuscous, peppered with dark grey,
and towards the hind margin slightly suffused with ferru-
ginous ; basal line dark grey, angulated at one third; exte-
rior line at four fifths, sinuous, parallel to hind margin,
blackish ; costa whitish beyond first and before and beyond
second line ; a narrow white discal lunule; a ferruginous
broad marginal band finely edged internally ‘with black and
preceded by a sinuous, swollen, white, curved fascia; fringes
?pale. Hind wings wholly grey, dusted with dark grey atoms,
with the two dark lines of the fore wings; a series of small
round black dots at ends of all the veins; the hind margin
finely ferruginous, but without the broad ferruginous band of
the fore wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Under-
side paler and duller.

Expanse of wings 14 millim.

One female from the Khasias, without abdomen and the
fringes worn.

Ambia albipunctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dingy cinereous ; first line blackish, edged with
paler close to base; second line before middle parallel to first ;
a small silvery-white costal triangle in the centre, the apex
touching the linear blackish discal spot, which is edged inter-
nally with silvery white; subterminal line shortly before
hind margin finely silvery white, edged internally with black,
becoming obsolescent below cell, but faintly discernible,
curved inwards below middle, and reaching inner margin at
two thirds, slightly wavy and blackish; apex of wing with
a black spot edged with white; fringe concolorous. Hind
wings the same, with a double blackish inner line, dark cell-
spot, and slightly waved blackish submarginal line, which is
double only on inner margin; fringe preceded by a darker
line. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 203

the same; the white markings distinct, the dark ones hardly
visible.

Expanse of wings 12 millim.

One female, Cherrapunji.

Genus ParAcyMorizA, Warr.

Paracymoriza semialbida, sp. n.

Fore wings with the two lines and submarginal row of
white spots as in P. stellata, but the whole wing suffused with
smoky black, beneath which the course of the two lines can
be traced; the submarginal white spots remaining clear ;
fringes and fringe-line as in stellata, but all much darker,
Hind wings pure white; basal patch black, edged with a
white black-margined line; around black discal spot ; apical
region occupied by a large oval black blotch, nearly touching
on the outside a submarginal streak of dull bronzy scales
edged with black, and preceded by an oblique black line from
the costa, which forms part of the dark submarginal line,
which is only distinct again on inner margin above anal
angle ; fringes dark bronzy in the apical half, whitish beyond ;
the hind margin of the hind wings is not crenulated as in
stellata. Head and thorax blackish; abdomen silky whitish.
Underside with all the markings duller.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Paracymoriza stellata, sp. n.

Ground-colour sandy ochreous; basal patch blackish
fuscous, edged by a subangulated, whitish, dark-margined
line, and traversed by an indistinct whitish line; exterior
line at three fourths, whitish from the costa and parallel to
hind margin to below middle, then turning rectangularly
basewards, curved upwards and basewards again, then again
bent at right angles, running to inner margin in middle;
except for the costal arm it is sandy ochreous, like the ground-
colour, with slightly darker edges; the middle space is
whitish towards costa and suffused with dark grey on the
inner margin; apical three fourths of hind margin occupied
by a brown-black patch, through which there runs parallel to
the hind margin and near it a row of snow-white dots, of
which the third from the top is much the largest ; fringes
white, with a dark spot at apex and a dark blotch in the
lower part, with a blackish basal line, preceded by a fine pale

one. Hind wings with dark basal patch as in fore wings ;
14*

204 Mr. W. Warren on new

central area narrow on inner margin and broadening towards
costa, also clouded with dark brownish and containing a large
roundish discal spot, and edged with a fine, irregularly sinuous,
dark-edged pale line; marginal space sandy yellow, except
at anal angle, which is occupied by a brown-black blotch ;
the row of white spots is bounded externally by a fine brown
line, and the spots are lunular and almost contiguous ; hind
margin distinctly crenulate; fringes white, with pale and
dark basal lines as in fore wings, and with long dark pencils
at the end of all the veins. Head, face, and thorax brown-
black, mottled with white; abdomen blackish, with pale
segmental rings, becoming yellowish towards its apex.
Underside with all the markings repeated, but duller and
blurred.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Both sexes from the Khasias.

Genus NyMPHULA, Schrank.
Nymphula? inconsequens, sp. n.

Fore wings white, almost wholly suffused with yellowish,
the white ground-colour being restricted to the costa and the
course of the subterminal line; first line at one third verti-
cally sinuous, blackish, rising beyond a large blackish costal
spot ; a blackish costal annulus lies close to the base, and a
black spot near the middle of the basal area; second line
from one half, running rather obliquely outward, bluntly
angulated in mid-wing, and attaining inner margin at two
thirds, where it is thickened; the costal space between the
two lines is broadly white and the linear black cell-spot is
edged with white; subterminal line near to and parallel to
the hind margin, formed of black spots and edged rather
broadly on the inner side with white; costa between second
line and subterminal line marked with three black white-edged
spots ; fringe dark leaden-grey. Hind wings dingy ochreous
grey, with very faint indications of a submarginal line.
Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow. Underside like upper,
without the yellow suffusion ; hind wings with basal patch,
central line, and two curved submarginal lines dark.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

A long series from the Khasias.

Nymphula pygmealis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale ochreous, suffused with pale tawny ; basal
line pale, curved, dark-edged, preceded by a blackish blotch
on costal half; the whole base narrowly blackish ; second

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 205

line whitish, dark-edged, is parallel and near to first on inner
margin, then forms two large dentations outwardly, and
reaches the costa just beyond middle as a pure white line ;
space between lines on inner margin blackish; subterminal
line whitish, finely denticulated, edged finely with blackish
below costa, preceded by a dark grey blotch opposite the
sinus of the second line, and followed by a blackish blotch in
the middle of the wing; fringe white, with a fine dark basal
line and a dark cloud in the middle of wing. Hind wings
with two white, finely denticulated, parallel, curved, dark-
edged lines; the intermediate space also black, except a
quadrate white spot in the middle; no dark markings in sub-
marginal and marginal areas. Head, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous, the latter blackish, level with the black band of
hind wings. Underside like upper.

Expanse of wings 12-14 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

Genus CarTac.ysta, Hiibn.

Cataclysta repetitalis, sp. n.

Ground-colour white; costa broadly yellow to middle,
joining an oblique triangular central costal blotch, yel-
lowish, but almost overrun with dark brown; a curved
dark-edged yellow fascia from costa before apex, with its
costal margin brown-black, costa narrowly yellowish be-
tween the fasciz and on to apex; marginal band yellow,
internally edged by a dark line, and externally containing a
series of small black dots between the veins, the lower part of
the white space between it and the last fascia suffused with
dull grey-brown; the yellow marginal band is continued past
the anal angle and throws off a curved spur, dark-edged
above, touching the apices of the two costal fascie#; base of
inner margin yellowish, bounded by an oblique black oval
mark ; the space along inner margin between this mark and
the yellow projection from the marginal band is white rippled
with black ; a blackish spot in the middle of the base ; fringe
lustrous grey. Hind wings white, with an indeterminate
blackish central line; hind margin yellowish, containing in
the middle four subquadrate black spots, edged with metallic
blue and surmounted by a curved wavy black line, that is
itself topped by a pale yellow dark-edged line, which, towards
the apex of the wing, touches the tawny grey blotch that
forms the extremity of the central line; fringe lustrous grey.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dull yellow, the latter with dark
dull grey segmental rings. Underside pale lustrous yellow,

206 Mr. W. Warren on new

with the markings slightly apparent. The inner margin of
the fore wings of the male beneath contains a tuft of yellow
hairs.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One male from Queensland.

Genus OLIGOSTIGMA, Guen.

Oligostigma siennata, sp. n.

Fore wings pearly white, with dark chocolate-brown
markings ; these consist of a costal streak from base to middle
connected with a broader oblique fascia from middle of costa
to near anal angle, its base continued narrowly along costa
to another broad slightly sinuous fascia, which connects
with the oblique fascia above the anal angle; an isolated
oblique blotch on inner margin near base and the extreme
base of the inner margin narrowly yellow; marginal band
orange, edged internally by a fine black line, and con-
taining externally a series of small black dots between
the veins; it is continued more narrowly a short way
along the inner margin till it touches a small projection
from the chocolate-brown fascie; fringes lustrous. grey.
Hind wings pearly white, with a broad orange, dark-edged,
submarginal fascia, and an orange lustrous-edged marginal
fascia containing four metallic spots, the first indistinct,
the second round, black; the top two smaller, black, with
Justrous grey heads; opposite the cell the submarginal
orange fascia is broadened out, so as to intrude upon the
marginal, and at the wider part is suffused with darker;
fringes lustrous grey ; vertex, face, collar, and thorax pearly
white; hind segment of thorax and basal segments of abdo-
men chocolate-brown; middle segments of abdomen white,
anal segments orange-yellow. Underside with all the
markings duller; legs and underside of abdomen yellowish
white; legs brown at all the joints.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male from Queensland.

Genus PARAPOYNX, Hiibn.

Parapoynx? levalis, sp. n.

Fore wings fuscous, dusted and suffused with darker;
basal area filled up with darker and bounded at one fourth by
the dark first line; second line at three fourths, thick,
blackish, parallel to hind margin; median area brownish

Genera and Species of Thyridide. 207

fuscous, becoming paler between the small dark cell-dot and
the outer line; marginal area dark smoky fuscous, with a
diffuse submarginal shade beyond the outer line; fringe and
extreme hind margin slightly paler. Hind wings with the
three lines reproduced, but less distinct, as the ground-colour
is thickened with dense blackish dots. Head, thorax, and
abdomen fuscous ; apical segments of abdomen fulvous; face
and antenne fulvous ochreous. Underside dull dark cine-
reous, with only the outer line shown on both wings.

Iuxpanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Subfamily Scoparmuyz.
Genus ScopariaA, Haw.
Scoparia planilinealis, sp. n.

Fore wings whitish, with dark grey dusting and blackish
markings and suffusion; a black spot close to base in mid-
wing; first line black, straight, preceded by a whitish line,
and contiguous to two black stigmata externally ; second line
black, externally white-edged, straight at first and vertical
from costa, then with scarcely a sinus running obliquely
inward parallel to hind margin; the reniform stigma 8-shaped,
oblique, with pale centre and costal blotch above it; marginal
space blackish grey, with traces of a pale submarginal line ;
a series of black spots before hind margin, which is finely
pale; fringe grey, with two fine grey basal lines. Hind
wings dull greyish, darker towards hind margin. Thorax
and abdomen whitish, peppered with grey. Underside of
fore wings dull greyish fuscous, of hind wings paler.

Exxpanse of wings 18 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

An ordinary looking insect, distinguished by the nearly
straight exterior line.

Family Thyridida.
Genus HypoLamprus, Hmpsn.

Hypolamprus fimbriata, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, washed with pale reddish cupreous,
with brown lines and faint reddish reticulations; costa pale,
with minute dark dots; a subcostal grey-brown streak,
becoming reddish cupreous before apex, this space being
edged beneath with brown and with a broad red-brown sub-

208 Mr. W. Warren on new

apical streak from it to the end of the third median ; from the
end of the cell a slightly bent red-brown line descends as far
as submedian vein, where it is thickest; another irregularly
bent brown line ends at the anal angle, and beyond the cell
is joined by a fine horizontal line to the median line; several
interrupted vertical reticulations towards the base along inner
margin ; fringes concolorous, with the lower half red-brown
towards the base. Hind wings with a brown-red_ basal
streak, an angulated central one of same colour, preceded in
cell by a squarish red blotch; a fine line from anal angle,
which divides rectangularly into two, with a small brown dot
between them; a fine subapical streak; fringe as in fore
wings. Head, face, and front of thorax bronzy grey-brown ;
thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside
like upper, with some black and white linear scales along the
cell of fore wings; the costa of fore wings grey-brown, with
a subcostal reddish cupreous streak, and the disc washed with
the same tint; a pale whitish subapical space beneath the
dark brown costal line.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Akin to H. lobulata, Moore.

Genus PHARAMBARA, WIk.

Pharambara compunctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, almost entirely suffused with pale
reddish brown and with reddish-brown markings, or with
dark brown and brownish-black markings. The markings
consist of broadish solid fascize on the costa, which, however,
soon become broken up into lines and spots; two near the
base antemedian, a third in the middle, a fourth (triangular
and broad) at three fourths, and two smaller ones before apex ;
on the costa each of these patches is finely edged with black ;
the intervals between them are pale ground-colour, on the
extreme costa almost white; a vertical, oblong, more or less
annular blackish discal spot beyond the central fascia. Fringes
concolorous, mottled with darker below the middle. Hind
wings quite pale along costa, becoming gradually more
coloured and with a red-brown or brown-black fasciaform
blotch at anal angle, and on inner margin to centre, where
there is a black distinct discal spot ; fringes as in tore wings.
Underside straw-colour, with bright reddish-brown or dark
brown tessellated markings, darker on costa, where the large

Genera and Species of Thyridide. 209

triangular spot is nearly black ; both wings with an elliptical
black discal spot, with silvery centre.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

A good series from the Khasias.

Pharambara costiscripta, sp. n.

Fore wings dull yellowish ochreous, with dull red-brown
markings, which are restricted to the costal half; costa more
yellowish in the intervals and minutely spotted with brown ;
a brown blotch along costa near base, a subquadrate one
before middle, separated by a distinctly paler rather
glossy pear-shaped space from the outer blotch, which is
irregularly quadrate, and contains a pale rectangular mark
from the costa; a smaller blotch before the apex throws off a
fine curved brown line, which runs near and parallel to hind
margin as far as the anal angle; in the inner half of the wing
only dull reticulations can be traced; fringes concolorous.
Hind wings with the costal area pale whitish; the rest of
the wing with red-brown broken fasciz and reticulations,
which more or less run into each other. Underside brighter,
with darker tessellations ; subcostal nervure and nervules of
fore wings with glistening black metallic scales.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female, Queensland.

‘The species can be distinguished by the pale pear-shaped
space depending from the costa between the two central
fasciz. ‘The fore wings are long and narrow, with bluntly
rounded apex and simply curved hind margin, and the hind
wings are comparatively small.

Pharambara decoratalis, sp. n.

Fore wings along inner margin pale whitish ochreous,
towards the hind margin becoming smoky fawn-colour ; costa
in its apical half bright tawny, from the base outwards
purplish fuscous, with numerous small coalescent blotches ;
the tawny exterior half of costa contains four pearly-grey
blotches, each with a central dark spot, and gradually de-
creasing in size towards apex, much as in many ortrices ;
along the middle of the marginal fawn-coloured space are
a few dark spots and one prominent black one close to
margin ; this tawn-coloured space throws out a short fascia
to inner margin before anal angle, the angle itself remaining
pale, with a small triangular grey spot ; fringe tawny yellow,
with two black spots about the middle. Hind wings ochreous,

210 Mr. W. Warren on new

much suffused with fawn-colour towards apex, with an ill-
defined tawny central fascia and indistinct reticulations in
parts; fringe dark fulvous, with paler apices. Head, face,
and thorax purple-grey ; abdomen paler, more ochreous.
Underside of fore wings with costa marked with bright
tawny; a dark fasciaform spot from inner margin at two
thirds and a curved dark narrow streak below apex running
into hind margin; hind wings ochreous, mottled and suffused
with fulvous and fawn-colour.

Expanse of wings 19 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Pharambara obliquistrigalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, suffused and reticulated with
fulvous; an ill-defined fulvous streak from apex to middle of
inner margin, basewards of which the whole wing is washed
with fulvous, except the outer half of costa, which is broadly
pale ochreous ; apical region fulvous, with a small pure white
dark-edged spot, which merges below in the fringe-line ;
from inner margin before anal angle two parallel oblique
tawny lines run as far as the lower radial, and are followed
by a small black dot; beyond them externally are some
irregular tawny strige. Hind wings straw-colour, crossed
by about fifteen slightly wavy lines parallel to hind margin,
which is nearly straight; two in the middle are darker and
have the intervening space filled up with tawny, and two
more towards the margin are slightly darker and contain a
small black dot corresponding to that in the fore wings.
Head, thorax, and abdomen tawny. Underside of fore wings
with costa finely spotted and streaked with black, with
yellow and black strigule below, and three brownish vertical
fasciz ; hind wings as above.

Expanse of wings 25 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Pharambara parcipunctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale greyish ochreous, glossy, covered with
short strigulations of fuscous tint, which in many cases
are confluent, and with a few more prominent blackish
markings, of which the most conspicuous are two horizontal
streaks, one obliquely over the other, on the submedian
fold just beyond the middle, two or three shorter ones
obliquely above them beyond the cell, and three irregularly-
shaped markings towards the hind margin; a grey slightly

Genera and Species of Thyridide. 20

sinuous subcostal streak and some costal grey blotches; the
submedian vein is also grey towards the base; fringe con-
colorous, with blackish mottling at end of the veins. Hind
wings rather paler, not so grey, with a blackish mark on the
discocellular and a small dark one above the anal angle.
Head and abdomen ochreous; thorax greyer. Underside
like upper.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Not unlike P. subcostalis, Hmpsn., but quite distinct.

Pharambara semiperforata, sp. n.

Fore wings nearly three times as long as wide, whitish
ochreous, semihyaline, overlaid with bright red-brown, and
with red-brown reticulations; costa finely dotted with dark ;
the basal two thirds is more or less wholly suffused with
red-brown, the marginal third remaining pale, with red-
brown reticulations ; a small yellowish costal patch at one
fourth and a larger more oblique one just before the middle,
the latter divided by a reddish line extending into the cell,
and there becoming hyaline, the costal margin on both sides
of them from base to apex being deep red-brown; beneath
the median vein are four small round semihyaline spots in a
row; the long costal blotch beyond the second yellowish
interval itself contains two small yellowish spots; before the
apex a curved dark red-brown streak runs from the costal
margin to the hind margin, and the reticulations in the mar-
ginal area form another red streak running vertically to the
anal angle ; fringe reddish brown, Hind wings with a broad
dark red-brown fascia in the middle, separated by the paler
eround-colour from a shorter and narrower one nearer the
base; marginal space beyond it semihyaline, reticulated with
red-brown; fringe reddish, preceded by a thick red-brown
line. Face, palpi, and abdomen red-brown; thorax and
vertex duller, more fuscous. Underside yellowish, with
reddish-fuscous reticulation and blotches ; costa of fore wings
with seven dark blotches, of which the last five are triangular,
and with the intervals straw-colour; all alike neatly marked
and strigulated with black; a subcostal streak reddish orange,
with some long black and yellow streaks beneath; beyond
the cell is a large irregular velvety black-brown blotch, the
inner edge of which is curved and the outer with two promi-
nences and a sinus between them; all the markings semi-
obsolete below the submedian fold; hind wings much as the
upperside.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

72 Mr. W. Warren on new

Pharambara ulterior, sp. n.

Fore wings very pale ochreous, with pale fulvous
markings; a subcostal fulvous streak; three small pale
fuscous costal spots near base, one just beyond the middle and
a larger one shortly before apex; hind marginal area and
fringes fulvous ; an oblique fulvous fascia from inner margin
beyond middle to middle of the wing, where it approaches a
projection from the marginal fascia, and has a small dark
spot on its inner edge; the pale ground-colour is throughout
very finely reticulated with fulvous and the intervals on the
costa between the spots are paler. Hind wings the same,
without the costal spots, except one dark fuscous one beyond
the middle, obliquely below which is a smaller fuscous spot
lying on the inner angle of the oblique fascia. Head, thorax,
and abdomen pale ochreous, spotted with fulvous. Underside
with all the markings very distinct, the last two costal
blotches and the oblique fascia on the fore wings being
brown-black.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male, Khasias.

In emblicalis, Moore, the large costal blotch is much nearer
the middle of the costa as well as the oblique fascia; and the
subapical blotch is darker and runs obliquely outwards into
the fringe.

Genus SicuLopgs, H.-S.

Siculodes argentalis, W1k., var. tuberosalis, nov.

Differs from typical argentalis in the shape of the marginal
brown blotch, which, instead of being sinuous on the inner
edge, is concave and well defined and irregularly oval in
shape; the oval apical blotch, instead of being filled up with
black, is shining white, with the upper edge alone black.
The brown blotch probably varies locally; Mr. Meyrick
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 479) remarks that the Sambawa
examples have it narrower than the Bornean, but he does
not refer to any difference in the shape and contour.

This present variety is from the Khasias.

Family Epiplemida.
Genus EprpLeMa, H.-S.
Epiplema albipunctata, sp. n.
Fore wings leaden cinereous ; at one third and two thirds

Genera and Species of Epiplemide. 213

two black curved transverse lines, finely edged with ochreous,
the exterior again edged finely with black. This is strongly
outeurved in mid-wing towards the subapical sinus in the
hind margin, then curved inwards more or less parallel to
hind margin; on the first and second median it is immedi-
ately preceded by a small oval white spot; two black linear
dashes accompanied by ochreous scales along the upper part
of the subapical sinus; fringe rather darker, with ochreous
base. Hind wings with one or two indistinctly expressed
black-edged round marks at end of cell; an exterior ochreous
line, strongly angled outwards on vein 4, and edged with
black on both sides, more thickly on the outside above the
angle and on the inside below it; four round white spots in
the intraneural interspaces before the hind margin in the
upper half of the wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen, and
underside of fore wings concolorous. Underside of hind wings
mottled ochreous, with broad dark hind margin, in which the
four white spots are prominent.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Akin to sreapa, Swinhoe, and probably to incertaria, Wlk.,
from Borneo.

Epiplema ceruleotincta, sp. n.

Fore wings dull greyish brown, speckled with darker, with
a paler brown space in the middle from the inner margin, not
reaching the costa, followed by a broad smoky-brown shade
from inner margin, which also does not attain the costa; the
_whole of the marginal area beyond smoky brown and grey ;

extreme hind margin dark brown-black, edged internally by a
wavy line from costa just before apex to the angle on the

second median vein; on the costa at two thirds is a black-
brown triangular blotch, followed by three smaller ones before
apex ; fringe dark brown-black, with a paler line at base.
Hind wings with the costal half deep brown, with numerous
bright bluish-white freckles and two pale yellowish-white
blotches in the middle; inner half dull paler brown ; hind
margin and fringe as in fore wings, preceded by a pale wavy
fascia, which is dark-edged internally and itself preceded by
a darker shade. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown,
dusted with darker; collar paler. Underside dull brownish
grey in the fore wings; more or less tinged with whitish in
the hind wings, and with the discal markings white.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

A few from Queensland.

The ground-colour is variable, some examples being very
much paler.

214 Mr. W. Warren on new

Epiplema inhians, sp. n.

Of the same size and wing-outline as ZL. crrorata, Moore,
but with very different distinct markings. Fore wings
ochreous, with numerous transverse fuscous strie ; first line
at one fourth, oblique, wavy, dark, with tawny edging, fol-
lowed by a dark blotch on costa; second line from another
dark blotch in the middle of costa runs obliquely outwards to
below the middle of wing, then is curved inwards to inner
margin just beyond middle, describing a very prominent acute
projection in the middle ; the whole wing basewards of this
line suffused with dark grey, mottled with lighter and with
tawny ; marginal space from apex to second angle filled in
with olive tawny, edged inwardly by a wavy blackish line,
followed above the anal angle by two lunate marks, the upper
one smaller and surrounded by whitish scaling, the lower
larger and darker; between these and the exterior line is a
narrow shade from the costa, angulated opposite the angula-
tion of the exterior line and incurved below parallel to it;
fringes tawny, mottled with blackish at the three angular
projections ; cell-spot linear, whitish. Hind wings darker,
more mottled, with the exterior line reproduced ; a long white
scaleless mark in the cell; marginal space irregularly mottled,
with a narrow dark wavy margin, which towards anal angle
is edged with white; fringe tawny. Head, thorax, and
abdomen mottled dark grey. Underside of fore wings
brownish grey, with indistinct frecklings; of hind wings
whitish, with blackish frecklings.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Epiplema lituralis, sp. n.

Fore wings chalk-white, flushed with ochreous; basal
patch ill-defined, mottled with fuscous atoms; central fascia
dark grey, edged with blackish and tawny; the inner edge
irregular and strongly inangulated in middle; the outer
vertical and only slightly wavy ; a small tawny spot at the
extreme apex, below which are four black spots, the second
horizontal, forming a line to another tawny less distinct patch
in middle of hind margin. Hind wings white, more or less
suffused with ochreous, with a broad dull central fascia with
wavy darker edges and some tawny patches along the upper
part of hind margin, edged inwardly with black curves.
Head, thorax, and abdomen white. Underside white; the
fore wings with reddish-fuscous transverse strie.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Genera and Species of Kpiplemide. 215

Epiplema ochreofumosa, sp. n.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, entirely suffused except along
hind margin and narrowly along inner margin with smoky
blackish, mixed with fulvous; first line very indistinct,
slender, angulated on subcostal, then vertical and wavy ;
second line from costa just beyond the middle makes a
rectangular curve in mid-wing, and forms a small concise
angle inwards on the submedian vein; it is bounded inwardly
by a broadish fulvous shade, and followed by a smoky vertical
shade that descends from the smoky costa, and is itself
followed by a more diffuse fulvous one; submarginal line
represented by three dark vertical dashes between the veins
in the upper half of the wing; the smoky cinereous tint
embraces the whole of the basal area and the costa to the
apex, before which it becomes broader, and mixed with
fulvous scales extends more or less over the central area,
leaving only two straw-coloured patches on inner margin, one
before, the other (paler) beyond the exterior line; discal
spot annular, fulvous, edged with dark; fringes straw-colour.
Hind wings with the extreme base blackish, the rest of the
wing pale straw-colour, with some transverse fuscous speckles
in the disk and a fulvous exterior line, which starts from the
middle of the costa and ends on inner margin shortly before
anal angle, forming a narrow projecting sinus on vein 4; it
is preceded and followed by some bright fulvous streaks; a
fine dark submarginal line ; fringes concolorous with ground-
colour. Face, thorax, and basal segments of abdomen
cinereous; rest of abdomen straw-colour; vertex white;
antenne ochreous. Underside dull straw, without markings ;
the fore wings with the smoky area reproduced, but duller.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Khasias.

Genus GaTuyniA, WIk.
Gathynia fumicosta, sp. n.

Fore wing smooth, greyish ochreous, with the costa broadly
purple-grey and the hind margin suffused with grey; a
fulvous streak beneath the grey costal streak, as broad as
that, and running to the exterior line ; a fulvous streak along
the inner margin from base ; a fulvous apical spot, with two
small black dots in it; lines fuscous, first from one fourth of
costa to one fourth of inner margin, forming an acute angle
in mid-wing, the two arms both straight; second line at five
sixths, outwardly curved and forming a large sinus, and

216 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Castnia

reaching inner margin not far before the anal angle; fringe
fulvous, with darker tint below apex and above anal angle.
Hind wing very pale straw-colour, with three fulvous lines,
the first like the first on fore wing, the second similar but
approaching the first towards the angle, and so forming a
blunter, more rounded angle, the third marginal containing
four small blackish dots opposite the cell, the uppermost the
largest; a broad ferruginous streak, concisely edged, from
base to fringe between the radial and the second median
nervule, which beyond the exterior line becomes leaden-
coloured ; fold on inner margin grey. Head, face, and collar
dark purplish brown ; antenne, thorax, and abdomen fulvous,
the latter mixed with cinereous and becoming paler at the
apex. Underside: fore wings dark cinereous, shot with
fulvous towards apex ; hind wings whitish straw-colour, the
costal tufts yellowish.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

XXIX.—Descriptions of Five new Species of Castnia from
Tropical South America. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c,

CastniA, Fabr.

1. Castnia laura, sp. n.

Primaries brown, crossed from about the middle of the
costal margin to the anal angle by a wide white band, which
becomes narrower near the anal angle; six round white spots
nearest the apex, the first three in a straight line, the second
three beyond slightly curved outwards; the fringe brown
and white: underside as above, excepting that the white
band and spots are more distinct, and, in addition, a marginal
row of large orange-yellow spots extending from the apex to
the anal angle, those nearest the apex being the smallest.
Secondaries brown, crossed below the middle trom the costal
margin nearly to the anal angle by a row of large pure white
spots and a marginal row of large orange-yellow spots ex-
tending from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe brown:
the underside very similar to the upperside, but paler in
colour. Head, antenna, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark
brown, the anus orange.

Expanse 4 inches.

Hab. Brazil, Chapada (Mus. Druce).

from Tropical South America. roa ly

2. Castnia ahala, sp. n.

Primaries pale brownish fawn-colour, crossed beyond the
middle by a curved brown line; a large round darker brown
spot at the end of the cell, and a small white spot close to the
apex; the veins blackish; the fringe pale brown: under-
side bright orange. Secondaries deep orange-yellow, the
veins black, the outer margin edged with black; a row of
small black dots extends from the anal angle partly across the
wing: underside very similar to the upperside. Head, an-
tenn, thorax, and upperside of the abdomen pale brown;
anus yellow; underside of the head and front of thorax
white ; underside of abdomen pale yellow.

Expanse 2% inches.

Hab. Amazons (Mus. Druce).

3. Castnia sora, sp. n.

6 2. Primaries dark brown, marked somewhat as those of
C. mygdon, but considerably darker; the fringe brown.
Secondaries black ; a large dark orange-yellow spot at the
end of the cell and two wide bands of large dark orange-
yellow spots extending from the costal margin to the anal
angle; the first band just below the cell, the second round
the outer margin; the fringe yellow. Head, antenne,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown, the anus yellow.

Expanse, ¢ 34, ? 32 inches.

Hab. Paraguay, San José (Mus. Druce).

4, Castnia micha, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries hyaline, slightly irrorated with
black scales ; the veins all black; the costal, outer, and inner
margin edged with black: primaries very broad; a black
band crosses the wing beyond the cell from the costal margin
to the anal angle, and on the inner margin near the anal
angle is a large round black spot; a black band crosses the
cell about the middle ; two white elongated spots about the
middle of the outer margin. Secondaries crossed below the
middle from the costal margin to the anal angle by a wide
curved black band, the outer margin black. Head, an-
tenne, abdomen, and legs black; sides of the abdomen
greyish, with a white spot on the last three segments ; thorax
spotted with white.

Iixpanse 4} inches.

Hab. Paraguay (Mus. Druce).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvii. 1S

218 On Five new Species of Castnia.

5. Castnia dodona, sp. n.

Primaries long and narrow, hyaline, the veins all black ;
the apical band oval and very wide; a black band crossing
the middle of the cell. Secondaries with the middle hyaline
space very small, and a wide black band crossing the wing
from the costal margin to the anal angle; the outer margin
black, with some small white spots at the anal angle. Head,
thorax, and abdomen black ; antenne black, the tips yellow ;
the sides of the abdomen pale yellow.

Expanse 42 inches.

Hob. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Castnia linus, Cram., and was
included with it by Westwood, who also sank Castnia helico-
nioides, Herr.-Sch. I now have four species of this group,
which are easily separated from each other and are geographi-
cally quite distinct ; they are as follows :—

Castnia linus, Cram.

Hab. Guiana, Surinam, Cayenne.

Castnia dodona, sp. n.

Hab. Amazons, Ecuador.

Casinia heliconivides, Herr.-Schiiff.
Hab. North-west and South-east Brazil.

Castnia micha, sp. n.

Hab. Paraguay.

The resemblance between these species of Castnia and the
following species of Perecopide from the same localities is
very remarkable :—

Anthomyza brotes, Druce, resembles Castnia linus, Cr.

Anthomyza Buckleyi, Druce, resembles Castnia dodona,
Druce.

Anthomyza Swainsoni, Druce, resembles Castnia helico-

nioides, Herr.-Schiff.

From Paraguay I have not yet received any species of
Anthomyza.

Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals. 219

XXX.—WMicroscopic and Systematic Study of Madreporarian
Types of Corals. By Marta M. Oativig, D.Se.*

In the first part of this paper the author gives the results of
her microscopic investigations on the structure of the skeleton
in a number of typical Madreporaria.

Detailed microscopic study of the surface of the septum
showed small scales lying above and against one another,
somewhat like the slates of a roof, and consisting solely of
fine, parallel-placed, or diverging aragonite fibres. Besides
these calcareous scales, ectodermal cells (calicoblasts) could
still be observed in several cases attached to the surfaces of
septa in fresh specimens. Heider and one or two other
authors have already mentioned the frequent occurrence of
organic polypal remnants on skeletal surfaces.

The scales observed by the author were found to agree
precisely in shape and size with the calicoblasts, and to show
various transitional stages from the organic cell to the calcified.
It follows from this that the skeleton of Madreporaria takes
its origin from an actual calcification of the calicoblasts, and
not, as Koch thought, by a secretion laid down outside the
cells. The author found further that the calcareous scales
were arranged in extremely thin lamelle, and that the fibro-
crystalline deposit was similarly oriented in successive
lamella.

The stages in the process of skeleton-building may be thus
generally stated :—

(1) Caleareous deposit is laid down within individual
calicoblasts of the ectoderm. At the same time new ecto-
dermal cells are formed next the mesogloea, and these which
are undergoing calcification become loose external layers of
partly calcareous, partly organic tissue.

(2) Fibro-crystalline groups of aragonite are built up in
the individual cells, and the cell-walls shrivel. Thus a
connected calcareous lamella is formed, which is ultimately
incorporated with the skeleton.

(3) Changes of disintegration and crystallization still con-
tinue after the cell-lamella has severed living contact with
the polyp. The disintegration of organic cell-remnants
produces various flecks and bands, usually carbonaceous, in
the midst of the crystalline deposit. These afford the

* From the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ vol. lix. no. 353,
pp. 9-18; being an abstract of a communication received ay 24, 1895.

Le

220 Miss M. M. Ogilvie—Microscopic and Systematic

explanation of the so-called “dark streaks” and other
appearances in the skeleton.

The finer structure of the septa will be readily understood
when it is remembered that the septa are formed within radial
invaginations of the aboral body-wall of the polyp. The
septal surfaces are practically casts of the two flaps of a septal
invagination. When the flaps are smooth the calcareous
lamellz are also smooth ; but, according to the author’s obser-
vations, that is seldom the case in recent Madreporaria.
Usually the septal flaps are pitted and goffered, resembling
the pleated muscular flaps of the mesenteries, and the septal
surfaces are correspondingly granulated and fluted. The
author has found that in all cases the calcified calicoblasts of
successive lamelle are grouped around definite centres of
deposit situated in the median plane—corresponding to the
growing edge—ot the septum. Subsequently the individual
groups of calicoblasts assume the form of radiating bunches
of fibro-crystalline aragonite, passing outwards from the
original centre of deposit in the median plane to the surface
of the septum. The author has given the name of “fascicles”
to these fibro-crystalline “ bunches,” and has demonstrated
the relation which they bear to the external sculpturing
observed on lateral septal surfaces. The emergence of a
Jascicle at the surface gives rise toa granulation. The fascicles
are, however, of varied size; if large, one fascicle usually
corresponds to one granulation, if small, a number of fascicles
may, in the course of septal thickening, coalesce to form a
broad nodular granulation. The size of individual fascicles
depends on the original closeness of the “ centres of calcifica-
tion” at the septal edges.

The trabecula (=“‘poutrelle,” Edw. & H.) of a “perforate”
septum is composed of symmetrical groups of fascicles placed
in vertical series. The author has further found that those
septa described by Edwards and Haime as “ imperforate and
leaf-like ” are also composed of trabecule. But the individual
parts of these trabecule have an opposite patr of fascicles,
instead of an indefinite number. ‘The majority of Astreid
genera have septa in which both kinds of trabecule occur.
The author apples the term ‘simple trabecula” to a
trabecula made up of successive pairs of fascicles, as the axis
of deposit is in part or wholly common to the opposite
fascicles, and the term “ compound trabecula’’ to one made
up of successive groups of fascicles. In the former case the
tibro-crystalline deposit may be said to be bilaterally sym-
metrical in the opposite halves of a septum ; in the latter the
fibro-crystalline deposit is radially symmetrical around ideal

Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals. 221

trabecular axes in the median septal plane. Each member of
a successive series of fascicle “ pairs” or “ groups” in a
trabecula is called by the author a trabecular part ( Trabekel-
guied). The “fascicle”” may be regarded as the structural
unit of the coral-skeleton. Two or more fascicles combine to
build up a “trabecular part.” And the differences in the
relative arrangement of trabecular parts determine the endless
varieties of skeletal form within the Madreporaria.

The author has subjected the following typical genera to a
detailed microscopic investigation :—Galaxea, Mussa, Heli-
astra, Gontastrea, Montlivaltia, Thecosmilia; then Fungia,
Siderastrea, Lophoseris; further, Hupsammia, Haplarea ;
and, lastly, Turbinaria, Actinacis, Madrepora, and Porites.
This research enables the author to state that different types
of septal structure are characteristic of different groups of
Madreporaria. he differences relate to the microscopic
structure of the trabecule and to the arrangement of trabecule
in the plane of a septum. It is impossible here to do more
than indicate the line of research. Turbinaria is an example
of an extremely simple structural type. The component
trabecule are small, uniform in size, and directed all in the
same way, obliquely or almost horizontally inwards from the
periphery of the septum to the inner edge. The fascicles are
paired, and their axes never bend out of the median septal
plane. Ga/axea has a septum whose trabecule bend right
and left from a definite area of divergence in the septal plane.
The individual trabecule are large, vary in size, and the axes
of the paired fascicles bend out of the median plane towards
the opposite surfaces of a septum. The septum of Mussa is
composed of a number of broad ridges, elliptical in section
and ending at the upper edge of the septum in broad “ spini-
form teeth.” The author shows that each “ spiniform tooth ”
is itself finely serrated, and that the serree represent apices of
trabeculae. In short, a single broad ridge of the Mussa septum
as the precise homologue of the complete Galaxea septum, being
built up of fan-shaped groups of trabecule diverging right
and left from the middle area of a ridge. Again, Hungia has,
like Mussa, a septum composed of a number of ridges; but
the trabecule: in each ridge have a course almost parallel with
one another. The emergent fascicles are thus so close that
coalescence inevitably takes place; the soft parts of the polyp
clothing the ridge are pushed ontwards at the prominent
middle part of the ridge, and readily give rise to synapticular
union between septa. Further reference to this part of the
work must be omitted here.

‘he author observed in sections of recent types that a larger

222 Miss M. M. Ogilvie—Miecroscopic and Systematic

amount of organic cell-material was usually present near the
median plane of the septum than towards the lateral surfaces.
This she believes may be attributed to the greater rapidity of
the calcareous secretion and the less complete calcification of
the calicoblasts present at the doubled upper edges of septal
invaginations. In fossil material secondary changes render
this central part of the septum more or less conspicuous on
account of the breaking down of organic products, or some-
times the complete replacement by infiltrated salts. The
author strongly contends that there is no basis for the assump-
tion of a “wrimary septum”’ in the middle plane of a septum
in the sense at present accepted by most palxontologists. On
the contrary, the author’s sections show that the fibro-crystal-
line structure of the septum its the same throughout its whole
thickness, essentially that of a double system of thin calcareous
lamelle, either smooth or fluted, and corresponding to a
deposit from opposite flaps of an invagination.

The author’s investigations afford many new microscopic
facts of structure, testifying that the growth in height of the
polyp is accomplished at certain growth-periods, between
which pauses ensue. During each growth-period a varying
number of the calcareous lamelle, ‘ growth-lamelle,” are
laid down, and these always appear in intimate union with
one another. Again, regular curves or lines of growth are
evident on the septal surfaces, marking the intervals between
successive growth-periods. The space between two growth-
curves or lines on the septal surface represents the part of the
septum built up in one growth-period, and it has been called
by the author a septal growth-segment. An important obser-
vation is that the extra length added to a single trabecula in
one growth-period is ¢nvartably one trabecular part; this
length varies in the trabecule of one and the same septum,
being greatest at the exsert portions near the wall.

Granulations mark tlhe surfaces of trabecular parts. Ed-
wards and Haime applied the term “‘ synapticula”’ to the inter-
septal bars in Mungia and its allies, and described the synap-
ticula as formed by coalescence of granulations from opposite
surfaces of neighbouring septa. The author demonstrates
that in Fungia the granulations seldom meet across interseptal
loculi; but a continuous calcareous deposit is formed in a
special invagination of the interseptal parts of the aboral
body-wall. ‘Together with a number of observations on other
synapticulate types, this has led the author to accept a distine-
tion made by Pratz, and hitherto discredited in the literature.
Pratz proved that the tossil Fungid subfamily of Thamnas-
treine had synapticule formed by coalescence of granulations,

Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals. 223

and these he called “ pseudo-synapticule.” The name of
“true synapticule ” he limited to such as were formed around
new centres of deposit out of the septal plane ; these he found
in Siderastreea, but did not farther examine typical genera
belonging to the families Fungine and Lophoserine. The
author’s results are that pseudo-synapticule occur not only in
Thamnastreine, but also in the Funginz, Lophoserine, and
occasionally in Astreide and EKupsammide; while ¢rue
synapticule occur chiefly in Fungine and Eupsammide,
rarely in Lophoserina:, and never in Astreide. The author
regards true synapticule as basal structures representing
modified dissepiments. ‘The advantage of synapticule to the
polyp is that they afford a basal support over which the fleshy
parts and mesenterial loculi may bend and be continued to
some depth. The author, in pointing this out, refers to the
analogy of the internal canaliculate visceral system thus pro-
duced with the external canaliculate system attained by a
porous coenenchyme in ‘ Perforate” colonies. At the same
time she thoroughly disagrees with the prevailing opinion that
the synapticulate types have any nearer relationship with
Madrepora, Porites, &e., since the skeletal parts show many
important differences of structure; neither is the ‘ porous
ccenenchyme ” in any way homologous with the synapticulate
calyx.

No essential difference is presented between septa, coste,
and wall in respect of their microscopic structure ; and the
author found it also for other reasons practical to distinguish
in her work the septa and cost under the inclusive name of
radial structures, the wall, on the other hand, as a tanyential
structure. Dissepiments, tabula, true synapticule, and certain
kinds of columella are regarded as basal structures.

The microscopic structure of dissepiments and tabule ts
demonstrated by the author to be thesame. Both are composed
of a series of calcareous growth-lamelle laid down from one
surface only of the aboral body-wall of the polyp. The fibro-
crystalline deposit is therefore perpendicular to the plane of
contact between polyp and skeleton. The distance from one
platform of dissepiments to the next above coincides in all
typical Astreeids with the interval between two growth-lines
on the septal surface. It may be deduced from this that the
polyp lays down a new basal support for itself at the close of
each growth-period. The solid calcareous deposit (usually
called ‘‘ stereoplasm” or “ endotheca”’?) at the base of the
short simple calyces of most Turbinolids has the same micro-
scopic structure as tabule or dissepiments, differing from

224 Miss M. M. Ogilvie—Microscopic and Systematic

them only in the fact that the new groups of growth-lamellee
are always closely opposed to the foregoing.

The “ columellar” or “ pseudocolumellar” area of recent
Madreporaria is explained by the author as the morphological
equivalent of the “tabulate” area in most Paleozoic Madre-
poraria. The styliform or fasciculate “true” columella of
Turbinolia and its allies proves itself to be, structurally con-
sidered, a basal deposit, and is merely an upwardly arched or
entwined modification of the tabula. The ‘ pseudocolumella”
is, as already known, a mixed structure in which septal teeth
or outgrowths unite with irregularly distributed basal deposit.
It finds its antetype readily in the occasional warping of the
septal spines or inner ends within the tabulate area of certain
Paleozoic genera. The “ lamellar” columella is of especial
interest ; the author looks upon it as the remnant of a retro-
grade ‘main septum,” affording therefore an important
phylogenetic link between so-called “tetrameral” and “radial”
symmetry of the septa wherever it occurs.

Considerable differences are at present found in Madre-
porarian literature in the use of the terms “theca” and
“ epitheca.” The author accepts Heider and Ortmann’s terms
“¢ nseudotheca”’ for a wall formed by lateral thickening of the
septa, and “‘ eutheca,” or simply theca, for a wall in which
independent centres of deposit are developed. Ortmann’s
suborders of Madreporaria, Kuthecalia, Pseudothecalia, Athe-
calia are, however, believed by the author to be based on an
erroneous principle, since all types with a porous wall are
placed among Athecalia. Porosity is looked upon by the
author as a secondary feature, the porous wall can be demon-
strated to be the morphological equivalent either of pseudo-
theca or of eutheca. A still more serious objection to these
suborders is the fact that not all Turbinolids possess an
eutheca; neither do al] Astreids possess a pseudotheca as
Ortmann means, but cases occur in both those families where
the only peripheral support is afforded by the epitheca. The
author 1s inclined to think this was the primitive form of the
Madreporarian calyx, and to look upon both theca and
pseudotheca as later modifications associated with retrogres-
sion of the epitheca, greater prominence and rapid growth of
the septa, and very often with the processes of vegetative
budding.

Certain coenenchymatous colonies, Madrepora, Turbinaria,
&c., have been shown by the author to have thecal and septal
structure like the Turbinolids ; further absence of basal struc-
tures in the calyx other than columella. This throws a new
light on the relationship of these types, and brings them along

’]

Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals. 225

with the Oculinide and Pocilloporide into a very natural
affinity with the Turbinolide. The ccenenchyme of these
colonies is treated by the author as an elaboration of a primi-
tive extra-calycinal deposit around individual polyps. Bourne,
in one of his papers, suggests the possibility of coenenchyme
being epithecate in certain of these types.

In order to elucidate the ‘‘ costate ” portions of Astraid and
Fungid colonies the author demonstrates the exact homology
of skeletal parts in the calyces of ancient Cyathophyllids and
of recent Astreids and Fungids. The psendotheca which
appeared in Acervularia and other Cyathophyllid types
marked out an inner from an outer area of the calyx and
septa. ‘The exact counterpart of this is found in the type-
genus of the Astreide, Heliastrea. In it, however, only the
inner part is called calyee, while the outer area is spoken of as

“ costate ”’—extra-calicinal—area. It is on this outer area
that the so-called “ Randplatte ” (which the author translates
as ‘‘edge-zone ’’) is supported in the living polyp, and the
author takes it that the typical edge-zone has mesenteries and
mesenterial loculi simply because it was originally an inherent
part of the polyp. It is clear that such costate parts in
Astreid colonies have an entirely different evolutionary
history from the coenenchyme in the Pocilloporide &c., where
no edge-zone surrounds the polyp. The author traces back
this difference in recent colonial types to a difference already
well-marked in Silurian Madreporaria—viz. the difference
between the calyces of a ee Cyathophyllid and a typical
Zaphrentid respectively. In the former a broad calycinal
outer zone with dissepimental base surrounds an inner tabulate
area; in the latter there is no such outer zone or the very
slightest indication of it.

The author found that the families of Edwards and Haime’s
classification must undergo considerable changes ; she limits
herself here to one or two of the most important changes sug-
gested by her on the basis of microscopic septal structure and
generally of the morphology of the skeleton. The family of
Astreide, Ki. & H., hitherto included two main subfamilies,
the Astraine and Eusmiline. The former is made by the
author the sole representative of Astreeide, while the latter is
entirely broken up. The genera Yrochosmilia, Placosmilia,
and their allies are referred to the family of Turbinolide ; the
genera Riipidogyra, Pectinia, Dendrogyra, Huphyllia, and a
large number of fossil genera are placed in a new family,
Amphiastreeidz, erected by the author. ‘The Mesozoic repre-
sentatives of this new family are proved to be direct colony-
building descendants ot Paleozoic Zaphrentids, while the

226 Miss M. M. Ogilvie—Microscopic and Systematic

Turbinolidz are looked upon as simple corals descended from
the same Paleozoic family. The Stylina group of Kusmiline,
E. & H., are placed in the neighbourhood of the Astreeide
and Amphiastreide as an intermediate family, Stylinide.
Galazea is regarded as a near ally of the Stylinide ; in spite
of its somewhat aberrant features the author ranks it provi-
sionally within this family.

Edwards and Haime’s group of Madreporaria Perforata is
also broken up by the author. The Eupsammide show
undoubted affinity with the Fungide, and both these families,
together with the Astreide and Stylinide, are shown to have
derived their structural features from leading Paleozoic types
belonging to the family of Cyathophyllide. In all of them
the septum reaches a high degree of differentiation in its
trabecular structure on lines already introduced in various of
the more advanced Paleozoic types. The Madreporide
(Turbinarine, E. & H., and Madreporine, HE. & H.) are
placed in the neighbourhood of Pocilloporidee and Oculinidee ;
their simple septal structure agrees with the primitive types
of septum presented by Paleozoic Zaphrentids and their
allies. The Poritide, although having certain features in
common with the Madreporide, differ essentially in septal
structure, and are regarded as a group of Madreporaria which
branched off at a very early age from the main ancestral stem
of Zaphrentide, and followed an independent line of deve-
lopment.

The author’s results bear inevitably to the conclusion that
the suborder Madreporaria Rugosa erected by Edwards and
Haime draws an entirely artificial barrier between Paleozoic
Madreporaria and the younger suborders Madreporaria A porosa
and Perforata, Ed. & H. In the second part of the present
paper the author annuls all three suborders, and follows out
the evolution of Madreporaria in the light of the general
morphological results arrived at in the first part of the paper.
Heckel’s terms of “ Tetracoralla” for the Madreporaria
Rugosa and “ Hexacoralla” for the Madreporaria A porosa and
Perforata only gave a stronger expression to Edwards and
Haime’s convention of tetrameral and hexameral symmetry
of the septa. And although several authors have from time
to time pointed out the inappropriateness of erecting sub-
divisions on the feature of septal symmetry, nothing tarther
has been done. Even now in current literature one may find
the term Lugosa='Tetracoralla set in contradistinction to
Madreporaria= Hexacoralla!

From the standpoint attained by her own investigations
the author then traces the series of changes which appeared

Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals. 227

within the group of Madreporaria during the course of the
geologic ages. Some of the more important and general of
these evolutionary changes may be shortly enumerated :—

(1) Tabule became modified centrally as columella and
pseudocolumella, more seldom became vesicular.

(2) Instead of one to four basal pits (fossule) for the recep-
tion of specialized reproductive mesenterial filaments, the
whole base of the calyx became deepened, usually around the
axial columella or pseudocolumella.

(5) Septa became more prominent and exsert in growth ;
their structure became more elaborate, their surfaces fluted
and richly granulated, their edges knobbed, toothed, serrated,
spined.

(4) The “rugose epitheca”’ became tardy in growth, and
was replaced functionally by a theca or pseudotheca.

(5) Vegetative increase was facilitated by the specialization
of an “ edge-zone”’ around the polyp (represented by the
“ costate”” portion of a calyx, or its ancient homologue, the
peripheral “ dissepimental zone” of Cyathophyllids).

(6) The “pinnate insertion” of septa demonstrated by
Kunth in primitive corals became gradually a feature of
embryonic calyces, and then vanished; but the embryonic
mesenteries appear in recent types in the same ‘“ tetrameral ”’
order as the septa did in the mature calyces of primitive types.
The disappearance of ‘‘ pinnate insertion’ asa generic feature
did not necessarily entail the abandonment of a tetrameral,
more properly said bilateral, arrangement of the septa. It
induced mainly the hastening of septal insertion, the relative
position being often retained, even in adult forms*, Again,
many recent types said to have radial symmetry of septa in
adult calyces have well-marked bilateral symmetry in the
young individual.

All the above changes indicate, in the author’s opinion,
merely various lines of adaptivity, correlative with one great
leading change in the living polyp—an increase tn the number
of gonad-bearing mesenterries and in the musculature of the
mesentertes, resulting in improved powers of self-preservation
and of reproduction.

The evolution of recent Madreporarian families from primi-
tive types hinges round the gradual incoming of that main
change. ‘lhe general law of the hastening of the develop-
mental stages in the individual worked with this change, and

* Various observations bearing out this statement have been made by
the author on Mesozoic corals. ‘These are fully described in the author’s
“ Monograph of the Upper Jurassic Stramberg Corals,” at present being
published in the ‘ Palaontologische Mittheilungen ’ (Koch, Stuttgart).

228 Dr. A. Giinther on Two new

the pinnate insertion of septal pairs became more and more
modified to a cyclical system of insertion. The author points
out in favour of this view how the untoward circumstances
for coral existence which prevailed in Europe during the
Upper Carboniferous, Permian, ‘Triassic, and Liassic ages
may have given a widespread impulse towards the carrying
out and confirmation of the main evolutionary change as
above stated. The change, however, has been ever since in
progress. The author traces its constant working within the
family of Astreide, its influence on Kupsammide and Oculi-
nid, and so on.

There is therefore, in the author’s opinion, no greater
fallacy than the idea that some universal change took place
amongst Madreporaria at the end of Paleozoic time and before
the mid-Triassic era. One and the same line of evolution
may be detected making its way in the group of Madrepo-
raria. Precocity in advance was shown by the Paleozoic
Cyathophyllids ; hence the high differentiation of Astreids,
Eupsammids, and Fungids as early as Mesozoic ages. On
the other hand, the Paleozoic Zaphrentidsand their descendants
in Mesozoic times were remarkably backward in advance, and
it is among their recent representatives that primitive struc-
tures and forms are chiefly upheld. Naturally retrogression
and atavism is shown in various degree in all families, in
none more so than in the Turbinolids, the family most closely
allied with the ancient Zaphrentids.

The author draws up a new classificatory system of Madre-
poraria into a number of independent families of equal rank.
‘These are based on the study of skeletal structures, known
facts of anatomy, and phylogenetic relationships. She
arranges the families, according to the lines of descent demon-
strated in the present paper, as follows :—

Zaphrentoidean Families: Gaphrentide, Amphiastreide,
Turbinolide, Stylinide, Oculinide, Pocilloporide, Madre-
poride, Poritide.

Cyathophylloidean Families: Cyathophyllide, Astreide,
Fungide, Kupsammide.

XXXI.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Snakes from
Sarawak. By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

In a collection of Snakes which I received recently from
Mr. C. Hose there were two species which appear to be
undescribed.

Species of Snakes from Sarawak. 229

Calamaria Hose, sp. n.

Moderately slender in habit; head broad, depressed; eye
very small. Scales in 13 rows; ventrals 188; subcaudals 19.
Upper labials 5. A minute preocular in the antero-inferior
corner of the orbit, and a very small postocular. The vertical
shield is very broad, at least four times as broad as the supra-
ocular. The symphysial is in direct contact with the men-
talia. ‘T'wo transverse rows of scales before the first ventral
seute. Upper parts pinkish, with black cross-bars, which are
narrower than the interspaces between them and contracted on
the sides ; there are eighteen of these cross-bars on the trunk
and three on the tail. The scales within the pink parts of
the body are bordered and speckled with blackish. Head
brownish above, this colour extending downwards on the
sides in the form of two ill-defined oblique bands. ‘Tail with
a blackish longitudinal stripe along each series of scales.
Lower parts white, with a few scattered blackish spots ; sub-
caudals blackish.

One specimen, 14 inches long (of which the tail takes
14 inch), was discovered by Mr. Hose on the Entoyut River.

Geophis albonuchalis, sp. n.

Head narrow, snout pointed, body moderately stout, tail
tapered ; eye very small. Scales in 15 rows, without apical
groove. Ventrals 141; anal entire; subcaudals 43. Ante-
rior frontals triangular, small, only one fourth the size of
posterior, which enter the orbit. Vertical very large and
broad, broader than long, reaching from one orbital margin
across to the other, and pressing back the supraocular to the
postero-superior angle of the orbit. Occipitals as long as the
anterior shields together, and forming a long suture with the
fitth upper labial. ‘Two nasals. Loreal and anteocular con-
fluent into one long shield. A minute postocular. Upper
labials six, of which the third and fourth enter the orbit.
Symphysial in direct contact with the mentalia, which are
considerably longer than the post-mentalia. Six lower labials,
the fifth long and narrow.

Deep black, with a broad pure white collar, which covers
half ot the occipitals and the neck.

One specimen, 94 inches long (of which the tail takes
18 inch), was discovered by Mr. Hose at Baram.

230 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Tenebrio ferrugineus.

XXXII.—Note on Tenebrio ferrugineus, Fabr., in the
Banksian Collection of Coleoptera. By CHARLES O.
WATERHOUSE.

J HAVE had occasion to examine the type specimen of Tenebrio
Jerrugineus, F. (Sp. Ins. i. p. 324), and think the following
notes may be useful.

The following is the Fabrician description :—‘ Corpus
preecedenti [Antherophagus pallens] adhuc minus, magis
depressum ferrugineum. LKlytra striata, testacea. Habitat
in Africa equinoctialt.”

The general appearance is something between Pediacus and
Lemophleus; the antenne, however, resemble those of
Gnathocerus, but with longer terminal joint. I cannot call to
mind any insect with a similar thorax. This is flat, slightly
dull, except the smooth median line and fine smooth line
inside the lateral finely reflexed margin; it is only slightly
narrowed towards the base, and the almost rectilinear sides
are peculiar. I can only distinguish four joints to all the
tars1.

I think the species must be placed in the Cucujide, near
Xenoscelis, Woll., which it resembles in many respects, but
has quite different antenne.

The following additional characters will help to identify
the species. Of course the insect so long known in our
collections as Tribolium “ ferrugineum, Fab.,” will have to
bear a different specific name.

Prosternum without process, flat between the coxe, im-
pressed behind them. Mesosternum lightly impressed, with
a slight oblique swelling next the intermediate coxe, which
are moderately separated ; the line dividing the mesosternum
from metasternum curved. Metasternum with a deep longi-
tudinal median impression behind. [Abdomen wanting.]
Apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate-ovate, very
obliquely truncate at the apex.

Anterior tarsus four-jointed, four fifths the length of the
tibia. The basal joint about one third of the tarsus; the
second and third joints shorter, subequal, slightly produced
beneath ; claw-joint a very little longer than the basal joint.

Posterior tarsus with four joints, the basal one long; the
second with its basal part about one third the length of the
basal joint, produced below into a long rather broad lamina,
extending beneath to about the middle of the claw-joint; the
third joint about as long as the second ; the claw-joint about

On the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa. 231

as long as the basal joint. The eyes are rather large and very
coarsely faceted. ‘lhe antenne are as long as the head and
thorax together, slightly flattened. The basal joint a little
longer than broad ; second joint very short ; third joint about
one third longer than broad, narrowed towards its base; the
fourth to tenth joints subequal, shorter than the third, very
slightly increasing in width ; the terminal joint as long as the
two preceding joints taken together, elongate-ovate, rather
narrowed towards the apex. Head somewhat as in Pediacus,
but flatter, less narrowed in front, narrowed behind the eyes,
but with a distinct portion behind the eye; surface rather
strongly and rather closely punctured. ‘Thorax broader than
the head, about as long as broad, rather flat, irregularly and
rather strongly punctured (with a fine smooth median line),
broadest just before the front angles, gradually but not very
much narrowed to the base; the sides almost rectilinear,
finely margined; the posterior angles slightly projecting and
acute; the base with two widely separated sharply marked
fovee. HElytra somewhat as in Pediacus, each with the
suture and three fine coste slightly raised ; the intervals flat
and appearing smooth, but there are a few fine obscure
punctures.

XXXITI.—Note on the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa, a
common Australian Butterfly of the Subfamily Pierine. By
ArtTHuR G. Butier, Ph.D. &c.

So much confusion has arisen in the synonymy of this species
that, after carefully working it out, I feel no time should be
lost in putting it straight.

The species was described by M. Boisduval in his ‘ Species
Général’ (1836), evidently from an old female example from
New Holland in which the under surface of the secondaries
had darkened to ochreous with age, and in which there chanced
to be no submarginal spots (we have a specimen in which
the secondaries show only one spot on the under surface).

M. Boisduval considered his specimen to be a male; but he
so often blundered in sexing his species, that no reliance can be
placed upon the statement ‘‘ Nous n’avons pas vu la femelle.”
The description “ la bordure des supérieures assez large ”’ can
hardly apply to a male, unless it be assumed that his method
of description was loose, because an equally broad border to

232 On the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa.

that of males of this species is (in other descriptions) regarded
by M. Boisduval as “ de largeur moyenne.”

In 1852 M. Lucas described a species, also from New
Holland, under the name of Pieris nabis, the male of which
was of the variety having only two subapical spots on the
border of the primaries, the female only differing from typical
“ Pieris lanassa,” Boisd., in having several yellow spots on
the border of the secondaries below.

In 1865 Felder described the female again, but from Fiji,
under the name of “Pierts perithea,’ aud compared it with
the P. perimale of Donovan.

At the same time and on the same page he described a
male from Australia, characterized by having the apical area
of the primaries and the entire basal area of the secondaries on
the under surface whity brown, under the name of P. periclea.

Lastly, in 1867 Wallace described a male from Moreton
Bay in which the apical area of the primaries and entire basal
area of the secondaries on the under surface were “ earthy
brown with an orange tinge.”

Wallace compared his new species with the Prerts nabis of
Lucas and Papilio perimale of Donovan, but he failed to
recognize the latter owing to the fact that the type was
evidently a female. The male of Donovan’s species is, I have
no doubt, the species in Hewitson’s collection which Wallace
incorrectly identified as Felder’s P. periclea. ‘There are two
examples from New Caledonia, differing from each other
exactly as P. narses and P. nabis differ; but, curiously
enough, Wallace does not consider them distinct, as he
logically should do, but observes :—‘‘ These two specimens
indicate a variable species.”

It is absolutely certain that Felder’s “P. pertclea ” cannot
be the species from New Caledonia, which in form of wing
corresponds with its presumed female “P. perimale,” tor
Felder states that it agrees with his P. pertthea:— “die
vorbeschriebene Art, mit welcher die Fligelform iiberein-
stimmt.”

In 1869 Herrich-Schiffer described and figured a Huphina
as P. pertclea, and, later, he reproduced the plate coloured as
part of an Appendix to his ‘ Aussereuropiische Schmetter-
linge.’ The coloured figure is at once seen to be identical
with Wallace’s P. narses, the colouring below not being
whity brown, but earthy brown.

When a large series of Huphina lanassa is examined, it
becomes evident that the species is tetramorphic ; the under
surface cf the secondaries and apex of primaries may be
white, yellow, wbity brown, or earthy brown, but the upper

On Species of Opisthophthalmus. 233

surface only varies in the number of white spots on the black
border. }'rom what we now know of the seasonal dimorphism
of white butterflies, it is almost certain that the earthy-brown
and whity-brown types are dry-season forms and the yellow
and white types are wet-season forms.

In like manner the two males of P. perimale, which
Wallace regarded as an aberrantly variable species, represent
the ordinary dry- and wet-season forms, of the first of which
Donovan’s type is typical. P. perimale, however, is more
nearly allied to my Huphina terranea, of which we now
possess beth types from Lifu, than to Huphina lanassa.

The synonymy of ZH. lanassa corrected to date will be as

follows :—

Huphina lanassa.
Q. Pieris lanassa, Boisduval, Sp. Gén, Lép. i. p. 477 (1836).
SQ. Pieris nabis, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 826,
9. Pieris perithea, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 169 (1865).

Australia, Baudin Island, Fiji.

Dry-season form.
3. Pieris periclea, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 169 (1865).
o. Pieris narses, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 333,
pl. vi. tig. 38 (1867) ; Herrich-Schafter, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 76,
pl. i. fig. 4; Auss. Echmett., App. p. 3, pl.i. fig. 103 (1869), as
P. periclea.

Australia, Baudin Island.

In the wet-season form there are all gradations between
the extremes of yellow and white, whilst P. periclea is a
transitional form between the latter and P. narses ; therefore,
if the facts proved as regards the seasonal changes in colouring
in other genera of Pierine should be found not to be true of
Huphina, the above forms would still have to be regarded as

variations of one species.

XXXiV.—On the Species of the South-African Scorpion
Opisthophthalmus contained in the Collection of the
British Museum. By R. I. Pocock.

[Plate X.]

THANKS to Prof. Kraepelin’s recent examination and com-
parison of most of the types of Opisthopithalmus and his

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 16

234 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Species of

determination of their age, sex, and specific identity *, I have
found it possible, with some degree, [ hope, of exactness, to
identify the rich material of this genus contained in the
collection of the British Museum. I have added some notes
respecting the various species, which, I trust, may be of
service in their determination; but especially do I wish to
draw attention to the fact that many of the specimens have
been obtained of late years, and are consequently furnished
with trustworthy and exact localities—an item of information
which has been so much ignored in connexion with these
animals, but which will ultimately prove, I think, to be of
the first importance. For instance, when discussing QO, ca-
pensis, apparently the commonest species of all in most
collections, Kraepelin says that its distribution seems to be
exclusively Cape Colony (Capland). This, no doubt, is
perfectly true; but I cannot lay my hands upon a particle of
evidence that the species ranges throughout Cape Colony. It
appears, in fact, so far as I can determine at present, to be
restricted to a relatively narrow but undetermined area around
Cape Town and the Cape of Good Hope; and there is no
evidence known to me that any other species inhabits the
same spot. That many more species than at present are
known from specimens ticketed vaguely “ S. Africa or Cape
Colony ” will be found also to have a restricted range is, I
think, probable, though, on the other hand, there are some—
O. carinatus, for example—that cover a wide area in distri-
bution.

Opisthophthalmus capensis (Herbst).
Scorpio capensis, Herbst, Naturg. d. Scorpione, p, 62, pl. v. fig. 2
(1800), 9.
Opisthophthalmus pilosus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. iv. p. 91, fig. 309
(1838), ¢.

Opisthophthalmus maaillosus, id, ibid. (young, teste Kraep.).

Of this species the British Museum has twenty-three
examples of all ages and both sexes. It is evident that Cape
Town is the head-quarters of this species. How far it extends
to the north and east of this point 1 have no means of judging.
Of the above-mentioned examples no fewer than fourteen are
ticketed Cape Town, received from KR. Trimen, R. C.
Wroughton, Rev. G. H. R. Fiske, and H. A. Spencer;
while all the rest that are labelled came from the Cape of
Good Hope. I cannot understand Kraepelin’s reasons for

* See “Revision der Scorpicne.—II. Scorpionida und Bothriuride,”
Jahrb Hamb. Anstalten, xi. 1, pp. 77-108.

Opisthophtialmus zn the British Museum. 235

separating this species from what he calls pilosus, for the
characters he assigns to the latter are merely those of the male
of capensis, in which usually all the abdominal sterna with the
exception sometimes of the first are granular, while the palpi
are very richly hairy; yet Kraepelin speaks of the two sexes,
both of pélosus and capensis, as if he were familiar with them.
I cannot, however, avoid the conclusion that he has in some
way confused the sexual characters; and this opinion is
strengthened by the fact that he considers the figure of the
type published by Herbst to represent a male. It appears,
however, to me to be without doubt a female, as both ‘lhorell
and Simon have affirmed. The male of capensis has a slender
hand, and the first and second caudal seements taken together
are equal to the length of the carapace ; while Herbst’s figure,
with its broad hands and short tail, agrees exactly with all
the adult females in this collection.

Opisthophthalmus palli{di] pes, C. Koch.

Opisthophthalmus pallipes, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, x. p. 3, fig. 757, 3;

Thorell, Etudes Seorpiol. p, 227.

A single female from the Concordia Copper Mine, Ookiep,
about 70 miles from the coast in Little Namaqualand, to the
south of the Orange River (collected by W. Hi. Clark), gives
the following measurements in millimetres:—Total length 115;
length of carapace 16°5, of tail 59, of hand-back 10:5, of
movable digit 17°5 ; width of hand 13°7.

The accompanying figure of this species (p. 256) is taken
from a photograph by Dr. Howard of a female specimen
procured near the copper mines, Namaqualand, and sent to
Mr. Lydekker, by whose kind permission I here reproduce
it. ‘The interocular area of the carapace and the hand, which
are blackish in the photograph, are reddish yellow in the
actual specimen.

Opisthophthalmus carinatus (Peters).

Scorpio carinatus, Peters, Mon, Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1861, p. 515.

Two male examples, Otjimbinque (Keyserling collection)
and Umfuli River, Mashunaland (G. A. A. Marshal’). The
one from Otjimbinque presents the discoloration and softness
of exoskeleton characteristic of recently moulted Arthropods ;
the one from. Umfuli, on the contrary, is full-coloured, the
extremity of the tail, the legs, and hands being pale yellow,
while the upper surface of the trunk is greenish brown, the

16*

236 Mr. Rt. I. Pocock on the Species of

humerus and brachium of the chelx pale yellowish red, with
strong deep green crests, and the fingers deep green. This

Opisthophthalmus palli di} pes, C. Koch.

example presents one of those types of coloration which is so
rare in this genus, namely, although there is a strong con-

—O

Opisthophthalmus cn the British Museu. 237

trast in colour between the legs (and hands) and the trunk,
the tint of the interocular area of the carapace resembles that
of the trunk. In almost every other case it is the same pale
colour as the hands and legs.

This specimen gives “the following measurements in
millimetres :—Total ‘length 98; length of tail 53, of carapace
14:5; distance of eyes from fron border 8°6. There are 23
pectinal teeth on each side, and the sterna of the abdomen
are strongly corrugated with deep transverse grooves, which
are much more strongly marked than in the specimen from
Otjimbinque.

Another interesting point about this species is that in the
subcentral position of its median eyes and the deepness of the
notch in the anterior border of the carapace it approaches the
genus Scorpio—the so-called Black or Rock Scorpion, which
ranges in Africa from Senegambia to the Congo on the west,
and from Abyssinia and Somaliland to Lake Nyasa (Zomba)
on the east, but is replaced in S. Africa by Opisthophthalmus.
On account of these features this species was by Karsch
regarded as a distinct genus, which he named Petrootcus (a
preoccupied name, which was changed by myself into Gco-
petrus). But since the exact position of the eyes is a cha-
racter liable to considerable specific variation, it 1s, perhaps,
better to hold with Kraepelin that car’natus is merely a well-
marked species of Op!sthophthalimus.

Be cra hea (Thor.).

One female sania in Kéyaerline’ s collection from Otjin-
binque, about 100 miles up the river inland from Walfisch Bay,
in Damaraland, gives the following measurements in milli-
metres :—Total length 103; length of tail 46, of carapace 14;
distance of eyes from posterior border 6; ‘length of hand-
back 6, of movable digit 18; width of hand 9-6. Pectinal
teeth 17.

Opisthophthatmus austerus, Karsch.
(PL. X. fig. 4.)

Opisthophthalmus austerus, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. 1879;
Kvaepelin, loc. eit, p. O4.

Two male examples ticketed “5S. Africa, near the Tropic of
Capricorn” (Methuen’s Expedition). Recorded by Kraepelin
from Cape Colony and Griqualand.

238 Mr. R. T. Pocock on the Species of

One of them gives the following measurements in milli-
metres :—T'otal leneth 87; length of carapace 13, of tail 52,
of hand-back 9°5, of movable digit 21; width of hand 8.
Both specimens have 22 pectinal teeth on each side, and the
colour is a uniform reddish brown, the crest on the chelz
being black.

Opisthophthalmus macer, Thorell.
(PI. X. fig. 5.)
Opisthophthalmus macer, Thorell, op. cit. p. 286.

A single male example from Zulu country, S. Africa
(G. F. Angas), giving the following measurements :—Total
Jength 86 ; length of carapace 12, of tail 51; width of hand 9;
length of hand-back 6°5, of movable digit 16°5. There are
16 pectinal tecth on each side. ‘The chelee are testaceous,
except for the black crests and granules and digits, and the

maxillary processes of the first and second legs are deep
black.

Opisthophthalmus latimanus, C. Koch.
Opisthophthalmus latimanus, C. Koch, Die Arachn, viii. p. 65,

Two female examples from Murchison Range, ‘Transvaal
(C. R. Jones). The largest of these measures in milli-
metres as follows:—Total length 99; length of carapace
16:5, of eyes from posterior margin 5; length of tail 48°5, of
hand-back 9, of movable digit 16; width of hand 13.

Both specimens possess 15 pectinal teeth on each side, and
the colour, like that of O. austerus, is a reddish brown, paler
on the legs, hands, and anterior region of carapace.

Opisthophthalmus calvus, li. Koch.
Opisthophthalmus calvus, Lu. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, xvii. p. 233 (1867).

The single female example that I have seen of this species
is ticketed “S$. Africa, Dr. Smith.” No nearer locality is.
known for it.

The measurements in millimetres of this specimen are as
follows :—Total length 66; length of tail 35, of carapace 12-5,
of hand-back 6°5, of movable finger 11°5; width of hand 10.

Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Pet.

Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Pet. Mon. Berl. Ak. 1861, p. 514.
Opisthophthalmus leviceps, Thorell, op. cit. p. 228 (teste Kraepelin).

Opisthophthalmus cn the British Museum. 239

The localities so far known for this species are Tette on the
Zambesi and Caffraria (!) (Wahlberg Ooll.). The British
Museum has examples from 'T'ette (Keyserling Coll.), Lake
Nyasa, ? southern shore (Universities Mission, Capt. Maclear
and Mr, Bellingham), and from Mashunaland (Salisbury,
5000 feet, Umfuli River, 1200 feet: G. A. AK. Marshall),
making a total of ten specimens (males, females, and young).

The pectinal teeth vary in number as follows :—

Specimens from Nyasa: ¢, 10-10, 11-11; ¢, 12-12,
13-13, 15-13.

Specimens from Tette: ? young ¢, 11-11.

Specimens from Salisbury: 2, 10-12, 13-13; ¢ (young),
16.

Specimens from Umfuli: g (adult), 16-18.

According to Kraepelin the pectinal teeth in the males that
he saw were 18-19, while Peters gives 23 for this sex, a
number which is nearly double that of one of the males from
Nyasa.

Another feature which is, according to Kraepelin, charac-
teristic of this species is the distinctness in the temale of the
upper crest on the anterior surface of the humerus; but it is
not distinctly defined in any of the females examined by me
except in the one from ‘Tette. Moreover, it is only in the
young example from Tette and in one from Salisbury that
the interocular area of the carapace is perfectly smooth. In
all the other specimens it is in both sexes distinctly though
finely granular in front; and in one of the females from
Umtuli the first dorsal plate is finely granular at the sides.
I have very little doubt, however, that all the specimens
under discussion are cospecific.

Opisthophthalmus pugnax, Thorell.

Opisthophthalmus pugnax, Thorell, op. cit. p. 232, ¢.

Opisthophthalmus curtus, id. ibid. p. 234, Q (teste Kraepelin).

Of this species, the synonymy of which I adopt from
Kraepelin, the Museum has. only four examples in alcohol,
a. e. one adult female from Durban (Capt. Munn), two young
males from Basutoland (2. C Wroughton), and one adult male
from King William’s Town. The pectinal teeth in these
examples are as follows:— 9 from Durban, 13-14; ¢ from
King Wilham’s Town, 17-18; ¢ from Basutoland, 12-12,
13-13—whereas, according to Kraepelin, they are 15-15 in
a male and 10-12 in the females.

240 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Species of

Although this species is nearly allied to O. glabrifrons, it
may be distinguished, as Kraepelin has pointed out, by its
more coarsely and thickly granular terga, by the ornamenta-
tion of the hand, which is less granular and composed rather
of low anastomosing tubercles, by the constancy of the occur-
rence of either one or two spines external to the series running
along the lower surface of the third and fourth tarsi. In the
male, too, the interocular area of the carapace is finely
granular throughout and the keels on the hand are stronger.
The colour, too, is on the whole darker, and in the specimens
that 1 have seen the maxillary processes of the first and
second pairs of legs, as well as the tip of the sternum, are
black, while these same skeletal pieces in glabrifrons are
uniformly pale.

Opisthophthalmus granifrons, sp. 0.
Pl. X. figs. 1-1 0.)

No. 1, type (?, dry specimen).— Colour mostly ochre-
yellow; postero-lateral portion of carapace darker than the
interocular area; mandibles black, granules forming the crests
on the chel also black; maxille of the first and second legs
lightly infuscate at the tips.

Curapace considerably longer than wide, as long as the
first and second caudal segment and half the third; its inter-
ocular area coarsely granular in its anterior half, nearly
smooth behind ; sides of the carapace coarsely granular, espe-
cially on the edge bordering the interocular area; the median
eyes very far back, less than a quarter of the length of the
carapace from the posterior border; the median groove
distinctly forked in front.

ZVerga granular at the sides, the posterior ones becoming
gradually more and more granular along the hind border, the
seventh granular throughout; the third to the sixth with a
smooth longitudinal ridge, the seventh with a low median
elevation, but showing scarcely a trace of lateral crests.

Sterna smooth and polished, the last with a few low
granules in the middle of its area.

Tail of medium length, slender; the upper crests of seg-
ments 2 to 4 ending in an enlarged spinitorm granule; the
inferior median keels practically obsolete upon segments 1 to
3, though just visible on 2 and 8, weakly granular on the
fourth; the infero-lateral keels obsolete on the first, which
is polished and scarcely granular below ; these keels distinct
on the third and fourth and marked with black pigment.
Vesicle and fifth segment as in O. capensis. 7

Opisthophthalmus én the British Museum. 241

Chele.—All the crests on the humerus coarsely granular,
the upperside of the segment sparsely granular, its anterior
edge strong and granular; the upper ridge on the brachium
coarsely granular ; hands convex above and thickly covered
with low round granules; the keels weak, the finger-keel
consisting merely of a row of black granules, the secondary
keels also weak, though defined with black lines ; the upper
keel of the hand-back distinctly granular; hands wide, with
strongly convex denticulated inner edge.

Legs with lower edge of anterior femora denticulate; tarsi
of fourth leg with a single row of spines below, of third
with a single anterior or external spine as well; the side-lobes
longer than the superior median process.

Genital operculum heart-shaped, as long as broad,

Pectines with 14 teeth ; the basal intermediate lamella long,
asin O. Wahlbergi. (Pl. X. fig. 1 a.)

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (abdomen con-
tracted) 79; length of carapace 13:5 ; distance of eyes from
anterior edge 10°5; width of carapace 12; length of tail 42 ;
width of hand 10; length of hand-back 8, of movable
finger 11°5.

Loc, “The Cape” (Keyserling Collection).

No. 2, ¢.—A specimen (also dry) that I believe to be
the male of this species presents the following differential
characters :—

The carapace only slightly exceeds the first two caudal
segments in length; the side-edges of the interocular area
defined by strong granules.

Tergu more thickly covered with granules.

The first abdominal sternite is smooth, the second granular
posteriorly and laterally, the third more granular than the
second and the fourth than the third, the fifth entirely covered
with squamiform granules, as also is the lower surface of the
first caudal segment. Lower surface of second and third
caudal segments sparsely granular and weakly keeled.

Hands much narrower than in female (¢/. measurements),
but the granular crests rather more strongly expressed.

(Pectines absent.)

‘Two external spines on lower surface of tarsus of third leg.

Measuremenis in millimetres.—Votal length 108; length
of carapace 15, width 138; distance of eyes from front
margin 11; length of tail 62; width of hand 9; length of
hand-back 8:5, of movable digit 15°65.

Loc. 8. Atrica (Dr. Smith).

242 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Species of

No. 3 (young g in alcohol).—The ¢nterocular area smoother
than in the other two, especially in its posterior half, where
it is not granular.

Terga nearly smooth, only finely granular at the sides and
posteriorly.

Sterna and tail as in the female.

Palpi as in the female, but hand much narrower (cf,
measurements).

Pectines as in the female, with 16-18 teeth.

Genital operculum as in male, @. e. normal and completely
divided.

Tarst not furnished below with an anterior spine.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 73; length of
carapace 11:2, width 9:8; distance of eyes from anterior
border 8; length of tail 36; width of hand 7; length of hand-
back 6, of movable digit 8:5.

Loc. Concordia Copper Mine, Ookiep, in Little Namaqua-
land (W. H. Clark).

I believe the three examples that I have described above
are referable to the same species, since they agree sufficiently
well to permit the supposition that their differential characters
are merely due to differences of age and sex.

According to Prof. Kraepelin’s recent revision of the
species of Opisthophthalmus, this new form falls into the same
section as that containing capensis, pilosus, and pictus. From
the latter, which is unknown to me, granifrons certainly
differs in colouring as well as in having the interocular area
of the carapace granular instead of smooth. From capensis
and pilosus, granifrons may be recognized by having the
interocular area more granular, the hands more granular, and
the inner half of the upper surface much more strongly con-
vex, the finger-keel weaker and strongly granular, and the
crest bounding the upperside of the hand-back and the one
on the upperside of the brachium also strongly granular
instead of smooth. Moreover, in the female of capensis the
proximal intermediate lamella of the pectines is not elon-
gated. Some points connected with colour are also notice-
able. In capensis the crests on the chelz, especially those on
the humerus, are much more strongly blackened and the
maxillary processes of the first and second pairs of walking-
legs are wholly fuscous.

O. granifrons also seems to be readily distinguishable from
the two forms characterized by Thorell and Simon respec-
tively as datro and Chaper/, which Prof. Kracpelin assigns to

Opisthophthalmus én the British Museum. 243

pilosus. In O. Chaperi, for example, the humerus and
brachium of the chela are black, the interocular area is smooth
and punctured and only sparsely granular, and the hand is
flat aud nearly smooth above.

Onisthophthalmus nitidiceps, sp. n.
(PI. X. figs. 2; 2 a.)

@ (in alcohol).— Colour. Carapace dark at the sides, pale
on the interocular area; abdomen olive-brown, darker above
than below; mandibles brown at the base, deep olive-green
distally; chele, legs, coxee, and tail clear reddish yellow, the
fingers of the chele and the crests on the hand being dark
brown.

Carapace as long as wide, as long as the first two caudal
seements and half the third; median eyes two thirds of the
length of the carapace from the anterior end; interocular area
entirely smooth, sparsely punctured, the median sulcus deep
in front, but not bifurcating ; sides of the carapace weakly
granular, with no oblique ridge of granules running forward
from the median to the lateral eyes.

Tergites smooth in the middle, finely granular at the sides,
the posterior edge rugose; the last granular throughout.

Sterna smooth and polished, the last feebly granular.

Tail with the lower surface of the first segment weakly
granular; the inferior keels on all the segments distinet, but
not coarsely granular ; the superior keels on the second, third,
and fourth posteriorly strongly denticulate.

Vesicle distinctly granular.

Chele large, humerus with its four crests strong and
granular, the front surface coarsely granular, the upper with
only a few large granules; brachium with its upper crest
crenulate ; hand large, its upper surface convex and closely
covered with sinooth, low, irregular-shaped, sometimes anasto-
mosing tubercles, its inner edge weakly denticulate, the
secondary keels obsolete, the finger-keel moderately large and
entire, the keel defining the hand-back above finely crenu-
late.

Tarst of third and fourth legs with two anterior spines in
addition to the four on the lobe; lobes much longer than
upper process ; second protarsal segment of first three pairs
ot legs externally spined, as in O. opinatus.

Genital operculum much wider than long.

Pectines with long internal basal sclerite armed with 12 or

13 teeth. | (PlgX..fig. 2 a.)

244 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Species of

Measurements in millimetres. — Total length 81; length
and width of carapace 13; distance of eyes from front border
8:5; width of hand 12:2; length of hand-back 7°5, of movable
finger 13:5,

Loe. Port Elizabeth, Algoa Bay (J. M. Leslie).

Resembling O, opinatus, Sim., and Wahlbergi, Thor., in
having the vesicle granular, but certainly differing from both
in having the eyes some distance behind the middle of the
carapace, the last abdominal sternite granular, a smaller
number of pectinal teeth, &c. ; but of the two it appears to be
much nearer to O. opinatus, which it resembles in the arma-
ture of its feet.

Opisthophthalmus breviceps, sp. n.

(Pl. X. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Colour of trunk above a uniform deep reddish brown; cara-
pace the same colour, the interocular area being only a little
lighter in the middle and not sharply contrasted with the
colour of the rest of the plate; tail and under surface a little
paler than the upper surface of trunk; legs pale reddish
brown; chele yellowish red, with the crests heavily black-
ened; fingers black ; the upper surface of the hand entirely
yellowish red, the colour showing up rather strongly against
the generally dingy tint of the trunk; coxe uniformly
reddish brown.

Carapace short, as wide as long, distinctly shorter than the
first two segments of the tail, equalling in length the fifth
segment of the tail; ocular tubercle one third of the length
of the carapace from the posterior border; finely granular at
the sides, without any crests of coarse granules defining
laterally the interocular area, which is shining and finely
punctured, but also, at least in one specimen, very finely and
sparsely granular ; median suleus undivided.

Terga exceedingly finely granular (shagreened) throughout,
the median crest almost absent, but defined by a depression
on each side; the seventh coarsely granular, with two
abbreviated crests on each side.

Sterna, tncluding the first (Pl. X. fig. 3a), thickly and
coarsely granular throughout, except just upon theantero-lateral
angle between the muscular groove and the stigma; the
granules mostly transversely elongate. ;

Tail four and a half times the length of the carapace ;
upper surface of segments 1 to 8 granular, upper keels of
segments 2 to 4 denticulate, the denticulation rather stronger

Opisthophthalmus ¢n the British Museum. 245

posteriorly ; lateral surface granular, infero-lateral keels weak,
weakly granular; inferior median keels obsolete on the first
and almost so on the second, very weak on the third and
fourth ; lower surface of the first thickly granular like the
last abdominal sternite, the second also similarly though less
strongly granular below, the third and fourth still more
weakly ; the median keel on the fifth formed of a single row
of denticles.

Chele.—Humerus with strong and coarsely granular crests,
its upper surface rather smooth, with only” a few small
‘ranules behind; upper crest on the brachium crenulate
hand furnished with a very strong, complete, and Pa tenions
finger-keel, vertical area external to this granular, the hori-
zontal area internal to it nearly tat, flatter than in O. capensis,
only finely granular, with scarcely a trace of supernumerary
crests ; the inner edge denticulate distally, thickly furnished
with long sete; hand-back equal to the width of the hand
from the inner edge to the finger-keel, and half the length of
the movable digit; lower surface of hand nearly smooth, only

very finely granular.

Femora of legs finely granular externally ; distal protarsal
segment of first, second, and third pairs spiny on the exter-
nal edge; lower surface of tarsi of third and fourth with two
external spines in addition to the four on the external tarsal
lobe ; lobes longer than superior process.

Pectines with proximal angle of the shaft rectangular, 17 to
18 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 94; length of
carapace 12, width 12; distance of eyes from anterior border

length of tail 54; length of hand-back 7:3, of novable
digit 15; width of hand 8°5.

Loc, 8. Africa (Dr. Quain). A couple of male examples.

According to Kraepelin’s table this species, with its
granular sterna and undivided cephalic sulcus, falls into the
same category as glabrifrons, pugnax, and prado. ‘The
granulation of the upper surface of the hand is rather Gnex
than in male specimens of glabrifrons from Mashunaland and
Nyasa, and the finger-keel is much stronger, while the inner
keel is even less well developed. The carapace, too, is
longer in glabrifrons, excelling the first and second caudal
segments in length and also the fifth, as well as being longer
than the upper surface of the hand. Moreover, the ‘first and
second abdominal sterna in glabrifrons are smooth.

Fiom pugnar, breviceps differs in the finer granulation of
the hand and the obsoleteness of the internal keels, in the

246 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on the Species of

smoother interocular area and shorter carapace as compared
with the uppersurface of the hand and with the first and second
and fifth caudal segments, the relative length between these
parts being about the same in pugnaw as in glabrifrons, in
having all the abdominal sterna thickly and uniformly
granular, and the inferior median keels quite obsolete on the
first caudal segment, instead of coarsely granular as in pugnax.

From predo, which is unknown to me, breviceps seems to
differ in much the same way that it does from pugnax, though
ee approaching it more nearly in the granulation of the
hands.

Synopsis of the Species contained in the Collection of the
British Museum.

a, Carapace furnished in front with a small but
distinct triangular area, defined by two
grooves which run obliquely inwards and
backwards from the anterior edge and meet
in a point in the middle line.
a', Ocular tubercle only a little behind the
middle of the carapace; interocular area
not granular; lower surface of abdomen
wrinkled in the male, but not grannlar .. carinatus, Pet.
b'. Ocular tubercle far behind the middle of the
carapace.
a”, Interocular area of carapace, lower sur-
face of abdomen and of tail smooth, not
STANUIAEY sien stetcelsiaals #0 eet cidels .. pallildi|pes, C. Koch,
b?. Interecular area distinctly granular ;
sterna also granular (the last only very
feebly so in Q of granifrons).
a®, Hand more convex and coarsely gran-
ular; keel on upperside of brachium
and finger-keel of hand coarsely
granular ; last abdominal sternum of
Q nearly smooth, of ¢ like the first
caudal segment below, and some of
the other sterna granular; paler in
colour, crests on chele and carapace
not heavily blackened ; maxillary pro-
cesses of first and second legs slightly
infuscate apically........++ssee++6. granifrons, sp. D.
b*. Hand flatter and more finely granular ;
crest on brachium and hand strong,
but almost smooth ; fifth (and fourth
in part) sternite in 2 thickly granular,
all of them in ¢ usually granular,
principally behind ; crest on chelee and
maxillary processes of first and second
legs deeply black......... sacesese capensis (Herbst).
b. Carapace not furnished with a distinct trian-

———

Opisthophthalmus ¢n the British

gular piece, the two grooves mentioned under

a being obsolete.

a‘. Ocular tubercle just behind the middle of
the carapace; penultimate segment of the
first three pairs of legs not spined exter-
nally; vesicle granular. .6..0.66s0nee0+ 4

5*, Ocular tubercle far behind the middle of the
carapace ; penultimate segment of legs of
first three pairs spiny externally.

a. Vesicle distinctly granular below (inter-
ocular area of carapace smooth, last ab-
dominal sternite weakly granular in @)..

b°. Vesicle smooth below, at most granular
quite at the base.

a®, (Q.) Tail short, 3 or 33 times as long
as the carapace, which is about as long
as the first, second, and third caudal
segments; hand of chela_ thicker,
heavier, and less hairy ; genital oper-
culum not divided.

a’, Last abdominal sternite roughened,
at least mesially, with irregular
granulation ; inferior surface of the
first caudal segment with roughened
keels,

a®, All the terga distinctly granular ;
interocular area finely so; last
abdominal sternite — granular
throughout; colour darker, max-
illee of first and second legs deep
Phe at arceare faseroreare ur rouchayan\steasel fos
6°, Terga and interocular area entirely
smooth, or, at most, finely granu-
lar; last sternite mesially rough-
ened; colour paler, maxillary
processes not blackened ........

6’. Last abdominal sternite not granu-
lar, at most punctured; inferior
keels of first caudal segment smooth
(each marked with two punctures).

a, Interocular area rugose inferior
median keels of first caudal seg-
ment strong; colour entirely
[SENG cS) UR Gene Ob orion prio Tair

b°, Interocular area polished, smooth ;

inferior median keels of first

caudal segment weak; colour

Med dish orOw il ay peice eae) a0) 6, 0 2,00:

b°. (¢o.) Tail from 4 to 43 times the length

of the carapace; hand much thinner
and more hairy.

a’®, Sterna of abdomen smooth, the last,
at most, granular laterally.

a\', Tail narrow, compressed; den-
ticles of upper keels on segments

Museum. 247

Wahlbergi (Vhor.).

nitideceps, sp. 0.

pugnax, Thor., 2.

glabrifrons, Pet., 2.

calvus, L, Koch, °.

¥ q » N € >
latemanus, C. Koch, 9.

248

Fig. 1. Opisthophthalmus granifrons, sp. 0.
Fig. La, Ditto.
Fig. 1b. Ditto.
Fig. 2. Opisthophthalmus nitidiceps, sp. 0.
tg. 2a. Ditto.
. 3. Opisthophthalmus breviceps, sp. 1., 3. Nat. size.
ry. 3a. Ditto.
Fig. 4. Opisthophthalmus austerus, Karsch.
chela, 3.

Fig. 5. Opisthophthalmus macer, Thorell.

On Species of Opisthophthalmus.

2 to 4 much enlarged posteriorly ;
interocular area smooth; hands
narrow, width less than length of
hand-back ; fingers very long, the
movable more than twice the
width of.the hand, .o5... mes

. Tail robust; denticles of upper

keels hardly enlarged _ poste-
riorly; interocular area gran-
ular; hand stouter, its width
much excelling the length of
the hand-back, and more than
half the length of the movable
GISIE Scher cPa eens aia «ace mete

6°, Sterna of abdomen rugose, the last
granular; palpi and tail propor-
tioned almost as in macer.

oe

lie

All the abdominal sterna thickly
granular; first and second seg-
ments of tail longer than carapace,
which equals the fifth segment in
length: Sotctteinamnear sass roel
Not all the sterna evenly granular,
the anterior at most slightly
wrinkled.

a‘*, Interocular area nearly or quite

=
—

smooth; hand much more finely
granular ; anterior —sterna
smooth ; inferior median keels
on first caudal segment nearly
opsolete . 2.5.22. WTS s eyo Se
Interocular area entively gran-
ular; hand strongly crested
and tubercular; first caudal
segment strongly and granularly
keeled below, lat stein set Pe

austerus, Karsch, 3.

macer, Thor., 3.

breviceps, sp. 0., 3.

glabrifrons, Pet., 3.

pugnax, Thor., ¢.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Carapace and chela, 9.

Genital operculum and comb of one side,

Carapace and chela, ¢.

Carapace and chela, °.

Genital operculum and comb of one side.

First abdominal sternum,

chela, 3.

Brachium and manus

of

Brachium and manus of

On the Cross-Fertilization of Flowers by Insects. 249

XXXV.—Notes on the Study of the Cross-Fertilization of
Flowers by Insects. By Ipa A. Kevver, Ph.D.*

OnE of the most remarkable discoveries in plant-physiology
was certainly that of the cross-fertilization of plants by the
aid of insect visitors. That this discovery, made toward the
end of the last century, was founded upon actual fact has
been verified by almost every one who has become interested
in this most remarkable phenomenon. Apparent as it is in
many cases, in more instances cross-fertilization by means of
insects is simply a conjecture. There is no more fruitful
source of error perhaps in the experience of all scientific
knowledge than a sudden brilliant discovery, which is founded
upon careful observations in a limited number of cases, and
the wholesale application of its results without the exercise of
sufficient caution. Again and again the organic world has
been shown to be so complex that no one simple formula can
be found to express adequately the exact situation in each of
a great variety of cases. Experience is constantly showing
that each particular case must be carefully studied by itself
before we can with any degree of certainty gain a thorough
understanding of any general phenomenon in plant or animal
life.

In my attempts to obtain an impartial view of the subject
of cross-fertilization, so far as the actual observations made in
this field up to the present day will permit, I was struck with
a number of curious facts in connexion with the development
of our knowledge in this direction. I must, however, apolo-
gize for the rather meagre presentation of the subject. [
have had neither the time nor the opportunity to acquaint
myself thoroughly with its entire literature, and the original
observations which I have made in this line are limited in
number.

Conrad Sprengel, as we all know, discovered ‘‘ The Secret
of Nature Revealed in the Formation and Fertilization of
Flowers.” Over one hundred years have passed since this
was recorded, and yet the plant-world offers in this respect
one puzzle after another. Instead of having exhausted the
study of the subject by this time, it seems to be gaining in
interest.

Naturally enough, it was not the tendency of scientists to
try to disprove what was evidently true from the observations

* From the ‘Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia,’ 1895, pp. 555-561.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 17

250 Dr. Ida A. Keller on the

of Sprengel, but rather to develop more fully our knowledge
of cross-fertilization. I need only refer to the famous work
of Darwin, to that of the well-known German botanists
Hildebrand, H. Miiller, Kerner, and to that of the many
close observers of our own day.

The fact that cross-fertilization is of utmost value to the
individual species has been emphasized by Darwin. In fact
this great discoverer contends repeatedly that pollen applied
to the pistil of the same flower is a positive injury to the
species. It is curious to note how this idea has influenced
the authors of botanical text-books. As one instance in
many I need only refer to Gray’s ‘ Structural Botany.’ To
the rather long chapter devoted to the description of the
adaptation of flowers to insure intercrossing a few paragraphs
are added in which the writer, it seems to me rather unwil-
lingly, admits that there are also special adaptations to insure
close fertilization—in fact, that there are cases which posi-
tively exclude all chances of a cross. Of cleistogamous
flowers Gray says :—‘ Here the intention and the accom-
plishment of self-fertilization are unmistakable. This peculiar
dimorphism consists in the production of very small or incon-
spicuous and closed flowers, necessarily self-feriilized and
fully fertile, in addition to ordinary, conspicuous, and much
less fertile, though perfect flowers” *. He then continues :—
“ It has been said that the ordinary flowers in such plants are
sterile, and perhaps they always are so, except when cross-
fertilized; in most cases they are habitually infertile or
sparingly fertile. Probably they suffice to secure in every
few generations such benefit as a cross may give, while the
principal increase is by cleistogamous self-fertilization, which
thus offsets the incidental disadvantage of the former mode.”
I have quoted the writer verbatim, because the extract shows
so plainly his mental attitude in regard to the significance of
this phenomenon. Here we have a concession in regard to
the extreme fertility of cleistogamous flowers, followed by a
suggestion in regard to the few mostly infertile conspicuous
flowers which accompany the former, and from these and the
statement that no species is altogether cleistogamous, taken
as a premise, the following conclusion is drawn :—“ Thus,
cleistogamy, with all its special advantage, testifies to the
value of intercrossing.”” The same bias, looking favourably
upon cross-fertilization, may be observed in most writers on
the subject. The prevailing impression seems to be that close
fertilization is, as arule, only resorted to when all the chances
for cross-fertilization are at an end.

* Gray’s ‘Structural Botany,’ p. 241.

Cross-Fertilization of Flowers by Insects. 251

It appears that the problem permits of a wholly different
solution. Among the few writers who admit this there is,
perhaps, none who speaks with as much decision and who
adduces as many facts to prove his assertions as does Mr. Mee-
han. In his interesting paper entitled “Are Insects any
Material Aid to Plants in Fertilization ?”’ the conclusions are
as follows :—

First, the great bulk of coloured flowering-plants are self-
fertilizers,

Secondly, only to a limited extent do insects aid fertiliza-
tion.

Thirdly, self-fertilizers are every way as healthy and
vigorous, and immensely more productive, than those depen-
dent on insect-aid.

Fourthly, that where plants are so dependent they are the
worse fitted to engage in the struggle for lite, the great under-
lying principle in natural selection.

These views are directly opposed to the impression one
would naturally receive from text-books on botany. It is
evident that it is of the utmost importance to study the
significance, and, if possible, the cause of each of the various
factors with which we have to deal as pointing either towards
cross- or towards close-fertilization. As already suggested,
it is always a critical matter to generalize where thousands of
species are concerned which have developed under a variety
of circumstances.

Let us now consider the chief adaptations which point
towards cross-fertiliz.ition :—

I. Distinct sexes.
II. Specially adapted or conspicuous corolla.
I1I. Peculiar position of stamens and pistils.
1V. Difference in the time of maturity of stamens and
pistils.

I. Distinct sewes—The male and female flowers being
separated, it is a matter of necessity that the pollen of one
flower finds its way to the stigma of another flower. From a
teleological point of view the intention is clearly shown. We
cannot, however, speak with certainty of cross-tertilization
even in all these cases, except in wholly dicecious plants, at
least not in Darwin’s understanding of the term, which is
that “ cross-fertilization always means a cross between
distinct plants raised from seeds.’ We must therefore be
careful not to include too hastily in this category moncecious

252 ‘ Dr. Ida A. Keller on the

plants, where the male and female organs are borne on distinct
flowers but on the same plant.

II. A specially adapted or conspicuous corolla.—It is these
showy, irregular, or peculiarly shaped corollas that insects
may readily be observed to visit. The questions which here
arise are numerous. ‘The first one to present itself is this:
Has the corolla been developed for the purpose of attracting
insects, and is it the proof which nature gives us that cross-
fertilization is a necessity, or that it is at least favourable to
the preservation of the species? ‘This seems to have been
definitely answered in the affirmative. The number of cases
where the insect has actually been seen to transport the pollen
from one plant to another, however, are few compared with
the great number of species whose flowers would come under
this head. In this connexion it must be remembered how
very often the insect is simply a robber. This past summer
I observed, e. g., a very large patch of Gerardia pedicularia,
the flowers almost all being pierced at the base of the corolla
by bees perching on the outside and never touching stamens
or pistil. Now, wherever it is more convenient for the insect
to reach the desired substance without boring a hole, it is
apt to be taken for a benefactor, even if it simply takes from
the flower without rendering any service in return. There is
another suggestion I would offer in regard to insect visitors.
In observing bees travelling to and from flowers of Kalmia
latifolia, I noticed that very frequently pollen is thrown upon
the pistil of the same flower when the stamens are unfastened
by the insect. I am not prepared to assert, however, that
such flowers proved fertile. I simply throw this out as a
suggestion, and it should be taken for what it is worth.
Professor Willis made somewhat similar observations on the
flowers of Phacelia tanacetifolia. He describes the crawling
of insects over the dense cymes, touching stamens and styles
indiscriminately, and probably knocking the pollen on the
stigmas from the surrounding anthers*. Further, he says
in regard to Phacelia campanularia :— Bees alight some-
times on the corolla, touching styles and stamens, crushing
them all up together with the styles, and probably causing
selt- as much as cross-fertilization ’”’ f. This in spite of the
fact that the flower of this plant is to all appearance well
adapted to secure cross-fertilization. I should not be surprised
if, sooner or later, upon close examination it should be found

* “ Contributions to the Natural History of the Flower,’ Journ, Linn.
Soc. Lond., Botany, vol, xxx. p. 55,
+ Ibid. p. 57. .

Cross- Fertilization of Flowers by Insects. 253

that in many cases where this adaptation to insects seems so
perfect the insect visitors aid in securing self-fertilization, as
these observations seem to indicate.

Ill. Peculiar position of stamens and pistils.—In the pre-
ceding paragraph | have already briefly referred to the flowers
of Kalmia latifolia, perhaps the best illustration of such an
arrangement. ‘The wheel-shaped corolla, with the ten
pockets in which the anthers are held, is sufficiently familiar
to require no further description, Stamens and pistil mature
at the same time. ‘The anthers are held in the pockets of
the corolla ; when visited by insects they are set free, and the
pollen is thrown with considerable force from the anther-sacs
through the orifices. As I have remarked before, I have
observed repeatedly that pollen was thrown upon the stigma
of the same flower. Careful observations should decide the
question how far in such cases, where there is such a pecu-
liar arrangement in the position of stamens and pistils in
regard to each other, close-fertilization is possible.

Even should it be impossible in any case that autogamy,
or close-fertilization, is effected, it must be remembered that
whenever a plant bears many or clusters of flowers the chances
of cross-fertilization are reduced. Insects in such cases may
visit many flowers of the same plant; but this is not cross-
fertilization in Darwin’s sense of the term.

1V. Dichogamy, or difference in the time of maturity of
stamens and pistils.— This appears to me the most suggestive
and interesting phase of this intricate problem. From a
teleological point of view, 7. e. if we look for a purpose, we
must agree with Darwin and his followers that this is one of
the most remarkable adaptations favouring cross-fertilization.
Modern science insists, however, that we must use inductive
methods, and it is the tendency of the present day to search
rather for the causes than for an underlying purpose. If, on
the one hand, we affirm that every organ is modified to serve
some particular use, we cannot believe, on the other hand,
that such modifications are directly due to external factors
over which the plant has no control. J am aware that the
principle of natural selection may find its application in the
most subtle cases ; at the same time it requires, in this parti-
cular instance, a considerable strain to make it ae wba
reference to dichogamy, Mr. Meehan says positively that the
difference between the time of maturity of stamen and pistil
is caused by varying degrees of temperature, and that dicho-
gamy has its origin in this circumstance, “ that whatever its
significance, it arises from no effort innate to the plant itself,
but from an outside force that can have but little interest im

254 On the Cross-Fertilization of Flowers by Insccts.

cross-fertilization’”’ *. It is peculiarly characteristic of the
present day to seek for the effect of external conditions and to
experiment with the modifications that can be brought about
by changing these. For example, Prof. Goebel says, in
reference to cleistogamic flowers, ‘‘ We do not yet know the
conditions necessary for the production of cleistogamic flowers,
but it may be assumed even now that this production is
influenced by external factors wherever a plant has the power
to produce such flowers” +. He then cites experiments made
with Impatiens fulva, where cleistogamic flowers are the
result of poor nutrition. Accordingly it appears at least
possible that experiments might give similar results in
reference to dichogamy.

Attention has often been called to the fact that in plants
especially adapted to insure cross-fertilization there exists in
almost every case a possibility of self-fertilization. The above
statements in regard to dichogamy, if of any value, point to
a different conclusion concerning the final or at least possible
autogamy from that which is generally accepted. It is
assumed that the flower is so constructed that there is every
chance of a cross provided the insect appears to do the work.
This failing, the arrangement is such as to allow pollen to
come in contact with the stigma of the same flower. It is
evident that in every case which seems to point towards cross-
fertilization it is always to a great extent a matter of chance
whether the visitor arrives or not, even when the adaptation
seems most perfect. It should be decided if cross-fertilization
or autogamy is the rule with every species which seems con-
structed so as to attract insects, and this work should be done
in as many different localities and at different times of the
year as possible, since there is no doubt there are great
variations possible in the fertilization of flowers in the same
species caused by different conditions of heat, moisture, &e. ~

If autogamy should in any case prove the rule, we must
regard fertilization by aid of an insect as an exception, not to
call it an accident. Dichogamy probably is then in a measure
due to external conditions. If this is true, it is simply the
result of a “lagging behind” in the ripening time of either
stamens or pistils, and the final autogamy is the result of a
subsequent ‘‘catching-up” in this respect. ‘This is, as I
have said before, probably the most interesting side of the
question, and the one which will no doubt prove the most
satisfactory for experimental investigation.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Nov. 27, 1888, p. 394.

+ Goebel, ‘ Pilanzen-biologische Schilderungen,’ Marburg, 1893, ii. Theil,
2 Lief. p. 363.

——E ey

On the Quadrate Bone of a Gigantic Pterodactyl. 255

In conclusion, I desire to make the following sugges-
tions :—

First. It is evident that the study of the phenomenon of
cross-fertilization of flowers by means of insects is still a
profitable field for observation and discovery.

Second. The effect of external conditions in reference to
dichogamy should be the subject of critical experiments.

Third. Teleological explanations should be avoided as
much as possible, here as elsewhere, according to the spirit
of modern investigation.

Finally. The relative number of cases of cross- and close-
neon should be compared, and it should be determined
if cross-fertilization actually takes place in all cases where
this is assumed.

XXXVI.—On the Quadrate Bone of a Gigantic Pterodactyl
discovered by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S., in the Creta-
ceous of Bahia, Brazil. By A. SmirH Woopwarp
KS, EGS

NEARLY five years ago Mr. Joseph Mawson discovered the
first evidence of Pterodactyls in the rocks of the Southern
Hemisphere, consisting of two sTEETIEN TE quadrate bones
from the Cretaceous of Bahia, Brazil*. Quite recently he
has returned from a further examination of the cliffs and
shore-reefs in the same district, and now he has obtained
another example of the same bone, interesting not only on
account of the locality, but also as belonging probably to the
most gigantic Pterodactyl hitherto recorded.

The new specimen, shown from the posterior and articular
aspects and in transverse section in the accompanying figures,
belongs to the right side of the head. A little more of. its
proximal portion is preserved than in the previous example,
but the pterygoid plate is similarly broken away, the ee
for its articulation alone being indicated. ‘The bone is much
compressed antero-posteriorly, its outer margin being a sharp
edge, and a transverse fracture immediately above the con-

dyles (fig. C) shows that its lower portion is solid. ‘The

* A. S. Woodward, “Evidence of the Occurrence of Pterosaurians
and Plesiosaurians in the Cretaceous of Brazil, discovered by Joseph
Mawson, Esq., F.G.S.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. vii. (1891),
p. 314, fig. 2.

256 On the Quadrate Bone of a Gigantic Pterodactyl.

upper portion may have been hollow, but there is no pneumatic
foramen such as often occurs on the hinder face of this
element. Both faces are flattened, but the anterior one is
slightly concave from side to side above, and the posterior
one (fig. A) is remarkable for its relatively great width in the
upper part. The facette for the pterygoid lamina extends
downwards almost as far as the inner articular condyle and
is obscured by adherent matrix; but its boundaries are clear,

Right quadrate bone of a Pterodactyl, natural size, from the posterior (A)
and articular (B) aspects, and in transverse section (C). Cretaceous,
Plataforma, Bahia, Brazil. [Mawson Collection, British Museum. }

and the transverse fracture shows that it was coarsely rugose
and ridged as in the previous small specimen from Brazil.
The articular end of the bone (fig. B) exhibits the usual lack
of bilateral symmetry. ‘The condyles are a little abraded,
though apparently not much damaged, and are particularly
remarkable both for their inequality in size and their tumid

Geological Society. 257

form. The inner is very much larger than the outer condyle,
and the valley between the two is sharply angulated.

Compared with the Pterodactylian quadrates already dis-
covered by Mr. Mawson in the same formation and locality,
the new specimen is about three times as large, and differs
in the marked inequality of the articular condyles, as also in
their less oblique disposition. The new fossil, however,
agrees with the others in having these condyles remarkably
tumid and separated by a narrow sharp valley, thus re-
sembling the corresponding bones of the Jurassic * rather
than those of Cretaceous age}. So far as yet known,
indeed, the articular end of the quadrate in Cretaceous Ptero-
saurian genera is almost saddle-shaped, with acute lateral
borders.

Not being able to determine the genus of the Brazilian
Cretaceous Pterodactyl, it is equally impossible to estimate
the size of the skull or the animal itself from a single bone.
There is too much variation in the proportions of the snout
and the relative dimensions of the head among Pterodactyls
to admit of any such induction. ‘To judge by Marsh’s figure
of the skull of Pteranodon, however, the Brazilian form must
have even exceeded in size the gigantic species of this North-
American genus, of which the head sometimes attains a
length of 4 feet.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 22, 1896.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

‘On some Podophthalmous Crustaceans from the Cretaceous
ie ee of Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands.’ By Henry
Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., P.G.S.

This paper contains descriptions of several crustaceans from the
Cretaceous coal-bearing strata of Vancouver and Queen Charlotte
Islands, sent to the Author by J. F. Whiteaves, Esq., F.G.S.,

* R. Lydekker, “ On certain Ornithosaurian and Dinosaurian Remains, ’
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlvii. (1891), p. 41, pl. v. figs. 3, 4.

t H. G. Seeley, ‘The Ornithosauria’ (1870), p. 90, pl. xi. figs. 16, 17.
See also figure of quadrate of Pteranodon (no description) by O. C.
Marsh, Amer. Journ. Sci. [3] vol. xxvii. (1884), pl. xv.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 18

258 Miscellaneous.

Paleontologist to the Geological Survey of Canada, and two from
the Museum of the Geological Society of London.

After giving a brief notice of the deposits from which the nodules
containing these crustacean fossils have been derived, and the authors
who have written upon them, Dr. Woodward describes (1) a new
Callianassa, which he names Callianassa Whiteavesii; (2) an
anomalous Brachyuran, which he names Homolopsis Richardsoni ;
(3) a new Corystid, named Paleocorystes Harveyi; and (4) a new
Cancer, named Plagiolophus vancouverensis.

2. ‘On a Fossil Octopus, Calais Newboldi (J. de C. Sby., MS.),
from the Cretaceous of the Lebanon.’ By Henry Woodward, LL.D.,
F.R.S., P.G.8.

The specimen to which the Author’s attention was obligingly
drawn by Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.G.S., is in the Museum of the
Geological Society ; it was obtained by Major T. J. Newbold, and
named in 1846 in MS. by the late Mr. J. de Carle Sowerby, Calais
Newboldit, who added on the label :—‘ Ceph. Octopoda. Genus in-
editum. Abdomen alis triangularibus instructum. E strato calcareo
tertiario Montis Libani a D. Newbould effossum.—1846. J. de Carle
Sowerby.’

The Author describes the specimen in detail, and retains for it
the genus and species proposed by Mr. Sowerby, only correcting the
spelling of the discoverer’s name and the age of the bed, which is
Cretaceous, not Tertiary.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The imputed Jealousy of European Workers on Australasian Faunas
by Local Writers. By C. Heptey, F.L.S.

Rererrine to the controversy in the last August and October
numbers of this Magazine, touching the synonymy of Khysota
Armiti, I can readily accept the decision of Mr. Smith, since he has
the advantage over me of consulting a figure. While the identity
of a species may be held a trifling matter, his concluding remark
that American and Australian naturalists jealously resent the inter-
ference of European writers with their respective local fauna, touches
ona topicso large and important that I would crave space to discuss
it further.

When such interference takes the shape of the splendid ‘ Chal-
lenger’ monographs it is received most thankfully; but when it
comes to us, as it often does—I am, of course, not now alluding to
Mr. Smith—in papers ignoring Australian or American literature,
without, or with mistaken, reference to geographical, geological,
and other environment necessary to the proper appreciation of the
subject, and presenting data insufficient for the recognition of the
species dealt with, then we may be ungrateful without being jealous.
Even resentment may be provoked by the flippant manner in which
Australian and some American work is received, no matter how

Miscellaneous. 259

honestly attempted, by the disregard of our scientific literature and
by the shameful ignorance that pervades all classes in matters con-
cerned with Australian geography.

An apt parable is the story of two children dividing a piece of
bread and jam, of whom the elder licked off the sweets and handed
to the younger the dry bread for his share. What credit may
attach to the naming of species is appropriated by some Europeans,
who leave the drier crust of classification, anatomy, distribution, &c.
to be laboriously worked out by others.

To support these charges by particulars, I will wander no further
than the source whence this discussion arose. Some years ago I
prepared an account of the Land-Mollusean Fauna of British New
Guinea, in studying which I encountered several unfigured descrip-
tions by Mr. Smith. A London writer, who has at his command
the ablest men, the wealthiest museums, and most complete libraries
in the world, cannot appreciate the difficulties under which an
American, and still more an Australian, student pursues his work
in a city far from civilization’s centre, poorly equipped with books,
specimens, or apparatus, and alone from fellow-workers. If
Mr. Smith, who can identify almost any known shell by a glance at
an authentic specimen in his official custody, could realize how the
head of one student of his writings has ached in reading and
re-reading one of his brief unfigured diagnoses and in endeavouring
to match it with a specimen in hand, he would never, I believe,
again issue an unfigured description, Chance, however, later threw
in my path authentic examples of Mr. Smith’s unfigured Papuan
species; and, though I consider it unfair for one writer to cast upon
another the burden of completing his work, I published drawings of
each of them.

My satisfaction in reducing this fauna to order was short-lived,
for Mr. Smith then produced a series of papers in which a con-
siderable number of New-Guinea species were named and described
without figures or precise localities. Now I do not regard the
publication of these descriptions as a mere formal rite whose celebra-
tion invests British-Museum specimens with the rank of type; but
I receive them as an intended aid to Australian students in the study
of their local fauna. Yet a perusal of them does not enable me to
project a distinct image of any of the forms dealt with; nor am I
alone in this infirmity, for one of the most striking of these shells
has since been renamed, described, and figured as an unpublished
species by a German author, Dr. Kobelt. Several of the species are
relegated to the genus Heliaw, which, in the sense Mr, Smith em-
ployed it, contains about three thousand species ; he also draws
specific limits narrower than do some other writers. For the pur-
pose of this argument it is granted that, in adopting broad genera
and narrow species, the best course is followed ; but it will then be
obvious that he who contrasts a novelty with thousands instead of
scores of co-generic forms, and he who sees five species where
another distinguishes three, is under the greater necessity of giving
full details than he who adopts the alternative course. Concholo-

260 Miscellaneous.

gists have especial reasons for figuring every shell described,
inasmuch as that shell is not a complete organism, such as usually
represents a species to an entomologist or an ichthyologist. If a
carcinologist were required to name and describe a new crab from
an empty carapace shorn of its appendages, or a botanist to publish
a new tree from a handful of leaves, each would probably decline
on the ground of insufficient material; and if he yielded, say to the
importunity of a paleontologist who could furnish nothing else, he
would endeavour to make amends for his fragmentary material by
figuring and describing it in the minutest detail.

To conclude: in the army of science there is no room between an
honoured veteran like Mr. Smith and a tyro like myself for that
green-eyed monster to whom he somewhat harshly alludes. The
object of these remarks will have been attained if I can but induce
European writers to read a little more Australian scientific litera-
ture, to study the geography of this continent with a little more
care, and especially to figure every Australasian shell they describe
as new.

Sydney, New South Wales,

November 30, 1895.

Reply.

I do not propose in any way to modify or withdraw the opinion
expressed in the paragraph of my paper complained of by
Mr. Hedley, who has, however, both misunderstood and misrepre-
sented it. I make no general imputation against all Americans, as
he infers, but, from my own experience and from the testimony of
others, I have reason to know that a jealous feeling has been enter-
tained by ‘* some.”’

With regard to the title of Mr. Hedley’s above remarks, I would
observe that I have made no accusation at all against Australian
writers, and my observation, ‘‘it seems almost as if the ‘ green-eyed
monster’ were tripping in the Antipodes,” was a playful reference to
Mr. Hedley alone, and was prompted by the general tone of his
paper, which I thought might have been withheld until he had
again occasion to deal with the fauna of New Guinea. I may add
that if he had been a little less precipitate he would have been
saved the trouble of writing his comments, for figures have since
been published of the species complained of.

LT may also say, in conclusion, that I do not think it would be
edifying to further encroach upon the valuable space of these
‘ Annals’ with a detailed criticism of the rest of Mr. Hedley’s prolix
remarks. A deal might be said with regard to the relative value
of a good description and a bad figure, of the cost of illustration, of
priority of publication, &c., but cut bono ? E, A. Sire.

P.S.—Since penning the above reply specimens of Mr. Hedley’s
Rhysota flyensis (a synonym of which he complained of my creation
in R. Armiti) have been added to the Museum collection. In my
opinion it is merely a variety of his own R. hercules, described at the
same time !—H. A. 8.

a THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE
a :

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.
A A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
4 ” CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

yt

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
rices : Sus:
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only
: on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.

The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. PR 3
~The Fourth Serces, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. aieeee

TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Oomplet acts Gn eed wage) may be obtained at the following

‘The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.
he Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. SS STO,
Fi The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. i: END:
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. ree Se 3
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. eesti

_Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

eee

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 99.—Siath Series.

=e

XXVI. Notes on the Anatomy of some Scorpions, and its bearing
on the Classification of the Order. By Matcotm Lavrir, D.Sc., B.A.,
E.R.S.E., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology in St. Mungo’s College, Glasgow.
(Plate IX.)

eoerew ee eer ewe er ees ee eee eee eseereseeeeve eee eee eeeeve

XXVII. A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part Y.
The Families Jdmoniide and Entalophoride. By J. W. Grucory,
D.S8ce., F.G.S.

XXVIII. New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and
Epiplemide. By W. Warrun, M.A., F.ES

eee eee ret neeeeene reat

Oe eve 0 (ee 6,0 ve 0,0 20) .6 0) 0 16, 6 o, 0. Oe 6 Oe tae eee sje tebe ie C164) Oe he lee

XXIX. Descriptions of Five new Species of Castnia from Tropical

South America. By Hersert Drucs, F.LS. &e. Pe NE, n> 216 i“

Page

202

XXX. Microseopic and Systematic Study “i Madreporarian Types |

of Corals, : By Mania MM. Ogruvie! DiSe. 0.9, vais aw new ae
XXXI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Snakes from Sarawak.
By: Dr. A. GUNTHERg PR ie hot aie cet claie apace gate OS ete ane
XXXII. Note on Zenedrio ferrugineus, Fabr., in the Banksian
Collection of Coleoptera. By Caarrtzs O. WatrRHouse

Australian Butterfly of the Subfamily Pierine. By Arruur G.
Butter, Ph.D. &e.

Ce ee ee i coc er ay

XXXIV. On the Species of the South-African Scorpion Opisth-
ophthalmus contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By
R. I. Pocock. (Plate X.)

eee ec ere ere eee eee ee eee se ree eee een eeos

XXXYV. Notes on the Study of the Cross-Fertilization of Flowers

219 -

2313

233

230
XXXIII. Note on the Synonymy of Huphina lanassa, a common — ;

By Inseets,° By. pa. Keren, PR Digg eee k sas ves oie heen 249°

XXXVI. On the Quadrate Bone of a Gigantic Pterodactyl dis-
covered by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S., in the Cretaceous of Bahia,
Brazil. By A. Sarre Woopwarp, F.LS., F.G.8. ............. Gee

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

MG GURI CHL OCIS Ne 5 ci65 hed s cus Mie way» wo See ETN Bee wee

MISCELLANEOUS.

The imputed Jealousy of European Workers on Australasian Faunas
by Local Writers. By C. Heprey, F.L.S.—With a Reply by
faa eats i Cd Cua a eSports a is

249 ,

ne
OME
+

255

. 258

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

Vol. 17. SIXTH SERIES. No. a
THE ANNALS

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

! Os eo
7 C-s a
ee bee b : 4 a
PY gana) BOR f SO

a=

SS ; E
WUTAN ENG SO le =
Woe Ft oe
< % ‘ . = ‘2 aT 3 i a =, yy

CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8.,
AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS # COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FIVE PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. H. M. Bernard’s Paper on Hermaphroditism among the
Apodide, and Dr. A. Giinther’s on Reptiles and Fishes from the Ogowe
River and Old Calabar.

. ; LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

; | Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére,
| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,
_ Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i-xxxy.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If, (Pp. 1-504, pls, xxxvi-lx.)

Reptilia. By A. Ginruer. (Pp. 1-195, pls. i.—lix.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By H. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248,

ls. i—Xv.)

: Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Pickarp Camprinee. (Pp. 1-160, pls. i.-
XViii. )

Chilopeda. By R.I. Pococx. (Pp. 1-40, pls. ii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrELapHipm &c.). By D. SHarp, A.
Martuews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i—xiv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (SzRrRicornra). By C. O. WATERHOUSE,
G. H. Horn, and G. C. Cuampion. (Pp. 1-472, pls. i.—xx.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHoPHoRA). By D. SHarp. (Pp. 1-
168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RuyNcHoPHORA, continued). By D. SHARP
and W. F. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-112, pls. i—iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Eroryitipz). By H.S.Goruam. (Pp. 1-216,
pls. i.—xi.)

Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron. (Pp.1-466,pls.i-xx.) Vol. UL. —

(Pp. 1-376, pls. i—xiv.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin.
(Pp. ae pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. I. (Pp. 1-416, pls. xlvii.-
Ixxxvli.

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Druce. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. II.
(Pp. 1-272.) (Pls. i.-1xiii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Disranrt. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i.-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. U. By W. W. Fowter. (Pp. 1-186,

ls. i.—viii.)

p Diptera. Vol. I. By BaronC. R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-iii.}
Diptera. Vol. Il By F.M. vanprer Wo.p. (Pp. 1-280, pls. i—vii.)
Diptera. Vol. [iI. By S. W. Winuisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1,, ii.)
Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. By A. pE Bormans, H. DE Saussure, and L, Zennrnenr.
(Pp. 1-200, pls. ix.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCHEOLOGY.

By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i—xcix. Vol. III. pp. 1-24,
pls. i-xxy.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrren, 7 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES.
DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. (A new Edition in preparation.)
_. —_—, SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. 8s. 6d.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. Vol. I. SPHINGES np
BOMBYCES. 1892. £2 2s. nett.

—— ——. Vol. Il NOCTU (in preparation).
NEUROPTERA ODONATA,. 1890. 16s.

Gurney and JACKSON, 1 Paternoster Row.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 100. APRIL 1896.

XXXVII.—Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made
by Miss M. H. Kingsley during her Travels on the Ogowe
River and in Old Calabar. By Dr. A. GintueEr, F.R.S.

[Plates XIII.-XV. ]

Miss Mary H. Kineastey, on returning from her first visit
to the West Coast of Africa in 1894, brought with her a small
miscellaneous collection of zoological specimens, sufficiently
large to show the interest she took in the fauna of the countries
visited by her. Last year she started again from England,
with the object of extending her travels in the interior of the
Gaboon country ; and as she intended to follow during a part
of this expedition the course of the Ogowe River, she readily
fell in with my view that an opportunity of collecting the
fishes of this mighty river should not be lost. ‘The means of
preserving and transporting the specimens were naturally
limited, as Miss Kingsley travelled alone with a native crew ;
besides, whilst traversing the region of the rapids, which
extends over some hundred of miles, the upsetting of her
canoe was a matter of frequent occurrence. Nevertheless she
succeeded in bringing home in excellent condition a collection
of eighteen species of Reptiles and about sixty-five species of
Fishes, which will be enumerated or described in this paper,
besides a number of other, especially entomological, specimens.

During a temporary stay at Old Calabar and a visit to the
island ot Corisco some freshwater fishes were added to the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. if)

262 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

main collection from the Ogowe River. These will be also
embodied in the present paper, whilst the marine species,
being all well known, are omitted. A case containing the
fishes of Lake Aznigo, which Miss Kingsley visited with
the special object of obtaining its fishes, was unfortunately
lost by the upsetting of a boat.

Thirty years ago scarcely anything but the name was
known of the Ogowe River; but between 1860 and 1870
French officials and traders began to trace its course inland,
discovering a long stretch of rapids in its middle course which
render navigation dangerous and, at places, impossible to any
vessel larger than a boat. Among those earlier explorers an
Englishman, the late Mr. R. B. N. Walker, took a_pro-
minent part*, making two expeditions in 1866 and 1873,
and penetrating to Lopé, in the Okanda country. The survey
of the upper parts of the river was completed by Messrs. de
Brazza and Balay.

All that was known before the year 1860 of the reptiles
and fishes of the Gaboon country has been collected by
Aug. Duméril in bis memoir “ Reptiles et Poissons de
l’ Afrique occidentale,” in Arch. Mus. vol. x. I find that in
the list at the end of his memoir he mentions eight freshwater
fishes from Gaboon, all being from the littoral portion of
the country. In 18677 I described the collection made by
Walker on the Ogowe, adding seventeen species to its fauna,
ten of which were new. ‘This list was increased by six others
found by Buchholz and determined by Peters (MB. Berlin.
Akad. 1876, p. 244). Two years later M. Sauvage com-
menced to publish the results of his examination of the
materials that had accumulated in the Paris Museum (Bull.
Soc. Philom. 1878, pp. 90-103), giving a complete account of
the then knowledge of this fish-fauna in his memoir “ Htude
sur la Faune ichthyologique de l’Ogéoué,” in N. Arch. Mus.
iii. 1880. In it he enumerates thirty-seven species, a part of
which, however, he knew only from the papers of his prede-
cessors. This number has been increased by him in a last
supplementary list to forty-six (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ix.
1884).

In the present paper I have added to the Gaboon fauna from
Miss Kingsley’s collection the following sixteen species :—

Gobius eneofuscus, Gthr.
Eleotris senegalensis, Stdchr.

* Bull. Soc. géogr. Paris, 1879, p. 114.
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 109. In this paper the name
of the river is misspelt Ogome.

from the Oyowe River and Old Calabar. 263

Ophiocephalus obscurus, Gthr.

Ctenopoma gabonense, sp. n. (2= Ct. multispine, Sauv.,

nec Ptrs.).

nanum, sp. 0.

Kingsleye, sp.n. (?= Ct. Petherict, Sauv., nec Gthr.).

Chromis ogowensis, sp. n. (?= Ch. microcephalus, Sauv.,
nec Blkr.).

Cynoglossus senegalensis, Kaup.

Clarias Walkert, sp. n.

Eutropius libervensis, Hubrecht.

Chrysichthys Biittikoferi, Stdchr. (= Ch. macrops, Sauv.,
nec Gthr.).

Barilius bibie, Joannis.

Alestes longipinnis, Gthr.

Kingsleye, sp. n.

Mormyrus amblystoma, sp. n.

Notopterus nigri, Gthr.

Deducting from M. Sauvage’s list three species which I
consider merely synonyms, and allowing for four others which
I believe to figure in my and M. Sauvage’s lists under different
names, I compute the total number of species known at
present from this river to be fifty-one, a number which
may be expected to be doubled by future investigations.
The fish-fauna of the Nile consists of about ninety species.

The localities which will be mentioned in this report
are the following :—

Warrt, on the Forcados River (mouth of the Niger).

Azuminé Creek, freshwater, running into the Opobo River,
with a swift current, 25 miles from the sea (Niger
delta).

Egwanga, on the Opobo River (Niger delta).

Corisco Island, off the Gaboon Coast.

Lambarene, Ogowe River.

Talagouga, about 180 miles from the mouth of the

owe.

Kondo-Kondo, an island in the Alemba Rapids of the

Ogowe.

REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.

The Reptiles were collected at Lambarene, and belong to
the following species :—
1. Cycloderma Aubryi, D. B.—A young specimen well
agreeing with one figured by Peters (MB. Berl.
Akad. 1876, p. 117).
Be:

264 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

2. Monitor niloticus, L.

3. Poromera Fordit, Hallow.

4. Mabouia Raddonii, Gray.

5. Gymnodactylus fasciatus, D. B.

6. Polemon Barthit, Jan.

7. Coronella fuliginoides, Gthr.

8. Grayia Smythit, Leach.

9. Hydrethiops melanogaster, Gthr.
10. Hapsidophrys lineatus, Fisch.
11. Philothamnus nitidus, Gthr.

12. Lycophidium trroratum, Leach.
13. Dipsadoboa assimilis, Matschie.
14. Naja melanoleuca, Hallow.

15. Vipera nasicornis, Shaw.

16. Atherts anisolepis, Mocq.

17. Cornufer Johnstonii, Blgr.

18. Rana crassipes, Ptrs.

Before passing on to the Fishes I offer remarks on a few
of these species.

POROMERA.
Poromera, Boul. Liz. iii. p. 6.

Nostril between two nasals and the suture between rostral
and first labial. Lower eyelid scaly. Collar present. Back
covered with scales larger than those of the tail, and strongly
keeled, the keels forming continuous longitudinal ridges;
sides with much smaller scales; ventral scales rather large,
imbricate, keeled, the keels again forming continuous series.
Fingers and toes slender, with a double series of smooth, very
small scutes beneath. Femoral pores; no inguinal pores.

Tail long, cylindrical.

Poromera Fordit.

Tachydromus Fordii, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1857, p. 48.
Poromera Fordit, Boul. 1. e.

General aspect of a Tachydromus.

The scutes on the upperside of the head show longitudinal
ridges either along the middle or concentric with their
margins. The anterior nasal meets its fellow in the median
line behind the rostral. Anterior frontal longer than broad ;
an unpaired small scute between the posterior frontals. Ver-
tical bell-shaped, twice as long as broad ; a pair of anterior
occipitals, half the size of the posterior, between which a

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 265

central occipital. The posterior occipitals are fringed by
some smaller marginal scutes. Two large supraoculars on
each side. Seven or eight narrow upper labials, of which
the penultimate is the largest. Four chin-shields on one
side, five on the other. Temporal scales small, strongly
keeled.

Ear very open, vertically long. Collar more distinct in
front of the shoulder-joint, and nearly obsolete across the
chest. Dorsal scales in eight, ventral in ten, longitudinal
series. Praeanal region covered by keeled scales, in size and
shape scarcely differing from those preceding them. About
twelve femoral pores. All the caudal scales strongly keeled.

The fore limb pressed backwards does not reach the groin ;
the hind limb carried forwards extends to the ear. Thigh
finely granular behind.

The upper parts are brown, or, after the removal of the
epidermis, green iridescent. Back anteriorly with a black
longitudinal band on each side of the median line, the two
bands coalescent further behind. An indistinct greenish band
along each side of the neck. Lower parts whitish.

millim.

Distance of snout from vent .............. 45
MGemesthy, Ore tauly eres ct, ci tsfess «10%, stew erste acts: s 110
Distance of snouteromyear vere «cee. «5 12
engthror tore MMe ./5 5.0 cei ss sls siones «6 20
Length Otel Gali Dir te eisiecce ils clechonereis os 3
Length of fourth toe (measured from its j junc-

“tion with the RAN) es ee oe Beene ae 12

I have given a full description of this lizard, as the specimen
found by Miss Kingsley at Lambarene seems to be only the
second known to exist in collections. Its specific identity
with Tachydromus Fordit of Hallowell might be questioned,
as this author has described the specimen in the museum of
the Philadelphia Academy as possessing only six rows of
ventral scales ; also the scutellation of the preanal region is
differently described. However, as there is a great agree-
ment in other respects between the two specimens, and the
locality (Gaboon) as given by Hallowell points likewise to a
specific identity, I adopt the name given by the latter author.

Dipsadoboa assimilis.

Dipsadoboa assimilis, Matschie, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1893, p. 178
(Togoland) ; Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lish. iv. 18955 pal’.
The specimen obtained at Lambarene agrees better with
D. assimilis than with D. unicolor with regard to the number
and disposition of the labial shields.

266 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

Professor Bocage refers his specimens from [Fernando Po
also to D. assimilis, whilst, singularly enough, I have now
some evidence that the type of D. wnicolor came from the
same island, as 1 received some years ago a specimen from
Fernando Po which is identical with D. unicolor, There-
fore, as far as our present experience goes, both D. unicolor
and assimilis (if they are really distinct) would seem to occur
in Fernando Po, while the former does not extend on to the
mainland.

Atheris anisolepis.

Atheris anisolepis, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1887, p. 90.
Atheris leviceps, Boettger, Zool. Anz. x. p. 651; Ber. Senckenb. Ges.
1888, p. 92, tab. ii. fig. 7 (head).

An adult specimen from Lambarene. The specimens from
which Boettger took his description came from Banana (Congo
delta). The principal distinctive characters of this species
are, in my opinion, the number and size of scales and the
two series of suboculars, rather than the degree of carination
of some of the scales on the crown of the head, which depends
on age.

Thanks to the kindness of Professor L. Vaillant and
Dr. Jentink I have been able, by a re-examination of the
typical specimens described by Schlegel and Mocquard, to
form a definite opinion as to the species of Atherts which
deserve recognition. They are the following :—

1. A. squamigera, Hallowell,= A. subocularis, Fisch.,
probably = A. Burtont’, Gthr. With 17 (in A. Bur-
tonit with 19) series of scales; only one row of
minute subocular scales (exceptionally partly con-
fluent with upper labials).

2. A. antsolepis, Mocquard (i887), = A. leviceps,
Boettger (1887), = A. chloroechis, Boettg., part.
With 22-25 series of scales; two rows of minute
suboculars, the lower row sometimes incomplete,
but always indicated by several scales.

3. A. chloroechis, Schleg.,= A. polylepis, Ptrs. With
31-36 series of scales and with a double row of
suboculars.

4. A. ceratophora, Werner.

Rana crassipes, Buchh. & Ptrs.

One young specimen from Glass, Gaboon estuary.

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 267

This specimen, as well as an adult in the British Museum,
has no vomerine teeth, whilst two short groups are present in
the second of the British Museum specimens, which is inter-
mediate in size between the two former.

FRESHWATER FISHES.

Gobius ceneofuscus.
Gobius eneofuscus, Peters, MB. Berl. Akad. 1852, p. 681, and Reise n.
Mossamb., Flussf. p. 18, Taf. iii. fig. 1; Giinth. Fish. iii. p. 61.

ie a ae var. guineensis, Peters, MB. Berlin. Akad. 1876,

Cabins tajasica, Steind. Not. Leyd. Mus, xvi. p. 25 (not synon.).

A Goby which seems to be very common in the freshwaters
of Liberia and the Cameroon River, and is abundant in the
Ogowe River, where numerous examples were obtained by
Miss Kingsley at Kondo-Kondo, is identical with the species
discovered by Peters in the Zambeze, but not, as Dr. Stein-
dachner thinks, with the West-Indian G. banana, which has
considerably smaller scales on the tail. G. @neofuscus, there-
fore, belongs to the freshwater fauna of Tropical Africa,
extending right across the continent.

Gobius lateristriga, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. p. 247, pl. xxi.
fig. 1, if not identical with this species, is, at any rate, closely
allied to it; unfortunately the author has omitted to describe
the scales, dentition, and other important characters.

Periophthalmus Koelreutert, var. papilio, Bl. Schn.
Common on the West Coast, and attracting the notice of
every traveller by its semiterrestrial habits and by the
astonishing rapidity with which it leaps, frog-like, over the
mud-flats of the littoral. |
Island of Corisco (Steindachner, SB. Wien. Akad. 1869,
Ix. p. 945).

Eleotris senegalensis.

Eleotris (Culius) senegalensis, Steind. SB. Wien. Akad. 1869, lx. p. 949,
Taf. ii. figs. 1, 2.

Ascends the Ogowe River, specimens having been obtained
at Kondo-Kondo.

Mastacembelus cryptacanthus.

Mastacembelus cryptacanthus, Giinth. P. Z. 8, 1867, p. 102; Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 110.
Mastacembelus Marchet, Sauy. Bull. Soc. Philom, 1876, p. 94, and N,

268 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

Arch. Mus. iii. 1880, p. 36, pl.i. fig. 1; Steind. Not. Leyd. Mus.
xvi. p. 31; Denkschr. Wien. Ak. 1879, xli., ‘‘ Ueber einige neue...
Fisch.,” p. 16.

Lambarene.
Mugil falcipinnis, C. V.
Warri (Niger delta).

Ophiocephalus obscurus, Gthr.
Lambarene and Kondo-Kondo.

Figured in Petherick’s ‘ Travels,’ 1869, ii. pl. il. fig. B.

CTENOPOMA, Ptrs.

From an examination of a much greater number of speci-
mens than were at my disposal some years ago I have come
to the conclusion that the variation in the characters of the
species is of a limited extent, and that a greater number of
species exist than I was formerly inclined to admit. Neither
is the distinction of this genus from Spirobranchus so sharp
as was supposed, the armature of the opercles not being
equally developed in all species, and very young Ctenopomas
apparently lacking it. At present I divide the specimens
before me under the following specific names :—

I. A very distinct space between anal and caudal

fins.
A. Large scales on the back, above the lateral
line.
1, Maxillary extending beyond the centre
of the eye.
D. i AY 2. Subopercular armature
SEROMD Ue ise’ar crc ochre are ss!+ » 1. multispine, Ptrs.
2. Maxillary extending to below the centre
of the eye.
20 9—11
D. 5-79. A+ -- Subopercular arma-
TUECISULODE yaeiingees sii sla: 3 55,3 2. gabonense, sp. 0.
3. Maxillary not extending to below centre
of the eye.
a. D. a. A. so Suboperculum
HO HISONT LEE cr. jobbet ee dele egeteds fo lores 3. nanum, sp. 0.
6. D. q A. a. Suboperculum - ser-
TEGO ck \n.5 acct Jo's one tetenwiapectetetaleys tsetse 4. congicum, Blgr.*
B. Small scales on the back, above the lateral
IHG perieisik as euante GL amiss eas fs 5. microlepidotum, Gthr.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, xix. p. 148.

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 269

II, Anal and caudal fins nearly continuous.
15—17 (18) 10 (9)

AG AD: = A. 9—I1' Depth of body

2 of length in adult, + in young........ 6. Petherici, Gthr.
B.D: ae Ly Xe = Depth of body + of

length in adult, 2 in young .......... 7. Kingsleye, Gthr.

Ctenopoma gabonense, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. C.)

Ctenopoma multispine, var.. Gaunth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx.
p. 110.

D. gy A. >. L. lat. 82. L. transv. 21/9.

Body almost as oblong as in Ct. multispine, to which this
species is closely allied. The height of the body is two
sevenths, or less than one third, of the total length (without
caudal), the length of the head two sevenths or rather more
than two sevenths. The snout equals the diameter of the
eye, which is one fifth of the length of the head ; interorbital
space nearly flat, much wider than the orbit. Mouth mode-
rately wide, the maxillary not extending beyond the vertical
from the centre of the eye. ‘The entire margin of the sub-
operculum is armed with prominent spines; also part of the
interopercular margin is spiny. The space between anal and
caudal fins is equal to, or even longer than, the diameter of
the eye. Ventral fin not reaching the vent. Pores on the
head rather small, inconspicuous. Coloration uniform.

Of this species there are two specimens in the British
Museum, 140 and 153 millim. long, both from the Gaboon.
One was obtained by the late Mr. R. B. N. Walker, and
therefore most probably came from the Ogowe River. Both
have twenty dorsal spines, which number does not seem to
have been ever observed in Ct. multispine; from the latter
species the present differs besides in a rather smaller mouth and
much stronger subopercular armature. Vomerine and pala-
tine teeth present.

Ctenopoma nanum, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. B.)
D.=5". A. soy. L. lat. 27. L. transv. 23/9.

Body stouter than in Ct. multispine or Ct. gabonense, its
greatest depth being contained 2} in the total length (without
caudal) and nearly equal to the length of the head. The
snout equals the diameter of the eye, which is contained 43 in
the length of the head; interorbital space rather convex, not
wider than the orbit. Mouth rather narrow, the maxillary
not extending to the vertical from the centre of the eye.

270 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

Opercular armature weak; there are only a few spinous
teeth above and below the opercular notch, and none at all
on the sub- and interoperculum. The space between anal
and caudal fins is equal to a diameter of the eye. Pores on
the head entirely covered by scales. Five series of scales on
the cheek, the lowermost covering the preopercular margin.
Ventral fins reaching beyond the origin of the anal, the two
outer rays being prolonged into filaments. Body with darker
cross-bands ; an indistinct oblique irregular dark band from
the eye towards the root of the pectoral.

Two specimens from the Gaboon, 67 millim. long, are in
the British Museum; they were collected with specimens of
Ct. Petherict.

This species does not possess palatine teeth, and I am
unable to see any teeth on the vomer, the head of which,
however, is visible and not covered by the mucous membrane.
Of course the possibility of these specimens being the young
of one of the other species has been considered ; but beside
agreeing among themselves and differing from the other
species in the number of spines, the comparative size of the
eye and width of the interorbital space clearly point to their
being either mature or not far removed from maturity.

Ctenopoma Petherict.
Ctenopoma Petherici, Giinth. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1864, xiii. p. 211,
and 1867, xx. p. 110 (part.) ; and in Petherick’s Travels, ii. 1869,
p- 208, pl. i. fig. A. 3

The British Museum contains a specimen the exact
habitat of which is not known, but which was bought with
other West-African fishes. Although thisspecimen differs from
typical Ct. Petherici in the fin-formula, whichis D. +§, A. 3%,
] refer it for the present to the Nilotic species.

In young specimens, 60 millim. long, the opercular arma-
ture and the vomerine and palatine teeth are well developed ;
but these specimens have the body still lower than the adult,
viz. one third of the total (without caudal) ; in the adult it is
a little less than two fifths. The ornamental colours are
prettier than in the adult, the diffuse blackish spot on the tail
of the latter being a complete white-edged ocellus in the

young.

Ctenopoma Kingsley, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. A.)

Ctenopoma Petherict, part., Giinth. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1867, xx.
p- 110 (part.)..
This species is allied to Ct. Petherict, but has a deeper

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 271

body, and especially the young differs much from that of the
Nilotic species.

Dee. Ase, La lat 25, 1. transy. 22/9.

The depth of the body is scarcely less than one half of the
total length (without caudal), the length of the head a little
less than one third. The snout is nearly equal to the diameter
of the eye, which is two ninths of the length of the head ;
interorbital space rather convex, wider than the orbit. Mouth
narrow, the maxillary extending somewhat beyond the front
margin of the orbit. Vomerine teeth; palatine teeth in a very
narrow linear band. A series of short spinous teeth above
and below the opercular notch ; subopercular and part of the
interopereular margin finely and equally serrated. ‘Tail very
short, the anal terminating immediately before, or subcon-
tinuous with, the caudal. Pores on the head entirely covered
by scales. Five or six rows of scales on the cheek, the
scales near the eye being much smaller than the others.
Ventral fins not prolonged, ” reaching the vent. Soft parts of
the vertical fins scaly. Blackish, a diffuse large black spot
on the end of the tail, in front of the root of the caudal.

This diagnosis is taken from an adult specimen 150 millim.
long ; two young ones, 60 millim. long, differ in the following
points :-—

Their body is somewhat less elevated (though much more
than in young Cé. Petherici), its depth being contained 24
times in the total length (without caudal). Interorbital space
as wide as the diameter of the eye, which is one fourth of the
length of the head. Two or three spines above and one
below the opercular notch ; suboperculum partly and indis-
tinctly, interoperculum not serrated. Vomerine teeth deve-
loped, only traces of palatine teeth in front of the bone.
Coloration as in the adult.

All three specimens from Kondo-Kondo.

Chromis latus, Gthr.
Wairri.

The typical specimen was most likely from the same
locality, the late Mr. Fraser being known to have collected in,
or to have received collections from, the Niger delta.

Chromis ogowensis, sp. n.

? Chromis microcephalus, Sauvage, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, ix. 1884,
p- 196 (nec Bleek.).

Da teen. Seek. 5. LL. lat. 27. Lotransv. 3/11.
Scales on the cheek in three series. ‘l'wenty-eight notched

22 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

teeth on each side of the upper jaw. The maxillary ter-
minates some distance in advance of the vertical from the
eye. The depth of the body is a little less than one half of
the total length (without caudal), the length of the head a
little less than one third. Eye two ninths of the length of
the head, much less than the length of the snout and than the
width of the interorbital space. Pectoral fin with the third
and fourth rays produced and extending to the first anal spine.
Caudal fin truncated, scaly. Body with indistinct cross-bands.
Vertical fins blackish, the dorsal with black longitudinal
stripes, longitudinal on the spinous portion, oblique on the
soft; a large oval black spot behind the last dorsal spine.
Ventrals black. A black opercular spot.

millim
otal Venmth: Ween eateries ise es eel ne a ope 170
e Sse WALOUIGICREIC ALY Gr, 4s) Statela's cto 143
Length of-the head. os. .cs50. cece cers ses 47
Diameter/of theGye\ oe oscnte yas oi0.8 ecw ales 10
Length of the eighth dorsal spine.......... 19

Ogowe River (Lambarene).

Hemichromis fasciatus, Ptrs.

Azuminé Creek ; Ogowe River.

Hemichromis bimaculatus.

Hemichromis bumaculatus, Gill, Proc. Philad. Ac. 1862, p. 187 ; Steind.
Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. p. 49.
Hemichromis auritus, Gill, 1. e. p. 185.
Allied to H. guttatus and H. subocellatus, but with the
body deeper and the spinous dorsal higher.

D.44. A. LL. lat. 24. L. transv. 3/10.

8

The height of the body is contained 24 in the total length
(without caudal), the length of the head 22. Length of the
snout equal to the diameter of the eye, which is one fourth of
the length of the head and equal to the width of the inter-
orbital space. Teeth conical, brown, equal in size. Four
series of scales on the cheek. Cleft of the mouth rather
narrow, slightly oblique, with the lower jaw slightly pro-
jecting and with the maxillary not quite reaching the vertical
from the front margin of the orbit. ‘The length of the eighth
dorsal spine is two fifths of that of the head. In the adult
the soft dorsal and anal and the ventral fin are produced into
points. Brownish above, a deep black spot on the end of the
operculum and another in the middle of the body ; three or

From the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 273

four series of round bluish spots on the cheek and gill-cover.
Fins without spots.

millim.
Mintallen pe thieeryse. «+ cade menaeednes te caaes 78
- see wathout Caudaly,). ..%, cates aleste 60
Depth ofthe body, Gere ca «sete ese estes 25
ibeneth: of Gheead’s..:. sicis ect o's ores asi ede 6s 22
Minmetor Ol the CVG. Sisaste carson ccoe ces 6

From the middle course of the Ogowe River.

Hemichromis Schwebischi.

P Hemichromis Schwebischi, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ix. 1884,
p- 198, pl. v. fig. 2.

D. #5". A. 2. LL. lat. 28. L. transv. 3/10.

The height of the body is contained 23 times in the total
length (without caudal), the length of the head 22 times.
Snout produced, with the upper jaw slightly the longer,
longer than the postorbital portion of the head. Mouth of
moderate width, very slightly oblique, the maxillary reaching
but little beyond the vertical from the nostril. ‘Teeth small,
subequal, with brown pointed tips. The eye is a little less
than one half of the length of the snout and contained 42
times in that of the head; its diameter does not equal the
width of the interorbital space in the largest specimen. Pra-
orbital as wide as the eye. Preoperculum with a broad
scaleless inferior limb, but its width is much narrower than
the cheek, on which the scales are arranged in four series.
The dorsal fin commences above the root of the pectoral fin ;
its spines are of moderate strength, the middle ones being
much longer than the eye. Caudal fin slightly emarginate.

Specimens from Azuminé Creek have sixteen dorsal spines
and the pectoral fin reaches nearly the vent. ‘l'wo faint
broad longitudinal bands on the upper half of the body are
crossed by five or six transverse bands, equally faint, the
parts crossed being of a darker tint. These markings are
more distinct in young examples than in the adult. An
opercular spot.

Specimens from Kondo-Kondo have fifteen dorsal spines
and a rather shorter pectoral. None of the markings are
present beside the opercular spot.

millim
Moca eno tHe rc c)6%.4c sie oichelecicswitesaieds 148
ps MeonOUt caudal | i). ci cic) trepeye es 125
Weength: ofgite head... cr e's coasts es 45
Diametenjor the ye 2... .. see ce esas 10

Length of the ninth dorsal spine .....,.... 15

274 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

The specimen described by Sauvage was considerably
larger than ours; to this circumstance I am inclined to ascribe
the discrepancies between the two descriptions.

Cynoglossus senegalensis, Kaup.

Lambarene.

Clarias Walkeri, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. B.)
Dea Agee P3508:

Vomerine teeth villiform, forming a rather narrow band,
without posterior projection, and as broad as the intermaxillary
band; each half of the latter is twice as wide as broad, and
both the intermaxillary and vomerine bands have the same
lateral extent. Head covered above with smooth thin skin,
scarcely any granulation being visible. The occipital process
projects as an isosceles triangle, the hind margin of the
head forming an open crescent on each side of the process.
The fontanelle is elongate, slightly encroaching upon the base
of the triangular process. The length of the head (measured
to the end of the process) is two ninths of the total (without
caudal) ; the width of the interorbital space is one half of the
length of the head. Barbels moderately long, that of the
nostril not reaching the gill-opening, and that of the max-
illary extending to the origin of the dorsal fin, which is
opposite to the end of the pectoral. Anal fin not low. Ver-
tical fins separated from each other by a small interspace.
Coloration uniform blackish brown.

millim
Motal Meno thy sion sehen teiaiterseterts ahs op deneheets st: 171
54 PL WLUMOUME CNG: mis... nities 6.sie 6 150
Length of upperside of head .............. 35
Width of interorbital space .............. 18
Diameteriofthe eyed rr geese. «chalk ee 27

Ogowe River.

Clarias gabonensis.
Clarias gabonensis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 110.

D. 76-78. A. 56-60. P. 1/10.

Vomerine teeth villiform, forming a band which is a little
broader than the intermaxillary band, without posterior pro-
jection ; each half of the intermaxillary band is twice as
wide as it is broad, and laterally scarcely extends so far as

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 2to

the vomerine band. Head naked above, finely granular and
striated. The occipital process triangular, with rounded end,
its base being a little longer than its sides. The fontanelle
is ovate, and does not encroach upon the base of the triangular
process. Length of the head one fourth of the total (without
caudal) ; snout contracted, the width of the interorbital space
being less than one half of the length of the head. Barbels
moderately long, that of the nostril reaching to the root of the
pectoral fin and that of the maxillary to the origin of the
dorsal, which is nearly opposite to the end of the pectoral.
Anal tin not low. Vertical fins separated from each other by
a small interspace. Coloration uniform blackish brown.

millim
Maia Venom Mei is «ao dieled viele areice waala nani 168
5 By) pWWALHOUECAUGAl | 6% 256 sevens ai 148
Length of upperside of the head .......... 3f
Width of interorbital space .............. 15
IWTAME TET ONGC: CY Es < 6 celere cis ses «)sicisiores « a.< 3

This species inhabits also the Ogowe River. ‘To facilitate
comparison with the other species here described, I have
given a fuller diagnosis than my former one.

Clarias buthupogon.

? Clarias leviceps, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1862, p. 139.

Clarias huthupogon, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1878, p. 96.

Clarias gabonensis (Clarias megapogon), Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. iii.
1880, p. 39, pl. i. fig. 2 (not Ginth.).

D. 84-87. A. 65-67. P. 1/8.

Vomerine teeth villiform, forming a rather broad band,
without posterior projection, and as broad as the intermax-
illary band ; each halt of the latter is twice as wide as broad,
and both the intermaxillary and vomerine bands have the
same lateral extent. Head covered above with a very thin
skin and finely and rather sparsely granular. The occipital
process projects as an isosceles triangle, the hind margin of
the head being deeply notched on each side of the process.
The fontanelle is of an oval shape, its greater portion lying
in advance of the base ot the process. ‘he length of the
head (measured to the end of the process) is two sevenths or
one fourth of the total (without caudal) ; the width of the
interobital space is somewhat less than one half of the length
of the head. All the barbels very long, the nasal reaching
beyond the head and the maxillary beyond the origin of the
anal. Pectoral fin extending to the vertical from the first
dorsal ray. Anal fin low; both the dorsal and ana! extend

276 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

to the root of the caudal. Sides of the head and neck with
whitish specks.

millim
Total lene the 2eet cet seine: to pane ae 225
‘ sg, LAWERIDOUG CAGE eps 41; Mrcarn etdreteene 195
Length of upperside of head............+.. 48
Width of interorbital space .......-..-+.. 21
Diameter of the €ye? c=, a6 - a -we e 45

The specimens were obtained at Kondo-Kondo and in
Corisco Island. The original description of C. leviceps runs
as follows:—“ Height at anus a tenth of length; head
(laterally) a sixth, its breadth an eighth; the surface smooth ;
maxillary barbels twice as long as head. D. 86, A. 61,”—
and is quite insufficient for exact determination of specimens.
The typical specimen came probably from Liberia.

Schilbe mystus, Cuv. Val.
Old Calabar.

Schilbe dispila, Gthr.

Azuminé Creek (Opobo River).
I believe that the specimens so named should be reunited
with Schzlbe mystus.

Eutroptus liberiensis.
Eutropius liberiensis, Hubrecht, Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. p. 69; Steind.
ibid. xvi. p. 59.
D. 47-50.
Lambarene.
Eutropius congensis, Gthr.
Warri.
Chrysichthys Biittikofert.
Chrysichthys Biittikofert, Steindachner, Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. p. 60.

This is a species clearly distinct from Ch. macrops, having
the adipose fin much shorter and further distant from the
dorsal fin. In this respect it agrees with Ch. nigrodigitatus,
which, as a rule, has a more contracted snout and narrower
mouth. However, I have examined large specimens which
it is difficult to refer to either of these two species with cer-
tainty. And the difficulty is increased, as I find that there
are specimens with eleven and with thirteen anal rays in
both the narrow-snouted form (Ch. nigrodigitatus) and the

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 277

broad-snouted (Ch. Biittikofert). Possibly more than these
two species should be distinguished. Miss Kingsley found
Ch. Biittikofert at Kondo-Kondo and in Corisco Island.

Synodontis serratus, Riipp.
Old Calabar.

Malapterurus beninensis, Murr.

Old Calabar; Ogowe River.

Labeo coubie, Riipp.
Old Calabar.

Barbus Kessleri, Steind.

Specimens from the Ogowe River have the barbels rather
longer and the base of the dorsal fin at a steeper slope than
specimens from Angola.

Barilius bibie. (Pl. XV. fig. C.)

? Leuciscus bibie, De Joannis, Guérin, Mag. Zool, 1835, Pisc. pl. iv. ;
Giinth. Fish. vii. p. 293.

D.10. A.18. V.9. ILL. lat. 54, L. transv. 8/4.

Body compressed, its depth being two ninths, the length of
the head one fourth, of the total length (without caudal).
Head oblong, with pointed snout, which is equal to the
diameter of the eye or two sevenths of the length of the head.
Width of the interorbital space equal to the diameter of the
eye. Mouth wide, oblique, the narrow maxillary extending
to below the middle of the eye, its extremity being hidden
below the suborbital, when the mouth is shut. Preorbital
about half the area of the orbit; the first suborbital is
narrow, much narrower than the second and third, which
nearly entirely cover the cheek, leaving only a space un-
covered about equal to the size of the first suborbital. The
origin of the dorsal fin is rather nearer to the caudal than to
the occiput; origin of the anal fin below the middle of the
dorsal. Caudal fin deeply forked. Pectoral fin shorter than
the head, not reaching the much shorter ventral. Scales
thin, with very distinct radiating strie ; lateral line sweeping
down in acurve towards the abdomen, and, following the lower
profile, terminates below the centre of the caudal fin. Silvery,
with twelve bluish vertical bars along the middle of the side,
and with a large blackish spot at the root of the caudal.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 20

278 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

millim
TotalJlenothr, tan. ste «ete: 5 oraee ieee 110
‘ > WALD OUU CHIIGCHERIE. s..). cxairectree 95
Length: of thethead 0). ithees vate cate 22
Diameter of thereye. <2. aes 0 said e 6

Ogowe River.

This is one of the most interesting fishes in the collection.
Originally described and figured in a very rude manner from
a small specimen from the Nile, Z. bibie has remained undis-
covered in that river up to the present time. De Joannis
does not mention the bluish cross-bars, which, however, are
very faint. It is most desirable that specimens from the
Nile should be directly compared with West-African ones.

I am unable to arrive at a definite conclusion as to whether
Barilius senegalensis, Steindachner (SB. Wien. Akad. 1870,
Ixi. p. 564, Taf. v. fig. 2), from the Senegal, should be referred
to this species. Lat. 1. 59-63; maxillary extending to
behind the centre of the eye.

T am equally uncertain with regard to Opsaridium Buch-
holzt, Peters (MB. Berl. Akad. 1876, p. 251, fig. 4). It also
comes from the Ogowe River; but, to judge from the dia-
gnosis and figure, Peters’s fish has fewer scales in the lateral
line (46), a smaller eye and longer snout (the specimens are
of about the same size), and a longer maxillary, which reaches
behind the middle of the eye. Peters represents his fish
without any colour-markings.

Assuming that there are two distinct species of Bardlius
in West Africa, from a geographical point of view B. senegal-
ensis would probably prove to be identical with the Nile fish,
whilst the Ogowe specimens described by Peters and myself
might prove to be the second species; but this assumption is
not confirmed by the, description of the various authors.
Thus, as not one of the descriptions extant fully agrees with
our specimen, I apply at present the oldest name to it.

Alestes macrophthalmus.

Alestes macrophthalmus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx,
p. 112.

Talagouga.
Alestes macrolepidotus, C. V.
Old Calabar.
Alestes leuciscus.
Alestes leuciscus, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 113.
Egwanga, on the Opobo River.

Jrom the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 279

Alestes longipinnis.
Brachyalestes longipinnis, Giinth, Fish. v. p. 315.
Azuminé Creek and Ogowe River.

Alestes Kingsley, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. B.)
D.10. A. 15-16. L. lat. 23-24. L. transv. 4/33.

The height of the body is one third of the total length
(without caudal), the length of the head one fourth. Eye
two sevenths of the length of the head, equal to that of the
snout, but less than the width of the interorbital space.
Origin of the dorsal fin a little behind that of the ventrals.
None of the fin-rays elongate. A deep black band commences
abruptly in the middle of the tail, opposite to the origin of
the anal fin, and runs to the end of the central caudal rays ;
it is broader at its commencement than at its end. A more
or less distinct dark spot above the commencement of the
lateral line.

millim.
A ObelMO MOH atereveus late} acerieteis oie: e c.niale;e3e © 115
eee emewunOUD CAUCal Zi: <destacs <. « 95
enoth offihemhend 22 y.).trsete ss sais cscs. 26
Miameter! Of the 6ye- t. wccreiwies shosaciss sce 8

Ogowe River.

Sarcodaces odoé, Bl.

Old Calabar ; Ogowe River.

Distichodus notospilus.
Distichodus notospilus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 114.

Lambarene.

Xenocharax spilurus.

Xenocharar spilurus, Giinth. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 113,
pl. iii. fig. B.

Talagouga.

Mormyrus zanclirostris.

Mormyrus zanclirostris, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx.
p. 114, pl. ii. fig. B.

Common at Talagouga.

20*

280 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

Mormyrus microcephalus.

Mormyrus microcephalus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx.
p. 114,

Common at Talagouga.

Mormyrus lepturus.

Mormyrus lepturus, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 670, pl. Ixix. fig. B.

? Mormyrus grandisquamis, Peters, MB. Berl. Akad. 1876, p. 250.

I described this species from two young specimens 3 inches
long. Miss Kingsley has rediscovered it at Talagouga, and
collected specimens apparently adult and up to 190 millim. in

length. Thus I am enabled to amend my original diagnosis
in several points.

D. 20-24. <A. 25-29. L. lat. 42-44.

Snout obtuse, with the mouth terminal and, with age, with
the lower lip thickened into a short adipose protuberance.
The upper profile is somewhat more curved than the lower.
Eye small, shorter than (in adult specimens only half as long
as) the snout, situated in the anterior half of the head.
Teeth of moderate size, notched, few in number. The height
of the body is two sevenths of the total length (without
caudal), the length of the head two ninths. The caudal
peduncle is slender, about as long as the head, its depth being
one third of its length. Origin of the dorsal fin a little
behind that of the anal, midway between the root of the
caudal and the head. Pectoral a little shorter than the head,
extending to the middle of the ventral, which is only half as
long and terminates a long way from the vent. ‘The scales
on the anterior part of the trunk are of moderate size; they
gradually increase in size towards behind, and are largest on
the hinder part of the tail and on the caudal peduncle, on the
side of which they stand in three series. Brownish or
silvery, darker on the head. Two black vertical bands
descend from the anterior and hindmost dorsal rays to the
anal, spreading more or less over that fin.

Mormyrus sphecodes.

Mormyrops sphekodes, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1878, p. 101; N.
Arch. Mus. iii, 1880, p. 55, pl. ii. fig. 4.

D, 22. "A. 26: LL. lat. 65.

The teeth on the palate and tongue are well developed.
Sauvage’s description is fairly applicable to a specimen from

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 281

Talagouga, 138 millim. long, but I count only 65 trans-
verse series of scales, whilst Sauvage states 82. he diameter
of the eye is only one eighth of the length of the head in our
specimen. ‘T'hese differences could be accounted for by a
somewhat less perfect state of preservation of Sauvage’s
specimen.

Mormyrus Kingsleye, sp.n. (Pl. XV. fig. A.)
WoW 2Aci2. Ts, latoG:

Snout short, rounded, parabolic, with the small mouth
antero-inferior. Five notched teeth above and six below.
The eye is small, half the length of the snout and scarcely
one seventh of that of the head. Body rather elongate, its
greatest depth being contained 44 times, the length of the
head 4# times in the total (without caudal). Caudal peduncle
compressed, moderately long, shorter than the head, its depth
being one half of its length. Origin of the dorsal tin behind
that of the anal and twice as distant from the end of the
snout as from the root of the caudal. The length of the base
of the anal equals that of the head. Pectoral fin shorter than
the head, nearly reaching the ventral. Ventral fin more than
half as long as the pectoral, and half as long as the distance
of its root from the vent. Scales rather small; there are
eight in an oblique series running from the first anal ray to
the lateral line, and five longitudinal series on the side of the
caudal peduncle. Uniform brown.

millim.
BROblOLeneb On, scuetmtere ais’ avar<leve ss ey eicin slat 6 106
43 op WiItHOUL CAUGAl: ise carats’ ae «a 93
Menothiomune Nowe rs5 sepa sen os cigs w nso xc 19
Wiameter of thaveye: 5.0.0: areie.e ds via nie weusiens 2:4
Heightiot the bodys: sss aes s¢ sate eae s 20
Length of the caudal peduncle ............ 15

A single specimen was obtained in Old Calabar. This
species is nearest to J. liberiensis (Steind.), but readily
distinguished by a shorter anal fin, with a smaller number of

rays.
Mormyrus amblystoma, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. A.)
D. 24. A. 30. L. lat. 40.

Snout short, obtuse, as long as the eye, with the mouth at
the lower side. The mouth is very broad, twice as broad as
the eye, armed above with twenty-two and below with thirty

282 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes

notched teeth; its corner is beyond the vertical from the
front margin of theeye. The upper profile of the head is some-
what more curved than the lower and steadily ascends to
the dorsal fin. Eye small, one fifth of the length of the head.
The height of the body is contained 22 times in the total
length (without caudal), the length of the head 3{ times; the
caudal peduncle is slender, much shorter than the head, its
depth being two fifths of its length. The origin of the dorsal
fin is behind that of the anal and nearer to the root of the
caudal than to the head. ‘The anal extends also further
backwards than the dorsal. Pectoral shorter than the head,
reaching to the middle of the ventral. Ventral very short,
only half as long as the pectoral or as the distance of its root
from the vent. Scales rather large; there are eight in an
oblique series running from the first anal ray to the lateral
line, and three and two half longitudinal series on the side of
the peduncle of the tail. Silvery brownish above; a deep
black spot on the root of the caudal, and another high up on
the side below the origin of the dorsal fin.

millim
oy 2 (2) 07 oe a er 8 ae te 155
eas WALOULCAUGaL at's cian male re ee 133
Lengthvofithe dreadn 26:24. ilhs ie tetera 35
Diameteriot theieyer): .7 4.) ce kite see a ff
Widthiet the mouth...) ise. sr ssape sie sch 14
Length of the pectoral fin ................ 25
Popp i VOTEA HIT Ma ears x eniege ns 5 hese 12
5 os caudal peduncle ............ 23
Height'ot the body «states .istetc slo etel-bw «at 49

One specimen from Talagouga.

Mormyrus simus.

Mormyrus (Petrocephalus) simus, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1878,
p- 100; Nouv. Arch. Mus. iii. 1880, p. 51, pl. il. fig. 3 (fig. mediocr.).

Mormyrus tenuicauda, Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 69, pl. iv.
fig. 1.

D. 26-28. A. 31-33. L. lat. 48 *.

Snout short, obtuse, a little shorter than the eye, with the
mouth at its lower side. The mouth is narrow, not wider
than the eye, armed above with twelve and below with
twenty-two teeth; its corner lies beyond the vertical from
the front margin of the eye. The upper profile of the head
is a little more curved than the lower, and steadily ascends to

* This is the number of transverse series above the lateral line, which
is composed of larger scales, only forty in number.

from the Ogowe River and Old Calabar. 283

the origin of the dorsal fin. Eye one fourth of the length of
the head. The height of the body is contained 23 times in
the total length (without caudal), the length of the head four
times. Caudal peduncle slender, much shorter than the head
(measured from the last anal ray), its depth being contained
22 times in its length. ‘lhe origin of the dorsal fin is behind
that of the anal and midway between the root of the caudal
and end of the opercle. The anal extends also further back-
wards than the dorsal. Pectoral fin shorter than the head,
reaching rather beyond the middle of the ventral. Ventral
fin only half as long as the pectoral or as the distance of its
root from the vent. Scales of moderate size ; there are twelve
or thirteen in an oblique series running from the first anal ray
to the lateral line, and three and two half longitudinal series
on the side of the caudal peduncle. Silvery, brownish
above ; anterior part of the dorsal blackish.

millim
AB otele LETI SRL iyo | ofc ciaalaiie slew sree wicatebavonerels 130
rf iy PL EWAEH OME, CAUtall 3), \..0. -falaivite cele 106
Hen at DOM UHOMMOHs, j<1c)e.cls 2.33 me © spelen oka 25
Wiamister OF THe;eYG . 6 adenine sc slew a c.0e 6

WidihvoiiHe MOMbM auc waa: oe occ wens «6 55
Hiei ght) Ofthe body siisieiseni's insti vrei «vv 4]
Length of the caudal peduncle ............ 20

There are some slight discrepancies between this and
Sauvage’s descriptions, which are quite within the limits of
individual variation. Besides, our specimens from ‘I'ala-
gouga belong to the same district as Sauvage’s, which came
from Doumé (Ogowe). Steindachner’s description is more
precise and his figure more accurate; he compared the
species with M/. Sauvagii (Blgr.), which, however, has a
much wider mouth. ‘The specimens described by Stein-
dachner came from Liberia. ‘Thanks to Dr. Jentink’s kind-
ness I have been able to compare the latter with those
collected by Miss Kingsley.

Mormyrus Sauvagit.

Mormyrus (Petrocephalus) Sauvagii, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1887, xix. p. 149.

Warti.
Mormyrus affinis.

Petrocephalus affinis, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1878, p. 101. __
Mormyrus (Petrocephalus) affinis, Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. iii. 1880,
p- 52, pl. ii. fig. 2.

. . . 1
I refer a young specimen, 86 millim. long, from Talagouga

284 On Reptiles and Fishes from the Ogowe &c.

to this species, although it shows some discrepancies from
the typical specimen (from Doumé) ; it has D. 20, A. 25
L. lat. 58; there are eight notched teeth in the upper as well
as lower jaw. Five longitudinal series of scales along each
side of the caudal peduncle.

Mormyrus Marchei.

? Petrocephalus Marchet, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1878, p. 100.
? Mormyrus (Petrocephalus) Marchei, Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. iii. 1880,
p. 50, pl. ii. fig. 5.

D. 22. A. 380. L. lat. 63.

Snout short, obtuse, but rather longer than the eye, with
the mouth at its lower side. Mouth narrow, a little wider
than the eye, armed above and below with six notched teeth ;
its corner lies a little in advance of the vertical from the front
margin of the orbit. The upper profile of the head is some-
what more convex than the lower and ascends slightly towards
the origin of the dorsal. Eye one fifth of the length of the
head. The height of the body is contained 32 times in the
total length (without caudal), the length of the head 54 times.
Caudal peduncle extremely slender, longer than the head
(measured from the last anal ray), its depth being only two
ninths of its length. The origin of the dorsal fin is behind
that of the anal and midway between the root of the caudal
and the end of the opercle. The anal extends also further
backwards than the dorsal. Pectoral fin as long as the head,
reaching beyond the middle of the ventral; ventral fin half as
long as the pectoral or as the distance of its root from the
vent. Abdomen behind the ventral fin compressed into a
ridge. Scales of moderate size; there are nine in an oblique
series running from the vent to the lateral line and three and
two half longitudinal series cover the side of the caudal
peduncle. Silvery, light brownish above.

millim.
Total Mens tN eee 5 eet, « » onsite owls 175
3) WALHOUL CABGAl.. . oy ehes wea 150
enpth of the heads, . fevjeci.s'. - citable 27
Diameter of the eye wince sss... cick ay eee 5

Width of themouth =. (7...) : .. sca eee 55
Hicight of the bodys csieanis ++. segeeawan 38
Length of caudal peduncle..............6. 33

One specimen from Talagouga.

Pellonula vorax, Gthr.
Old Calabar.

On some Eust-African Lycenide. 285

Notopterus afer, Gthr.
Old Calabar.

Notopterus nigri, Gthr.
Kondo-Kondo.

Tetrodon pustulatus, Murr.
Old Calabar.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XIII.

Fig. A, Ctenopoma Kingsleye.
Fig. B. nanum.
Fig. C. gabonense.

PLATE XIV.

Fig. A. Mormyrus amblystoma.
Fy. B. Clarias Walkeri.

PLATE XV.

Fig. A. Mormyrus Kingsleye.
Fig. B. Alestes Kingsleye.
Fig. C. Barilius bibie.

XXXVIII.—Descriptions of some East- African Lycenide.
By Hamitton H. Druce, F.Z.8., F.E.S.

CoLONEL SWINHOE has lately received a collection of Lepi-
doptera from Dar-es-Salaam, and has placed the Lycenide in
my hands for examination. Amongst them are specimens of
Chrysorychia amanga, Westw., and also of C. punicea, Grose
Smith, with which the recently described C. cruenta, 'Trimen
(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 55, pl. vi. fig. 13, @), is identical. This
figure is a very bad one, and the conspicuous white marking
which is really on the fore wing below the first median nervule
is here shown on the costal margin of the hind wing.

There is also a male Hypolycena Buxtont, Hew., which is
much larger and deeper in colour on the upperside than the
typical form.

Col. Swinhoe has kindly presented us with the types.

Epamera mermis, sp. 0.

3. Upperside allied to H. dasts, Hew., the blue paler in

286 On some East- African Lycenide.

shade and in the fore wing less extensive, but half occupying
the cell and not reaching beyond the first median nervule ;
the inner margin is not white-edged, and in the hind wing
the shining patch is darker in colour and rather less exten-
sive. Underside differs from that of H. casis by the fore
wing having a distinct black line closing the end of the cell,
and beyond this two distinct transverse black lines—the first,
which corresponds with that in Z#. zas¢s, thin and dark; the
second, which is placed halfway between this line and the
outer margin, paler and broader,

Hind wing as in &. ¢asis, but the spots and metallic patches
larger and the black lines more distinct. ‘Thorax and abdomen
greyish above, white below. Legs white, with black spots.
Palpi white, with black tips; frons deep orange. Antenne
black, with white rings.

Expanse 132 inch.

Hab. Dar-es-Salaam. Type Mus. Druce.

The tuft of hair on inner margin of fore wings below, which
in E. iasis and daspis, mihi, is black, is in H. mermis white,
and the hind wing is of a different shape, not being so pro-
duced at the anal angle, and consequently lesstriangular. It
is also much like Jolaus silanus, Grose Smith, from Mombasa,
the type of which Mr. Grose Smith has kindly shown me, on
the underside, but on the upperside it is distinguished at once
by its much paler blue, by the less extensive colour on the
fore wing, and by the entire absence of the black spots at the
anal angle of the hind wing. I think it probable that on a
close examination J. s¢lanus will be found to belong to the
genus Hpamera.

Argiolaus silas, Westw.

Local race /alos, nov.

&. Upperside differs from typical A. silas by the black
outer margins being narrower and by the almost entire absence
of the black and red spots between the nervules at the anal
angle of the hind wing.

9. Differs on the upperside from that sex of typical sz/as
by having large pure white discal areas to both wings and by
the orange band being confined to the two lower interspaces,
the pale blue dusting being restricted to the bases of both
wings. Underside as in A. silas.

Expanse, g 2? 154-2 inches.

Dar-es-Salaam. ‘l'ype Mus. Druce.

A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 287

XXXIX.—A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—
Part VI. The Fascigeride, Theonoide, Dactylethrata, and
Trepostomata. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S.

[Concluded from p. 201.]

Family Fascigeride, d’Orbigny.

Diagnosis. —Cyclostomata Tubulata in which the zocecia
are simple open tubes. These arise from a small cupuliform
or discoid base (the Pelagia or Defrancia stage). The zocecia
are monomorphic and greatly elongate. ‘The zoarium con-
sists of tufts, and the apertures all occur at the ends of the
tufts.

Genus 1. Fascrcutrpora, d’Orbigny, 1846.

Fasciculipora, VOrbigny, Voyage dans l’Amérique méridionale, t. v.
pt. 4, Zooph., plates 1839, text 1846, p. 20.

Diagnosis.—F ascigeride in which the zoarium consists of
long tubular zocecia grouped into bundles which branch
irregularly ; these form a loose, open, tufted zoarium, for the
bundles are not connected by platforms nor do they anasto-
mose. The apertures are at the ends of the branches, and
never on the sides, and occur in isolated groups.

Type species: £. ramosa, d’Orbigny, 1839 and 1846.

1. Fasciculipora Waltoni, Haime.

Fascieulipora Waltoni, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 200, pl. x. fig. 4.

Diagnosis.—The branches of the zoarium each contain
about thirty zocecia; the branches are marked externally by
longitudinal ridges ; the branching is irregular.

Distribution.—Great Oolite, Hampton, near Bath.

Genus 2. APSENDESIA, Lamouroux, 1821 *.

Diagnosis.—F ascigeride in which the zoarium rises from
a cup-shaped disk. The bundles of zocecia in the adult are
long and are grouped in long irregularly sinuous series.
There are no platforms. The zocecia all open upon the

* Lamouroux, Expos. méth. p. 81. The name is spelt Apseudesca by
some authors.

288 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

summits of the ridges and never upon their sides. The
underside of the zoarium is covered by epitheca.
Type species: A. cristata, Lamouroux, 1821.

1. Apsendesia cristata, Lamouroux, 1821.
mar vet ae Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 82, pl. Ixxx.
os. aes
Discotubigera cristata, Vine, 1888, Polyz. Caen, Journ. Northampton.
Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. v. p. 19.
Pelagia clypeata, d’Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 817.
Defrancia clypeata, Bronn & Roemer, 1851, Leth. Geogn. ed. iii, Bd. ii.
Th. 4, p. 94, pl. xvi. fig. 18.
Apsendesia clypeata, E. E. Deslongchamps, 1865, Jura. inf. Norm.,
Mém. Soc. linn. Norm. t. xiv. p. 151.
Discotubigera elypeata, Vine, 1888, op. cit. p. 19.
Diagnosis.—Zoarium small, dense, and hemispherical ; it
grows from a low funnel-shaped central disk; from this arise
the radiating bundles which unite into irregular twisted
lamin. ‘The apertures occur in series or in isolated teeth.
Distribution.—England : Inferior Oolite—Forest Marble.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany ; Bathonian, France.

Family Theonoide, Busk.

Diagnosis.—Cyclostomata Tubulata in which the zocecia
are simple, short, open tubes; they pass through a Defrancia
stage (Palways). The zocecia are monomorphic.

The apertures occur along raised ridges.

Genus 1. Actinopora, d’Orbigny, 1852.

Diagnosis——Theonoide in which the zoarium is a fat,
simple, adnate disk. The zoarium consists of a central
depression, of a rim crossed by radiating ridges, and usually
also of a flat peripheral selvage.

Type species: A. regularis, d’Orbigny, 1852.

1. Actinopora Phillipst (Haime).
Lichenopora Phillipsi, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér, 2, t. v. p. 206, pl. x. fig. 10.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium regular, circular ; radial ridges about
22 in number, straight, regular, unbranched. The apertures
are biserial. New ridges arise from the interradial valleys.
A broad expansion surrounds the zoarium; this is low and
flat, and is not crossed by the radial ridges.

Distribution —Great Oolite, Hampton, near Bath, and
Richmond boring.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 289

2. Actinopora diplopora (Branco), 1879.

Defrancia diplopora, Branco, 1879, Unt. Dogg. deut. Lothr., Abh. geol.
Specialk. Els.-Lothr. Bd. 11, Heft i. p. 131, pl. vi. fig 9.

Actinopora diplopora, Friren, 1893, Bry. ool. inf. Metz, Bull. Soc. hist.
nat. Metz, sér. 2, t. vi. p. 57.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium large and thin; several zoaria often
grow together into a semiconfluent incrustation : the ridges are
from 35 to 50 in number; they are very thin, irregular, and
high, and extend to the margin of the zoarium; they some-
times branch. No peripheral selvage. In some zoaria (var.
alta) the ridges are almost as high as the zoarium is broad,
and the central depressions are accordingly very deep.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite—Great Oolite.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany.

Genus 2. KOLOLOPHOS, gen. nov.

Constellaria, Haime, 1854 (non Dana, 1848).
Radiopora, pars, Pictet, 1857 (non d’Orbigny, 1852).

Diagnosis.—Theonoide in which the zoarium consists of
flat encrusting sheets formed of numerous radial groups of
zocecia. ‘The radial ridges are broken up into groups, the
arrangement of which is irregularly linear.

Type species: Kololophos Terquemi (Haime).

A ffinities— The type species of this genus was referred
by Haime to Dana’s genus Constellaria, which at that time
was misunderstood. ‘The American fossil has recently been
redescribed by Ulrich * ; it is quite different from this species.
There is a certain superficial resemblance, due to the promi-
nence of radial non-poriferous lines; but in Constellaria
these lines are solid (“ macule ” of Ulrich) and in Kololophos
they are depressions between zocecial ridges.

The nearest ally of this genus is Acténopora; from this it
differs by the confluence of several radial groups into one
sheet and the broken interrupted character of the ridges.

1. Kololophos Terquemt (Haime), 1854.
Constellaria Terquemi, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol.
France, sér. 2, t. v. p. 207, pl. x. fig. 6.
Radiopora Terquemi, Pictet, 1857, Traité Pal. ed. 2, t. iv. p. 153.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium formed of several confluent disks.

* E. O. Ulrich, “ Paleont. Ilinois.—Palozoic Bryozoa,” Geol. Surv.
Ill, vol. viii. pt. ii. sect. vi. 1890, p. 374.

290 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Radial ridges broad and compact, broken up into short groups
or bands. The bands have from 2 to 4 zocecia in breadth.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite. Foreign: Ba-
jocian, Germany and France.

Genus 38. THEONOA, Lamouroux, 1821.

Diagnosis.—Theonoide in which the zoarium is massive
and consists either of dense rounded masses of thick incrusta-
tions or erect thick fronds. The surface is crossed by the
broad well-marked ridges; the ridges may expand in some
species into broad tubular elevations.

Type species: 7. clathrata, Lamouroux, 1821.

1. Theonoa clathrata, Lamouroux, 1821.

Theonoa clathrata, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 82, pl. lxxx.
figs. 17, 18.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium dense, massive, roughly spherical ;
the surface of the zoarium is broken into ridges, which are
short, broad, and blunt; they never rise into high bilaminate
sheets. Four or five apertures occur together in one width
of a ridge.

Distribution. — England: Great Oolite (jide Morris).
Foreign: Bajocian, France and Germany ; Bathonian,
France.

2. Theonoa Bowerbanki, Haime.

Theonoa Bowerbanki, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soe. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 205, pl. x. fig. 3.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium composed of many erect irregular
sheets; the sheets are tall, irregularly sinuous, and branched,
leaving loose funnel-shaped cavities between them. The
zoarium is roughly hemispherical in form.

The radial ridges are long and fairly continuous; the
summits are flat and contain generally 3 or 4 apertures in the
width, but in places they expand and contain 6 or 7 in the
width; the ridges occur on both sides of the sheets.

Distribution.— Inferior Oolite, England.

3. Theonoa distorta (Lamouroux), 1821.

Tilesia distorta, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 42, pl. Ixxiv. fig. 6
(non fig. 5).

Theonoa distorta, Vine, 1883, 3rd Rep. Foss. Polyz., Rep. Brit. Assoc.
1882, p. 267.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 291

Diagnosis.—A_ thick incrustation ; the surface is covered
by numerous irregular ridges, the width of which usually
contains two or three apertures. The depressions between
the ridges are deep and usually as wide or a little wider than
the ridges.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite. Foreign: Ba-
thonian, France.

Suborder DACTYLETHRATA.

Diagnosis.—Cyclostomata in which the normal zocecia are
elongate simple tubes of the same general character as those
of the Tubuliporide. Dimorphism occurs, and the zoarium
consists of normal zocecia separated by numerous dactylethre,
which often form the major part of the zoarium.

Zoarium usually large and complex.

Fam. Clausida, d’Orbigny (emended).

Diagnosis. — Cyclostomata Dactylethrata in which the
zoarium is arborescent. ‘T'he zocecia open on all sides of the
zoarium.. The dactylethre are collected into zones or are
scattered regularly or irregularly among the zocecia.

Genus 1. Muuriciausa, d’Orbigny, 1852.

Diagnosis.—Clausidee in which the zoarium consists of
stout branches, cylindrical or pyriform, and in which the
zocecia are distributed throughout the zoarium, and_ not
collected into zones or groups. The apertures occur either
regularly or irregularly.

Type species: J. compressa, d’Orbigny, 1852.

1. Multiclausa Haimet, nom. nov.

Berenicea lucensis, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,
sér. 2, t. v. p. 180, pl. vii. fig. 4.

Berenicea (Multisparsa) lucensis, pars (Haime, non d’Orb.), Brauns,
1879, Bry. mitt. Jura, Metz, Zeit. deut. geol. Ges. Bd. xxxi. p. 328.

Diastopora lucensis, pars (Haime, non d’Orb.), Reuss, 1867, Bry.
braun. Jura Balin, Denks. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. exxvii. p. 9.

Non Bidiastopora luciana, V@Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 317.

Non Multisparsa luceana, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.
p- 870, pl. 761. figs. 1-3.

Diastopora diluviana, pars, M.-Edwards, 1838, Mém. Cris., Ann. Sci. nat.
Zool. sér. 2, t. ix. p. 228, pl. xiv. fig. 4.

Diagnosis. — Zoartum branching repeatedly and irregu-
larly, and sometimes anastomosing ; branches stout.

292 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Zoecia long, cylindrical ; apertures distant and irregularly
placed.

Peristomes low. Walls with thin sinuous ridges.

Distribution.—England: Great Oolite—Cornbrash. Fo-
reign: Bajocian, Germany; Bathonian, France and Austria.

2. Multiclausa Jellye, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium growing in large dense tufts of thick
irregular branches.

Zoacia cylindrical, long.

Peristomes raised; surface punctate; apertures arranged
irregularly, not very distant and often in irregular lines.

Distribution.—England : Inferior Oolite—Cornbrash. Fo-
reign: Bathonian, France.

A ffinities.—This species is allied to I. Haimez, Greg., but
differs from it by the greater elevation of the peristomes and
by having the zocecia more crowded and the apertures closer
and often in irregular lines.

Genus 2. TEREBELLARIA, Lamouroux, 1821.

Diagnosis.—Clauside in which the zoarium is arborescent
and thick. Zoarial growth is by the addition of Berenicoid
colonies on to the ends of the branches; each colony sends an
expansion downward around the stem (hence growth is acro-
petal and exogenous). The zocecia are reflexed. ‘The aper-
tures occur in zones separated by interzones of dactylethre.

Type species: 7. ramosissima, Lamouroux, 1821.

1. Terebellaria ramosissima, Lamouroux, 1821.

Terebellaria ramosissima, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth. p. 84,
pl. Ixxxii. fig. 1.
Asia ke antilope, Lamouroux, 1821, op. cit. p. 84, pl. Ixxxii.
figs. 2, 3.
Terebellaria tenuis, dOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p, 318.
Diagnosis. — Zoarium massive, branching irregularly.
Apertures in rows of from 3 to 5; the lower limit is straight,
but the upper is very irregular. Apertures in these bands
crowded and quincuncial.
Peristomes slightly raised.
Distribution. — England: Inferior Oolite — Cornbrash.
Foreign: Bathonian, France.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa. 293

Order TREPOSTOMATA.

Bryozoa in which the zoarium consists of prismatic or cylin-
drical zocecia which are arranged parallel to one another.
The zoarium is either massive or composed of encrusting or
erect lamina.

The zocecia are either closely packed or separated by meso-
pores or by inter-zocecial vesicles. ‘The zocecia begin as thin,
simple, immature Cyclostomatoid tubes. Diaphragms are
generally present. Generally dimorphic.

Family Amplexoporide.

Diagnosis.—Trepostomata in which the zocecia are simple,
prismatic, or subcylindrical, with a well-marked divisional
line between the walls of adjoining cells. Mesopores absent.
(Aborted zocecia occur and sometimes resemble mesopores.)
Diaphragms horizontal.

Genus Cerropora, Blainville, 1834.

Diagnosis.—Amplexoporides with prismatic or subcylin-
drical zocecia. Mesopores absent. Acanthopores absent.
Walls of zocecia thin. Diaphragms horizontal, numerous.
Zoarium branching or massive.

Type species: C. micropora, Goldfuss, 1829.

1. Certopora globosa, Michelin, 1846.

i globosa, Michelin, 1846, Icon. Zooph. p. 246, pl. lvii.
a, 5.
M onticulipora globosa, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. 1. p. 323.
Reptonodicava globosa, @’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.
p- 1015.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium massive, either spherical or of irre-
gular lobed masses, generally with a broad base protected by
epitheca. The surface is level and ornamented with irregu-
larly scattered tubercles.

Diaphragms abundant.

Young zocecia are fairly abundant, and being smaller in
size resemble mesopores.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite—Bradford Clay.
Foreign : Bajocian and Bathonian, France and Germany.

2. Certopora arborescens, Waagen, 1868.

Ceriopora arborescens, Waagen, 1868, Zone Amm. Sowerbyt, Geogn.
Pal. Beitr. Bd. i. Heft 3, p. 644, pl. xxxill. fig. 2.
9

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvii. 21

294 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of thick massive branches or irregu-
larly lobed masses.

Zoewcia very long; walls thin.

Diaphragms numerous near distal end. Apertures irregu-
lar. No acanthopores.

Distribution.—England: Inferior Oolite and Great Oolite.
Foreign: Bajocian, Germany ; Bathonian, France.

Family Heterotrypide, Ulrich.

Diagnosis.—Trepostomata in which the zocecia are simple,
prismatic, or cylindrical, with a well-marked divisional line
between the walls of adjacent zocecia. Mesopores present.
Diaphragms numerous and horizontal. Neither cystiphragms
nor inter-zocecial vesicles present.

Genus HeTeropora, Blainville, 1834.

Diagnosis.—Heterotrypide with prismatic or subcylin-
drical zocecia. Mesopores numerous. Acanthopores absent.
Walls of zocecia thin. Diaphragms horizontal, numerous.
Zoarium branching or massive.

Type species: J/. cryptopora (Goldfuss), 1829.

1. Heteropora conifera (Lamouroux), 1821.

Millepora conifera, Lamouroux, 1821, Expos. méth, p. 87, pl. Ixxxiii.
figs, 6, 7.

Heteropora conifera, M.-Edwards, 1836, in Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim.
ed. 2, t. ii. p. 308.

Ceriopora conifera, Michelin, 1846, Icon. Zooph. p. 245, pl. lvii. fig. 8.

Multicrescis conifera, d’Orbigny, 1852, Pal. frang., Terr. crét. t. v.

. 1074,

Millepora dumetosa, Lamouroux, 1821, op. cit. p. 87, pl. Ixxxil.
figs. 7, 8.

Soe nore dumetosa, Defrance, 1827, Dict. Sci. nat. t. 1. p. 300.

Cricopora dumetosa, Blainyille, 1850, iad. t. Ix. p. 886.

Heteropora dumetosa, M.-Edwards, 1836, op. cit. t. 11. p. 808.

Ceriopora dumetosa, Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 245, pl. lvii. fig. 7.

Crescis dumetosa, d’Orbigny, 1852, op. cit. t. v. p. 1072.

Millepora pyriformis, Lamouroux, 1821, op. cit. p. 87, pl. Ixxxiii. fig. 5,

Heteropora pyriformis, Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 244, pl. lvii. fig. 3.

Polytrema pyriformis, @Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. 1. p. 323.

Multicrescis pyriformis, d’Orbigny, 1852, op. ert. t. v. p. 1074.

Heteropora rumosa (non M. ramosa, Fleming), Michelin, 1846, op. cv.
p. 244, pl. lvii. fig. 4.

Ceriopora ramosa, d’Orbigny, 1849, op. eit. t. 1. p. 323.

Millepora ramosa, Fleming, 1828, Brit. Anim. p. 529.

Heteropora reticulata, Haime, 1854, Mém. Soc. géol. France, sér. 2,
t. v. p. 211, pl. ix. fig. 9.

of the British Jurassic Bryozoa, 295

Heteropora calycina, Bruder, 1881, Jurabl. Sternberg, Sitz. k. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Bd. Ixxxiii. Abl. i. p. 89, pl. ii. fie. 6.

Heteropora ficulina, Michelin, 1846, op. cit. p. 244, pl. lvii. fig. 2.

Polytrema ficulina, VOrbiguy, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 323.

Reptomulticreseis ficulina, VOrbigny, 1852, op. cit. t. v. p. 1079.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of erect branches, which are gene-
rally cylindrical and either grow in irregular stumpy branches
(typical form), or expand into thick pyriform masses (form
pyriformis), or into lobed Alcyontum-shaped masses (var.
Jiculina), or regular cylindrical branches (var. ramosa). The
branches dichotomose and may sometimes anastomose (form
reticulata). ‘The surface is level.

Zoecia crowded. Diaphragms numerous. Mesopores
irregular in distribution. Frequently only at the angles
between zoecta, but sometimes completely surrounding them.

Distribution. — England: Inferior Oolite and Great
Oolite. Foreign: Bajocian and Bathonian, France and
Germany ; Callovian, France and Austria.

2. Heteropora laminata, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium encrusting, growing in layers super-
posed into thick masses. The surface of the zoarium is
level.

Mesopores irregular in distribution, generally numerous.

Distribution. — Inferior Oolite, Dorset; Bradford Clay,
Wiltshire.

A ffinities.—This species differs from H. conifera mainly by
zoarial characters, though the mesopores are generally more
numerous. ‘The fact that the mesopores are useless as specific
guides is shown by their great variation in different parts of
the same specimen of species of this genus. ‘his shows that
Haime was correct as to the variability in the number of these
structures, though, by his refusal to admit any value to their
complete absence, he underrated their significance.

3. Heteropora oviformis, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium small, free, ovate masses.
Zoecia short. Surface of zoarium covered with large

scattered pustules.

Distribution.—Bradford Clay, Bradford, Wiltshire.

21%

296 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

XL.—Hermaphroditism among the Apodide.
By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., Holes 2a oe

[Plates XI. & XII. ]

In 1890 I published a preliminary notice in the ‘ Jenaische
Zeitschrift’ * announcing that in several specimens of a small
species or variety of Lepidurus from East Spitzbergen the
posterior tip of the genital gland on each side was filled with
sperm-cells, and that that representative of the family was
therefore hermaphrodite.

By the kindness of Canon Norman and Prof. Mébius I was
then enabled to examine representatives of three other species,
viz. Lepidurus glacialis, Lepidurus productus, and Apus
cancriformis. One of each of these was sectioned with the
sole object of ascertaining whether they were also herma-
phrodites. In each case the specimens examined showed in
some part or other the same conversion of epithelial cells of
the genital gland into the minute clear cells which I believed
and still believe to be sperm-cellsf. That representatives of
four different types of Apodide from different parts of the
world should show hermaphrodite conditions would be almost
too marvellous a coincidence, unless hermaphroditism were
under certain circumstances the rule, at least in those members
of the family.

Dr. Benham, in his note on a male of Apus cancriformis in
the February issue of this Magazine, takes me somewhat
severely to task for having let four years go by without
having published any detailed account of these hermaphrodite
specimens. Most people will, however, readily admit that
this delay was justifiable, nay, almost necessary, under the
circumstances ; indeed, I should hesitate before publishing
this paper if I had not become convinced that the herma-
phrodite condition is, after all, not that most commonly found
in these animals.

In the first place, none of the specimens show clearly the
method of formation of the assumed sperm-cells; it was
therefore necessary to obtain better preserved material. It
was some time before, through the kindness of Prof. Bieder-
mann, I obtained well-preserved specimens of Apus cancrt-
formis, Lepidurus productus, and Branchipus stagnalis.
The new material, however, when examined showed none of

* Band xxv. p. 337.
t ‘Nature,’ vol. xliii. 1891, p. 348.

Hermaphroditism among the Apodide. 297

the “sperm- forming centres”; had the latter been found, the
results would doubtless have ere now been published. In the
meantime I have been continually hoping that someone, more
fortunate in obtaining material, would publish a full account,
giving the details which were not to be found in my own
slides. I didnot myself feel justified in publishing a detailed
account based upon indifferently preserved material.

I have now, however, waited four years, and not only has
no one rediscovered the hermaphrodite condition of Apus,
but those who have actually looked for it have not succeeded
in finding any traces of it. After all, then, it appears that
my experience must have been a marvellous one. Three
specimens belonging to separate species collected in diffe-
rent regions are examined in rapid succession, in order to
look for a condition already ascertained to be normal in
another member of the same family, and in each case the
same condition is found, and since then it las never been
found again! Under these circumstances I feel that any
further hesitation to make the best of my slides and to give
the results of my observations for what they are worth would
be inadvisable. The bare facts, however lacking in finer
detail, are evidently worth recording. After reading Dr. Ben-
ham’s paper, therefore, I resolved to examine my slides, some
of which had never been looked at again since they were
prepared, and record all that the best microscopic objectives
could show in them.

Before giving these results I may mention two circum-
stances connected with the case which will help further to
justify my delay, if any more justification is needed.

While I found in Germany no hesitation in pronouncing
the minute cells to be sperm-cells, in England there has been
much difference of opinion. This naturally made it all the
more incumbent on me to wait until I had material which
showed the process of formation of the cells in question. In
this I was fwther confirmed when, some three years ago, I
asked my friend Mr. J. E. 8. Moore, at that time working in
the Huxley Research Laboratory of the Royal College of
Science, if he would take over the whole subject and work it
out. I handed him the slides and all my remaining material,
including the Lranchipus. Unfortunately the slides which I
most wished him to vestigate, not showing the finer processes
of cell-division which at that time monopolized his thoughts,
received but scant attention. In his paper “On the Origin of
the Reproductive Elements in Apus and Branchipus” * he

* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxv. 1894, p. 277.

298 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

dismissed the question of hermaphroditism with the words
“ certainly the appearances which have come under my notice
favour this view.” The efforts kindly made at the time by
Prof. Howes to obtain specially preserved specimens of Apus
were unsuccessful.

On returning once more to the slides which show the her-
maphrodite condition of the genital glands, I have been
somewhat surprised to find how much en evidence the sperm-
centres are. In each case the first section, passing well
through the genital gland, shows almost immediately what is
wanted. It is quite impossible that they could have been
overlooked had they occurred in any of the specimens in
which they are reported to be absent. They show, however,
certain variations which make it highly probable that in each
species the phenomenon is a normal one under certain life-
conditions, the nature of which we can only surmise.

In what follows, in order to avoid circumlocution, I shall
always speak of the cells which I believe to be sperm-cells
under this name, while admitting that some different interpre-
tation may perhaps have to be put upon them.

The Spitzbergen Variety of Lepidurus glacialis.

In all the specimens examined the epithelium of the poste-
rior portion of the genital tube is modified to a varying extent
in the manner illustrated. Fig. 1 (Pl. XI.) is a longitudinal
section through this portion of the genital gland in a specimen
measuring about 1 centim. long. The genital tube is seen
resting on the ventral longitudinal muscle-strand, separated
from it, however, by the membrane (m) which encircles the
intestinal tube and the genital glands*. The segmental
bulgings of the tube gradually diminish posteriorly, but are
indicated even to the tip. This tip appears in the section as
if separated from the rest, but this is simply because the sec-
tion here passes somewhat tangentially. The drawing repre-
sents the appearance of the section when only a low power is
used. ‘The most anterior swelling shown in the figure occurs
in about the thirteenth trunk-segment, 7. e. two behind the
one which opens externally at the base of the eleventh leg.
The two descending muscles run into the twenty-third and
twenty-fourth appendages.

Figure 2 shows a portion of the same section as seen under
a%millim. apochromatic oil imm. (1°40 n. a.) of Zeiss. The

* ‘The Apodide,’ pp. 120 and 297; also fig. 14, p. 59.

Hermaphroditism among the Apodide. 299

epithelium appears to have been dissolved into minute, clear,
round or oval cells each with a single chromosome. The
cells are from 4 to 5 w in diameter. In addition to these
cells there is a great quantity of slime. Near the basal
membrane these sperm-cells appear as if embedded in slime
(fig. 2a), while the lumen of the tube is filled up with a fine
reticulum of hardened slime, the meshes of which appear as if
they were round loculi from each of which one of the sperm-
cells has escaped. A few normal epithelial cells are seen
standing up among the sperm-cells; I cannot make out that
any of them are in the act of breaking down. In all cases
the masses of sperm-cells abut directly against apparently
normal epithelial cells.

Lepidurus glacialis.

I have only one series of sections (longitudinal) through a
specimen from Greenland about 23 millim. long. Fig. 3 is
drawn from a section passing through one of the genital tubes.
‘The membrane (m) above mentioned is seen dorsally held up
by the dorso-ventral muscles (dv) and ventrally under the
genital tube. The figure shows the section as seen under
alow power. The genital epithelium up to about the twenty-
fifth appendage (or twentieth leg) is completely disorganized,
but after this point apparently perfectly normal. The lumen
of the tube contains drops of slime, some large and clear
with afew black lumps in the centre, others small, all of them
highly refractive. The transition between the normal and
the disorganized epithelium is again quite sudden, but it is in
this case specially interesting. The disorganization seems to
be undermining the normal epithelium; definite clear-cut
arches run under the epithelial cells, and these arched spaces
are filled with sperm-cells.

Fig. 4 shows the ventral point of transition as seen under
the oil immersion lens. The cells again measure from 4 to 5 be
in diameter. ‘The distal ends of the epithelial cells seem to
be breaking down into slime. The free ends shown in the
figure are not necessarily detached, although appearing so in
the section. ‘The arch running under these epithelial cells is
very clear, as it is also dorsally even with a low power (fig. 3).
There is but one interpretation of this arching, viz. that which
is gathered from observations of the egg-formation. The
cell or cells near the basement membrane, on dividing to form
the four egg-cells, force apart the adjacent club-shaped epi-
thelial cells, which then arch over the developing elements on
all sides. We have in the figures now under discussion clear

300 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

indications of these sperm-cells having originated from a cell
or cells close to the basement membrane, which were arched
over by the adjoining epithelial cells. Further, Moore (loc.
cit. supra) has pointed out that in the egg-formation the eggs
develop very irregularly out of ordinary epithelial cells. It
is obvious that we have the same indifference in the formation
of the sperm-cells, for in the completely disorganized portion
of the tube every single epithelial cell, whether arched over or
not, must have divided into exactly similar sperm-cells. It
looks as if the distal ends of the cells break down into
slime, and the proximal ends divide up into sperm-cells. This,
it seems to me, would necessarily involve the arching over
of those which start the process first.

Lepidurus productus.

I have only one complete series of longitudinal sections of
Lepidurus productus. ‘The section is 23 millim. long; but
as the animal was slightly bent, it probably measured
25 to 26 millim.

Fig. 5 is one of four or five pocket-like outgrowths found
in a section passing well through the genital gland. This
one was selected because it happened to be cut through longi-
tudinally. It is situated quite anteriorly in the body and
dorsally. The rest are scattered about without any apparent
order on the section. There is no marked localization of the
sperm-forming area at the posterior tip of the gland, as in
L. glacialis and its minute Spitzbergen variety. Indeed, in
this animal and in Apus cancriformis the branching of the
tube is so pronounced that it is not easy to ascertain which is
the posterior tip of the gland. Two pockets, however, were
found opening into the axial canal in the region of the
eighteenth appendage, 7. e. very near the duct which dis-
charges the eggs into the egg-pouch.

The figure speaks for itself; there is no special arching of
epithelial cells over the aperture, but in the same section
three low cells or groups of celis (e) close down on the base-
ment membrane are seen arched over by the adjoining cells
and apparently about to develop into eggs or perhaps into
masses of sperm-cells.

Figure 5a is a very small pocket, which looks as if it
might have been produced by the division of one, or at the
most of two, cells over which the adjoining epithelial cells
had arched. The proliferation of the sperm-cells, instead of
forcing up the arched epithelial cells, bulges out the basement
membrane. ‘This figure is given because it again shows that

Hermaphroditism among the Apodide. 301

the production of these minute cells is a parallel phenomenon
with that accompanying the production of the eggs. ‘This, it
seems to me, goes far to justify the assumption that these
cells are the male reproductive elements.

In contrast to this minute pocket, in another section I have
noticed one or two very large irregularly shaped sacs in
which the epithelium was divided up into sperm-cells ; one
occurs, for instance, at the extreme anterior end of the gland
dorsally.

I stated in my letter to ‘ Nature,’ above cited, that these
sperm-cells could be seen lurking in the folds of the genital
duct, apparently for the purpose of fertilizing the eggs in their
downward passage into the egg-pouch. ‘The duct in the
longitudinal sections of the Spitzbergen Lepidurus is con-
tracted and is filled with a solid strand of slime resting on
the round ends of the club-like epithelium, which runs far
down the duct almost to its aperture. In the sections of Lep7-
durus productus the ducts must have been recently stretched.
The following structural details can be made out (PI. XI.
fig. 56). Externally is a thin layer of irregularly branching
or crossing muscle-fibres (mf). Upon these rests the basement
membrane (bm), which is finely wrinkled. Uponthismembrane
small clear nuclei, each with a singlechromosome and exactly
resembling the cells above described, occur irregularly, here
thickly, there very sparsely. Over the whole is an irregular
reticulum of slime with slime-granules. These clear cells are
evidently the cells which I reterred to as the lurking sperm-
cells. Re-examination of them has not shown that they are
not; but beyond their close resemblance to the sperm-cells,
taken in conjunction with the fact that pockets of such cells
occur in the main genital tube quite close to the duct, there
is nothing to show for certain that they are. It is possible
that they may be the nuclei of the cells lining the duct, which,
in its contracted state, are long and club-lke, but in its
stretched state must be flat and extended. They may be
perhaps a trifle larger than the sperm-cells, which range from
4 to 5 pw, these from 5 to 6 w. On the other hand, they occur
very irregularly, often in groups, whereas we should rather
expect the nuclei of the epithelial cells to be uniformly and
rather sparsely spread over the surface.

Most of the unripe eggs in this specimen appear to be
degenerating.

Apus cancriformis.

Of the three series of sections of this species, as above
stated, only one, and that the very first examined five years

302 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

ago, shows the sperm-forming centres. The original speci-
men is just under 3 centim. long, and is peculiar in one point,
which from the first attracted my attention: the alimentary
canal is distended with fine grit. In this very little can be
found which looks lke organic matter from which nourish-
ment could be obtained. The animal had apparently sought
to allay the pangs of hunger by swallowing enormous quan-
tities of fine mud*, This mud shows as a broad black or
brown streak along the section, and the particles of it have
unfortunately escaped in the process of cutting and mounting
and have sypoiled many of the slides. ‘The alimentary canal,
thus heavily weighted with inorganic matter, has changed
its position, It runs along close under the dorsal surface,
having displaced all the branching tubules of the genital
gland which normally arch over it dorsally. The whole
genital gland now lies below the intestinal canal and probably
partially at its sides. This dorsal position of the weighted
alimentary canal is doubtless due to the habit of the animal
of swimming always on its back.

Fig. 6 (Pl. XJ.) shows portions of four. branches of the
genital tube and a ripe egg (e) cut through. One branch con-
tains a ripe egg in its passage along the tube (only partially
shown), while two of them (dé) show portions of the epithelium
dissolved into sperm-cells. One of these is cut transversely
and the other longitudinally. The part drawn is in the
region of the eighteenth to nineteenth appendage, 7. e. not
far from the genital duct. Fig. 7 is a magnification of part
of the longitudinally-cut branch shown in fig. 6, as seen
under the oil immersion objective. The transition between
the normal epithelial cells and the masses of sperm-cells is
quite sudden, and the reduction of the cells has given rise
to the usual slime-globules. ‘The sperm-cells again measure
from 4 to 5y.

Fig. 8 shows a portion of the main or axial tube of the
genital gland some way behind the duct leading to the exte-
rior. A small pocket is seen on the ventral side, bulging
down the basal membrane. In the next section in one direc-
tion this pocket is nearly flattened out. I did not come
across it again in any other section. In the centre of the tube
is a large egg (e) squeezed out lengthways and perhaps cut
tangentially ; the slimy covering of the egg, hardened by the
alcohol, has been broken up by the microtome-razor. In
this case the egg is certainly ripe, and, if the sperm-cells are

* It is worth remarking that the Trilobites had, under certain circum-

stances, the same habit. Strands of argillaceous matter have been found
running through the fossils (Barrande).

Hermaphroditism among the Apodide. 303

ripe, it is difficult to see why the eggs should not be fertilized
by the sperm-cells. The only hindrance would be the coating
of slime. ‘There is no reason to believe that this, which in
the living state would be quite soft, would be sufficient to
prevent one or more sperm-cells from finding their way into
the ege. They may perhaps be mechanically squeezed
through the slimy covering in the process of stretching the
duct on their passage to the egg-pouch.

Fig. 9 shows two tubules lying across one another, in both
of which a portion of the epithelium has broken down into
sperm-cells. One of these alone need engage our attention.
An egg, which has all the appearance of degenerating, occurs
at the tip, while the epithelium of the neck of the tubule
which carries the egg has broken up into sperm-cells and
slime. On one side the proliferation of the cells has caused
the neck to bulge out greatly.

Figure 10 shows the same phenomenon. A couple of eggs
developing at the tip of a tubule dorsally in the region of
the fourth leg or ninth appendage appear to be rapidly degene-
rating. On the other hand, the neck of the stalk-like tubule
is swelling up (from a to ) by the rapid division of the epi-
thelial cells into masses of sperm-cells.

In the foregoing, in order to avoid needless circumlocution,
it has been assumed that these minute cells are sperm-cells.
The question, then, is—Are they or are they not? The
evidence here adduced leaves little doubt that they are.
Until, therefore, it is shown, by direct comparison with the
undoubted sperm-cells of a male, that they do not resemble
such cells in any way, differing entirely in size, shape *, and
mode of origin as far as the last has here been sketched, it
seems to me that we are justified in asserting that the
Apodide are hermaphrodite under certain conditions of exist-
ence.

Before endeavouring to ascertain what the necessary con-
ditions are which lead to this hermaphroditism, one point
raised by Dr. Benham’s paper calls for brief comment. He
speaks of hermaphroditism in Apus as improbable. Nearly
all who have worked comparatively at ovigenesis or spermato-
genesis have emphasized the already admitted fact that both
ova and sperm develop from the same elements, and that the

* Very little can be made out of Kozubowski’s figures and account
(Arch. f. Naturg. xxiii.) of the sperm-cells of a male Apus. It is very
doubtful whether he saw the ultimate sperm-cells, His figures show
what appear to be spherical packets of cells resembling somewhat those
found in the sperm-forming centres of the hermaphrodite specimens.

304 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

causes which result in different ultimate products are mainly
physiological.

Confining our attention entirely to Crustacea, eggs and
sperm have been frequently found developing in the same
gland. Nebeski* found that in Orchestia the sperm develops
in the posterior end of the gland, eggs in the anterior. Ina
Decapod—Gebia major—all the males examined by Ishikawa +
had eggs developing in the posterior end of the gland.
Rudimentary eggs have been found in the testis of a Crayfish,
and the process of the formation of these eggs out of the
same cells, which elsewhere normally form sperm, has been
followed out in detail}. This is also insisted upon by
Moore in the paper above quoted with reference to Branchipus.
Hermaphrodite individuals are said not to be uncommon
among the parthenogenetic Cladocera, appearing about the
same time as the males. To this I shall have to refer
again §. In the face of these records it is difficult to see
why there should be any special improbability in sperm-cells
occasionally appearing along with eggs in the long, branched,
and apparently but little differentiated genital glands of the
Apodidx, a family, be it remembered, in which the males,
in several species at least, are very rare.

My experience, however, shows more than this. The
specimens from high latitudes, containing a rather large
L. glacialis from Greenland and several specimens of the
minute L. spitzbergensis, show one particular portion of the
reproductive gland apparently normally transformed into a
sperm-forming region, while the rest produces eggs. These
arctic dwellers are perhaps arrested rather early in their
development ||. The posterior end of the genital gland
does not grow out into rich branchings, but tapers off

* “Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Amphipoden der Adria,” Arb, Zool.
Inst. Wien, vol. ili. 1880, p. 24.

+ Zool. Anz. xiv. 1891, p. 70.

{ La Valette St. George, “ Innere Zwitterbildung beim Flusskrebs,”
Arch. mikr. Anat. Bd, xxxix. 1892, p. 504.

§ In addition to these, the well-known cases of the Cirripedes and of
certain Isopods may be cited. With regard to the latter, ef. Bullar,
Journ. of Anat. and Physiol. xi. 1876, p. 118 ; Mayer, Mitth. aus der zool.
Stat. Neapel, Bd. i. 1879, p. 165; Leichman, Bibliotheca Zool. Bd. iii.
Heft x. 1891.

|| As they were caught in large numbers by Prof. Kiikenthal and the
late Dr. Alfred Walter a week or two before the arctic winter set in, it is
impossible to consider the specimens as immature. According to
Dr. A.S. Packard (“ North-American Phyllopod Crustacea,” U.S. Geol.
and Geogr. Surv. 12th Ann. Rep, 1883) 14 millim. was the average size
of his specimens of L. glaccalis, which were nevertheless adults—that is,
if we may judge from the size of their tail-plates.

Tlermaphroditism among the Apodide. 305

gradually with mere periodical swellings. May we not assume
that the failure to form the typical branchings indicates a
lack of nutrition, one result of which is that the cells which
here, under more favourable conditions, might have pro-
duced eggs, divide up into sperm-cells? The evidence,
therefore, certainly points to a normal hermaphroditism
among the arctic Apodide. With regard to the more
central European species, both the hermaphrodite specimens
of L. productus and of Apus cancriformis above described
were apparently suffering some privation in the way of
nourishment, if we may judge from the generally collapsed
condition of the immature eggs; while, further, the con-
dition of the alimentary canal of the specimen of Apus cancrt-
formis clearly indicates a state of semi-starvation.

In these facts, then, it seems that we have some indications
of the conditions which induce hermaphroditism. It appears
that the Apodide which, under favourable circumstances,
produce parthenogenetically, may become hermaphrodites
when food is scarce. This hermaphroditism is thus super-
imposed upon the parthenogenetic females.

On comparing this with observations which have been
made on kindred forms, interesting speculations are suggested
as to the relations of these hermaphrodites to true males.
The males of different families of Cladocera begin to appear
when the year is waning and food is getting scarce. Kurz *
found that the males of Daphnia always appeared whenever
the puddles began to dry up, and he even succeeded in some
cases in producing males artificially by slowly draining off
the water in which the animals lived. This observer, on
accidentally finding hermaphrodite specimens of four distinct
species just about the time when the males begin to appear,
suggested that such were probably of frequent occurrence and
that this might be a sort of provisional arrangement. The
needed males were not immediately forthcoming, and herma-
phroditism tided over the interval.

Kerhervé’s observations led to the same conclusion ; not
only do males appear on the advent of “ hard times,” but the
females undergo a change. ‘‘Quelques jours suffisent pour
transformer une Daphnie parthénogénétique, indifférente aux
males en femelle éphippiale douée d’affection sexuelle, en
pondeuse d’ceufs destinés & étre fécondés. Le facteur prin-
cipal de cette modification, ici je le répéte, est la pénurie des
vivres ” }.

* Kurz, “Ueber Androgyne Missbildung bei Cladoceren,’ SL. Akad.
Wien, Ixix. Abth. i. 1874, p. 40.
+ Mém. Soe. Zool. de France, y. p. 227 (1892).

306 Mr. H. M. Bernard on

In this latter case the transformation takes place in the
same individuals, parthenogenetic females becoming sexual
females. Where do the males, which this rapid transforma-
tion in the females implies, come from? Kurz speaks of the
interval of time which must necessarily elapse before any of
the young can develop into males, and during such an interval,
he suggests, hermaphroditism may occur. Are these herma-
phrodites transformed parthenogenetic females, as the herme-
phrodite Apodida appear to be? If so, is it absolutely
necessary to suppose that they stop at hermaphroditism ?

With regard to the Apodide, the records of “ finds”? do
not show that the males begin to appear in the fall of the
year. The rain-pools in which Apus lives are most likely to
dry up and render life difficult in midsummer. Hence males
may occur at any time of the year, whenever, in fact, the
rain-pools threaten to dry up; that is, if the law is the same
for Apus as for Cladocera—that males appear when the
conditions of life are unfavourable.

If this be the case, where do these much-needed males of
Apus come from? Do they develop from eggs specially laid
under the influence of the adverse conditions, or do a certain
number of developing young ones become males instead of
becoming parthenogenetic females, as, under favourable cir-
cumstances, would have been the case? ‘These are questions
which cannot be finally answered for want of data. A few
points, however, are worth considering.

Claus * found that a developing Apus cancriformis at the
twelfth ecdysis showed clear signs of the transformation of
the eleventh leg into the egg-pouch, but that at this stage its
dorsal shield measured only 24 millim.—that is, the animal
was still very small. How long it took to grow to this size
is apparently not stated. Brauer + found that Lepedurus
productus was 7 millim. long after the seventh ecdysis and
sexually mature after the twelfth, which took place thirty-
seven days after hatching. Here are certainly remarkable
differences between the courses of development in these two
forms, but they appear to agree in showing that the process
is a slow one. It appears certain, then, that males could not
be produced from eggs for an emergency. It would take too
long. The eggs laid when the pools were in process of drying
up would certainly take more than a month to hatch out and
develop into sexually mature animals. Indeed, the assumed
unfavourable conditions under which they would be growing
would still further retard their development. It seems more

* Abh. k. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, Phys. Class. xvii. (1873).
+ SB. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. lxix. Abth. i. 1874, p. 180.

Hermaphroditism among the Apodide. 307

probable, therefore, that the genital glands of developing
young, instead of producing exclusively eggs, might produce
exclusively sperm, and that the needed males might be more
quickly obtained in this way. As far as I can see, there is
only one difficulty in believing that this takes place. The male
and female glands have, according to Kozubowski, the same
shape, and we know from the hermaphrodite specimens above
described that the epithelium may produce sperm or eggs.
The difficulty, however, lies in the early modification of the
eleventh pair of legs into egg-pouches. 'Thisoccurs apparently
much earlier in Apus cancriformis than in Lepidurus pro-
ductus. If this modification has already set in, when the
direction of development is changed from parthenogenetic
female into male—if, indeed, this change ever takes place—
then we should have to assume that these legs, during subse-
quent ecdyses, revert to the normal type.

There is one feature in my hermaphrodite specimens of
Lepidurus productus and Apus cancriformis which appears to
me of significance in this connexion. ‘The unripe eggs in both
specimens were, as stated, in process of degeneration. Those
which were quite ripe, ¢. e. were filled with well-developed
yolk-granules, beyond being somewhat small, seemed to be
unaffected and to be escaping through the gland towards the
ege-pouch. Nearly all the rest, ¢. e. the unripe eggs, showed
sions of shrinking, as if they were being resorbed, the material
being probably needed for nourishment. In one or two cases
it appears as if there had been a struggle between the yolk-
forming tendency of the egg-cells and “the rest of the animal
organization seeking to resorb the eg gg-protoplasm. The
nuclei were embedded in small compact masses of yolk-disks,
while the rest of the staining protoplasm of the egg-cells was
full of vacuoles and irregular spaces from which the material
had been drawn. It seems obvious that in these two herma-
phrodites an egg-producing stage was coming to an end.

On the other hand, indications are not “wanting that a
sperm-producing stage is in process of development. The
following can be gathered from the figures. The sperm-
masses have been in most cases but very slightly drawn upon ;
fresh pockets completely tilled with sperm-cells appear to be
forming (figs. 5@ and 8); and, lastly, at the tips of certaiu
branches where eggs are “degenerating, the cells just below
such eggs appear to be actively producing sperm-cells (figs. 9
and 10). The appearances therefore all tend to suggest ‘that
a sperm-forming phase was about to succeed an eg eg-producing
phase. It looks, therefore, as if the hermaphrodite speeloene
were parthenogenetic females in process of becoming males!

308 On Hermaphroditism among the Apodide.

I do not assert that this zs the case. Much more evidence,
if possible based upon direct experiment, is needed before such
a transformation could be admittedly established. Appear-
ances, however, point so decidedly that way that I feel
justified in hazarding the suggestion.

I may, perhaps, add that, startling as is even the suggestion
of such a transformation, there is in this particular case
hardly any serious morphological difficulty to be overcome—
so far as I know, none more serious than the reversion of a
single pair of modified limbs to the normal type. In view of
the marvellous transformations which occur in other members
of the Arthropod phylum at times of ecdysis, such a reversion
can hardly be claimed as a difficulty. It seems to me that
the most serious objection lies in the extreme improbability
of an egg-producing gland changing completely into a sperm-
producing gland. If the possibility of such a change is
granted, other difficulties appear trifles incomparison. But it
is just this change which appears to be so clearly indicated by
my slides.

A propos of the fact that these transformations take place in
the parthenogenetic females, it will be remembered that Pel-
seneer, in a valuable paper on “ Hermaphroditism in
Mollusca,”’ endeavoured to show that here also this condition
has been superimposed upon the female *. He suggests the
following stages :—production of spermatozoa in parts of the
ovaries ; reduction in size and number of the males ; complete
replacement of females by hermaphrodites ; final disappear-
ance of the degraded males. Viewing the Apodide in the
same manner, we may suggest the following account of the
reproductive arrangements of the family :— Parthenogenetic
reproduction with suppression of males was brought about by
the superabundance of food in the early summer, 7. e. during
the season of growth and most rapid multiplication. When
the pools dry up and food becomes scarce it is necessary to
produce resting eggs, for which fertilization is necessary.

* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxvii, 1895, Pelseneer, following
Brock (Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xliv. 1886), claims that the same is also true
of the fishes. The recent announcement by Schneider (Mém. Acad. Imp.
Sci. St. Pétersb. (8) t. ii. no. 2) that in Cobitis and Phoxinus the genital
ducts of the opposite sexes are homologous with each other and with the
Millerian duct appears to support this. Pelseneer, however, makes no
mention of the recent papers by Howes (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.
vol. xxiii. p. 589) and Stewart (czd. vol. xxiv. pp. 69, 70), nor of others
dealing with the subject, therein cited; this is the more unfortunate, as
Stewart’s description of a hermaphrodite trout with fully developed
genital ducts and “fundamentally a male,” tells directly against Brock’s
hypothesis.

On new Fishes from the Upper Congo. 309

A certain number of parthenogenetic females become herma-
phrodites by the production of sperm in parts of the ovaries.
It is possible that their transformation may continue until
in some cases, the developing eggs being completely resorbed,
the whole gland becomes a testis, and adult males are thus
rapidly produced. At the same time, it is more probable
that the true males are developed, under the influence of the
same unfavourable conditions, out of younger specimens not
yet sexually ripe.

The whole subject of hermaphroditism in the animal
kingdom is one of vast interest and deserves a special study.
The Apodide promise to yield useful results, inasmuch
as they could be experimented upon as Kurz (loc. cit.) experi-
mented with Cladocera. Indeed, the experiments of Kurz
with Cladocera might themselves be profitably repeated,
and individual specimens be carefully examined by the most
recent methods of fixing and staining. Much welcome light
might be thrown in this way upon the whole subject. In the
meantime, in view of the fact that the majority of Apodide
which come into the hands of students are parthenogenetic
females and that the hermaphrodite specimens here described
are as yet unique, Professor Howes has kindly consented to
my depositing the slides in the Huxley Research Laboratory
at the Royal College of Science, South Kensington, where
they can be examined by any one interested in the subject.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. & XII.
[The detailed explanation of the figures will be found in the text. ]

Figs. 1, 2. The sperm-forming portion of the genital gland of Lepidurus
glacialis, var. spitzbergensis (see pp. 298-299).

Figs. 3, 4. Ditto of Lepidurus glacialis (see pp. 299-300).

Figs. 5, 5a. Sperm-formation in the genital gland of a specimen of
Lepidurus productus (see pp. 800-301).

Fig. 56. Portion of duct of same.

Figs. 6-10. Sperm-formation in a specimen of Apus cancriformis (see
pp- 301-303).

XLI.—Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Congo.
By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

THE new fishes here described were contained in a small
collection made some 50 miles south of Mangala by Mr. J. H.
Weeks and presented by him to the British Museum. The
known species are the following :—Hemichromis fasciatus,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvii. 22

310 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Pirs. ; H. bimaculatus, Gill ; Lamprologus congoensis, Schilth. ;
Channalabes apus, Gthr.; Schilbe mystus, C. & V.; Alestes
leuciscus, Gthr.; Pellonula voraz, Gthr.; Notopterus nigrt,
Gthr.; Tetrodon fahaka, Forsk.; Polypterus palmas, Ayres*.
The specimens (three young, one with external gills) of
Polypterus palmas, a species which I have previously recorded
from the Congo, are interesting for the number of dorsal
finlets, which varies from five to seven.

Ctenopoma Weeksti, sp. n.
DiAVI 8: ASTRO. Sei28 45a aes
No palatine teeth. Depth of body equal to length of head,

22 in total length. Snout ? diameter of eye, which is 33 in
length of head and equals interorbital width ; lower jaw pro-
jecting ; maxillary extending to below anterior fifth of eye;
opercle notched, with four small spines above and two below.
Dorsal originating above base of pectoral and extending to
caudal ; spines subequal, as long as the eye. Brown, with
irregular whitish spots and a large black blotch in the middle
of the side ; two oblique dark brown streaks behind the eye,
the upper ascending to the upper border of the opercle, the
lower descending to the angle of the preopercle; ventrals
black ; lower surface of head and breast silvery, with brown
spots.

; Total length 60 millim.

A single specimen.

Pelmatochromis Guenthert, sp. n.

4

D.XVI12. A. TIT7. Sc. 322; 1.1. S53.

Three series of minute teeth in the jaws, the outer series
largest. Depth of body 22 in total length, length of head
3 times. Snout 1} diameter of eye, which is 34 in length
of head and equals interorbital width; maxillary extending
to below the nostril; four series of scales on the cheek.
Dorsal originating above opercular cleft; spines subequal,
half as long as the head. Third anal spine longest, longer
than dorsals. Pectoral falciform, as long as the head.
Ventral reaching anal. Upper lateral line ending below the
last dorsal rays; lower extending from the shoulder to the

* Also a turtle not previously recorded from the Congo: Cycloderma
frenatum, Ptrs.

Fishes from the Upper Congo. 311

caudal, on which it is produced in three branches. Uniform
pale brownish ; dorsal membrane checkered with brown and
white spots.

Total length 107 millim.

A single specimen.

Mastacembelus congicus, sp. n.

Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head 6
times. Snout thrice as long as diameter of eye, ending in a
dermal appendage which is twice as long as the eye; cleft of
mouth extending hardly to below nostril; two strong spines
at angle of preeopercle. Vertical fins united with the rounded
caudal. Dorsal XX VII 45, its distance from the head nearly
equal to the length of the latter, Anal I 45. Pectoral 4
length of head. 25 scales between origin of soft dorsal and
lateral line. Brown, marbled with darker, with a lateral
series of black blotches ; soft dorsal with oblique dark and
light lines; anal dark brown, with a white edge and a series
of 11 large round white spots at the base.

Total length 250 millim.

A single specimen.

The four species hitherto recorded from the Congo differ
abundantly in the number of dorsal and anal rays :—

M. cryptacanthus, Gthr.........06 D. XXIV 100, A. II 100
A, MULCH, BNE. iain 5430.4 9) 0l¢. 3,6 5. De SOL Fo, ALL 76
ALEC G SEV One CPE erOr D. XXVII 82,A.1I 65
M. marmoratus, Perugia ........ Ds ROX 855 ALE 70

Clarias Dollot, sp. n.

Vomerine band of villiform teeth as broad as the pra-
maxillary band. Head smooth, finely granulate behind,
about once and a half as long as broad, 34 to 4 times in total
length ; occipital process angular; diameter of eye 3 times
in length of snout, 5 or 6 times in interorbital width ; nasal
barbels as long as the head, maxillary once and a half.
Dorsal 70-75. Anal 55-60. Caudal free. Uniform dark
brown. ‘The largest specimen is a pied albino, yellowish
white spotted with dark brown.

Total length 250 millim.

Three specimens.

Allied to C. macromystax, Gthr., but vomerine teeth
forming a narrower band.

Named in honour of my distinguished colleague and friend
M. Dollo, of the Brussels Museum.

22*

ol Mr. R. I. Pocock on

XLII.—Notes on some Ethiopian Species of Ischnurine con-
tained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I.
Pocock.

Since I published some notes upon the African Ischnurine
contained in the collection of the British Museum ™*, a con-
siderable number of accessions to this group have been made,
and amongst them are some examples, apparently repre-
senting species, which not only are new, but are of additional
interest inasmuch as they bridge over the differences between
the genera Opisthacanthus, Opisthocentrus, and Cheloctonus.
Thus the two species from Madagascar, with their deeply
excised frontal border, large brachial process, and (especially
in madagascariensis) large and prominent lateral eyes, falls
between the South-American Opisthacanthus and the South-
African Opisthocentrus, but may further be recognized from
both by the presence of a well-developed median row of
spicules upon the lower surface of the tarsi. Since, however,
traces of this row are visible in some of the South-African
specimens examined by me, it is, perhaps, not wise at present
to regard it as acharacter of generic value. Nevertheless the
same character is perhaps the only distinctive feature between
the genera Hormurus and Iomachus. So, too, with regard to
Cheloctonus. The examination of the specimen described as
crassimanus shows that two of the characters relied upon,
namely the absence of upper anterior crest on the humerus
and the marginal position of the lateral eyes, can scarcely be
regarded as of more than specific importance. The shape of
the hand, too, though striking enough, is shown by analogy to
be hardly of generic value; so that I am now of opinion that
the three genera under discussion may be looked upon as
identical. Consequently the African genera of Ischnurine +
may be recognized as follows :—

a. Feet thickly clothed below with two rows of

lone stout bristles). tener meat. > |+'s sine Ischnurus, Koch.
b. Feet sparsely clothed below with paired spines

or bristles. *

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. pp. 316-320 (1893).

+ Collectors in South Africa who are not acquainted with the genera
of Scorpions may readily recognize the Ischnurinz from the Scorpionin
(Scorpio and Opisthophthalmus), to which they are most nearly allied, by
the flatness of the body and claws and the weaker compressed tail. The

group ranges from Gaboon and Mombasa southwards over the whole of
the continent.

Ethiopian Species of Ischnurine. 313

a‘. Feet furnished below with paired bristles
and along the middle line with a series of
delteape spinules.s <5) 5... lees wae id LTomachus, Poe,
6’. Feet furnished below with paired spines ;
without a distinct median row of spinules
(at least in the South-African species),
a’, Tail very strongly compressed ; body and
claws flatter ; many pores on the outer
border of the lower surface of the hand
SUIEBLOFOATION Yeasts coritiat aoe co eahee : Hadogenes, Kraep.
6°, Tail stouter ; body less flat ; only a few
pores on the outer border of lower side
of the hand and forearm ............ Opisthacanthus, Pet,

Genus OPISTHACANTHUS, Peters.
Opisthacanthus crassimanus, sp. 0.

Closely allied to O. Jonesti (Poc.), from Murchison Range,
Transvaal, but very much smaller (cf measurements) and
possessing a distinct ridge of granules on the humerus, sepa-
rating its anterior from its upper surface, and also in having
the crests upon the last abdominal sternite and on the lower
surface of the first caudal segment smooth instead of granular.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 48 ; length of
carapace 6°5, of tail 22-5, of hand-back 4°8, of movable digit 6 ;
width of hand 6°5.

Loc. East London (H. A. Spencer). A single male ex-
ample.

This example has been selected as the type; but the
Museum has two others of apparently the same species, one
from Caffraria and the other from Natal, from the collection of
the late F. P. Pascoe; also three young examples from
Basutoland (f. C. Wroughton), which are provisionally
referred to this species.

It is possible that these examples will prove to be the
young of C. Jonesiz, but the only sign of immaturity shown
by the type is the absence of lobes on the digits. More-
over, analogy lends no support to the view that the distinctive
features of this form are due to immaturity. The interest
attaching to the species lies in the fact that the presence of
the anterior crest on the humerus bridges over one of the
distinctions between the genus Cheloctonus and Opisthocentrus.

It may be added that the spine-armature of the tarsi in
these two species resembles that of the West-African species
O. africanus, Sim., there being three posterior and two ante-
rior spines, with the distal inferior angle of the tarsus tipped
with a bristle, and not with a spine as in O. validus, Thor.,
and O. asper (Pet.).

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Opisthacanthus rugulosus, sp.

Colour of trunk, tail, and chele a deep blackish green above,
a little paler below; legs deep brown, paler distally ; coxal
areas brown, sometimes mottled, the maxillary processes of
first and second legs deeper tinted; vesicle pale yellowish
brown.

Allied to O. validus, Thorell.

Upper surface of trunk finely and closely granular through-
out ; the median eyes small, the space between them about
equal to or greater than a diameter ; the three lateral eyes
evenly spaced. Sterna smooth, polished, and finely punc-
tured throughout, the last obsoletely crested.

Tail three and a half times the length of the carapace ; the
lower side distinctly carinate, as in validus, the upperside
laterally more coarsely granular than in that species ; vesicle
compressed, granular below.

Chele more thickly and coarsely granular than in validus,
both hand and brachium being closely and distinctly granular
above ; so also are the crests on the upper and lower edges of
the inner surface of the hand more coarsely granular; hand
thicker and more convex above, its width being very nearly
equal to the length of the keel along the hand-back ; the two
digits lobate in the adult. ;

Legs punctured ; femora externally feebly granular; tarst
armed below with 4 inner and 3 outer spines, but there 1s no
spine on the lower angle. ;

Genital operculum in male transversely oval, much wider
than long.

Pectinal teeth 6.

Length 72 millim., of carapace 9:3, of tail 33; width of
hand 7'5; length of keel of hand-back 8, of movable digit 9°3.

Loc. Ishiromo, Nyasaland (Sir H. H. Johnston).

Easily recognizable from O. validus by its coarser granula-
tion, especially of the upper surface of the hand and brachium,
these areas being almost smooth in validus, with the hand
furnished with a reticulated pattern of smooth low ridges. In
validus, too, though the number of spines on the lower tarsi
is the same, there is one upon the inferior angle of this
segment.

The African species of this genus may be recognized by
the following key :—

a. Hand not so flat ; very wide, the width exceeding
the length of the hand-back ; less of the carapace
showing below the lateral eyes; anterior crest
on humerus (upper arm) of pincers absent or

Ethiopian Species of Ischnurine. 315

weak; (lower surface of tail strongly crested,
vesicle smooth).
a’. Anterior upper crest of humerus absent; keels
on last abdominal sternite and those on lower
surface of first caudal segment finely granular. Jonesi? (Poc.).
b'. Crest on humerus distinct ; keels on lower sur-
face of first caudal segment and on last abdo-
ATEN SLETHILE SMIOOUN: yone's.c, has -s ts6 ot ats crassimanus, Sp. D.
b. Hand flatter, narrower, width less than length of
hand-back; more of the carapace showing below
the lateral eyes; crest on humerus very strong.
a’, Lower side of tail much less strongly crested ;
its upper surface with shallower median groove.
a®. Carapace deeply excised in front; abdomen
and tail not thickly punctured; vesicle
smooth ; pectinal teeth 9-18 ............ Lecontei (Lue.).
b®. Carapace less deeply excised; abdomen and
tail thickly punctured; vesicle granular
below ; pectinal teeth 5-7 .............. africanus, Sim.
b?, Lower side of tail strongly keeled; groove on
its upper surface deeper.
a‘, Hand coarsely granular above; a bristle on
the inferior distal angle of the tarsi ...... rugulosus, sp. n.
b*. Hand not granular above; a spine on the
inferior distal angle of the tarsi.
a°, Femora externally finely punctured, not
granular ; hand less coarsely sculptured ;
pectinall teeth OY si dae ss 3c cla anno « asper (Pet.).
b°. Femora externally granular; upperside of
hand with a coarsely reticulated pattern ;
pectinal Geet O= 7, iio sie viosis sits 3 don e's validus, Thor.

Opisthacanthus punctulatus, sp. n.

Colour a uniform dull brown; legs the same tint as the
trunk, and not brownish red as in most species of the genus.

Carapace densely punctured, anteriorly finely granular ;
the median lateral eye a little nearer the posterior than the
anterior of the series.

Terga finely and closely punctured; sterna smooth,
polished, finely punctured.

Tail as in O. madagascartensis, Kraepelin.

Chele long and slender, densely punctured ; humerus and
brachium very finely granular above, humerus with just a
few minute granules below at the base; humerus furnished
with a very large internal basal process; hand not granular
above, except towards the inner edge; inner surface armed
with two crests of strong granules ; flat and depressed, the
two areas of the upper surface meeting at right angles; width
of the hand about two thirds the length of the hand-back,
which exceeds that of the movable digit.

Legs with femora finely granular externally ; tarsal spine-

316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

armature the same as in O. madagascariensis, except that
there is a spine on the lower angle of the tarsus instead of a
stout bristle.

Genital operculum wider than long, without median suture.

Pectinal teeth 8.

Length 70 millim., of carapace 11, of tail 28, of hand-
back 10, of movable digit 9°5; width of hand 7:6.

A single female example from South Central Madagascar
(J. L. Last).

Genus Hapogenss, Kraepelin.
(=Ischnurus of all authors, except C. Koch.)

Hadogenes paucidens, sp. u.

It is needless to describe this species at length, since it
seems to differ from the South-African forms that Kraepelin
has described under the name ¢richiwrus in the spine-armature
of the fifth caudal segment. In ¢richiwrus the inferior keels
of this segment are furnished with a considerable number of
small teeth, there being upwards of 15 or more smallish teeth
on the median keel and upwards of 9 or 10 similar teeth on
the lateral keels; but in pauctdens there are only 5 much
larger teeth on the median keel and 4 or 5 large ones on the
lateral keels. The teeth on the lower surface of the second
caudal segment also larger and fewer.

Number of pectinal teeth 14 or 15.

Measurements in millimetres of type.-—Total length 119, of
tail 56, of carapace 15; width of hand 10; length of hand-
back 16, of movable digit 14.

Loc. West Africa (type Keyserling Coll.).

In addition to the example described above the Museum
has a couple of dried specimens from the Congo (A. Currer,
Esq., R.N.) which appear to belong to this species, since they
present the same armature of the caudal segments. One of
these is very young, measuring only 39 millim., and possesses
19 pectinal teeth ; the other, which appears to be a not quite
adult male 86 millim. in length, has 24 or 25 pectinal teeth.

The following are the distinctive features of the remaining
specimens of this genus contained in the British Museum :—

Firstly, a male 101 millim. long, of which the tail is 60 and
the carapace 10 (pectinal teeth 16 and 17) ; and a female 84
millim. long, of which the carapace is 11 and the tail 44
(pectinal teeth 14). These two examples, which have no
locality, are evidently sexes of the same species, and by the
strong lobation of their digits appear to be adult. There is

Ethiopian Species of \schnurine. 317

little doubt that they are specifically identical with the type of
trichiurus described by Gervais, as is shown by the strong
terminal spine-armature of the superior keels of the second
and third caudal segments. In both the vesicle is smooth
and the carapace distinctly excised in front.

Secondly, a female from T'ette measuring 147 millim., of
which the tail is 68 and the carapace 18 (pectinal teeth 15 or
19) ; a second specimen of the same sex from Umfuli River,
Mashunaland, 1200 feet alt. (G@. A. K. Marshall), which
measures 140 millim., the carapace being 16 and the tail 68
(pectinal teeth 16). These two specimens, which appear
specifically identical, are doubtless referable to the form
recorded by Peters from Tette as troglodytes. According to
Kraepelin this species of Peters is identical with trichiwrus of
Gervais; and the former would recognize only one species of
this genus. According, however, to the material available to
me tor examination, there may be two South-African species
in addition to the new one here described as paucidens ; these
may be recognized as follows :—

a. Keels on the lower surface of the fifth caudal seg-

ment furnished each with about five strong spini-

form teeth; the rest of the characters as cited

TENG GPs Oss t COMM Ope eet: has) oer aeacetieiei ni kc inger etn ops (ad paucidens, sp. 0.
b. Keels on lower surface of fifth caudal segment fur-

nished much more thickly, though less strongly, with

teeth, there being upwards of 12 teeth on the median

keel and 8 or 9 on the lateral. 8S. Africa.

a*, Anterior border of carapace angularly excavated,
the triangular sclerite small ; first caudal segment
with distinctly crenulate upper crests; the second
and third, especially the second, with the terminal
granule of the upper crests much enlarged ; vesicle
SON ab CHU OET 0 CORBA MOLD DOSE oer trichiurus,

b?, Anterior border of carapace shallowly emarginate ; [(Gerv.).
first caudal segment smooth and not crested above ;
the terminal granule of the upper crests on the
second and third segments only very slightly

OUT LAECOY teves stat a icig' sip iataberard schol «- ocacnj eka BLS erars) 9) adh troglodytes, Pet.

Genus Iomacuus, Poe.

Lomachus politus, sp. n.

Colour blackish brown above; tail entirely dark; legs pale
at the base ; lower surface of trunk fulvous; maxillary pro-
cesses of first and second legs infuscate.

Upperside of trunk entirely smooth and polished ; sterna
of abdomen also quite smooth ; carapace a little longer than
the first three segments of the tail.

Tail slender and very short, only a little more than twice

318 On Ethiopian Species of Ischnurine.

the length of the carapace; none of the segments distinctly
keeled, marked below with series of pores ; the inferior surface
of the fifth segment scarcely granular; the upper surface of
the tail mesially excavated, the sides a little uneven, hardly
granular ; vesicle smooth below.

Chele nearly smooth above; humerus only minutely
granular above, its anterior surface and the upper and lower
crests which define it distinctly granular; smooth below;
brachium smooth above, but reticulated, its anterior crests
granular, the basal anterior tooth prominent ; hand flat, long
and narrow, nearly parallel-sided, its width only a little more
than half the length of the hand-back ; upper surface reticu-
lated, inner surface distinctly granular or denticulate, outer
surface more than three times as long as high, granular and
traversed by a long crest ; lower surface smooth, reticulated ;
digits short, movable about two thirds the length of the hand-
back, with a sharp basal tooth.

Legs with femora finely granular externally ; tars¢d with a
median row of spicules and lateral rows of four setee.

Pectinal teeth 9.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 38; length of
carapace 6, of tail 13°5, of hand-back 6°5 ; width of hand 3:5;
length of movable digit 4°2.

Loc. Mombasa (D. J. Wilson).

This species is of peculiar interest, inasmuch as the only
other species of the genus, Jomachus leviceps (Poc.) *, is an
inhabitant of Southern India. The two species may be
readily recognized by the following features :—

a. Cuticle densely and finely punctured; tail longer, its
first three segments exceeding the length of the cara-
pace even in the female ; vesicle yellow and higher;
hand wider, its inner surface less strongly granular,
outer surface without a median granular crest, two
pores above at base of immovable finger; movable
digit longer, almost as long as the hand-back; with
basal lobe ; pectines with 3-6 teeth ........4c000. leviceps, Poe.
S. India .
6. Cuticle not densely punctured; tail shorter, its first
three segments in the male less than the length of the
carapace; vesicle fuscous, thinner; manus longer,
more coarsely granular internally, with a median
granular crest on the outer surface; movable digit
only about two thirds the length of the hand-back
and armed with sharp basal denticle ; three pores at
the base of the immovable digit above; pectinal

TEGUI aye cisjs o'se «2 ssa se 6 St ED na e's see Reem politus, sp. n.
Mombasa.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, vol. v. p. 242, pl. xii. fig. 1 (Hor-
murus ).

On new Scolytide from Africa. 319

XLUI.— Two new Subspecies of Zebra from Central and
East Africa. By W. KE. DE WINTON.

By the kind permission of Sir William Flower I have been
allowed to look through the zebras in the collection of the
British Museum, some skins having lately been received which
hardly seemed to me to agree with any of the recognized forms ;
and I now give a preliminary description of two well-marked
local forms of Burchell’s zebra.

Equus Burchelli Granti, subsp. nov.

General pattern of the stripes as in 4. Burchelli Chapmanni,
but having far narrower light spaces between the broader
dark stripes of the haunches, with no intermediate shadow-
stripes. The spots above the nostrils are of much the same
colour, but rather lighter than the stripes of the face and
body, which are brown or chocolate-colour, varying somewhat
in intensity.

Fab. Masailand.

Type no. 94.1. 2. 1 in Brit. Mus. Presented by Dr. J. W.
Gregory.

Equus Burchelli Crawshaii, subsp. nov.

General pattern of the stripes as in L. Burchelli Chap-
mannt, but having the dark stripes upon the haunches of
about the same width, or slightly broader than the intervening
spaces, with no intermediate shadow-stripes whatever. ‘The
spot over the nostrils bright tan-coloured. Stripes of the
body almost pure black ; ground-colour varying from nearly
pure white to pale fawn.

Hab. Highlands of Nyasaland west of Lake Nyasa.

Type no. 95. xu. 12. 1 im Brit. Mus. Presented by
R. Crawshay, Esq.

XLIV.— On the Genus Dactylipalpus, Chapuis, and Two new
Genera of Scolytide from Africa. By W. F. H. Buanp-
FORD, M.A., F.Z.S8.

THE purport of this paper is to describe three distinct and
remarkable species of Scolytide from Africa, of which the
types are in my collection, ‘They are referred to two new but
not related genera; and as one of these is very nearly allied
to Dactylipalpus, Chap., it has been necessary carefully to
examine the structural characters of that genus, hitherto
imperfectly known.

320 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on new

DACTYLIPALPUS.
Dactylipalpus, Chapuis, Syn. Scol. p. 12 (Mém. Soc. Liége, 1875,
220).

p. 267

Head shortly rostrate; eyes oblong, not approximated
above or below ; antenne very short, the scape scarcely longer
than the basal joint of the 7-articulate funiculus, the club
subcompressed, subpyriform, not sharply pointed at the tip,
closely pubescent and solid, the sutures being untraceable
even in a balsam-mounted specimen. Gular region deeply
inflexed, the buccal orifice hidden by the base of the man-
dibles; mentum small, sublinear and rod-like, widened at
the tip to receive the long two-jointed labial palpi, of which
the apical joint is fusiform, pointed, and twice as long as the
basal joint; ligula indistinguishable. Maxillee weak, the
inner border sinuate, very shortly lobed at the tip, and set
with hairs not stouter than those on the outer border and
face ; maxillary palpi two-jointed, the basal joint nodular,
the second elongate, slightly curved, and tumescent before
the obtusely pointed apex. Prothorax transversely rectan-
gular, scarcely declivous in front, without propleural fovee,
but in the female with a deep incised transverse striga before
the middle of the dorsum. ‘Tibize widened from the base to
the truncate apex, their upper border straight, rather weakly
serrate, their outer face scabrous. ‘Tarsi short, stout, the first
three joints subequal, the third bilobed. Underskeleton and
elytra as in Phleoborus, but with the prosternum more de-
pressed before the coxe, and the antecoxal ridges very strong ;
abdomen relatively shorter.

The genus differs from Phleoborus essentially in the solid
antennal club and two-jointed palpi; the appearance and
sculpture are quite those of a Phiw@oborus. As yet it contains
a single Oriental species. The etymological alteration of the
generic name by Gemminger and Von Harold is too great to
be substituted justifiably for Chapuis’s hybrid compound.

p-
Dactylopselaphus (emend.), Gemminger and Von Harold, Cat. Col.
2678,

Dactylipalpus transversus.
2. Dactylipalpus transversus, Chap. Syn. Scol. p. 12 (Mém. Soe,
Liége, 1878, p. 220).

6. Dactylipalpus quadratocollis, Chap. J. ¢.

Hab. Celebes, Gilolo, Malacca, Nicobar Islands.

The two species here conjoined differ in nothing but size
and sexual characters, and are clearly sexes; J possess both
from Ternate. In the Nicobar Islands there is a form which

Scolytide from Africa. 321

appears to be identical with the typical one, though some
specimens show slight differences in the tuberculation and
punctuation of the elytral apex. However, the curious
disparity in size between the sexes, which appears to be
constant in the Ternate and Celebes examples, is not main-
tained, as the one male and ten females I possess all range
from about 8 to 9°5 millim.

ETHADOPSELAPHUS, gen. nov.*

Dactylipalpo affinis; discedens palpis maxillaribus brevibus, tri-
articulatis.

This genus differs from the preceding in the fact that the
maxillary palpi are short and three-jointed, the two basal
joints being cylindrical, the first transverse, the second rather
longer, the apical joint shorter and conical. The labial palpi
are not quite so elongate as in Dactylipalpus, but are two-
jointed, and the structural characters are in other respects
identical, the characteristic thoracic striga being present in
the females.

Inconvenient as it is to separate a genus on such a point
of structure, it is one too important to be disregarded, and
fortunately, owing to the large size of the species, the
maxillary palpi can, with a little trouble, be examined
without dissection. The two-jointed condition of one or both
pairs separates this and the preceding genus from other
Scoly tine ; and it is noticeable that, though in the three-
jointed maxillary palpus Lthadopselaphus forms a_ link
between Phiwoborus and Dactylipalpus, its two species, both
African, have a peculiar elytral sculpture, and do not
resemble each other or any species of the allied genera.

£. cicatricosus, which I have more thoroughly examined,
may be regarded as the type.

1. Ethadopselaphus cicatricosus, sp. n.

Oblongus, opacus, niger, pilis brevibus, appressis, cinereo-flavis
ornatus ; elytris irregulariter punctato-sulcatis, sulcis sinuatis, ad
apicem solum profundis, 4° cum 5°, dein cum 3° connexo, inter-
stitiis rugosis, flavo-pilosis, 3° ter, 5° bis, 7° semel in disco callose
ampliatis.

Long. 8-11 mm.

36. Fronte subimpressa ; prothorace absque striga transversali.

Oblong, dull black, pilose, with short decumbent brownish-
yellow hairs. Head shining, strongly punctured in front, with

* nOas, ynrados.

322 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on new

an impunctate median space and aslight transverse impression
at the base of the rostrum; the latter narrower in the male,
with the side-margins more elevated and- frontal surface flatter,
pubescence short in both sexes; antennal club acuminate-
oval, compressed. Prothorax nearly twice as broad as long,
rather narrower at the apex than at the base, the sides
gently curved, the anterior angles nearly rectangular, the
base deeply impressed on either side for the reception of the
elytra; surface (¢) gently convex longitudinally, with a
slight transverse impression behind the apex, covered with
moderately close decumbent hairs, and scabrous with close,
elevated, confluent rugze, stronger at the sides, which are sub-
muricate, and absent over a shining central line, more or less
abbreviated behind and widened in front; surface ( 2 ) flatter,
muricate at anterior angles, the transverse striga of variable
length, situate before the middle, margined by a shining
rugosely punctured area. Scutellum very small, shining,
oblong. Llytra strongly rounded at the base, with irregular
sulci, coarsely and rugosely punctured, shallow before the
middle, deepened and shining posteriorly ; the first straight,
approximated to the second before the apex; the third con-
fluent with the second just before the middle and imme-
diately behind with the fourth; the fifth confluent with the
fourth just after the base; outer sulci subangulate inwards
after the base; interstices convex, especially towards the
apex, rugose, granulate at the base, covered with short, rather
coarse, decumbent hairs, and divided by the confluent sulci,
so that the third interval has three, the fifth two, the seventh
one, subcallose enlargements on the disk.

Underside and legs black, shortly hairy.

Hab. Natal.

My collection contains several specimens, and there are
others in that of the British Museum. ‘The elaborate elytral
pattern gives the insect an appearance quite peculiar among
the Scolytide.

2. Ethadopselaphus Grouvellet, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, opaca, pilis brevibus cinereo-flavis sparsim aspersa ; pro-
thorace valde transverso, margine antico concavo, granulato, circa
strigam sublevi, lateraliter fortius muricato; elytris pilis ap-
pressis e punctis muricatis confusis ornatis, striis obsoletis ad
basin apicemque solum vix decernendis.

Long. 11 mm.

9. Black, dull, rather thinly covered with very short
cinereous-yellow decumbent hairs. Front shining, strongly

Scolytidee from Africa. 323

and simply punctured, with a median impression from the
vertex to near the mouth, its pubescence short, mouth ciliate ;
antennal club ovate, with the apex subtruncate, closely and
finely pubescent, without trace of superficial sutures. Pro-
thorax strongly transverse, much wider in front than the
head, its anterior margin concave, the sides gently curved ;
surface covered with small granular asperities, stronger at the
sides and apical angles, the transverse striga conspicuous, its
margins wide, somewhat shelving, nearly smooth and hair-
less ; between the anterior margin and the apical border is a
fringe of upright hairs. Scutellum minute. Hlytra one fourth
longer than broad, very strongly rounded at the base, the
shoulders obliquely rounded; covered with decumbent hairs
arising from small asperate points, irregularly placed and
stronger at the base and sides, the striz completely obsolete
except at the base and extreme apex, where they are very
feebly impressed, and have a just discernible row of minute
punctures.

Underside and legs with short yellow pubescence.

Hab. Begoro in Ashanti.

I dedicate this species, curious in the obsolescence of the
elytral striz, to M. Grouvelle, from whom I have received it.

The following genus belongs to the Tomicides :—

STYRACOPTERUS, gen. nov.*

Caput globosum, receptum ; oculi ovales, emarginati; antennarum
funiculus brevissimus, 3-articulatus; clava magna, compressa,
latitudine longior, oblique suboyalis, margine inferiore minus,
superiore fortius curvato, suturis tribus notata. Prothorax
transversus, fere semiglobosus. Elytrorum margo basalis elevatus,
crenatus. Coxze anticee subcontiguee. Pedes fere ut in Liparthro
constructi, tarsorum articulis 1, 2 perbrevibus.

Head globose, large, concealed above by the prothorax.
Eyes broad-oval, emarginate. Antenne situated in the
ocular emargination, the scape rather long, slender basally,
strongly clavate at the apex; funiculus very short, three-
jointed, the second joint conical, the third transverse ; club
large, flattened, much longer than broad, its inferior border
nearly straight, the superior rounded, the tip subacuminate
and situate below the middle line; surface shining, with three
fringed sutures, the first transverse, near the base, the second
transverse on the outer face, obliquely curved on the inner

* orvpak, mrepov.

524 On new Scolytide from Africa.

face, the third near the tip, obliquely curved on both faces
and concentric with the apical margin. Prothorax trans-
verse, nearly semiglobose, with no side-margin. KHlytra
raised and crenate at the base, overlapping the prothorax,
strongly spinous in the single species. Anterior coxe sub-
contiguous, separated by a narrow prosternal process ; middle
cox widely separated ; abdomen short, the first four segments
successively decreasing in length. Anterior tibiz slender,
narrowed at the apex, feebly asperate above, and terminating
in a recurved uncus; middle and posterior tibiz flattened,
not wide, the upper border rounded and finely dentate towards
the apex, of which the lower angle is spinous ; tarsi short,
the first two joints very small and difficult to observe, the
third longer, the apical joint as long as all the preceding.
The genus appears to be related to Liparthrum and Hypo-
borus, differing in antennal structure. I have not been able
to dissect the mouth-parts, owing to the small number of
available specimens and their already mutilated condition.

Styracopterus murea, sp. Nn.

Breviter ovatus, opacus, squamis brevibus cinereis quasi crusta
opertus, obscure ferrugineus, capite, prothoracis apice, elytris
ad basin nigricantibus, antennis pedibusque testaceis; pro-
thorace rugoso, medio rarius elevato-granulato ; elytris punctato-
striatis, ad basin interstitii 2* carinula trispinata, cum crista
fortissime 4-spinata post medium interstitii 3' connexa, inter-
stitiis 5° a basin ad medium, 7° mox pone basin ad apicem spinis
erectis cristatis, margine apicali serrato.

Long. 1-4-2 mm.

Short-oval, convex, dull, covered thinly with very small
cinereous scales, which give it a dirty appearance. Head
black, front with a transverse impression, crossed by a fine
elevated longitudinal line, pilose above; mouth densely
fringed with fulvous hairs; antenne yellow-testaceous, the
scape fringed with a pencil of very long hairs. Prothorax
much broader than long, narrowed in front, the sides rounded
throughout, the apex somewhat obtuse, the base bisinuate ;
strongly convex above, somewhat gibbous in the middle, and
declivous in front, obscure ferruginous, with the apex blackish,
rugosely punctured, the punctures containing appressed
scales, the sides with a few longer scales ; median portion of
disk with small scattered elevated granules. Scutellum
absent. Elytra about as wide as the thorax and more than a
half longer, their basal margins elevated and serrate, over-
lapping the prothorax, the sides straight to the middle, thence
broadly rounded to the apex; surface obscure ferruginous,

Changes in the Plumage of Zosterops cerulescens. 325

blackish at the base, squamous, punctate-striate, the punctures
large, quadrate, the rows somewhat interrupted and deflected
by the interstitial armature; second interstice elevated at
base and furnished with three strong teeth, the hinder one the
largest, the elevation connected behind by a ridge with one
on the apical half of the third interstice, which carries four
very large erect acute teeth ; fifth interstice (from the base to
the middle) with a crest of seven acute teeth, increasing in
size posteriorly ; seventh with a toothed crest from near the
base to the apex, which helps to form an acutely serrate
margin to the elytra when seen from above.

Underside fusco-piceous, pilose and thinly scaled. Legs
testaceous.

Hab. British Bechuanaland (F. Whitworth Jones).

The extraordinary development of the elytral armature in
this species has no parallel among any described Scolytide,
though it is feebly approached by some species of Phlwosinus.
Of the teeth which compose it by far the largest are those on
the third interstice. I possess three examples, of which one
is much smaller than the other two and has this armature
less developed. The frontal and antennal characters, how-
ever, correspond, and it is likely that all three are males, the
smal] specimen being depauperized.

XLV.—On the Seasonal Changes in the Plumage of Zosterops
cerulescens. By ALFreD J. Norru, F.L.8., Ornitholo-
gist to the Australian Museum *.

In describing Zosterops westernensis of Quoy and Gaimard in
the ‘Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’, Dr. R.
Bowdler Sharpe makes the following observations :—“ An
Australian specimen has been described, and it is extraordinary
that a bird which seems to be widely distributed on that
continent should so much have escaped notice, the only allu-
sion to the species that I can find in Mr. Gould’s work being
a passage where he mentions that some specimens of Z, ceru-
lescens have the ‘throat wax-yellow.’ It seems to be the
Z. westernensis (Q. & G.), a species re-instated in the system
by Dr. Hartlaub (J. f. O. 1865) p. 20.”

With a view of solving the mystery why so common a
species should have been overlooked by most writers, I have
given this subject my attention for the past two years, by

* From the ‘Records of the Australian Museum,’ vol. ii. no. 7,

pp. 98-100.
t+ Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. ix. p. 156 (1884).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 23

326 Mr. A. J. North on the Seasonal Changes

careful observation and the collecting of a number of specimens
of Zosterops found in the neighbourhood of Sydney. For a
liberal supply of these birds every month, from January until
the end of August, the thanks of the Trustees are chiefly due
to Mr. H. J. Acland, of Greendale, and for a small series of
Tasmanian skins to Mr. E. Leete Atkinson, of Table Cape.
Mr. J. A. Thorpe, the taxidermist, too, has assisted at various
times, and from the specimens collected or sent me for exam-
ination has prepared a series of nearly fifty skins in every
stage of plumage. The results of my observations conclu-
sively prove that the Z. westernensis of Quoy and Gaimard,
the type of which was obtained by them at Western Port,
Victoria, is only the spring and summer attire of Z. ceru-
lescens of Latham. ‘Taking the two extreme phases of winter
and summer plumage exhibited in Z. cerulescens, it can be
easily understood why each phase should be thought to belong
to a distinct species ; and it is only where one has these birds
under daily observation and obtains specimens during every
month of the year that the intermediate stage or the gradual
transition of one phase of plumage to the other is observed.
These changes in the plumage of Z. cwrulescens have already
been pointed out by me in a series of skins exhibited in
August last at a meeting of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales. ‘Typical examples of Latham’s Z. cwrulescens*
with the deep tawny-buff flanks and grey throat, the autumn
and winter attire of this species, may be obtained in the
neighbourhood of Sydney from the middle of April until the
end of August. Some specimens, however, are to be found
during April that have not quite lost their summer plumage,
and in August others that have already began to attain their
spring livery; these birds have the yellow throat more or
less clearly defined. Usually the first indications of losing
the deep tawny-buff flanks and acquiring the yellow throat
are seen, during a normal winter, about the second week in
August, in some seasons a fortnight earlier; but in two
specimens examined the grey throat was retained as late as
19th September. During August and September, however,
the gradual transition from the winter to the spring attire
(the Z. westernensis of Quoy and Gaimard) f is slowly taking
place, and by the middle of October not a bird is to be seen
with the deep tawny-buff flanks and the grey throat. Speci-
mens shot in November have the throats of a brighter olive-
yellow than at any other period of the year, the flanks at
that time being of a very pale tawny brown. At midsummer,
* Z, dorsalis (Gould), Birds of Austr. iv. p. 81.
t Voy. de l’Astrolabe, pl. xi. fig. 4.

tn the Plumage of Zosterops cerulescens. 327

when the breeding-season with the species is virtually over,
the throat is shghtly paler than in the spring, and this livery
is retained until the beginning of March. The flanks then
become darker, increasing in intensity of colour from that
time forward, the yellow feathers on the throat also disap-
pearing and passing into grey until the autumn livery is
again tully assumed by the end of April.

Of six specimens obtained at Table Cape, Tasmania,
during April 1894, three have the throat grey, the remainder
faintly washed with yellow, and in all of them the flanks are
of a deeper tawny buff than in Australian examples.

The distinguishing characters in the seasonal changes of
the plumage of the under surface of Z. cwrulescens may be
briefly summarized as follows :—

Spring plumage.—TVhroat bright olive-yellow ; chest and
breast ashy grey, passing into dull white on the abdomen;
Hanks very pale tawny brown; under tail-coverts dull white,
in some specimens washed with yellow.

Summer plumage.—Similar to the spring, but the throat
slightly duller in colour,

Autumn plumage.—Throat faintly washed with olive-
yellow or gradually passing into grey ; flanks tawny buff.

Winter plumage.—Chin and sides of the throat dull olive-
yellow ; centre of the throat, the chest, and breast ashy ;
flanks deep tawny buff; abdomen and under tail-coverts dull
white, the latter in some specimens washed with yellow.

Transition from winter to spring plumage. — Throat
greyish white, faintly washed with olive-yellow; flanks pale
tawny buff; under tail-coverts dull white, slightly tinged

with yellow.

Cbs.—The average measurements of examples obtained
during winter and in summer are alike. All through the
year some specimens are found with the under tail-coverts
tinged or washed with yellow. This does not appear to be a
sexual character, although from the specimens examined the
yellowish wash on the under tail-coverts predominates
among the males. As a rule, however, the dull white or
white under tail-coverts are found in birds obtained during

the winter.

Under the synonymy of Z. westernensis Dr. Sharpe includes

328 Miscellaneous.

Z. tephropleura of Gould, from Lord Howe Island, but the
latter species can be readily distinguished from the spring
plumage of Z. cerulescens by its bright yellow under tail-
coverts and by its larger and more robust bill. At the
Macleay Museum I have examined the type of Z. Ramsay,
described by Mr. George Masters from specimens obtained by
him on one of the Palm Islands lying north of Halifax Bay,
N.E. Queensland. It is a good and distinct species, with
olive-yellow under tail-coverts and a broad zone of white
feathers round the eye. Dr. Sharpe, from the description of
this species given in the ‘ Proceedings of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales’ *, considers it probably identical with
Z. westernensis ; but there is no question that the specific
character pointed out by Mr. Masters and the olive-yellow
under tail-coverts will prevent one when examining this
species from confounding it with the spring or summer
plumage of Z. cerulescens or with any other Australian
member of this genus.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Coloration of certain Insects of the Order Lepidoptera.
By Emre Buancwarp.

I nave made numerous experiments with a view to modifying the
colour of certain Lepidoptera; these experiments have been made
more particularly on the butterfly commonly known as the Peacock
(Vanessa io), the most richly coloured of all our Lepidoptera.
Taking young caterpillars on the point of hatching from the egg, I
placed them in boxes under red, green or blue, and violet-coloured
glass. On the day of hatching no colour had undergone the slightest
modification. Individuals reared in complete obscurity were
hatched as brilliantly adorned as those reared in the full light. As
the larve of the Peacock feed on nettles, the stalks of nettles, passing
through small holes in the bottom of well-closed boxes, were received
in vessels of water, so as not to need renewing very often; when
changing became necessary, this was done in a darkened chamber.
Notwithstanding every care no alteration took place in any shade
of the wing of the butterfly.

There is, however, one point of difference which appears well
indicated— the action of light. A small species of the genus
Vanessa, known by the popular name of Carte géographique, from
the pattern of its wings, has two annual generations. In the indi-
viduals the whole of whose metamorphoses take place in the summer
the wings are black: this is Vanessa prorsa. In the individuals
which pass the winter in the pupa state the wings are fawn: this is
the variety levana.— Comptes Rendus, Dec. 16, 1895,

* Vol. i. p. 50.

_ WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

_ The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
BB Monthly. 2s. 6d.
‘ The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.
_ The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls.
_ &elfric Society’s Publications, 15 parts. 37s. 6d.
Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
_ Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. IL. lds.

. Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

_ Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.

-Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. Is.
4s Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 5s.
~Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.

Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.
-Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.

English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

_ Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.
% Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s.
_ Fauna of British India. Ldited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S,
|
é
E

LDS Ee PME ON gle Te

Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 15s. Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.
Moths. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 20s. Vol. III. 20s.
' Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 50s,
' Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.
' Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.
_ Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.
3 Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yo. Cloth. 16s.
e Ditto. Hlustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s,
_ Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.
Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 33s. 6d.
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d,
‘Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 8s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett.
- M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
“Merington’s French Primer, 2s, 6d. English Primer, 1s.
‘Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.
‘Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. 6d.
' Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 33s. 6d.
‘Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s.
Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d,
' Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.
) Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d.
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
e Part Il. 7s. 6d., Part IIT. 6s.
' Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.
Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. 1s.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
_ Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s.
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s,
- Appendices 5, 6,7, and 8 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Cata-
- _ logue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.
- Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
> Surgery. 6d.
Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.
aylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 Gs.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.
Thomson’s (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
~~ 10s. 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, Ls.
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d, Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.
miv. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd.
“Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. 15s.
Wolilaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 100.—Siath Series.

XXXVII. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made by

Page

Miss M. H. Kingsley during her Travels on the Ogowe River and in Be
Old Calabar. By Dr. A. Gixruer, F.R.S. (Plates XIIT-XY.) .. 261 —
XXXVIII. Descriptions of some East-African Lecentlee By. 4
Hamiitow H: Daver,: Pi. 5 BS ere ve aie isis Saye 285 —
4

XXXIX. A Revision of the British Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part VI. ;
‘The Faseigeride, Theonoide, Dactylethrata, and Trepostomata. By a
JW GREcorx, DiSe CRS iar ae oa «ean ee Beceem 287
XL. Hermaphroditism among the Apodide, By H. M. Brrnarp, = i
M.A, Cantab., F.LS8,, 0-28. s(Plates KL & XE) 3. ee 296 —
XLI. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Congo. By :
God. Bovrmyene ORS. os. oth caiis eiies ars: aac aa oe 309. }
XLII. Notes on some Ethiopian Species of Jschnurine contained |
in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock........ 312 3
4

XLII. Two new Subspecies of Zebra from Central and East 3
Atrios By WA: Dn WINBOND v.07: ow ies ayes gio chris ee pon 319 —
_XULY. On the Genus Dactylipalpus, Chapuis, and Two new e
Genera of Scolytide from Africa. By W. F. H. Branprorp, M.A., |
Dee i Se ON ae ne ee ae e

XLY. On the Seasonal Changes in the Plumage of Zosterops ceru-
lescens. By Aurrep J. Norru, F.L.S., Ornithologist to the Australian
Museum

eee eee eee eee eee sree ee ee ee eee eee eeeeee reserve eeeneer

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Coloration of certain Insects of the Order Lepidoptera. By |
: 323

Emite BrancHarp

a sO OMS ECCT: Pa. sai a id OAUNE RINE clos eI I

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed :
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, ;

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

09
« o
NaceBis

oo
wo)
ON

oe

aT

3 fs i > te x

ask
ae

tea Se Be
Sas

ot
“3

9
Ns

oe

ai

oP Ve ee

?

ag eave
ee es

re

tg we

Pol 17. SIXTH SERIES. eck ani
oe ee i
4 THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Mr. A. O. Walker’s Paper on Two new Species of Amphipoda
Gammarina, and Mr. G. A, Boulenger’s on new Batrachians in the British
Museum.

LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

1} gola by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Oo., Dublin: and Asher,

a

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. IL By O. Satvin andF. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i—xxxv.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-504, pls. xxxvi.—lx.)

Reptilia. By A.Ginruer. (Pp. 1-195, pls. i—lix.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248,

ls. i.—xv.)

y Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Picxkarp Camprincs. (Pp. 1-160, pls. i-

xXV111.

ekiepean: By R. I. Pococx. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. Il. part 1 (PsrnapHm= &c.). By D. SHarp, A.
Matruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i—xiv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. Il]. part 1 (Smrricornia). By C. O. WATERHOUSE,
G. H. Horn, and G. C, Cuampton. (Pp. 1-472, pls. i—xx.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RHyNcHOoPHORA). By D.SuHarp. (Pp. l-
168, pls. i.—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHarp
and W. F. H. BuanpForp. (Pp. 1-112, pls. i—iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Eroryiipm). By H.S.Gornam. (Pp. 1-216,

ls. i.—xi.)

Z Hymenoptera. VolI. ByP.Cameron. (Pp.1-466,pls.i-xx.) Vol. IL.

(Pp. 1-876, pls. i—xiv.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. SALVIN.
(Pp. ae pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-416, pls. xlvii-
Ixxxvil.

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. I.
(Pp. 1-272.) (Pls. i.—lxii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowzer. (Pp. 1-136,

ls. i—viil.)

2 Diptera. Vol. I. By BaronC. R. Osten Sacxen. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-iii.)
Diptera. Vol. Il. By F. M. van pER Wop. (Pp. 1-280, pls. i—-vii.)
Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixutsron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.)
Neuroptera. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. 1.)

Orthoptera. By A. DE Bormans, H. pg Saussure, and L. ZEHNTNER.
(Pp. 1-200, pls. i.-x.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCHAOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i~xcix. Vol. III. pp. 1-24,
pls. 1.—xxv.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

FAUNA OF MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.
By Prof. ANDERSON, F.R.S.

Vol. L—Marine Zoology &c., and The Selungs. 8vo, cloth, 32 pls. 30s.
Vol. 11.—Crustacea. 8vo, cloth, 19 pls. 15s.

ALSO
THE SELUNGS OF MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.
Syo, cloth, limp, 4 pls. 2s. 6d.
Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES, ]

No. 101. MAY 1896.

XLVI.—On new Speciesof Coleoptera from Japan, and Notices
of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

TOWARDS the close of last year Monsieur René Oberthiir sent
me some Coleoptera from Oshima, and on examination I find
the species generally are of a decidedly more tropical character
than those of the most southern parts of Kiushiu. I once
spent three or four days in Oshima in February; the diurnal
Lepidoptera were then flying freely, and the temperature and
climatal conditions generally seemed to me to harmonize with
those of May in Nagasaki. Oshima lies in lat. 28°, and
Nagasaki is close to lat. 33°, and the warmth of the ocean,
as well as the more direct rays from the sun, has a very
marked effect on the vegetation of the smail oceanic islands
to which Oshima belongs. Near Yokohama the warmth of
the Kurosuwo, or Japanese Gulf-stream, is distinctly felt on
the Idzu peninsula, while in the bay of ‘Tokio the water is of
a lower temperature ; this and similar agents in various parts
of Japan have without doubt a localizing effect on peculiar
species, and until almost every valley and mountain-side have
been searched at various seasons of the year, the Coleopterous
wealth of the Empire will continue to yield sufficient novelties
to reward one whose care it may be to seek them.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 24

330 Mr. G. Lewis on

Eustra Batesi, sp. n.

Rufo-testacea, nitida, subdepressa ; thorace minus transyerso, sub-
cordato ; elytris perspicue imbricato-punctatis, disco post medium
infuscato; antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis.

L. 22 mill.

Reddish testaceous, shining, somewhat depressed; the
thorax feebly explanate laterally, with very minute projec-
tions (but clearly seen under the microscope) at intervals
along the edges, and somewhat wide at the base (fig. 1); the
elytra clearly punctate, punctures shallow and being some-
times transversely confluent have an imbricate appearance ;
on the disk of each elytron just behind the middle is an infus-
cate blotch, more or less defined in different specimens; the
pygidium also has a somewhat similar shallow imbricate
surface-sculpture.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

5°

Bates formerly (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 237, 1873),
before he saw a Burmese specimen, considered this species to
be E. biplagiata, Schmidt-Goebel, but Jatterly (Ann. Mus.
CivGen..‘ser./25 wol. <n. 4p. 270, 1892) he ealled it Eustra
biplagiata, var. japonica, But it is, without doubt, a distinct
species. Lustra biplagiata, judging from an example from
Burmah so named by Bates and now in the Genoa Museum,
has the thorax very much narrowed behind (fig. 2), without
conspicuous lateral projecticns, and the elytra are also much
less wide, and only “ vage imbricato-punctatis,” as Schmidt-
Goebel described them. ‘The pygidium also is smooth. In
the Genoa Museum there is a third species from Teinzd in
Burmah, in which the head is less elongate, the eyes more
prominent, and the colour and general sculpture different.

Hab. Common in Kiushiu under stones and bark of decay-
ing trees, and it is often gregarious. Also taken at Kashiwagi
and on Maiyasan near Kobé. Some notes on its habits are
given in the Ent. M. M. p. 39 (1881).

Trechus ovipennts, sp. n.

Gracile ovatus, supra depressus, piceo-brunneus, palpis, antennis

new Japanese Coleoptera. 331

pedibusque pallidioribus; capite sat lato, post oculos parum
angustato; thorace ante basin conspicue constricto, angulis
posticis acutis ; elytris ovatis, depressis, striis tenuiter impressis,
interstitiis haud convexis, leevibus.

L. 6 mill.

This species is similar in size to 7. oreas, Bates, in the
Japanese series, but it is darker in colour, much more de-
pressed, head wider, thorax broader behind the anterior angles,
and at and before the base the thorax is conspicuously con-
stricted. The elytra are precisely oval, being rounded off
anteriorly and posteriorly in exactly the same measure, are
very feebly convex, with the striz fine and interspaces nearly
flat and smooth.

Hab, Ontake, August 1881. I obtained only one example.

Pheropsophus agnatus, Chaudoir.

Pheropsophus agnatus, Chaud. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xix. p. 43 (1876) ;
Bates, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. 281.
I believe this species is now recorded from Japan for the
first time. Chaudoir described it on a Chinese specimen ;
Bates’s notice refers to varieties.

Hab. Oshima (Oberthiir).

Styphromerus Batesi, Chaudoir.
Styphromerus Batesi, Chand. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xix. p. 87 (1876).
Crepidogaster bicolor, Bohm., Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 807
(1873).
Chaudoir in 1876 corrected the nomenclature of this species.
Hab. Nagasaki. Only seen once; this species crepitates
more loudly than any species of Brachinus I have ever met

with alive.

Atritomus Feittert, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, piceus vel nigro-piceus, nitidus; capite, thorace
antennisque nigris; elytris brunueis vel disco infuscato, punctato-
striatis ; pedibus piceis.

L. 23-23 mill.

Oblong-oval, piceous or nearly black, shining; the head
punctate, punctures irregular and not very thickly set ; the
thorax transverse, more thickly punctured than the head, but
the punctures are somewhat sparse before the scutellum,
lateral rim arched and distinctly reflexed; the elytra are
usually wholly brown, but sometimes the dorsal disk is infus-

cate as well as a band along the outer margin, punctate-
24%

Sy Mr. G. Lewis on

striate ; the antenne are somewhat long and nearly black ;
the legs infuscate, with the joints and tarsi rather paler.

This species differs from A. Lewis7, Reitt., in being less
parallel and with shorter elytra. The antenne are one quarter
of their length longer, the thorax is more transverse and more
arched later rally, with the rim conspicuously raised ; the punc-
tures of the elytra are also clearly separate from each other,
and not close and sometimes confused as in A. Lewisi.. The
hind tarsi also are distinctly longer.

Hab. Suyama in Sagam1, and Ichiuchi and other places in
Higo.

Pheochrous asiaticus, sp. n.

Piceo-brunneus, nitidus, supra parum convexus; clypeo margine
utrinque reflexo in medio inciso; thorace sparse punctato; elytris
dense striato-punctatis; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L. 9-94 mill.

Pitchy brown, shining, somewhat convex above; the head
with rather small punctures, not closely set, and a small area
between the eyes smooth, anterior portion and cheeks finely
strigose, clypeus deeply incised in the middle, with the edges
on either side markedly reflexed; the thorax with scattered
punctures variable in size on the disk, larger and closer on
the lateral margin, along the edges is a fine stria, complete
on all sides, but leaving a somewhat wide smooth margin
behind the head ; the scutellum somewhat acuminate, hinder
part smooth ; the elytra has rows of punctures, about twenty-
one, more or less regular, with three vague cost on the
median area; each costa is separated by three or four rows of
punctures ; the anterior tibie have three large teeth on the
outer edge well separated from each other and _ projecting
beyond the regularly arranged smaller ones.

This species differs from a Ceylonese species I have in the
clypeus being more widely incised, the thorax more convex,
the marginal stria leaves a wide margin behind the head,
and the scutellum is longer and more ‘acuminate posteriorly.
In the Ceylonese species the anterior tibie are only furnished
with two conspicuous teeth.

Hab, Okinawa. I have seen three examples from the
collection of Colonel Schénfeldt.

Apogonia amida, sp. n.

Breviter ovata, convexa, nitida; capite thoraceque supra zneo-
nigris ; antennis brunneo-testaceis ; clypeo antice arcuato, dense et

new Japanese Coleoptera. 333

paullo rugose punctato, inter oculos parum sparse punctato ;
thorace sparse punctato, angulis anticis depressis, lateribus

arcuatis.
L. 73-8 mill.

In 1874 Waterhouse considered that this species belonged
to A. splendida, Bohm., but a larger series of specimens now
available for examination proves it to be distinct. The form
of the clypeus is shorter and relatively broader, and it is more
widely arched and consequently wider before the eyes; the
thorax is more transversely convex, and the anterior angles
are more obtuse and depressed and the lateral margin more
arcuate. The punctuation also of the ventral segments is
larger and the pygidium less wide and not carinate in the
middle. The tarsi are longer and more slender. The scu-
tellum is almost impunctate. In some examples the elytra,
metasternum, and ventral segments are brownish, with an
zneous tinge.

Hab. Nagasaki and other places in Kiushiu. There are
examples from my collection in the British Museum and in
the Museum at Brussels.

Apogonia bicarinata, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida, capite thoraceque sat dense et grosse
punctatis ; clypeo arcuato, antice vix sinuato ; scutello sparse sed
distincte punctato; elytris punctatis, singulo in medio bicostato ;
propygidio pygidioque in mediis conspicue carinatis.

L. 10 mill.

Oblong-oval, black, shining, with a very faint cupreous
tint; the head closely but not densely punctate; clypeus
widely arched, with the outline very feebly sinuous or nearly
straight, narrowly and not markedly reflexed at the edge; the
thorax punctured like the head, anterior angles obtuse, not
produced ; the elytra punctate, punctures chiefly in rows, with
two median and one sutural coste on each smooth; the pro-
pygidium and pygidium rugosely punctate, each with a
median carina occupying their whole length; the palpi and
antenne brown or testaceous. ‘The anterior tibiz are pro-
longed beyond the tarsi (except in Schonfeldt’s example,
which is malformed), but they are not conspicuously dentate
like others of this genus.

This species differs from A. splendida, Bohm., in colour,
being concolorous throughout, in the form of the clypeus, in
the scutellum being punctured, and, above all, in the pro-
pygidium and pygidium both having a carina.

Hab. Japan (Ritsema), Oshima (Schdnfeldt). The type

specimen belongs to the Museum of Brussels.

334 Mr. G. Lewis on

Apogonia cupreoviridis, Kolbe.

Apogonia cupreoviridis, Kolbe, Arch. f. Nat. i. p. 193 (1886).

Apogonia fusana, Kolbe, 7. ¢. p. 198.

I find I have an example of this species from the Goto
Islands; it should therefore be included in the Japanese fauna.
It is much larger than A. niponica, Lew., anterior angles
less acute, and the punctuation of the thorax is larger and not
dense.

Hab. Gotoshima and Korea (Kolbe).

Anomala Gottschei, Kolbe, 1886,= Anomala geniculata,
Motschulsky, 1866.

I inadvertently omitted Kolbe’s name in the synonymic
list of last year.

Chalcophora satzume, sp. n.

Afneo-nigra, nitida; capite in medio canaliculato; thorace post
angulos paullo prominulo; elytris obscure 4-maculatis, apicibus
conspicue incisis.

L. 32-34 mill.

There are several good characters to separate this species
from C. japonica, Gory, which it resembles closely. It is
broader, less parallel at the sides, and darker in colour. The
thorax bulges out somewhat behind the anterior angles and
the apices of the elytra are sharply incised ; the eyes are more
oval and less convex, and the dorsal area flatter, with the
smooth elytral spaces less elevated. There is an example of
a species very similar to C. satzume in the British Museum
from Chinkiang on the Yangtsze River; the apices of the
elytra are incised and the thorax bulges out in a similar
manner, but the Chinese species has the elytral convex spaces
more like those of C. japonica.

Hab. Satzuma. IJ am much indebted to Mons. René
Oberthiir for the sexes of this species.

Chalcophora amabilis, Vollen.

Chalcophora amabilis, Snell. v. Vollen. Tijdschr. Ent. vii. p. 168, t. ii.
fig. 5 (1864).

This name must be added to the list of Japanese Bupres-
tide. Whether it is the same species as C. querceti, Saund.,
or not Saunders could not decide, and it cannot be determined
until the type is examined,

Hab. “ Japan.”

new Japanese Coleoptera. 335

Chrysodema oshimana, Nonfried, 1895,= C. Lewisi?,
Saund. 1873.

Nonfried’s description appears in Berl. ent. Zeitschr, xl.
p- 297 (1895). In the Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 328
(1892) I recorded this species from Oshima. Nonfried also
(/. c.) redescribes Cetonta Pryert, Jan, as C. oshimana.

Corebus Oberthiirt, sp. n.

Capite aureo-viridi; thorace disco cyaneo, lateribus viridissimis ;
elytris albo-fasciatis, apice utrinque bispinosis, basi et apice
aureo-viridibus, in medio aureo-cupreis ; subtus antennis pedibus-
que obscure eneis et griseo-pubescentibus.

L. 102 mill.

The head rich golden green, frontal channel deep, not
angulate behind, punctate, punctures deep and elongate,
especially lengthening (almost furrow-like) before the neck,
where they are generally transverse ; the thorax coarsely and
transversely sculptured, feebly arched in outline from the
anterior angle to the base, edges crenulate, sides somewhat
explanate at and before the bases, rich blue on the disk and
base, golden green laterally and blue-green behind the neck ;
the scutellum, anterior portion transverse, with sharply defined
truncate sides, and an acuminate triangular area behind,
median space rugosely punctate; the elytra, sculpture
distinctly transverse and somewhat coarse, golden green at
the base, narrowly only near the suture, but at the humeral
angle the green colour stretches out broadly along the sides
almost to the middle of the wing-case, at the apex about one
fourth of the elytral length is golden green, the central area
coppery red, and this colour extends along the suture nearly
to the base; across the coppery dorsum is a rather wide white
pubescent fascia, with a white patch in front of it near the
suture, the apex is 4-spinose, two on each elytron, the outline
of the elytral edge between the spines is narrow and semi-
circular (in C. niponicus this outline is wide and nearly
straight) ; the ventral segments above are of a deep rich blue,
beneath the whole body is obscurely eneous and pubescent,
and the antennze and legs concolorous.

This species is the size of C. niponicus, Lew., and should
be placed next to it in the Catalogue.

Hab, Oshima.

It gives me much pleasure to name this species after
Mons. René Oberthiir, from whom I received it.

336 Mr. G. Lewis on

Lacon, Castelnau.

A sexual character in the males of certain species of this
genus has been noticed by Champion (Biol. Centr.-Amer.
vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 263, 1894). In some species the males have
an almost smooth space on the fifth ventral segment, varying
in size in different species. I find this character in two
Japanese species: in L. cordicollis, Cand., the male has a
smooth disk equal to nearly one third of the ventral area; the
space leaves a narrow margin only at the apex and anteriorly
it does not reach beyond the middle. In ZL. binodulus,
Motsch., the smooth space is further from the apex, is some-
what triangular, and extends to the base. I have not found
any corresponding character in L. fuliginosus, Cand., nor in
L. 4-nodatus, Lew., and I believe my single example of the
latter is a male. The golden hair which forms the clothing
of L. 4-nodatus is very short and curved, and under the
microscope 1s seen to be cirriform.

Lacon scutellaris, Candéze.

Lacon scutellaris, Cand. Mém. Acad. Belg., Elat. Nouv. v. (publication
pending).

“ Fuscus, confertissime squamulosus, squamulis fulvis, brunneis,
albicantibusque marmoratim intermixtis ; prothorace latitudine
haud longiore, dorso quali, angulis posticis obtusis, oblique
carinatis; scutello albo squamuloso; elytris seriatim punctatis ;
sulcis tarsalibus nullis.

“TT, 15-18 mill., lat. 5-6 mill.

“© Hab. Japon méridional ; Oshima.”

I found this species at Yokohama and other places, but
until I saw Candéze’s description in a separate copy circulated
in advance of publication I did not consider my specimens
differed from those of L. fuliginosus, Cand.

Metanortorsis, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 192
(1894), = Sphenicosomus, Schwarz, Wien. ent. Zeit. xi.
p- 132 (1892).

Schwarz’s genus I find is established on the same species
as mine and has priority. Schwarz considers Melanotus to
be a Palearctic genus; but the Palearctic zone is limited to
lat. 40° N., and Melanotus occurs in the tropics. I have
taken more than one species between lat. 6° and 7°.

new Japanese Coleoptera. 337

Aphanobius fuscomarginatus, sp. n.

Brunneo-testaceus, nitidus, pubescens; capite thoraceque grosse et
dense punctatis ; thorace elytrisque mediis et lateralibus infus-

eatis ; antennis parte infuscatis ; pedibus brunneo-testaceis.
L. 12 mill.

Brownish yellow, shining, with dense pubescence of the
same colour; the head coarsely and densely punctured ; the
thorax with similar sculpture, with a broad longitudinal
infuscate marking from the anterior edge to the base, lateral
margin also infuscate, the latter band reaching the posterior
angle, but does not quite touch the anterior edge ; the scutel-
lum punctate, black ; the elytra evenly and markedly striate,
interstices rather convex and rugosely punctured, sutural
borders infuscate, at the bases to, the width of two interstices,
the infuscate border gradually lessening to one interstice at
the apex, outer margin more widely infuscate, occupying
four interstices ; the epipleural fold is distinctly testaceous
and broad near the humeral angle; antenne brownish at the
base, gradually becoming infuscate; the legs and under
surface reddish testaceous. The claws in this genus are
simple.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie).

Stlesis crocatus, Candéze.

Silesis crocatus, Cand. Mém. Acad. Belg., Elat. Nouv. v. (publication

pending).

Candéze’s description refers to a form which I consider a
variety of S. musculus, Cand. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
xiii. p. 315, 1894). In my series of twenty-seven examples,
ten have pale elytra, and in the others the elytra are dark.
I took both forms together. Glyphonyzx bicolor, Cand. (Elat.
Nouv. v.), I also consider a variety of G. dllepidus, Cand.,
and | referred to it as such (/. c. p. 315).

. te. ;
Pyrocelia atripennis, sp. n.

Elongata, subparallela, rufo-aurantiaca ; capite, palpis, antennis,
elytris pedibusque atratis.
L, 17 mill.

Elongate, somewhat parallel, bright reddish orange, with
the head, mouth-organs, antenne, elytra, and legs densely
black ; the head in this genus is concealed under the thorax,
which has over each eye a transparent space; in this species

338 Mr. G. Lewis on

this space is semicircular in outline on the outer edge and
straight on the inner side; the thorax is closely sculptured,
with a median but not strong carina from the base to the
anterior edge, anterior outline semicircular; the scutellum
obtusely acuminate behind; the elytra densely sculptured,
sculpture granulate, each wing-case has four vague costae,
the second one from the suture being the most conspicuous.
This species appears to be closely similar to P. rufa,
E. Oliv., but it differs in the colour of the palpi and legs.
Hab. Oshima (Schonfeld).

Callimerus prasinatus, sp. n.

Elongatus, parallelus, lete seneo-viridis, griseo-hirtus, nitidus ;
elytris apice rugosis ; antennis pedibusque flavis, tibiis inermis.
L. 7 mill.

Rather pale brassy green; the head sparsely and feebly
punctulate, face thickly clothed with a greyish scale-like
pubescence ; the thorax, punctuation coarser and more dense,
with the surface distinctly rugose, on each side before the
middle in a line behind the eye is a convex tumour-like
swelling, which is more conspicuous than in some other species
of the genus ; the elytra are sculptured very similarly to the
thorax, but the rugosity is best marked at and near the
apices ; the sides of the metasternum are densely clothed with
white pubescence ; the mouth-organs, antenne, and legs are
flavous, the hair on the legs is much longer than that on the
bedy ; unlike some of the species of Callimerus, the tibie are
without spines or denticulations and are long and slender.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie).

Apate carinipennis, sp. n.

Elongata, parallela, brunneo-nigra, subnitida ; capite dense rugoso ;
thorace in medio obscure carinato; scutello minuto, elevato ;
elytris ante basin bicarinatis ; antennis piceis.

L. 13 mill.

Elongate, parallel, nearly black, somewhat shining; the
head rugosely and densely sculptured ; the thorax nodulose
and very roughly sculptured, anteriorly with a lateral ridge of
tubercles which terminate in a rough pointed process, which
projects over the forehead (the eyes viewed from above are
seen outside of them), the base is narrowly constricted, with
a somewhat large nodule on either side just before the base,
in the middle is a somewhat ill-defined furrow with a small

new Japanese Coleoptera. 339

carina in its centre; the scutellum is small, clothed with
golden-grey pubescence and distinctly elevated; the elytra
are densely and roughly punctate, marked with small patches
of brownish sete; on either side of the scutellum the basal
edges of the elytra are a little projecting, and behind the
scutellum, but well away from the suture, are two short
polished carinee, apices blunt.

flab. Kawatchi.

The two curious elytral carinew distinguish this species
from most, if not all, of the described species of Apate; but
Mr. Gorham has a species from the Andaman Islands which
closely resembles it. Its chief differences are, the antennz
are shorter and stouter, the thorax parallel at the sides,
rectangular at the base, the scutellum not elevated, and the
two elytral carine are half as long again; both species
measure L. 13 mill. In the Andaman species the tarsi are
also shorter and the terminal joint of the antenna is conical.
In A. carinipennis the terminal joint is distinctly oval *.

Apate niponensis, sp. n.

Elongata, parallela, nigra, nitida: capite rugoso, in medio obscure
levi; thorace dense imbricato-rugoso ; scutello elevato; elytris
profunde seriatim punctatis, ante apicem valde bituberculatis.

L. 15 mill.

Elongate, parallel, black, shining; the head rugose, with
a small smooth median space between the eyes which is
connected with the base of the head by an ill-defined polished
line; the thorax rugosely sculptured, the rugosities assume
an imbricate form, especially on the disk; the anterior
thoracic processes are bent downwards towards the head, are
hamate at the tips, and are based on two tuberculate ridges,
the outer row of tubercles being the strongest; the small
scutellum is distinctly elevated ; the elytra are deeply punc-
tate, the punctures are set in somewhat irregular rows, the
sutural margin is elevated, and there are two median rather
vague coste separated from each other by three rows of
punctures, and well before the apices at an equidistance from
the suture and outer edge are two large tubercles, one on each
elytron, they are polished and bent towards each other; the
apical rim of the elytra is elevated rather more strongly than
the sutural margin; the antenne and thighs are piceous.

Hab, Okinawa (Schénfeldt).

* Mr. Gorham wishes me to name his insect ; I propose, therefore, to
call it Apate carinata, sp. n.

340 Mr. G. Lewis on

Gnesis helopioides, Pascoe.

Gnesis helopioides, Pase. Journ. Ent. p. 477 (1866).
Tromosternus Haagi, Har. Abh. Brem. p. 131 (1876).

This species is figured in ‘ Aid to Identification of Insects,’
pl. xxiv. p. 158.
Hab. South and Central Japan. Not very common.

Helops araneiformis, Allard.

Helops araneiformis, All. Rey. Helop. vrais, L’Abeille, xiv. p. 67
(1876).

This species was omitted in my list of Japanese Tenebrio-
nide (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 484, 1894),
nor does the name appear in the ‘ Zoological Record’ of
1876. The species only measures 7 mill., and is described
doubtfully as belonging to Helops.

Plesiophthalmus brevipennis, sp. n.

Subelongatus, niger, nitidus, leviter convexus; capite rugose punc-
tato ; thorace subtilissime punctulato ; elytris subtilissime striato-
punctatis ; antennis pedibusque obscure rufis.

L. 134 mill.

Black, shining, with a slight bluish tint, antenne and legs
dull red; the head rugosely punctate, lateral ridges, under
which the antenne are inserted, distinctly elevated; the
thorax rather wider than broad, anteriorly rectangular, ante-
rior and lateral margins finely but clearly raised, surface
polished, with a very fine sparse punctuation, most sparse on
the disk ; the elytra relatively short as compared with P. nigro-
cyaneus, Motsch., highly polished and very finely striate-
punctate, interstices very feebly (almost obsoletely) convex,
with a punctuation sparse and very fine. ‘he male has the
last ventral segment emarginate.

The type of this species is much smaller than any example
of P. nigrocyaneus 1 have seen, and possibly the sculpture
and colour of the body and legs may vary as much as in that
species ; but still there are three good characters by which it
may be recognized, viz. the greater elevation of the antennal
ridges, the feeble surface-sculpture, and the shorter elytra.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie). I have only seen one male
example. .

new Japanese Coleoptera. 341

Lagria notabilis, sp. n.
Nigra, nitida, nigro-hirta; capite thoraceque grosse punctatis ;
elytris dense punctatis et transversim rugosis, apice angulo sutu-

rali valde mucronatis.
L. 114 mill.

Black, shining, clothed with long black hairs not closely
set; the head and thorax relatively narrow, elytra at the
bases as wide again as the thorax, widest behind the middle ;
the head rather coarsely and rugosely punctate, with a trans-
verse impression between the antenne ; the thorax sculptured
like the head, with a longitudinal impression, free of large
punctures, on the disk; the scutellum somewhat roughly
punctulate, obtuse behind; the elytra more densely and more
coarsely sculptured than the thorax, with the interstices of
the punctures more raised and generally distinctly transverse ;
on the apex of each elytron there is a large triangular process,
the base of the triangle being parallel to the suture, so that
when the wing-cases are closed only one of the processes is
visible; the antenna and legs are black, joints 7 to 11 of the
first are opaque.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie).

Macrolagria rugipennis, sp. n.
Elongata, subparallela, nigra, nitida; elytris grosse et rugose

punctatis, nigris vel rufo-brunneis,
L. 11-12 mill.

Elongate, rather parallel at the sides, black, shining ; the
elytra black or wholly reddish brown; the head smooth, with
a very few scattered punctures and an oblong impression
between the eyes (not always well defined) ; the thorax, punc-
tures larger and much more numerous than those of the head
and somewhat irregularly set, posterior rim distinctly elevated ;
the elytra with coarse punctures arranged roughly in double
rows, with coste running between them; the coste are
encroached upon by the punctures, apices somewhat acute ;
the legs and antenna: black.

This species is about the size of and similar to MZ. rufo-
brunnea, Mars., but the eyes are nearer together in both
sexes and the rough and coarse sculpture of the elytra is
very different.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie). Apparently common.

Balaninus Hilgendorfi, Har. 1878,=B. dentipes,
Roel. 1874.

342 On new Japanese Coleoptera.

Hispa higonia, sp. n.

Oblongo-quadrata ; capite rufo; thorace transverso, 5-spinoso ;
elytris multispinosis, abdominis pedibusque rufis.
L. 4 mill.

The head red, microscopically rugose before the eyes; the
antenne filiform, basal joint rather long, first two and the
last blackish; the thorax transverse, margins reddish, with ared
median line, two spines on the edge behind each eye having
a common base and are nearly erect, on the lateral margin
are three spines having also a common base, surface punctate,
but less coarsely than that of H. japonica, Baly ; the scutellum
blackish, with a red median mark; the elytra, each furnished
with about twenty spines, those on the dorsum are erect,
surface with rows of large punctures evenly set, colour pitchy,
with the posterior edge rather broadly, lateral edge indistinctly
reddish testaceous, and marks of the same colour on the wing-
cases ; the legs and abdominal segments reddish.

The facies of this insect resembles H. japonica, but the
basal joint of the antenna is half as long again, the eyes are
wider apart, and instead of tuberosities on the dorsum it has
long spines, and the anterior tibia are less swollen.

Hab. Yuyama in Higo. IL only obtained one specimen.

AmIpDA, Lewis.

This genus should be placed near Ortalia, Mulsant.

List of Species, with some new Synonymy.

CARABIDZ.

Eustra Batesi.

Trechus ovipennis.
Pheropsophus agnatus, Chawd.
Styphromerus Batesi, Chaud.

Crepidogaster bicolor, Bohm.

(Bates, 1873).

MyYcETOPHAGIDE.
Atritomus Reitteri.

ScAaRABID A.

Pheeochrous asiaticus.
Apogonia amida.
picarinata.
cupreoviridis, Kolbe.

Anomala geniculata, Motsch. 1866.

Gottschei, Kolbe, 1886.

BuPRESTID®.
Chaleophora satzumee,
amabilis, Vodlen.
Chrysodema Lewisii, Saund. 18738.
oshimana, Nonfried, 1895,
Corzebus Oberthiiri.

ELATERID®.

Lacon scutellaris, Cand.
Sphenicosomus, Schwarz, 1892.
Melanotopsis, Lewis, 1894.

Aphanobius fuscomarginatus.

Glyphonyx illepidus, Cand. 1873.
bicolor, Cand.

Silesis musculus, Cand. 1873.
crocatus, Cand.

Lycw2z.
Pyroccelia atripennis.

On Two new Species of Amphipoda Gammarina. 343

CLERIDZ. LaGRID&.
Callimerus prasinatus. Lagria notabilis. :
Macrolagria rugipennis.
BostTRicHID m®. CuURCULIONID %.
Apate carinipennis. Balaninus dentipes, Roel. 1874.
niponensis. EMilgendorfi, Har. 1878.

CHRYSOMELID™.
TENEBRIONID&. ; i 5
Hispa higonize.

Gnesis helopioides, Pase.
Helops? araneiformis, All.
Plesiophthalmus brevipennis. Amida tricolor, Har.

CoccINELLID.

XLVII.—On Two new Species of Amphipoda Gammarina.
By ALFRED O. WALKER.

[Plate XVI.]

Fam. Phoxocephalide, G. O. Sars.

Phoxocephalus pectinatus, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-6.)

Kpimeres of the perzon rather deeper than their segments ;
third pleon-segment with the lower margin straight, the hinder
slightly convex, and the hinder angle with the point rounded.

Head with the hood slightly curved downwards; eyes
round, dark, and large, especially in the male.

Upper antenne with the first joint longer than the two
next, its upper margin produced and the lower furred in the
male ; flagellum 4-jointed, terminated in the male by a stiff
seta as long as the whole antenna; accessory appendage
4-jointed, reaching nearly to the third joint of the flagellum.

Lower antenne in the male as in P. Holbélli, in the female
with the second joint of the peduncle nearly as long as the
first and third together ; flagellum 4-jointed, as long as the
second joint of the peduncle.

First gnathopoda rather smaller than the second ; epimeres
distally expanded; propodos distally contracted; second
gnathopoda with the epimeres rounded-oblong ; margins of
propodos parallel ; in both pair the propodos is almost as long
as the four preceding joints, the second, third, and fourth
joints being very short.

First and second pereeopoda much as in P. Holbélli, but
with the dactylus about three fourths of the length of the
propodos.

344 Mr. A. O. Walker on Two new

Third and fourth pereopoda as in P. Holbélli, except that
the latter is rather longer.

Last pereeopoda with three shallow teeth on the hind
margin of the first joint ; second and third joints in the female
with long plumose sete, remaining joints gradually decreasing
in length. In the male the fourth joint has four curved
and blunt spines in an equidistant comb-like row on the
distal half of the anterior margin; the third joint has no
plumose setz.

Uropoda and telson nearly as in P. Holbélti, but there are
no spines on the longer ramus of the third uropoda.

Length 3 millim.

This species may be at once distinguished from Pho.o-
cephalus Holbélli, Leptophoxus falcatus, and the genus Har-
pinia by the conspicuous eyes, while the shortness of the first
four jomts and the form of the hand in the gnathopods, as
also the characters of the last pair of pereeopoda, distinguishes
it from Paraphoxus oculatus and Phoxocephalus Fultont. A
male and female were dredged by me off St. Peter’s Port,
Guernsey, in 7 fathoms, on a bottom of coarse gravel, clinkers,
and broken shells, on April 4, 1892. I have also received a
male from Mr. J. T. Calman, University College, Dundee,
who informs me that it was tound with a few others among
a number of male P. Fultont, Scott, received from Mr. D.
Robertson, of Cumbrae, some years ago.

Fam. Pardaliscid#, Boeck.
HALICOIDES, gen. nov.

Head with a rostrum equal to half the entire head; eyes
obsolete.

Upper antenne with no accessory appendage at the base of
the flagellum, but with a small one at the base of the last
(third) joint of the peduncle.

Mandibles nearly as in Halice, but with the last joint of the
palp about two thirds the length of the second joint and more
slender.

Gnathopods simple.

First and second pereopods with the third and fourth joints
expanded.

Remaining characters as in Halice.

Halicoides anomala, sp.n.(¢). (PI. XVI. figs. 7-18.)

Epimeres of pereeon small; first three pleon-segments with
a small tooth at the hinder angle, fourth and tifth injured,
but with no appearance of dorsal teeth.

Species of Amphipoda Gammarina. 345

Head longer than the first two body-segments ; eyes indi-
cated by a clear almost circular space on the top of the head.

Upper antenne with the first joint very large, expanding
distally, and completely filling the space between the rostrum
and the anterior margin of the head, exceeding in length the
next two joints, which are less than half as wide; the distal
margin of the second joint has a sinus on the upperside, from
which a scale-like appendage reaches to the end of the upper
margin of the third joint, which is much shorter than the
lower margin. First joint of flagellum as long as the last
two of the peduncle, furred, and provided with long sete on
the upperside; next eight or nine joints very short, setose,
tapering gradually into longer and thinner joints, about twenty-
eight in all.

Lower antennee :—Penultimate joint of peduncle reaching
to the end of the first joint of the flagellum of the upper
antenne, constricted at the proximal end; last joint longer
than the preceding, both with setules along the upper margin ;
flagellum very slender, with the third joint longer than the
preceding and succeeding joints, about twenty-eight in all.

First gnathopod:—First joint thicker than any of the
following, about as long as the next three; carpus rather
more than half as long as the propodos, which tapers gradually
to the base of the dactylus, and has three sete and six setules
on the lower margin ; the dactylus is expanded at the base,
not deflexed, and fully half as long as the propodos. Kpi-
mere subtriangular.

Second gnathopod :—Like the first in general form, but the
lower margins of the carpus and propodos are furred and
densely clothed with sete, which lengthen distally; many of
those on the carpus are greatly curved. Epimere rounded-
oblong.

First and second pereeopoda :-—First joint as long as the
third and fourth together, third obcordate, the distal end as
wide as the shorter diameter of the broadly oval fourth joint ;
fifth joint as long as, but much narrower than the fourth;
dactylus about two thirds the length of the fifth joint; hind
margins of third, fourth, and fifth joints fringed with long
sete, which are most numerous on the fourth.

Third pereeopoda :—First joint twice as wide and not so long
as the third, which is about equal to the fourth and fifth, but
twice as wide. Dactylus more than halt as long as the
propodos.

Fourth and fifth pereeopoda subequal, of the same form as
the third, but much longer.

Branchial vesicles and pleopoda large.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 25

346 On Two new Species of Amphipoda Gammarina.

Uropoda injured, the first with peduncles as long as the
rami, which are narrow, equal, and spinous; the second
shorter than the first, with subfoliaceous (?) rami; the third
foliaceous and probably setose, the inner ramus rather shorter
than the outer, which is coarsely serrate on the inner side and
is terminated by a short strong spine. The peduncle is
short, widening distally, with a median and terminal spine.

Telson longer than the peduncle of the last uropoda, cleft
to the base, with a notch at the tip of each division.

Length 7 millim.

A single male specimen was found in a very interesting
collection of Crustacea made by Mr. R. L. Ascroft in the
steam trawler ‘ Britannic,’ off the Isle de Yen, in the north of
the Bay of Biscay, the depth being 17 to 32 fathoms, bottom
sand and mud. ‘This species approaches the genus /alice,
Boeck, very closely in general form, structure of the mouth-
organs, antenne (with the exception of the accessory ap-
pendage), gnathopoda, last three pair of pereeopoda, uropoda,
and telson; but it differs from that genus in having no acces-
sory appendage at the base of the first joint of the flagellum
of the upper antenne, and from every known Amphipod, so
far as | am aware, in having a smal] but distinct scale-like
accessory appendage at the base of the last (third) joint of the
peduncle. Both the upper antenne are exactly alike in this
respect. The first and second pairs of pereeopoda resemble
those of the genus Synopia, Dana, in the dilated third and
fourth joints, and thus connect this genus with the Parda-
liscide in this respect, just as Synopioides, Stebbing, does in
the shape of the head. There remains, therefore, nothing to
justify Bovallius’s establishment of the subtribe of Amphipoda
Synopidea,—Claus, Stebbing, and G. O. Sars having already
pointed out the relationship of the titular genus to the Gam-
marina, and the remaining genera having been referred to
other families, viz. Trischizostoma to the Lysianasside and
Hyperiopsis to the Hyperiidea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Figs. 1-6. Phoxocephalus pectinatus. 1, Upper antenna, ¢. 2. Lower
antenna, 9. 3. First gnathopod, 2. 4. Second gnathopod, ?.
5. Last pereeopod, 9. 6. Last perseopod, ¢.

Figs. 7-18. Halicoides anomala, 7, Head. 8. Peduncle and first joint
of flagellum of upperantenna, 9. First gnathopod. 10. Second
gnathopod. 11. First perseeopod. 12. Third pereeopod. 15.
Fifth pereeopod. 14. Telson and last uropod. 15. Mandibles.
16. First maxilla. 17. Second maxilla, 18. Maxillipede.

Figs. 1-6, 8, and 15-18 are drawn with a }-inch objective,
the rest with a 1-inch. |

On the Piertne Butterflies of the Genus Daptonura. 347

XLVIII.—Notes on the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus
Daptonura, with Descriptions of new Species. By A. G.
Butter, Ph.D., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological De-
partment, British Museum.

In carefully supervising the synonymy of Daptonura I noted
that the outline of the wings, the width of the outer borders,
and the inner edging of the latter appeared to be constant and
reliable characters; but the mere tint of the wing-surface
varied from white to brimstone and from brimstone to saffron,
these modifications being best illustrated by such species as
D. florinda and D. isandra.

In D. limnoria, Godt. (limnobia, Swains.), the secondaries
of the male vary in tint from pale brimstone to canary-yellow,
but the orange on the border is invariably represented by a
series of saffron or orange spots. Hiibner’s figures (Samml.
exot. Schmett. ii. pl. ccxxxii.) represent a very distinct
species, for which, years ago, I proposed the name D. Hiibner?,
writing it upon a label and pinning it into the collection; but
if I published the correction it has never been quoted, and
consequently I cannot refer to it.

Hiibner’s insect differs in both sexes from D. limnoria,
as will be at once seen by comparing Swainson’s admirable
illustration of the latter with the plate in the ‘Sammlung.’

Daptonura Hiibnerv.

3. Decidedly smaller than D. limnoria, the black apical
border narrower, with regularly dentate-sinuate inner edge ;
the secondaries bright sulphur-yellow, with broad orange
outer border and linear black edging.

@. Smaller than that sex of D. “imnoria, the black cunei-
form bar across end of cell connected by a streak (which
passes along the third median branch) with the black outer
border ; the latter narrower on the costa than in the common
species and gradually decreasing in width to inner margin ;
the secondaries as in the male, excepting that the orange
external area and black edging are wider.

3, “Rio R.” In coll. Hewitson.

The female I know only from Hiibner’s illustration ; it is
said to come from Brazil. The locality is probably Rio Real
in Northern Bahia.

Daptonura inequalis, sp. n.

Allied to D. leucanthe ; decidedly smaller, the outer margin
25*

°

348 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

of primaries straighter, the black apical border decidedly
narrower, with zigzag dentated inner edge; only the fringe
of secondaries (not the margin also) blackish ; male above
white, female bright orange washed with canary-yellow on
costa and in cell of primaries: the male below nearly resembles
D. leucanthe, but the blackish line on the end of the dis-
coidal cell of primaries is either ill-defined or wanting ; the
apical border also is only indicated through the wing and the
veins crossing it are barely or not at all blackened; the apical
area of these wings and the whole surface of secondaries are
far more buff in tint, and the veins of the latter wings are
black to the base; the wings themselves are more rounded,
less produced at anal angle than in D. leucanthe: the female
below is paler (more golden crocus-yellow) than above, in
veining it corresponds with the male.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 63, 9 66 millim.

36 9, E. Peru (Whitely); @, Bolivia, N. side of the
Cordillera de Cochabamba (Bridges). B.M.

Var. ?—Black, veining obsolete on both surfaces; outer
margin of primaries slightly more inarched ; inner edge of
apical border sinuated.

3, Bolivia (Bridges); @, Cuenca, Ecuador (fraser).
B.M.

Daptonura latilimbata, sp. n.

g. Allied to D. peruviana; basal two thirds of primaries
milk-white ; costal margin and apical third black-brown, the
inner edge of the latter zigzag, commencing almost parallel
to the end of the cell and continued obliquely to near the
extremity of the first median branch, whence it tapers more
abruptly to the extremity of the submedian vein; fringe
towards external angle white: secondaries milk-white, with
black-brown outer border as wide as in the female of D. eu-
rymnta, but not spotted: body normal. Wings below with
the black-brown borders broader, shining dark copper-brown ;
a black-brown cuneiform streak from costa closing the dis-
coidal cell of primaries; basal lobe of secondaries orange,
and sides of pectus washed with the same colour as in
D. peruviana.

Eixpanse of wings 76 millim.

Ecuador (Buckley). Coll. Hewitson.

Daptonura Harti, sp. un.

Commonly confounded in collections with the New Grana-
dian D. eurymnia, usually a little smaller, and invariably with

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Daptonura. 349

the outer margin of primaries more concave; the external
border of these wings in the male slightly narrower, especially
below the second median branch, the inner edge of this border
widely sinuous, but not regularly sinuated as in the New
Granadian species: the secondaries tinted with sulphur-
yellow; the dark brown outer border much narrower,
tapering to a point at each extremity, so that only three out
of the usual five squamose whitish submarginal spots are
clearly emphasized : on the under surface the brown borders
differ as above, and the yellow is a clear brilliant canary
instead of gamboge; the basal lobe of secondaries is barely
tinted with saffron, instead of being deep orange. In the
female the differences are less marked, but the primaries above
are pale brimstone and the secondaries bright brimstone-
yellow, far brighter than in D. eurymnia: on the under
surface the borders are slightly narrower than in the female
of the latter species, the primaries are brimstone-yellow, with
the costal area deepening to canary ; the secondaries are very
deep canary-yellow, with a slight tint of saffron on the costal
edge of the basal lobe, whereas in D. eurymnia these wings
are much darker, cadmium-yellow, with deep saffron basal
lobe.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 58-70, 9 59 millim.

Trinidad (art, Broadway, and Caracciolo). B.M.

Judging by the female differences alone, I should never
have supposed this to be a distinct species; but the male
characters are much more markedly dissimilar from the form
of the mainland; the latter ranges from Bogota to Venezuela,
but whether to the coast I do not know.

The true D. eurymnia is like a white edition of D. poly-
hymnia, and | am satisfied that the two are only forms of
one species ; in like manner I still believe that D. monstrosa
is only a form of D. jlorinda, inasmuch as the fact that
Dr. Staudinger has described four types, all differing, clearly
indicates inconstancy in the ground-colourig of the wings.
The Hewitson collection contains a male and two females,
none of which agree with the figures in the ‘ Biologia’—they
are all what botanists know as “selfs.” ‘Then, again, the
D. panamensis of Staudinger is represented by the opposite
sexes of the two forms D. flurinda and D. monstrosa, as
figured in the ‘ Biologia,’ the male being described as having
the primaries white and the secondaries citron-yellow, the
female as having the primaries citron and the secondaries
ochre-yellow.

Staudinger’s D. anceps is said to be smaller, the secondaries
white, like the primaries, but with a yellowish suffusion at

350 Mr. H. Druce on new

the anal angle; the ‘female more opaque than in D. pana-
mensts, not ochre-yellow on the secondaries ; therefore this
female would answer to the female of “ D. panamensis”
figured in the ‘ Biologia.’

Staudinger’s D. chagris is said to resemble his D. pana-
mensis in both sexes, excepting that it has a somewhat
broader black apical border and the under surface of the
primaries is white with yellow costal border.

Staudinger’s D. chiricana is a “ self,” the male citron and
the female ochre-yellow ; it corresponds exactly with a pair
so-named in the Hewitson collection *, which I am satisfied
are conspecific with D. florinda; whilst Hewitson’s third
example is gamboge-yellow, and therefore is intermediate
between D. anceps 2 and D. chiricana ¢ .

As another instance of variation in ground-colour in this
genus I may mention that I have no doubt of P. pedrosina
being a mere form of P. palestra, differing in having the
secondaries and costa of primaries on the under surface white
instead of yellow; there is no other difference by which to
separate them.

My D. pedrosina, therefore, will sink asa seasonal form or
a sport of D. palestra, Hopffer.

XLIX.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from
Lropical Africa. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Zygenide.
SALIUNCA, Walk.

Saliunca ostia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniform bright purplish
black ; primaries with a round white spot at the end of the
cell and one on the secondaries about the middle of the costal
margin; the fringe of both wings black. Antenne, head,
thorax, and abdomen bluish black ; legs black; the thorax
has two small white spots at the base—— Female very similar
to the male, but larger and without any white spot on the
secondaries.

Expanse, g¢ 13, 2 14 inch.

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

* Staudinger’s “ ochre-yellow ” I should call bright orange.

Heterocera from Tropical Africa. 351

BRrACHARTONA, Hamps.

Brachartona unxia, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries purplish brown. Head and
antenne black ; thorax brown; abdomen and legs blackish
brown.

Expanse 58; inch.

Hab. West Africa, Lagos (Mus. Druce).

Brachartona (?) titcea, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries semihyaline smoky brown, the
veins and the fringe darker. Head, antenne, and thorax
black ; abdomen golden yellow on the upperside, the sides
and underside and legs black.

Expanse ,§; inch.

Hab. South Africa, Transvaal (Mus. Druce).

Nyctemeridz.
ALETIS, Hiibn.
Aletis alba, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries semihyaline white; primaries,
the costal margin broadly bordered with black, the apical half
of the wing greyish black ; a large white spot slightly beyond
the end of the cell, below which, on the outer margin near
the anal angle, are two white spots; the base of the primaries
pale orange: secondaries with a dentated black margin.
Underside the same as the upperside. Head, antenna, and
thorax black ; collar spotted with white; abdomen yellow ;
legs greyish black.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Sierra Leone (Mus. Druce).

Aletis kedar, sp. n.

Primaries white, the apical half and the veins black; a
large oval-shaped white spot close to the apex; the costal
margin black: secondaries white, the veins black; the apex
and outer margin bordered with black; the black margin is
dentated near the anal angle. Head, collar, and underside of
thorax pale yellow; antenne, thorax, and abdomen above
black, banded with white; the underside of the abdomen
white; the anus yellow; legs greyish black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Kast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

352 Mr. H. Druce on new

Nevuropuana, Herr.-Schiaff.

Neurophana charaz, sp. 0.

Primaries and secondaries deep chrome-yellow ; primaries
with the apex and outer margin broadly bordered with
brownish black; a small black dot at the end of the cell and
two black spots close to the base: secondaries edged with
brownish black from the apex to the anal angle; a small
black spot at the end of the cell. Underside as above, but
with the spots more distinct. Head, thorax, and abdomen
chrome-yellow ; antenne black; abdomen with a dorsal row
of black spots ; legs yellow, with the tarsus black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. East Africa, Zanzibar and Dar-es-Salaam (Jus.
Druce).

Liparidez.
SoLog, Walk.
Soloe tripunctata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly pale chrome-
yellow, slightly hyaline near the base of the secondaries ; the
fringes of both wings yellow; primaries with the costal
margin black near the base ; an oval black spot at the end of
the cell and a round black spot in the cell nearest the base:
secondaries with a black spot at the end of the cell. Head,
thorax, and abdomen yellow; antenne and legs yellow;
palpi yellow, with the terminal joiit black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Aroa, Walker.
Aroa libyra, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries smoky brown, shaded with grey along
the outer margin and crossed from the costal to the inner
margin by two waved black lines; the anal angle shaded
with white ; a fine submarginal black line extends from the
apex to the anal angle: secondaries deep black, the fringe
greyish white. Underside of both wings black ; the primaries
with a large white patch at the anal angle. The head and
thorax greyish brown ; antennz brown ; abdomen black; the
anus bright yellow; legs yellowish.—emale. Primaries
greyish fawn-colour, shaded with brown at the apex and
along the inner margin near the base, whitish at the anal

Heterocera from Tropical Africa. 358

angle, the waved lines crossing the wing almost identical with
those on the wing of the male: secondaries pale chrome-
yellow, the fringe yellowish white. The head, antenne, and
thorax dark greyish brown; abdomen chrome-yellow, with
a line of black spots from the base to the anus; legs yellow,
the tarsus black.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 2 inches.

Hab. Yast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Aroa tomisa, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries pale yellow ; primaries
shaded with brown along the outer margin from the apex to
the anal angle: secondaries with some indistinct brown marks
on the apex and outer margin near the anal angle. The
head, thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow; antenne and legs
black. The underside of both wings pale yellow, entirely
without markings.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab, Kast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Aroa (?) enos, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries dark reddish brown, darkest from the
end of the cell to the anal angle: secondaries yellow, broadly
bordered with reddish brown from the apex to the anal angle.
The head, antenne, thorax, and legs reddish brown; abdo-
men yellow, with a row of black spots from the base to the
anus.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Old Calabar (Mus. Druce).

MELANOTHRIS, Feld.
Melanothris meonia, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries reddish brown; primaries crossed
from the costal margin nearly to the anal angle by a wide
semihyaline yellowish-white band, which is thickly irrorated
with brown scales near the anal angle; a small white dot
close to the apex, and a very fine submarginal zigzag white
line extends from the apex partly along the outer margin ;
the fringe yellowish brown: secondaries without markings ;
the fringe yellowish brown. Underside of both wings very
similar to the upperside. The head, antenne, thorax, abdo-
men, and legs dark reddish brown; the collar yellow.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Old Calabar (Mus. Druce).

354 Mr. H. Druce on new

Saturniide.
ANTHERAA, Hiibn.

Antherea osiris, sp. Ns

Male.—Primaries yellowish fawn-colour; a small hyaline
spot at the end of the cell; two white lines cross the wing
from the costal to the inner margin, the first nearest the
base, slightly waved ; on the outer side of this line the wing
is thickly powdered with white scales; the second line is
considerably beyond the cell and is edged with black on the
outer side: secondaries pale brownish pink, the outer margin
broadly bordered with fawn-colour; a small hyaline spot at
the end of the cell broadly surrounded with orange, black,
pale yellow, and white rings ; a white line edged with black
crosses the wing from the apex to the inner margin above
the anal angle; the fringes of both wings fawn-colour.
Underside, both wings with the outer lines as above, but
very indistinct ; the primaries very pink, the secondaries very
thickly powdered with white scales. The head, antenne,
thorax, and abdomen fawn-colour; the collar white; legs
brown.—Female very similar to the male, but with the white
lines crossing the wings slightly wider and more distinct; the
antennee are black; the underside is also darker in colour
than the male.

Expanse, g¢ 54, 2 52 inches.

Hab, East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Lasiocampida.

STENOGLENE, Feld.

Stenoglene pira, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries pinkish brown, palest near the outer
margin, crossed from the costal to the inner margin with two
rows of indistinct black spots, the outer margin shaded with
dark brown: secondaries pale fawn-colour, with a few black
hairs along the inner margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen
pale brown; antenne dark brown; legs yellowish brown.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Stenoglene nahor, sp. n.
Male.—Primaries dark smoky brown, palest along the

Heterocera from Tropical Africa. 355

outer margin, crossed beyond the middle from the costal to
the inner margin by two fine waved dark brown lines ; three
small angular-shaped black spots close to the apex : second-
aries pale brownish fawn-colour, darkest at the base and
along the inner margin ; two fine brown lines cross the wing
below the middle, extending from the apex to the inner
margin ; the fringes of both wings yellowish brown. Head,
antennee, thorax, and abdomen brown.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. South-east Africa, Umtata, Pondoland (Mus. Druce).

Stenoglene velutonia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries reddish brown, crossed from the costal
margin close to the apex by a dark brown rather wide line,
edged with pinkish white on the outer side, extending to the
inner margin near the base; the fringe pinkish brown:
secondaries chrome-yellow, crossed about the middle from the
apex to the inner margin by a reddish-brown line; the fringe
on the inner margin, the anal angle, and part of the outer
margin pinkish brown. Underside of both wings yellow.
Head, thorax, and upperside of abdomen brown; the under-
side of the abdomen and legs yellow.

Expanse 22 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Cameroons (Mus. Druce).

Viana, Walk.

Viana tristis, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly pale brown ;
both wings with a dark brown submarginal line extending
from the costa to the inner margin. Head, antenne, thorax,
and abdomen pale brown. Underside of the thorax and
abdomen pale yellow ; legs yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Viana velutina, Walker.

Eurricua, Steph.

Eutricha sophaz, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries dark smoky brown, slightly paler on
the outer margin ; an indistinct brown line crosses the wing

356 On new Heterocera from Tropical Africa.

from the apex to the middle of the inner margin : secondaries
very dark brown, with the basal third of the wing white, the
fringe of both wings yellowish brown. Head, antenna,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown; the anal segments of
the abdomen and a line on each side bright yellow.

Expanse 33 inches.

Hab, East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Bombycide.
Crenocyna, Feld.

Ctenogyna lytea, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries pale greyish fawn-colour ;
primaries crossed from the apex to the inner margin by a pale
yellowish-brown line: secondaries crossed at the middle with
a line, the same as on the primaries ; a small black dot at the
end of the cell. Head, antenna, thorax, and abdomen pale
fawn-colour ; legs fawn-colour.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. West Africa, Lagos, Gambia, Fantee (Jus. Druce).

Notodontide.
PHALERA, Hiibn.

Phalera imitata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries silvery grey, very similar to those of
P. bucephala, Linn. ; the general coloration almost the same,
but crossed by four waved rather indistinct brownish-black
lines ; the buff tip very similar to that of P. bucephala, but
clearer: secondaries creamy white, thickly clothed with
yellow hairs on the inner margin from the base to the anal
angle; the marginal line black; the fringe cream-colour.
Underside of both wings pure white, the veins black. Head
and thorax dark reddish brown ; tegule silvery grey; abdo-
men dark orange-yellow, pale at the anus; antenne yellowish
brown, only pectinated to the middle, the outer half simple;
legs smoky brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

On new Lepidoptera from the Khastia Hills. 307

L.—New Species of Lepidoptera from the Khasia Hills.
By Col. C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S.

NYMPHALINE.
Neptis nashona, sp. n.

3 3. Like MN. vikast, Horsf., in the coloration on the
upperside, bands a little whiter. Fore wings with the cell-
streak very similar; the subapical streaks narrow and
well separated ; the submarginal band rather broad and
continuous, not sinuated ; three spots near the hinder angle
round and small, decreasing in size to the hinder margin,
on which the spot is often very small and does not expand
on the margin: on the hind wing the antemedial transverse
band is narrow and expands somewhat on the abdominal
margin; the outer band is broad, well away from the margin,
and is not broken up by the veins; the submarginal band
complete and not sinuous; cilia of both wings white at the
apices and opposite the veins, Underside with the ground-
colour of the wings chestnut-brown, as bright as in . cartica,
Moore, with the bands nearly as white, corresponding to the
bands above, but broader.

Eixpanse of wings 2,5; inches.

Cherra Punji. Fourteen males and one female.

Lycenide.

Deudorizx diara, subsp. n.

6 ?. Above similar to D. epijarbas, Moore. Underside
differs from that species in having the upper and outer
areas of both wings silvery grey (near ly pure white), making
the square patches at the ends of the cells and the discal
bands stand out very prominently.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.

Jaintia Hills. Five males and two females.

Like a melanistic form of D. epijarbas; but my seven
examples are all exactly similar to each other.

Lehera Skinnert, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville.

Lehera Skinneri, Wood-Mason and de Nicévyille, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
1886, p. 369, pl. xv. fig. 3.

Cherra Punji.
‘'wo males and one female of this very rare species. It is
much smaller than ZL. eryx, Linn., in both sexes; the male is

358 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

only 1545 inch in expanse of wings, whereas the expanse of
eryx is 17%; the upperside is duller in colour, the blue sheen
more restricted on the hind wings; on the underside the
markings are similar, but the ground-colour is dull pale
ochreous yellow, instead of dark bright green, as in eryz.
The type specimen (a female), which is in the Indian
Museum, Calcutta, came from Cachar.

Tajuria valentia, sp. n.

&. Upperside blue, resembling Camena cleobis, Godt., but
slightly paler: fore wing with the costal and apical black
band very similar, but extending to the hinder angle; in
some examples the band is as broad here as in 7. thyia,
de Nicé., covering all the wing except the cell and space
below the first median veinlet ; in other examples there is
some blue in the outer interspace above: hind wing with the
costal border black, fining downwards round the apex to a
fine line on the outer margin; abdominal space nearly pure
white ; tails black, with white tips ; anal lobe small, with a
blackish outer patch and a fine white thread running up a
short distance on the outer margin; cilia black, with white
tips ; the veins black on both wings. Underside: both wings
French grey, exactly as in 7. thyia, both wings crossed by a
broken, somewhat sinuous, reddish-brown line with pale
outer margin, much further away from the margin than in
thyia, extending on the fore wing from the subcostal to the
submedian nervure, recurved posteriorly on the hind wing to
the abdominal margin; both wings with a pale indistinct
lunular line close to the margin, the lunules more distinct on
the hind wing; an oval deep black spot near the outer margin
in the first median interspace surrounded by an ochreous
square space ; a small black spot on the anal lobe, margined
inwardly with blue scales, followed by a small ochreous
patch; between these two patches are some greyish-blue
scales.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Identified heretofore as TZ. mantra, Felder, from Celebes
and Borneo, the type of which is in coll. Rothschild; differs
from that species in its smaller size, in the blue area of the
upperside being much darker and rather less extensive; the
ground-colour of the underside is paler and the linear band
differently placed, being much further in, colour different,
being reddish brown, whereas in mantra it is merely of a
darker shade of the ground-colour. TZ. mantra has also an

Lepidoptera from the Khasia Hills. 399

indistinct marginal band, which in this species is absent.
Mr. Hamilton H. Druce tells me that this species is nearer
T. iseus, Hew., from Borneo, but I have not that species to
compare it with.

Tajuria nela, sp. n.

3. Upperside bright cerulean blue, paler than in 7. dicus,
Hew. ; costal and apical band black and very deep, limited by
the median vein, and then broadly down the outer margin to
just below the first median veinlet, where it is rounded off in
some examples, leaving the remainder of the margin with a
fine black line; in others it reaches the hinder angle and
curves a little on to the hinder margin. Hind wing with a
broad blackish-brown costal margin, limited by the subcostal
vein; the costal space pale and in some examples nearly
white; outer marginal line black, with three submarginal
blackish spots in the interspaces near the anal angle; tails
black, fringed with white, as is also the cilia of both wings ;
anal lobe with a black spot crowned with orange; abdominal
space whitish, the white hairs often hiding the orange on the
anal lobe. Underside grey, paler than in 7’. longinus, Fabr.,
but not so white as in 7. dius; very similar to longinus in
its markings; the discal transverse line is, however, more
flexuous and curves in on to the costa in both wings at a
greater distance from the apex than in longinus ; there is also
on both wings an indistinct grey submarginal line and an
indistinct grey band between this line and the margin; a
black spot on an orange ground in the first submedian inter-
space near the margin, another crowned with orange on the
anal lobe, with a pale lunular mark ona grey ground between
them.

@?. Pale slaty grey above, with some blue scales at the
base ; otherwise it is similar to the male.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.

Jaintia Hills. Ten males and two females.

Above, this species has the appearance of a large bright-
looking 7. jehana, Moore; the costal band is, however, much
broader, the underside is different, and the female lacks the
discal flexuous black line above which is such a conspicuous
feature in the females of both jehana and longinus.

Sesiide.

Adizxoa cruentata, sp. n.

9. Palpi brown above, white below, and crimson at the
tips ; antennx orange-red, black above, and with black bands ;

360 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

head, thorax, and abdomen above black, streaked with crimson
on the sides of the collar, sides of the abdomen, and anal tuft.
Wings hyaline, with black veinlets; costa of fore wings
black, as is also the outer third of the costa of hind wings;
both wings with the cilia black ; a black patch at the ends of
the cells ; base and chief veins crimson: hind wings with a
crimson patch on the inner side of the black patch, and the
entire abdominal area crimson: on the underside the thorax
is marked with white, the abdomen with white bands; fore
legs black, with broad pale yellow bands on the tarsi; hind
legs crimson, with thin black bands at the tarsal joints; anal
tuft below black.

Expanse of wings 35 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example of this very distinct species.

Notodontide.
Pydna arotdes, sp. n.

g@. Pale ochreous ; fore wings irrorated with red and brown
atoms, thickened on the costal and hinder borders, and in a
streak from the apex to the centre of the wings, where there
is a cluster of irrorations between two transverse brown lines,
which are dentated and much bent outwards—one is before
and the other beyond the middle; the dentations on these
lines are marked with brown spots, and there is another
similarly spotted line before the margin which curves in on to
the hinder margin one fourth from the angle: hind wings
tinged with pale pink. Underside of a uniform pale dall
ochreous grey, without markings except on the costal borders,
which are irrorated with brown, and the cilia of the fore wings
is ochreous, with black streaks opposite the veins.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Two examples.

Antenne pectinated to the tips, as in the P. testacea group.

Pydna essa, sp. n.

3 2. Pale ochraceous, the female with the fore wings
darker ochraceous than the male: fore wings with many
transverse bands of small ochreous-brown spots, curving
inwards on to the hinder margin, and with some ochreous-
brown suffusions beyond the end of the cell, at the apex, and
on the hinder marginal area, also a black spot in each inter-
space close to the outer margin: hind wings suffused with
brown except on the costal area and cilia. Underside uniform,

Lepidoptera from the Khasia Hills. 361

much paler than on the upperside, with the inner areas of
both wings suffused with brown.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, ? 2,4; inches.

Shillong. One pair.

6. Antenne with short bristles, as in P. pallida, Butler,
from Japan, to which this species is allied, but from which it
is perfectly distinct. I have a fine series of the Japanese
species, which is uniformly much smaller, differently coloured,
and almost free from any markings.

The Pydna notata, Swinh., which Hampson has sunk as a
synonym of P. pallida (§ Moths,’ i. p. 140), Mr. Warren has
pointed out to me, though superficially like a Pydna, is a
Crambite, and not a Notodont.

Pydna crenelata, sp. n.

6. Pale brownish ochreous: fore wings suffused with
brownish on the lower half; a darker brown shade from the
cell to the outer margin, with a short brown streak at the
apex ; black spots on the upper portions of the wings, three
or four at the base, a group before the middle, with a large
spot below the median vein, a largish spot at end of cell, and
a group in the upper discal portion; some marginal black
points: hind wings uniform pale brown, unmarked; cilia
greyish ochreous. Underside pale greyish ochreous; both
wings suffused with brown in their inner portions and some
black marginal dots on fore wings below the apex; legs
marked with black stripes.

Expanse of wings 1,%, inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Antenne with short bristles.

Lymantriide.
Pantana luteiceps, sp. n.

¢. Antenne, body, and wings above dull black: fore
wings with a whitish spot at the upper end of the cell, crown-
ing a large whitish space on the lower half of the wing,
including the lower half of the cell, leaving the outer and
hinder margins of the ground-colour of the wings: hind wings
uniformly black, without markings. F rons, palpi, thorax,
and abdomen beneath luteous; legs also luteous; wings
beneath coloured as above.

Expanse of wings 1/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Two examples.

Of the same dull black colour as P. albifascia, Walker, but
much smaller and very distinct.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 26

362 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Lithosiide.

Aimene diffusifascia, sp. n.

3d. Grey; fore wing covered with diffused bands of
blackish brown ; a short band from the costa near the base ;
a broad central pale band, very diffuse and narrowing on to
the hinder margin, followed by two discal sinuous thin bands;
two large black subapical spots, the larger one on the costa
and the other immediately below it, and an irregular band
close to the margin; also a marginal black line broken by
the veins: hind wings grey, unmarked.

Expanse of wings ‘aa inch.

Shillong. One example.

Sarothripide.
Argyrothripa olivana, sp. n.

¢. Dark olive-brown; palpi white beneath: fore wings
with a greenish tinge ; an indistinct brown band from costa
close to base to hinder margin one third from base; a large
pink-brown oval patch occupying nearly the whole of the
outer portion of the wing, edged with brown, with a brown
patch on its inner side; some black marks at the apex and
indistinct short brown streaks on the veins on the outer margin,
which are continued on to the dark olive-grey cilia, which is
interlined with reddish brown: hind wings nearly black,
uniformly coloured and without markings; cilia grey, with a
fine antecilial white thread. Underside uniformly blackish
brown, with the costal portion of fore wings and apical portion
of hind wings luteous.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong. One example.

Quadrifide.
Nyctipao jaintiana, sp. n.

6 2. Black-brown: fore wing with an indistinct curved
dark antemedial line; the discocellular whorl shaped as in
N. glaucopis, Walker, ’ margined with ochreous grey, edged
with black, and aoe blue metallic scales on the head of the
whorl ; he outer black line of the whorl attached to the costa

at its centre, and joins below a curved dark line which runs
parallel with the antemedial line; a prominent pure white

Lepidoptera from the Khasia Hills. 363

discal curved band, broad at the costa, which it does not quite
touch, sinuous, with several long dentations towards the outer
margin, and fines down gradually to the hinder margin near
the angle, which it does not quite reach; the second and
fourth dentations the longest: hind wings with a thin white
and very sinuous discal line; cilia of both wings white.
Underside dull black-brown, not glossed as in albicincta and
glaucopis; fore wing with a short white band on each side of
the discoidal vein; the white toothed discal band broken up
and macular; the white line of the hind wing broken up into
thin lunules.

Expanse of wings 3,8; inches.

Jaintia Hills. ‘T'wo pairs.

Allied to N. glaucopis, but lacks the beautiful blue sheen
of that species.

Nyctipao ophristigmaris, Hampson (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895,
p- 305), is the male of N. gemmans, Guen.; I have received
many of both sexes from Cherra Punji. There is often a
similar difference between the sexes in the species NV. glaucopis,

Walker.

Hypenide.
Hypena nocturnalis, sp. n.

3 ?. Olive-brown; fore wing with an outwardly curved
indistinct subbasal line ; a postmedial erect and nearly straight
line, outwardly edged with ochreous; halfway between this
and the margin is a sinuous dark line with pale outer edge,
and marked inwardly with black spots; in some examples
there are also two large black spots on the inner side of the
postmedial line, and in one example the line runs through
these black spots, and there are black diffused streaks between
the lines; a black spot at the end of each vein on the outer
margin: hind wings darker brown, unmarked ; cilia of both
wings brown, interlined with ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1,% inch.

Cherra Punji. Many examples.

Allied to H. ophiusoides, Moore, and H. uniformis,
Hampson ; from the former it can be distinguished by the
postmedial line being straight : in ophiusoides there are two
acute outer dentations; in uniforms this line inclines out-
wards and is not erect,

364 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Odonata from

LI.—On Odonata from the Province of Szechuen, in Western
China, and from Moupin, in Eastern Thibet. By Ropert
M‘Lacu3ayn, F.R.S. &e.

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for May 1894 I published
(pp. 421-436) a notice of Neuroptera from Ta-chien-lu, in
Szechuen, received from my friend Mons. René Oberthiir.
Since then the same kind friend has sent me a further collection
from other neighbouring localities in the same province and
also from Eastern Thibet. They are principally Odonata,
and I do not here propose to notice the few insects of other
groups of Neuroptera, neither do I intend to include some
few species present in both consignments where there is
nothing of interest in connexion with them. In the following
pages several new species are described and previously
unknown sexes of others, also notes of local and general
interest. As previously noticed, the affinities are with Japan

and North China.

Subfam. Drperzvrra.

Thecadiplax ardens, M‘Lach.

A series of individuals of both sexes from Moupin agree
with those previously described from Ta-chien-lu. Further-
more, several specimens taken by my friend Mr. J. J. Walker
in the Chusan Archipelago and on the neighbouring coast of
China seem also to belong here, independent of the question
of specific right or as representing a race of Th. erotica, Selys.

[N.B.—This appears a fitting opportunity for a short
statement with regard to Thecadiplax infuscata, Selys, and
Th. erotica, var. fastigiata, Selys.

Th. infuscata was originally described by my friend Baron
de Selys (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 90, 1883) from a
pair (¢ ¢) in my collection, the female of which had lost the
end of the abdomen. Th. erotica, var. 9 jfastigiata, was
noticed at p. 91 of the same volume of the ‘Annales.’ In
both of these the apical portion of the wings is smoky or
blackish.

In the same ‘ Annales’ for 1884, p. 40, Baron de Selys
doubts whether the individuals described as a variety of the
female of erotica under the name fastigiata should not more
properly be considered zxfuscata, and he expresses some

Western China and Eastern Thibet. 365

doubts as to whether the abdomen and head of the original
male type of infuscata might not have been accidentally
broken off and replaced by that of some other species. It
appears to me practically certain that Th. ¢nfuscata and the
var. fastigiata are specifically identical and distinct from erotica.
I can state positively that the head and abdomen of the
original male of infuscata have never been detached and also
that the two small steel-blue spots are present (contrary to
what is stated in the original description) and less rudimentary
than those in the original female type. Furthermore, I have
since received another male agreeing perfectly with the
original in wings, genitalia, and appendages, but in this
individual the two steel-blue spots are absent.

Thecadiplax is made up of incongruous materials, and it is
probable that the large and ponderous Th. baccha, Selys, may
form a group by itself; of this the female is at present not
known to me, but 1 possess three males taken by Mr. J. J.
Walker in the Chusan Archipelago and vicinity.

Here, also, I allude to the solitary male insect from Ta-
chien-lu mentioned in my former paper (p. 432) as ‘¢ Agriono-
ptera(?), sp.” In this insect there are symmetrically two
nervules in the median area ot the posterior wings (one
forming the inner triangle and one other), and in the same
wings the arculus is symmetrically not coincident with the
base of the triangle, but placed distinctly (though not distantly)
more towards the base. ‘These characters induced me to think
ot Agrionoptera as a possible, though doubtful, location.
Further examination causes me to think its position is near
Thecadiplax infuscata, although the characters just alluded to
are foreign to such a connexion. ‘The general form is not
opposed to such a position: there are only ten antenodals (the
last not continuous) ; the extreme apex (after the end of the
pterostigma) of all the wings is infuscated, and the genitalia
and appendages do not apparently differ from those of Th. in-
fuscata. ‘The top of the face is unspotted (the form of the
prothorax it is not now possible to define). Whether this be
a case of individual aberration, or whether it is indicative of
a group in which there is plasticity of neuration as well as of
other characters usually considered essential, further materials
can alone decide. |

Orthetrum internum, M‘Lach.

Orthetrum japonicum, var. internum, M‘Lach. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
May 1894, p. 431,

In my former paper I gave certain characters separating

366 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Odonata from

this from typical O. japonicum, Uhler. The only one of any
importance was that the triangle of the posterior wing appeared
to be constantly traversed by a nervule in énternum and con-
stantly free from such nervule in japonicum. Having
examined more examples, the same rule appears to hold good,
and as such a character when constant is regarded as of
specific importance, I here quote ¢nternwm as a species. In
some females of japonteum the middle lobe of the labium is
dusky. As before, it is difficult to define any differences in
the genitalia.

U. internum occurs also in the Khasia Hills and in other
localities of the North Indian side of the Himalayas.

Orthetrum melania, Selys.

A series of examples from Siao-Lou and also from Moupin,
the latter showing a still further western extension of the
species. The male previously noticed from Ta-chien-lu was
highly adult and pulverulent; those now before me are
mostly immature, allowing a comparison as to colours and
markings with the Japanese types. No differences are appa-
rent in the colouring of the body; it is, however, probable
that the dark space at the base of the wings often remains
yellowish (not dark brown) in continental examples.

Crocothemis servilia, Drury.

A series of males from Moupin are remarkable for the very
dark, almost brownish, base of the wings, the colour being
also sharply delimitated on the posterior wings; the neura-
tion is dark and the apical margin is usually narrowly dusky.
T have similar examples from the coast of North China.
These examples induced me to go through, probably for the
sixth time, a series of about one hundred specimens of Croco-
themis. "They were attacked primarily with the idea of finding
specific, or strongly racial, characters in the specimens above
referred to, and secondly to test the possibility of separating
C. servilia and C. erythrea.. Neuration and the genitalia of
the second segment were especially examined.

It is easy to say that large examples from Hong Kong or
Japan are servilia, and that smaller ones from Europe, Africa,
India, &c. are erythrea, and it is tolerably easy to isolate
examples intermediate as to size, such as those from Moupin
&c.; but once again have I failed to find any certain sétruc-
tural characters. There are slight neural differences, but only
such as are either individual or correlated with size, and there

Western China and Eastern Thibet. 367

are slight differences in the genitalia even in individuals from
the same locality, but in the majority of cases of a nature
more illusory than real. Some other investigator may be
more fortunate.

Subfam. Gompurna.
Gomphus scissus, sp. n.

?. Head shining black; a spot on each side of the face at
the corners of the mouth, a rather broad transverse band at
the top of the front, and a small triangular spot at the back
of the middle of the occiput yellow ; occiput strongly ciliated,
produced in its middle into an erect flattened tooth, which is
broad and triangular at its base, but afterwards strongly
acuminate, the apical portion narrow, the apex itself obtuse and
slightly bifid. Prothorax black, with a transverse nearly
interrupted median spot, followed by a short line. Thorax
black above, with grey pilosity, anteriorly with two trans-
verse yellow lines (forming the collar), separated by the
dorsal crest ; behind these is an oblique ¢solated short yellow
band on either side of the dorsal crest, and a small isolated
yellow spot below each band placed more outwardly ; two
small yellow dots in the sinus; in the interalar area are three
yellow spots: sides yellow, a black line on the interalar
suture, connected anteriorly with a much angulated black
line which extends nearly across the pectus, which latter is
otherwise yellow. Legs short, wholly black. Abdomen
dilated at the base, but afterwards slender, black, marked
with yellow as follows :—above, a transverse spot on the
first segment, followed by a median longitudinal band on the
second; a fine interrupted dorsal line on the third, continued
as a short basal line on the fourth to seventh, and a narrow
ring at the apex of the ninth. Sides marked as follows :—a
broad band on the first and second segments, continued as a
narrower band on the third (interrupted in the middle by the
false suture), a small basal and postmedian spot on the fourth
to eighth, and the lateral margins of the eighth and ninth.
Appendages about as long as the tenth segment, cylindrical,
acute, yellow, tipped with black, a rounded black protuberance
between them ciliated with black. Vulvar scale two thirds
the length of the ninth segment, black, divided almost to the
base into two long slender parallel spines, the apices of which
are slightly upcurved.

Wings hyaline, strongly tinged with yellow to beyond the
triangles in the anterior, and nearly up to the nodus in the

368 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Odonata from

costal portion of the posterior; neuration black; ptero-
stigma long (34 millim.), yellowish brown; 14 antenodal and
13 postnodal nervules in the anterior wings.

Length of abdomen, 9 40 millim.; length of posterior
wing, @ 35 millim.

Siao-Lou (Szechuen), one female.

Notwithstanding that the male remains unknown, there
can be little doubt that this species is allied to G. melenops,
Selys, and G. Pryert, Selys, both from Japan. Both of
these show an analogous conformation of the occiput, but in
a much less pronounced manner, and are of the same general
aspect but larger. ‘The condition of the vulvar scale in
G. scissus is remarkable.

Subfam. CorpvLEGASsTRINA.

Anotogaster Sieboldit, Selys.

Moupin, one male, two females.

These seem to possess some slight differences when com-
pared with numerous examples from Japan and North China.
The two yellow spots at the base of the labrum are appa-
rently smaller; the yellow in the excavated portion of the
top of the front is reduced to a mere marginal thread (virtually
obsolete in one very adult female), and the wings of the
female seem more strongly washed with yellow up to the
triangles, almost as in A. nipalensis and A. basalis. Possibly
the stature is slightly less robust. It would be necessary to
see more materials before deciding if the differences alluded
to are constant and worthy of the imposition of a varietal
name.

Cordulegaster luniferus, Selys, and var. pekinensis, Selys.

Four males and two females from Siao-Lou, Mo-si-mien,
aud other localities in Szechuen. Of these I should be
inclined to refer three males to /wniferus and one male and
two females to peknensts, irrespective of locality, according
to description. Having now so much more material before
me, the distinctness of lunzferus and pekinensis seems very
doubtful. I have seen no male so large as is indicated for
pekinensis.

Subfam. &scuwzwa.
Aischna ornithocephala, sp. n.
¢@. Head: labium and palpi brownish ; labrum and face

Western China and Eastern Thibet. 369

uniformly pale greenish yellow, margined with blackish at
the summit ; top of the front excavated, its margin broadly
blackish, which colour descends in the middle, forming a
very ill-defined T-spot, the blackish colour blending with
somewhat livid side-spots; vesicle black; eyes connected
in a long space, occiput forming a small black triangle.
Thorax black, above with two broad greenish-yellow bands,
interrupted posteriorly by the sinus; the sides with two
broad oblique greenish-yellow bands, one under each wing;
probably some pectoral yellowish spots. Legs black. Ab-
domen with the first and second segments considerably
dilated; oreilettes not prominent, flattened, yellow, with
about three blackish marginal teeth; general colour dull
blackish, becoming deeper black towards the apex, with indi-
cations of livid (blue or green during life?) markings as
follows :—a broad lateral band and an indistinct dorsal band
on first and second segments, a narrow margin posteriorly to
the second to sixth, a broader submedian band (or semi-
annulus) on the third to eighth placed just below the false
suture; tenth segment above with a rather strong longitu-
dinal median carina, dilated posteriorly into a very strong
laterally flattened triangular tooth directed slightly towards
the apex. Superior appendages scarcely so long as the ninth
and tenth segments united, black ; viewed from above they
are narrow at the base, afterwards gradually dilated internally
to the apex, which is very obtuse and slightly excavated, the
opposing apices touching; the median longitudinal carina
only faintly indicated, merging into the thickened apical
portion ; the inner edge fringed with long blackish hairs in
the median portion : “viewed laterally these appendages are
straight, narrow at the base; subsequently the upper and
lower edges form carine, the upper just before the apex
becoming suddenly dilated and rounded (excavated above),
and the lower ends in a short beak-like process, slightly
upcurved, causing the entire apex to have a striking resem-
blance to the profile of the head of some kind of bird (e. g.
Regulus, with the crest not erected). Inferior appendage
fully two thirds the length of the superior, gradually acumi-
nate, its apex apparently entire, slightly upcurved if viewed
laterally ; above deeply concave and brownish black, beneath
black.

Wings hyaline; membranule white; pterostigma black,
small (3$ millim. in anterior, shorter in posterior wings),
surmounting 24 cellules; neuration black; anterior wings
with 18 antenodal and 12 postnodal nervules, 2 supra- -trigonal,

370 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Odonata from

2 in the triangle ; post-trigonal cellules commencing singly,
then two rows, followed by three, and increasing; subnodal
sector furcating on a level with the pterostigma (slightly
before in the posterior) ; posterior wings with 12 ante- and
postnodal nervules ; 2 supra-trigonal and 2 in the principal
triangle; anal triangle with 3 cellules.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 54 millim.; length of
posterior wing 48 millim.

Moupin, one male.

It is probable that the nearest ally of this well-marked
species is the Japanese 4%. melanictera, Selys, which it
resembles in the possession of the strong tooth on the tenth
segment, and there is some amount of affinity in the structure
of the apex of the superior appendages; but the small
size, very small pterostigma, much shorter appendages &c.
cf the present insect are opposed to any very close rela-
tionship. The remarkable bird’s-head-like profile of the end
of the superior appendages is reproduced to some extent in
the European 4. cyanea and the North-American 4. con-
stricta, but neither of these has the tooth on the tenth
segment.

N.B.—The female from Ta-chien-lu referred doubtfully to
4. juncea in my former paper has no relationship to the
present species, and was probably correctly referred.

Subfam. Caropreryeina.
Calopteryx Oberthiirt, M‘Lach.

One female is from Siao-Lou, in the same district as Ta-
chien-lu.

Matrona basilaris, Selys.

Nearly thirty examples of both sexes from Siao-Lou, Mo-
si-mien, Moupin, and other places in the district, all pertain
to the type form and not to the race nigripectus, Selys.

Archineura incarnata, Karsch.

One adult female from Siao-Lou. As this sex has not
been described, I append a description, omitting points common
to both sexes :—

g. Labrum pale yellow, with a narrow black border and a
black line at the base, emitting a central prolongation not
extending across. Colour of the body brighter green; a

Western China and Eastern Thibet. a1

small yellow spot or line on the sides of the thorax above
the insertion of each coxa, and a similar spot or line on
each coxa itself externally ; some small yellow spots under
the insertion of the wings. Ninth and tenth abdominal
segments slightly pulverulent ; a median yellowish line on
the dorsum of the ninth not reaching the extremities, and on
this segment slightly before its apex there is a small median,
nearly acute, conical tubercle, a slight median carina on the
tenth ; appendages shorter than the tenth segment, black,
slightly divergent; vulvar lamina of the ninth ventral
segment strong, broadly keel-shaped, its appendages black,
filiform.

Wings hyaline, pale fuliginous, slightly tinged with oliva-
ceous at the extreme base and along the costal margin to the
nodus; neuration mostly reddish, the marginal nervures
black, the costal nervure whitish pruinose externally ; the
nodal sector takes its origin slightly before the continuation of
the nodal vein (in the male in my possession this sector arises
distinctly after the nodal vein); pterostigma dull yellow
between strong black veins (length 4 millim., broader than in
the male) ; about 45 antenodal nervules in the anterior wings.

Length of abdomen 60 millim.; length of posterior wing
53 millim.

Considerably larger than the male, with no trace of the
red base of the wings so conspicuous in that sex. The colour
of the neuration and of the pterostigma resembles that seen in
the very immature male described by Kirby as A. basilactea.

Vestulis smaragdina, Selys.

One very adult female from Moupin. It differs somewhat
from the description and from specimens from the Khasia Hills
in my collection. The size is larger (abdomen 43 millim.,
posterior wing 40 millim.). ‘The abdomen above is metallic
blue rather than green, with the ninth and tenth segments
conspicuously whitish-pulverulent. The legs (excepting at
base) nearly blackish, with the femora brown internally.
Wings hyaline, with scarcely any trace of reddish tinge, but
slightly olivaceous at base and along costal margin; neura-
tion almost blackish, dark brown in certain lights. It is
probable that most of the differences above noticed (excepting
that of size) are due to the individual being highly mature.

Caliphea consimilis, M‘Lach.
Four females, two from Siao-Lou and two from Moupin.

372 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Odonata from

These offer no peculiarities other than in abdominal sexual
characters. In less highly mature examples the terminal
segments of the abdomen are not pruinose above and the
wings are simply hyaline, with no olivaceous tinge. Possibly
the pterostigma is slightly shorter than in the male. The
point of insertion of the nodal sector is slightly variable in
different individuals, and there is sometimes only one nervule
in the quadrilateral of the hind wings (in one individual there
is only one such nervule in the right anterior and left poste-
rior wing and two in the other wings).

Length of abdomen 33-35 millim. ; ; length of posterior
wing 31-33 millim.

Subfam. A @zrrovra.

MESOPODAGRION, g. n. (légion Podagrion).

Nodus placed at one third the distance from base to ptero-
stigma. Pterostigma_short-oblong, dilated, surmounting
three cellules. Quadrilateral with its upper edge two thirds
the length of the lower, so that the outer edge i is strongly
oblique. Wings ceasing to be petiolated before the basal
postcostal nervule, w hich is near the level of the second ante-
nodal. Arculus coincident with the second antenodal. Paost-
costal area with one row of cellules. Subnodal sector com-
mencing from the prolongation of the nodal vein, the median
markedly before. ‘Two supplementary sectors between the
ultranodal and nodal sectors and between the nodal and sub-
nodal, one between the median and short sectors.

Labium deeply divided, the lobes distant, subacute at apex.
Second joint of antenne somewhat longer than first. Abdo-
men moderately stout, cylindrical. Superior appendages of
male longer than tenth segment, forcipate. Legs moderate,
stout, spines long, claws minutely toothed below apex.

Having the facies of Argiolestes, but with a single row of
postcostal cellules, and distinct from all Old- World forms of
the légion in consequence of the wings ceasing to be petiolated
before the basal postcostal nervule.

Mesopodagrion tibetanum, sp. n.

3. Black; head clothed with rather long greyish hairs;
Jabrum, a spot on each side of it, and another spot on each
side below the base of the antenne greenish yellow ; two
minute oblique lines (one on each side of the ocelli) and a
short line on the middle of the occiput yellowish ; a large

Western China and Eastern Thibet. 373

yellow spot behind each eye. Prothorax with a yellow line
on each side (continuous with the humeral lines). Thorax
with a slightly curved, rather broad, humeral yellow line; sides
and pectus yellow, divided by a nearly straight black line,
broadest anteriorly. Legs black; coxe and_trochanters
spotted with yellow. Abdomen clothed with rather long
black hairs at its base, somewhat shining; first segment
broadly yellow at sides, second with two yellow lateral “Lines,
third and fourth with one yellow lateral line (not reaching the
apex on the fourth), and with a yellow lateral basal spot ;

ninth and tenth segments probably sometimes pulverulent
above, tenth broadly produced into a triangle on its posterior
margin, deeply cleft in its middle, yellow « on its sides. Su-
perior appendages longer than the tenth segment, subcylin-
drical, gradually foreipate, the incurved apices ‘acute, not
toothed ; inferior appendages indicated by a brown swollen
base, divided by a line in its middle, filling in the wide
excision in the tenth ventral segment.

Wings vitreous, slightly tinged with smoky yellowish ;
pterostigma (3 millim.) dark reddish brown, between strong
black nervures; neuration black; 21 postnodal nervules in
the anterior wings, 20 in the posterior.

? as in the male, but the labrum and the spots on
the front are livid or brownish and the spot behind the eyes is
absent or obsolete. Abdomen more shining; a single yellow
lateral line on the second segment, continued on the third and
fourth, and an apical yellow lateral spot on the third to seventh;
ninth with a very large yellow lateral spot, and the tenth
largely yellowish on the sides. Appendages as long as the
tenth, slightly curved laterally, acuminate, pointed, yellowish
at the base ; viewed in front there is a large swollen yellow
sulcate mass between their base; appendages of vulvar
lamina cylindrical, black, strongly curved.

Wings scarcely tinged ; pterostigma (slightly immature)
whitish yellow; neuration brownish in certain lights; 21
postnodal nervules in anterior wings, 19 in posterior.

Length of abdomen, ¢ 33, 2 35 millim.; length of poste-
rior wing, ¢ 30, 2? 34 millim,

Moupin, one male ; Siao-Lou, one female.

Pyrrhosoma tinctipenne, M‘Lach.
Erythromma. tinctipennis, M‘Lach. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol, xiii. (May 1894) p, 436.
The discovery of the male renders it certain that this insect
is a Pyrrhosoma rather than an Erythromma (the two genera

374 Mr. H. Grose Smith on Two new

being defined by scarcely more than colour differences). The
single example is from Siao-Lou, in the same district as the
locality whence came the females.

¢. Head and thorax as in the female, the pale lines on the
thorax more reddish. Abdomen much more slender, bright
red ; first and second segments yellowish at sides and beneath ;
a large black subquadrate mark on the first segment above,
and the posterior margin of this segment and also of the third
is narrowly black ; an isolated line on the sides of the seventh
not reaching the margins, a thicker and shorter line on the
eighth reaching the anterior margin only, and a quadrate spot
on the ninth (also reaching the anterior margin) all black; an
indication of a paler (yellowish ?) dorsal spot at the base of
the seventh, and the ninth and tenth also paler; margin of
the tenth shallowly excised in its middle. Appendages
reddish yellow, longer than the tenth segment; superior ap-
pendagessubcylindrical, inserted distantly, somewhat divergent,
broader at base, the apices somewhat suddenly incurved and
blackish ; inwardly at the base is a short slender branch or
tooth inserted at nearly a right angle; inferior appendages
broader and slightly shorter, their tips incurved and obtuse if
viewed laterally.

Wings tinged as in the female; pterostigma somewhat
more reddish; 4 antenodal cellules, 15-16 postnodal nervules
in the anterior wings.

Length of abdomen 27} millim.; length of posterior wing
21 millim.

This is the analogue of the European P. minium rather
than of P. tenellum. Both these species have a form of the
female in which the abdomen is nearly wholly black or
blackish ; and it seems quite possible that a form of that of
P. tinctipenne may be discovered in which the abdomen is in
part red.

Ceriagrion melanurum, Selys.

Moupin, three males, one female.

LII.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies from
New Britain. By H. Grose Smith, F.E.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Tachyris maculata.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings white: anterior wings with
costal and outer margins black, the latter rather broadly and

Species of Butterflies from New Britain, 375

indented between the veins; the apical region crossed by an
irregular band of contiguous greyish-black curved bars from
the costa at one fourth from the apex to the middle median
nervule, the veins between the band and the outer margin
being rather broadly black. Posterior wings with a narrow
greyish-black band on the margin from the apex to about the
lowest median nervule; across the disk is a row of blackish
dots representing the row of dark spots on the underside.

Underside. Anterior wings white, tinged with yellow
towards the apex ; outer margin with a blackish band indented
between the veins and terminating on the lowest median
nervule; the subapical black band as on the upperside, the
bar nearest the costa being nearly obsolete and the others
wider than on the upperside. Posterior wings greenish
yellow, with a brownish-grey narrow border; the disk is
crossed by a row of five brownish-grey spots, of which the
uppermost is confluent with the dark marginal band, the third
is out of line towards the margin, and the fifth spot is nearly
obsolete.

Expanse of wings 2% inches.

In the collection of Mr. Grose Smith. It is not near any
described species. On the upperside the anterior wings
somewhat resemble 7’. agave, Feld.

Mycalesis xanthias.

Male.— Upperside rufous brown. Anterior wings with two
ocelli as in WM. phidon, Hew., but the ocellus between the two
lowest median nervules is larger and rounder than in that
species, and its iris is fulvous, becoming brighter fulvous
externally. Posterior wings with four discal ocelli, each with
a bright orange-fulvous iris, the space beyond the ocelli to
the outer margin being also bright orange-fulvous traversed by
two submarginal sinuate dark lines.

Underside as in M. phidon, but on the anterior wings the
lower ocellus is larger and the transverse tawny band across
the disk is more curved outwardly at its upper end and is
straighter at its lower end towards the inner margin; the space
between the transverse bands and the outer margin on both
wings is more yellowish than the basal portion of the wings.
The row of six discal spots on the posterior wings closely
resembles that on WM. phidon, but the pupils of the third and
fourth spots are more strongly marked with black.

Expanse of wings 1? inch.

In the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild.

376 On a new Chameleon from Uganda.

LIII.—Description of a new Chameleon from Uyanda.
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Chameleon Jacksonit.

Casque feebly raised, obtusely angular behind, with strong
tubercular parietal crest bifurcating in front; the distance
between the commissure of the mouth and the extremity of
the occiput equals the length of the mouth; postfronto-
squamosal crest strong, tubercular; no canthus rostralis ;
interorbital region deeply concave; male with three long,
conical, smooth horny processes, with circular striz, directed
forwards, one in front of each orbit and the third on the
snout; the rostral horn much thicker, but not longer than
the orbitals ; no occipital lobes; scales on the head unequal,
largest on the parietal region. Body and limbs covered with
granules of unequal size intermixed with small tubercles; a
dorsal crest of large, distant, triangular, compressed tubercles ;
no gular or ventral crest. Limbs stout, rather short; no
tarsal process. ‘Tail as long as head and body. Dark olive,
with a whitish lateral streak.

millim
Motel ome Gh 1. cece ainsi aie ode ppatveaarieei eines 122
From end of snout to extremity of mandible .... 15
Ap p $ Casque ...... 20
PRO GtPA BOLI ¢ finns diglate guovetss.3*ty anak ove eark tena tee 7
Pree orbital Worn: \. gajsjaaversusneleS oo scious lois edeteponeinaes 7
Depth of skull (mandible included) ............ 12
Wilts ORO Ae re van tnietee «8 sie elite < cranteable 10
HOG Vasteietvefateehas Ghee Guawete rele. © scarey, etcte a meta tens 44
Bore dim parent Moke ins «lt os ciao Gain aan eee 27
ETAT ee «25 svasts eee oho rns Kate opne ge e 28
LEA DVaicrecis atarersje:e'ste'e sieve araietsiv o's a-a se etme renee ee KU
Atal ate e aajattel css: nin cs cic a aitia's c's. s, 0.5 a lere peat enetenanee 60

A single half-grown male specimen, presented by Mr. F. J.
Jackson to the British Museum.

This chameleon agrees in its cephalic horns with the West-
African Ch. Owenti, Gray, and the KEast-African Ch. dere-
mensis, Matschie. It differs from the former in the hetero-
geneous lepidosis, the posteriorly pointed casque with strong
crests, the absence of occipital lobes, the presence of a dorsal
crest, and the shorter tail; from the latter in the presence of
a parietal crest, the absence of occipital lobes, of a dorsal crest
supported by produced neural spines, and of a ventral crest.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions, 377

LIV.—A Further Revision of the Species of Scorpions be-
longing to the South-African Genera Uroplectes, Lepreus,
and Tityolepreus*. By R. I. Pocock, of the British

Museum of Natural History.

THE distinctions between the genera Lepreus, Uroplectes, and
Tityolepreus, based upon the dentition of the digits of the
chele, depends, firstly, upon the number of enlarged teeth
(whether 0, 1, or 2) at the apex of the median rows; secondly,
upon the position taken up by the teeth of the internal row
with regard to the apices of the median series f.

Perhaps the simplest form of dentition is found in such
species of Lepreus as planimanus, Karsch, carinatus, Poc.,
and variegatus, C. Koch, where none of the apical teeth of
the median rows are enlarged and the teeth of the inner series
are throughout the dental area only separated by a small
space from the extremities of the median rows and form
transverse series with the two enlarged teeth, constituting the
posterior termination of the median rows. But the position
varies a little in the species named, the inner teeth being
further forward in planimanus and carinatus, so that the short
transverse rows are oblique, and a little further back in
varvegatus, the transverse rows being more angular. ‘To this
section belongs, in all probability, the type of the genus
Lepreus, L. pilosus, Thor., which is unfortunately unknown
to me in nature.

The second type of dental formula to be noticed occurs in
such species as vittatus and Pischert, which were also referred
to Lepreus; but the formula here is very different, the
teeth of the inner set being separated by a wider space from
the middle rows than in L. planimanus, and in the posterior
five sixths of the digit the individual teeth of the inner series
lie well behind the apex of the corresponding median row, so
that they alternate with the pair of enlarged teeth of the outer
set, instead of forming short oblique transverse rows with
them. Considerable difference, however, in the position taken
up by the inner teeth is observable, the teeth lying much

* Collectors and others in South Africa who are not acquainted with
the generic characters of Scorpions may usually readily recognize the
species belonging to this group by their small or medium size, tolerably
slender build, thin claws, and bright colouring, most of the species being
variegated with black and yellow spots or stripes, though sometimes the
body approaches a uniform bright green or even black. —

+ For the sake of clearness I am considering in this instance that the
teeth of the inner series have arisen independently from those forming
the median series.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 27

378 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

further back in a Transvaal example of Z. vittatus than in
the Somaliland form L. Fischert. A variation of this for-
mula is seen in occidentalis, where the inner teeth occupy
almost the same position as in /scher?, but in the distal third
of the digit the apical tooth of the median series becomes a
little enlarged and slightly separated from the rest, and forms
with the adjacent tooth of the inner set a pair of teeth. It is
upon this character in this species that Kraepelin has based
his genus Tvtyolepreus.

A fourth arrangement is found in such species as chloro-
dermus and triangulifer, Thor., which are usually referred
to the genus Uroplectes. In these the disposition of the
teeth is only a little different from what is seen in occ?-
dentalis (chinchoxensis), the inner teeth at the proximal end
of the digit being isolated and removed to some distance from
the apices of the median rows, though in the distal two thirds
of the digit they approach the median series and are paired
with the slightly enlarged and separated apical teeth. The
disposition, however, in the two species named is not identical,
and in the closely allied species U. olivaceus, here described
as new, yet a third variation is presented, the internal teeth
being much closer to the ends of the median rows at the

roximal end of the digit than in the other two.

And, lastly, there is a fifth arrangement exhibited by such
species as lineatus, Koch, and formosus, Poc., in which the
inner teeth are close to the apices of the median rows, forming
with the two enlarged and separated terminal teeth of these
rows a recurved series.

Trusting to these data, it seems to me to be logical to
follow Kraepelin, refusing to recognize the three genera
Lepreus, Tityolepreus, and Uroplectes, as established, since
there are no fewer than five dental formule presented by the
known species of this section, and the formula varies in closely
allied species.

It seems, therefore, that if we adopt the system of splitting
the species into several genera according to dentition of the
digits, consistency will compel us to recognize no fewer than
five. I prefer, however, to adopt the alternative hypothesis of
referring all the species to a single genus Uroplectes, since, in
the first place, in addition to the considerations mentioned
above, we do not know the dental formula of U. ornatus, Pet.,
the type of the genus Uroplectes, whether it be like that of
lineatus or like that of triangulifer, and consequently cannot
say to which section of the species the name should be applied ;
nor do we know with exactness that of the species named
pilosus, Thor., ogimbinguensis, Karsch, lunulifer, Sim., and

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions. 379

tricolor, Sim., for although all these forms were referred to
Lepreus, their dentition may be of the type presented by
planimanus, or by vittatus, or by occidentalis. And, lastly,
since all these forms inhabit a single geographical area, it is
in the highest degree probable that when the described forms
have been re-examined and others discovered still more inter-
mediate links than now exist will be found between the various
types of dental formula. Prof. Kraepelin has, however,
attempted to maintain the genera Lepreus and Uroplectes on
other grounds (Jahrb. Hamb, Anstalten, xii. p. 7, 1895),
referring to the former the two species pilosus and planimanus,
in which there are small lateral keels on the terga, a long
basal pectinal tooth in the female, and no tooth beneath the
aculeus on the poison-vesicle; and to the latter the species in
which there is only one crest on the terga, the basal pectinal
tooth is not elongate, and there is a tooth beneath the aculeus.
But as regards the armature of the vesicle, it may be said that
variegatus of Koch, which resembles pilosus and planimanus
in having the lateral tergal crests, has a large tooth on the
aculeus ; and concerning the structure of the basal pectinal
tooth in the female, it may be added that in the female of
U. triangulifer and of U. Marshalli this tooth is unmodified,
and that in variegatus it is also of the same form as in linea-
tus, and is not elongate as in pilosus and planimanus ; so that
this feature cannot at present be looked upon as of generic
importance. And, finally, I doubt if the genus Lepreus can
be maintained on the presence of the lateral tergal keels ; such
keels, at all events, are not accorded this importance in the
ease of Archisometrus tricarinatus and Buthus quinque-
striatus.

Uroplectes planimanus (Karsch).

Lepreus planimanus, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 125;
Kraepelin, Jahrb, Hamb, Wissen. Anst. vill. p. 94, pl. ii. fig. 24
(1891).

The British Museum has recently received three adult
examples (two males, one female) of this species from the
Umfuli River, 4200 feet, in Mashunaland (G@. A. K. Mar-
shall). The male differs from the female in having the tail
much longer (carapace 4 millim., tail 29 millim.), whereas in
the female a specimen with carapace 4°3 millim. has the tail
only 22 millim.

aie

380 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

Uroplectes carinatus (Poc.).

Lepreus carinatus, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc., March 1890, pp. 129, 130,
pl. xiv. fig. 3.

Prof. Kraepelin * has recently asserted that this species is
identical with planimanus, Karsch; but the examination of
examples of the latter species has shown me that the two, as
I originally supposed, are distinct. In carinatus the tail is
more strongly keeled, the median keel being quite strong on
the third segment and distinctly traceable on the fourth, and
the inferior keels on all the caudal segments and the vesicle
are distinctly granular. In planimanus the inferior keels are
smooth on at least the first and second caudal segments,
weakly granular on the rest, vesicle punctured basally,
the median lateral crest absent on the fourth caudal and
exceedingly short on the third; and, lastly, in plantmanus,
as the name indicates, the hand, especially in the male, is flat
above, broad, and with its inner edge compressed, whereas in
carinatus it is thinner and of the normal spherical form. ‘The
small disparity in size between the type of carinatus and the
smallest male of planimanus lends no support to the suppo-
sition that these distinctions are due to differences of age.

Unfortunately we have no nearer locality for this species
than 8. Africa, near the Tropic of Capricorn. It agrees with
my examples of planimanus in having nine distinct median
rows of teeth on the digits, without counting the exceedingly
short apical set. According to Karsch there are only eight
rows of these teeth.

Uroplectes variegatus (C. Koch).

Tityus variegatus, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, xi. p. 9, fig. 855 (1845).

Colour pale yellow, variegated with black; the interocular
area black, mesially flavous in front, the area of the carapace
behind the tubercle with a black edge, irregularly fuscous
laterally and fuscous in the middle. The tergites adorned
with seven black lines, the three keels on each and the lateral
edges being black, with a large black patch between the edge
and the lateral keel; the tail black-lined, the pigment
marking the keels; there is also a black line in the middle of
the dorsal surface and one in front in the middle of the infe-
rior surface; the fifth segment fuscous throughout, only
obscurely fulvo-lineate ; vesicle entirely pale, aculeus poste-
riorly black. Cheliceree entirely pale. Chelee with trochanter,

* Jabrb. Hamb. Wissen. Anst, xii. p. 16 (1895).

2

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions. 381

humerus, brachium, and manus variegated with black, the
last two especially so posteriorly, digits pale. Legs with
femora and patella variegated with fuscous ; lower surface of
the trunk quite pale, the last sternite only being obscurely
lined with black.

Carapace coarsely granular but not carinate, the ocular
tubercle granular. erga coarsely granular, each of the
first six marked with three granular keels, the lateral keels on
the anterior segments only represented by a single tubercle,
the keels on the seventh tergite strong and denticulate.
Three anterior sternites smooth but punctured, the fourth
slightly granular in the middle, more thickly at the sides, the
fifth closely granular throughout, the normal keels only
marked by a few larger granules.

Tail slender, a little narrowed posteriorly, about 44 times
the length of the carapace; its intercarinal spaces finely
granular ; the keels well developed and granular or denticu-
late, the first three segments with 10 keels, with a trace of
the median lateral on the fourth; the superior keels denticu-
late, the terminal denticle being larger; the superior borders
of the fifth not carinate, the inferior strongly denticulate; the
vesicle granular, with a distinct triangular tooth beneath the
aculeus, the whole tail beset with strong sete,

Palpt granular, humerus carinate, brachium not carinate,
manus not carinate and not granular, hairy, rounded, about as
wide as the brachium; the digits in contact, the movable
about twice the length of the hand-back and furnished with
8 rows of teeth along the middle line; the basal row long ;
teeth of the inner series a little behind the apices of the corre-
sponding median rows.

Legs granular ; the feet not thickly hairy beneath.

Pectines short, furnished with 15 teeth, of which the basal
is enormously enlarged but not elongate.

Total length 28 miilim., of tail 16°5, of carapace 2°8.

Loc. Cape Town (H. A. Spencer and G. H. R. Fisk) and
Simon’s Town (De la Garde).

A single female example taken by each of the above
collectors.

This species resembles pelosus, Thorell, planimanus, Karsch,
lunulifer, Simon, and carinatus, Pocock, in possessing three
keels upon the tergites; in these other species, however, the
pectinal teeth are over 20 in number, varying from 23 to 31,
and there is no tooth beneath the vesicle on the tail.

I have published a full description of this species, because,
so far as I am aware, no examples of it have been examined or
described since 1845, when C. Koch first established it ; and

382 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

it was under the guidance of this description that Prof. Krae-
pelin was led to locate the species in close proximity with
U. lineatus. Its true position amongst the South-African
species may be seen by referring to the synoptical table.

Uroplectes lineatus (C. Koch).

Tityus lineatus, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, xi. p. 7, fig. 854 (1845) ;
Kraepelin, Jahrb. Hamb. Wissen. Anst. viii. p. 89 (1891).

During recent years the British Museum has received a
large number of specimens of this species from Cape Town
and from Wynberg, Hoet’s Bay, and Kalk Bay in the neigh-
bourhood (//, A. Spencer), also one from Simon’s Town
(De la Garde), making a total of 17 specimens of different
sizes and sexes. ‘The males differ from the females in having
the tail longer, the hand thicker, and the basal pectinal tooth
not enlarged.

The colour is very fairly constant, that of the upperside
of the trunk consisting, roughly speaking, of three yellow
bands alternating with four black ones; but the yellow bands
are not continuous, the median one being broken up by a
pigment patch on the keel and the lateral ones being in reality
extensions of the > <-shaped markings so characteristic of
many species of this genus. The tail is banded with black,
the bands mostly marking the keels, but at the sides, especially
of the posterior segments, they show a tendency to broaden
and fuse; the lower side of the first three segments is pale,
with a fine median black line; the vesicle is always yellow.

Uroplectes insignis, Poe.
Uroplectes insignis, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 131, pl. xiii. fig. 4.

This species was based upon a couple of examples obtained
by Dr. Dobson on Table Mountain, and at the time, owing to
scarcity of material of this form and of U. lineatus, I was
unable to compare the two in any detail. But, thanks to the
acquisition of a large number of examples from Table Moun-
tain (H. A. Spencer), I am now able to point out that it
resembles U. lineatus in almost all structural characters,
although differing considerably and, apparently, constantly in
being far more strongly pigmented. For instance, the banding
of the trunk observable in lineatus does not appear here, the
two lateral yellow bands of the former being reduced to the
> <-shaped markings ; the vesicle, moreover, is black below
and at the sides, with four fine yellow lines, and the median
black stripe on the lower surface of the tail is broad and

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions. 383

divided by a fine yellow line. The only other distinctive
feature that I notice in this form is the smaller size of the
tubercle beneath the aculeus.

From the constancy of these characters it seems to me that
U. lineatus must at all events be looked upon as a distinct
subspecies, a melanistic mountain form, of U. lineatus. It is
a significant and interesting fact that Mr. H. A. Spencer,
who, while acting as medical officer on board the U.S.S. ‘ Mexi«
can,’ was collecting on and off for some years in 8. Africa,
never took the typical U. lineatus upon Table Mountain nor
U. insignis on the lower ground in the neighbourhood of
Cape Town, and he himself was struck by the darker tint of
the mountain form.

Uroplectes formosus, Pocock.

nies formosus, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 134, pl. xiii,
g. 3.

Principal form.— With a single small fuscous spot upon the
upper surface of the trochanter of the palp; two spots upon
the femur, one at its distal and the other at its proximal end ;
two spots upon the tibia, one small, distal, the other larger
but irregularly defined and median; the hand blacker; a
fuscous spot upon the maxillary lobes of the first and second
pairs of legs. The >-shaped spot very indistinctly defined ;
the last tergite almost entirely black at the sides, with only a
very narrow yellow stripe just above the black margin; the
lower surface of this last segment also almost entirely fuscous,
with a posterior median triangular yellow spot. ‘The upper
surface of the first four tail-segments entirely orange-red, not
black ; the lower surface of these segments with a thin inferior
median black band and adorned with irregular black patches
at the side. ‘The vesicle of the tail with scarcely a trace of
yellow lines.

Loc. Port Natal (Z. Howlett).

Uroplectes formosus, Poc., subsp. Spencer?, nov.

Coxe and maxillary lobes of the anterior appendages
without fuscous spots; a single large fuscous patch covering
the proximal end of the humerus above ; the proximal patch
upon the brachium larger and better defined ; the hand paler
and distinctly black-lined. ‘The flavous >-shaped mark on
the tergites well defined, the seventh tergite largely flavous at
the sides; the sternite flavous, with three black bands, one
slender median and one on each side wider and less well
defined, The anterior four segments furnished with seven

384 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

well-defined black longitudinal lines, one inferior and median
and three on each side, the upper marking the superior keels ;
the vesicle distinctly yellow-lined.

Loc. East London (fH. A. Spencer).

In addition to the large number of examples obtained at
the above locality Mr. Spencer brought back others from Port
Elizabeth which, while agreeing in the main with the typical
East London examples, differ from them in being rather more
deeply pigmented. For example, the ><-shaped marks on
the terga are less distinct, almost the entire upper surface of
the brachium and humerus is fuscous, and the black lines on
the tail are wider, so that sometimes they anastomose.

Uroplectes triangulijer, Thor.

Uroplectes triangulifer, Thor., Actes Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. pp. 123-
_ 126 (1876).

On pl. xiii. fig. 5 of my paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890) upon
South-African Buthide I give a figure of the male of this
species taken from an example collected at Pietersberg
(Transvaal) by Mr. C. R. Jones, this being the only example
contained at that time in the Museum collection ; but since
then we have received fresh examples from Port Elizabeth
(H. A. Spencer) and Basutoland (. C. Wroughton).

The differential characters of this form and its allies are
pointed out in the synopsis of the species.

Uroplectes chlorodermus, sp. n.

Uroplectes flavoviridis, Peters, Pocock, E 7, 8. 1890, p. 135, pl. xiv.
rate ; not U. flavoviridis, Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1862,
p. 616.

This species, of which I have given a full description of
both sexes in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1890, I formerly re-
garded as identical with U. flavoviridis of Peters, from Tette ;
but I am now of opinion that the two must be regarded as
distinct, on the grounds that Peters describes the underside of
the tail of his species as shining and finely granular, whereas
in my specimens its first three segments are quite smooth
and studded with coarse punctures, which can scarcely have
been overlooked by Peters and, still less, described by him as
fine granules. Moreover, this author states that the basal
pectinal tooth is of striking size and falciform (“ sichelférmig’”’)
in shape, from which I infer that he had before him a scorpion
with the sickle-shaped basal pectinal tooth of U. planimanus
or U, lunulifer, and not an example with this tooth merely
expanded, as is the case in U. chlorodermus,

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions, 385

In addition to the examples of this species from KE. Africa
and Lake Nyassa that I have previously recorded, the Mu-
seum has received it from Fort Salisbury, Mashunaland,
5000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall*). U. chlorodermus resembles
triangulifer in many characters—for instance, in the thin spine-
armed hand of the male, approximately in the arrangement
of the teeth on the digits of the chele ; it may, however, be
recognized by being of a uniformly deep green colour, and
having the anterior caudal segments smooth, punctured, and
not carinate below, the basal pectinal tooth expanded in the
female, and the sides of the upper surface of the fifth caudal
segment straight and abruptly sloped posteriorly. In the
three last-named respects it approaches the Somaliland and

East-African U. Fischert, Karsch.

Uroplectes olivaceus, sp. n.

Colour somewhat the same as in U, flavoviridis, Peters, but
the green paler, more emerald on the upper surface of the
trunk and chele, yellower on the tail; fingers and trochanter
of chele yellow; legs yellow and green, a broad band of the
latter colour occupying the whole of the middle of the femur
and patella; lower surface of trunk yellow or greenish
yellow.

Carapace as long as the second caudal segment, finely and
closely granular throughout ; ocular tubercle smooth. Terga
also finely granular, more coarsely so posteriorly, the pais
keel smooth, but the keels on the last granular.

Sterna smooth and polished, the last very weakly granular
at the sides.

Tail about 64 times the length of the carapace, robust,
parallel-sided ; the inferior median keels weak, obsolete on
segments 4 and 5; a weak median lateral keel on segments
1 to 8; all the keels and the intercarinal spaces granular
except the median area on the lower surface of the first
segment and the upper surface of all the segments, which are
at most feebly granular; the upper keels of segments 1 to 3
ending in an enlarged denticle; upper edges of the fifth
segment high and strongly convex; the hinder half of the
upper surface very deeply impressed for the reception of the

* Myr, Marshall has recently sent me the following species of Scorpions
from Mashunaland :—Opisthophthalmus carinatus, Pet., Umfuli River ;
O. glabrifrons, Pet., Salisbury and Umfuli River ; Hadogenes tr oglodytes,
Pet., Umfuli River; Uroplectes chlor odesmus, Poc., Salisbury ; U. plani-
manus (Karsch), Umfuli River. It is interesting to note that, with the
exception of the last-named, the species are identical with those that
Peters has recorded from Tette on the Zambesi.

386 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

vesicle ; vesicle coarsely granular below, a small denticle some
distance below the root of the aculeus, its upper surface
depressed at the base, strongly convex on its distal half, the
curvature of which is continuous with that of the vesicle.

Chela long and slender; humerus and brachium finely and
closely granular above, more coarsely granular in front;
manus slender, about as wide as the brachium, smooth, but
punctured and hairy; a distinct tubercle on its inner surface
at the base of the digits; width of hand a little more than
half the length of the hand-back ; hand-back less than half
the length of the movable digit ; digits long, rather strongly
curved at the end; 11 rows of teeth along the median
series, the basal row long, with an enlarged denticle on each
side of it near the middle of its length ; the teeth of the inner
series lying close up to and a little behind the apical tooth of
the median rows, which is scarcely larger than the rest and
not separated from them by a larger space than that which
separates the rest of the teeth of the median rows from each
other.

Legs weakly granular externally.

Pectines long, with 23-24 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 60; length of
tail 38, of carapace 5°7; width of hand 1°5; length of hand-
back 3, of movable digit 6°5.

Loe. Murchison Range, Transvaal (C. f. Jones).

Belonging to the same category as U. chlorodermus and
U. triangulifer, but recognizable from both in the characters
pointed out in the synopsis.

Ureplectes vittatus (Thor.).
Lepreus vittatus, Thorell, Act. Soe. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix, p. 121.

A single female example of this species recently received
from the Murchison Range, Transvaal (C. &. Jones), presents
the following type of coloration :—

Carapace ornamented in front with a triangular black patch
lying between the eyes; the posterior apex of this patch ex-
tends beyond the ocular tubercle halfway towards the posterior
margin, the posterior edge with two transverse black lines
and the lateral edge black nearly up to the lateral eyes. The
anterior four terga with black or partly black edges, all of
them except the last, which is almost of a uniform yellow,
furnished with two large conspicuous black spots, which con-
stitute together a double dorsal band, but each of these black
spots is distinctly divided by a >-shaped yellow mark ; the
yellow bands which lie between the black bands are subequal

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions. 387

in width and much more brightly coloured posteriorly. Tai7
yellow, passing into a redder tint posteriqrly ; the lower
surface of the first segment is furnished behind with two
abbreviated black lines, that of the third has the corresponding
lines better developed and a slender median line which takes
its origin from a conspicuous black spot on the anterior
portion of the segment; ornamentation of the same kind is
noticeable upon the lower surface of the two following seg-
ments, but it is less clearly defined on the fourth.

Legs and palpi yellow ; digits infuscate.

Thorell’s type from Caffraria was doubtless a male, since
no reference is made to the enlargement of the basal pectinal
tooth observable in my example, in which there are 18-19
teeth, the basal being modified as in U. occ¢dentalis and
lineatus, and not elongate as in U. planimanus and lunulifer.
This specimen also differs in two other respects from Thorell’s
description, since it possesses twelve rows of teeth along the
middle line of the digits, instead of eleven as stated by
Thorell, and the movable digit is nearly twice the length of
the hand-back (52:3), whereas in the type of vittatus the
difference is much less, being only 54:4. But without more
specimens for examination it 1s not possible to say whether a
specific or subspecific value is to be attached to these features.

Uroplectes Fischeri, Karsch.
Uroplectes Fischert, Karsch, Mitth. Minch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 124.

Recorded from Barawa in Somaliland; the British Museum
has recently received examples of apparently the same species
from Mombasa (D. J. Wilson) and Kast Africa (Imperial
British East Africa Company). According to Kraepelin this
species is identical with the foregoing U. vittatus, but the
three above-mentioned examples referred to fischeri may be
distinguished from the Transvaal example of vittatus in the
features pointed out in the diagnosis. Kraepelin’s description
is apparently based upon specimens from unstated localities,
one only being mentioned as coming from Somaliland, and
this is probably identical with Fscher’. According to this
author the variation in colour presented by the “ species ”’ is
very great, specimens even having the segments of the legs
ringed with black. The examples seen by me agree with
Karsch’s description, except that they seem to approach my
example of U.vittatus more nearly in colour and have the hands
pale, whereas in the type of Fischert these organs are said to
be marked with longitudinal blackish lines. The specimen
that I described as nigri’manus seems to represent a melanistic

388 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

form of the same species and may provisionally, at all events,
rank as a subspecies.

Uroplectes occidentalis, Simon.

Uroplectes occidentalis, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876, p. 219.
Tityus chinchoxensis, Karsch, Zeits. Naturw, lii. p. 870 (1879).

The British Museum has examples of this species from the
Congo (whence the type was obtained), Angola, and Cette
Cama (Gaboon) ; but, according to Kraepelin, it spreads as
far to the north as Sierra Leone and eastwards and southwards
into Somaliland, Masailand, and Natal. If these localities
are trustworthy, the species has a wider range in Africa than
any indigenous scorpion with which I am acquainted.
Furthermore, this author also affirms that he has examined
specimens from Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and Celebes.

As stated above, this species, of which I have published a
coloured figure in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, pl. xiv. fig. 4,
is the type of Kraepelin’s genus Tvtyolepreus; but I feel
satisfied of the impossibility of separating it generically from
such forms as vittatus and Fischert.

Synopsis of the South-African Species contained in the
Collection of the British Museum.

1, Abdominal terga with a lateral abbreviated keel
on each side as well as the median ; teeth of the
inner set close to and not behind the apices of
the adjacent median rows; crests on the lower
surface of the tail well developed.
a. Vesicle of tail without a distinct tooth beneath
the aculeus; a large number of pectinal teeth
(up to 30): female with the basal pectinal
tooth long and falciform (? in carinatus).
a', The crests of the tail weakly granular, the
inferior ones on at least the first and second
segments smooth; median lateral keel weak
on the third segment, absent on the fourth ;
hand, especially in the male, broad, flat,
with compressed inner edge ........-... planimanus
b', The crests on the tail, including the lower [(Karsch),
ones on the first and second segments,
strongly granular; the median lateral crest
strong on the third segment and distinct on
the fourth; hand in the male normally
rounded... Us ..ch eae TESS 5 carimatus (Poce.).
b. A distinct triangular tooth beneath the aculeus ;
pectines with 15 teeth in Q, basal tooth ex-
panded but not elongate; tail crested and
granular as in carinatus .........- Bry Wace ore variegatus (Koch),
2. Abdominal terga without lateral crests; tail
coarsely punctured below, almost entirely

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions. 389

smooth, and without crests, the superior keels
represented by a terminal granule, and some-
times on the first and second segments by a
few smaller granules; inner set “of teeth’ on
digits isolated and, except at the distal end,
lying far from the apices of the adjacent median
rows; hand of male not internally spined ;
basal ‘pectinal tooth in female expanded but not
elongate; (prevailing colour mostly yellow,
with a black patch on each side of the terga 1
to 6; tail posteriorly infuscate and basal half of
digits also darker).
a’. Apical teeth of the median rows at the distal
end of the digits enlarged and slightly sepa-
rated from the rest, and pairing with the ad-
jacent teeth of the inner set ; (hand internally
granular; vesicle sniooth below ; a small tooth
beneath the aculeus; fifth caudal segment
almost as in Fischer i) Sad t DONO OOD © MOO e
be: ar kee teeth of the median rows scarcely en-
larged and hardly separated from the rest, so
as to pair with the adjacent teeth of the
, mer set.
. Vesicle rugose below, with only a small
tuberculiform tooth beneath the aculeus;
upper edges of the fifth caudal segment
evenly convex from end to end; hand in-
ternally granular ; internal teeth of digits
further back, the ninth from the base on a
level with the apex of the adjacent median
KOR RO Go Sic 6 Deere Rae en ere
b°. Vesicle smooth, coarsely “punctured below,
with a distinct triangular tooth ; superior
edges of the fifth caudal segment elevated
behind and terminating in a nearly vertical
margin; internal teeth of the digits further
forward, the sixth or seventh from the base
on a level with the meet of the adjacent
HOC LAME OW etnies ajo ose sins «002d
3. Terga with a single crest as in section 2, the supe-
rior and superior lateral crests of the tail well
developed and granular ; at least the lower sur-
face of the vesicle and of the fifth segment
granular below; hand in the ¢ slender and
armed internally with a denticle, which is
visible asa tubercle in the 9; more of the basal
teeth of the internal series isolated, but, at least
in the distal two thirds of the digit, they are
paired with the enlarged and separated apical
ae of the adjacent median rows.

. Anterior four caudal segments smooth ee
not carinate, but punctured as in section 2
sides of the fifth segment of the tail as
described under 0°; a distinct tooth beneath
the aculeus of the tail; basal pectinal tooth
enlarged as in section 2. colour uniform deep
green, with paler flavous MIATKINGS ../,.6m + 5i>

occidentalis (Sim.).

vittatus (Thor.).

Fischeri (Karsch).

chlorodermus, sp. n.

390 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

6, All the normal caudal keels at least visible,
the lower surface of at least the second, third,
and fourth segments granular, not punctured ;
uppersides of the fifth caudal segment convex
from end to end, not posteriorly elevated ;
basal pectinal tooth in the Q (? olivaceus) not
enlarged.

a°. The inferior caudal crests weak, nearly ob-
solete, and lost amongst the granules of the
lower surface ; those on the first segment
smooth; the superior and superior lateral
keels of segments 1, 2, and 3 with terminal
denticle much enlarged; vesicle in the ¢
but little modified; colour greenish, ap-
proaching what is seen in chlorodermus .. olvaceus, sp. n.

6°. All the crests of the tail strong and well
defined, those on the lower surface of the
first segment granular; vesicle strongly
compressed in its basal half, with an angu-
lar prominence beneath the aculeus ; pre-
vailing colour yellow, with two black
patches on the terga, each marked with a >. (driangulifer, Thor.)

4, Terga as in 2 and 3; tail almost as in a, with
smooth unkeeled lower surface; the fourth and
fifth segments and vesicle granular, superior keels
distinct, with enlarged terminal tooth ; hand in
the male enlarged, without an inner tubercle in
either sex ; in the distal two thirds of the digit
two of the teeth of the median rows are en-
larged and separated to form a trio with the
adjacent teeth of the inner set.. - -

a®. The lower surface of the vesicle and of the
fifth caudal segment more coarsely and sparsely
granular; superior keels stronger; middle
keel of the terga wholly or partly black.

a’, Vesicle clear yellow; terga marked with
alternating black and yellow bands. (Typical
OTH.) (Waray Mercato Cees cn a avert nis oink etal lineatus (Koch).

6’. Vesicle fuscous, with fine yellow lines;
terga darker, not distinctly banded, orna-
mented with well-defined =<-shaped
stripes. (Melanistic subspecies.) ........ insignis, Poe,

b°, The lower surface of the vesicle and of the fifth
caudal segments finely and closely granular ;
superior keels weaker ; a continuous median
flavous band on the terga.

a’, Chel, with the exception of the black bands
and a few small fuscous spots, orange-
yellow ; a conspicuous spot on the base of
the maxilla above ; the apices of the maxil-
lary processes of the first and second pairs
of legs fuscous; last abdominal sternite
almost wholly black, a flavous spot in the
middle; terga almost entirely smooth and
polished. (Typical form from Natal.) .... formosus, Poc.

6°, Handsof chele paler, with deep black bands;
brachium and humerus with large fuscous

Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions. 391

patches ; without fuscous tips to the max-
illary lobes of the first and second pairs of
legs and scarcely a trace of a black patch on
the maxillary (basal) segment of the. chela ;
last abdominal sternite flavous, with a black
patch on each side of it; terga more dis-
tinctly granular. (Subspecitic form from
Bisstalon don.) sv celdaaietns's.2 6 08 «ie e stsatee Spencer't, nov,

The sections indicated in this table by the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4
represent, I believe, the natural groups into which the species
fall; but at present, for reasons stated above, I do not con-
sider it advisable to adopt generic titles for these sections.
Probably, however, the name Lepreus applies to no. 1 and
Tityolepreus to no. 2; but it appears to me by no means
certain whether Uroplectes, the oldest name for the group, is
applicable to 2, 3, or 4.

The following species, unknown to me in nature, also fall
into this genus :—

1. Scorpio (Atreus) spinicaudus, Gervais (Arch. Mus. iv.
p. 222, pl. x1. figs. 22-25, 1844), from Caffraria, will probably
be found to belong to no. 4, and will perhaps prove identical
with UW. formosus Spencer.

2. Tityus fallax, C. Koch (‘ Die Arachniden,’ xi. p. 1,
fig. 850), from Africa, also apparently falls under no. 4. If
adult, the type probably represents a species distinct from
those enumerated, but if immature may prove to be the

young of U, insignis.

3. Tityus striatus, C. Koch (t. c. p. 6, fig. 853), from
Africa.—The same remarks apply to this form as to 7. fallax.
On the strength of the figures of these species it is impossible
to say for certain that they are synonymous with any of those
recognized in the above table ; for it is unjustifiable to ascribe
inaccuracy to these figures, seeing how accurate on the whole
are those of U. lineatus and U. variegatus.

4, Uroplectes ornatus, Peters (Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,
1862, p. 516), from ‘I'ette, was said by Karsch to fall into
“Tityus” of C. Koch, a statement which means presumably
that it belongs to the same category of species as U. triangu-
lifer, Thor. It isa pity that we cannot locate this species
more satisfactorily, for since it is the type of the genus Uro-
plectes, its exact systematic position is of the greatest import-
ance to those who would more finely divide the genus.

392 Mr. R. I. Pocock on South-African Scorpions.

5. Uroplectes flavoviridis, Peters (Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,
1861, p. 516), from Tette-—The position of this species is
also one of perplexity. The only other species, so far as I
know, that have been accredited with a falciform basal pectinal
tooth are U. planimanus and U. lunulifer ; but these certainly
differ from flavoviridis in having the lower side of the tail
distinctly carinate.

6. Lepreus pilosus, Thorell (Act. Soc. Ital. xix. p. 118,
1876), from Caffraria, the type of the genus Lepreus, without
much doubt falls in section 1 of the table, but certainly differs
from the forms enumerated there in having the median infe-
rior keels obsolete on the first, second, third, and fourth
segments of the tail.

7. Lepreus otjimbinguensis, Karsch (Mittl. Miinch. ent.
Ver. 1879, p. 125), from Otjimbingue, near Walfisch Bay.—
Judging from the description I should say that this species
belongs to section 2 of the table ; but it certainly differs from
the species there mentioned in having the median part of the
terga black and not yellow.

8. Lepreus lunulifer, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887,
p- 875), from Namaqua or Damaraland, is evidently very
nearly allied to Z. planimanus, Karsch. Kraepelin, indeed,
holds the two to be identical. At all events, it is not possible
without a comparison of the types to express the differential
characters from the description alone.

9. Tityus tricolor, Simon (Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvi.
p. lix, 1882), from the area lying between Zanzibar and the
lake region, almost certainly falls into section 2. From the
fact that Simon refers it to Z%tyus I am inclined to think the
dentition of the digits will be found to resemble that of occi-
dentalis, Sim., to which, as well as to vittatus and Fischeri,
the species is evidently nearly allied.

SUPPLEMENT.

Whilst this paper has been in the printer’s hands I have
received from Mr. G. A. K. Marshall a couple of species of
this genus from Durban. One of these proves to be U. plani-
manus of Karsch, identical in almost all respects with the
Mashunaland example mentioned above ; but the other appears
to be an undescribed form, which I propose to dedicate to its
discoverer and diagnose briefly in the following terms :—

Uroplectes Marshalli, sp. n.
Closely related to U. triangulifer, Thor., in all essential

On new Reptiles and Batrachians from Celebes. 393

points of structure, and falling under section 5° of the above
table, but easily recognizable from this species in the following
features :—

Colour of trunk and tail a deep and uniform black, the
appendages deep green; the three basal segments of the
chele paler green than the brachium and manus; fingers
yellowish green; femora and patella of the legs also deeper
than the rest, the adjacent ends of these segments, as well as
the opposite end of the patella, conspicuously red; the max-
illary lobes of the first and second legs deeper green than the
rest of the coxx.

Granulation of the trunk and tail and keels on the latter
developed as in triangulifer ; area of the vesicle below the
aculeus prominent, but ouly furnished with a tubercle, which
is considerably smaller than that of triangulifer.

Pectinal teeth 18-18, 20-21 in ?, 18-20 in @; the teeth
longer in the latter, but the basal tooth not enlarged in the
former.

Vesicle of male modified as in U. triangulifer, and, as in
that species and in chlorodermus, the spike on the hand is
larger in this sex than in the female.

Measurements in millimetres.— 9, total length 40, cara-
pace 4, tail 22°5; @, total length 35, carapace 3°5, tail 22.

Loc. Durban.

A male and two females with many young were taken. It
is interesting to note that the young specimens, 8 millim, in
length, present the colouring ot the adults with the exception
of being a little paler.

Note.—In two papers upon African Scorpions recently
published (in the March and April issues of the ‘ Annals’) [
have recorded certain species from the Umfuli River,
Mashunaland ; but, owing to the partial obliteration of the
label, the altitude was given as 1200 feet. It is, in reality,
as Mr. Marshall intorms me, 4200 feet, the exact spot being
known as Gadzima.

LV.—Descriptions of new Leptiles and Batrachians col-
lected in Celebes by Drs. P. and I. Sarasin. By G. A.
BouLENGER, F’.R.S.

‘ropidonotus Sarastnorum.

Maxillary teeth 25, the posterior very feebly enlarged.
Snout rather prominent, obtusely truncate; eye moderate.
Rostral much broader than deep, not visible from above;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 28

394 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

internasals as long as broad, as long as the preefrontals;
frontal twice as long as broad, longer than its distance from
the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals; loreal as
long as deep; one pre- and three postoculars ;_ temporals
14+2 or 3; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth
entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the
anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior.
Scales in 15 rows, all strongly keeled. Ventrals 137-141 ;
anal divided ; subcaudals 65-75. Reddish brown anteriorly,
with more or less distinct blackish cross-bands and a dark
nuchal blotch, connected with a dark streak on each side of
the head along the upper border of the labials; latter whitish,
speckled or vermiculate with brown ; body olive or dark grey
posteriorly ; belly yellow, reddish on the sides, dotted with
blackish ; posterior ventrals and subcaudals, in the male,
dark grey.

Total length 530 millim. ; tail 150.

Two specimens, male (V. 141; C. 75) and young (V. 137;
C. 65), from Loka, Bonthain Peak, about 3500 feet.

Intermediate between 7’ celebicus, Peters and Doria, and
T. picturatus, Schleg.

Calamaria acutirostris.

Snout pointed. Rostral small, as deep as broad, just
visible from above ; frontal pentagonal, as long as broad or
slightly longer than broad, as long as its distance from the
end of the snout, much shorter than the parietals, four times
as broad as the supraocular; one pre- and one postocular ;
the diameter of the eye hardly equals its distance from the
mouth; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ;
a pair of large anterior chin-shields, in contact with the
symphysial ; posterior chin-shields small and separated by a
scale. Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 156-179; anal entire;
subeaudals 14-24. ‘Tail ending in a point. Uniform
blackish brown above, white beneath.

Total length 250 millim.; tail 43.

Several specimens from Loka, Bonthain Peak, about

3500 feet.

This species connects Calamaria with Pseudorhabdium. .

Calamartia Muellert.

Rostral large, as deep as broad, the portion visible from
above as long as or a little longer than its distance from the
frontal; frontal hexagonal, much longer than broad, much
longer than its distance from the end of the snout, as long as
or a little shorter than the parietals, twice as broad as the

Reptiles and Batrachians from Celebes. 395

supraocular ; one pre- and one postocular; diameter of the
eye exceeding its distance from the mouth; five upper
labials, third and fourth entering the eye; anterior chin-
shields in contact with the symphysial ; posterior chin-shields
shorter and in contact with each other. Scales in 13 rows.
Ventrals 153-187; anal entire; subcaudals 12-21. Tail
ending in a point. Coloration very variable. Dark brown
above, uniform or spotted with black, reddish brown, or
brick-red, the scales speckled and edged with black ; a black
streak on each side of the head, passing through the eye;
upper lip white ; white beneath, the ventrals edged or spotted
with black, or edged with vermilion; a black or red band
between two white ones along the lower surface of the tail.

Total length 1900 millim. ; tail 16.

Several specimens from Loka, Bonthain Peak, about
3500 feet.

This species is named in memory of my late friend
Dr. F. Miller, of Basle, who had undertaken the working
out of the Drs. Sarasin’s herpetological collections.

Rhacophorus monticola.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choane.
Snout more or less pointed, as long as the diameter of
the orbit; canthus rostralis distinct, loreal region slightly
concave ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of
the snout; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ;
tympanum moderately distinct, half the diameter of the eye.
Outer fingers two-thirds webbed ; disks of fingers large, as
large as or a little larger than the tympanum; toes webbed
to the disks of the third and fifth, penultimate phalanx of
fourth free; subarticular tubercles feeble ; a very small inner
metatarsal tubercle ; no tarsal fold. ‘The tibio-tarsal articu-
lation reaches the eye or the anterior border of the orbit.
Skin finely shagreened above, granulate on the belly and
under the thighs; a fold from the eye to the shoulder.
Coloration very variable. Greyish, bluish, or purplish above,
uniform or dotted, spotted or vermiculate with darker, or
with large symmetrical markings, viz. a cross-band between
the eyes, an hourglass- or K-shaped blotch on the anterior
part of the back, and a cross-band on the sacrum ; limbs
with more or less distinct dark cross-bands ; flanks white, or
purple with large white spots; lower parts white. Male
without vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 48 millim.

Several specimens from Loka, about 8500 feet, and one

from the north slope of the Bonthain Peak, 2600 feet.
28*

396 On a new Buttertly from Burma.

LVI.—Description of a new Nymphaline Butterfly from
Burma. By Lionev DE Nicévit1e, F.K.S., C.M.Z.8., &e.

Mr. H. J. Exwes has kindly sent me a specimen of a species
of the Nymphaline genus Newrosigma from the Karennti
country, lying to the north-east of the Burmese province of
Pegu, which, as it undoubtedly represents a new species
distinct from Neurosigma Doubledati, Westwood, the hitherto
unique species in the genus, I describe as follows :—

Neurosigma nonius, sp. n.

Hab. Karenni, Burma.

Expanse, $ 32 inches.

Description.—Male. Upperside: fore wing differs from the
same sex of N. Doubledait, Westwood, from Nepal, Sikkim,
Assam, and Upper Burma, in having the fulvous coloration
of the ground confined to the basal third of the wing, the
ground-colour of the rest of the wing being creamy white.
Hind wing has the ground-colour everywhere creamy white,
in N. Doubledait the discal area of the wing occupying half
the surface is fulvous. Underside: both wings present the
same differences as on the upperside, in addition to which all
the black markings are of a deeper and richer shade and larger.

Female unknown.

Mr. W. Doherty, who captured numerous male specimens
of this species in March and April, 1890, recognized it as a
new species, as he wrote to Mr. Elwes:—‘ 1 send many
males of Neurosigma Doubledayi. It seems to me distinet
from the Sikkim form, of which I took dozens in the Chitta-
gong hill-tracts, all black and fulvous above.” Mr, Elwes,
however, in Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 277, did not
describe it as new, but refers to it as Newrosigma Doubledayt,
var.?, and figured it on pl. xxvii. fig. 7, as he thought it
might be “ a case of male dimorphism in which the male and
female are different in some localities and resemble each other
in others.” As, however, both sexes of N. Doubledaii are
known and have been figured, and both are represented in my
collection, I do not think that Mr. Elwes’s suggestion is
likely to prove correct, although we know only one sex of
the Karenni local race. It will be most probably found, when
the temale of N. nondus is discovered, that it closely resembles
its male and has no fulvous coloration whatever on the hind
wing, while the female of N. Doubledait has a small patch of
that colour in the middle of that wing on both surfaces.

Dr. A. Giinther on Two new Species of Fishes. 397

LVII.— Description of Two new Species of Fishes
(Mastacembelus and Barbus). By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

Mastacembelus shiranus.
Ds 27 or 29)|"66. “A. 2/68.. (C2 14:

Trunk and tail compressed, of moderate length, its greatest
depth being three fifths of the length of the head. Length
of the head without appendage about one third of its distance
from the vent. ‘Tail equal in length to the rest of the body.
Rostral appendage a little longer than the eye, which is
small. Preoperculum without spines. Dorsal spines short,
the distance of the foremost from the operculum being
scarcely half of the length of the head.

Greyish olive, finely marbled and reticulated with brown ;
a black longitudinal band on the side of the head, through
the eye, another similar band along the middle of the crown
of the head.

Two specimens, of which the larger is 10 inches long,
were sent by Mr. H. H. Johnston, trom the Upper Shiré
River, to the Natural History Museum.

The genus Mastacembelus, and probably this species,
occurs also in the Victoria Nyanza; at least, 1 am unable to
discover distinctive characters in a specimen 64 in. long
found by Mr. E. J. Baxter in that Lake. So far as I can
make out from its somewhat desiccated condition, the fin-
formula would be :—D. 30 | 60. A. 2/60.

In my description of Mastacembelus tanganice Prroc. Zool.
Soc. 1898, p. 629) the length of the tail should have been
described as being but little more than two fifths of the total
length.

Barbus faoensts.
DP ieee Seer lat. 28. J. transys 3:

Osseous dorsal ray strong, not denticulated; two and a
half series of longitudinal scales between the lateral line and
the root of the ventral. Body oblong, compressed, its height
being contained thrice and one fourth in the length (without
caudal), the length of the head four times. Hye rather
small, two fifths of the width of the interorbital space and
one half of the length of the snout. Mouth anterior, without
barbels. he dorsal fin is scarcely half as high as the body,
its origin being opposite to that of the ventral and midway
between the root of the caudal and the eye. Caudal fin
deeply forked. The pectoral fin terminates a long way from
the ventral.

Coloration uniform.

One specimen from Fao (Persian Gulf), 16 inches long,
is in the Natural History Museum.

398 M. C. Janet on the Relations of the

LVIII.—On the Relations of the Myrmecophile Lepismide to
Ants. By M. Cuaries JANet *.

THE numerous species of animals which live in ant-hills, and
which for this reason have been called “ Myrmecophile,” have
very varied relations with the ants fT.

A certain number of Staphylinide, such as Myrmedonia
funesta, which have been especially studied by Wasmann,
capture the ants at the entrance to their galleries or the larve
in the deeper parts of the nest and devour them (myrmeco-
phagy).

Certain Nematodes plant themselves in the pharyngeal
glands of the Camponotide, in order there to pass through a
larval stage (¢nternal parasitism) (‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exvil.
p- 700, 1893).

Certain Acarids attach themselves to different parts of the
bodies of the ants, and especially to the head and feet (eaternal
parasitism).

A considerable number of Arthropods enter the ants’ nest
for hardly any other purpose than to seek the detritus, of
which they are able to make some use, or to find there favour-
able conditions for their existence, and they are treated with
indifference by their hosts. This is the case with a little
Isopod Crustacean, Platyarthrus Hoffmanseggt, which is so
common in ant-hills all over Europe. ‘This cohabitation in
the same nest of a myrmecophile species with ants has been
called synewketism when there is no direct relation between
them.

Many of the Staphyltinide and Pselaphide live normally
in ants’ nests. ‘They bear on the dorsal region tufts of hair,
corresponding with certain glands the secretion of which is
much sought after by the ants, who, in exchange for it, pour
out for them voluntarily before their mouths a liquid tood.
There is in this case between the ants and their guests
a symbiosis with reciprocal advantages, constituting the
myrmecoreny of Emery. Wasmann has shown that among
the myrmecophile Staphylinide the reduction, more or less
pronounced, of the palps was, so to speak, the expression of
the degree of dependence of these insects upon the ants who
housed them.

* From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ tome exxii. 1896, pp. 799-802.

+ A classified list of myrmecophile animals will be found in a recent
book, exceedingly useful to naturalists engaged in the study of ants, Was-
mann, Erich, ‘ Kritisches Verzeichniss der myrmekophilen und termito-
philen Arthropoden’ (Berlin, 1894).

Myrmecophile Lepismide to Ants. 399

This dependence is pushed to the last degree in the case of
Claviger testaceus, which is to be found often enough on the
ant-hills near Paris. Although in artificial nests one can see
these Coleoptera attach themselves from time to time to the
dead larvee, which they appear to suck for a moment, it may
be said that their true food is only that provided for them by
their hosts, because they die rapidly when they are separated
from them.

As for the Aphides, they are not truly myrmecophile : it
is true that they are greatly sought after by ants, who obtain
from them an abundant supply of food, and who, in exchang ge,
can extend to them a more or less real protection ; ; but they
neither ask nor obtain from the ants anything, and even in
general do without them.

The Lepismide have for a lone time been classed as
myrmecophile, but their relations to ants have up to the
present been but imperfectly understood. [ have had occa-
sion to notice in my artificial nests specimens of Lepismina
polypoda, Grassi, taken with a colony of Lastus umbratus,
Nyl., genus marina, Nyl.

In the first nest I placed some Lepismina without ants, in
a second Lepismina with the ants with which they had been
taken.

The Lepismina which had been brought up without ants
received as food a mixture of honey, sugar, flour, and yolk of
egg. They numbered at the beginning of the observations
twenty-one ; at the expiration of. two years and six months
there were still nine of them remaining in good condition, and
these readily ate the liquid honey which was given to them on
the point of a pair of very fine forceps.

The Lepismina brought up with the ants with which they
had been captured were much more lively than those from the
other nest. ‘They were in a state of constant movement, and
ran about among the ants, but took great care never to remain
stationary in their neighbourhood.

Occasionally I saw the ants threaten the Lepismina, and
even throw themselves upon them; but in the latter case
they were so agile that they invariably escaped. Never-
theless, in my artificial nest, in which they could not so easily
reach a place of safety as in a natural nest, they were sooner
or later caught. T'wo days after setting up the nest I found
five dead bodies, which the ants seized in their mandibles and
carried about the nest. In order to save the survivors I
began their training in a new nest, only certain portions of
which were accessible to the ants, or, at least, but little fre-
quented by them. There the Leptsmina remained for a long

400 Relations of the Myrmecophile Lepismide to Ants.

time in a state of repose, completely motionless ; but when an
individual ant passed near to one of them it never failed to
make a sharp movement in order to push it out of the way.

If the food smeared with honey, which was placed in the
empty chamber of the nest, was withheld for several days and
then replaced, a number of ants would be seen to come and
make a lengthy meal on it, and when, after filling themselves
as full as they could hold, they went back to the hving
chambers of the nest, they were assailed by their companions,
who came to ask, with their antenne, a share of the food.

The division began immediately. The one with the food
and the one requiring it arranged themselves one slightly in
advance of the other; the former drew aside its mandibles
and protruded its proboscis, which its companion seized with
its maxilla, and disgorged some small drops, which were
immediately absorbed.

From the moment that the first food-bearers entered the
living chambers of the nest the Lepismina showed by their
agitation that they had perceived the odour of honey.

Soon quite a number of ants were gathered in pairs for the
business of disgorging. The bodies slightly drawn back,
and often with the anterior feet raised, they left a certain
interval between them below their heads. As soon as a
Lepismina arrived near such a pair it would throw itself into
this space, raise its head sharply, snap up the droplet which
fell before it, and then get away as quickly as possible, as if
to escape a pursuit which was deserved. But the ants,
propped up one against the other, are not sufficiently free to
move, and cannot even threaten the audacious thiet, who runs
off at once to put another pair under contribution; and this
manceuvre is continued until hunger is satisfied.

One must conclude from these observations that Lepismina
polypoda can do without the ants well enough when there is
proper food at their disposal; that they are tolerated in the
ants’ nest for the simple reason that their agility saves them
from pursuit by the ants; that they are attracted to the ants’
nest by the bait of the nutritious liquid which the ants store
in their crops; and that, contrary to what takes place in the
case of myrmecoxeny, the ants do not give this liquid of their
own tree will to the Lepismina, but that these latter know
how to take advantage of circumstances to possess themselves
of it by stealth (myrmecoclepty).

On new Batrac’si.s in the British Museum. 401

LIX.—Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British
Museum. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

| Plate XVII.]

Rana luzonensis.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups between, and ex-
tending beyond, the posterior borders of the choane. Snout
much depressed, acutely pointed, projecting, longer than the
diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region
feebly oblique, grooved; nostril nearer the end of the snout
than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ;
tympanum very distinct, two thirds to three fourths the
diameter of the eye. Fingers long and slender, first a little
shorter than second, dilated into large disks. ‘Toes webbed
to the disks of the third and fifth, to the penultimate phalanx
of the fourth ; disks smaller than those of the fingers; sub-
articular tubercles strong; a small oval inner metatarsal
tubercle. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches far beyond the
tip of the snout. Skin smooth; a feeble narrow dorso-lateral
glandular fold. Greyish or olive above, with or without a
light vertebral line; a blackish canthal streak and temporal
spot ; tympanum reddish brown ; upper lip witha light, dark-
edged streak ; limbs with dark cross-bands ; whitish beneath,
throat and breast sometimes brown.

From snout to vent 58 millim,

Four specimens (female and half-grown) from the Highlands
of Lepauto, N. Luzon, collected by Mr. Whitehead. Pre-
sented by the Subscribers to the Whitehead Expedition Fund.

OREOBATRACHUS, gen. nov. (Lanidarum).

Pupil horizontal. Tongue small, oval, free and very
slightly notched behind. Vomerine teeth none. A strong
transverse dermal fold between the choane. Tympanum
hidden; eustachian tubes large. Fingers free, toes webbed,
the tips dilated into small disks ; outer metatarsals separated
by web. Omosternum and sternum witha bony style. Distal
phalanx T-shaped; no intercalary ossification between the
latter and the penultimate.

Allied to Fhrynobatrachus, Gthr.

Oreobatrachus baluensis. (Pl. XVII. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Head small; snout obtusely pointed, shorter than the
diameter of the orbit; no canthus rostralis; nostril equally

402 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

distant from the eye and the tip of the snout; interorbital
space as broad as the upper eyelid. Fingers short, first and
second equal. Hind limb stout; toes moderate, three-fourths
webbed; subarticular tubercles very feebly developed; a
feebly prominent elliptical inner metatarsal tubercle. The
tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin
smooth. Dark brown above, limbs with darker cross-bars ;
a yellowish vertical streak on the tip of the snout and an
oblique one from the eye to the angle of the mouth; white
(in spirit) beneath, largely marbled with black.

From snout to vent 33 millim.

A single specimen from Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo,
collected by Mr. A. Everett.

Rhacophorus Mocquardit.

Allied to R. depressiceps, Blgr., with which it agrees in the
shape of the head and the disposition of the vomerine teeth,
but distinguished by the much shorter digits. Fingers free
or with a very indistinct rudimentary web, the disks a little
smaller than the tympanum. Foot not half as long as head
and body; toes two-thirds webbed ; two metatarsal tubercles,
inner elliptical, outer round and flat, ‘Tibio-tarsal articula-
tion reaching halfway between the eye and the end of the
snout. Pale brown above; a dark brown canthal and
temporal streak ; a dark cross-band between the eyes; flanks
brown, with three white spots; limbs with dark cross-bands ;
hind side of thighs with light spots in a dark brown network ;
whitish beneath, speckled with brown.

From snout to vent 54 millim.

A single specimen from Sahambendrana, C. Madagascar,

collected by M. Majastre.

Lhacophorus Majori.

Closely allied to &. rhodoscelis, Blgr., from which it
differs in the more developed web of the manus, the outer
fingers being half-webbed. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches halfway between the eye and the end of the snout.
Crimson above, sometimes with scattered blackish dots on the
back, with or without a large brown symmetrical marking
extending from the head to the sacrum, giving off six oblique
branches, the anterior pair directed forwards, the others back-
wards; limbs with greyish-brown or blackish cross-bars ;
throat and belly white, lower surface of limbs wholly or
partially crimson. Male with an external gular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

Batrachians in the British Museum. 403

Four specimens from the Ambohimitombo forest, Mada-
gascar. Collected by Dr. Forsyth Major.

Rhacophorus macroscelis.

Allied to 2. Hostit, Blgr. Womerine teeth in two small
oblique groups close to the inner borders of the choane.
Head large, as long as broad; snout rounded, shorter than
the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis strong; loreal
region deeply concave ; nostrils near the end of the snout ;
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum
distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers webbed at the
base; toes webbed to the disks of the third and fifth, penulti-
mate phalanx of fourth free; a very small inner metatarsal
tubercle. The femoro-tibial articulation reaches the shoulder,
the tibio-tarsal far beyond the tip of the snout. Above with
small scattered warts; heel with a conical tubercle ; throat
and belly granulate. Olive above, marbled with darker; a
yellow cross-line between the eyes and a large W-shaped
yellow marking on the occiput ; upper lip white, with vertical
blackish blotches; flanks white, with large black spots ;
limbs with dark eress-bars ; dirty white beneath, belly and
hind limbs dotted with brown.

From snout to vent 31 millim.

A single specimen from Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo,
collected by Mr. A. Everett.

Megalivalus brachyenemis. (Pl. XVII. fig. 2.)

Tongue oval, rather deeply notched. Head rather small ;
snout rounded, shorter than the diameter of the orbit ; tympa-
num hidden. Fingers with a slight rudiment of web; toes
half-webbed. The tibic-tarsal articulation reaches the
shoulder ; tibia one third to two fifths the length of head and
body. Skin smooth, coarsely granulate on the belly and
under the thighs. Greyish above, with two dark brown lines
along the back ; sides of head dark brown ; brownish beneath.

From snout to vent 25 millim.

Three specimens from Chiradzulu, British Central Africa.

Presented by Sir H. H. Johnston.

Calophrynus brevis.

Allied to C. calcaratus, Mocq.*, with which it agrees in
the very large shovel-shaped metatarsal tubercle and the
large flat tarsal tubercle, but distinguished by a shorter

* Of which adult specimens are in the British Museum, the largest
measuring 40 millim; from snout to vent.

404. Mr, G. A. Boulenger on new

snout, shorter limbs, and extremely short and very obtuse
digits. Occiput swollen; interorbital space as broad as the
upper eyelid. First finger shorter than second, fourth
shortest; three strong palmar tubercles. Foot not longer
than the head; inner toe with a subarticular tubercle, others
without; metatarsal tubercle much longer than the inner toe.
Tarso-metatarsal articulation reaching the shoulder. Pale
greyish olive above, with pink and olive blotches ; a chevron-
shaped dark cross-band between the eyes; a pair of large
dark blotches on the scapular region; tarsal and metatarsal
tubercles yellowish white; white beneath, with a few olive
dots and vermiculations.

From snout to vent 26 millim.

A single specimen from §.W. Madagascar, collected by

Mr. Last.
Dyscophus Grandidiert.

Palatine teeth in a long, nearly straight, transverse series,
narrowly interrupted in the middle. Head once and a half as
broad as long ; snout rounded, narrower than in D. Antongilit
and D. Gudneti; nostril equally distant from the eye and the
end of the snout; interorbital space a little broader than the
upper eyelid ; tympanum indistinct. First and second fingers
equal. ‘Toes webbed at the base; inner metatarsal tubercle
very large, compressed, shovel-shaped, quite as long as the
inner toe. ‘The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the eye.
Skin thick and finely shagreened above; a glandular dorso-
lateral fold; a strong fold from the eye to the arm. Olive
above, lighter on the sides of the back; a broad triangular
dark marking between the eyes; a short dark canthal streak
in front of the eye ; a dark club-shaped streak behind the eye ;
a dark light-edged streak on the lateral fold; dirty white
beneath, mottled with brown on the throat and breast; meta-
tarsal tubercle whitish.

From snout to vent 33 millim.

A single specimen from §8.W. Madagascar, collected by

Mr. Last.
Leptodactylus maculilabris.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in
two slightly curved series behind the choane, narrowly
separated in the middle and extending outwards as far as the
outer border of the choang. Snout rounded, scarcely promi-
nent, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; nostril nearer the
tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as
the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, nearly two thirds

Batrachians in the British Museum. 405

the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first much longer
than second ; toes slender, not fringed ; subarticular tubercles
strong; sole smooth, with a small oval inner metatarsal
tubercle; a tarsal fold. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
midway between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin
smooth ; a glandular fold on each side of the back from eye
to groin; another from the eye to the shoulder; a ventral
discoidal fold. Pale brown above; glandular folds black-
edged ; a dark brown triangular blotch on the back of the
head, the base between the eyes, the apex between the
shoulder; sides of head whitish, with a black canthal streak
and three dark brown spots on the lip, the second extending
to the eye; sides of limbs with large dark brown spots; a
white dark-edged streak along the back of the thighs; uni-
form white beneath.

From snout to vent 43 millim.

A single specimen from Bebedero, Costa Rica, collected

by Mr. C. F. Underwood.

CoRYTHOMANTIS, gen. nov. ({ylidarum).

Pupil rhomboidal. Tongue subeircular, scarcely _ free
behind, entire. Vomerine teeth. Head a bony casque, with
projecting labial borders, tormed as in Triéprion and Dia-
glena. ‘Vympanum distinct. I*ingers free, toes webbed, the
tips dilated into regular disks. Outer metatarsals united,

Agrees with Zr¢prion and Diaglena in the curious shape of
the head, but differs in the absence of teeth on the para-
sphenoid.

Corythomantis Greeningt. (Pl. XVII. figs. 3-3 .)

Vomerine teeth forming a transverse series on two strong
triangular bony prominences between the posterior borders of
the choane. Head extremely depressed, entirely bony, rough,
its posterior border slightly raised and notched in the middle ;
forchead concave; canthus rostralis raised, curved; snout pro-
jecting far beyond the mouth, flat beneath ; tympanum half
the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather short, disks as large
as the tympanum; toes two-thirds webbed, the disks a little
smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles
stroug. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior
border of the eye. Sides of body with closely-set small
round tubercles ; belly and lower surface of thighs granulate.
Greyish olive above, freckled with darker ; tubercles whitish ;
lower parts whitish. No vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 78 millim.

406 On new Batrachians in the British Museum.

A single male specimen from Brazil (exact locality un-
known), presented by Mr. L. Greening.

Pelodytes caucasicus.

Vomerine teeth in two transverse groups between the
choane. Snout subacuminate, with moderately distinct
canthus; tympanum feebly distinct, two thirds the diameter
of the eye. First finger as long as second; toes webbed at
the base and fringed; subarticular tubercles strong ; a very
small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the tip of the snout. Body covered with strong warts,
some of which are confluent into longitudinal folds ; a para-
toid-like fold above the tympanum. Olive above, white
beneath, all the warts covered with a black horny layer in the .
male. Male with an internal vocal sac, the fore limbs very
strong, with rugose black plates as in P. punctatus; similarly
with black rugosities round the lower jaw, on the breast,
belly, and under the hind limbs, especially on the subarticular
tubercles.

From snout to vent 47 millim.

A single specimen from Mount Lomis, Caucasus, 7000 feet,
received from the Tiflis Museum.

This Batrachian is of particular interest as adding a second
species to the genus Pelodytes, the range of which was believed
to be confined to France, the Spanish peninsula, and North-
west Italy. Not long ago but three species of Pelobatoids
were known from the Palearctic Region. The number is
now raised to five, viz. :—

1. Pelobates fuscus, Laur. (Central Europe and North-
ern Italy.)

2. Pelobates cultripes, Cuv. (France, Spain, Portugal.)

3. LPelobates syriacus, Bttgr. (Asia Minor, Syria.)

4, Pelodytes punctatus, Fitz. (France, Spain, Portugal,
N.W. Italy.)

5. Pelodytes caucasicus, Blgr. (Caucasus.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII,

Fig. 1. Oreobatrachus baluensis.
Fig. 1a. Ditto. Open mouth.

Fig. 2. Megalixalus brachycnemis.
Ig. 3. Corythomantis Greeningi.
Fig. 3a. Ditto. - Side view of head.
Fry. 36, Ditto, Open mouth.

Miscellaneous. 407

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

On supposed Remains of Organisms from the Pre-Cambrian Strata of
Brittany. By Hermann Ravrr, of Bonn. With illustrative
cuts.

Ueber angebliche Organismenreste u. s.w. From the ‘Neues Jahr-
buch fiir Mineralogie,’ &¢., 1896, Bd. i.

Tue Author reviews the results arrived at by M. Cayeux in his
microscopic researches in these old rocks. After examining speci-
mens himself, Herr Rauff thinks that the so-called Sponge-spicules
are inorganic—merely microscopic threads and granules of some
decomposed metallic mineral, most likely pyrites.

He notices the extremely minute size and relatively enormous
number of the so-called Radiolarians. He observes that M. Cayeux
regards the matrix as having been crystallized from an original
state of Radiolarian earth; and Rauff asks if any one could deter-
mine optically the isotropic nature of the delicate and thin shells
and skeletous in the anisotropic enveloping material. He also asks
why M. Cayeux holds it possible that the Radiolarian skeletons, in
spite of the crystallizing of the quartzose medium in which they lie,
could keep their original colloidal silica, whilst for his Sponge-
spicules he does not allow of its possible preservation. Rauff con-
cludes that these so-called Radiolarians and Sponge-spicules are
minute spherical granules of some modified metallic mineral, probably
pyrites, in touch or coalescence one with another. Independent
corroboration of his views he finds in Dr. Hinde’s remarks on some
similar minute bodies in the ‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological
Society,’ vol. li. p. 631.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Modifications produced in the Organs of Sense and of Nutrition in
certain Arthropods by coufinement in Caves*. By M. Armanp Virg.

Nowurre does the influence of environment show itself more
markedly or in a more striking manner than in caverns: the
absence of light and the scarcity of prey produce in animals which
are drawn into them, and succeed in acclimatizing themselves
therein, modifications of various kinds.

The eye, always atrophied, is more or less so according to
the species and the individuals of the same species. In certain
Amphipod Crustaceans (Gammarus, nov. species) it presents varying
intermediate states between the almost normal eye, of a blood-red
colour and apparently still capable of perceiving certain luminous
sensations, and the completely depigmented eye, in which nothing
is preserved beyond the evterna/ primitive form. Some individuals
exhibit varying degrees of atrophy in one eye and the other.

* Researches made in the Jura in 1894-95 and in the physiological
laboratory of the Sorbonne.

408 Miscellaneous.

Among the Thysanura (Campodez and Poduride) the evolution is
more accentuated, inasmuch as the Poduride have still at the base
of the antenne some globules of a reddish colour, whilst the
Campodex have no trace whatever of a visual organ.

Certain sense-organs supply the place of the eye. Thus the
antennee of the Campodes, which in certain individuals are still
almost normal, reach in others a length more than double (the
normal) and become longer than the body. The same takes place
with the anal fork. The tactile hairs which cover the body take on
an exaggerated development, and appear in the Crustacea to go so
far as sometimes to invade the eyeball.

The sense of hearing, on the other hand, does not appear to be
proportionately increased, and a great noise may be made near a
subterranean lake without startling the animals (in it).

The sense of smell seems to be very acute, and putrid food left in
the water or on the ground is in a few minutes attacked by a large
number of creatures.

The digestive organs are considerabiy modified, as the result of a
mode of life which sometimes extends to the complete absence of
animal food in species normally carnivorous. Thus two (specimens
of) Staphylius caught in June last in the grotto of Baume-les-
Messieurs (Jura) had their mandibles atrophied,

The digestive tube of the Crustacea is found to be almost always
full of clay from the bottom of the lakes, which contains nothing
beyond the mineral matter except great quantities of microphytes
(algze, moulds, spores, &c.). Under the influence of this regime,
the digestive tube appears to have enlarged, sometimes it presents
knots and a certain tendency to twisting.

All the animals are depigmented more or less completely. Some
specimens still possess, however, a slight rosy coloration or minute
irregular patches of black pigment in contrast with the colourless
ground of the tissues. With regard to this point, it appeared to me to
be of interest to replace certain individuals in the light and observe
what would happen. The experiment, interrupted by accident at
the end of about a month, was nevertheless even then conclusive ;
the individuals were carefully taken from amongst the most etio-
lated, as exhibiting no trace whatever of pigmentation. In this
short space of time, one could watch the appearance of quantities
of small black specks, scattered over the whole body, and especially
abundant on organs accidentally amputated and in course of repair,
such as the antenne and feet. It appears, then, that this pheno-
menon occurs fairly rapidly. Later observations on «this head will
be reported.

The animals found may be classed as follows :—6 species of Crus-
tacea (Amphipoda and Isopoda), 2 species of Thysanura, 1 Acarid,
2 Arachnids, 1 Gasteropod, &e. They were taken principally
from the grottocs of Sainte-Catherine, at Consolation, Commune
of Maisonnettes (Doubs), Baume-les-Messieurs (Jura), Les Planches,
near Arbois, and Les Nans, near Nozeroy.— Comptes Hendus,
t. cxxil. pp. 486-487.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

‘PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

‘A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
| CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

BY, RES TRC
Ey MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

| Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following

Nets

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only
is on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.
is The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.

ee The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850. Feo woee

x The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Pera ys

q Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

2

ay

r ,

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

é r an

» NATURAL HISTORY,

; INCLUDING

*

: ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

4 MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

: Complete sets (in Neate) may be obtained at the following

prices: =

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.

: The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. sae LO:

- he Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. Bags ol
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Bg 9 BoA
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. Se eee ER

TayLor and FRANcIs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 101—Sieth Serie

XLVI. On new Species of Baropterd: from Japan, ond Notices of
others. By ‘G. duewis, aa Sis so ctecgee ev aot ecete e eah Saeetale

By

LA RS SS AS

XLVII. On Two new Species of Kanes aninnarter
Atrrep O. Waker. (Plate XVI.)

XLYIII. Notes on the Pierine Butterflies of the Geifua age :
neurd, with Descriptions of new Species. By A. G. Burier, Ph.D.,
Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum ..

ao
mba oe
se gts BRA RPS CaO

XLIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from oe

Tropical Africa, By Herpurr Drvce, F.LS. &..........+.+5- : 350 i
ane
L. New Species of eae from the Khasia Hills. By Col. C. a H
Swinnor, MA SPSS, Ses ss oi. Sos ee See ee eee 357
LI. On Odonata from the Province of Szechuen, in Western China, 4 i
and from Moupin, in Eastern Thibet. By Roperr M‘Lacuran, — —
PRS Ma Oo Bee Sees hh a eek Sime saree 364
LII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies from New sa}
Britain. By H. Grose Sura, F.ES., F.ZS8., Ge. 22.6... eee eee 374
LITI. Description of a new Chameleon from Uganda. ByG.A.
Povxvinvdee WE Shes Rs he hak og s ON a a tee Sones eae 376

LIY. A Further Revision of the Species of Scorpions belonging to — oe
the South-African Genera Uroplectes, Lepreus, and Tityolepreus. By
R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural History.......... STP 3 |

LY. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians collected in :
Celebes by Drs. P. and F. Sarasin. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S. ae |

LVI. Description of a new Nymphaline Butterfly from Burma.

By Laonen pe Nicévitry, F.E.S., C.M.ZS., &. 2... 2s eee eee 396 :
LVII. Description of Two new Species of Fishes (Movstacembebia eS s
and Barbus). By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.RS. ........0..- St ieee 397
LVIII. On the Relations of the Myrmecophile Lepismide to Ants. 2
By M; Cuamexs JANE 0604.0 06 osc ee ce ete ne ence eens 398
LIX. Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British Museum. By 3
G, A. Boutenerr, F.R.S. (Plate XVII.)......... AE RE a 401 _
4
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. ae

\
ae
A

On supposed Remains of Organisms from the Pre-Cambrian Strata of
Brittany. By Hermann Ravrr, of Bonn ......... deacceaey .-. 407

MISCELLANEOUS.

Modifications produced in the Organs of Sense and of Nutrition in
certain Arthropods by confinement in Caves. By M. Armanp
WIRES cp ikG oa Us <n Domne ss eet ps CRP Sh Re ee ee

“h

SP Pepsi

*,7 It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, / j
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Ofice,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. a |

SIXTH SERIES. No. one

| THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GHOLOGY.

———¥

CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.5.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘6 ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
SSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE.

Illustrative of Mr. R. I. Pocock’s Paper on East-African Scorpions,
Centipedes, and Millipedes.

ME

LONDON: |

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, |
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin; and Asher, |

Berlin.
i

Tig hm

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. —

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.
ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. LEERY.)

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If. (Pp. 1-504, pls. xxxvi.—tIx.)
Reptilia. By A. Ginrnrr, (Pp. 1-195, pls. i.—lix.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-248, —

pis. i.-xv.)

Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Pickarp Camsringr. (Pp. 1-160, pls, i-

xviii. )
Chilopoda. By R.I. Pococx. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsruarHipm &c.). By D. Suarp, A. a

MarruHrws, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i.-xiv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szerricornta). By C. O. Warernovuss, di

G. H. Horn, and G. C, Cuampron. (Pp. 1-472, pls. i—xx.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHopHorA). By D.SHarp. (Pp. l-—

168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. Sarp

and W. F. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-112, pls. i-iv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Kroryiipz). By H.S.Goruam. (Pp. 1-216,
pls. i.—xi.)

pa

Ses Ci
Bea sy a
ot eas

he

cox

4

‘ Bic apt 4
Sayre oa Shy
IPF EON ERA

x rie Nan ES

Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron. (Pp.1-466,pls.i.-xx.) Vol. I. #

(Pp. 1-376, pls. i.—xiv.)
Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin,

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. IL. (Pp. 1-416, pls. xlvii-

Ixxxvii.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Druce. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. I.
(Pp. 1-272.) (Pls. i.-Ixiii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fow.er. (Pp. 1-136,
pls. i—viii.)

Diptera. Vol. I. By BaronC. R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.)

Diptera. Vol. Il. By F.M. van per Wo.p. (Pp. 1-280, pls. i—yvii.)

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wiixisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. i, ii.)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Haron. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. By A. pE Bormans, H. DE Saussure, and L, ZEHNTNER.
(Pp. 1-200, pls. 1.x.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH AOLOGY.
By A. P. Mavpstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. III. pp. 1-24,
pls. 1.—xxv.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrsr, 7 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and DuLavu & Co., Soho Sq., W.

FAUNA OF MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.
By Prof. ANDERSON, F.R.S.

Vol. I.—Marine Zoology &c., and The Selungs. 8vo, cloth, 82 pls. 30s.
Vol. 11.—Crustacea, 8vo, cloth, 19 pls. 15s.

ALSO
THE SELUNGS OF MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.
8vo, cloth, limp, 4 pls. 2s. 6d.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 102. JUNE 1896.

LX.—On some Odonata of the Subfamily Aischnina.
By Ropert M‘Lacuuan, F.R.S. &e.

THE new species here noticed form a portion of the
undescribed material | possess in the subfamily. The
sequence adopted is that of Dr. Karsch (1891), which in
several respects seems an improvement on that of Baron de
Selys (1883), especially in the discovery of important neural
characters. But I am of opinion that the formation of the
tenth ventral segment in the female will prove of more
importance than the later system allows to it, more especially
as the condition seen in Gynacantha is repeated in a North-
Indian genus (not here characterized) allied to Cephaleschna*
and Callieschna by neuration.

In the descriptions that follow I have adopted the minute
details of neural characters used by Dr. Karsch. It is
probable that eventually a plan of grouping species will
obviate the necessity for such exactitude. A certain amount
of latitude must be accorded to the interpretation of these
details, for at present they are often drawn up from very
limited material.

Anacieschna triangulifera, sp. n.

g. Face dingy whitish or yellowish; top of front clothed

* Cf. Cephaleschna sikkima, Karsch.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 29

410 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some Odonata

with blackish hairs, with a black T-spot, the top of which is
thickened in the middle, the tail dilated into a broad, nearly
equilateral triangle, the base of which extends nearly to the
outer angles of the front ; vesicle with two yellowish or bluish
spots; eyes connected in a long space; occiput very small,
yellowish or brownish ; back of head black. Thorax green
above, brown on the sides, interalar area spotted with greenish
white ; no antehumeral or humeral bands, but on the sides
there is a rather narrow oblique greenish-yellow band under
each wing, not extending to the legs. Legs black; the coxe
and trochanters and the anterior femora beneath at the base
reddish. Abdomen slender, inflated at base and constricted
afterwards ; oreilettes small, acute, the apex incurved; when
adult the general colour is blackish brown, paler at the base ;
on the sides the apex of segment 1 and base of segment 2
are occupied by a greenish-yellow transverse band divided by
the black suture; there are indications of pale apical and
subapical spots on segments 4 to 7; above there is a large
and nearly round median pale spot on each side of 10 and an
apical spot on 7 to 9 (a less mature male shows a whitish
lateral band on segments 1 and 2 and half of 3, and a small
dorsal spot on each side of the false suture on segments 2 to 7,
the apical spots less distinct) ; tenth segment with a median
dorsal carina, which near its base is elevated into a strong
triangular black tooth, with a tubercle placed in a fovea on
either side of it; superior appendages (5 millim.) as long as
the ninth and tenth segments united, black, slightly curved
and narrowed at the base internally, the inner edge forming
a gradual curve to the apex, which is narrower than the base,
acute, and curved downward ; there is a strong median carina
from base to apex, dilating almost suddenly at the com-
mencement of the apical third, the internal edge fringed with
long hairs ; inferior appendages more than one half shorter,
elongately triangular, slightly notched at tip, curved upward,
brownish above. °

Wings hyaline; pterostigma very small (8 millim.),
ochreous, surmounting 25 cellules; membranule conspicuous,
smoky black, with whitish base; nodal sector suddenly
elevated under the pterostigma; subnodal sector furcating
before the level of the pterostigma, 3 rows and 5 marginal
cellules between its branches; 3 or 4 rows of cellules between
the subnodal and the interposed sector at the widest part;
one row of cellules between the sectors of the triangle (more
towards the apex) in the anterior, two rows and afterwards
one in the posterior; no basal subcostal nervule; 15 to 17

of the Subfamily Aischnina. 411

antenodals and 7 to 9 postnodals in the anterior and 10 or 11
and 8 to 10 in the posterior; 5 (rarely 6) cellules in the
principal triangle in anterior and 4 (rarely 5) in posterior, 2
(rarely 1) in the inner triangle ; 2 to 4 supra-trigonals, 3 or 4
in the median area ; anal triangle 3-celled.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 49 millim. ; length of
posterior wing 44 millim., greatest breadth 14 millim.

Hab, Delagoa Bay, two males.

This insect is clearly an Anacteschna (distinct from A. jas-
ptdea), but the lateral impressions on the sides of the abdo-
men are very faintly indicated *.

Gynacantha } khasiaca, sp. n.

3. Face dingy yellowish, almost fumose, a strongly defined
black T-spot on the top of the front, which is otherwise con-
spicuously pale (yellowish) ; occiput minute, blackish, its
margin raised; back of head yellowish, eye-margins blackish.
Thorax dark greenish above, dorsal crest black ; sides some-
what more yellowish, with indications of two narrow blackish
bands, one on the humeral suture, the other on the interalar
suture. Legs pitchy black ; anterior coxv and trochanters and
anterior femora internally brownish. Abdomen moderate, the
basal portion short and much inflated, considerably constricted
at the third segment; oreilettes large, rounded, black, the edge
with five or six coarse teeth; general colour black above,
venter brownish on a portion of the third to seventh seg-
ments, the sides of segments 1 and 2 varied with greenish ;
tenth segment with a fine, slightly raised, longitudinal dorsal
carina not quite reaching the apical margin, which is finely
denticulate and slightly notched in the middle, the apical
portion of the segment transversely excavated, and at the

* As a modification of Dr. Karsch’s system I think it will prove
preferable to cause Anaczeschna to follow instead of precede Gynacantha
&ec. Probably undue importance has been placed on the presence of
lateral imp ‘essions on the abdomen, and I show that in the species above
described they are virtually absent.

+ Gynacantha is here applied in the sense indicated by de Selys in
1883. Mr. Kirby, in his Catalogue, retains the term for species placed
in Triacanthagyna by de Selys, and substitutes Acunthagyna for Gyna-
cantha, Dr. Karsch has objected to this on the ground that, according
to him, there was no necessity for de Selys’s subdivisions. I think, how-
ever, that these subdivisions will be maintained (and others probably be
found necessary). My objection to the change made by Kirby is that
the type or types of Gynacantha and Triacanthygina were first indicated:
by de Selys when he subdivided the former in 1883 (Kirby’s catalogue
was published in 1890) ; he indicated no type of Gynacantha in 1857, as

Kirby seems to imply.
20

412 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some Odonata

base on either side of the carina there is a strong tubercle;
superior appendages comparatively short and thick (6 millim.),
about as long as the eighth and ninth segments united, black,
externally nearly straight, slightly sinuate before the apex ;
internally they are thick at the base and scarcely excised on
the edge, but triangularly dilated before the apical portion (at
a point where a carina extending from the base finishes),
which latter is very oblique, ending externally in an incurved
sharp tooth; viewed laterally these appendages are gently
curved, the inner edge ciliated; inferior appendages fully
two thirds the length of the superior, very elongately trian-
gular, strongly curved if viewed laterally, the apex slightly
inturned (doubtfully emarginate).

Wings broad and obtuse, hyaline, tinged with yellow at
the base in the subcostal and median areas, brownish in the
former, extending nearly to the arculus in the posterior ;
pterostigma brownish yellow (43 millim.), surmounting 4 or 5
cellules ; membranule small, whitish; neuration moderately
dense, black; subnodal sector furcating much before the
level of the pterostigma, with 3 or 4 rows of cellules between
the branches (9 on the margin) ; 4 cellules between the sub-
nodal and interposed sector at the widest part, 2 on the margin ;
one row between the sectors of the triangle; no basal sub-
costal nervule ; 24 antenodals and 24 postnodals in the ante-
rior, and 18 to 22 in the posterior ; 6 cellules in the principal
triangle in the anterior and 5 in the posterior, 2 in the inner
triangle, 6 supra-trigonals and 5 or 6 in the median area ;
3 cellules in the anal triangle.

¢. As in the male, but the abdomen only slightly con-
stricted at the third segment; appendages very slender and
acute, as long as the ninth segment; tenth ventral segment
with two long curved teeth.

Wings becoming fumose, especially at base and apex, in
very adult individuals ; the yellow of the base more strongly
defined than in the male, extending nearly up to the triangles,
and the brown much more evident, extending up to and
beyond the arculus; 25-28 antenodals and 19 or 20 post-
nodals in the anterior, and 21-23 and 20-22 in the posterior.

Length of abdomen, ¢ (cum append.) 54 millim., 9 52-54
millim. ; length of posterior wing, g 45 millim., 2? 46-50
millim.; greatest breadth 15-163 millim.

Hab, Khasia Hills, two males, three females; Annam, one
female.

Quite distinct from G. subinterrupta and basiguttata (which
also have the wings marked with brown at the base) by the

of the Subfamily AAschnina. 413

black legs and the appendages, the long inferior appendages
of G. khasiaca being remarkable.

De Selys (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 128, 1883) alludes
toa G. nigripes from Thibet as having very acute append-
ages and no markings at the base of the wings, but with no
further indication of characters.

Gynacantha bullata, Karsch.

Of this I possess two males and two females from “‘ Came-
roons” (Rutherford), one male from “ Mahambé” (Ruther-
ford), one male from Cape Coast Castle, and one male from
“West Africa,” without further indication of locality. They
vary considerably in size, but the characters remain very
distinct. In very mature examples the wings are strongly
brownish fumose. The oreilettes are usually wholly black,
but yellow margined with black in less mature individuals.
(A very immature male and female from Sierra Leone are

slightly doubtful.)
N.B.—4ishna africana, Pal. de Beauv. (Ins. Afr. &e.

p- 67, pl. i. fig. 1). The figure indicates a somewhat large
Gynacantha (probably female), larger than G’. bullata ; what
it really is will probably remain problematical, for I am not
aware that the type is extant.

Gynacantha sextans, sp. n.

3. Face dingy yellowish ; a strongly defined black T-spot
on the top of the front ; eyes connected in a long space ; occi-
put very small, yellowish ; back of head yellowish. Thorax
above dingy fuliginous, paler in front, with cinereous pilo-
sity ; sides and first segment of abdomen dingy yellowish,
with conspicuous black mesothoracic spiracle. Legs reddish
yellow. Abdomen slender, much inflated at the base and
very strongly and flatly constricted at the third segment ;
oreilettes large, yellowish, with three or four coarse blackish
teeth ; general colour fuscescent, darker towards the apex,
with no defined markings ; first segment as above noticed,
second more dingy but yellowish at the sides, which colour is
continued conspicuously on the sides of the third (but not
reaching the apex) and slightly at the sides of the base of
fourth to sixth; tenth with a strong median longitudinal
carina its whole length, the margin slightly rounded. Supe-
rior appendages long (7 millim.), longer than the eighth
segment, slender, the outer margin nearly straight, the inner

414 Mr. R. M‘Uachlan on some Odonata

narrow at the base, then gradually dilated, followed by a long
excision and again gradually dilated to the apex, which is
somewhat rounded, ending externally in a sharp tooth or
spine; a dense fringe of long hairs nearly from base to apex
internally. Inferior appendage less than one third the length
of the superior, elongately triangular, obtuse and scarcely
emarginate at apex, concave and yellowish above.

Wings hyaline, slightly fumose, more or less uniformly
tinged with brownish when very adult ; a brownish mark at
extreme base, extending a short distance along the subcostal
and median areas; pterostigma reddish brown (5 millim.),
surmounting 534 to 6% cellules; membranule rudimentary,
whitish ; neuration very dense, blackish, costal edge dark
purplish externally ; subnodal sector furcating before the level
of the pterostigma, the cellules between the branches com-
mencing as one, then two, followed by three, five on the
margin; 7 cellules between the subnodal and interposed
sector in the broadest part, ending in two marginal cellules ;
one row between the sectors of the triangle in both pairs ;
no basal subcostal nervule (exceptionally one in a posterior
wing) ; 28 to 30 antenodals and 24 postnodals in the anterior
and 25 to 27 and 24 to 26 in the posterior; 6 to 9 cellules in
the principal triangle, 2 in the inner ; 8 to 10 supra-trigonals ;
6 nervules in median area; 6 (exceptionally 5) cellules in
anal triangle (two above, three in the middle, and one below).

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 59-60 millim. ; length
of posterior wing 50-53 millim., greatest breadth of same
16-17 millim.

Hab. Mongo-ma-Lobah, Cameroons (Rutherford), two
males.

Quite distinct from other West-African species by the form
of the appendages, the 6-celled anal triangle (which is per-
fectly constant in internal arrangement in three of the four
wings examined), and the brown markings at the base of the
wings.

Gynacantha quadrina, sp. n.

gd. Face dingy yellowish, margin of labrum and the nasus
somewhat fuliginous ; a black T-spot on the top of the front,
the tail of which is very distinct and the top ill-defined, the
whole placed in a deep sulcus (longitudinal and transverse) ;
eyes connected in a long space, occiput rather elongate, dingy
yellowish, its margin elevated; back of head dingy yellowish.
Thorax brownish fuliginous above, paler anteriorly, with
cinereous pilosity ; sides dingy ochraceous, together with the

of the Subfamily Aischnina. 415

first and second abdominal segments ; mesothoracic spiracle
encircled with black. Legs purplish red, with concolorous
spines. Abdomen slender, inflated at base, constricted at the
third segment; oreilettes large, yellow, subquadrate, with 3
or 4 blackish teeth on the lower edge; colour brown, with
ill-defined paler markings, sutures on all the segments nar-
rowly black, and there is a fine black dorsal crest from the
third to eighth, sides of the third broadly pale yellowish,
venter paler; tenth segment with a much elevated longitu-
dinal carina, highest at the apical margin, where it is cut off
obliquely if viewed laterally, causing the apical margin of
the segment to be angulated in its middle ; a deep depression
on either side of the apical portion of the carina. Superior
appendages (7 millim.) about as long as the ninth and tenth
segments united, dingy ochreous or slightly reddish, flattened
above, with raised edges; externally straight, gradually
curved inwards towards the apex ; internally densely ciliated
for the whole length, narrow at the base, then very slightly
dilated for a short space, then excised to end of basal third,
again dilated and regularly excised in a curved manner to
the apex, which is inturned, dilated, and the broadest part of
the whole length, the apew itself truncated and very slightly
excised, the inner angle rounded, the outer ending in a short
sharp tooth. Inferior appendages elongately triangular,
reddish, the inturned apex blackish and sulcate, the sides
slightly constricted from about the middle, one third the
length of the superior, extending to the end of the inframedian
excision.

Wings hyaline, slightly fumose, strongly tinged with yellow
(scarcely brownish) at the base, which colour extends nearly
to the triangles, and occupies the anal triangle in the poste-
rior; pterostigma small, yellowish (53 millim.), surmounting
5 or 6 cellules; membranule small, whitish; neuration
dense, dark brownish, almost black, the costal margin brown
externally ; subnodal sector furcating much before the com-
mencement of the pterostigma, the area between the branches
with 4 rows of cellules for the greater part, 6 marginal
cellules ; 6 irregular cellules between the subnodal sector and
the interposed one below it at the widest part, ending in two
marginal cellules; a single row of cellules between the sectors
of the triangle except towards the apex ; no basal subcostal
nervule; 33 antenodals and 20 postnodals in the superior,
24 and 25 in the posterior; 9 or 10 cellules in the principal
triangles, 2 in the inner; 12 or 13 supra-trigonals in the
anterior, 9 in the posterior; 6 in the median area in the ante-
rior and 5 in the posterior; anal triangle with four cellules,

416 Mr. R. M‘lachlan on some Odonata

one next the anal margin above and two placed against it on
the other side, the fourth below.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 66 millim.; length of
posterior wing 56 millim., greatest breadth of same
164 millim.

Hab. Mahambé, West Africa (Rutherford), one male.

This species agrees with the description of G. vestculata,
Karsch, in the 4-celled anal triangle, and tolerably well in
the form of the anal appendages (there is no mention of the
strong elevated carina on the tenth dorsal segment), but its
much larger size, darker colour of the body, yellow base of
the wings, and apparently more constricted third segment
seem opposed to specific identity. It is the largest African
species known to me.

Assuming that G. quadrina is distinct and G. africana
uncertain, G. vestculata is the only described West-African
species I do not possess.

Gynacantha membranalis, Karsch.

This fine species is distributed from the Amazons to Panama.
As an item in the identification of the numerous American
species unfortunately quoted with names in MS. or with “ no
description,” it is well to point out that G. membranalis=

“G, falco, Bates, Selys, MS.”

Gynacantha tibiata, Karsch.

Described from a male from Ecuador. A pair(¢ ¢) in
my collection from Chiriqui (Panama) agree with the descrip-
tion in all essential points; the very short and broad inferior
appendage of the male is, however, very slightly notched in
the middle of the rounded apex. There can scarcely be any
doubt as to the identity.

Gynacantha chelifera (Selys, MS.), sp. n.

g. Face dingy yellowish, with cinereous pilosity; seen
from above the top of the front is much elevated and almost
angulate at its summit; T-spot ill-defined, the top evident
only as a dingy margining of the edge, the tail distinct, dingy
blackish ; eyes connected in a very long space, the occiput
flat, very small; back of head yellowish. ‘Thorax yellowish
fuliginous above, paler beneath and on the sides. Legs pale
yellowish, with concolorous spines. Abdomen slender,
cylindrical, scarcely thicker at the base, and not constricted

of the Subfamily (Eschnina. 417

afterwards, smoky brown; venter yellowish, the incisions of
the segments scarcely darker; oreilettes of the second seg-
ment triangular, yellow, acute, with 3 or 4 tuberculiform
black teeth on the lower edge; tenth segment transversely
elevated at its base, the margin regular. Superior appendages
very long (6 millim.), nearly as long as the eighth and ninth
segments united, brownish, inserted distantly at the base,
narrow for nearly three fourths of their length (the inner edge
slightly sinuous), then suddenly enlarged into a flattened,
obtuse, spoon-shaped concave apex, the opposing apices con-
tiguous ; viewed laterally these appendages are regularly but
slightly curved; viewed from beneath the dilated apical
portion is convex, but with a circular terminal concave space,
margined by a fringe of cinereous hairs. Inferior appendages
rudimentary (not more than 2 millim.), triangular, whitish
yellow, the apex notched, and produced into a small black
tooth on either side.

Wings hyaline, short, broad, and obtuse; pterostigma
brown, surmounting 33 cellules in the anterior, 24 in the
posterior ; membranule very rudimentary, whitish; neuration
moderately dense, dark brown (blackish in certain lights) ;
subnodal sector furcating considerably before the level of the
pterostigma, with three rows of cellules between its branches
for the greater part, 4 marginal cellules; 4 cellules between
the subnodal and interposed sector beneath it at the widest
part, but for only one row, three on either side of it, ending
in only one marginal cellule ; one row of cellules between the
sectors of the triangle in the anterior, one or two cellules
sometimes transversely connected in the posterior; no basal
subcostal nervule; 19 antenodals and 13 postnodals in the
anterior, 14 and 16 in the posterior; 4 or 5 supra-trigonals,
5 in the median area in the anterior and 4 in the posterior ;
5 or 6 cellules in the principal triangle, 2 cellules in the inner
triangle in the posterior, 1 in the anterior ; 3 cellules in anal
triangle.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 43 millim.; length of
posterior wing 37 millim., greatest breadth of same 13 millim.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (fry). One male has been in
my collection for about twenty years with the MS. name here
adopted.

A singular species in its general form, in the appendages,
and in the not constricted base of the abdomen in the male,
possibly pertaining to the group of species placed in Tri-
acanthagyna, Selys,

418 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some Odonata

Heliceschna fuliginosa (Selys) , Karsch.

I have before me five males and three females (collected
by the late D. G. Rutherford), as follows :—

(1) One very mature male from Cameroons.—The wings
entirely brownish fuliginous; 25 ante- and 18 postnodals in
the anterior, and 22 and 20 in the posterior. Length of pos-
terior wing 41 millim., greatest breadth 12 millim.

(2) One less mature male (wings not tinged) and one highly
mature male and similar female (wings darkly tinged) from
‘“¢ Cameroons,” and two highly mature and tinged males from
““ Mahambé.”—In these there are about 31 or 32 ante- and
21 or 22 postnodals in anterior wings, and about 24-26 and
23 in the posterior. Length of posterior wing 51-54 millim.,
greatest breadth 15-16 millim.

(3) Two transitional (?) females (one from Old Calabar,
and the other from Cameroons), in which the wings are
strongly marked with blackish fuscous in the costal and sub-
costal areas nearly up to the arculus, and with a large smoky-
yellowish space from the nodus to the pterostigma, extending
half across the wing (somewhat as in Amphiceschna ampla).
— There are 31 or 32 ante- and 23-25 postnodals in the ante-
rior wing, and 24-26 and 26-28 in the posterior. Length of
posterior wing 56 millim., greatest breadth 16 millim. In
these examples the abdomen has conspicuous pale markings
(almost obliterated in the others); the sides of the third
segment are broadly whitish yellow ; a like-coloured geminate
spot at the base of segments 4 and 5 and a half-ring at the
apex of segments 3 to 6. In these also the appendages are
present (broken in the other), very long (11 millim.), some-
what similar in form to the superior pair in the male, but
more slender at the base and less widened afterwards.

It will be seen from the foregoing that the range of size is
almost as given by Dr. Karsch (Ent. Nachr. xix. p. 194)
from a single pair only, and the neural details practically
agree also; but the size is not dependent upon sex, as my
statement proves. ‘The two females (3) with parti-coloured
wings have a different appearance, but I think are not speci-
fically distinct.

It seems to me that the oreilettes in the male are 5- (not 4-)
toothed. On the tenth abdominal segment in the male there
is a slight raised longitudinal median carina, at the base of
which on either side is a transverse elongate fovea with raised
edge externally, and the apical margin is slightly notched in
its middle. The legs have piceous-red femora and black
tibie aud tarsi, In one of the large females there are two

of the Subfamily 7schnina. 419

basal costal nervules before the first thickened nervule in one
anterior wing.

Heliceschna ugandica, sp. n.

General characters as in H. fuliginosa, and apparently not
differmg im anal structure. Colour (excepting the face,
which is dingy) black, paler beneath, the abdomen showing
traces of paler markings (more evident in the female). Legs
wholly reddish piceous, or the tarsi sometimes blackish,

g. Wings hyaline, not tinged; pterostigma black
(3 millim.), surmounting nearly 4 cellules; neuration less
dense, black; two rows of cellules between the branches of
the sector, 4 cellules on the margin; 4 cellules between the
subnodal and the interposed sector at the widest part; a
single row between the sectors of the triangle for the whole
length ; 22 ante- and 13 postnodals in the anterior and 15
and 13 in the posterior wings; 5 cellules in the principal
triangle, 2 in the inner; 5 supra-trigonals; 3 or 4 nervules
in the basal area; anal triangle 3-celled.

@. Wings asin male, but slightly tinged with yellow at
the extreme base; pterostigma brownish yellow (24 millim.) ;
23 ante- and 15 postnodals in the anterior and 17 ante- and
postnodals in the posterior ; two rows of cellules between the
sectors of the triangle for a short distance on the margin in
the anterior only; (other neural details mainly as in the
male).

Length of abdomen, g (cum append.) 49 millim., 2 (ap-
pend. excl.) 42 millim.; length of posterior wing, g 42,

? 43 millim., greatest breadth, g 14, ¢ 144 millim.

Hab. Uganda, East Central Africa (2. P. Denoit, received
from M. René Oberthiir), one male and one female, slightly
immature.

The pair above noticed appear to be specifically distinct by
the very small pterostigma, less dense neuration *, and appre-
ciably broader wings (especially the posterior) when compared
with an example of LH. fuliginosa of practically the same size ;
also in the nearly wholly reddish legs. In the right poste-
rior wing of the female the first postnodal cellule is divided
longitudinally, but exceptionally and not as a continuation
of the subcosta.

Aischna erythromelas, sp. n.

@?. Face elongate, olive-green, labium and palpi brownish ;
crest of top of the front dusky posteriorly, ciliated with

* Compare the details given for H. fuliginosa by Dr. Karsch, doc. cit,

420 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some Odonata

blackish, with no defined T-spot ; vesicle olive-green ; eyes
connected in a long space, occiput very small, slightly excised
on its margin, black; back of head shining black. Thorax
dark blackish brown, with black villosity and green markings
as follows:—a broad band on either side of the dorsal crest
interrupted posteriorly by the crest of the antealar sinus; two
large interalar spots; on each side two large oval bands or
spots, one under each wing, not extending to the legs; pectus
brown. Legs black ; coxe, anterior and intermediate tro-
chanters, and anterior femora at base beneath brownish ; claws
red, tipped with black. Abdomen orange-red ; a very distinct
ring at the base of segments 2 to 7, segments 8 to 10 wholly
(excepting some red spots on 8) and a ventral line black ; at
the apex of each segment from 1 to 7 is a greenish ring with
indications of a narrower one on the transverse false sutures ;
margin of tenth segment above slightly excised in the middle
and with a fovea at the insertion of each appendage. Ap-
pendages black (broken) ; tenth ventral segment rounded,
denticulate, with 4 or 5 of the teeth much more prominent
than, and twice the length of, the others; vulvar lamina with
black side-sheaths and strong reddish spine.

Wings hyaline, very shining ; pterostigma small (4 millim.),
black; membranule whitish ; neuration open, black; sub-
nodal sector furcating on a level with the pterostigma (slightly
before in posterior), the space between the branches com-
mencing by a single cellule, followed by two rows, and ending
in 4 or 5 marginal cellules; 5 or 6 cellules in the space
between the subnodal and the underlying interposed sector
in its broadest part; no basal subcostal nervule ; 19 ante- and
15 postnodals in the anterior wings, 13 and 16 in the poste-
rior ; 4 supra-trigonals in the anterior and 3 in the posterior ;
5 cellules in principal triangle in anterior and 4 in posterior ;
5 nervules in the median area in the anterior and 3 or 4
in the posterior (excluding the nervule forming the inner
triangle).

Length of abdomen (evel. append.) 59 millim.; length of
posterior wing 55 millim., greatest breadth of same 17 millim.,

Hab. Sabathu, near Simla (N.W. India), July 1888, one
female.

It will be necessary to see the male before attempting to
define the nearest allies of this magnificent insect; the in-
equality of the teeth on the tenth ventral segment may be
significant.

In this individual the abdomen had been “ prepared” when
fresh by the extraction of the contents and the substitution of
cotton-wool, so that the colours are no doubt more vivid than

of the Subfamily Aischnina. 421

in examples not prepared ; but at the same time they probably
fall far short of the brilliancy in the living insect.

Aischna minuscula, sp. n.

¢. Face and top of the front yellow, the latter with a
black T-spot, the top of which is broad and crescentic; the
tail somewhat conical, connected with the top only at a point;
a fringe of black hairs on either side; vesicle yellow above,
in front with a narrow black line, which descends along the
margins of the eyes to the base of the front; eyes connected
in a rather short space; occiput yellow; back of head
blackish. Thorax brown, clothed with fine concolorous
pilosity, and darker dorsal crest and antealar sinus ; each side
above with a straight, rather narrow, greenish-yellow ante-
humeral band extending into the sinus, but scarcely reaching
the anterior margin; sides with two broad oblique greenish-
yellow bands, one under each wing, not reaching the legs ;
interalar space and wing-roots spotted with yellow. Legs
black; coxe, trochanters, and femora (except at apex)
reddish brown. Abdomen somewhat slender, inflated at
base and constricted afterwards; oreilettes small, prominent,
triangular; colour brown, with black sutures ; a broad yellow
band on the sides of segments 1 and 2, an elongate cuneate
dorsal yellow spot on 2; lateral spots on the base of segments
4 to 8; the apex becomes gradually nearly black, with a
large yellow spot above on each side of the apex of segments
4 to 10, vague on 4 to 6, afterwards very distinct, the spots
on 10 being nearly quadrate, with a black margin anteriorly
and posteriorly, and separated by a longitudinal black band
in which is the dorsal carina, slightly elevated near its base
(with a deep fovea on either side), but not forming a tooth if
viewed laterally. Superior appendages (6 millim.) about as
long as the ninth and tenth segments united, blackish brown,
straight, contiguous, narrowest at the base, the inner edge
gradually widening to end of inferior appendage and continued
as a gentle curve almost from base to apex, which latter is
about the same width as base, with the inner margin gently
curved, the outer acute and slightly turned outward; above
there is a slight median carina from base to apex. Interior
appendage more than one half shorter, elongately triangular,
the apex notched; colour above reddish yellow with black
margins.

Wings hyaline, very slightly fumose; pterostigma (3
millim.) narrow, dark brown, surmounting 24 cellules ; mem-
Lranule conspicuous, whitish above, blackish below; neura-

422 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some Odonata

tion moderate, blackish, the costa and nodal vein con-
spicuously yellowish, and most of the ante- and postnodals,
and the nervules in the basal portion of the wing are yellowish
if seen in certain lights; subnodal sector furcating before the
level of the pterostigma, with 3 or 4 rows of cellules between
its branches and 6 cellules on the margin; 3 cellules between
the subnodal and interposed sector at the widest part, ending
in one for some distance; a single row between the sectors
of the triangle in the anterior, ending with 4 on the margin ;
two rows for the space of three cellules near the base in the
posterior, then one, ending with two on the margin; no basal
subcostal nervules ; 13 antenodals and 9 postnodals in the
anterior and 9 ante- and postnodals in the posterior ; 3 (rarely
4) cellules in the principal triangles, 1 in the inner ;- 2 or 3
supra-trigonals; 2 or 3 nervules in the median area; anal
triangle 3-celled.

@. Similar to male; the abdomen not becoming darker
towards the apex, and the spots above are found only on
segments 8 to 10, occupying the whole of 10 excepting a
narrow median line; the lateral spots are conspicuous on
segments 6 to 8. Appendages black, formed nearly as the
anterior in the male, but very short (2 millim.) ; tenth ventral
segment with numerous minute black teeth nearly all over
its surface.

Wings as in male, but the costal portion appears yellowish
owing to the more decided pale coloration of the costal ner-
vules ; pterostigma yellowish; 13 ante- and 8 postnodals in
anterior, LO ante- and postnodals in posterior.

[An immature female has a semilunate pale spot on each
side of the second segment on the false suture; the dorsal
apical spots are visible only on 9 and 10 and the basal lateral
only on 8; the wings are much tinged with yellowish. Pos-
sibly a distinct species. ]

Length of body, g (cum append.) 40, 9 44-47 millim. ;
length of posterior wing, ¢ 37, ? 38-39 millim., greatest
breadth, ¢ 12, 9 13 millim.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope, one male and one female;
Knysna (Cape Colony), one female.

Aischna subpupillata, sp. n.

g. Face dingy yellow; top of the front with a fuliginous
margin which expands on the sides above, forming a segment
of an are in which is enclosed a large black spot, the base of
which is seated on the vesicle, and the apex acute but not-
reaching the margin (hence there is no T-spot) ; vesicle

of the Subfamily Aischnina. 423

yellow, black in front, which colour descends as a fine line
along the eye-margins; eyes connected in a moderately long
space ; occiput yellow ; back of head black. Thorax greyish
ochreous, with cinereous villosity ; dorsal crest and the crests
of the antealar sinus blackish ; a faint vestige (scarcely de-
finable) of an antehumeral paler line anteriorly, sides with
two broad whitish bands not reaching the legs, one under
each wing. Legs: tibie and tarsi and the underside of
posterior femora black ; otherwise reddish. Abdomen mode-
rately slender, somewhat inflated at the base and slightly
constricted afterwards; oreilettes prominent, subtriangular,
obsoletely toothed ; lateral genital valves on second segment
much elongated, truncate at the apex, enclosing a slightly
longer laterally flattened piece (penis ?), the apex of which is
also truncate; general colour dark brown, with indications of
paler markings consisting of basal, subbasal, and apical spots ;
tenth segment nearly wholly pale, with a blackish median
tooth near the base, on either side of which are two subobso-
lete tubercles and a short well-defined longitudinal sulcus ;
the carina is continued from the tooth to the apical margin,
which is slightly notched in the middle. Superior appendages
longer (53 millim.) than the ninth and tenth segments
united, strong, blackish brown, the outer edge nearly straight,
the inner slightly dilated immediately after the base, then
gradually excised to before the end of the inferior appendage,
then considerably dilated, and finally gradually excised to
the apex, which is very obliquely truncate and acute ex-
ternally ; viewed laterally the apices are downturned ; a carina
extends from base to apex, dilated and elevated in the apical
fourth ; internal edges with a dense fringe of long hairs in
the apical half. Inferior appendage nearly half the length
of the superior, elongately triangular, slightly curved, brown
and concave above, with black margins and apex.

Wings hyaline; pterostigma small (3} millim.), brown,
surmounting 23-2? cellules ; membranule grey, whitish at
base ; neuration black, costal edge couspicuously yellow ex-
ternally, and most of the nervules in the costal portion of the
wing and in the triangles &e. are yellowish in certain lights ;
subnodal sector fureating before the level of the pterostigma,
with mostly three rows of cellules between the branches, 4
cellules on the margins; 3 cellules between the subnodal and
interposed sector at the widest part, 1 marginal cellule; a
single row of cellules in the basal portion of the space be-
tween the sectors of the triangle in the anterior, two rows in
the posterior, followed by one; 16 antenodals and 9 or 10
postnodals in the anterior, 11 and 10 or 11 in the posterior ;

424 On some Odonata of the Subfamily Aischnina.

4 cellules in principal triangle, 1 ininner; 2 (rarely 1) supra-
trigonals ; no basal subcostal, 3 or 4 in median area; 3 (ab-
normally 2) cellules in anal triangle.

? (slightly immature). As in male; abdomen much varied
with whitish at the sides of segments 1 to 3 and at the base
of segments 4 to 9 (mostly in the form of a spot on each
segment), a whitish lunule above on each side of the dorsal
crest on segment 2. Appendages long (53 millim.), brownish,
in the form of flattened blades, narrowed internally at the base
and rounded at the apex; tenth ventral segment apically
covered with rather dense blackish teeth ; there are mostly
four rows of cellules between the branches of the sector, with
4 cellules on the margin, the neural details otherwise varying
little.

Length of abdomen, ¢ (cum append.) 45, 2 45 millim. ;
length of posterior wing, ¢ 42, ? 45 millim., greatest
breadth, ¢ 14, ? 15 millim.

Flab. British Caffraria (S.E. Africa), one male; Transvaal,
one female.

Remarkable for the subpupillate markings of the top of
the front and for the greatly produced genital parts of the
second segment of the male.

I have examined the types of 4. Hlhoti, Kirby, from
Central Africa, which species is perhaps allied to 4. minus-
cula, but differs in the appendages &c.; it is not possible
to define the form of the spot on the top of the front on
account of the condition.

A. Rileyt, Calvert, should belong to another group, being
much larger and with humeral as well as antehumeral bands.

BoyeERIA (new name).
= Fonscolombia, Selys (1883), preoccupied by Lichtenstein in Hemi-
ptera (1877).
The genus remains named in honour of HE. L. J. H. Boyer
de Fonscolombe.

PLANAISCHNA, gen. nov.

@. Face short, subglobose. Eyes connected in a rather
long space; occiput very small. Thorax short. Abdomen
moderate, inflated at the base and afterwards constricted ;
tenth ventral segment rounded, minutely denticulate.

Wings rather broad, reticulation moderately dense ; mem-
branule large ; pterostigma moderate ; subcosta not continued
beyond the nodus ; basal area not reticulated ; supra-trigonal

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions. 425

area reticulated ; triangles moderate in the anterior, short in
the posterior; subnodal sector furcated midway between the
nodus and pterostigma; a single row of cellules in the area
between the subnodal sector and the interposed sector below tt.

Type dischna Milnet, Selys (Japan).

The type of 4. Mi/nei is in my collection and is obviously
not a true dischna, differing in its subglobose face, and espe-
cially in the single row of cellules between the subnodal
sector and the interposed sector below it.

According to the system of Karsch (Entom. Nachr. xvii.)
Planeschna seems (in the absence of the male) nearest to the
American Epieschna, which differs from it mainly in the
abdomen not being constricted near the base, in the much
longer triangles, and in the presence of two rows of cellules in
the space between the subnodal sector and that interposed.

LXI.—On the Scorpions, Centipedes, and Millipedes obtained
by Dr. Gregory on his Expedition to Mount Kenia, East
Africa. By R. I. Pocock.

[Plate XVIIL.]

Part I.—Scorpions.

Family Buthide.

Buthus Emini, Poe.

Buthus Emini, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1890, pp. 98-100,
Pi ladies,

Loc. Ndara and Athi Plains. A female example obtained
at each locality. The male example was procured by Emin
Pasha on the shores of Lake Victoria Nyanza.

I suspect this species will prove to be identical with Cen-
trurus trilineatus, Pet., from Tete.

Parabuthus pallidus, Poc.
Parabuthus pallidus, Poe. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 312.

a a ; Ae
Loc. Giriama, near Fuladoya. A single very young
specimen.
The types of the species were from Mombasa.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 30

426 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions.

Babycurus pictus, sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1.)

? Babycurus centrurimorphus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxx. p. 78,

pl. iil. fig. 2 (1886).

? .— Colour. Carapace yellow, variegated with five longi-
tudinal black bands, one median extending from the anterior
border across the tubercle almost to the hinder border, one
on each side passing backwards from the lateral eyes, and
one on each lateral margin, whence patches of the same colour
pass inwards, near the side of the posterior border there is on
each side a distinct patch; terga yellow, with three longi-
tudinal black bands, one in the middle and one on each side ;
these do not spread on to the seventh tergite; tail pale
yellow, except for three rather indistinct fuscous spots on the
lower surface of the second, third, and fourth segments, one
in the middle and a pair at the posterior end; chele yellow,
digits alone black in their basal half; legs yellow, faintly
spotted with black, one spot in the middle of the femur,
another on the patella, and one at the base of the two tibial
segments.

Carapace as long as the first and ha'f the second caudal
segments, finely granular throughout, but not crested; ocular
tubercle low, with smooth ridges.

Terga finely granular, the median crests distinct, granular,
the lateral crests on the last strong and granular.

Sterna smooth, punctured, the last with neither granules
nor crests.

Tail nearly five times as long as the carapace, the fourth
segment a little wider than the fifth, third, and second, and
equal to the first; segments almost smooth, only minutely
granular when examined with a high power; keels all weak
and scarcely to be called granular, the lower surface of the
third, fourth, and fifth segments without visible keels.

Chele almost smooth, the crests very weakly granular ;
hand without crests, smooth, wide, a little wider than the
brachium, the width equal to nearly half the length of the
movable digit, which is only one third greater than the length
of the hand-back ; digits short, unmodified, the movable with
7 median rows of teeth (including the small apical set and
regarding the long basal row as single), 7 larger external
teeth, and 7 larger internal ones.

Legs weakly granular.

Pectines with 19 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 51; carapace
5°5, tail 28, of movable digit 5.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions. 427

Loc. Athi Plains. A single female example. Also two
examples of a closely allied though not quite identical form,
from Niomkolo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson), which are
not sufficiently well preserved to be satisfactorily identitiable.

The genus Babycurus is of considerable interest from a
taxonomic point of view, on account of the position it occupies
with regard to the other genera of the Buthide and the
stumbling-block that it constitutes in the way of the adoption
of the two classifications of the family that have been pro-
posed by Dr. Thorell and by Prof. Kraepelin. The former
divided the genera into two subfamilies, the Androctonini
and the Centrurini—the former being characterized by the
presence of two lower teeth on the immovable mandibular
fang, while in the latter there is only one such tooth or none.
In my paper on A Revision of the Genera of Buthide”’ *
I ventured to suggest that such a classification was untenablef,
in view of the discovery of many genera of Buthide since
1876, when Thorell wrote; and I further ventured upon the
statement that, in my opinion, the family was not susceptible
of division into groups of the value of subfamilies.

The first opinion 1s, I think, borne out by the classification
proposed in 1891 by Kraepelin, who attributed only a sub-
sidiary importance in his scheme to the dentition of the
mandible, but regarded the so-called tibial spurs and the
dentition of the fingers of the chele as being of primary value.
Taking these two characters into consideration, he split up
the Buthide (Androctonide}) into three subfamilies :—
(1) Androctonini, with a tibial spur on the fourth and usually
on the third leg as well; (2) Isometrini, and (3) Centrurini,
the latter differing from the former in having the additional
external teeth on the fingers of the chele. ‘This use of the
tibial spurs was, to my mind, a great advance in our know-
ledge ; but I do not consider that the difference in the den-
tition between Centrurus and Tityus is sufficient warrant for
referring them to distinct subfamilies. An exactly analogous

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, pp. 114 &e.

+ To be logically consistent Thorell should, I think, have referred his
genera to three categories, namely :—(1) those with two of these teeth ;
(2) those with but one; and (3) those with none. For it is difficult to see
the grounds for uniting 2 with 3 rather than with 1, since, according to
the character cited, it holds an intermediate position between the other
two.

¢ Thorell, and following him Kraepelin, calls the family Androctonide.
I prefer Simon’s name Buthide, on the ground that Androctonus is a
synonym of Buthus.

30*

498 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions.

difference obtains between the genera Hadrurotdes, Poc., and
Caraboctonus, Poc., as I have already pointed out * , yet no
one regards the character in this case as of more than generic
value. I submit, therefore, that we are logically compelled
to fuse the Isometrini and the Centrurini into one group, and
if a name be required for it the latter, as the older, must be
retained. ‘This reduces Kraepelin’s subfamilies to two 3 but
the further question to be discussed concerns the value that
he attributes to the tibial spurs. According to his table the
genera fall into two groups, namely those possessing tibial
spurs (Androctonini) and those without them (Centrurini in
the wider sense defined above). At first sight this looks
reasonable enough, but, when critically examined, it seems
to me to fail in consistency in just the same way that
Thorell’s system did; for the genus Babycurus occupies an
intermediate position between the two sections. In fact, if
classified according to the pedal spurs, the genera must be
referred to three sections, namely:—(1) those with these
spurs on the third and fourth legs; (2) those, or rather the
one, with them only on the fourth leg ; and (3) those with
them on neither leg. I confess that, in my opinion, if the
Buthide are to be divided into subfamilies upon the presence
or absence of the pedal spur, it will have to be into the
following three :—(1) Buthini, with the third and fourth pairs
of legs spurred; (2) Babycurini, with the third pair not
spurred; and (3 ) Centrurini, with the third and fourth pairs
not spurred. But if exception be taken to this partition of
the genera (and it is certainly, I think, open to criticism), I
see no escape from the conclusion expressed by myself in
1890, that the character or characters which justify the
splitting of the family into subfamilies have yet to be found.
Since 1890, when I wrote an account of the South-African
Buthide contained in the collection of the British Museum
(P. Z. S. 1890, pp. 114-141), several additions have been
made to our series of Babycurus. The first and most im-
portant is a series of six examples from Cette Cama (or Sette
Camma), south of the Gaboon. These are of especial interest,
inasmuch as Karsch’s types of B. Biittnert (Berl. ent. Zeit.
xxx. p. 78, 1886) also came from the Gaboon, though from
a spot called Sibangefarm, which I have so far failed to
discover on the atlases. These specimens, moreover, agree
more closely with the description of B. Bittnert than any
others examined by me. ‘To the colour-characters mentioned
below it may be added that the lower surface of the tail is

* Ann. & Maz. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p, 329.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions. 429

deeply infuscate, especially towards its extremity, though the
upper surface and the vesicle is reddish. The sexes are
easily distinguishable; in the female the hand is barely as
wide as the brachium, its width being about one third the
length of the movable digit * ; the two digits are straight and
in contact; the first segment of the tail is the widest, but
the second, third, fourth, and fifth are equal in width; the
pectines are short and furnished with 18 or 19 teeth. The
largest female measures 66 millim., the carapace being almost
7 and the tail 87. In the male, on the contrary, the hand is
much wider than the brachium (3: 2), its width being nearly
half the length of the movable digit, which is slightly lobate
at the base, while the immovable is somewhat strongly
sinuate ; the tail is wider than in the female, being almost
parallel-sided, the fourth and fifth segments equalling the
width of the first and slightly exceeding that of the second.
In both sexes the tails are perfectly smooth to the touch,
though in reality they are exceedingly finely granular, with
very weak keels. The pectines are longer, with 19 or 20
teeth. Length of largest male 54 millim., of which the cara-
pace is 5°8 and the tail 33.

The examination of these forms has shown me_ that
B. Kirkit, Poc., the type of which, though decolorized, shows
the dark-tinted brachium characteristic of the West-African
species, is closely allied to B. Biittnert, from which it appa-
rently differs merely in the greater exaggeration of its sexual
features, as evidenced by the greater width and smoothness
of the tail. If such characters increase with age I could well
believe the type of B. Kirkit to be nothing but an aged
individual of L. Biittnert.

In the footnote to my description of B. Kirkii mention is
made of a couple of examples of a scorpion from Rio del Rey,
near the Old Calabar River, which were referred to B. Biiét-
ner?; but since seeing the examples mentioned above from
Cette Cama I am compelled to change my opinion about the
identity of the Rio del Rey examples; and since they are
both readily distinguishable either as subspecies or species
from the Cette Cama form which apparently comes nearest
to the typical B. Biittnert, I propose to describe the former as
a new species under the name Babycurus Johnstonii. As
stated in the synopsis below, this form is much darker coloured
than Biittnert, the legs, hand, humerus, and upper surface ot

* On this digit there are eight median rows of teeth, the basal one
being long and undivided ; the outer row consists also of eight, but the
inner of nine, owing to the presence of one near the middle of the basal

row of the median series.

430 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions.

the basal segments of the tail being an exceedingly deep red-
brown, while the trunk is nearly black above. In addition
to this the granulation is everywhere coarser, and the keels on
the tergites, tail, and chele much stronger, the finger-keel on
the hand standing up as a very conspicuous crest. ‘Total
length 62 millim., of carapace 7, of tail 37. Tail moderately
robust, slightly attenuate posteriorly.

Two female examples from Rio del Rey (7. H. Johnston).

The British Museum also has an example of a Babycurus,
resembling, though not quite identical with, the Cette Cama

form, from the mouth of the Loango, north of the Congo
(H. L. Duggan).

Synopsis of the Spectes contained tn the British Museum *.

a. The brachium of the chela strongly infuscate, con-
trasting forcibly with the paler red or yellow
colour of the manus; the finger-keel on the
hand visible in the Q (though sometimes ab-
sent in the ¢, as, for instance, in the type of
B. Kirkit) ; median eyes very large ; an enlarged
tooth on the middle of the inner side of the long
basal series of the middle row on the digit.

a‘, Colour of trunk a uniform deep brownish black;
brachium the same deep colour as the terga;
hands, humerus, and legs a uniform deep red ;
keel on the hand strong and finely granular ;
granulation and keeling of the trunk, limbs,
Bll ead COARSEN 1, ..... \taeintetaya ale)? ls sve /heneie b Johnstont, sp. n.

b. Colour of trunk paler, variegated; terga
blackish at the sides and along the median
keel, pale yellowish red elsewhere ; brachium
(and sometimes humerus also) infuscate ; legs
yellow, variegated with blackish spots ; lower
surface and hand pale yellow; granulation
anid ReGISUHMer | epee train fone ow «vasa, 8 Oren Biittneri, Karsch.

b. Chelee (with the exception of the black digits) of
a uniform yellow colour; hand without a finger-
keel; median eyes smaller; no large tooth in
the middle of the inner side of the long basal
series of the median row on the digit.

a, Kight median rows of teeth on movable digit ;
the sides and lower surface of the tail thickly
and somewhat coarsely granular; all the
normal keels well defined and coarsely granu-
lar; upper surface of tail also granular, but
more finely; last abdominal sternite finely
granular and marked with four abbreviated
crests; coloration uniform.............+-. Jacksont, Poc., 2.

* JT have failed to unravel to my satisfaction the specific characters of
the remaining species of the genus as set forth by Prof. K. Kraepelin.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Hast-African Scorpions, 481

6’, Seven median rows of teeth on movable digit ;
tail entirely smooth ; the keels exceedingly
feeble, only minutely crenulate ; last abdo-
minal sternite smooth, without crests ; trunk
yellow, ornamented above with longitudinal
black bands; legs also slightly variegated .. pictus, sp. n.

Family Scorpionide.

Scorpio cavimanus, Poc. (Pl. XVIII. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Scorpio cavimanus, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 247 (1888).

When I described this species about eight years ago I had
but a couple of specimens for examination—one obtained by
Mr. F. J. Jackson near Kilima Njaro, and the other by
Capt. Speke near Umyamuezi. Since then the British
Museum has been enriched by the receipt of several more
specimens, and amongst them two mutilated males obtained
by Dr. Gregory at Kinani and a place 4 miles to the south
of it. These specimens agree with the types, so far as can
be judged from their condition, except that the hands of the
chele are not so wide as the length of the carapace, the
measurements being in one case 17°5: 16°5 and in the other
16°5:15°5. The pectinal teeth are 14—14 and 15—16.

What I regarded originally as one of the most distin-
guishing characteristics of this species is the curious depression
on the upperside of the hand at the base of the immovable
finger. ‘This feature I now believe to be a mark of the adult
male; at least it is conspicuous in all the six males that I
have seen (examples varying in length from 76-110 millim.),
but is absent in the one specimen of the female sex that the
Museum possesses. The latter was obtained, together with a
couple of males, at Ugogo, halfway between Zanzibar and
Tanganyika, by Mr. E. J. Baxter; she measures 92 millim.
in length, has 13 pectinal teeth on each side, the hand more
coarsely punctured than in the male, but without a depression.
The tail is less than three times the length of the carapace,
whereas in the males it is more.

Prof. Kraepelin (JB. Hamburg. Anst. xi. pp. 67 and 69)
regards Scorpio cavimanus as a “form” of the Abyssinian
Sc. bellicosus of L. Koch from Habab, which, in its turn, is but
a subspecies of the great West-African Se. africanus, Linn.
For myself, however, I prefer to consider even cavimanus and
bellicosus as distinct until accurately sexed specimens of the
latter are brought to light. From the number of its pectinal
teeth (19 or 20) I should be inclined to think the type of deddi-
cosus must be a male; but, if so, there is no evidence that the

432 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions.

upperside of the hand is excavated in the manner charac”
teristic of cavimanus, and the tail is evidently very much
shorter.

In all the examples that I have examined the spine-
armature of the feet is very constant, consisting of but 7
spines, 4 on the posterior border and 8 on the anterior, in
both cases there being 2 on each lobe, one in its middle, the
other on its inferior angle, while the apex of the lobe is
furnished with stout spiniform bristles, which, when fractured,
resemble small spincs. ‘The same spine-armature is found in
the other East-African species known to me, namely Scorpio
viatoris, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, vi. p.100),
which was described from a specimen obtained by Emin
Pasha, ticketed merely East Africa. Since then the Museum
has received a couple of adult examples (male and female)
from Zomba, Lake Nyassa (//. H. Johnston). These two
show that the sexual characters of this species are very
different as regards the chele from those of Sc. cavimanus,
the chelee of the male, instead of being larger than those of
the female, are longer and lighter, with the hand only as wide
as the length of the hand-back. The female has the sculp-
turing of the hands stronger and the tail shorter, the first and
second segments being shorter than the carapace, whereas in
the male they are rather longer. ‘The male has 13—14
pectinal teeth, the female 13—13; whereas a young female
(77 millim.) from Fwambo (A. Carson) has 14. ‘The adult
male measures 105 millim., the female 100, the carapace in
both cases being 16, the tail in the male 60, in the female 52.
The terga are much more coarsely granular than in cavi-
manus, and the crests which are so conspicuous on the lower
surface of the anterior caudal segments and of the last abdo-
minal sternite in cavimanus are weak or obsolete in Se.
viatoris.

Scorpio Gregorvi, sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. figs. 3, 3a.)

Colour a uniform olive-brown ; legs dark reddish brown,
hand of chele paler reddish, fingers deep blackish green.

Carapace about equalling the first and second caudal seg-
ments in length; the median eyes well behind the middle;
the anterior border with a median semicircular excision ;
carapace smooth towards the middle, sparsely punctured,
distinctly granular at the sides ; a row of setiform punctures
along the anterior and posterior borders.

Terga smooth, somewhat coarsely but very sparsely punc-
tured, the last coarsely granular at the sides, with traces of
two crests.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions. 433

Sterna smooth and polished, the last coarsely punctured on
each side of the middle line.

Tail about 34 times the length of the carapace, narrowed
posteriorly, somewhat compressed, the upper surface smooth,
its side-keels high and strongly denticulated on the second,
third, and fourth; lateral surface of segments granular ;
inferior keels on first and second smooth, punctured, on third
weakly granular, on fourth and fifth almost denticulate ;
supero-lateral keel coarsely granular on all the segments.
Vesicle large, granular below, its width equal to the width of
the third segment, its height equal to the width of the fifth
segment ; aculeus stout, strongly curved.

Mandibles with the penultimate tooth of the movable fang
enlarged and nearly as prominent as the apical.

Chele of normal length ; humerus tubercular or denticulate
above and in front, smooth behind and below; brachium
weakly granular and subcostate behind and above, armed
with a few granules below in front, smooth below and
coarsely punctured behind; hand thick and large, with the
lobe strongly produced internally ; very convex above, not
keeled, furnished externally and at the base of the fingers
with smooth, rounded, irregular-shaped low tubercles, which
towards the inner edge of the hand posteriorly fuse into a
reticulated pattern and entirely disappear upon the posterior
part of the lobe, which, as a consequence, is quite smooth ;
the distal half of the inner surface of the hand denticulate ;
hand-back smooth, punctured; lower surface not crested or
keeled, coarsely granular in its distal half.

Legs of first and second pairs with proximal and distal
tibial segments, each armed behind with two spicules; femora
of fourth very feebly granular; tarsus of fourth with its
lower surface armed behind with 8 spines, 2 of which are on
the lobe, 1 on its inferior angle and 1 halfway up, with a
bristle between them, the angle of the lobe being tipped with
bristles; the distal spine on the lower edge of the foot is
close to the lower one on the lobe ; the spine-armature on the
front (or outside) of the tarsus is the same, except that there
are only 3 or 4 spines on the lower edge. The tarsi of the
other feet present much the same armature.

Fectines with 17 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 117; length
of tail 58, of carapace 16:2; distance of eyes from hinder
edge 6°2; length of hand-back 10°8, of movable digit 16;
width of hand 15°3, height of hand 7:5.

Lic. Kinani, a single female (type); Tanganyko (con-
fluence of the Athi), a single female; ‘l'zavo, one male ob-

434 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Scorpions.

tained by Mr. George Wilson; sandy steppes south of Tzavo,
five more or less mutilated specimens—an adult male, three
females, and a young.

The females vary but little in structure, except that the
legs and palpi are darker in colour and the sides of the cara-
pace distinctly yellowish in the smaller examples; a very
young specimen measuring only 46 millim. has the bands
much narrower and the upper caudal crests smooth. The
pectinal teeth are usually 18.

The males, on the contrary, differ considerably from the
females. ‘The tail is a little longer; the chele, however, are
neither longer nor thinner, but the movable digit is fur-
nished with a large lobe-like tooth, which fits into a corre-
sponding notch on the immovable digit. ‘The terga also are
very distinctly though finely granular, and the carapace is
not so smooth above; the pectines, though larger, do not
appear to be furnished with a greater number of teeth, one
specimen possessing 17 on each side and the other 18.

This interesting new Scorpion is allied to Scorpio exittialis,
Pocock *, from Shoa, in Abyssinia: but in ewttéalis the hand
is entirely covered with tubercles, which are more granu-
liform than in Gregorii; the lower surface of the hand is
furnished with two strong granuliferous crests; the lower
surface of the humerus is coarsely granular, the upper caudal
keels are not strongly denticulate, and, lastly, on the tarsal
lobes there are 3 spines, one above on the extremity of the
lobe, and the others below in the same position as those on
the tarsi of Gregorzi. There seem, moreover, to be fewer
spines on the lower surface of the foot, since on the inner side
of the last tarsus there are only 4 spines, the distal of these
being further from the inferior one on the lobe than in
Gregortt. Inthe adult male of exztialis, moreover, the vesicle
is enormously enlarged, as I have previously stated. Since
writing the description, however, I have had the opportunity
of examining two additional examples of ewztial’s from Shoa.
These are both young, the larger measuring 95 millim. and
the smaller 80. In both the vesicle is small and there is a
tendency on the part of the granules on the hand to run into
crests on the external side, and there are 22—23 pectinal
teeth.

The two species now under discussion are strikingly nearly
allied to Sc. arabicus and Sc. pallidus of Kraepelin; the
former, indeed, recorded from Homran, in Arabia, is very
difficult to distinguish from Se. eaitialis, of which it might

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1888, ii. p. 249, ¢.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Centipedes. 435

well be the female, and pallidus in many of the points men-
tioned in the description seems to resemble Sc. Gregori?. But
the locality “‘ Baravez,” in Sumatra *, if accurate, forbids
such an identification, quite apart from the fact that Kraepelin
says pallidus resembles fulvipes in the structure of its tail &c.

Part II.—CENTIPEDES.

Scutigera rugosa (Newp.).

Seutigera rugosa (Newp.), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 95 (1844) ;
Tr. Linn, Soc. xix. p. 353 (1845) ; Cat. of Myriopoda in the Collec-
tion of the British Museum, p. 8 (1856).

A single example obtained at Merifano.

In addition to this specimen and the type of the species,
which was obtained by Capt. Speke in East Africa, the
British Museum possesses but one other example, received
from the British Kast African Company in 1892.

Scolopendra morsitans, Linn.

Athi Plains.

A single specimen presenting the following type of colora-
tion :—head, antenne, first tergite, legs, and anal somite
reddish yellow ; tergites 2 to 20 greenish yellow, with a dark
green stripe along the hinder border.

Dacetum trigonopoda (Leach).
Mkonumbi.

One specimen. Colour brownish olive-green; legs yellow,
apices of anal legs greenish.

Otostigmus teniatus, sp. n.

Colour green or almost ochre-yellow, with the head-plate
and maxillipedes castaneous; the terga marked with four
fine deeper green lines, one on each margin and one on each
sulcus ; antenne greenish or ochre-yellow ; legs pale green
or yellow, or yellow obscurely banded with green.

Head smooth, finely punctured, narrow, elliptical in shape.
Antenne elongate, with 17 longish cylindrical segments, the
basal three of which are naked or nearly so and the rest
pubescent. Maxille largely overlapping the head at the

* I venture to suggest that this so-called “locality” may be due to
the wrong interpretation of a partially illegible label upon which was
originally inscribed the words “ Barawa in Somali.”

436 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on Kast-African Millipedes.

sides, finely punctured; precoxal plates longish, narrow,
parallel or diverging, armed with four teeth, the inner fused ;
femoral tooth indistinctly dentate.

Tergites smooth, punctulate, from the seventh marginate,
from the fifth to sixth bisuleate; the last without any median
groove. Sternites smooth, marked with a pair of median
impressions, one in front of the other and longer than it, in
addition to two normal sulci; the last two without sulci.

Anal pleure with the process short and tipped with two
spines; anal legs of average length and thickness; femur
without any spine at its distal end, the other spines few in
number, 1 or 2 on the upper inner, 2 or 3 on the under inner
edge, and 2 or 3 on the under outer.

Legs without tarsal spurs ; claws basally spihed.

Length up to about 62 millim.

Loc. Merifano and Leikipia (J. W. Gregory); also Mom-
basa (D. J. Wilson, type).

‘This species is unmistakably nearly related to O. nudum,
Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, v. p. 247), from
Madras, the form of the head and maxillipedes, the absence of
spurs on the tarsi, the grooving of the sterna, &c. being the
same in the two species. In O. nudum, however, the terga
are wrinkled and subgranular and there is a spine close to the
apex of the femur of the anal leg. Possibly these distine-
tions will break down with the discovery of fresh specimens.

Part I1].—MILurPepes (DrpLopopa).

POLYDESMOIDEA.

Orodesmus forceps, O. F. Cook.
Loc. Leikipia. One example (type).

Orodesmus ellipticus, O. F. Cook.

Loc. Ngatana. One example (type).

During a recent visit to the British Museum Mr. O. F.
Cook, at my request, examined these two specimens and
described them as representatives of two new species. So far
as I know, the descriptions have not yet been published ; but
doubtless they will shortly appear.

Eurydesmus contortus*,sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. fig, 4.)
Colour (probably imperfect) a dull yellowish brown, with

* This species is provisionally only referred to Eurydesmus. Doubtless

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Millipedes. 437

paler keels and a pair of indistinctly defined paler spots on
the dorsal surface of the hinder half of the segments ; legs,
antenne, and ventral surface a uniform pale ochre-yellow.

Body broad, nearly parallel-sided, about five times as long
as wide, its upper surface shining and nearly smooth, finely
punctulate.

Keels well developed, nearly horizontal, though with the
posterior angle slightly tilted; the anterior angle convexly
rounded, the posterior acutely produced, though only in the
last five segments is the hinder border directed backwards;
margin around the pore considerably thickened.

Pores looking obliquely upwards and outwards on segments
DB, ¢, 9, LO sail &e.

The dorsalarea between the keels strongly convex.

Tail triangular, with squarely cut apex and an angular
tubercle on each side in front of it.

Lateral surface of segments finely shagreened ; a distinct
inferior crest visible as far as the seventh or eighth, then
dying out and, at most, represented by a small tubercle.

Sternal areas wider than long, longitudinally impressed
and, at the posterior end, transversely impressed between the
legs, the anterior of which are connected by a ridge; the
hinder border studded with long coarse bristles; in the last
leg-bearing segment the pieces of the sternum that support
the legs of the last pair are coxiform, the distance between
the coxze of the legs being less than the length of one of the
coxe. The sternum of the fifteenth (in the male) is furnished
in front with a forwardly directed, small, triangularly pointed
tooth, and a low tubercular tooth at the base of the posterior
leg; that of the seventh produced posteriorly into a widely
rounded basin-shaped hollow, for the reception of the copu-
latory apparatus ; sternum of sixth with an anterior median
triangular tooth, directed obliquely forward and downward.

Legs with strong claw, hairy, especially the lower surface
of the two basal segments, which have at least one long seta
mixed up with shorter ones; tarsus of the first six pairs with
an apical pad.

Copulatory organ with its distal portion curled backwards
beneath the proximal portion (for the rest see figure).

Measurements in millimetres.—'Yotal length 25, width 5.

Lee. Mkonumbi. A single male example.

it will fall into one of the many genera which Mr, O. F. Cook has re-
cently projected into literature. Most of these, without diagnoses and
without type species, are at present nomina nuda; but we feel confident
that the publication of them will not be long delayed.

438 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Hast-African Millipedes.

Species allied to this form occur in tropical East Africa as
far to the south as Natal; but, judging from the form of the
copulatory organ, this species is distinct from all that have
been hitherto described.

Tetracentrosternus flavocinctus, sp.n. (P]. XVIII. fig. 5.)

Body black, first tergite margined with yellow, the rest
with a narrow yellow band running from keel to keel along
the hinder border ; posterior half of keels and of tail yellow ;
legs and sterna yellow ; antenne black.

Antenne long and slender, second to fifth segments the
longest and subequal, sixth shorter.

Segments smooth above; keels moderately well developed,
with posterior angle dentiform ; the transverse groove on the
tergite beginning on segment 5, dying out on segment 15
or 16; not beaded, nor is the groove separating the two halves
of each segment; the lateral inferior crest strong and
crescentic, extending as far back as segment 16; the tracheal
tubercles also distinct.

Legs long and slender; trochanter about twice the length
of the coxa and about half that of the femur; the femur,
tarsus, tibia, and patella gradually decreasing in length in
the order named.

Caudal process normal, triangular, with rather widely
truncate apex.

Anal sternite triangular; the two tubercles moderately
large, but not projecting so far as the median apex of the

late.

i Sternal areas in the posterior half of the body furnished
with a spiniform process at the base of each leg; these
gradually die out on the anterior segments.

Length 27 millim., width 4:3.

¢. Asin female, but smaller, thinner, with larger keels,
and little broader yellow stripes ; a broad median erect process
on the sternum of the fifth segment.

Legs unmodified (the pair of the seventh segment absent) ;
tarsi of those at the anterior end of the body padded with
hairs below.

Copulatory feet as in figure.

Loc. Leikipia (¢); Ngatana (¢). A single example
obtained at each spot.

I refer this species provisionally to Tetracentrosternus on
the strength of the spine-armature of the sterna. It differs
from the type of the genus, subspznosus, from Burma, in being
stouter, in the form of the copulatory organ, as well as in

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Millipedes. 439

colour. In the presence of spines it also approaches St. Swin-
hoet from China (Chefoo).

SPIROSTREPTOIDEA.

Alloporus sulcatulus, sp. n.

9. Colour of body and head deep black; antenne and
legs reddish yellow.

Head with deep frontal groove; rugose above, coarsely
wrinkled between the antennz and the adjoining area, smooth
just above the labial margin; distance between the eyes
rather less than the diameter of an eye ; eyes acutely angular,
internally composed of about 52 ocelli arranged in about 8
transverse series.

Antenne moderately long, segments gradually decreasing
in length from the second to the sixth.

First tergite wrinkled, punctured and irregularly sulcate
above and at the sides; lateral process much enlarged, pro-
duced forwards into a large rounded angle, with a deep mar-
ginal sulcus, above which there is another very strong sulcus
following nearly the same curvature, with a third strong
sulcus on its postero-inferior angle. The rest of the segments
with posterior part separated by a distinct groove from the
anterior, and strongly though somewhat irregularly longi-
tudinally sulcate from base to summit, as well as ornamented
with less definite sculpturing, the sulci becoming fainter
towards the hinder end; but anteriorly the areas that they
define become at the sides of the body cariniform or tubercu-
liform, as in Lophostreptus ; anterior part of segments trans-
versely cristulate behind, smoother in front ; sterna smooth.

Pores small in the middle of the posterior part of the
segments.

Anal somite.—Tergite punctulate and rugose, scarcely
angular ; valves with thickened and strongly sulcate margin ;
sternite with posterior border nearly transverse.

Number of segments 47.

Length about 70-75 millim., width 7.

Loc. Giriama, near Fuladoya. A single female specimen.

Genus LopHostreptus, Cook.
Lophostreptus, Cook, Ann. New York Acad. Sci. ix. p. 5 (1895).

Lophostreptus armatus, sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6.)

@. Colour (in alcohol). Anterior portion of segments a

440 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Millipedes.

dirty white, posterior portion quite black ; head and antenna
paler than posterior half of segments, sometimes brownish
red; legs and anal somite reddish or yellowish brown.

Head densely punctured, though much more coarsely above
than below ; irregularly impressed above the labial border,
frontal sulcus distinct ; labial excision deep, the tooth large.

Eyes furnished with about 44 ocelli arranged in 6 trans-
verse rows.

Antenne punctured, moderately long, slightly incrassate,
the second segment a little the longest, the segments strongly
narrowed at the base.

First tergite densely punctured and rugulose, with a row of
cariniform teeth along its hinder border; laterally these pass
into a series of (6) oblique ridges, which traverse the side of
the segment; this lateral portion evenly narrowed, with
straight anterior border, obtuse anterior angle, and rectan-
cular hinder angle. The rest of the terga with the posterior
part sharply marked off from the anterior, the sulcus being
very deep; the posterior part ornamented with a series of
close-set, smooth, posteriorly dentiform, longitudinal keels,
running from the base of the legs up to the summit; these
keels become smaller, more dentiform, or even tubercular on
the infero-lateral parts of most of the segments, but at the
anterior extremity of the body they are stronger below than
above; these keels are not always even, some being some-
times rather shorter than the others; keels vary in number
from about 33 to 37 on each side, making a total average of
about 70. Anterior part of segment in the middle of the body
closely and finely punctulate above, rather more coarsely below;
in the anterior part of the body the sculpturing of this half
becomes coarser and coarser, and there is a fine transverse

r idg just in front of the groove.

Sterna strongly sulcate transversely ; a fine fringe running
along the posterior border of the terga.

Anal somite not carinate, densely granular; no caudal
process, the border of the tergite evenly convex ; valves with
a strong keel on each side of their suture, running from
summit to base; sternite transverse.

Legs of medium length; each segment furnished below
with one or two apical sete, and a few shorter ones behind
them ; sete stronger on the anterior legs.

Segments 1 to 3 open below, each with a pair of legs; the
fourth without legs, its two sides united in the middle line
below. ‘The generative ducts, at least in the male, opening
upon two small processes lying behind the second pair of legs
at their base.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Hast-African Millipedes. 441

3. Slenderer than female ; collum not modified ; angle of
mandible larger; feet not padded.

Number of segments about 50.

Length about 50-55 millim.

Loc. Ngatana.

I think there is no reason to doubt that this species is con-
generic with Glyphiulus magnus of Karsch (Zeits. Naturw.
(3) vi. p. 14, 1881), which Mr. O. F. Cook has made the
type of his genus Lophostreptus. ‘The two, indeed, might be
identical but for Karsch’s statement to the effect that the
tergites in magnus are scarcely visibly segmentate, whereas
in L, armatus the sulcus is very deep.

Odontopyge Gregorii, sp. n.
(Pl. XVIII. fig. 7.)

? .—Colour. Segments blackish or very deep green, with
a clearly defined yellow band running along the hinder border
from base to summit; the anterior covered portion yellow,
with a fine median dorsal black line; legs also entirely yellow;
collum or first tergite completely bordered with yellow; an-
tenne yellow at the base, for the rest deep green ; lower half
of head yellow, upper black; anal valves finely margined
with yellow (the green and yellow were probably black and
red respectively before immersion in alcohol).

Head smooth and polished, with a conspicuous frontal
sulcus ; a fine impression running from eye to eye; eyes with
inner angle not very noticeably acute; a shallow impression
close to the socket of antenna on the interantennal area; six
pores above the labial impression and four close to the margin
on each side of it.

Antenne moderately long, with the distal segmenis (4 to 6)
strongly narrowed at the base.

First tergite crossed below with two sulci in addition to the
one that defines the border. The segments finely striolate
above; the transverse sulcus strong and deep, the area in
front of it finely striate transversely, the area behind strongly
grooved longitudinally at the sides ; on the anterior segments
these grooves are deeper and run up above the pores, but
posteriorly they become gradually weaker, do not surpass the
pores, and almost die away.

Sterna smooth.

Pores moderately conspicuous, well behind the sulcus.

Anal tergite not carinate, posteriorly acutely angled; valves
with margins not grooved, the teeth small and vertical ;
sternite triangular.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 31

442 Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Millipedes.

Legs with lower surface of all the segments bristly, the
bristles longer at the distal ends of the segments; upper
surface of the legs finely hairy, the hairs more conspicuous
upon the tarsus and upon the basal segments (trochanters) of
the anterior legs; in the anterior half of the body the tro-
chanter of the posterior legs on each segment is flat below,
while that of the anterior leg is compressed.

¢. Resembling female, but thinner, with the sixth seg-
ment a little expanded and the anterior angle of the first more
rectangular.

Legs with fourth (antepenultimate) segment padded below,
the pad larger on the anterior legs, gradually disappearing
posteriorly and scarcely visible on the legs of the last six
segments,

Copulatory foot as in figure; anterior lamina long and
rather slender, notched inferiorly ; coiled portion consisting
of two main pieces—a double flagellum, of which the outer
branch is longer, stouter, and spirally coiled at the tip, while
the inner is much shorter, thinner and simply pointed, and
of a complicated semi-membranous sheath, also double, one of
the branches being leaf-like, with serrate edges and a bifid tip.

Number of segments over 70 (71 or 72).

Length about 85-90 millim.

Loc. Ngatana. Several examples.

Odontopyge semistriata, sp. n.

(PI. XVII. fig. 9.)

Allied to the preceding in most structural details, but
certainly different in the following respects :—

The sides and lower surface of the body reddish yellow,
but the posterior half of the upper surface ornamented with a
black transverse stripe which extends down to the pore,
though it thins off just above this point; when the body is
spirally coiled these black bands are separated by the yellow
colour of the anterior part of the segments, but when the
body is extended, as in crawling, the black stripes are con-
tiguous or nearly so, so that the upper surface of the body
appears to be black; the first tergite with its posterior two
thirds black above; anal tergite black above; valves black
above; face black, rather paler inferiorly ; antenne fuscous,
with the basal two segments pale; legs entirely yellow.

9. Head resembling that of O. Gregori, but with the
transverse stria between the eyes much deeper, very con-
spicuous; the inner angle of the eye more acute; the area
above the labrum distinctly grooved and roughened. No

Mr. R. I. Pocock on East-African Millipedes. 443

impressions at the base of the antenne on the inner side.
Antenne with the segments thinner and longer, not strongly
expanded at their distal end.

First tergite laterally more squared, crossed by two sulci,
the lower of which is only a little above the margin. The
rest of the segments finely striolate, but shining, not dull as
in Gregori? ; the areas in front of and behind the sulcus more
elevated than in the last-named. The apices of the anal
valves a little longer and rather thicker.

Legs almost as in Gregorti, but less smooth at the sides
and above; the trochanters not different.

36. With fourth and fifth segments of legs padded; tro-
chanter of posterior leg of each segment thick and flattened
below, anterior compressed. First tergite laterally more
expanded, with anterior angle rectangularly rounded.

Copulatory foot as in figure.

Length about 70 millim.

Number of segments 63 to 66.

Loc. Ngatana (types) and Leikipia.

Odontopyge Wilsont, sp. n.
(Pl: XVIII. fig. 8.)

?.—Colour (in alcohol) a tolerably uniform olive-brown,
with a deeper band running along the hinder border of the
segments.

Head as in O. semistriata, but more rugulose below, and
the transverse interocular sulcus weaker.

Antenne with long and slender segments.

Collum with one lateral sulcus in addition to the marginal
one, as in semistriata.

Segments segmentate, striolate, and laterally striate, as in
the other species, and showing same position of pores.

Anal segment shorter than in the preceding two species ;
height of the valves exceeding the length of the tergite. In
the anterior third of the body the posterior legs of each
segment have their basal four segments flattened and exca-
vated below.

3. Face smooth and polished below ; first tergite laterally
expanded, convexly rounded anterior angle.

Legs behind the seventh segment, with fourth and fifth
segments padded below, except quite at the hinder end of the
body, where the pad on the fifth entirely dies off and that on
the fourth nearly so ; the coxa and trochanter of the posterior
leg of the segments behind the seventh expanded and flat-
tened below.

Copulatory organ as in figure.
31*

444 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

Number of segments, 2 69, ¢ 68.

Length of 2? 130 millim., width 10:5; of 3 114, width 9°5.

Loc. Mombasa (D. J. Wilson), 3 ¢. Fragmentsof a female
example belonging apparently to this species were brought
by Dr. Gregory from the Papyrus swamp north of Rangatan.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Babycurus pictus, sp.n. Enlarged.
Fig. 2. Scorpio cavimanus, Poc. Upperside of hand of male example
from Ugogo.
Fig. 2a. Ditto. Posterior tarsus from below.
Fig. 8. Scorpio Gregori’, sp. n. Upperside of hand of male example
from Tzavo.
Fig. 3a. Ditto. Posterior tarsus from behind.
Fig. 3b. Scorpio exitialis, Poc. Posterior tarsus from behind.
Fig. 4. Eurydesmus contortus, sp. n. Right copulatory foot from the
inner side.
Fig. 5. Tetracentrosternus flavocinctus, sp. n. Right copulatory foot
from below.
Fig. 6. Lophostreptus armatus, sp. n. Anterior aspect of left half of
copulatory organ.
Fig. 7. Odontopyge Gregorti, sp.n. Anterior aspect of left half of copu-
latory organ.
8. Odontopyge Wilsoni, sp.n. Anterior aspect of left half of copu-
latory organ.
9. Odontopyge semistriata, sp. n. Anterior view of right half of
copulatory organ.

Fig.

LXII.—Descriptions of new Lizards from Madagascar.
By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Diplodactylus robustus. }

Head large, oviform, very distinct from neck, once and one
third as long as broad; the skin confluent with the cranial
ossification ; snout longitudinally grooved in the middle, as
long as the distance between the eye and the ear; ear-opening
narrow, vertical. Limbs moderate; digits short, granular
inferiorly, very feebly dilated at the end; the granules re-
placing the subdigital lamelle forming three longitudinal
series. Upper surtace of head covered with large polygonal
juxtaposed tubercles ; supraocular region covered with large
polygonal flat scales in the middle, with granules on the
borders ; temporal region with small flat granules and large
subconical tubercles. Rostral nearly twice as broad as deep,
widely separated from the nostril; 10 or 11 upper labials,
first entering the nostril ; 10 lower labials, each with a small

new Lizards from Madagascar. 445

central tubercle ; symphysial in contact with a pair of small
chin-shields. Body covered above with small, irregular, flat
granules intermixed with roundish, obtusely keeled, sub-
trihedral tubercles forming about 18 longitudinal series; these
tubercles nearly as large as the largest tubercles on the snout,
as long as or a little shorter than the greatest interspaces
between them; ventral scales small, smooth, imbricate, 48
across the middle of the belly. Limbs granular above, with
large tubercles, which are keeled on the fore limb and crus,
conical on the thigh. Tail short, swollen, carrot-shaped,
covered with unequal-sized scales and: keeled tubercles. Pale
greyish above; with five crescentic cross-bands interrupted
on the vertebral line; these bands light in the middle, dark
brown on the borders; the first band extends from eye to
eye, across the nape; an oblique dark band from the eye to
the lip below the nostril; lower lip with three vertical dark
bars ; lower parts white.

millim
PROLACTIN vera au stares siose > «0: « haereieras « 104
(EV Gaeta rca aiierer sie ise-a le het ce 22
Wadthwotheadeerrye as 3c) cie.0cdsteetnn as « 17
B00 ait 6 cc GS Ie bio OED 3 eOe 48
Roni bital ho.5 sock bo or OCI .o ore 28
Labial trials Se ce oc tee oc Sremtes 32
MST LIS She At Nec Oe Rt eee ae ER 5, eae 34

South-western Madagascar. A single female specimen,
collected by Mr. Last.

Diplodactylus gracilis.

Head once and three fourths as long as broad; the skin
confluent with the cranial ossification ; middle of snout and
interorbital region deeply concave; ear-opening vertically
oval. Limbs slender; digits moderate, granular inferiorly,
feebly dilated at the end; the granules replacing the sub-
digital lamellae forming two or three longitudinal series.
Upper surface of head with polygonal, juxtaposed, flat scales,
the largest on the sides of the snout and bearing a slight
central tubercle ; temporal region with small granules and
round tubercles. Rostral twice as broad as deep, entering
the nostril; 11 or 12 upper labials, first entering the rostral,
all except the two anterior with a small central tubercle;
symphysial in contact with a pair of chin-shields, followed
by an azygous subcircular shield. Body covered above with
rough granules intermixed with numerous small conical
tubercles; the largest of the tubercles smaller than the largest

446 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

scales on the snout; ventral scales small, smooth, imbricate,
enlarged on the umbilical region, about 20 across the middle
of the belly. Thighs scaled like the back; fore limb and
crus with subequal, small, obtusely keeled tubercles. Tail
feebly swollen at the base, with rings of spine-like conical
tubercles, tapering to a fine point. Reddish brown above,
with four dark brown stripes along the body, the median pair
with wavy outer borders; a dark brown stripe from the eye
to the outer dorsal stripe; tail blackish brown, with light
cross- bands; lower parts brown.

millim
Totettlenetliotene ss: te eee ce se els is
Head hs: eos). SORE ere 19
Widthofjheadtner : tiisd: Acer hee 11
Bodse ac. 6 ec... atc eee 43
Hore dlimiby, 3 seer «on seen ot hee einer 27
Hindalimb” *2feamere cc ft. acter poe 34
Pano 2 oi: SEAR so. ohce a ae eR ne 56

A single female specimen from Madagascar.

Diplodactylus porogaster.

Head once and a half as long as broad, the skin confluent
with the cranial ossification; middle and sides of snout and
interorbital region concave; ear-opening small, roundish,
Limbs moderate ; digits moderate, granular inferiorly, feebly
dilated at the end; the granules replacing the subdigital
lamella forming two or three longitudinal series. Upper
surface of head with hexagonal, juxtaposed, strongly keeled
tubercles, largest on the snout ; temporal region with granules
and feebly enlarged tubercles. Rostral twice as broad as
deep, widely separated from the nostril; 12 upper labials,
first largest, not entering the nostril; 10 lower labials ; sym-
physial in contact with a pair of small chin-shields. Body
covered above with rather large keeled granules, intermixed
with strongly keeled subtrihedral tubercles. Ventral scales
juxtaposed, granular anteriorly, strongly enlarged in the
umbilical region, where each scale presents a large pore-like
pit, as in some male Agamas. Limbs with feebly enlarged
tubercles. ‘Tail swollen, tapering to a fine point, with trans-
verse series of large trihedral tubercles above. Greyish above,
back with four longitudinal series of elongate brown spots ;
a dark brown stripe on each side of the head, passing through
the eye; lips white, with vertical brown bars; whitish
beneath, belly densely speckled with brown, throat with
brown vermiculations.

new Lizards from Madagascar. 447

millim
local lengthier . i. sate’ ss. calceuaae sie, 300
VEISENGL, Nestea bled oN AER EE 3 b CRE RERE ES ore 11
Waditihtofheadi ty «ac cs cceseee 7
OUVEY ova. cos tite. ws hd Ae ae 21
Horevimb~... 02 Peete hos, senha Aaeeares: 13
lama iam ok Meets so arace cee eran ee 17
TORTI Re a ics. MMI a do 28

South-western Madagascar. A single male specimen,

collected by Mr. Last.

Homopholis heterolepis.

As the specific name chosen implies, this Gecko differs
from the type of the genus in the heterogeneous lepidosis of
the back. Its general agreement in other respects with
HI, Wahlbergit, Smith, is so great that I would alter the
definition of Homopholis rather than establish a new genus,
a course which is, besides, in keeping with that followed
in other cases (e. g. Stenodactylus, Hemidactylus).

General proportions and digits exactly as in Hl. WaAl-
bergiz; forehead concave; ear-opening rather small, oval,
oblique. Snout covered with juxtaposed convex granules,
largest on the sides; back of head finely granulate, with
small round tubercles; rostral twice as broad as deep ; nostril
pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and four or five
scales ; 11 upper and 9 lower labials; a row of chin-shields
in contact with the symphysial and the anterior lower labials,
the median pair rather large and longer than broad. Back
covered with small, juxtaposed, flat granules intermixed with
round or oval, smooth or feebly keeled tubercles, disposed
irregularly ; 16 tubercles in a transverse series in the middle
of the body. Limbs covered with small, juxtaposed, or sub-
imbricate smooth scales; ventral scales small, imbricate,
smooth. ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered with small,
imbricate, smooth scales, above with transverse series of nail-
shaped, smooth, or feebly keeled flat tubercles, below with a
series of transverse shields. Greyish above, with rather
indistinct wavy cross-bars; a dark streak from the eye to the
first cross-bar ; white beneath.

millim
Motalilenet ives s+)s ci. «sso 08 ane eee 227
GENO! oie Bib. Db 6 b> GRID EEEIOIGEL DDO DOr 25
Wadithgotwheadtaer: a. 6 «sos sis crs sneere a 20
iy resets ahd 264.01 00's, s\n sev gineree' 3 72
HOVE PITMAN ch ovets. « «i. 2y ace eneloveva ciples oe,
Tin elin pete fF oversleic skeca 3s + ee ersaeel> 40

Rate oc ected sb oe a arlecnds 130

448 On new Lizards from Madagascar.

South-western Madagascar. A single male specimen,
collected by Mr. Last.

Zonosaurus maximus.

Fronto-nasal a little broader than long, forming a broad
suture with the rostral, and widely separated from the frontal,
the prefrontals forming a long median suture; three or four
lower labials anterior to the subocular; a small interparietal.
Dorsal scales strongly keeled, in 20 or 22 longitudinal and
45 or 46 transverse series (from occiput to base of tail) ;
ventrals in 8 longitudinal series. 20 to 30 femoral pores on
each side. ‘Tail moderately depressed at the base, strongly
compressed further back, about once and two fifths the length
of head and body. Dark olive-brown above, more or less
distinctly spotted with darker, with or without a series of pale
olive spots along each side of the back; sides pale olive,
speckled and spotted with dark brown; yellowish or greenish
white beneath.

millim.
Totallenath sitiwee rs ck: «Tek ee sik eels 650
FRG a A dion ck ets. <i Loan ve ne rate eharevere 40
Wiadthsot heddimery ...s naecentacia dere 28
Body’... eceiepitace: cies aise s oxtes eames 190
Hore dim, caosets ces eek ok eee 65
Eland dlimib °) a Saas tctante eae en 100
Tai) RRs 3. Se th Mee ee Anas 320

A slightly larger specimen, with injured tail, measures
240 millim. from snout to vent.

Three specimens from Imerina, collected by the Rev. R.
Baron.

Sepsina ornaticeps.

Closely allied to S. melanura, Gthr., with which it agrees
in the general proportions and cephalic pholidosis. Distin-
guished by the much smaller postnasal, the internasal nearly
reaching the first labial, the smaller ear-opening, which is
but little larger than the nostril, and in the smaller number of
scales round the body, viz. 22 or 24. Pale brown above,
each scale darker behind; head whitish above, with dark
brown vermiculations or wavy cross-bands descending to the
lower lip; belly white ; tail dark brown.

millim
Total length (tail injured) ............ 110
From end of snout to fore limb........ 14
4 i i hingwimpb ©. 52
Hore lintbins wasse ad fis cleat 6

Eind:limbinieeeoneaccte cea: . eee 10

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Two new Batrachians. 449

Five specimens from South-western Madagascar, collected

by Mr. Last.

Pygomeles trivittatus.

Snout rounded, feebly projecting ; ear-opening distinct, a
little larger than the nostril. Rostral large, deeply notched
on each side for the reception of the nasal, its upper portion
nearly as long as its distance from the frontal; fronto-nasal
twice as broad as long; frontal a little broader than long, in
contact with three supraoculars; interparietal longer than
broad, shorter than the frontal; parietals forming a suture
behind the interparietal ; nostril entirely in advance of the
suture between the rostral and the first labial; three upper
labials anterior to the subocular. Body much elongate;
scales smooth, 24 round the middle of the body; a pair of
feebly enlarged preanal scales. Limbs rudimentary ; fingers
3 or 4, bud-like, clawed ; toes 3, short, unequal, gradually
increasing in length, clawed. ‘Tail shorter than head and
body, tapering to a sharp point. Yellowish flesh-colour above,
with three blackish-brown stripes, the median extending to
the frontal shield, the lateral to the nostril, passing through
the eye.

millim,
sNotiallanp tlie setts apheyels oss. ecsseyniste << 200
HMC adlis ceteris, te hae atte al. « fe aie wats 10
VI ATGT(S O09 171216 SS eRe 8
OGL yateaee tars covapyeisis los aiens's slarapeetaacsiet « 100
(BOUGR MAD t cca seve oarioais,eis oleae aes 3h
RELIG Larry. eRe a itars ceo: c cushtel sels « « 6
Va 2 as Seon cts 'e../t setae cass 90

Four specimens from Imerina, collected by the Rev. R.
Baron.

LXIII.—Deseriptions of Two new Batrachians obtained by
Mr. A. Everett on Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. By
’ G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Cornufer baluensis.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique groups behind the level of
the choanz. Snout rounded, as long as the orbit ; canthus
rostralis obtuse; loreal region concave; interorbital space
nearly as broad as the upper eyelid ; crown flat ; tympanum
two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes rather
short, the tips dilated into well-developed disks, which are

450 M. A. Fénard on the Internal Appendices of the

much smaller than the tympanum ; first finger a little shorter
than second; toes one-third webbed; subarticular tubercles
moderately large, feebly prominent ; a feebly prominent oval
inner metatarsal tubercle, as long as the inner toe without the
disk. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostril. Upper
parts and throat granulate, some of the granules confluent
into wavy longitudinal short ridges ; belly and lower surface
of limbs smooth. Greyish brown above, marbled with darker ;
limbs with rather irregular dark cross-bars ; whitish beneath,
throat and lower surface of limbs marbled with brown.

From snout to vent 30 millim.

A single female specimen.

Nectophryne Everetti.

Head small, as long as broad; snout short, prominent,
obliquely truncate ; canthus rostralis strong; loreal region
vertical, concave; interorbital space broader than the upper
eyelid ; tympanum moderately distinct, one third the diameter
of the eye. Fore limb very slender, nearly as long as the
distance between the eye and the vent. Fingers slender,
webbed at the base, feebly dilated and truncate at the end,
first two thirds the length of second; toes nearly entirely
webbed, scarcely dilated at the end; two very indistinct
metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the
eye. Upper parts with scattered, small, horny tubercles; lower
parts smooth. Olive-green above, with large, insuliform,
reddish-brown, black-edged spots; limbs with reddish-brown
cross-bars; upper lip whitish, with reddish-brown vertical
bars; dirty white beneath, throat and breast marbled with
grey.

From snout to vent 33 millim.

A single female specimen.

LXIV.— On the Internal Appendices of the Genital Apparatus
of the Orthoptera. By M. A. Frnarp*.

THERE is an entomological question which for some long time
has appeared to require to be taken up, and to which it will
be useful to call attention, namely the internal appendices of
the genital apparatus in male and female insects. I have
during the past three years and more studied this matter, and
have commenced with the order Orthoptera. I have the
honour to communicate to the Academy some of the results
obtained, confining myself for the present to the male organs.

* From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ tome cxxii. 1896, pp. 894-895.

Genital Apparatus of the Orthoptera. 451

I shall follow in this note the order of progressive complica-
tion of the organs studied.

Male Blattids exhibit no internal appendix to the vasa
deferentia or to the ejecting canal ; this accords with the primi-
tive characters of these insects.

In the Forficulide or Labidure I can confirm the state-
ments of Meinert, accepted by Palmen, namely, that there is
but one vesicula seminalis, that it is dependent on the vasa
deferentia, that these are continued beyond and maintain a
semblance of equal function; but I regard the organ which
Meinert has named the nodiform gland as being nothing more
than an apparatus for propelling the semen.

The family Acrididze comes next: it forms a very special
group, in which the series of modifications are but slightly
marked in the series of genera. There is to be found between
the two vasa deferentia a dozen tubulous ceca, drawn out,
more or less sinuous, and passing from the ejaculatory canal
in which they are inserted as far as the middle of the height
of the testicles; they are arranged in two symmetrical masses,
braced together and fitting the ventral face of the rectum.
One pair only contains spermatozooids, the others contain a
secretion and are (to be regarded as) glands. From the
anatomical standpoint the vesicule seminales are whiter, more
sinuous, more twisted, and gathered into knots at their free
extremity.

The Gryllide exhibit three kinds of appendices to the
ejaculatory canal :—

1. Tubular ceca, to the number of a hundred on either
side, in which spermatozooids are never seen, but only a secre-
tion, which coagulates under the influence of mounting media
and takes on the appearance of a very regular reticulum over
a homogeneous mass, which often occludes a blackish powder
consisting of crystals.

2. A large reniform vesicula seminalis, situate below the
before-mentioned tubes, and in which the spermatozooids are
placed.

3. A pair of prostatic glands on either side of the ejaculatory
canal. In the group Gryllotalpide there are two vesicule
seminales in place of one: these are the organs which some
describe under the name of appendicular glands, and which
may be seen crammed with spermatozooids a little before the
rutting time.

The Locustide exhibit also three kinds of appendices to
the ejaculatory canal: on the anterior part of the latter may
be distinguished a large trunk which bifurcates; each of the
two branches gives off almost immediately two branches,

452 Mr. W. Warren on new

which are directed, one in front, the other behind: the first of
these branches becomes the axis of the glandular tubes of the
Jjirst order so-called ; the second enlarges to form one or two
oval reservoirs, into which there open some hundreds of glan-
dular tubes of the second order so-called. These latter are
barely 60 w in diameter; they are but a third of the size of
the others, but four times more numerous.

In the genera Ephippigera, Meconema, &c. I have noticed
in the midst of the tubes of the second order a special bundle
more strongly coloured, formed by half a dozen ceca.

Lastly, in the Locustide there is to be found a pair of
prostatic glands with a lenticular appearance.

In the Mantide there are four kinds of appendicular
organs :—

1. Some fifty tubular ceca which are glandular.

2. About twenty shorter ceca gathered into knots, which

are also glandular in character.

3. A pair of large vesicule seminales, which are concealed

by the organs before mentioned.

4. A pair of prostatic glands.

From the histological point of view all these organs are, as
a rule, made up of a single layer of cells supported on a
basilar membrane ; around the vesicule a peritoneal envelope
is plainly visible.

There is a further remarkable fact, namely the development
of very tiny crystals in the glandular tubes just before
copulation.

LXV.—New Species of Pyralide from the Khasia Hills.
By W. Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

THE types of the species now described are, like those of my
previous papers, in the possession of the Hon. Walter Roth-
schild. ‘The majority, as will be seen, are from the Khasia
Hills, a district whose richness appears to be by no means
yet exhausted.

Family Pyralide.
Subfamily Currsaverwz.
Genus LopHopapia ?, Hmpsn., MS.
Lophopalpia? chalybopicta, sp. n.
Fore wings deep brown, with a strong chalybeous reflection

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 453

in certain lights except at base, along the costa, along the
inner line, and over the outer third of wing; first line from
one fourth of costa to near the middle of inner margin, broader
above; a deep brown spot at end of cell; second line from
shortly before apex to inner margin shortly before anal angle,
bent outwards in middle, edged inwardly with deeper velvety
brown, which broadens into a blotch towards the discal spot ;
marginal area dull brown, with steely reflection along the
hind margin; fringe deep coppery brown, with a lustrous
tinge. Hind wings olive-ochreous, tinged with darker olive ;
central area from near base to hind margin occupied by a dull
fuscous elongated triangle, containing towards hind margin
two broad brown bars, separated and preceded by steely scales ;
fringe like fore wings from apex to elbow, thence olive-
fuscous like the inner margin. Abdomen ochreous, suffused
with dark fuscous ; head, thorax, face, and palpi dark purple-
brown with lustrous reflections. Underside of both wings
towards margin coppery red; base and disk of fore wings
cinereous ; base of costa bronze-black ; bed of hairs yellowish,
with dark hairs crossing them from the costa; fringes of both
wings dark bronzy brown.
Expanse of wings 48 millim.
Several males from the Khasias.

PROROPERA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight, slightly indented beyond
middle ; apex produced, bluntly rounded ; hind margin with
a strong blunt beak in middle, concave on either uley anal
angle rectangular. Hind wings with apex rounded and
squared ; hind margin straight to end of first median, where
it is sharply bent inwards, thence rounded off into the inner
margin. Head and face hairy ; basal joint of male e ULnG:
long and thick, the shaft lamellate, pubescent, and curving
tongue present ; ocelli and maxillary palpi absent ; aA
palpi porrect, twice the width of head, laxly scaled, with
terminal joint indistinct; a thick bed of "scales along base of
costa of fore wings beneath : hind tibia with four spurs.
Neuration : fore wings, cell half the length of wing; disco-
cellular acutely angled inwards; first median at four fifths,
second at seven eighths ; third and lower radial from lower
angle of cell ; upper radial from upper angle; last three sub-
costals stalked from upper angle, first and second free, first
strongly curved upwards near its base towards the costal.
Hind wings with the discocellular produced obliquely below ;
the two subcostals from upper angle of cell, the first anasto-

454 Mr. W. Warren on new

mosing for a short distance with the costal; third median
and radial on a short stalk, first and second medians as in
fore wings. Scaling dense and somewhat glossy.

Type Proropera vinosalis, sp. n.

Proropera vinosalis, sp. n.

Fore wings vinous red, with scattered black scales; traces
of two parallel deeper red antemedian lines, running obliquely
outwards from costa to below middle, then straight and
vertical to inner margin; a large roundish diffuse black discal
spot, followed by a cloud of blackish scales ; two postmedian
zigzag deep red lines, marked with black scales in their upper
half, the second rising from a small pale yellowish costal
spot; fringe vinous red, preceded by a row of irregular black
dashes, and these by black scales on a ground paler than the
rest of the wing. Hind wings glossy fuscous, slightly tinged
with red, with traces of two dark parallel lines before hind
margin; fringes vinous red; the red of the fringes and the
two lines stop short opposite the incision in hind margin,
the inner marginal area being without markings and fuscous
only. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen bright vinous red ;
extreme tip of abdomen pale. Underside glossy dark
cinereous.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Subfamily Lerpascurwz.

Genus PARASARAMA, Warr.

Parasarama conjuncta, sp. n.

Fore wings white, with olive and fuscous markings and
suffusion ; a white blotch at base of costa; basal area olive,
its outer edge darkened with fuscous, the upper part vertical,
then running out along the submedian to the inner margin
just before the middle; on centre of costa a subquadrate olive
blotch, with fuscous scales on it, enclosing a tuft of raised
white scales in cell and followed by a large white oval costal
blotch ; exterior line dark fuscous, thick and bluntly dentate,
curved outwards round the white blotch and attaining the
inner margin at two thirds, where it is preceded by a central
line, also fuscous, of two or three curves, not reaching the
median vein; marginal area olive, much darkened with
fuscous scales, containing a row of white submarginal spots ;
this dark marginal shade extends inwards as far as the central

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 455

line, filling up the space between the first and third median ner-
vules, and is thus connected with the lower end of the central
costal blotch; fringe olive, chequered with fuscous, with a
white apical spot, and preceded by a row of small white
marginal dots. Hind wings white, with a broad diffuse olive-
fuscous border ; the whole of the space below the median vein
from base to the border also suffused with olive, so that but
a small portion of the wing towards base remains of the pale
ground-colour ; traces of a curved fuscous submarginal line,
distinct only on the first median and internal vein, where
there is a darker spot edged outwardly by a whitish one;
fringe and margin as in fore wings. Head, face, palpi, thorax,
and abdomen olive-ochreous ; the metathorax and two basal
segments of abdomen broadly white. Underside whitish ;
both wings suffused with dark fuscous towards base and apical
region; the outer line very distinct, especially on the hind
wings.

E:xpanse of wings 34 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

There is a female in the British Museum collection.

In this species the first subcostal of the hind wing approxi-
mates to, but does not anastomose with, the costal vein.

Parasarama rufitinctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings white, dusted finely with olive-green scales; a
small white costal blotch at base; basal area restricted,
fuscous olive, edged with darker, not reaching beyond one
fourth of inner margin, where there is a blackish spot; a
central costal dark blotch above the two cell-tufts, which are
of raised black scales, with white scales beyond them; exte-
rior line blackish, rather thick, running obliquely outwards,
and curved in over the three median nervules, below which
it disappears; marginal area fuscous black, strongly tinged
with vinous, the vinous scales being massed along the veins,
leaving a slightly paler edging to the outer line and a whitish
spot on the costa ; fringe vinous, chequered with dark fuscous
at the ends of the veins, where there is a series of small pale
dots. Hind wings pure white, with a deep fuscous border
tinged with reddish, its inner edge running from four fifths
of costa to the margin at the first median, there narrowed to
the anal angle, with slight darker projections along the veins ;
fringe as in fore wings, with a pale basal line, preceded by a
broad dark fuscous line. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen
white; collar and patagia streaked with ochreous olive ;
abdomen mixed with grey scales and becoming ochreous

456 Mr. W. Warren on new

towards anal segments. Palpi white beneath and internally,
black externally. Underside white, with hind margins of both
wings and costa of fore wings dark fuscous.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

There is a female of this species in the British Museum
collection from Sarawak.

Genus ScopocerA, Moore.

Scopocera aglossalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale ochreous, almost entirely covered with
olive and fuscous scales; the base dark fuscous ; first line at
one third, bent in the middle, dark fuscous, preceded by a
pale band and followed by diffused fuscous; a small obscure
dark cell-spot ; second line at two thirds, thick, forming an
outward curve to the submedian fold, thence straight to inner
margin not far before the anal angle, followed by a paler
line ; marginal area fuscous, darker at costa, and with a rosy
tinge in places; arosy diffused streak below the costa and
along the submedian fold; fringe olive-fuscous. Hind wings
olive-fuscous, with a darker denticulate central and postmedian
curved line. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous; the
abdomen somewhat darker. Underside paler, with the outer
line marked in both wings; the disk of fore wings tinged
with cinereous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 30, ? 36 millim.

A tew from the Khasias.

TRICHOTOPHYSA, gen. nov.

Fore wings of male with costa slightly curved; apex
blunt ; hind margin curved, not very oblique; inner margin
convex in the basal half. Hind wings with curved hind
margin. Labial palpi slender, upcurved in front of face, the
second joint long, reaching well above vertex, the third short
and acute; maxillary palpi very fine, acute ; antenne pubes-
cent, with a short tuft of scales from their base behind;
tongue and ocelli present. Neuration: fore wings, cell not
half as long as wing; the discocellular bent, followed by a
fovea of crumpled membrane between the upper radial and the
stalk of the last three subcostals, causing a distortion of all
the veins and a bend in the costa itself above it; the fovea
is covered above by a flat comb of curled scales; the median
vein is much bent downwards towards end of cell, the three
median nervules all rising near together and the lower radial

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 457

from just above the angle; upper radial sinuous from below
the upper angle; first, second, and stem of the other three
subcostals curved at origin, the third, fourth, and fifth all
starting from a point. Hind wings with costal closely
approximated to, but not actually anastomosing with, the first
subcostal nervule, which leaves the other close to their origin ;
first median at two thirds, second shortly betore angle of cell,
third and radial together from the angle.
Type Lrichotophysa olivalis, sp. n.

Trichotophysa olivalis, sp. n.

Fore wings olive, tinged in parts with reddish, and dusted
and suffused with dark fuscous; the central area between the
lines darkest; first line at one third, wavy, obscure; the
basal area paler, tinged with rosy, and with a black spot at
base; second line at two thirds, curved and crenulate to inner
margin at two thirds; a black spot at end of cell before the
olive comb of scales; marginal area olive, with a darker
fuscous shade in the middle, most evident on costa; a row of
black spots before the olive fringes. Hind wing semitrans-
parent, pale olive, tinged with rosy and fuscous, with traces
of a denticulate submarginal grey line; fringe as in fore
wings. Head and thorax olive ; abdomen reddish, with paler
anal tuft; metathorax with a dark brown tuft. Underside
glossy, dull olive ; the fore wings smeared with darker.

Expanse of wings 30 millim,

One male from the Khasias.

Subfamily Prraziprvz.

POLYCAMPSIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, narrow ; costa uneven, bulged at one
third and two thirds, concave between the bulges and between
the second and apex; apex shortly but strongly produced ;
hind margin shortly but strongly incised below apex, then
remarkably gibbous; anal angle obtuse and rounded off; inner
margin convex. Hind wings with apex somewhat produced,
the hind margin slightly excised below it, then faintly curved ;
both wings beneath with strong wisps of hair from the base ;
fore wings with an oval indentation beneath at costa close to
base, appearing above as a scale-covered blister. Antenne
of male simple, filiform, short; forehead oblique, hairy ;
maxillary palpi large, laxly haired, triangular; labial palpi
decumbent, hairy, blunt, five times as long as head; the
forehead, the maxillary and the labial palpi united to form a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xvii. 32

458 Mr. W. Warren on new

single plane ; tongue very small; ocelli invisible; hind tibia
with four spurs. Neuration: fore wings, cell about half as
long as wing; discocellular deeply angled; first median at
three fourths, second just before angle*of cell, third from the
angle ; lower radial from just above the angulation ; upper
radial stalked with the last three subcostals, the third and
fourth rising on a common stem from the fifth; first and
second subcostals free. Hind wings: costal free; the sub-
costals on a long stalk; discocellular angulated, the lower
arm very oblique ; medians and radial as in fore wings.
Type Polycampsis longinasus, sp. n.

Polycampsis longinasus, sp. n.

Fore wings fulvous, mixed with yellowish and ferruginous ;
the two lines pale, diffuse, obliquely curved; first from
middle of costa to inner margin at one fourth; second from
apex to inner margin at middle; fringe ferruginous (?). Hind
wings black-brown, as if burnt, the hind margin fuscous
towards apex and the fringe lighter fuscous. ‘Thorax ferru-
ginous mixed with grey ; metathorax pale, whitish; abdomen
black-brown, with pale anal segment ; palpi grey above, deep
coppery red on sides and beneath. Underside fuscous cine-
reous; disk of fore wing with chocolate-brown hairs; hind
wing more cinereous, with a pale curved submarginal line.

Expanse of wings 34 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

The type being somewhat rubbed, the coloration of the
fore wings cannot be given with accuracy.

XENOMILIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings narrow, elongate; costa strongly shouldered
at base, then faintly incurved to apex ; apex produced, fal-
cate; hind margin with a prominent blunt rectangular pro-
jection at end of the second median nervule; concave above
and below, but more strongly below ; the upper half running
slightly outwards, the lower very obliquely inwards; anal
angle rectangular ; inner margin convex towards base. Hind
wings decidedly broader than fore wings, with both angles
and the hind margin rounded. Abdomen of male long, with
strong anal tuft; antenne of male with a long basal joint,
somewhat thickened at its upper end, the shaft simple,
lamellate, forming au angle with basal joint; forehead with
tuft of hair; labial palpi long, rostriform, decumbent, laxly
scaled, terminal joint as long as second; no maxillary palpi
or tongue; ocelli distinct; legs stout; hind tibiz with four

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 459

spurs; retinaculum a long recurved tuft of hair-like scales
from the costal vein; frenulum stout. Neuration: fore wings,
cell fully half as long as wing; the discocellular very oblique
in its lower arm; first median at five sixths, second close
before lower angie of cell, third and lower radial from the
angle; upper radial stalked with the last four subcostals; the
radial and the second subcostal rising from the same point,
third subcostal halfway been second and the origin of fourth
and fifth. Hind wings with costal free, the two subcostals
stalked; medians and radial as in fore wings.
Type Xenomilia humeralis, sp. n.

Xenomilia humeralis, sp. n.

Fore wings reddish fawn-colour, deeper at base and along
hind margin, dusted with black specks; first line double, at
one third, slightly oblique outward, zigzag, dark grey ; second
line also double, at four fifths, sinuous, parallel to hind margin,
followed above anal angle by a blackish shade. Hind wings
paler, more ochreous, with a broad dark border along hind
and inner margin. Head, palpi, face, and thorax reddish;
abdomen dark grey. Underside duller, the exterior line
single and broad.

iixpanse of wings 38 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

HETEROCRASA, gen. nov.

?. Fore wings elongate; costa curved; apex produced
but blunt ; hind margin obliquely rounded. Hind wings with
both angles rounded, the hind margin slightly curved. Fore-
head tufted; labial palpi long, rough with hairs above and
below, the third joint pointed, drooping; maxillary palpi
invisible; tongue excessively minute; ocelli very indistinct,
pale; antenne filiform. Neuration: fore wings, cell half
the length of wing; postmedian at three fourths, third and
lower radial from end of cell, second halfway between first
and third; first and second subcostals free; upper radial
short-stalked with the other three; the three rising almost
from the same point. Hind wings with costal free; the two
subcostals from upper end of cell; medians as in fore wings,
but the radial well above the lower angle; discocellular
strongly angulated, the lower angle blunt.

Type Heterocrasa expansalis, sp. n.

Heterocrasa expansalis, sp. n.

Fore wings ochreous, with a pink suffusion, which is
32*

460 Mr. W. Warren on new

strongest at base and along costa and inner margin; the
two lines slightly darker, the first at one fourth, curved, the
second at three fourths, nearly parallel to hind margin; a
slightly darker discal spot ; fringe concolorous. Hind wings
ochreous, hardly tinged with pink, but dusted with pale
fuscous, with a faint submarginal darker line. Head, face,
thorax, and abdomen ochreous, more or less tinged with pink,
the patagia pink. Underside like upper, but the fore wings
darker, being dusted with fuscous.

Iixpanse of wings 40-48 millim.

Many females, but no males, from the Khasias.

Genus OrTHOPYGIA, Rag.

Orthopygia pellucidalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale pearly olive, the basal area and a shade
beyond the second line slightly deeper olive; the lines pure
white, both antemedian and postmedian vertical and wavy ;
the median area yellowish olive, darker towards inner
margin, and with a patch of brown scales on the inner side
of postmedian line; cell-spot minute; costal edge of median
area dark, with three white dots; fringe concolorous with a
row of concise black dots at base. Hind wings like fore
wings, the basal and median areas both dusted with fuscous
atoms. Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Under-
side duller, with only the outer of the two lines shown, dull
white ; the small white costal dots extended to the base.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Genus Pyrauis, Linn.
Pyralis rectisectalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pinkish ochreous, sparsely dusted with black
scales; basal area dull chocolate, edged by the first line at
one sixth, which is perfectly straight, dull white; marginal
area dull olive, edged inwardly by the second line at five
sixths, which is also dull white and nearly straight; fringe
olive, with a row of distinct triangular black spots at base ;
cell-spot denoted by a few black scales. Hind wings with
the costal area whitish ; basal area as in fore wings, but more
restricted, followed by a distinct black spot; second line
curved and edged inwardly by blackish spots, two larger
ones below the costa and two before the inner margin; mar-
ginal area and fringe as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 461

abdomen pinkish ochreous. Underside less pink; the basal
and marginal areas of fore wings dark brown, broader than
above. Hind wings with basal area much dusted with dark
brown, and with a strongly marked, curved, dark brown
central line ; cell-spot black, distinct.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male from Peermaad.

A very distinct species.

Genus PEUCELA, Rag.
Peucela fumosalis, sp. n.

?. Fore wings pinkish ochreous, the basal and marginal
areas and the hinder part of the median area suffused with
fuscous scales; first line at one third, bluntly elbowed in
middle, whitish, finely edged with darker; second line beyond
two thirds, crenulated, whitish, edged internally, except at costa,
with a thick dark line ; costa fuscous, dotted with ochreous; a
rather large blackish cell-spot; a row of black triangular marks
along hind margin; fringe reddish grey, ochreous towards
base. Hind wings wholly suffused with fuscous, reddish
ochreous along inner margin; a pale line edged outwardly
with darker at one third, followed by a small dark cell-spot ;
a curved and crenulate submarginal line, edged internally
with dark; marginal line dark; fringe darker than in fore
wings, with a thick dark dividing line. Head, thorax, and
abdomen ochreous, dusted with fuscous. Underside of fore
wings thickly dusted with fuscous, of hind wings pale
ochreous, more sparsely dusted; both wings with discal spot
and outer line marked.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Peucela rubrifuscalis, sp. n.

Fore wings greyish stone-colour, sprinkled with black
atoms; antemedian line at one fourth, curved outwards in
upper half and inwards below, black, edged internally with
red, entirely red in the lower half, the reddish tinge ex-
tending along the costa to the base ; a small dark cell-spot ;
postmedian line from three fourths of costa to near anal
angle, sinuous outwards in middle, inwards above and below,
blackish, preceded by a very fine dark line of blackish atoms ;
marginal area black-brown, the apical region reddish ; fringe
black-brown and reddish, chequered, with a pale basal line ;
costa between the two lines dotted with black. Hind wings

462 Mr. W. Warren on new

like fore wings, with two curved blackish lines, the ante-
median preceded by a reddish and fuscous shade; the post-
median followed by a curved red line; hind margin and
whole apical area tinged with red. Head, thorax, and abdo-
men concolorous with ground-colour, the abdomen red-tinged.
Underside with basal and marginal areas broadly red.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Genus ComartiA, Rag.

Comaria unilinealis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale brick-red, darker along costa, which is
marked with dark slight points; a small reddish discal dot ;
an oblique line at three fourths parallel to hind margin, pale
yellowish internally, edged beyond with dark red-brown ;
marginal area brick-red; fringe concolorous, with a pale
basal line and darker dividing line. Hind wing dull reddish
grey, dusted with darker, with a very broad dark grey border.
Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish, dusted with dark atoms,
Underside like upper.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from Masuri.

Genus ZiTHA, WIk.

Zitha imperatriz, sp. n.

Fore wings rich coppery red, thickly dusted with black
atoms except in the space between the first median nervule
and the submedian, where the ground-colour is paler and
brighter; costa to near the apex broadly putty-colour, its
edge marked with numerous oblique short black strige ; the
two lines oblique, thick, black, neither reaching the costa,
but starting from the lower edge of the costal streak; the
first at one third, slightly sinuous, edged internally with pale
coppery, which on the inner margin forms a small yellow
spot; second line similar, at two thirds, edged outwardly
towards inner margin with paler and likewise with a minute
yellow spot on inner margin; space between costal streak
and the median vein most thickly sprinkled with dark atoms;
fringe dark coppery, with two or three lighter lines. Hind
wings paler, bright coppery yellow, redder towards inner and
hind margins, with a dark red-brown line from just above
anal angle, not reaching the costa, and traces of a central line
on inner margin only ; fringe as in fore wings, but with dark

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 463

coppery basal line. Abdomen with two basal and the anal
segments coppery yellow, intermediate segments purple-black
(probably from grease); thorax, head, and face coppery
brown ; palpi putty-colour. Underside dull reddish brown,
with strong fuscous mottling ; the outer line dark in both
wings, with a paler edge; costa of fore wing with alternate
yellowish and black spots ; " legs ochreous, dusted with reddish
and fuscous.

Eixpanse of wings 36 millim.

‘T'wo or three males from the Khasias.

A very remarkable looking and handsome species.

Genus ULorricuopss, Rag.

Ulotrichodes novalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellowish ochreous, dusted in places with
rather coarse blackish scales ; first line at one fourth, vertical,
sinuous ; second line at three fourths, at first parallel to hind
margin, bent in below the median and much thickened,
reaching inner margin shortly before anal angle; marginal
area thickly dusted with blackish; a large black cell- -spot ;
costa regularly dotted with black ; fringe concolorous. Hind
wings whitish towards base, becoming pale ochreous out-
wardly ; a submarginal darker line, parallel to hind margin.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with fore wings.
Underside paler. and duller.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One male from Bombay.

Subfamily Ewporricurw2.

NEUROPHRUDA, gen. nov.

Fore wings narrow, with straight costa; apex produced,
blunt; hind margin very oblique, slightly bent in middle.
Hind wings narrow, with hind margin slightly bent. An-
tenne (¢) lamellate, thick, and somewhat flattened ; labial
palpi porrect, rostriform, decumbent; maxillary palpi small ;
tongue present ; ocelli fivisible ; legs long. Neuration: fore
wings, cell about half as long as wing; discocellular in-
angled ; first median at three fourths ; second, third, and
lower radial all close together from lower end of cell ; upper
radial from middle of discocellular; last three subcostals
stalked, the fifth rising near the cell, and approximated to
the upper radial near hind margin ; second free ; first absent.

464 Mr. W. Warren on new

Hind wings with first subcostal anastomosing with costal ;
medians and radial as in fore wings.

Type Neurophruda daulialis, sp. n.

Neurophruda daulialis, sp. n.

Fore wings orange, with bright fulvous markings ; first
line curved obliquely inwards, preceded below the median by
an acutely angled tawny blotch; second line from three
fourths, oblique inwards for one third, then forming a very
acute angle towards hind margin, which it nearly touches,
again angled and bent below the discal mark to inner margin
about middle; space between the two lines beneath the median
fulvous ; marginal space with fulvous streaks radiating from
the outer edge of second line towards hind margin; discal
mark fulvous, oblique; fringe yellow, with a fulvous line at
base. Hind wings yellow, paler towards base, with outer
line and marginal area as in fore wings; on the hind margin
at anal angle are four raised dots of coal-black scales. Head,
thorax, and abdomen orange, mixed with fulvous. Under-
side dull yellow, with fulvous scales interspersed.

}-xpanse of wings 14 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Superficially resembling somewhat a small Daulia.

Genus CANGETTA, Moore.
Cangetta venustalis, sp. n.

Fore wings white, from base to beyond middle suffused
with fulvous grey; a reddish vertical outer line at three
fourths, reaching only to middle of wing, the apical area
beyond it being first grey, then orange-fulvous, the limit of
the two colours marked by a deeper fulvous line from costa to
middle of hind margin; fringe white. Hind wings white
along costa and hind margin, the rest of the wing broadly
orange-tawny in the middle, becoming red-brown towards
inner margin; the tawny shade is bounded by a darker
diffuse line, beyond which there is a grey patch ; discal spot
in the tawny shade white; fringe white. Head, face, and
thorax whitish ; abdomen more orange. Underside duller.

Expanse of wings 17 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Genus DipLopseustis, Meyr.
Diplopseustis constellata, sp. n.
Closely allied to D. minima, Butler, but darker, the white

Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. 465

cross-lines and costal rings and dots more distinct; the wavy
white inner line is followed above the inner margin by a
round blackish blotch containing a minute white centre ; the
black discocellular mark is followed by a white lunule, which
has three white dots beyond it, one quite close, the other two
more remote, from either end of the lunule; another white
dot stands near the base of the cell. Hind wings as dark as
fore wings, with faint traces of a wavy submarginal pale
line ; fringes white, beyond a dark basal line.

Exxpanse of wings 18 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Diplopseustis pallidalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale greyish, with the costal rings and dots and
the transverse lines asin D. minima; first line wavy, whitish,
followed below the middle by deep black scales ; second line
preceded by blackish suffusion towards inner margin; discal
spot black, linear, followed by a whitish spot. Hind wings
dull whitish, with a blackish cell-spot and a submarginal
white, inwardly dark-edged line, followed at middle of hind
margin by a blackish blotch ; palpi pale, externally grey ;
face white; thorax like fore wings; abdomen whitish, with
blackish dorsal marks.

Expanse of wings 17 millim.

A male from the Khasias.

Genus Henpecasis, Hmpsn.
Hendecasis fumilauta, sp. ui.

Fore wings dull white, slightly washed with ochreous grey ;
the two lines double, curved, at one third and two thirds
respectively ; apical half of hind margin occupied by a round
greyish-ochreous cloud, with darker inner edge ; fringe white,
with dark grey basal line. Hind wings a little more suffused
with grey, with the two lines as in fore wings, but the inner
one more curved outwards in middle. Head, thorax, and
abdomen whitish; palpi grey. Underside duller white; fore
wings with an oblique darker line, corresponding to the dark
inner edge of the apical blotch.

Expanse of wings 12 milim.

Both sexes from the Khasias.

Genus CoTacHENA, Moore.

Cotachena peractalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale fawn-colour, without the yellowish tint of

466 Geological Society.

histricalis, Moore, and pubescens, Warr. ; all the three white
spots more largely developed, the additional basal spot also
conspicuous ; the outer line, which in both of the above-
mentioned species forms a slight but visible projecting sinus
between the two outer spots, runs straight, and is followed by
an additional white blotch consisting of three coalescent
teeth. Hind wings whitish from base, becoming ochreous
fawn-colour towards hind margin, but not yellowish. ‘The
fore wings have the apex more produced, subfalcate, and the
hind margin is slightly elbowed in the middle.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Several of both sexes from Tenimber and Dili.

[To be continued. |

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 26, 1896.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘On the Structure of the Plesiosaurian Skull.” By Charles W.
Andrews, Esq., B.Se., F.G.S.

Owing to the imperfection of the specimens described, various
previous accounts of the Plesiosaurian skull are incomplete, and
differ from one another in important particulars. There is
in the National Collection a fine skull of Plesiosaurus macro-
cephalus which has lately been cleared from the matrix, with a
description of which the present communication is mainly occupied,
though other specimens, which are of assistance in clearing up some
difficulties, are also noticed. The Author particularly considers the
structure of the palate, and only such points in the structure of the
rest of the skull as add to or are at variance. with previous descrip-
tions are considered.

The Author’s observations indicate that a general similarity of
palatal structure among reptiles does not necessarily imply any
close relationship, but the very great resemblances existing between
the Plesiosaurian and Rhynchocephalian palates, reinforced by
numerous other points of resemblance in these skeletons noted by
Baur, lead to the conclusion that the Plesiosauria are descended
from a primitive Rhynchocephalian reptile, as already opined by
Baur, Boulenger, and others.

Geological Society. 467

2. ‘The Fauna of the Keisley Limestone.—Part I.’ By F. R.
Cowper Reed, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

The Author has examined a very full series of fossils from the
Keisley Limestone of Westmoreland, and proposes to describe the
fauna of the limestone. In this (first) part of the paper a descrip-
tion of the trilobites is given. He recognizes about forty species,
belonging to ten families. Several of the forms are new, whilst
others have previously been described, and many of them occur in
the limestone of the Chair of Kildare and the Zeptena-limestone of
Dalecarlia.

April 29, 1896.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘Descriptions of New Fossils from the Carboniferous Lime-
stone.—I. On Pemmatites constipatus, sp. noy., a Lithistid Sponge.
II. On Paleacis humilis, sp. nov., a new Perforate Coral ; with
Remarks on the Genus. III. On the Jaw-apparatus of an Annelid,
Hunicites Reidit, sp. nov.’ By George Jennings Hinde, Ph.D.,
E.G:S.

I. The Pemmatites, belonging to a genus hitherto only known
from the Permo-Carboniferous beds of Spitzbergen, was discovered
in the Yoredale Beds of Yorkshire by Mr. J. Rhodes, and is the
only fairly complete sponge which has hitherto been detected in the
Yoredale Beds of North-West Yorkshire. The Author gives a full
description of the species.

Il. The Paleacis was found by the Rev. G. C. H. Pollen in the
Carboniferous Limestone and Shale Series, on the banks of the
Hodder, near Stonyhurst. The specific characters of the form are
given by the Author, who then remarks upon the genus Paleacis,
which has been placed alternately with the corals and sponges,
though latterly it has been generally regarded as a perforate coral.
Nevertheless its real characters had not been definitely settled: the
uncertainty, in the Author’s opinion, being due to the fact that some
writers have placed in the genus certain forms which differ widely
from the typical species, and have then defined the characters of the
genus largely from these foreign forms. The Author, in the light
of the information now supplied, gives a fresh definition of the
genus, which appears to represent a distinct family of perforate
corals, in some features more nearly allied to the Favositide than to
the Madreporidee or Poritide.

ILI. The third specimen was discovered by Miss Margery A. Reid
in the Lower Carboniferous Beds of Halkin Mountain, Flintshire,
and is named in honour of its discoverer. A description of it is
given, and it is stated that, notwithstanding certain peculiarities,
the individual pieces correspond so closely with those of the recent
Eunice family that it may well be included in the genus Eunicites.

468 Miscellaneous.

2. ‘Discovery of Mammalian Remains in the Old River-gravels
of the Derwent near Derby.—Part I. By H. H. Arnold-Bemrose,
Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

A few mammalian bones were found in sinking a well at Allenton.
On April &th, 1895, the Authors commenced further excavations,
and were successful in finding the lower jaw, 26 vertebrae, the os
innominatum, left femur, tibia, fibula, caleaneum, cuboid, 1v meta-
tarsal, right fibula, caleaneum, cuboid, 1v metatarsal, astragalus,
left lunare and scaphoid, and portions of ribs of a Hippopotamus,
also part of the breast-bone of an Hlephas, and part of the tibia of
a Lhinoceros. The Hippopotamus-bones were well-preserved, and
probably belonged to one animal. The body was most likely
stranded in an old channel of the River Derwent, and quickly
covered up with sand and clay, but not before the bones were some-
what disturbed. They were found in a dark-coloured sand above
the river-gravel, at a depth of 9 feet 8 inches below the surface.

Mr. Clement Reid found some twenty or more species of plant-
remains in the sand. ‘These plants ‘indicate a moist meadow or
swampy ground, and a temperate climate. The species are all
widely distributed.’

Part II. By R. M. Deeley, Esq., F.G.S.

The deposits in which the bones were found occupy a wide trench
which occurs on the inside edge of a gravel-terrace stretching for
several miles south of Derby, at a height of 15 or 20 feet above
the modern alluvial plain. The gravels are of later age than the
Great Chalky Boulder Clay, and were formed at a time when the
rivers were removing from their preglacial valleys the older Boulder
Clays, with which they had been partially filled. Gravels
of two ages are recognized: (a) recent gravels well stratified,
undisturbed, and covered in many places by a thick layer of brick-
earth; and (0) high-level gravels showing ‘trail’ and contorted
bedding. It is in these latter gravels that the trench containing
the mammalian remains occurs. ‘The deposits occupying this old
waterway and the contorted high-level gravels are placed together
in the same period; and the Author gives reasons for supposing
that they are both of interglacial age, the contortions and surface-
disturbances having been produced during a recent cold period, most
probably by a lobe of ice which passed down the Trent Valley.
Several peculiar physical features of the valleys, such as the flowing
surface-outlines of the higher gravel-terraces, and the occurrence of
lacustrine deposits in the low-level area occupied by Sinfin Moor,
are instanced as supporting this view.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Scaly Covering of the Regenerated Tails of Lizards. By
Dr. Franz Werner, Assistant at the Zoological Institute and
Royal University in Vienna.

Tur results of this research are as follows :—

1. The scales of the regenerated tail in certain Saurians, which

Miscellaneous. 469

reproduce themselves with an altered scale-covering, instead of
being constituted, as in the original, phylogenetically oldest forms
of the family in question, on the primary tail, in all newly acquired
parts exhibit an extensive differentiation from the form originally
manifested, tubercle-scales, crests, spines, and keeled scales not being
reproduced.

2. In the regeneration of the tails of all Saurians which repro-
duce them with an altered form of scale, the existing outer segmen-
tation of the scaly coat, as well as the development of the preformed
points of rupture of the skin, together with the differentiation of a
vertebral column, is lost.

3. In some cases in which the scale-covering of the tip of the
primary tail is different from that of the substituted tail the
secondary tail agrees with the normal tail-tip, which consequently
in this respect shows itself really in the original condition.

4, Differentiations of the scale-covering, which are wanting in
the regenerated tails of lizards, such as tubercles, ridges, &c., are
also not to be recognized in the embryos of the same species until
they attain a certain age.

5. The regeneration of the tail generally fails to take place, or
takes place to a very limited extent, when it has undergone a special
differentiation into offensive or prehensile organs.

6. In cases of a second regeneration the tertiary tail agrees
entirely with the secondary so far as the scale-covering is con-
cerned.

7. Within the same family the regenerated tails of all forms
agree, especially in the rule as to the arrangement of the scales.—
Sitzungsb. kais. Akad. der Wiss. Wren, Jahrg. 1896, pp. 34-35.

On the Mollusca (Prosobranchiata and Opisthobranchiata, Scaphopoda
and Lamellibranchiata) Dredged by the Austrian Deep-sea Expe-
ditions of H.M.S. ‘ Pola’ in the Years 1890-94. By Dr. Rupoir
Srurayy.

The question of the uniformity of the Molluscan fauna of the
greater depths of the Mediterranean Sea (from about 400 metres
onwards), which Fischer asserted and has proved from the results of
the ‘ Travailleur’ Expedition, are confirmed afresh by the dredgings
of the ‘ Pola.” Further, the matcrial obtained is of a kind to
strengthen the conclusions of Dr. v. Marenzeller, recently published,
which, based upon the nature of the various Echinoderms dredged
at different depths and the uniform character of the whole deep-sea
fauna from 200 metres up to the greatest depths, brought out the
fact of the absence of a defined abyssal fauna,

Again, an Atlantic origin has very rightly been ascribed to the
deep-sea fauna of the Mediterranean, from the fact that many
abyssal mollusks of this basin are identical with Atlantic and North-
Atlantic forms and occur in the Tertiary deposits of Sicily and
Italy, and their ingress referred to a time when there was a much
freer communication between the Atlantic and Mediterranean seas
than exists at present (Jeffreys, Fischer).

470 Miscellaneous.

Species having that distribution were dredged by the ‘ Pola.’

In this communication the Gastropoda, and, indeed (with the
exception of the Heteropoda and Pteropoda), the Scaphopoda and
Lamellibranchiata, are discussed. Of these groups there were
in all 120 species dredged. In the Mediterranean expedition
(1.-IV., 1890-93) there occurred 76 species (36 Gastropoda,
3 Scaphopoda, 37 Lamellibranchiata), in the Adriatic expedition
(1894) 63 species (36 Gastropoda, 2 Scaphopoda, 25 Lamellibran-
chiata); 19 species were found in both seas. j

In shallow places more species were naturally dredged than in
deep ; so in every proportion of the fauna with regard to the vertical
distribution of species there must still be reckoned a considerable
decrease of species from above downwards. This decrease is a much
more striking one than in the western part of the Mediterranean,
and it would appear from this, and having regard to the fact that
on many stations at great depths the dredge yielded absolutely
nothing, that the conclusion is justified that the deeper parts of the
Eastern Mediterranean are still poorer than the analogous portions
of the western basin.

The deepest part which still yielded molluscan shells was Station
no. 82, northward of Alexandria, 2420 metres. Here 9 species
were dredged, of which 5 were entirely new to science. One of
these species belonged to a new genus, which, from the horizontal
position of the hinge-teeth, was named Jsorropodon. It is a shell
of inconsiderable size, with a maximum length of 11 millim. and
8:5 millim. in height, and from its external morphology might be
regarded as one of the Veneridw. The relations of the complicated
hinge point, however, to an affinity with Cypricardia lithophagella,
Lam. In a second new form from the same station the author
recognized a representative of the genus Myrina, which up to the
present is only known as coming from North Australia and South
Africa.

The sum total of new species amounted to 9; they comprised 1
littoral of the genus Scalaria, 3 continental of the genera Fusus,
Lyonsia, and Pecchiolia, and 5 abyssal of the genera Taranis, De-
francia, Lucina, Isorropodon (new genus), and Myrina.

12 species which up to the present have only been found in the
Western Mediterranean or in the Adriatic as the result of the
dredging by the ‘ Pola’ must now be regarded as having a distribu-
tion in the eastern basin.

One of the species dredged by the ‘ Challenger’ expedition off the
Azores extends into the Mediterranean—Pleurotoma (Mangelia)
macra, Watson.

Two new varieties of Raphitoma nuperrima, Tib., form links with
Watson’s species Pleurotoma (Mangelia) corallina and Pleurotoma
(Mangelia) acanthodes from the West Indies and the Azores.

Nine species, otherwise, it is true, already long known, are new
to the fauna of the Adriatic.—Sitzungsb. kais. Akad. der Wiss.
Wien, Jahrg. 1896, no. vil. pp. 56-59.

471

INDEX to VOL. XVII.

Acrpasris, on the British Silurian
species of, 180.

Adixoa, new species of, 359.

/Mmene, new species of, 362.

Adschna, new species of, 124, 368,
419,

Agama, new species of, 22.

Agrotera, new species of, 159.

Alena, new species of, 126.

Alestes, new species of, 279.

Aletis, new species of, 351,

Alloporus, new species of, 459.

Ambia, new species of, 202.

Amida, characters of the new genus,
34

Amphidromus, list of species of,
66.

Anacizschna, new species of, 409,

Anatis, new species of, 28.

Andrews, C. W., on the structure of
the Plesiosaurian skull, 466.

Animal kingdom, on the develop-
ment of the visual organs in the,
162.

Anisosticta, new species of, 25.

Anolis, new species of, 16.

Antarctic life, on surviving refugees
in Austral lands of ancient, 113,

Antherza, new species of, 354.

Ants, on the relations of the myrme-
cophile Lepismide to, 398.

Apate, new species of, 338.

Aphanobius, new species of, 337.

Apodide, on hermaphroditism
among the, 120, 296.

Apogonia, new species of, 332.

Apseudes Latreillii, note on, 53.

Apus caneriformis, on the male of,
120.

Arachnida, new, 55, 240, 312, 383,
425,

Archineura incarnata, description ‘of
the female of, 370,

Argiolaus, new species of, 286,

Argyrothripa, new species of, 362.

Aristodesmus, characters of the new
genus, 184,

Arnold-Bemrose, H. H., on mam-
malian remains from Derby, 468.

Aroa, new species of, 352.

Arthriobasis, characters of the new
genus, 151.

Arthropods, on modifications pro-
duced in the organs of sense and
nutrition in certain, by confine-
ment in caves, 407.

Ascidia villosa, on the embryogeny
of, 106.

Ascidians, on the embryogeny of
simple, 106.

Atheris, on the species of, 266.

Atritomus, new species of, 331.

Atta cephalotes, on the soldier of,
160.

Babycurus, new species of, 426;
notes on the genus, 427.

Barbus, new species of, 397.

Barilius, new species of, 277.

Batrachians, new, 16, 395, 401,
449,

Benham, Dr. W. B., on the male of
Apus cancriformis, 120.

Berenicea, observations on the genus,
41.

472

Bernard, F., on a new lamellibranch
commensal with an echinoderm,
109.

Bernard, H. M., on the sense of
sight, 162; on hermaphroditism
among the Apodide, 296.

Blanchard, E., on the modifying
effect of light on the coloration of
Lepidoptera, 328.

Blandford, W. F. H., on the genus
Dactylipalpus and two new genera
of Scolytide, 319.

Book, new :—Rauff, H., on supposed
organic remains from the Pre-
Cambrian system of Brittany,
407.

Boulenger, G. A., on new reptiles
and batrachians from Colombia,
16; on two new lizards from the
Transvaal, 21 ; on new fishes from
the Congo, 309; on a new cha-
meleon from Uganda, 376; on
-new reptiles and batrachians from
Celebes, 393 ; on new batrachians
in the British Museum, 401; on
new lizards from Madagascar,
444; on new batrachians from
Borneo, 449.

Boyeria, definition of the new gene-
ric name, 424,

Brachartona, new species of, 351.

Bryozoa, revision of the Jurassic, 41,
151, 194, 287.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on new species of
Catasticta, 53; on the synonymy
of Huphina lanassa, 231 ; notes on
the genus Daptonura, 347.

Calamaria, new species of, 229,
394.

Callimerus, new species of, 338.

Callinaias, new species of, 149.

Calophrynus, new species of, 403.

Cameena, new species of, 129,

Cangetta, new species of, 149, 464.

Caprinia, new species of, 100.

Castnia, new species of, 216.

Cataclysta, new species of, 205.

Catasticta, new species of, 53.

Centipedes from East Africa, 435,

Ceriocava, new species of, 201.

Chalcophora, new species of, 334.

Chameleon, new species of, 376.

Charema, new species of, 151.

Charitoprepes, characters of the new
genus, 186,

Chilocorus, new species of, 32.

INDEX.

Chromis, new species of, 271.

Chrysommatodes, characters of the
new genus, 105,

Clarias, new species of, 274, 311.

Coccinella, new species of, 27.

Coccinellidee of Japan, on the, 22.

Coleoptera, new, 22, 65, 319, 329.

Comaria, new species of, 462.

Coptobasis, new species of, 133.

Corzebus, new species of, 835.

Corals, microscopic and systematic
study of Madreporarian types of,
219.

Cornufer, new species of, 449.

Corythomantis, characters of the
new genus, 405.

Cotachena, new species of, 465.

Crowley, P., on a new species of
Thauria, 66.

Crustacea, new, 49, 343.

Ctenogyna, new species of, 356,

Ctenopoma, new species of, 269,
510.

Cyclarcha, new species of, 138,

Cynthia morus, on the embryogeny
of, 106.

Dactylipalpus, remarks on the genus,
319.

Daptonura, new species of, 347,

Deeley, R. M., on mammalian re-
mains from Derby, 468.

Deudorix, new species of, 357.

Diastopora, notes on the genus, 152.

Diathrausta profundalis, new variety
of, 143,

Diplodactylus, new species of, 444.

Diplopseustis, new species of, 464.

Diplotyla, new species of, 148.

Dolichochelia, characters of the new
genus, 49,

Druce, H., on new species of
Castnia, 216; on new Heterocera
from Tropical America, 350.

Druce, H. H., on new Lycenide,
285.

Dyscophus, new species of, 404.

Entalophoride, synopsis of species of,
201.

Epamera, new species of, 285.

Epilachna, new species of, 23.

Epiplema, new species of, 212.

Equus, new subspecies of, 319.

Eristena, characters of the new
genus, 149,

Erythromma tinctipennis, descrip-
tion of the male of, 378.

TNeDan xX.

Ethadopselaphus, characters of the
new genus, 321.

Eugaster, new species of, 122.

Kurycreon, new species of, 97.

Eurydesmus, new species of, 456.

Eustra, new species of, 830.

Kutricha, new species of, 555,

Fauna, on the deep-sea, of the
Mediterranean, 469.

Fénard, A., on the internal ap-
pendices of the genital apparatus
of the Orthoptera, 450.

Fishes, new, 1, 269, 309, 397;
from the Ogowe river, on some,
263.

Flowers, on the cross-fertilization of,
by insects, 249.

Fulton, H., on the species of Amphi-
dromus, 66.

Gadessa, new species of, 105.

Gammarina, new species of, 543.

Gathynia, new species of, 215.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 179, 257, 466.

Geophis, new species of, 229.

Giard, Prof. A., on an example of
Pterodela pedicularia with doubly
abnormal neuration, 111.

Glauconoé, new species of, 95.

Gnamptorhiza, characters of the new
genus, 135.

Gomphus, new species of, 367.

Goniorhynchus, new species of, 140.

Gregory, Dr. J. W., revision of the
British Jurassic Bryozoa, 41, 151,
194, 287.

Ginther, Dr. A., on the numbers of
zoological species known in the
years 1830 and 1881, 180; on two
new snakes from Sarawak, 228;
on reptiles and fishes from the
Ogowe river and Old Calabar, 261 ;
on two new fishes, 397.

Gynacantha, new species of, 411.

Hadogenes, new species of, 316.

Halicoides, characters of the new
genus, 544,

Haplocecia, characters of the new
genus, 199,

Hart, J. H., on the soldier of Atta
cephalotes, 160.

Hatteria, on the pineal eye of, 165.

Hedley, C., on surviving refugees of .

ancient antarctic life, 113; on
Australasian faunas and European
workers, 258.

473

Hedylepta, new species Of, 98.

Helizeschna, new species of, 419.

Hendecasis, new species of, 465.

Heterocrasa, characters of the new
genus, 459.

Heteropodide, new South-African,
56.

Heteropora, new species of, 295.

Hinde, Dr. G. J., on new fossils
from the Carboniferous limestone,
467.

Hispa, new species of, 342.

Homalocranium, new species of, 17.

Homopholis, new species of, 447.

Huphina lanassa, on the synonymy
of, 231.

Hyla, new species of, 20.

Hyleccetus, new species of, 65.

Hylodes, new species of, 19.

Hypena, new species of, 363.

Hyperaspis, new species of, 53.

Hyperthalia, characters of the new
genus, 154,

Hypolamprus, new species of, 207.

Idiostrophe, characters of the new
genus, 135,

Idiusia, characters
genus, 98.

Insects, on the cross-fertilization of
flowers by, 249.

Iomachus, new species of, 317.

Ischnurine, on Ethiopian species of,
312.

Janet, C., on the relations of the
myrmecophile Lepismidz to ants,
398.

Kallima, new species of, 127.

Keller, Dr. I. A., on the cross-
fertilization of flowers by insects,
249.

Kingsley, Miss M. H., on a collection
of reptiles and fishes made by, 268,

Kirby, W. F., on two new species of
Eugaster, 122; on a new dragonfly
from East Africa, 124.

Kololophos, characters of the new
genus, 289.

Lagria, new species of, 541.

Lake, P., on the British Silurian
species of Acidaspis, 180.

Lamellibranch, on a new commensal,
109.

Laurie, Prof. M., on the anatomy of
some scorpions, 185.

Lepidoptera, new, 53, 66, 94, 125,
181, 202, 216, 285, 347, 350, 357,

of the new

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvii. 33

474

374, 396, 452; on the modifying
effect of light on the coloration of
certain, 328.

Lepidurus, on hermaphroditism
among’ species of, 296.

Lepismide, on the relations of the
myrmecophile, to ants, 398.

Lepreus, remarks on the genus, 377.

Leptochelia, observations on the
genus, 156.

Leptodactylus, new species of, 404.

Leptognathus, new species of, 18.

Lewis, G., on the Coccinellide of
Japan, 22; on a new species of
Hyleccetus, 65; on new Japanese
Coleoptera, 329.

Lizards, on the scaly covering of the
regenerated tails of, 468.

Lophopalpia, new species of, 452.

Lophostreptus, new species of, 439.

M‘Lachlan, R., on Odonata from
Western China and Thibet, 364;
on Odonata of the subfamily
Atschnina, 409.

Macrolagria, new species of, 541.

Macrospectrodes, characters of the
new genus, 94.

Madreporaria, on the skeleton of
typical, 219.

Mammals, new, 319.

Marchal, P., on the reproduction of
wasps, 181.

Mastacembelus, new species of, 311,
397.

Megalixalus, new species of, 405.

Melanothris, new species of, 553.

Merodictya, characters of the new
genus, 156.

Mesopodagrion, characters of the new
genus, 372.

Mesturus, new species of, 12.

Metasiodes, new species of, 148.

Metoeca, characters of the new
genus, 145,

Millipedes from E. Africa, on, 436.

Mollusca, new, 66, 94, 109, 128; of
the Chalk rock, on the, 179;
dredged by the ‘ Pola’ in 1890-94,
on the, 469.

Mormyrus, new species of, 281.

Multiclausa, new species of, 292.

Mycalesis, new species of, 375.

Mylothris, new species of, 125.

Nectophryne, new species of, 450.

Neptis, new species of, 357.

Neurophana, new species of, 352.

INDEX.

Neurophruda, characters of the new
genus, 463,

Neurosigma, new species of, 396.

Nicéville, L. de, on a new butterfly
from Burmah, 396.

North, A. J., on the seasonal changes
in the plumage of Zosterops czeru-
lescens, 325,

Notarcha, new species of, 100.

Nyctipao, new species of, 362.

Nymphula, new species of, 204.

Odonata, new, 124, 364, 409.

Odontopyge, new species of, 441.

Ogilvie, Dr. M. M., on the Madrepo-
rarian types of Corals, 219.

Oligostigma, new species of, 206.

Olios, new species of, 62.

Omiodes, new species of, 132.

Opisthacanthus, new species of, 313.

Opisthophthalmus, on the species of,
in the British Museum, 233; new
species of, 240.

Opisthostoma, new species of, 94.

Opsibotys, new species of, 95.

Oreobatrachus, characters of the new
genus, 401.

Orthoptera, on the internal appen-
dices of the genital apparatus of
the, 450.

Orthopygia, new species of, 460.

Otostigmus, new species of, 435.

Pachyarches, new species of, 100.

Pachydactylus, new species of, 21.

Pachyzancla, new species of, 97.

Paliga, new species of, 96.

Palystes, new species of, 57.

Panaretus, new species of, 61.

Pantana, new species of, 361.

Paracymoriza, new species of, 203.

Parapoynx, new species of, 206.

Parasarama, new species of, 454.

Pelmatochromis, new species of, 310.

Pelodytes, new species of, 406.

Peucela, new species of, 461.

Pheochrous, new species of, 332.

Phalera, new species of, 356.

Pharambara, new species of, 208.

Phoxocephalus, new species of, 343.

Pizon, A., on the embryogeny of
simple Ascidians, 106.

Planeschna, characters of the new
genus, 424.

Pleonectusa, new species of, 147.

Plesiophthalmus, new species of, 340.

Plesiosaurian skull, on the structure
of the, 466.

PND EX.

Plotina, characters of the new genus,
35.

Pocock, R. I., on new South-African
spiders, 55; on the presence of
Wood-Mason’s stridulating-organ
in Trechona zebrata, 177; on the
species of Opisthophthalmus in
the British Museum, 253; on some
Kthiopian species of Ischnurine,
312; revision of the species of
Uroplectes, Lepreus, and Tityole-
preus, 377; on scorpions, centi-
pedes, and millipedes from KH.
Africa, 425,

Polycampsis, characters of the new
genus, 457.

Poromera Fordii, remarks on, 264.

Preneopogon, characters of the new
genus, 146,

Proropera, characters of the new
genus, 455.

Pterocyclus, new species of, 130,

Pterodactyl, on the quadrate bone of
a gigantic, 255,

Pterodela pedicularia, on an example
of, with doubly abnormal neura-
tion, 111.

Pycnodonts, on the structure and
affinities of the, 1.

Pydna, new species of, 360.

Pygomeles, new species of, 449.

Pyralide, new genera and species of,
94, 181, 202, 452.

Pyralis, new species of, 460.

Pyroccelia, new species of, 357,

Radiorista, characters of the new
genus, 158.

Rana, new species of, 401.

Reed, F. R. Cowper, on the fauna of
the Keisley limestone, 467.

Rehimena, new species of, 134,

Reptiles, new, 16, 21, 228, 376, 393,
444; from the Ogowe river and
Old Calabar, on, 263.

Reptilia, on the classification of fossil,
183.

Reptomultisparsa, notes on the genus,
151.

Rhacophorus, new species of, 395,
402.

Rodolia, new species of, 40.

Saliunca, new species of, 350.

Scioberetia, characters of the new
genus, 109.

Scolytide, on two new genera of,
319

475

Scoparia, new species of, 207.

Scopocera, new species of, 456,

Scorpio, new species of, 432.

Scorpions, on the anatomy of some,
and on the classification of the
order, 185; notes on South African,
377 ; from E. Africa, on, 425,

Scymnus, new species of, 36,

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the complete
skeleton of Aristodesmus Riiti-
meyeri, 183.

Selenops, new species of, 55.

Sepsina, new species of, 448,

Sharpe, E. M., on new Lepidoptera
from Kast Africa, 125.

Siculodes argentalis, new variety of
212,

Sight, on the sense of, 162.

Smith, E, A., on land-shells from
Tonkin, 128; on Australian
writers, 258.

Smith, H. G., on twe new butterflies
from New Britain, 374.

Soloe, new species of, 352.

Sowerby, G. B., on a new species of
Opisthostoma, 94.

Species known in the years 1830
and 1881, on the number of zoolo-
gical, 180.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on a new
Tanaid, 49; on the Isopod genus
Leptochelia, 156.

Stenia, new species of, 148.

Stenoglene, new species of, 354.

Sticholotis, new species of, 32.

Sturany, Dr. A., on the Mollusca
dredged by the ‘ Pola,’ in 1890-94,
469.

Styracopterus, characters of the new
genus, 323,

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Lepidoptera
from the Khasia Hills, 357.

Synclera, new species of, 105.

Tachyris, new species of, 374.

Tajuria, new species of, 358.

Tanaid, on a new, 49.

Tenebrio ferrugi:eus, Fabr., note on,
230.

Tetracentrosternus, new species of,
438.

Tetracona, new species of, 139.

Thauria, new species of, 66,

Thecadiplax, remarks on species of,
364.

Thysanodesma, new species of, 140,
145.

476

Tityolepreus, observations on the
genus, 377.

Trechona zebrata, on the presence of
Wood-Mason’s stridulating-organ
im, 17,/.

Trechus, new species of, 330.

Trichotophysa, characters of the new
genus, 456,

Tropidonotus, new species of, 393.

Tylostega, characters of the new
genus, 104.

Udea, new species of, 96.

Ulotrichodes, new species of, 463.

Uroplectes, revision of the genus,
377 ; new species of, 383.

Vanessa io, on the coloration of,
328.

Vespa, on the reproduction of species
of, 181.

Viana, new species of, 355.

Viré, A., on modifications produced
in the organs of sense and nutri-
tion in certain Arthropods by con-
finement in caves, 407.

Vision, on a new theory of, 162.
Walker, A. O., on two new species
of Amphipoda Gammarina, 343.
Warren, W., on new genera and

species of Pyralidz, 94, 131, 202 ;

INDEX.

on new Pyralidz from the Khasias,
452.

Wasps, on the reproduction of, 181.

Waterhouse, C. O., on Tenebrio
ferrugineus of Fabricius, 230.

Werner, Dr. F., on the scaly covering
2 the regenerated tails of lizards,

68.

Winton, W. E. de, on two new sub-
species of zebra, 319.

Woods, H., on the Mollusca of the
Chalk rock, 179.

Woodward, A. S., on some remains
of the Pycnodont fish Mesturus, 1 ;
on the quadrate bone of a gigantic
Pterodactyl, 255.

Woodward, Dr. H., on some Podo-
phthalmous Crustaceans from
Vancouver, 257; on a fossil
Octopus from the Lebanon, 258.

Xenomilia, characters of the new
genus, 458.

Zebra, new subspecies of, 319.

Zebrodes, characters of the new
genus, 104.

Zitha, new species of, 462.

Zonosaurus, new species of, 448.

Zosterops ceerulescens, on the seasonal
changes in the plumage of 325.

END OF THE SEVENTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS8,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6.Vol. XVI. PUT.

pme.

J.Green del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp

Ni S DUES) Miri I Sits sp:mov:

Anin& Mag. Nat HMist.5.6. Vol. XVI. PUI.

e

FS
;
ep
ry
5

J.Green del.et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.
Wi Sees) les I Sik sa. 1Ov..

Ann.& Mag. Net. Hist. §.6. Vol. XVIL, PULL.

2
vw.

J. Green del et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
MESTURUS LEEDSI, sp.nov

Ani. & Mag. Nat Hist. 8.6. Vol. XVI. PUI.

T.R.R.Stebbing del. Mmtern Bros. lith.
DOLICHOCHELIA FORRESTI.n.g et sp.

Annwk& Mag. Nat Mest. 576.Vol XVIL, PL V:

Is

14
Mintern Bros .imp.

J.Green del. et lith.

Ania.k Mag.Nat. Hist.S.6.Vol. XVI. PU. VI.

LW 2 Wa.

J. Green del, et hth. Mintern. Bros. imp.

? oy my f
a ° , *- 1
‘al ee : J i)
in
:
o
*
ys ;
r
fi.
fy oan * }
:
:
:
2 ’ : 7
2 ;
4

@ ane REE

“ceak

oe

}

LXV. PU. VIL.
I2a.
Mintern Bros. imp.

Vo

a
,

tS.

t Sc

tt

if
cal

ug.

Aumn.& Ma

d.Green del. et kth.

Aniv.& Mag. Nat.Hist.S. 6 Vol. XVI. PU. VIL.

Mintern Bros. lth.

Amn .& Mag. Nat.Hist.S.6.Vol. XVI. PLAX.

A,

bn.

So -,
Sa Oo ¢

Ve ee cZ7 0

99 0 flo

Mintern Bros. lith

aR

fe

Anin.& Mag. Nat Hist. 6.Vol. XVU.PUX .

J. Green delet lith. Mintern Bros .imp.

as
Ci; DUSLH TOA

HM.B.del. RE Mintern lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
‘ = HERMAPHRODITISM IN APODIDZ .

. .

H.M.B.del. R.E Mintern kth.

HERMAPHRODITISM IN APODIDE.

Ann & May. Nat.Hist.S.6.Vol.XVILPL.

ie

Mmtern Bros.imp.

Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. XVIL Pt AML

a

imp

os -

Br.

Mintern

d.Green del.et lith,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist... 6. Vol XVI PL. XIV. -

imp

Mintern Bros.

CLARIAS WALKERLI.

A.MORMYRUS AMBLYSTOMA. B.

J.Green del. et lith.

Arav& Mag. Not. Hest.8.6 Vol. XVIE PL XV.

J. Green del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

A. MORMYRUS KINGSLEYA. B.ALESTES KINGSLEYA.
© 1 AUSIVE IONS) SGSA8,-

=r =

A.O.Walker del.

Ann .&. Mag. Nat. Hest.S.6.Vol. XVI.Pl XVI .

Mintern Bros. lith.

Trav. &. Mag. Not. Hist.S.6 Vol XVI.PU.XVIL.

RMintern &J.Green delet hth : is : ae aS Pras Imp.
LORE OBATRACHUS BALUENSIS. 2.ME : SALTS
BRACHYCNEMIS. 3.CORYTHOMANTIS GREENINGI.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hust. 8 .6.Vol. XVI. PL.XVII.

R.I.P.del. NMantern Bros. lith.

a

i) "|
san “
, m get ery i
AAs My, Dag
a

‘Pideaticgy

way

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. 2s. 6d. ‘
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d,
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls.
Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.
Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. IL. lds.
Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.
Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.
Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 6s.
Daubeny on Volcanos. 2]s.
Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s,
Denning's Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.
English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d,
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 1és.
Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S.,
Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. IT. 15s. Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.
Moths. Vol. I.20s. Vol. II. 20s. Vol. III. 20s.
Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 60s.
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, 1s. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d,
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables, 2s. 6d.
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s, each.
Hopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s.
Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s.
Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II, 12s.
Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d.
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.
Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. Gd,
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s.
Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.
Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. 6d.
Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d,
Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals, 4s.
Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d.
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.
Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthiy. 2s. 6d.
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,
Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. ls.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s..
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s,
Appendices 5, 6,7, and 8 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Cata-
logue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. 6d.
_ Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinidz of Japan. 3s. 6d.
Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.
Thomson’s (Sir W.) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
- 10s, 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun,ls. Sranrs, ls.
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d. e
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d,
Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lis.
Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

ie
fas i
i

+
,

ae Ss

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 102.—Siath Series. ~~

; Page
LX. On some Odonata of the Subfamily Aschnina. By Rozertr

ML ACHTAN, Bide Os. cee sae NARS Rebbe DTG Cok Pepe tank 409

LXI. On the Scorpions, Centipedes, and Millipedes obtained by
Dr. Gregory on his Expedition to Mount Kenia, East Africa. By
Re Fy Pook: = Plate AVA) fe ies oe ee pelea a eee aie t,o abate 425

LXII. Descriptions of new Lizards from Madagascar. By G. A,
HOUIANGBRS ER? cA eis aos cee aT UWE been cence tees 444

LXIII. Descriptions of Two new Batrachians obtained by Mr. A.
Everett on Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. By G. A. Bourencsr,
IAG Citak gine PRL tia ele Sa Se ee CRAG pd bo eos ass ee 449

LXIY. On the Internal Appendices of the Genital Apparatus of
the Orthoptera;: By MOA. FRWARD <: Ses c ee boise esr ee diye 450

LXV. New Species of Pyralide from the Khasia Hills. By W..
WERE PERE es ce fie SRR OG Bok ae Sea eta ames 452

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
CeGIO Al MORIEUY 5. Sas dee teats e's wai cca lead ae Rae No are 466-468

MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Scaly Covering of the Regenerated Tails of Lizards. By
Dr. Franz Werner, Assistant at the Zoological Institute and
Royal ‘University. in Vienna. . 6.0 see eas create es i eS

On the Mollusea (Prosobranchiata and Opisthobranchiata, Scapho-
poda and Lamellibranchiata) Dredged by the Austrian Deep-sea
Expeditions of H.M.S. ‘Pola’ in the Years 1890-94. By
Dr. HudoEr Stora ny a). aws sideds ras lee eee eee eee 469

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

iw ie
pineal Ve

_

i i ;
a

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

NYINOSHLIWS
NS
Y
SMITHSONIAN

>

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYUVE

~S
INSTITU

ES

N

SMITHSONIAN

LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLINS SHZIYVUSITLIBRARIES

S3JIYVUPIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNIILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILQLILSNI
SIIUVUGII-LIBRARI

saiuvyg9gii

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31UVUg

4

)

SMITHSONIAN
“eg
} Yi

4

NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLIWS

SIUINVUGIN LIBRARIES

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

|_NVINOSHLIAS 4 _INSTITUT
@ < ra & a K3ONG
= _ 3

+ SY: = oe

ot Go eeaT ice a 2

re) cy ro) re)

= atl z a ,
5 INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY
= os < r eae z ,
EK al E aH by

=e a Ss fa

E 3 A ar oa b

# = ; - :
Saviacaliiie” z e ae

1! NVINOSHLIWNS S3S1IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

Za 2) =z noe oz) =

< = ge eee = <x

+ a = . erae a

5 x t ae ‘ NY ANG z ra

2 g ZR 2 2

= a & \ Zz =

Ww) = 2) * = Ip) :
S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIINS 52 \yYVvVug
a S = er )
os 4 Yn a8 w RAS a
i 3 : I Ne

< yy et < = BW me

ox

aia 7 oO _ Oo ! _ fc)
eu Fie aod Po r me if
1) NVINOSHLINS S3!YVYUdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIH
Shit z ” By et ie ia

7 \. 2 RRS Ga 2 Gy = Kamm
a \ fs t PCY - ii ,
= Ne 56 \ 2 GEA) 5 ZAG.

HLILONI NVINUSALIWS oat aGVGOd!ti LIDBRKRARICS OMIITROOUNIAN INot]
am wo = eae w = )
= = Paes . “ = < \

z :
2 By BRK 8 aN
is z: E oS 2 iz
> >

: = > A « = a

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31?
a = mi 2 &. UB
lu WK
= ipl jp : 4 ONE
66 GS) ER F
a + = bal NN a
= S a ie a
- =z pas | z= 5 air

S3JIYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

te = oa a i
w an oo — 13]
pe) s es) ~
> = > et is >
fe = a nage =

” nm” m
ast @ = D

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31?

wn ame “* w za 2]
s ee wh = < =
== =: =| = a 4
ae Oo c - O iF
g : 2: ‘2 gO
2 i a = ZV

SS > = es >" = >

sf Pd a” oe 2 Ww) a

VLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYE!IT LIBRARIES INST
yt n = ” =
7) = w ty) -

a ow =. oc tye.
me Lt = < $s
= os Cc fo S
ze mn z 0 =
Oo = Oo ce oO
Zz =a = = z=

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3Il
E 2 3 S
al “OO = w —

2 hy “2 = a S
5 WY = b : f
ln Z : oe:

NLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS1
cA g ie ts =< my
oe = ay ae NS a > x
3 2 lp NN FZ a
g EGGS ERX 2N\
F 2 “yy = SY 2 F

= > = _ > =
\ 2) = w - a W”)
R,ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS) 38 |
ea Zz > ee
wi fy) Kes Ww
= 4 = Z WS =
< * or x 4 A ,. * oe
ae sr a oe YQ rae
= Yi So) a 3 ot oe
= vs = = = =
NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INS1
|e a ra 5 | a t c
OD a Na, = ASAVZD . Kse¢ ON < 4» | bee A
‘ - 2 J 2 ca y ia 4, i
) 22) Se SSS 2 3) > (5 2 LYBA> fF

n
ud
c
C$
ac
a
a
4
9°
=
=
=
=
no
=
z
=
=z
je)
72)
<-
Ee
_
n

ll

|

3 9088 01314 0280

© ill

MG Une Neg

ota
’ esesi